IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
1.0
I.I
\m
us IIIIM
iii
Ui
IS
XL
1^
M
1 2.0
1.8
1.25
1.4
1.6
< 6" -
►
V]
<^
^a
//.
0%..
S'M
^r
r
9
^,
Photographic
Sciences
Corporation
23 WEST MAIN STREET
WEBSTER, NY. 14580
(716) 872-4503
qv
\\
^R>
V
^V
<x
». ^":.4.<^'
%
i;
<b
V
CIHM/ICMH
Microfiche
Series.
CIHM/ICMH
Collection de
microfiches.
Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut canadien de microreproductions historiques
1
^\
O
1QA7
■
Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bihiiographiques
The Institute has attempted to obtain the best
original copy available for filming. Features of this
copy which may be bibi: jgraphically unique,
which may alter any of the images in the
reproduction, or which may significantly change
the usual method of filming, are checked below.
n
n
v/
n
D
D
n
n
Coloured covers/
Couvarture de couleur
Covers damaged/
Couverture endommagee
Covers restored and/or laminated/
Couverture restaur^e et/ou pelliculde
Cover title missing/
Le titre de couverture manque
Coloured maps/
Cartes g^ographiques en couleur
Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or clack)/
Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire)
Coloured plates and/or illustrations/
Planches et/ou illustrations en couleu;-
Bound with other material/
Relid avec d'autres documents
Tight binding may causa shadows or distortion
along interior margin/
Lareliure serree peut causer de I'ombra ou de la
distorsion le long de la marge interieure
Blank leaves added during restoration may
appear within the text. Whenever possible, these
have been omitted from filming/
II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajout^es
lors dune restauration apparaissent dans le texta,
mais, lorsq>ia cela ^tait possible, ces pages n'ont
pas iti filmdes.
Additional comments:/
Commentaires supplemcntaires;
L'Institut a microfilme le meilleur exemplaire
qu'il lui a ete possible de se procurer. Les details
da Cbt exemplaire qui sont peut-dtre uniques du
point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier
une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une
modification dans la m^thode normale de filmage
sort indiqu6s ci-dessous.
The
to tl
□
Coloured pages/
Pages da couleur
□ Pages damaged/
D
v/
n
'sges endommagees
Pages restored and/or laminated/
Pages restaurees et/ou pelliculdes
r~7] Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/
I ! Pages decolorees, tachet^es ou piqui
piquees
I I Pages detached/
Pages detachees
Showthrough/
Transparence
□ Quality of print varies/
Qualite in^gale de I'impression
Includes supplementary material/
Comprend du materiel supplementaire
Only edition available/
Seule Edition disponible
PagefT wholly or partially obscured by errata
slips, tissues, etc., have besn rafilmed to
ensure the best possible image/
Les pages totalement ou partiellement
obscurcies oar un feuillet d'errata, une pelure.
etc.. cnt 6te fi!m6es A nouveau de facon a
obtenir la meilleure image possible.
Tha
poft
oft
film
Ori^
bag
the
sioi
oth
firs
sior
or i
Th€
sha
TIN
whi
Ma
diff
ant
beg
righ
raq
me
This item is filmed at the r«iduction ratio checked below/
Ce document est filmd au taux de reduction indiqud ci-dessous.
18X 22X
10X
14X
26X
30X
y
12X
16X
20X
24X
28X
32X
The copy filmed hare has been reproduced thanks
to the generosity of:
New Brunswick Museum
Saint John
L'exemplaire filmi fut reproduit grice St !a
g^nirositi de:
New Brunswick Museum
Saint John
The images appearing* here are the best quality
possible considering tho condition and legfbility
of the original copy and in keeping with the
filming contract specifications.
Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed
beginning with the front cover and ending on
the last page with a printed or illustrated impres-
sion, or the back cover when appropriate. AH
other original copies are filmed beginning on the
first page with a printed or illustrated impres-
sion, and ending on the last page with a printed
or illustrated impression.
Les images suivantes ont 6x6 reproduites avec le
plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition at
d« la netteti de l'exemplaire filmi, et en
conformity avec las conditions du contrat de
filmage.
Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en
papier est imprimde sont film^i en commenpant
par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la
dernidre page qui comporte une empracnte
d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second
ilat. salon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires
originaux sont film^s en commenqant par la
premiere page qui comporte une empreinte
d'impress on ou d'illustration et en terminant par
la derniire page qui comporte une telle
empreinte.
The last recorded frame on each microfiche
shall contain the symbol —^(meaning "CON-
TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"),
whichever applies.
Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at
different reduction ratios. Those too large to be
entirely included in one exposure are filmed
beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to
right and top to bottom, as many frames as
required. The following diagrams illustrate the
method:
Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la
derniAre image de cheque microfiche, selon le
cas: le symbole >-^ signifie "A SUIVRE", le
symbols V signifie "FIN".
Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent §tre
filmte ^ des taux da reduction diffdrents.
Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre
reproduit en un seul cliche, il e&t film^ 6 partir
de I'angie sup^rieur gauche, de gauche 6 droite,
et de haut en bas, an prenant le nombre
d'images n^cessaire. Les diagrammes suivants
illustrent la m^thode.
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
1
Ul
6
II ,iiiip,iiii. i«m»ni. mmi^fmi^immimmm'^ ^ ^mmmijmtn iMiiiiiiiipiitiwiiiniigiqMMMHWPRWPHfllllMfll^
i
i
h
I
,1
■A
!
i}m §nxm\D\ck <^iiuiol ^evic5,
SECOND LATI^^ BOOK: *
C'ONHl»riNG OF iiXXKACXS FiiUM
I
!!
NEPUS, CESAR, AND OVID.
*VlTn NOTE.S, AND A COPIOUS VoCAlJULAllY, ETC.
BY
AKCllD. II. BllYCE, LL.I)., J).c.L., F.ll.S.E.,
KJiCTOK 01. rUJi EUiNBUllUll COLLKUlAXiS SC110(.l,.
PRESCRIBED BY THE BOARD OF EDUCATION FOR NEW QKUNSWIUK.
LONDON:
T. NELSON AND SONS, PATEENOSTEll liJ^Vf--^
•
KDlNUUUGll ; ANO NKW VoUK.
1872.
('^ ^ CI
1
■■■■i
• m
• -i- .
ta
« m
il
< «
1 r^fatc.
Thb volume forma an immediate sequel to the "FmsT
L.T. Book" of the same Series, and is intended"
supply all that wUl be required by pupils during the second
aM part of the third year of their course at'sehool. t
Vot^ri Tr '7 '""''*'"'"■ * ^y^*- "' Syntax,
imitative Exercises m Latin Composition.
The Extracts have been taken from Nepos, Caesar, and
by two considerations : Mrs>, That each portion should con
should possess a special interest for the young
In eonnectiou with the Beading Lessons it has been
udged advi^ble to provide a system of Syntax, in oZ
that constant opportunity may be afforded, by facility
Jfference^ or impressing on the minds of L/s the prin
'rap da'dTr' '''""' ""^*™"'™' »<» ^--by ensuring
though his amngement has been often departed from when
.n so doing, there seemed to he a gain in perspicuit^ Z
Pbra.es exemplifying the Rules have been chosen, L far J
P-ible, from the Extract, in the hope that faniili rity 4h
It
PREFACB.
the illustrations may aid the pupil in more thoroughly com-
prehending and more accurately remembering the principles
enforced. (See Prefatory Note to Syntax, p. 124.)
The Notes are generally of an elementary and simple
character, and are necessarily more numerous in the elucida-
tion of the eariier Extracts. The references to the Syntax,
which at first are very frequent, become fewer as the work
advances, in order that pupils may gradually be left to exer-
cise an independent judgment. (See Note p. 1 64.)
The Vocabulary will be found copious and fulL It has
been constructed on the principle of giving the primary sig-
nification of each word, and of tracmg the principal classes
of derived meanings so far as is necessary to illustrate the
difierent instances in which the word actually occurs in the
Extracts. The quantity of first and middle syllables has been
carefully indicated in cases in which a doubt might arise;
but those syllables have rarely been marked which follow
the rules laid down on p. 260. The quantity of syllables
in several of the proper names cannot be fixed by any
classical authority; and, in such instances, the most ap-
proved usage has been followed.
For many of the remarks on etymology, the Editor de-
sires to acknowledge his obligations to the Latin Dictionary
of Dr. W. Smith. From the editions of Caesar by Kraner,
Schneider, and Long,— of Nepos by Nipperdey,— and of Ovid
by Haupt, he has derived valuable assistance in the compila- *
tion of the Notes and in the adjustment of the text
ConUnis.
I EXTRACTS FROM NEPOS. ...
I. imtlades !"
ir. Themistocles,
III. Alclbiades, ... "*
IV. Hannibal, ...
II. EXTRACTS FROM CAESAR,
I. The Helvetian War (Book I.), ... "*
II. Tlie German War (Book I),
III. The First Invasion of Britain (Book IV.),
IV. The Second Invasion of Britain (Book V.)
V. Manners and Customs of the Gauls and the Germans 'irok
III. EXTRACTS FROM OVID
I. In Hexameteb Verse-From the Metamor'phoses.I'
I. The Four Ages (Book I.), ...
11. The Deluge (Book I.),
9 III. Deucalion ar d Pyrrha (Book I.), ... ".'
IV. Phaethon (Rook II.), ...
y. Pyramus and Thisbe (Book IV.)
II. In Elegiac Verse— From the Fasti,—
I. Romulus and Remus (Boo)c II.),
II. The Building of Rome (Book IV,), ... [
III. Union of the Roman& and Sabines (Book III.), '.'*
IV. Lucretia (Book II.),
...
IV. SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX
' ■" ••• ••• ...
CflAPTKn I.,_
Sect. L The Verb -Mood, Tense, Ac,
II. Sentences, ...
••• ... ,,.
III. Simple Sentences-Subject and Predicate.
IV. Compound Senfences.
VJ.),
9
11
17
94
83
41
43
fiS
69
78
86
9fi
97
99
101
104
113
117
118
120
121
123
128
128
129
VI
CONTENTS.
I
SYNOPSIS OF SrSTAX- cnnlinued.
Chaptkh ![.,_
S«ct, I. Snlijcct (iiul I'loclicnte.
II. Adjc'ctlvo uiul Substuntire
III. Apposition, ...
IV. Tlie Noiiiliiuiive and Vocutlvo, ...
V. The Accusative,
VI. TIio Dative, ...
VII. The Genitive,
VIIL The Ahlntlve,
IX. The Infinitive Jfond. ...
X. The Supines,
XI. The Participles,
XII. Tlie r.ernnd,
XIII. The Imiicrative Mood, ...
CHAPTKR III.-ComI>OUND SKNlKNCKa.—
Sect I. Clauses,
II. Principal Clausps,
III. Subordinate Clauses, ...
IV. Final Clause!.,
V. Conditional Clauses, ...
VI. Concessive Clauses, ...
VII. Temporal Clauses,
VIII. Causal Clauses,
IX. Relative Clauses,
X. Intenoffative Clauses,
XI. Oratio Obliqua,
XII. Sequence of Tenses ...
V. KOTKS ON EXTRACTS,
I. Notes on Nkp<.s,_
I. -Motiades,
••• «». .,.
II. Tneniistoclfcs,
in. Alcibiades,
IV. Hannibal,
II. Notes on Caesar,—
I. The Helvetian War,
II. 'J'he German War,
III. The First Invasion of Hrltijn,
IV. The Second Invasion of Britain, ."
V. Manners and Customs of the Gauls and the Ger
If*
130
192
134
13.-^
13.'i
139
141
144
14S
14!'
14!)
l.Ml
101
151
152
153
154
1.55
ir.c
!.-)(;
157
l.-iS
l.VI
HO
mans,
t
I'iS
166
175
ISC
193
201
216
222
2l'S
239
p "■iKJUf^lB^'Vtw-
1
1 ^g«
180
m
134
13A
18A
159
141
144
14S
14!'
i4!i
1,^(1
101
151
152
153
154
155
156
167
CONTENTS.
rfOTES ON EXTRACTS- con/i;iu?(i
III. Notes on Ovin,—
I. Tlie MetiiiDorpIiosef',
L The Four Atrua,
II. The Deluge,
III. Deucalion Hnd Pyrrhs,
IV. Phaetlion, ... ... "
■ V. Pyran.us and Tlilibo, ...
II. Tiie Fasti,—
I. Romulus and Remus, ...
II. The Buildinff of Rome,
III. Union of the Romuns and Sablnet,
IV. Lucretia,
VI. VOCABULARY,
Tablk of Grrkk Nouns.
Vir. IMITATIVE EXERCISES. .
List of Phiuses, ...
#
VII
p«ft
JH
»4a
344
uu
254
2Aa
247
969
889
888
490
0010
?«rt 4irst.
EXTRACTS FROM CORNELIUS NEPOS.
PREFATORY NOTE.
riji*»>iauuM««r*k -
Iri
which ever WeatlJ^fortrChi. pC"" " "' *" '■"'°"'"
I.
MILTIADES.
ARGU3IEST.
L MiJti&des sent to the Ch'jrdoiiese.- II, SuMcssM ur tt.^ n„i^ r r. ,
I.— MILTIADES SENT TO THE CHERSONESE.
I\riLiiADE8, Cimonis filius, Atheniensis, quum et antiquitate
Kcnens et gloria majorum et sua modestia unus omnium
maxime floreret; eaque esset aetate, ut jam non solum de eo
bene sperare sed etiam confidere elves possent sui, talem eum
futurum, qualem cognitum judicarunt ; accidit, ut Atlieniensos 6
Chersonesum colonos vellent mittere. Cujus generis quum mac.-
nus numerus esset, et multi ejus demigrationis peterent soci^-
a em, ex his delecti Delphos deliboratu.n missi sunt, qui con-
ulerent Apollinem, quo potissinuun duce uterentur. Namque
turn Thraces eas regiones tenebant, cum quibus armis erat 10
■ Tm^-'T ""'' ^--l-^ti^"« nominatim Pythia praecepTt
ut Miltiadem imperatorem sibi sumerent; id si fecissent, in-
cepta prospera futura. Hoc oraculi responso Miltiades um
ittST '^r .^^^^/-"-"™ l-f-tus quum accessisse
Lemnum, et mcolas ejus nisulae sub potestatem redigere vellet 15
A heniensium, idque Lemnii sua sponte facerent postulasset
111 imdentes responderunt tum id se facturos, quum ille domo
navibus proficiscens vento aquilone venisset Lemnum He
e am ventus ab septentrionibus oriens adversum tenet Athens
aiiexit, quo tendebat, pcrvenit.|ue Chersonesum
^111
It
MILTIADEa.
II
II.— SUCCESSES.
Ibi brevi tempore barbaroruin copiis disjectis, tota reciona
quampetieratpotitus,loca casteUis idonea 'commun it. S
tudinem, quam secum duxerat, iu agris collocavit, ci4riscue
, excursH)nibus locupletavit. Neque minus in ea pruSa
cW iT'"" "^^"'"^ "^- ^^"^' •^-^ -^^"tc milium dev'
cisset hostium exercitus, summa aequitate res constituit atque
ipse ib,dem manere decrevit. Erut enmi inter eos dL'tate
Sifr''' r ^t"^"^^"^' "^^^^ ^^ ^-Sis imperio'quam
JUS itia consecutus. Neque eo secius Atheniensibus a quibu^
10 2\P- -t-' officia praestabat. Quibus rebus fiebat. ut non
mmus eorum voluntate perpetuo imperium obtine^et Z
mis-ant quam illorum, cum quibus erat profectur Cher
Boneso tail mcdo constituta Lemnum reveritur, et ex pacto
postulat,utsibiurbemtradant;-Illienimdixeranrquumven^^^^
15 borea domo profectus eo pervenisset, sese dedituro ;-se autem
domum Ciiersonesi habere. Cares, qui tum Lemnum incoT^
bant, etsi praeter opinionem res ceciderat, tamen non dicto sed
secunda fortuna adversariorum capti resistere ausi non sunt
atque ex insula demigrarant. Pari felicitate ceteras insulas'
Tem "°^i"^"tur, sub Atheniensium redegit potet
III.— THE BRIDGE OP DARIUS OVER THE DANUBE.
Eisdem temporibus Persarum rex, Darius, ex Asia in Europam
exercitu trajecto, Scythis bellum inferre decrevit. Pontem
recit m Histro tlumine, qua copias traduceret. Ejus pontis
fi rr/T ! r f ' ?"^'^'' ''^^^"^* P"°«^P^«' ^"«« «e«"in e^
. .f'^'- ^^""''^^ ' ^"^^^« «"^g"li« «"arum urbium
perpetua dederat imperia. Sic enim facillime putavit se Graeca
Imgua loquentes, qui Asiam incolerent, sub sua retenturuiu
potestate, si amicis suis oppida tuenda tradidisset, quibus se
oppresso mi la spes salutis relinqueretur. In hoc fuit tum
10 numero Miltiades, cui ilia custodia crederetur. Hie quum crebr!
afferrent nuntii niale rem gerere Darium premique a Scythis,
Miltiades hortatus est pontis custodes, ne a fortuna datara occa-
s.onem hberandae Graeciae diraitterent. Nam si cum iis c-Mi«
MILTIADES.
13
quas secum transportarat, interiisset Darius, non solum Europam
fore tutam, sed etiam eos, qui Asiam incolerent Graeci genere 15
hberos a Persarum futuros dominatione et periculo ;-et facile
effici posse ; ponte enim rescisso, regem vel hostium ferro vel
inopia paucis diebus interiturum. Ad hoc consilium quum pler-
ique accederent, Histiaeus Milesius, ne res conficeretur, obstitit
dicens : non idem ipsis, qui summas imperii tenerent. expedire 20
et multi udmi, quod Darii regno ipsorum niteretur d^minatio •
quo exstmcto, ipsos potestate expulsos civibus suis poenas
daturos Itaque adeo se abhorrere a ceterorum consilio. ut
mhil putet ipsis utilius quam contirmari regnum Persarum
Hiyus quum sententiam plurimi essent secuti, Miltiades, non 26
dubitans tam multis consciis ad regis aures consiliasua perven-
tura, Chersonesum reliquit, ac rursus Athenas demigravit
Cujus ratio etsi non valuit, tamen magnopere est laudanda
quum amicior omnium libertati quam suae fuerit dominationi.
IV.— GREECE INVADED BY THE PERSIANS,
Darius autem quum ex Europa in Asiam redisset, hortantibua
amicis, ut Graeciam redigeret in suam potesta tem, classem
quingentarum navium comparavit, eique Datim pr;efec t e^
Artaphernem, hisque ducenta peditum decern milfia equitum
dedit, causam interserens se hostem esse Atheniensibus, quod 6
orum auxiho lones Sardes expugnassent, suaque praesidia
n erfecissen lUi praefecti regii classe ad Eubieam appulsa
in Asiam ad regem miserunt. Inde ad Atticam accesserunt
ac suas copias in campnm Marathona deduxerunt. Is est ab 10
oppido circiter millia passuum decern. Hoc tumultu Athei^
nisi a Lacedaemo..s petiverunt, Phidippumque cursorem ejus
g neris qui W.o^,.o;.o. vocantur, Lacedaemonem miSrunt
ut nuntiaret, quam celeri opus esset auxi.Uo. Domi autem 15
creant decern praetores, qui exercitui pi^ecssent ; in eis mT
tiadem. Inter quos magna fuit contentio, utru^ moenfb 1
c-r^fj f ^ "-""-'"^' "' ^''''^' "^'^^ tempore
uistia fierent ; u\ s, factum esset, et civibus arinium accessurum, 20
•i!
14
II
MILTIADE3.
quum viderent cic eorura virtute nor, desperari Pf hn.f ^
re fore tardiores si infmoritr^.* " "^^^'Pf ^^fi", et hostes eadem
V.-BATTLE OF MAKATHON. B.C. 490.
ventu decern n^iUia a™ orZ 'c» 'T'" ''°™"" ""■
m.rabili ilagrabat pugnaudi cupS Z T" "'"'"''
impnlsi Athenienses conin!.! , ■"" "■«" ""ctoritate
Hon aeqiiiim ociim vuleb-it <i„;, *.,„ "t™"™™'- Datis,etsi
3uaram confligovc Iblt ' ' t '"' ""'™™ ^°P'^""»
<1« xl, procl uul 1"™ r r' "'"f"" "^"™ ""'■op-
erant Atheniem „ d , """ """" P'"' "^nte valu-
petierin . Q,,a pi? rll- ,;if !*' T '^'^'"* ^^"^ "^^^^
VI.— THE REWARD OF VICTORY
Athoniek..f„irrepet:;.;rn:qtt;;„tilS ^'"'''
Mom ,Ile pop„h,s, p„.,teaqnam majuo i„,perium est nactt^et
MILTIADES.
15
VII.-THE ISLANDS-PAROS-MILTIADES FINED
B.C. 489,
Dei.0 perseque etur Quo inipeno pleraaque ad offlcium redire
coegit, nounullas y. ejtpugnavit. Ex 1™ Parum insulZopibl
latajn qu„m oratione .-econciliaro nou po.sot, oopia" e^^^t s
eto , urbem operibus cJausit, onmique commeatu privavi
demvmeisactestudmibus coastitutis propius mu o» a Ztt'
«cus, qu ex msula conspiciebatur, acsdo quo casu iiocturnn
empore .ncensus est. Cujus flamma ut ab oppMauU et op 10
pugnatoribus est visa, utrisque veuit in opinion mlnt^"
.tre™ t:f :; "S' „ '^t ^''*"' ^^'^ »*'' ^-'^ ^ <"-
ncen r„ ' b ' ^ "^ "'"^^i^ f«g» adventaret,
er. t profectus Atlienas magna cum oifensione civium srorinn ik
r.du-ot. Acousatus ergo est proditionis, quod, q"™ PaZ
«.pug„are posset, a rcge conuptus infec is rebus d^esstseT
Mceperat. Xtaque quoniam .pse pro se dicere n«n posset verba
ZITJT "r""-, *'""^=' ^»^"'"' capir Sotaso
LT Z,? ,'"• '"'1™ "*"l»i"q"a«intatalentis acstimata
est, quantus m classes sumptus factus erat. Hanc pec Zn
quod solvere in praesentia non poterat, in vincla puMea c„T
jectus est, ibique diem obiit supremum.
Vm.-REAL CAUSE OF HIS CONDEMNATION
magnisque ver.Uus „„„ vid.bat'; J^t""^ "tr^T ,
^r .,,.,,,, meon.uetudineaa in.periicI.pMiuue; Si' ^r, ' '
Nam ,n Ohersoncso omnes ill„s quos habitarat annus per k,^ m
16
■|i
MILTIADK8.
juaras. Won erat enim vi consecutus sed suoram volunt»(.
lOeamque potestatem bonitate retinebat. oZ7 ^Z^J
d.c«n «r et habentur tyranni, qui potestate ItpVraH
civitate, quae libertate usa est. Sed in Mi tL,T ?
esset, cui non ad e„m adito pateret ; magna auetoriL, a™d
1« omnea cvjtates. nobile nomen. kus rei miliS marima
I
THEMISTOCLBS,
17
II.
THEMISTOOLES
ARGUMENT.
I.— EARLY LIFE.
caDat, et de futuris callid ssime coniicielBif, n„„ e » !
ut brevi tempore iilustraretur "'^'""'"'- Q"" «>'="«n est.
^^^^J>.ao.so„t, bello sed et.am ,eliq„„ tempore ferocbrem
i8
TIIKMISTUCLES.
I i
11
Mi
I
5 redibat, largitione magistratuum quotamim iuteriiot, ilk per-
auasi pernio, ,^ ea pccunia etasis centum oavium aedifloareU>r.
Qua celenter ettecta p,„„um Corcyi-ueas ftegit, dei.ide mariti-
mos praedoaes eonsectaudo mare tutum reddidit. I„ quo quutu
dmt,« omavt turn etiam peritis.i,„os belli navalis Tc
10 Athemenses. Id quantae saluti fuerit uuiveme Graeciae bio
cogmtum est Pcrsico. Nam q„um Xems et marl ! ten a
bellum umversae iuferret Kuropae cum tautis copiis, qua, Is
mille et ducentarum mwram longarum fuit, quam duo millia
I.-, oneranaram sequebantur; terrertres autem exe.1 Z '
euiuaT »f "?' ''^"'"'? I-*"*-""™"' ■nmium fuerS);
maxime Atheniensea peti dicerentur propter pugnL Mara-
tto„,am m,serur,t Delpho. eonsultun,, quid„„,u faceren de
20 ebu. su,s. Delibcrantibus Pythia respondit, ut moe" bu
..emo, Themistocles persuasit consilium esse Apollinis, ut lu
ZZ -^7 -"e-nt ; eum enim a deo significari L^Z
o, :r ?■■ ""''" f'™''''"'' '"''^"'" "d superiores totidero
sZ ■™'!- ""T "'""'•■'' l""^ ""'™' Po'^'-a-t. part
Sanmina partim Troezena deportant; areem .ace dotib,»
paucisque m^joribus natu ac sacra procuranda tradunt ,■ re"
qunm oppidum relinqmint. '
m.-BATTLES OP THERMOPYLAE AND AETEMISIUM,
B.C'. iSO
Hujus consilium plerisque civitatibus displicebafc, et in terra
(hmican magis plaeebat. Itaque missi sunt deleeti eum Leonida
Lacedaemoniorum rege, qui Thermopyks occuparent, longiusque
barbaros progredi non paterentur. Hi vim hostiuin non sul-
6 tinuemnt eoque loco omnes interierunt. At classis communis
Crraeciae trecentarum navium, in qua ducentaeerantAtlienien-
«inm, pnmum apud Artemisium inter Euboeam continentemquo
terram cum c assiariis regis corliixit. Angustias enim Tliemis-
tocles quaerebat, ne multitudine circuiretur. Hie etsi pari
10 proelio discesseraiit, tameu eodem loco non sunt ausi manere
IHEMIST0CLE8.
10
quod emt penculum, no, si i«as imvium advereariorum Euboean.
suporasse , ancip.ti premerentur periculo. Quo factum rn^Tt
abArtem.s,o disoedereut, et exadve^um Athenas apud tla
mina classem suam constituerent.
ir— BATTLE OF SALAMIS, B.C. m.
At Xerxes Thermopylis expugnatis protinus accessit a«t„
.dqne nu lis defendentibus, interLissacerdoZs quos larce'
mveucrat, luccndio delevit. Cujus fjamma perter i?" c asaiari
quum manere non audereut, et plurimi iiortarentur u domo
Z Sretu"""''"'" " ''''''"""''• Their, «
unus restitit, et universes pares esse posse aiebat, disperses
testabatur penturos; id.ue Eurybiadi, regi LacedaemoZ'm
qm turn summae imperii praeerat, fore kmabat Zm ouum
mmus, quam vellet, moveret, uoctu de servis s„ ^TSZ
fldelissmmm ad regem misit, ut ei uuntiaret suis verSs -Ad 10
versar™ ejus m fuga esse; qui si discessisseat, mT^e cum
aboro et loug.nquiore tempore bellum eonfeeturu J, "„um siuT.
los conseetan eogeretur ; quos si statim aggrederetur, brevi
unn;ers„s oppressurum. Hoc eo valebat, ut ingratis ad depu-
2lr """>"' °"«"'™';'«- Hac re audita barbarus, nihil doli 15
subesse eredens, postndie alienissimo sibi loco, eoutru oppor-
umssmo host.bus, adeo angusto mari eouflixit, ut ejus multi-
tudo uavium explieari „ou potuerit. Victus ergo est ma"s
et.am cons.lio Themistoclis quam armis Graeciae.
T.— FUGHT OF XEBXES.
Hie etsi male rem gesserat, tamon tantas i.abebat reliquias
copiarum, ut Cam cum his opprimere posset hostes I erum
ab eodcm gradu depulsus est. Nam Themistocles ^r ntn"
be lare perseveraret eertiorcm eum fecit id agi, ut pons que"
ille in Hellesponto iecerat, dissolvcretur, ac reditu in Asiam ,
excluderetur; idque ei persuasit. Itaqu qua sex mens bus
seque a Themistocle non superatum sed couservatum judioavit
S unius viri prudeutia Graeci., -iberata est, Europaiqusu':
cubuit Asia. Haec altera victoria, quae cum Marathonio ,o
20
TUEMISTOCLES.
U
VI.-THE HARBOUR OF PIRAEUS-THE LONG WALLS
B.C. 478. '
est, isque moenibua circumuatus, ut ipsam CboTSl
B aeqmpararei, utilitate siiperaret. Idem muro, r^Wn'
vMeH voleban. .m. rS" r^'^r
thonia et Salamin.a, tantam gloriam apud omnes 11 e™^
hifr ;;:„' re"T"' ^^"'^^»'""" ^^ pnncUtu r r
IS bit pT^? ^ ■■' "" I"™ i"fi™«mQ3 esse vole-
IS b, nt. Postquam autem andierunt muros instrui lerto,
Atlienas misenrat, qui id fieri vetarent. His praraeSl
lesierunt, ac se de ea re legatos ad eos missuros dTxemnt w,
VIL-THEMISTOCLES AJ SPARTA.
a conar, fallere, interim reliqui legati sunt colee^tr A q,l:!
,uum a„d.,et .on multum s„pere.,e mnnitionitad cptro.
THEMIST0CLE8.
n
LaceJaemoniorum accessit, penes quos summum erat imperiuo,
nt.,uc apu. eos cu„te„dit fal,a ii, esse delata; q„are L,uum
ease illos viros boaos nobilesque mittero, quibus fides babe'etu?
qm rem explorareut ; intei-ea se obsidera retil,el■oll^ Gestus 10
es ei mos, tresque legati fuaeti summis honoribus Athenas
miss, sunt. Cum his collegas suos Themistocles j„ss^ prj
cise. eisque praedixit, «t ne prius Lacedaemonio mm Wtoa
'Inmtterent, quam ipse esset remissus. Has postquara Ath^a
irr'Idiir'r "S"" ■"?? '*""™ --»« Wacedaenr 15
uo m,; ' T '™ '■'""■""" "'"'''""'' <^»'.-At''enic..ses
nnbb,™ ' ''" ""'"'"""' '"'" 8"""""' f""""-" P°«s«". Jeus
posseat defendei-e, nmns sejisisse, neque in eo quod inutile
osset Graecae feeisse ; nam illorum urbem ut propuguac","™ 20
«Ppos,t„m esse barbaris, apud quam jam bis'eWs ™gk
fecsse naufrag„,m : Laeedaemonios autem male at injuste
facere, qui ul potius intuerentur, quod ipsorara dominationi
? s n'r "",rr ^"""''"' •""" ^^^^'- «"■•«. «■ '-"C-
tos ree,pere vellent, quos Atbenas miserant, se remitterent ■ * * 25
aiiter, illoa nunquam in patriam essent recepturi.
Vm.— BANISHMENT AND EXILE, B.C. «5.
Tamen non effligit civium suorum invidiam. Namnue ob
suftiaxns e c.vitate ejectus Argos babitatum concessit Hie
quum propter multas [ejus] virtutcs magnacnn .lignit.teviveret
Lacedaemonu legates Athenas ndserunt, qui ^u,,, ,f„e„tem 5
accusarent, quod societatem cum rege Perse ad Grae ciam „
est. Id ut audivit, quod non satis tutnm se Argis videbat
Coreyram dem.gravit. Ibi qumu ej us prineipes [ciritatisl an -'
madverfsset timere, „e propter se bellum lis Lacedaemoiiret 10
Athemenses md.cerent, ad Admetum. Molossum re^em "„.„
quo e, hospitiun, erat, eonfugit. Hue quum venitser'et
Kaesentia rex abesset quo majore religio'ne se ~m^ „ .'
retur, fiham ejus parvulam arripuit, et cum ea se in saerarium
quod summa eolebatur caerin.onia, couj.cit. In.Ie mm J 15
egress„s est, quam rex eum data dcxt a in Aden ™,™
22
THEMISTC0LE8.
expose TOtur piiblice, supplicem non prodidit, monuitni.B ,„
conauleret sibi ; difficile eni,„ esse in tam propir,"o bco J„
turn AM,„n^ ' "" '"""'«""' '"''"''•■a Naxum ferretur, ubi
turn AthenieMsium erat exercitus, sensit Tliemistotles s eo
pervenisset sibi esse pereu„d„m. Hac vecesJa e ;oI t,
.rocul .bi»l "", ""'^'>P'«»™i«'''-ic"rdia diem nootemque
l>rocul ab insula in salo navem tenuit m ancuris, neaue ouem
quam ex ea exire passus est. Inda Ephesnm p'er e„k U 1
30 S:S " "■"'"*■ ^^ '"* P^" "^""^ p-'- S-t^-
IX.— TAKES KEFUO^ IN PERSIA.
Scio plerosque ita sci-ipsisse, Themistockm Xorxe remanle
m Asiam transisse. Sed ego potissimnm Thucydidi ere IcTn "„d
aeateproxmius de iis, qui il,„™„ temporum l.isto i mi' ^
querunt, et ejusdem eivitatis fuit. Is autem ait, ad Artax^ri m
r;jr;;;'r" '''^ ve,.bis opistoia„, ^isiss; : r^s
10j««„ m ^«.» reve,ii vetlet, prodio apud ^aLina faZ
fecerat, dmolveretur, at^ueab homm^ircuirau,: Quo! Z
Me pe,.cuto «< lit,,;,.,. M.nc autem confu„i adZTm-
talma cuncta Gmeda. („-.,, ,„,,„, „„,,,,, V/ ^f^ 7lo
IS adept,a, non minu, me ionum a,.kuM IMis, UaZlZ
imm,cnM Me e^pertns e,t. Ea autem rogo, ui 17/ X^
fr 'Tr """"'" """.' """"'"" •"'■'" '""^'« *». ^nu. tro I
ado ad te venire paiiaris. ;/ cwc 3
X.-KINDLY RECEIVED BY ARTAXEIiXES- DEATH.
Hiijiis rex animi magnitudinem admirans, cipionsqne talen,
TIIEMISTOCLES.
2;
Jiteris sermoniquo iVifeurum se dedidit. Qiiibu.s adeo erudirus
ost, lit multo conimodius dicatiir upud regein verba fccissc
imam ii poterant, qui in Perside crant nati. Hie qiium multa fi
regi esset poUicitus gratissiinumque illiid, si suis uti consiliis
vellet, ilium Graeciam bello oppressurum, niasnis muneribus
ab Artaxinxe dunatus in Asiam rediit, domiciliumqiie Mag-
nesiao sibi constituit. Namqne hare iirbem ei rex donarat hia
quidem verbis, quae d panem praeberet—{(^x qua rsgiona quin- IQ
quaginta talenta qiiotannis redibant);— Lam[.8acum autem, uude
vinum sumerei ;—'^lj\mix\, ex qva opsomnm haheret. Hujiis ad
nostram memoriam monumenta manserunt duo ,— gepulchrum
prope oppidum, in quo est sepultus ; statua in foro ^lagnosiae.
De cujiis morte multis modis apud plerosque scriptum est, sed 15
nos eundem i.otissimum TImcydidem auctorem probamus,' qui
ilium ait Magnesiae morbo mortuum, neqne negatfuisse famam
venenum sua sponte sumpsisse, quum se, quae regi de Graecia
opprimenda pollicitus esset, praestare posse desperaret. Idem
ossa ejus clam in Attica ab amicis sepulta, quoniam legibus -20
non concederetur, quod proditionis esset damnatus, memoriae
prodidit.
HI !
"%
I'
l! t
84
ALCIBIADES.
ji
1 1
J if
il'
III.
ALCIBUOES.
ARGUMENT.
A';vice to Ath;\r'Gerr ;'!::r^ ''z-'^r^'^-^^or^z.:^
Sat..p.^.X. Muruerea by 0.1;. o!k^^^^^^^^ ^oins t,.e r;;:,;
•tzus— XI. His Versatility of Geniui
I.-CHARACTER AND ADVANTAGES.
Alcibiades, Cliniae filin« a^u ■
effioere posset videto at rta Con?? '" """ «"'^ '■=""™
<le CO memoriae prodiderunt „ihH il n f '""" '"*'' '"""^'' 1"'
« «enere, omnium aetatis ",t „, ?lf 7 """' '''"''"^' ^ra""
res „pt,« oo„siliiq„o plem r.nmi? '".™°^'^«™™. ad on.ne,
« m.ri et fen-a ; divert" 'nM,? '"'?"'''°'' '"" ^"'"""'^
tantae™tcomn,endrtroi,a "r:'r "-endo valoret, <,„„d
posset resistere); dives aumn , ',?, ""' '" "*'"" « '""'^•"i"
lOliberali, sp,endid„;i! 'milrrvr"'''''"""™^''^^^
Wandns, temporibus calliZime 1? ^""", ""'"■ "«'''''"''■
luxunosus, dissohitas, libidinosuf^nf "'''"' '"^*'''^t.
omnes admirarentnr in uno "mi ,1 ""'""''"" '■''P''"«"'af u-, „t
"-™''A™1. AND HAREUGK.
Mucatus est in domo P»,ini,- / ■ •
dicitur), eruditus a Somte 4, '"""T", '"'"' "J"^ «'»»
omnium Graeca n„.,„rC;,e„H r."""^""'' Hipponieum,
« .>.-t conse,, ,^^ ie;';atm:ur;;;;:;r;;:i,r,';: "■--
ALCIBIADE8.
25
IIL-THE SYRACUSAN EXPEDITION-THE HERMAE, B.C. 415.
^ Bello Peloponne«io hujus consilio atque auctoritate Athen-
lenses belhnn Syracusanis indixerunt ; ad quod gereudum ipse
dux delectus est: duo praeterea collegae dati. Nicias et
Lamachus Id quum appararetur, priusquam classis exiret,
Athenis dejicerentur praeter unum, qui ante januam erat
Andocidi. Itaque ille postea Mercurius Andocidis vocitatus est
Hoc quum appareret non sine magna multorum consensione
esse factum, quae non ad privatam sed publicam rem pertineret
magnus multitudini timer est injectus, ne qua repentina vis in 10
civitate exsisteret, quae libertatem opprimeret populi Hoc
maxime con venire in Alcibiadem videbatur. quodet potentior et
major quam privatus existimabatur. Multos enim liberalitate
devmxerat, plures etiam opera forensi suos reddiderat. Qua re
fiebat, ut omnium oculos, quotiescunque in publicum prodisset, 15
ad se converteret, neque ei par quisquam in civitate poneretur
Itaque non solum spem in eo habebant maximam sed etiam*
timorem, quod et obesse plurimum et prodesse poterat. Asper-
gebatur etiam infamia, quod in domo sua facere mysteria
dicebatur, quod nefas erat more Atheniensium ; idque non ad 20
rehgionein sed ad conjurationem pertinere existimabatur.
IV.— ACCUSATION, CONDEMNATION, AND EXILE.
Hoc crimine in contione ab inimicis compellabatur. Sed
instabat tempus ad bellum proficiscendi. Id ille intuens neque
ignorans civium suorum consuetudinem postulabat, si quid de
se agi vellent, potius de praesente quaestio liaberetur, quam
absetis mvidiae crimine accusaretur. Ininiici vero ejus quies- 5
cH'ndum m praesenti, quia noceri non posse intelligebant ; et
illud tempus exspectandum decreverunt, quo exisset, ut ab-
sentem aggrederentur ; itaque fecerunt. Nam postquam in
biciliam eum pervenisse crediderunt, absentem, quod sacra
violasset, reum fecerunt. Qua (16 re quum ei nuntius a It
mgistratu in Siciliam missus esset, ut domum ad Int
„,. . ."7 -■•'•'"^^' P>-etque in magna spe provmciae Wno
admnustraudae, n.m parere noluit. et in triremem, quae u.l
I
26
ALCrRTADFS.
i It
!!!l
civium si,„r,„„ lice ,t™c™do t "*'"' ''' ™»oderata
qiiim autem se capitis din,,,.,/,?,!, i "'"'' "«"''• P"st-
20 id q„„d „s„ vcnent P,,„ '"'"" r-'Wic-itis audivit et
>.' - devove ™n'..«v:«„r"'°'" " '"'^"'" »-'-'
n>"ria, exempl,,™ „ ph .1° ! """ '»«"'"''■• esset me-
l'"blico, Laccdaemonem den !:;r"n •"","" P"^""'" "'
consueverat, non adversus nnh-f,, , ' •" 'P'" Pmwlicare
2«sessit.q„„diideml,„stesese>>t7iri r' '"""'"" ™°« "'<^""n'
«e Plurimum prodesse ";;""■ """'■ '>"»™ "'Wligercnt
irae suae q„am ntilitati commun nln i' '" 'r '•'™''''''' P'"''"!™
^■lio Lacedaemonii c,„„ prser^ '■. .^'"'l"" ''>""« ^o""
Deceleam in Attica m„r^™J'l:'™r""''' '''=™™"'' <'^"'
30 posito in „l,sidio„e Athen te™ ;,,„ F T' "'^ P"P«"'»
a sacietate avertcrunt Atlienienshm rTT """''' ^"'"'"^
ores bello esse coqiennit ^"" ^'"*" """» «.peri-
V.-DAKCER, AND FUG„T raoM srAUTA-KFCA.r
TO ATHENS, AND SUCCESS ■"•'
Pradentiam in omnibus re 1 ™" "" P^estantera
caritate patriae ductus Lr;"™"™^' P^''"™»"»"> "e
6 ™i3 in gratiam rediret n^" l '"" ''''°'''="^'' "' «™'
'luaeiere institucrnnt IdaiJii , '"" •■•"" "I'crflciendi
Erat enin, ea -gacitate ' d ^p tn .'"'''r "'"" """ >"""'•'•
an,nu,m attendisset ad cave Zm,;'' 'rT"'"'" """">
Pracfcctun, regis Barii, se c„ "t' ?"" '"' ^'"'"Pl"''"em,
10 aniioitiam pervenisset ct I ■ •"" 1"""' '" '■"""'am
-bus opes senesce ;:t,f I :::;Z'"". ■™''= '''"' '" «■'■"-
'""-''»'. per ;..tcrnu„iri, ;'';'"■;' f""""" --■*'™
■nonfionem, E,,,t enim cod™ 'a, ,■''' '■"''"' '"'" facit
'^ Montiae non an.icns, et o.^ "i.^'Ltf' ^r, "'T'' •""'""'
1 ^
ALCIBIADES.
27
mutatio rerum focta est, ut Lacedaemonii, qui paulo ante 20
vjctores v.guerant, perterriti pacem peterent.' Victi'euim e an
quinque proeliis terrcstribus, tribus navalibus; in quibus
lucentas naves triremes amiserant, quae captae in hostium
h 2 sit^. Tf •""' ""^^''' "^'''''''^ "^^^« C^raecas, quae 25
in oia sitae sunt Asiae, quarum expugnarant complures. in his
Byzantuim ; neque minus multas consilio ad amicitiam adjunx-
locupletato exercitu, maximis rebus gestis, Athenas venerunt.
VI.— EETUEN TO ATHENS.
h5-%?T '^•'^''' ""'"'''''^ '^^^^"^ "^ P"''^«"^ descendisset,
anta fuit omnium exspectatio visendi Alcibiadis, ut ad ejus
triremem vulgus conflueret, ),roinde ac si solus advenisset. Sic
enim populo erat persuasum, et adversas superiores et prae-
am^Tum Tt T "''^'''' '^'"'^ °^'""' '''^^^ '' Siciliae 5
amissum et Lacedaemoniorum victorias culpae suae tribuebant,
o^ P. '"'^'Y'''- ^'-^"^ P^^^^anam exercitui praeesse
.oq.eiat, neque terra neque mari hostes pares esse potuerant.
Hic ut e navi egressus est, quanquam Tlieramenes et Thrasyb- 10
ulus iisdem rebus praefuerant, simulque venerant in Piraeum
amen unum omnes ilium persequebantur, et, id quod nunquam
antea usu venerat nisi Olympiae victoribus, coroL laurels tae
nisque vulgo donabatur. Ille lacrimans talem benevolentiam
mm suorum accipiebat, reminisccns pristini temporis acerbi- 1.^
tatun. Postquam m astu venit, contiohe advocata sic verba
lecit, ut nemotam ferus fuerit, quin ejus casu illacrimar t
nmicumque ns se ostenderit, quorum opera patria pulsus'
fuerat, piomde ac si alms p..]>ulus,.non ille ipse qui turn rl.bat
J'um sacnlcgu damnasset. Restituta ergo huic sunt pubiice 20
l'""a,_iuicmaue illi Eumolpidae sacerdotes nirsus resacrare sunt
'iZ^Zf^" '^'^"^^-^^^"^Z P^^^^^i"^ i'i^^^, in quibus devotio
iiipi.it s('iij>ta, HI mare praecipitatae.
I $1
28
ALCIBUDBS.
ut duo s,b. collegae darentur, ThrS.n, " V * T r"^"''"^*'"'.
en.m eum non efficore pCe d. L? * l^"" ''"'"'• ^""il
omnia minus prospere gesta ouW ^ k ^^ "J"" «'''"". "'
10 Nam corruptum a Z eaneri P '''"' ^'""t '•"» accidit.
Itoque liuic maxime putaZ ma,??'" "°'""^'' "Suobaut.
,. «->em coucupisceret. Q bus X^f' 7''"^ ^'^'"^ 'y»-
>o magistratura ahrogarent e a«nm ; T '"'• "' ^^senti
H ille ut audivit, domumlt""? T'V"""'" =*«"'«e,.e„t.
^'^nosius existimans bartr„rmn ^ '" ™"='«a'nint™it,
2" Graiorum. Q„a ex veZ^TlZT' """'''•'" '!'-'
apXri:,„;:t.iLrrr'"r?^^'^- ^™-^™™
^-"■l-"H.ni.»™n, qui J t :^'° ^■^^^""'^'■. '■'■■■•et»r
6 d,utissiu.c .luoeret, quod p™ 'l'' J™""'^'"'' '" l'^'"'"" 'Punu
contra Atl,euic„.,iLus xl au tifZ^ " '"'' «"m'«'"abatu,.,
erat super, Alcibiadcs ad oxaS,!,"''''.'; f "^ <" »"es nihil
P.ncse„te vulgo agere oep,V-rr,f ,^"'^''''«''«'™. '^quo
'" "' "..Ik dnsso confll': " „^f' ''^, ^r'"''«' ■■ lacedacnon OS
'-"'- vai.,r.,t ,. siii'ir,: ::ei:;.ii" ""'" ""■■^ "■
ft
*jeutlieiji.
i'<'K<;ni
ALCIBIADES.
29
8.tno aut cla se confiicturum aut bellum compositurum. Id
faceie noliut quod sentiebat se Alcibiade recepto nuUius 16
nulLm in ea re suam partem fore; contra ea, si quid advers
accidisse , se unum ejus delicti futurum reum. Ab hoc d s
c-edcjs Alcibiades, Quonia,., inq.it, victoriae patriae re^.Jas,
^ll^drnoneo, ju.ta kostem castra habeas nautica; perddu^ 20
^^lemm, ne immodest ui miUtum vestrorum occasio detuv Lys-
iuidrovestri opprimendi exercitm. Neque ea res ilium fefeljit
^am Lysander, quum per speculatores comperisset vukum
IX.-EETIRES INTO THRACE-JOINS THE PERSIAN SATRAP.
^ At Alcibiades, victis Atheniensibus, non satis tuta eadem
loca sibi arbitrans penitus in Thraciam se supra Propontidem
ubdidit, ^3erans ibi facillime suam fortunam occuli posse.
Falso. Nam Thraces, postquam eum cum magna pecunia
veuisse senserunt, insidias fecerunt. Qui ea quae apportarat 5
abstulerunt, ipsum capere non potueriuit. Ille cernens nullum
locum sibi tutum in Graecia propter potentiam Lacedaemon-
lorum ad P]iarnal)azum in Asiam transiit; quern quidem adeo
siui cepit humanitate, ut eum nemo in amicitia antecederet.
iVamque ei Grynuim dedorat in Phrygia castrum, ex quo quin- 10
quagena talenta vectigalis capiebat. Qua fortuiia Alcibiades
non erat contentus, neque Athenas victas Lacedaemoniis servire
poterat pati. Itaque ad patriam liberandam omni ferebatur
cogitatione. Sed videbat id sine rege Perse non posse fieri
ideoque eum amicum sibi cupiebat adjungi, neque dubitabat 15
tacile se consecuturum, si modo ejus conveniundi habuisset
potestatem. Nam Oyrum fratrem ei bellum clam parare Lace-
daemonus adjuvantibus sciebat. Id si aperuisset. magnam se
initurum gratiam videbat. « "^ «>«
30
ALCIBIADES.
X.-MUKDEREI, By OEDEn OF PHAKNABAZUS
i-m ocrtos homines ad Ly an 1^ HT '•'"" ^"'^'""''-
«>-e.um fore mtum.qua b A " '"""'"''='' """' <'-''™-
■■elms coinmotu., statuit all P^-i^^l^retur. His Laco
daemoniis esset, nisi AlciW- ,ll ?• ' ^'""' ''' -' ^^ ^a™
10 didisset. Non uli 1™' 1 " ""™.a"t mortuum sibi tra-
-«!. opes mi,„,i Zl i " I 'Si: L s"''™ ?*""'"""' ^"»"'
a.I Alcibiaden, interficiendnm n n,™ ", ^"'"™''-™ <!' Bagaeum
a<I re«em oompararct Sc aT 'v ?! '!' ^ '^''^a, iterque
a<Ics erat, dant ..cotium ut en™ 7.°"*"' ""3"a turn Alcibi-
1« aggredi non audereut "t , ™ '"'"«"»"*• H" qm>m ferro
i° <l"a quiesoebat, ea „" si „ e*!."'! f """ "'™ '^''^"' ^am,
flammae es6 excitatus <.f,i ,1 r "'" ™'<""' "* sonitu
«.i subalare tel. elil't' ''^ T^ ' '™' '"'^''"''"^' ''""""a.-fa
20 Arcadia i,ospes, qui nCnmX'^T ""',"'"" •=" I""'"'" ^x
»e jubet, ct d, quod „ pnes. !• ™'"'"''"- «™= ^''V"
nicendmm eflugisse videmnt M^.Z ■ ^""^ "' '^"''''ai-i
-putque ejus Id PhaS, * 1^^'^ "'T''"™"'-
25 cum eo vivere consuerat mnH„i, • ^' "•"'«=■■. quae
inceudio inortuum remari t , "T •"''' ™""^'"™ "'"'ifi'-"
diem obiit suprennm, ""' "™'''- 4«adragi„ta natus
^ XI.-HIS VEESAIJUl-y OF GENIra.
'audZ: tXnt'^ tSide? ="""^""' '■'^'°""' ™-»»
Tbeopomp„,,q„i Posi aK ,t , ^u^'e't S;'*" "'""' f"'^>
duo maledicentissimi, nescio m,n ,,,*'" ' 1" quidem
6 conspirant. Namque ea Tur. " ' '" '"" """ '""''ando
diearunt atque hoc am^iul'l^n^m T^r^^""',"' '" ''™^-
■ ^""™ Albenis, splendidissima
ALCIBIADES.
31
ciyitate, natiis c.s«et, oinnes splendore uc di^^riiitate superasse
vitae ; postquain inde expulsus Thebas venerit, adeo studiis
eoriim mservisse, ut nemo eum labore coi-porisque viribus
posset apquiparare (omnes enim Boeotii magis firmitati cor- 10
pons quam ingenii aoumini iuserviunt) ; eiindem apud Lace-
daemonios quorum moribus siimma virtus in patientia pone-
batur, SIC duntiae se dedisse, ut parsimonia v ictus atque cultus
omnes Lacedaemonios vinceret ; venisse ad Persas, apud quos '
summa laus esset fortiter venari, luxuriose vivere : horum sic 15
imitatum consuetudinem, ut illi ipsi eum in liis maxime admir-
arentur: quibus rebus eflfecisse, ut apud quoscunque esset
prmceps poneretur, habereturque carissimus. Sed satis de
hoc ; rchquGS ordiamur. '
BS
tfANNlBAL.
i. J.i
I
IV.
HANNIBAL.
Prusias; Stratagem-xr r ■' ^l?""'^— I^- Flight to Crpfp v^'"™ *"
• Aiii. conclusion.
'•-HIS JIIUTAKy GENira-HATHFn n„ .
quod nemo dubitat, ut p„pS ^rtlmg,„,e„,i3. Si vor,™ csf,
«^perarit, „„„ eat infitLfd" m ^a^nTj """^ «^"'^^ vi,,ute
ce ero3 imperatores prudentia om?, °. "'" P^o'^fe^e
6 codat f„rtit„di„e cunctas «;I " 7"""'"^ ^"•■""'^ "'»-
eo congressus est :„ Italia semner r <'"<""'««"nque cum
"«■ d„mi civium suorum intiZ li'rfr' ™"^™^- Q""''
VKletur e„pera,-a potuisse. sld lt„ '^'"*"f ''"''• R»™an-
"■»•« virtutem. Hie autem vel.r ,'" <''"'='=to'i<' devieit
■d deposuerit ; qui quidem ouum Z' '^""' "■'""■•"» <!"»'"
amm opum i„digere\ ulZTi^:" f'™' '''^'' '' «'i«"-
Jiimanis. ^"''™ ««titerit anirao bellare cum
R.manC„ri;™"^;;;S^''"™ fens hostem reddidit
f-t H„„c tauta eupidit'^tf .^ ''Sr,-"^ ^"""chus
"bro man arma conatus sit infer tlit "1 i '" "'^"" »
S lesat. venissent E„„,ani, qui dl Jul ^o 'nt ""'?' "'"""
1 -JUS lo.untine explomicnt.
ii
HANNIBAL.
tt^
f f'e Romans.
tles.-v. A(J.
f' at Zama.—
f- Return to
-X. Goes to
'-XII. The
1.
onim est,
>s virtu te
lestitisse
ins ante-
lue cum
> Quod
'omanos
devicit
odium
« quam
t alieu-
re ciun
cididit
iochus
3ue a
quum
ircnt
darentque operam consiliis clandestinis, ut Hannibalem in sua-
picionem regi adducerent, tanquam ab ipsis corruptuni alia
atque antea sentire ; neque id frustra fecisseut, idque Haunibal
comperisset, seque ab interioribus consiliis segregari vidisset,
tempore dato adiit ad regem, eique qiumi multa de fide sua et 10
odio in Romanos commemorasset, hoc adjuuxit '.—Pater mens,
mqmt, Hamilcar, piierulome, utpoie nou amplius novem annos
7iato, in Ilispaniam impemtor prqfickcens, Cavthagine lovi
Optimo maximo hostias immolavit. Quae divina res ^dum con-
/iciebatur, quaesivit a me, vellemne secum in castm projicisci. 15
Id quum libenter accepissem, atque ab eo petere coepissem, ne
duhitaret ducere; turn ilU—Faciam, inquit, si mihijidem quam
postulo dederis. Simul me ad aram adduxit, apud quam sa-
crificare instituerat, eamque {ceteris remotis) tenentem Jurare
j'ussit nunquam me in amicitia cum Romanisfore. Id ego jus- 20
jurandum patri datum usque ad hanc aetatem ita conservavi,
ut nemini dubium esse debeat, quin reliquo tempore eadem
mente sim/uturus. Quare, si quid amice de liomanis cogitabis,
Hon imprudenter feceris, si me celaris; quum quidem bellum
parabk, te ipsum frustrabeiis, si non me in eo principem 25
posueris.
Ill— MILITARY EXPLOITS IN SPAIN.
Hac igitur, qua diximus, aetate cum patrein Hispaniam pro-
fectus est. Cujus post obitum, Hasdrubale imperatore suffecto,
equitatui omni praefuit. Hoc quoque interfecto, exercitus
summam imperii ad eum detulit. Id, Carthaginem delatum
pubhce comprobatum est. Sic Hannibal, minor quinque et 5
viginti annis natus, imperator factus proximo triennio omnea
gentes Hispaniae beHj subegit. Saguntum, foederatam civi-
tatem, vi expugaavi. Tres exercitus maximos comparavit.
Ex his unum in Africam misit, alterum cum Hasdrubale fratre
in Hispania reliquit, tertium in Italiam secum duxit. Sultum 10
Pyrenaeum traiisiit. Quacunque iter fecit, cum omnibus iiicolis
conflixit. Neminemnisivictumdimisit. Ad Alpes posteaquam
venit, (quae Italiam ab Gallia sejungunt, quas nemo unquam
cum exercitu ante eum praeter Herculem Graium transierat
quo facto is hodie sultu. Grains appellatur), Alpicos conantes 15
34
HANXIBAL.
t^^^^^"Z::^'^^r^ .,
Italiaoique jicrvenie. "ac copiaa traduxil, iu
Conflixerat apud Rhodanura cum P p„™„r- c • .
siilo, eumque pcpulerit, (^,„„ , ^o™"''" Scipione con-
i'le... Soipio cum collc-a Tb ' T ""'■""'," """'""■ l'-^'"".
« "im vouit Cuu, l,ia°ml „ "" i^r"'"'-:"""' ^'•"'"''"" »''--»^™»
'"do per LiguvosApo„„i„ Tt r?; ■;*7'''' ""«'«-"•
■tmere adoo j-ravi marbo afflci, "' ""™' Etruriam. Hoc
<'-tm aequo" bone usus J f Q^rvaZ'r' "' ""'°^ ™"^"'-™
r;remeretur, Jootioaquc forretur C P "" ""'"" o"""""""
"^que multo post 0. ( on L, n * '="™"'™"*">n oceidit,
^altu. occupautom. ffi e^ Auulh,! ''"" "1™ '""'^""' "»""
c-veroitus uno p,-ooli« f ,„.,,.,> P, ^^I'lius. Utriusque
1» .in..t Praotej co„l^, .^ •h^"c;,"V'"T"'"^"""''^" ^' ''■■-
superioro anu„ fuc-at ecu,;,!!. ^''''"'""" '^"""'"•ra. qui
^-^■'^ANCE TO BOME-MOEE BATTLES
Jlac pugna pugnafa Romam profectus o,f „, u' •
In Propmquis urbis moutibus rraturo^f A "'"'""'<'•
"Ji die castra liabuisset ot r,vTtl f ^ ^""'" "'''q""'
WaximuMictatorEomalu/i,™ r," '^'■"'"■™' * I'"''"''
« clausus loconnu augu JS' 'e 2 : S J'r ' " °,''^""- «'=
so expedivit; Fabio calli.li,,;,, ■ '""'""'o '^-^''^to
Nau.quc, obducfa uo to "^ " "'"^'''"'"' ''""t verba,
doligata iuooudit. cju.^; "no" uuUit:,'';"''" ^■"^™«""'"
Pala'am immisit. Quo roouHu „) l '"'" """'"•™ ''is-
10 iuj,..it exorcitui K,,m morZ T" ' "'" '■■"'""» ""™f«m
"'-us. Hanc post r? S."' ?"'' "'"'■•■' ™"™ n™o .it
iuiuucium Rufu „, um'^trum eli ™ ' -"""'^ '"'^'"'•'. «.
K"^^d„l„p,.oduc;„u,? ,*,tr rV," '"''"*°'™' ™-
'• '" ^"™'"s 'iliseus in insidias
-~«jv*^,-^ ,-.-.«-.^^tBAitt-.:',
'*te
pra muiiiit;
antea unua
traduxit, iu
HA^^NIBAL.
35
ipione con-
tidii apud
it. Tertio,
n ad versus
)rofligavit.
am. Hoc
nunqiiam
3tiamnum
lem apud
occidit,
3ta manu
'bviam ei
^triusque
lit et ali-
lum, qui
3is*-onte.
aliquot
Fabius
it. Hie
:ercitus
verl)a,
icoi'um
m dis-
Torem
no sit
s, M.
m im-
in-f)ii-
iidias
inductum mistulifc. M. Claudium Marccllum, quinquies con- 15
Bulcm, apud VenuHiam pari mode intcrfecit. Lonmim est
mimerare proelia. Quart hoc unum satis erit dictunt ex quo
intelhgi possit, quantus iUe fuerit : quamdiu in Italia fuit
nemo ei in acie restitit, nemo adversus eum post Canncnsem'
pugnam in campo castra posuit. 20
VI.— RECALLED 1. \FRICA-DEPEATED AT ZAMA.
Hie invictus patriani defensum rcvocatus belium gessit ad-
te um apud Padum. tertio apud Trebiam fugarat. Cum lioc
haustis jam patriae tac^tatibus, cupivit impraesentiamm
bel um componere quo valentior postea congrederetur. In 5
col oqumm convenit ; conditiones non convenerunt. Post d
actum paucis diebus, apud Zamam cum eodem conflix t
ulsus mcredibile dictu) biduo et duabus noctibus Hadrumetum
n rr^r^ ^ ^f '' ^'^^^ "^^^^ ^""^ p— - ^i- it^
pusMt. Hadrumeti reliquos e fuga collegit. Novis delectibus
paucis diobus multos coutraxit. aciccLibus
VIL-PEACE-HANNIBAL ELECTED ONE OF THE REOES-
EXILE.
bUl.im cum Romanis composuerunt. Ille nihilo secL ex-m-
c h„ p„st„a praofuit, roaque in Africa geaait, ite„ quo Ma" "
f.ator ejus, usque ad P. Sulpicium, C. Aureliu^ coi HiJ
mm rnag,stratibu5 le«ati Carthagiuionses Eomam v l,™ «
pacem tecis.ent, ob eamque rem corona aurea eos donarpn^
.lentui. His ex senatus consulto rosponsum est- Tn,„m«
i
88
HANNIBAL.
roponerotur dS a^,„„i: r T™'*^'' ""»» " o"™™
mtu, sui exposcemHS'™',?'" ''""■'''''• «"»Ha""ibai
2« .laretur, .avem ascendit clam a uT' T^"™ "' ^™'""»
Profugit. Hac ro pa am rek S' ^^™'" ••«' Antioobum
eomprehendcrant, si prentl^" """^ *™' ""•''^ <""»
.■ublioarunt, dom;m atn L; f "^^^ """'^ "^^
juthcarunt. '"sjeceiuut, ipsum, exulom
r.U.-KETUKK TO APKICA-ruOHa. TO AKTIOCHUS-
VICTORY.
cotb"TMlur:„,!:::;b, ^™'^"™ "-o "-«■«=-, ^
a^ccsit in fiuib Ckc™' ;:; ""7" "^,? '-'">- ^M^am
beilum Anfiucb: ,pe M ,da " r - ^ . Curthagiuiouses ad
« suascrot, ut cum exe, j i ™ i 'r , '"'"°™1 «» Jam per-
Mag„„c;„ fratZ, X i ' M ;;J'?"" P^ficisoeretur. ^„„
■■ebi„,quum 8olvisse.it navra aovp In v!nf- ,• ' "'^'P'^'-atis
ad Antioclmm pemait S Ar ''"'™'""' Hannibal
te.fectnra enm serf „;',,: ^'"' f ' ," f "»«^ iP3in«, in-
in sereudo bello co ,sili s e rn' " ,"'"'"'"" ™"^»'' « '™
Piendo institnerat pCL Tn,"^ vobussot, q„am in susei-
15 tamen nulla descrnit in r Pen ' '"""" ™''^'^'-'*.
Syria jnssus erat in Asiam ^l^tj^'l ""'''S' ""^ »
dasscm in Pampl.y]i„ matiZulhT n " ^''"'"°"">'
adversariorum sui supen entm ^ '^""" ""'"'"idino
superior. '^ '■ '"""' '■'*'' 1™ <^"™'' rem gessit, Cuit
i
L
"m
nscs copfnito
ic ut rediit,
secundo et
3 quotannis
i diligentia
3 effecit, ex
e Romania
in aerario
0, L. Fiirio
I Hannibal
8 senatua
Lntiocluim
luae eum
'ona ejus
n exulem
us—
?Grafc, L.
African!
iuses ad
am per-
r. Hue
af,'onem
speratis
annibal
lemoria
ius, iu-
si tam
susci-
iumnia
debat,
'as ex
iorum
;udin0
t, fuifc
HANNIBAL.
IX.— FLIGHT TO CRETE.
37
Antioclio fugato, verens ne dederetur, quod sine dubio acci-
disset, si sui fccisset potestatem, Cretam ad Gortynios venit,
ut ibi, quo so conferret, considerarei,. Vidit autem vir omnium
callidissimus magno se fore periculo, nisi quid providisset,
propter avaritiam Oretensium. ]\I:ignam enim secum pecunianj 6
portabat, de qua scicbat exisse faniam. Itaque canit tale con-
silium, Amphoras complures complet plumbo, summas operit
auro et argento. Hap, praesentibus principibus, deponit in
templo Dianae, simulans se suas fortunas illorum fidei credere.
His in errorem inductis, statuas aeneas, quas secum portahat, 10
omni sua pecunia complet, easque in i)ropatulo domi abjicit.
Gortynii templum magna cura custodiunt non tam a ceteris
quam ab Hannibale, ne ille inscientlbus iis tolleret, secumque
duceret.
X.— GOES TO PRUSIAS— STRATAGEM.
Sic conservatis suis rebus, Poenus, illusis Cretensibus omni-
bus, ad Prusiam in Pontum pervenit. Apud quem eodem
animo fuit erga Italiam, neque aliud quidquam egit, quam
regem armavit, et exercuit adversus Romanos. Quem quuni
videret domesticis opibus minus esse robustum, . conciliabat fi
ceteros reges, adjungebat bellicosas nationes. Dissidebat ab
eo Pergamenus rex Eumenes, Romania amicissimus, bcllumque
inter eos gerebatur et mari et terra. Quo magis cupiebat eum
Hannibal opprimi. Sed utrobique Eumenes plus valebat prop-
ter Komanorum societatem. Quem si removisset, L orasibi 10
cetera fore arbitrabatur. Ad hunc interficiendum talem iniit
rationem. Classe paucis diebus erant decreturi. Superabatur
navium multitudine ; dolo erat pugnandum, quum par non
esset armis. Imperavit quam plurimas venenatas serpentes
vivas colligi, easque in vasa fictilia conjici. Harum quum efte- 15
cisset magnam multitudinem, die ipso, quo facturus erat navale
proelium, classiarios convocat, iisque praecipit, omnes ut in
unam Eumenis regis con currant navem, a ceteris tantum satis
iabeant se defendere : id illos facile serpentium multitudine
consecutm-os; rex autem in qua nave velieretur, ut scirent se 20
if
HANNIBAL
■lali coliortiit one inilitnm r..„f„ , ■ ,
lium deJtauur. Onar T„ ' ! "''" ""^ "**<1»'^ "' I'™-
Pugnae duretu , H 1 " I n/™f ''"'''' P™«q«™ «ii...n
Eumenes csset toM ? ' '''"''"" '^''""■'^' «"' ?"» loco
mt esres.„s e "e ! ; ''™7'™'' ''««''"'*'^. -"« eodem, „„de
'0 ea roporit, „i i quod ad hrtl ,kC"''' '•""*^ ^l"^'"''-' """' ">
committere .,on dubitavit TjZ ■ " P'™'""" «'««'"
nibalis praocepto mdtrai nav^T '" """°?™ ^■"'>'''« Han-
1« conseouj „„„ eS,Ti3i If::!' ; ""•- f""" P"'" ^ ^-™
in proximo litore erant co lo ItrE n ,f ™^P'''^'' O"""
quura adversariospremerr aoHn. ^"f .^"'■*'™''="«<^»''™«
<le quibus supra men,™, 1 frT ' ' "'■"" '" '"^ ™»--' «'=««•■>.
jacta initio risum nu. ^t^, 7 ' "7"' "°"P'''' ^""'- ««»«
a) floret, poterat mm^"Tol^"ZT"'''""' "''^"° O""™ ">
^pexemnt serpe„tib„; nov^erttf a,,^"" "r^"^'"' ™"-
vitarenfc non vidercnt „„nnl !''"""" """"^ P"'i^''in""n
nautica retule,™, L'^Slalf ™t ' ''""' "^ ^^ »•«''•■-
Buperavit, n„„„e tu,n^h™ , ''" ■'"™" Porga,„e„on„„
2* pari pmd;utir;p;;utt; ™ :.:rior' ^"^ ^'^''-'"''- »i-
Xn.-T„E KOMANS ,.«AND H,M FKOM PEUSIA3-
HIS DEATH.
atque ibi de Ham, a e , f^ff i "" '-•""«'>'"«"> coena,e„t,
* detulit. Patrol l::^, J \,~„,;:,/^»""nu. ..„at„i
Jiue insidiis futm-os „„ij;„'^ /•'""'" " "vo nu,M,u„,„ se
HANNIBAL.
39
ant, in his Flamininum, qui ab rege peterent, ne inimicissimiim
suum sociim liaboret, sihicjue dederet. His Prusias negare ausus
nun est. Illud recusavit, no id a se fieri postulavent, quod
adversus jus liospitii esset ; ipsi, si possent, comi)relieudeient ; 10
locum ubi esset facile inventuros. Hannibal enim uno loco se
tenebat in castello, quod ei a rege datum erat muneri, idque sic
aedificarat, ut in omnibus partibus aedificii exitus liaberet,
scilicet verens, ne usu veniret, quod accidit. Hue quum legati
Romanomm -venissent, ac multitudine domum ejus circumde- 15
dissent, puer ab janua prospiciens Hannibali dixit pluies
praeter consuetudinem armatos a[)parere. Qui imperavit ei,
ut omnes fores aedificii circumiret, ac p''cpere sibi nuntiaret,
num eodem modo undique obsideretur. Puer quum celeritei,
quid esset, rcnuntiasset, omncsque exitus occupatos ostendisset, 20
sensit id non foi'tuito factum, sed se peti, neque sibi diutius
vitam esse retinendam. Quam ne alieno arbitrio dimitteret,
memor pristinarum virtutum venenum, quod semper secum
habere consueverat, sunipsit.
XIII.— CONCLUSION.
Sic vir fortissimus, niultis variisque perfunctus laboribus,
anno acquievit scptuagesimo. Quibus consulibus interierit,
non convenit. Nanique Atticus, M. Olaudio Marcello, Q. Fabio
Labeone consulibus, mortuum in annali suo scriptum reliquit ;
at Polybius, L. Aemilio Paulo, On. Baebio Tamphilo ; Sulpicius 6
autem Blitho, P. Cornelio Cethego, M. Baebio Tamphilo. At-
que hie tantus vir, tantisque bellis districtus, non nihil temporis
tribuit Uteris. Namque aliquot ejus libri sunt, Graeco sermone
confecti, in his ad Ehodios de On. Manlii "Volsonis in Asia
rebus gestis. Hujus belli gesta multi memoriae prodiderunt, 10
sed ex his duo, qui cum eo in castris fuerunt, simulque vixerunt,
quam diu fortuna passa est, Silenus et Sosilus Lacedaemonius.
Atque hoc Sosilo Hannibal literarum Graecarum usus est
doctore.
Sed nos tempus est hujus libri facere finem, et Romanorum 16
explicare imperatores, quo fticilius, coilatis utrorumque faetia,
qui viri praefereudi sint, possit judicari.
Mil
,■)
■I
fjf '.
%.
'-'-tXt'^^^^^fs^i^imw'^
Jpavt Scfoub.
EXTRACTS FROM CAESA.R
■f
a
PREFATORY NOTE.
^ATua .h/Mus 0av9aw «n» 1
;;'--;'^-. - 1,.. „;:: r ;::",;;! j-^^^ ^oo .0. no .. „ep,... ,,
tl'o nnnor o.iiccvs „f the state, with or d t , " - ''"'"^' '"'"^' "'
^^-.'"•'.« the op„o,siu-on t Li , ':."""'^^!'''^ '" '' "•«-. -twith-
coahtion with l'onn,ev and (V ''"'^7'\'^'^' '"''1 then entered into t\ni
-»Pai.ns in Uau,, Gonna." Lrktir";'-"""^ '^""^ ^^ ^"^ ^'^-'"^
i'o."„e,an party-aud his pJltila n le^^ ^ "''' ''""P^'^ '•^"<' *"«
toonni-ortantto bo narrated ho"o 12^^^^^"^ '"" ""^">- '•^"•l
aetivty and snecess, ho was .s^^lJaIn;T''''''f "'"^' ext.aordinar,
to'-s. on protonco that ho wa.s ai, d ' " '•'• ^'^ '^^ '"^"'» ofcon^pi,,.
<l»-t of Uaul in r>8 b.o., U; ill ff: ""'"'• "'^ '^^^'■- *''«-"
BOOK I.
PART I.— THE HELVETIAN WAR.
ARGUMENT.
Do(icr\ption of Ga\il.— II. The Ilclvctii iicisiiiided to eniifiiato.— III. rrcpfirntlons
for ilcpartme.— IV. Accusation am! death of Orgetoi ix.— V. The llclvidi Inini
their towns.— VI. Routes to Guiil.— VII. Caesar iirepaies to opjiose tiie llelvetii.
— V 1 1 1. Caesar's defen.sivo nie:i.sures.— IX. The Uelvetii treat witli the Secjuanl.
~~X. Caesar increases his forces.— XI. Tlie llel<'etii reach tlie country of the
Aedui.- XII. Caesar defeats tlie Uelvetii at the Arar.-XIU. The Uelvetii
treat vitli Caesar. -XIV. Caesar's rcply.—XV. Tlie Uelvetii march onward.--
XVI. Tiie Aedui fail to supply corn to Caesar.— XVII. The revelations of Lisius.
— XVllI. Tlie treachery of Dmniiorix.— XIX. Caesar sends for Divitiacus,
brother of Dumnorix. -XX. Caesar pardons Duninovix.— XXI. Operations
ojiainst the Uelvetii.— XX H. Mistake of Considius, and failure of the lloinaiis.
— XXIII. Caesar retreats to Bibracte for provisions.— XXIV. The Uelvetii
follow, and prepare for battle.— XXV. The battle.— XXVI. The Uelvetii de-
I'eated.— XXVII. Negotiations for peace.— XXVIII. The Uelvetii forced to
vutuni to their own land.— XXIX. Numbers of the Uelvetii who left home.
I— DESCRIPTION OF GAUL.
Gallia est oranis divisa in partes tres ; qiiarum uiiam incolunt
Bclgae; aliam Aquitani ; tertiam, qui ipsonim lingua Cclttie,
nostra GtUli appellftntur. Hi omnes lingua, institutis, Icgibus
inter se differunt. Gallos ab Aquitanis GarUmna flumeu, a
Belgia Matrona et Scqualia dividit. Horurn omnium fortissimi 6
Buut Belgae, propterea quod a cultu atque liumanitate pro-
vinciae longissime absunt, minimeque ad cos ^ercat(l)res saepe
commcant, atque ea, quae ad effeminandos animos pertinent,
important ; proximique sunt GermTinis, qui trans Rhenum
incolunt, quibuscum continenter bcllum gerunt. Qua de causa 10
Holvetii quoque reliquos Gallos virtutB praecedunt, quod fere
quotidianis procliis cum Gcrmanis contcndunt, quum aut suis
fiiiibus eos proliibent, aut ipsi in eorum finibus bellum gcrliht.
44
Eomm
THE HKLVETIAN WAR.
•
minis Tih"T-T^^t\r "T, "^'""'"^ P^"^" «'-
partem Occam Z"est ,,T ^■■'"'"'™ """""^ <=' '^'^
"-THK HELVETII PEKSWDII, TO EMIGKATl.
m.-PBEPAEATIONS FOK DEPAETDEE.
BtifuL't :: taT a/i:r ''f ^'«^"'"^' p^™"" <=-
initiiim capit
line, Oceaho,
et Helvetiis
! ab extremis
partem flu-
ntem solem.
ntes et earn
spectat inter
TE.
simus Orge-
i cupiditate
i persuasit;
■facile esse,
)erio potiri.
'a Helvbtii
inio atque
altera ex
Elelvetios ;
rovinciam
et minus
e possent ;
re afficie-
loria belli
ntur, qui
a CLXXx
oti con-
iparare;
oemiere ;
rumen.ti
Jni con-
tis esse
-nt. A(]
icra ad
THE HELVETIAN WAR.
46
civitates suscepit. In eo itinere persiiadet Castico, Cataman-
taloedis tilio, Sequano, ciijus pater regnum in Sequanis multos 10
annos obtiniierat, et a senatu populi Romani amici!i3 appellatus
erat, ut regnum in civitate sua occuparet, quod pater ante
habuerat ; itemque Dumnorigi Aeduo, fratri Divitiaci (qui eo
tempore principatum in civitate obtinebat, ac maxime plebi
acceptus erat), u* Idem conaretur, persuadet ; eique filiam suam 16
in matrimonium dat. Perfacile factu esse illis probat conata
perticere, propterea quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obten-
turus asset : non esse dubium, quin totius Galliae plurimum
Helvetii possent ; se suis copifs suoque exercitu illia regna
conciliaturum confifmat. Hac oratione adducti inter se fidem 20
et jusjurandum dant, et regno occupato per tres potentissimoa
ac firmissimos populos totius Galliae sese potiri posse sperant.
IV. — ACCUSATION AND DEATH OF ORGETORIX.
Ea res est Helvetiis per indicium enuntiata. Moribus suis
Orgetorigem ex vinculis causam dic6re coegerunt. Damnatum
poenam sequi oportebat, ut igni cremaretur. Die constituta
causae dictionis Orgetorix ad judicium omnem suam familiam,
ad hominum millia decern, undique cpegit, et omnes clientes 5
obaeratdsque suos, quorum magnum numerum habebat, eodem
conduxit ; per eos, ne causam diceret, se eripuit. Quum civitaa
ob eam rem incitata armis jus suum exsequi conaretur, multi-
tudinetnque hominum ex agrts magistratus cogerent, Orgetorix
mortuus est ; neque abest suspicfo, ut Helvetii arbitrantur, quin 10
ipse sibi mortem consciverit.
V. — THE HELVETII BURN THEIR TOWNS.
Post ejus mortem nihilo minus Helvetii id, quod constitue-
rant, facere cona'ntur, ut e finibus suis exeant. Ubi jam se ad
eam rem paratos esse arbitrati sunt, oppida sua omnia numero
ad duodecim, vicop ad quadringentos, reliqiui privata aedificia
incendunt ; frumentum omne, praeterquam quod secum porta- 5
turi erant, comburunt, ut domum reditionis spe sublata parati-
ores ad omnia pericula subeunda essenu ; trium mensium molita
cibnna sibi nufiTnono domo efferre iubent. Persuadent Rau-
racis et Tulingis et Latobrigis finitimis, uti eodem usi consilio,
46
TilE HELVETIAN WAR.
VI.-ROUTES TO GAUL.
-Cii'cant omniuo itinpi-n Wn^ •,
P-«ent: u,„„„ p 78^0, '"1 '!f\'''"'""''"^ "»■«» ^xire
.luccfcntur; „,„'„, auteralSu! •"■ -"^ ,""" '"'«"" ^^^
« l«<"ci proMbei-e nossem '!"""' mpeadcbat, „t facile per-
1" Jit CO „ppic,„ p^i", ariT Ho, n ': '''™ '^'"'''■» «^"eva.
ve' ..muasu™, (qucfnondum bon? "'• .^"°'''°«il'us .e»e
;".um viderentur,) exlstilC ve, vT';:;° /" ""P"'™ «°™-
ftnes e„s ire paterehtur. Omn bjj f '"''"• "' P"' «»<>»
l«i-at& diem dicunt, qua di^.d ,. r,f P'^fe^Uonem eom-
1« "iant Is die. erat a d V V T" f'""""' ™'»« -^onve-
comulibus. • *^' ■^■''- ^P'-- L Pisone. A Gabiuio
VII.-CAESAE PEEPAEES TO OPPOSF Tn p. „
«md,tam numerum impeiat-lV • " '"'™™' ?"'«*
mittunt nobilissimos civitaffi elf ^;'."'..%aMs ad e«,„
^'oruolo'etius principem loei'mobS f ""'' ^™""«»« <>'
10 in a„im„ si„e „„„ malefl io t" pe f ° ' ■""' *'^^™' ^'^ «» '
q«od aliud iter l.aberent m Imn '"'''™^'"''™'P'''>Ptoea
siW faeere lieeat. Caes'r ™„d *"'2' "' «J"« ™l»»tate id
-bju,.„ „„,„„„, c„nccde,I„, : ;lba ™ f -"f"" "
^"PuraDat; neque homines
THE HELVETIAN WAIl.
47
cantur; Boi-
'lu Noricum
se f?ocios sibi
riomo exire
ficile, inter
iiiguli ca'rri
facile per-
il nostram,
inter f?nes
Rhodaiius
1 oppidum
' Geneva.
?ibus sese
um Rom-
per suos
lem com-
es conve-
Grabinio
'II.
nostram
naximis
et ad
potest
Iteriore
H. Ubi
d eum
eius et
bi esse
Pterea
;ate id
■ssiura
iiiimico aniiho, data facultatB per provinciam itiiicris fiiciundi, 15
tcniperaturos ab injuria et malcficio existimabat, Tamcn, ut
Bpatium intercedere posset, dum milites, quos imperaverat, con-
venii-ent, legatis respondit diem se ad deliberandum siunptu-
rum : si quid vellent, ad Id. Apr. reverterentur.
VIII. — caesar's defensive measures.
Interea ea legione, quani secum liabebat, militibusque, qui
ex provincia convenei-ant, a lucu Leiiahno, qui in^ flumoji
Kliodaiium influit, ad montoni JuraTIi, qui fines Sequanorura ab
Helvetiis dividit, millia passuum deceni novem murum; in alti-
tudinem peduin sedecim fossamque pierducit. Eo opere per- 5
fecto praesidia dispouit, castella comniunit, quo facilms, si se
invito trtrnsire conarehtur, prohibere possit. Ubi ea dies, quaiu
constitucrat cum legatis, venit, et legati ad eum reverte'riint,
negat se moire et exemplo populi Romaui posse iter ulli per
provinciam dare, et si vim facere conentur, prohibiturum 10
ostendit. Helvetii ea sjje dejecti, navibus junctis ratibiisque
coniphiribus factis, alii vadis Rhodani, qua minima altitude
fiumiii'^ erat, nonnunquam intevdiu, saepius noctii, si periump-
erc possent conati, operjs munitione et militum concursu et
tulis repulsi hoc conatu destiteruut. Ifi
IX. — THE helvetii TREAT WITH THE SEQUANL
Rclinquebatur una per Sequanos via, qua Sequanis iuv^itis
propter angustias ire non potcrant. His quum sua sponte per-
Buadcre non possent, legates ad Dumnorigem Aeduimi mittunt,
ut eo dcprecatore a Sequanis impetrarent. DumnoTix gratia et
largitione apud Sequanos plurimum poterat, et Helvetiis erat 6
amicus, quod ex ea civitate Orgetorigis iiliam in matrimonium
duxerat, et cupiditate regni adductus novis rebus studebat, et
quam ])lurimas civitates suo beneficio habere obstri'ctas volebat.
Itaque rem suscipit, et a Sequanis impetrat, ut per fines suos
Helvetios ire patiantur, obsidesque uti inter sese dent perficit : 10
Scquani, ne itinere Helvetios prohibeant; Helvetii, ut sine,
maleficio et injuria transeaut.
tnines
■■<■(
48
MI HM,VBTIAIf WAR
x--CAmn raoRKASEs bw fok™,
Caesari renuntiatur Helveti;, » •
-on longe a Tolosatium finibuTatei" ' '™.''"^' ''''«'«. l-i
vincm. Id si fleret. inteffii ma ".; """ """"' "'' '" P »-
ftc.t; ipse in ItaliammagniSrih, "'''•''" '*Sat«m prae-
Pfr Alpes erat, cum h«\„f„17 ™ ''j',^ '» l^'^riorem Galliam
Centroaea et Graioieli HcXLlT-i' '"• '"""^'«'»' ^
't.nm exereitum prohibere com£""^ ««Peri«ribus occnpati,
P"!*". ab Ocelo, q„od eat cTr "■ ''""P'"'''!!, his proeliia
■nde m Allobro«„m fines, ab ZhCX " '"P'™" P^''''™";
«t<un ducit. Hi sunt extra "^?"' "" Sos-sianos exer- '
primi. mt extra provmcam trans Ehodanum
. -'''^^z'z s:;r fit' 'pr """■"' -- »--
"KTos popiUabantnr. AeduiTmf™ f""'''™'"'ant, eornraqne
non possent, legates ad CaeLlm " ;,! T'^"" ""> ™ ""^ndere
1 1ta se omni tempore de popSXr "'" "■"«*""" '""'"i™ :
mconspectuexercit„snosTrrlri?T-Tr"''^'«»- "' Pa«*
tutem abduci, oppida exptn^n™ ^A'"''" '^°™" '» ««^"-
Pore Aedui Ambarr,-, necXi 7 ""'• ^^"'^ '«»-
Caesarem certiorem fecimt T I """^"Suinei Aeduoram,
IOaboppidis,i„,,^^>™;'j;-- depopulaa agris non facile
Rhodannm vicos posseSso^^k ^T '^""'"■°«^''3'''"-a'"
sarem recipiur- .t demonriT .J*''^''™'. %* 8e ad Cae-
, sibi statmt, dum om„[b„s &!". "^"^ "™ «»P»^andum
1« tonos Helvetii pervenirent ™" consumptis in San-
I
I
THE HELVETIAN WAR.
49
^er agrtim
facere, qui
sst in pro-
proviiiciae
icos, loci^
- • Ob eaa
'Um prae-
asque ibi
emabant,
Galliam
dit. Ibi
'ccupatia
' proeliia
Qum, in
ervenit ;
)8 exer-
>danum
DUL
copias
^iraque
3ndere
lium :
paenP
servi-
tem-
)rum,
facile
trans
Cae-
oihil
dum
San-
XII.— CAESAR DEFEATS THE HELVETII AT THE ARAR.
^ Flumen est Arar, quo.; ^ fines Aeduorum ct Sequanomm
m Rhodanum influit incredibili lenitate, ita ut oculis, in utram
partem fluat, judicari non possit. Id Helvetii ratibus ac lintri-
biTS junctis transibant. Ubi per exploratores Caesar certior
tactus est tres jam partes copiarum Helvetios id flumen tra- 5
duxisse, quartam fere partem citra flumen Ararim reliquam
esse, de tertia vigilia cum legionibus tribus e castris profectus
ad eam partem pervenit, quae nondum f amen transierat. Eos
impeditos et mopinantes aggressus niagnam partem eorum con-
cidit : rehqui sese fuga'e mandamnt, atque in proximas silvas 10
abdiderunt. Is pagufe appellabatur Tiguriiius ; nam omnis
civitas Helvetia in quatuor pa^os divisa est. Hie pagiis unus
quum domo exisset patmm nostrorum memoria, L. Cassium con-
sulem mterfecerat, et ejus exercitum sub jugum miserat. Ita
siye casti, sive consilip deorum immortalium, quae pars civi- 15
tatis Helvetiae msignem calamitatSm populo Romano intulerat
ea prmceps poenas persolvit. Qua in re Caesar non solum'
pubhcas, sed etiam privatas injurias ultus est, quod ejus soceri
L. Pisonis avum, L. Pisonem legatum, Tigurini eodem proelio
quo Cassmm, mterfecerant.
XIII.— THE HELVETII TREAT WITH CAESAR.
Hoc proelio facto, reliquas copias Helvetiomm ut consequi
posset, ponteni in Arare faciendum curat, atque ita exercitiim
traducit. Helvetii repentino ejus advent^ conimoti, quum id
moa ipsi diebUs XX aegerrime confederant, ut flumen transirent'
I urn Uno die fecisse intelligerent, legates ad eum mittunt \ n
eiijus legatioms Divico princeps fuit, qui bello Cassiano dux
Helvetiorum fuerat. Is ita cum Caesare egit : Si pacem popu-
lu8 Romanus cum Helvetiis faceret, in eam partem ituros
atque ibi futuros Helvetios, ubi eos Caesar constituisset atque
esseyoluisset; sin bello persequi perseveraret, reminisceretur 10^
et veteris mcommoOi populi Romani et pristinae virtutFs Hel-
t^etiorum. Quod improvise unum pagum adortus esset, quum ii
qui flumen transissent. suia ail yiliiim f^vr-a «on — "'^-i- -- ^1
vum^rem aut suae magnopere virtutl tribderet, aut ipsos despi-
M'
TIlmiE'VETIAN WAB.
virt,ue q,.am dolA contemlcrent, aut in^idiS mtcSr o.lf '
XIV.— Caesar's re ^y.
His Caesar ita lespohdit : Eo sibi minus dubiUtionis ,lnr1
noil fmsse difficile cavere; sed eo deccDtiim nnnri .« '''"'^^^^'
vinoiam per vim tentassent, quod Aeduos ouod I. i^
cedev. Ounm pTu t ! diuturptorem impunitatem con-
ceal.. Quuni ea ita smt, tamen si obsides ab iis sibi dentur
uti ea quae polliceantur facturos intelligat, et si /4u^ 1 1
2Urespondit: ItaHelvetios a majoribus suis institutes esse uti
anum esse testem. Hoc responso dato discessit.
XV.-THE HELVETII MARCH ONWARD
THE HELVETIAN WAE.
61
niultitiuhnom cqiiitiim propuleiant, autlucius Bubnist^re nou-
iiuiKiimm et novissimo aginine proel 'ostroa lacessere c6e-
pejunt. Caesar suos a proeJio continebat, ac oatis liabcbut iu m
praoseiitia hostem rapiiilB, pabulatiouibus, populatiouibusque
proliibere. Ita dies circiter quindccim iter fecenmt, uti iutcr
iiuvissimum host;um asmen et nostrum priinum uuu umpliua
quims aut seuis millibus passuub interessct.
XVI.— THE AEDUI FAIL TO StJPPLY CORN TO CAESAR.
luterim quotidie Caesar Aeduos frumcntum, quod esseut
publice polliciti flagit, Nam propter frigoi^t, (quod Gallia
sub septent^ioiiibus, u :te dictum e.t, p^ 'ita est,) Lnlldo
irumenta m a^ns m^atui. no-erant, sed ne pab?ili qmd^msA
ma^na cyia suppeteb^t : 60 auiem fr Aentofquo^ flulijie 5
Afare na^^fbus su^^exfrat 4)r4^erea m^s ut potLt, qA5d
{ft- ab Arare Helvetfli ave^-^erant ; a quibus discedere nolebat j
- lem ex die duefere Aeddi: conferri, comportari, adesse dicere
Ubi se dmtius duci intellexit, et diem instare, quo die frumen-
tum militibus metiri oporteret, convocatis eorum principibus 10
quorum magnam copiam in castris habebat, iu ^is Divitiaco et
Lisco qui summo magistratui praeerat-queih' Vergobretum
appe lant Aedui, qui Creatur annuus, et vitae necisque in suos
habet putestatem,-gi^viter eos accusat, quod, quum neque emi
lic-que ox agns sumi posset, tarn necessario tempore, tarn pro- 15
p.nquis host.bus, ab iis non sublevetur ; praesertim quuni magna
ex par.e eorum precibus adductus bellum susceperit : multo
etiam gravms, quod sii; destitutus, queritur.
XVII.— THE REVELATIONS OF LISCUS.
Turn demum Liscus oratione Caesaris adductus, quod antea
tacuerat, proponit: Esse nonnullos, quorum auctoritas apud
pl bem plunmum valeat, qui privatim plus possint quam ipsi
uT T. /^' '''^'''^'' '''^'' ^^'"^^ «r-tione multi-
deb anT- f "'' "' '""^''"" ^^^^^^^^^' ^^ P^-«tare5
deb ant: SI jam pnncipatum Galliae obtinere non possint,
Morum,^,,^ Romanorum imperia praeferre, neque dubitare
uciieant, quin, si Hclvetios superav^rinf P^ i -^- -
Gallia Aedms libertatem sint ereptuii Ab eisdem
ff2
THE HELVETIAN WAR.
nostra consilia quaeque in castris gerantur hostibus enimtiari.
coactus Caesan enuntiarit, intelligere sese, quanto id cum peri-
culo fecerit, et ob earn causam. quam diu potuerit, tacuisse:
XVIII.— THE TREACHERY OP DUMNORIX.
Caesar liac oratione Lisci Dumnorigem, Divitiaci fratrem,
rtesgnan senheba ; sed.. quod pluribus praesentibus eas rT
jactari noleba , celeriter concilium dimittit, Liscum retinet
C^uaent ex solo ea, quae in conventu dixerat. Dicit liberius
6 atque audacms. Eadem secreto ab aliis quaerit; reperit esse
vera: Ipsum esse Dumnorigem summa audacia, magna apud
Plebem propter liberalitatem gratia, cupidum remm novarum
Comr -ares annos portoria reliquaque omnia Aeduorum vecti^
gaha parvo pretio redempta habere, propterea quod illo licente
10 contra hceri audeat nemo. His rebus et suam'rem fami ia'em
Znl ^"'''''' '' '"-^"^^"^""^ "^^-- --P--e^
magnum numerum eqmtatus suo sumptu semper alere et
mitates largiter posse; atquc hujus potentiae causa matrem
16 m Biturigibus ommi illic nobilissimo ac potentissimo collo-
casse ; ipsum Helvetiis uxorem habere ; sororem ex matre et
propmquas suas nuptum in alias civitates collocasse. Favere
et cupere Helvetiis propter eam affinifcatem, odisse etiam suo
nomine Caesarem et Romanos, quod eorum adventu potentia
20 ejus deminivta, et Divitiacus frater in antiquum locum gratiae
atque honoris sit restitutus. Si quid accidat Romanis, summam
m spem per Helvetios regni obtinendi venire ; imperio populi
Komani, non modo de regno sed efiam'deoa, quam habeat
gra.ia desperare. Reperiebat etiam in quaerendo Caesar, quod
25 proehum e^^ ^estre adversum paucis ante diebus esset factum
initium ejus fugae factum a Dumnorige atque ejus equitibus-'
nam equitatui, quem auxilio Caesari Aedui miseraut, Dumnorix
praeerat-: eorum fuga reliquum esse equitatum perterritum.
XIX -CAESAR SENDS FOR DIVITIACUS, BROTHER OF DUMNORIX.
Quibus rebus cognitis, quum ad has suspiciones certissimae
res accederent, quod per fines Sequanorum Heivefcioa tradu-
enimtiari :
3sario rem
cum peri-
cuisse.
i fratrem,
IS eas res
n retinet.
t liberius
perit esse
?na apud
novarum.
im vecti-
lo licente
miliarem
iparasse ;
alere et
finitimas
matrem
10 collo-
matre et
Favere
fam suo
potentia
gratiae
immam
) populi
habeat,
ir, quod
factum,
tibus —
mnorix
itum.
N^ORIX.
ssirnae
tradu-
THB HELVETIAN WAB.
63
xisset ,— quod obsides inter eos dandoa curasset,— quod ea omnia
non modo injussu suo et civitatis, sed etiam inscientibus ipsis
fecisset -quod a magistratu Aeduorum accusaretur,— satis esse 6
causae arbitrabatur, quare in eum aut ipse animadverteret, aut
civitatem animadvertere juberet. His omnibus rebus unum
repugnabat, quod Divitiaci fratris suramum in populum
Romanum studium, summam in se voluntatem, egregiam
fidem, justitiam, temperantiam cognoverat: nam, ne ejus sup- 10
plicio Divitiaci animum offenderet, verebatur. Itaque prius
I quam quidquam conaretur, Divitiacum ad se vocari jubet, et
quotidianis interpretibus remotis per 0. Valerium Procillum,
principem Galliae proviuciae, familiarem suum, cui summam
omnium rerum fidem habebat, cum eo colloquitur; simul com- 15
monefacit, quae ipso praesente in coucilio Gallorum de Dum-
norige sint dicta, et ostendit, quae separatim quisque de eo
apud se dixerit. Petit atque hortatur, ut sine ejus offensione
animi vel ipse de eo causa cognita statuat, vel civitatem
Btatuerejubeat. an
XX.— CAESAR PARDONS DUMNORIX.
Divitiacus multis cum lacrimis Caesarem complexus obse-
crare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret : Scire se ilia
esse vera, nee quemquam ex eo plus quam se doloris capere,
propterea quod, quum ipse gratia plurimum domi atque in reli-
qua Gallia, ille minimum propter adolescentiam posset, per se 5
crevisset ; quibus opibus ac nervis non solum ad minuendam
gratiara, sed paene ad perniciem suam uteretur ; sese tamen et
amore iratorno et existimatione vulgi commoveri. Quod si
quid^ ei a Caesare gravius accidisset, quum ipse eum locum
amicitiae apud eum teneret, neminem existimaturum non sua 10
voluntate factum ; qua ex re futurum, uti totius Galliae animi
a se averterentur. Haec quum pluribus verbis flcns a Caesare
peteret, Caesar ejus dextram prendit; consolatiis rogat, finem
orandi faciat ; tauti ejus apud se gratiam esse ostendit, uti et
reipublicae injuriam et suum dolorem ejus voluntati ac precil)us 15
condonet. Dumnorigem ad so vocat, fratrem. adlii'bet ; quae in
eo reprehendat, cstendit ; quae ipse intelligat, quae civJtas
queratur, proponit ; raonet, nt in reliquum tompijg omnes sua-
■'>*■
'mm
-^.,M,
Si
THE HELVETIAN WAR
piciones vitet ; prieterita se Divitiaco frotrf . .
20 Dunmoiigi custodes nhnfi „t ™"^ *"»'" condonare (licit.
•♦ XXr.-OPERATIONS AGAINST THE HELVETII.
— "'^itTaS'r "■:"" '""'^ ''™'- ^•>'' '»<">*e
omncm ante Je m°ttr P P„„' "^ '™ ''™*™^'*' <^»it'^t"mne
fuerat, cum a.;ioratoZrp"aLSr '"'"''' "^^ '''^''^^'
neque, ut po«tea ex caS ~ra"^t7""'™^
I^bieui cognitus esset Con,iwZ ' f • P'™' «a™nt<is aut
tenon: id .e' T g" llfa aZ T'''" ™'™"'' ^"^ "^"^^''-'^
Caeaar.uasc„pi^r'2im™' n^™ ',''!*'"''™ ''"S'"'"^.
Labionus, ut erat d p^Srfp '"''*•'"' »™™ »«'™i'.
mitteret, nisi ip8i„s „1kp „ 1 """■"' "" P™""""" «=om-
•0 «t undiq'uo uno^Zp :?£r -*rr'r "™ ^^^™''
pato nostras exsnectabat nr„T ^^ - *"'''*■ "'™''' o™"-
die per expIorXos c ^c^ :^^^^^^^^ Multo doni,„e
et Helvetios castra raovisse TrT' > '""""'" ■'' """ *<-'""i.
quod non vidisset, Zvi^s bi 11;"'" ""T r''"^""""'
la sucat intovvalLo lltea Te^Uuret Sa , '""• """ '"'■
eomm caatris castra ponit. P"™""™ "» "b
XXm -CAE«AR „.TREATS TO BIBHACTE EOR PROVISIONS
"'"" '^"""""'"tt^ ""^'i" oP'Tteret, et q„oc, a Kb a "
I
J
ionare (licit,
m loquatur,
'II.
3 sub monte
qualis esset
>gii08cerent,
1 vigilia T.
libus et iis
s ascendere
irta vigilia
litatumque
is peritissi-
M. Crassi
5 ROMANS.
Lir, ipse ab
IS abesset,
entus aut
accurrit ;
' hostibiis
'gnovisse.
^ instruit
^m Coni-
ne essent,
ite occu-
denique
s tcneri,
firritiini,
luo oon-
tria ab
IONS.
, qiinm
il)racte,
THE HELVETIAN WAR.
66
oppido Aeduorum longe maximo et copiosissimo, non ampliua
millibjis passuum xviii aberat, rei frumentariae prospiciendum
existimavit : iter ab Helvetiis avertit, ac Bibractfi.ire contendit 6
Ea res per fugitiVos L. Aemilii, decurionia equitum Gallomm*
hostibus nuntiatur. Helvetii, seu quod timob p^rterritos Ro-
manos discedere a se existimarent,— eo m*agis, <^uod pridie
superioribus locis occupatis proelium non commisissent,— sive
eo quod re frumentar^- intercludi posse confiderent, commutato lo
consilio atque itiner-. converso, nostros a novissimo agmiue
iuscqui ac lacessere coeperunt.
XXIV.— THE HELVETII FOLLOW, AND PREPARE FOR BATTLE.
Postquam id anirnum advertit, copias suas Caesar in proxi-
mum collem subducit; equitatiimque, qui sustineret hostium
impetum, misit. Ipse interimr in colle medio triplicem aciem
instruxit legionum quatuor veteranarum ; atque supra se in
summo jugo duas legiones, quas in Gallia citeriore proximo 6
conscripserat, et omnia auxilia collocavit, ac totum montem
hominibus complevit; interea sarcinas in unum locum conferri,
et eum ab his, qui in superiore acie constiterant, muniri jussit!
Helvetii cum omnibus suis carris secuti impedimenta in unum
locum contulerunt ; ipsi confertissima acie rejecto nostro equi- lo
tatu, phalange facta, sub primam nostram aciem successerunt.
XXV.— THE BATTLE.
Caesar primum suo deinde omnium ex conspectu remotia
eqiiis, ut aequato omnium periculo spem fugae tolieret, cohor-
tatus suos proelium commisit. Milites e loco superiore piliS
missis facile hostium phalangein perfregefuht. Ea disjecta
gladiib destrictis in eos impetAm fecerunt. Gallis magno ad g
pugnam erat impedimento, quod pluribus eomm scutis uno i^tu
pilorum transfixis eo colligatis, quum ferrum se inilexisset, neque
evellere neque sinistra impcdita satis commode pugnare poter-
ant, multi ut diu jactato bracliip praeoptarcnt scutum manu
emittere^et nudo corpore pugnare. Tandem vulneribus defe'ssi, lo
et pcdote-referre, et quod mons suberat circiter mille passnum..
eo se recipere coeperunt. Capto moAte et succedentibus
uostris, Boii et Tulingi, qui liominum millibus circiter xvagmeu
\
^
#^
f\ft
THE HELVETIAN WAR.
XXVI.— THE HELVETII DEFEATED
Ita ancipiti proelio diu atque aeriter pusnatum «f n- r
quum s«sti„ere nostrorum impetus nonpostr ^t '
can-OS 6U08 se contulerunt ^^i, T. * ■mpedimenta et
«I.ora septoa ad !„ Xt„m :^" P™«""' "■™ ""
viderenemopotuit AHn„l . ' *™™m hostem
loco s„peri„ra?u SjTenS tr/ '-"'r™"'' '' »
nuIU inter carAs rotaSanJTtr - *. "•"°'*™*' «' "O""
10 nostr„s,„e vulnerab:^' Diu 'ut ^" f «""S /"l-jiciebant,
mentis casfiaque nostri n„«u s^nt iT n ""f ™' ^P^"'" I
«n„» e filiii captus est. & eopmlio 1^^.°"^' '"^ ""^"^ y
cxxx euperfuenmt .„„„:, f "^'' ''°""»'"» ^'Ui:-- J\
nullam pa^teS; S i tnur inr""^^ '^""■' ''^
1« quarto pervenemnf r,,,,, J ! '"'"""■'■so. >n fines Lingonum die
'epult„?rS„™r„ Jt tfTrif """''■'' ■""""■» "' P™P*"
potuissent Cam^^ Lwl 1 T """■"" ""^ ^^q"' •">«
eos frumento?evral 're ra ; tTsiT""'? °"'"' "
loco quo Helvetios hnWh.J V ' JW'sseut, se eodem '
SO omnibus copii:X„t:eX '" '"" "'"™'"° "'^
XXVIL-NRGOTIATIONS FOR PEACE.
ad!:il;iert' Q^tmSlnlt- " '^^^"^ ^"^ "'*•'«
ad ped^s projecissent s^ppLrqu: SeT™"""'' "'™
sent, atque eos in eo loco o,r t ''^ P""*"" P<"is-
Sexspectarojussiset paraemnt f"" ?™*' """" *''^^"'™
obsidte, anna, « fvos Q U?d 1 !" f' ""^ °"''''"- P"'''""'".
ea conq .iruntur et confernnlr P^fPf'"'' P"P°^"'- ^um
„„„ ,. IP^ ,. . '"'» "^ntur, nocte mtermissa cirMt»r %„„:
-urn ..ulla ,x ejus j.agi, qui Verbigenus appellatur; si™ timbre
THE HELVETIAN WAR.
57
i. Diutiua
teri se, ut
imenta et
, quum ab
na hostem
pedimenta
rant, et e
t, et non-
^jiciebant,
>, impedi-
31ia atque
im milliz
' ierunt:''^"
onum die
st propter
3qui non
tnisit, ne
3e eodem
sso cum
editione
it, seque
m petis-
ventum
ervenit,
Bum
!• in i-V rv» •
perterriti, ne armis traditis supplicio afficerentur, sive spe
balutis inducti, quod in tanta multitudine dediticiorum suam 10
fugam aut occultari aut omnino ignorari posse existimarent,
prima nocte e castris Helvetiorum egressi ad Rhenum finesque
Germanorum contenderunt.
XXVIII.— THE HELVETII FORCED TO RETURN TO THEIR OWN
LAND.
Quod ubi Caesar resciit, quorum per fines ierant, his, uti
conquirerent et reduc'erent, si sibi purgati esse vellent, imper-
avit : reductos in hostium nuniero habiiit ; reliquos omnes,
obsidib^, armig, perfu'gis traditis, in deditionem accepit. Hel-
vetios, Tulingos, Latobrigos in fin4 suos, unde erant pr6fecti, 5
reVerti jussit;_et quod omnibus frukibus amissis do"£i nihil
erat quo famm tolerarent, Allobrogibus imperavit, ut iis
frumenti copiam facerent : ipsos oppidiji vico'sque, quos incen-
derant, restituere jussit. Id ea maxime ratione fecit, quod *
noluit eum locum, unde Helvetii discesserant, vacare, ne prop- 10
ter bonitatem agrorum Carmani, qui trans Rhenum incolunt, e
suis finibus in Helvetiorum fines transirent, et finitimi Galliae
provinciae Allobrogibusque essent. Boios, petentibus Aeduis, *
quod egregia virtute erant cogniti, ut in finibus suis collocareut.'
concessit ; quibus illi agros dederunt, quosque postea in parem 16
juris libertatisque conditionem, atque ipsi erant, receperunt.
XXIX. — NUMBERS OF THE HELVETII WHO LEFT HOME.
In castris Helvetiorum tabula'e repertae sunt Uteris Graecfs
confectae, et ad Caesarem relatae ; quibus in tabulis nominatim
ratio confecta erat, qui nunfierus domo exissel eorum, qui arraa
ferre possent; et item separatim pueri, senes, mulieresque.
Quarum omnium rerura summa erat, capitum Helvetiorum 6
millia cclxiii, Tulingorum millia xxxvi, Latobrigorum xiv,
Rauracorum xxiii, Boiorum xxxii; ex his qui arma ferre
possent, ad millia xcn. Summa omnium fuerunt ad millia
cccLXviii. Eorum, qui domum redierunt, censu habito, lit
Caesar imperaverat, repertus est numerus millium c et s. lo v
timore
' 'l!
58
THE GERMAN WAR.
PART IL-THE GERMAN WAR.
ARGUMENT.
XXX The Gallic States hold a council tyvt n , ,
k.n^ of the Ge™ans.--XXXirn;7s™Man. n""''"''"? "^"'""^ Arlovlstns.
kind answer to the Oauls-XXXIV ^(^^^"»" /W'^^^^^^'l-XXXin. Cnesar'
chned by Arlovistus.- .... xxVvir^ '"■"^'"'''*' °^ » •conference de-
A.iovistus.-xxxvirr. c.e^JtlLV^-ZlZ^Tv' ''""'''■ '""'-^'"^^ "'^--^
InCaesar'sarmy.-XLCaesaraddresse Th 2^^^
Caesar marches.— XLII Arin„i=f. men.— XLI. Confidence featovoH-
ofthe conference.- • x^V Trrr"'"' " ''""^^'"'^^-XLHI. l' p , ?«
«;ishes to renew the c^nfem, ;7cIS7,::-'-'f '--XLVir. Ar.S
offers battle.-XLIX. Caesar ^akcs a seeo'l''""^"'^---^^^"'- C«esar
Caesar's smaller camp._LI Caesar LJu '^'^"'P— L- Arlovistus attack.
Offers battle.-LII. iL ba tit-L irLefrarof a "■' T'' °^ ^''-'stu, and
turns to liither GauL ^*^^** °^ Anoviatua-LIV. Caesar re-
XXX.-THE GALLIC STATES HOLD A COUNCIL.
runt, „ti s'ibi coSlTo«rM^^ ' T""'"*' * * ^^^'^
XXXI.-COMPLAINTS AGAINST ARIOVISTM, KING OF THE
GERMANS.
THE GERMAN WAR.
£9
it ArlovlstHs,
in. Cnesiir's
iference de-
rclies agfiiiist
XIX. Alarm
ice j-estorcd;
!• Tlie place
r. Ariovistus
■'HI. Ciiesar
sfus attacks
ovlstus, and
Caesar re-
^rincipes
* Petie-
indicere,
[uasdam
Ea re
ne quis
et, iuter
THE
te fue-
ireto in
Ea re
icrunt ;
:isaei]t,
'ptorea
ntiiroa
videfcnt. LocntiVs est pro his Divitiacus Aeduus ; ♦ * Ariovis-
tum, rogcm Gennanorum, in corum finibiis conscdisse, tertiamque
partem agri Seqiiani, qui esset optimus totius Galliae, occupa- 10
vissc, et nunc de altera parte tertia Sequanos deccdere jubere,
propterea quod paucis mfensibus ante Hfirudum millia hominum
XXIV ad eum venisscnt, quibus locus ac sedcs pararentur.
Futurum esse paucis annis, uti omnes ex Galliae finibus pelle-
rcntur, atque omnes Germani Eheniim transirent : neque enim 16
conferendum esse Galiicum cum Germanorum agro, neque banc
consuetudinera victus cum ilia comparandam. Ariovistum
antcm— ut semcl Gallorum copias proelio vicerit, quod proclium
factum sit ad Magetobkam— superbe et crudeliter imperar^,
obsides nobilissjmi cujusque libei-os poscere, et in eos omnia 20
exempla cruciatusque edere, si qua res non ad nutum aut ad
voluntatem ejus facta sit. Hominem esse barbarum, iracun-
dnm, temerarium : non posse ejus imperii diutius sustinere.
Nisi quid in Caesare populoque Eomano sit auxilii, omnjbus
Gallis idem esse faciendum, quod Helvetii fecerint, ut domo 25
emigrent, aliud domicilium, alias sedes, remotas a Germanis,
petant, fortunamque, quaecunque accidat, experiantur. Cae-
sarem deterrere posse, ne major multitudo Germanorum Rhe-
num traducatur, Galliamque omnem ab Ariovisti injuria posse
defendere. 2q
XXXII.— THE SEQUANI OPPRESSED.
Hac oratione ab Divitiaco habita omnes, qui aderant, magno
fletu auxilium a Caesare petere coeperunt. Animadvertit Cae-
sar unos ex omnibus Sequanos nihil earum rerum facere, quas
ceteri facerent, sed tristes capite dcmisso terram intucri. Ejus
rei quae causa essot, miratus -ex ipsis quaesiit. Nihil Sequani 6
respondere, sed in eadem tristitia taciti permanere. Quum ab his
Baei)ius quaercret, neque ullam omnino vocem exprimere posset,
idem^ Divitiacus Aeduus respondit: Hoc esse miseriorem et
grayiorem fortunam Sequanorum quam r^liquorum, quod soli
lie in occulto quidem queri neque auxilium implorare auderent ; 10
absentisque Ariovisti crudelitatem, velut si coram adesset^
Imn-erent, propterea quod reliquistamen fugae facultas daretur'
Seqnanis vcro, qui intra fines sues Ariovistum reccpissent|
*
J.
I ii
60
THE GERMAN WAR.
quorum oppida omnia in potestate ejus essent, omnes cruciatus
io essent perferendi.
XXXIII.— CAESAR'S KIND ANSWER TO THE GAULS.
His rebus cognitis, Caesar Gallonim animos verbis confirma-
vit polhcitusque est sibi earn rem curae futuram : magnam so
habere spem, et beneficio suo et auctoritate adductum Ario-
vistum finem injuriis facturum. Hac oratione habita con-
6 cihum dimisit. Et secundum ea multae res eum hortabantur
quare sibi earn rem cogitandam et suscipiendam putaret ; im-
primis quod Aeduos, fratres consanguineosque saepenumero a
senatu appellatos in servitute atque in ditione videbat Germa-
norum teneri eorumque obsides esse apud Ariovistum ac
lOSequanos mtelligebat ; quod in tanto imperio populi Romani
turpissimum sibi et reipublicae esse arbitrabatur * * Ipse
autem Ariovistus tantos sibi spiritus, tantam arrogantiam sump-
serat, ut ferendus non videretur.
XXXIV.-CAESAR'S PROPOSAL OF A CONFERENCE DEOLIXED
BY ARIOVISTUS.
Quamobrem placuit ei, ut ad Ariovis.um legatos mitteret
qui ab eo postularent, uti aliquem locum medium utriusque
colloquio dehgeret: velle sese de re publica et summis utrL
que rebus cum eo agere. Ei legationi Ariovistus respondit:
5 Si quid ipsi a Caesare opus esset, sese ad eum venturum fuisse •
SI quid ille se velit, ilium ad se venire oportere. PraTteZle
neque smo exercitu in eas partes Galliae venire oudere, qias
Ca ar possideret, neque exercitum sine magno commeatu
10 mirl V r ' '".""""^ ^'T '''''''^'''' P^«««- Sibi -"tern
10 m rum videri, quid m sua Gallia, quam bello vicisset, aut
Caesari aut omnmo populo Romano negotii esset.
XXXVIL-COMMOTIONS-CAESAR MARCHES AGAINST
ARIOVISTUS.
FTaec eodem tempore Caesari mnnrlntn r.«fp.pi„-.„^ . , ..
ab Aeauis et a Trevoris veuiebantT M^f^^ '^^^^
THK GERMAN WAS.
61
uies cruciatus
AULS.
bis confirma-
magnam so
iictum Ario-
habita con-
lortabantur,
mtaret; im-
spenumero a
bat Germa-
ovistum ac
uli Romani
* * Ipse
tiam sump-
)ECLT {ED
s mitteret,
utriusque
oais utrius-
respondit :
•um fuisse ;
■aeterea, se
dere, quas
commeatu
3ibi autem
jisset, aut
riovlstus, and
>ry.]
INST
*, et legatl
im, quod
Harudes, qui nuper in Galliam transportati essnnt, fines eorum
poi)ularentur : seso ne obsidibus quidem datis pacem Ariovisti
redimere potuisse ; Treveri autem, pagos centum Suevorum ad 5
ripam Rheni consedisse, qui Rhenum transire conarentur; his
praeesse Nasuam et Cimberium fratres. Quibus rebus Caesar
vehementer commotus maturandum sibi existimavit, ne, si
nova manus Suevomm cum veteribus copiis Ariovisti sese con-
junxisset, minus facile resisti posset. Itaque, re frumentaria 10
quam celerrime potuit comparata, magnis itineribus ad Ario-
vistum coutendit.
XXXVIII.— CAESAR TAKES POSSESSION OF VESONTIO.
Quum tridui viam processisset, nuntiatum est ei Ariovistum
cum suis omnibus copiis ad occupandum Vesoutionem, quod
est oppidum maximum Sequanorum, contendere, triduique
viam a suis fini"bus profecisse. Id ne accideret, magnopere sibi
praecavendum Caesar existimabat. Namque omnium rerum, 5
quae ad bellum usui erant, summa erat in eo oppido facultas ;
idque natura loci sic muniebatur, ut magnam ad ducendum*
bellum daret facultatem, propterea quod flumen Dubis, ut cir-
cino circumductum, paene totum oppidum cingit; reliquum
spatium, quod est non amplius pedum sexcentorum, qua flumen 10
intermittit, mons continet magna altitudine, ita ut radices
montis ex utraque parte ripae fluminis contingant. Hunc murus
circumdatus arcem efficit, et cum oppido conjungit. Hue Cae-
sar magnis nocturnis diurnisque itineribus contendit, occupa-
toque oppido ibi praesidium collocat. jg
XXXIX.— ALARM IN CAESAR's ARMY.
Dum paucos dies ad Vesontionem rei frumentariae comme-
atusque causa moratur, ex percontatione nostrorum vocibusque
Gallorum ac mercatorum, qui ingenti magnitudine corporum
Germanos, incredibili virtute atque exercitatione in armis esse
praedicabant- saepenumero sese cum his congressos ne vultum 5
quidem atque aciem oculorum dicebant ferre potuisse—, tantus
subito timor omnem exercitum occupavit, ut non mediocriter
omniurn^ mentes animosque perturbaret. Hie primum ortus est
a tribunis militum, praefectis reliquisque, qui ex urbe amicitiae
61
THE OEBMAN WAIt.
10 causa Caesarcm sccuti non ma«num iu ro militari usum habe-
bant: ,«„,.„» „„„, ,uia causa illata, quam sibi ad praficis ct
Jum neccssarmm esse diceret, petcbat, ut ejus voluntate dis-
c dero boeret ; non.uUi pudore adducti.ut timoris suspicLom
v.far at remanebant. Hi ncque vultum flngore neque inte"
fatum querebantur, aut cum famiharibus suis commune peri-
cu um m,ser„bantur. Vufeo totU casfis testamenta obsign"-
bantur. Horum vocibus ac timore paulatim etiam ii qui
umsnum .n castris usum habobant, milites centurioulue
20 .puque equjtatui praeerant, perturbabantur. Qui sc ex Ids
n..nus timidos existimari volebant, nou se host!, vere f d
sus .as .tmeris, magnitudinem silvarum, quae interoederent
ZZZr ■*"! ^.™™""». »»' rem frumentariam, ut satia
commode supportrn posset, timeie dicebant. Nonnulli etiam
SI' Caesan nuntiabant, quum castra moveri ac signa fern lVs,e?
. iX/r "'""'" ■"'"" "^'™ P™P'- «-""a
XL.— CAESAR ADDEF5SE3 HIS MEN.
Haec quum auimadvertisset, convoeato consilio om„i,„,.„„e
ordmum ad id consilium adliibitis centuricnibue, vehemeSer
eos meusavit: pnmum quod aut quam in partem L„t quo cot
sd,o ducerentur sibi quaerendum aut eogitandum putart
«Ano™tum se consule eupidissime populi Romani amidLm
judicaiet! * * Factum ejus hostispericuIumpatrumnostToram
memona q„um Cimbris et Teutonis a Caio'jlario pu feZ
10 ^."''"''™ «<=™'«« quam ipse imperator meritus vide-
eva enf T* h"' "^ '"!;""''' '"='' " "^'^ accepisseni.lub-
lovarent. * Hos esse eosdem, qnibuscum saepenumero Hel-
vcti, congress, non solum in suis, sed etiam in iUorum finibus
15 otuennt. * * Qu. suum t.morem in rei frumentariae simula-
t.onem angustzasque .t.neris conferrent, facere arroganter, quum
ai.t de ofhc.0 .mperatoris desperare aut p.-aescribe.-e viderentur
Hacesd,, essecurae: frumentum Sequanos, Le„cos, Lingones
8ubm.n,stra.-e, jamque esse in agris frumenta m^tiu-a ; de
THE GEKMAN WAR.
63
itinorc ipsos brcvi tempore judicaturos. Quod non fore dicto 20
luidientes ncqiie sigua laturi dicantur, nihil so ea re commoveri;
scire eniin, quibuscunque exercitus dicto audiens non ftiorit'
uut male re gesta fortunam defuisse, aut aliquo facinore com-
[.erto avaritiam esse convictam: suam innocentiam perpctua
\ifa, folicitateni Helvetiorum bello esse perspectam. Itaque 25
se proxima nocte de quarta vigilia castra moturum, ut quam "
priiimm intclligere posset, utrum apud eos pudor atque officiuin
ill! tlmor valeret. Quod si practcrea nemo sequatur, tamen se
cum sola decima legione iturum, de qua non dubitaret, sibique
cam praetoriam cohortem futuram. Huic legioni Caesar et 30
iiKluIserat praecipue, et propter virtutem coulidebat maxime.
XLL— CONFIDENCE RESTORED— CAESAR MARCHES.
Ilac oratione liabita miruin in modum conversae sunt
onnuum mentes, summaque alacritas et cupiditas belli gerendi
iiinata est, princepsque decima legio per tribunos militum ei
gratias egit, quod de se optimum judicium fecisset, seque esse ad
bcllum gerendura paratissimam confirmavit. Deinde reliquae 6
le,mones cum tribunis militum et primorum ordinum centuri-
ouibus egerunt, uti Caesari satisfacerent : se neque unquam
(lubi asse neque timuisse, neque de summa belli suum judicium,
scd nnpcratoris esse existimavisse. Eorum satisfactione ac-
ccpta, et itinere exquisito per Divitiacum, quod ex aliis ei 10
mi.ximam fidem habebat, ut millium amplius quinquaginta cir-
cuitu locis apertis exercitum duceret, de quarta vigilia, ut
a I xorat, profectus est. Septimo die, quum iter non intermitteret,
ah cxploratoribus certior factus est Ariovisti copias a nostris
millibus passuum quatuor et xx abesse. 15
XLII.— ARIOVISTUS TROrOSES A CONFERENCE.
Cognito Caesaris adventu, Ariovistus legatos ad eum mittit :
quod antea de colloquio postulasset, id per se fieri licere,*
qiiomam propius accessisset, seque id sine periculo facere posse
existimare. Non respuit conditionem Caesar, jamque eum ad
i^anitatem reverti arbitrabatur, quum id, quod antea petenti 5
denegassct, ultro poliiccretur; magnamque in spem vcniebat,
pro suis tantis jiopulique Komaui in eum beneliciis, cognitis
e4
THE OERMAN WAR.
Ill
8U18 postulatis. fore, uti pertinacia Jesisterel;. Dies colloquio
dictus est ex eo die quintua. Interim saepe ultro citroque
10 quum le^ati inter eos mitterentur, Ariovistus postuiavit ne
quern peditera ad colloquium Caesar adduceret: vereri se ne
per insidias ab eo cir^sumveniretur : uterque ci..n equitatu
veniret; alia ratione sese non esse venturum. Caesar quod
neque colloquium interposita causa tolli volebat, neque salutem
15 suam Gallorum equitatui committere audebat, commodissi-
mum esse statuit, omnibus equis Gallis equitibus detractis, eo
legionarios milites legionis decimae, cui quam maxime confide-
bat, imponere, ut praesidium quam amicissimum, si quid opus
facto esset, haberet. Quod quum fieret, non irridicule quidam
20 ex mihtibus decimae legionis dixit-plus quam pollicitus esset
Capsarem facere : pollicitum se in cohortis praetoriae loco deci-
mam legionem habituiam ad equum rescribere.
XLIII.— THE PLACE OP THE CONFERENCE.
Canities erat magna, et in ea tumulus terrenus satis grandis
Hic locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris
aberat. Eo, ut erat dictum, ad colloquium venerunt. Legio-
nem Caesar, quam equis devexerat, passibus ducentis ab eo
5 tumulo constituit. Item equites Ariovisti pari intervallo con-
stiterunt. Ariovistus, ex equis ut coUoquerentur, et praeter
se denos ut ad colloquium udducerent, postuiavit.
fThe remainder of Chapter XLIII,, with the whole of XLIV. and XLV., is taken up
with the conference.]
XLVL— TREACHERY OP ARIOVISTUS.
Dum haec in colloquio geruntur, Caesari nuntiatum est
equites Ariovisti propius tumulum accedere, et ad nostros
adequitare, lapides telaque in nostros conjicere. Caesar lo-
quendi finem facit, seque ad sues recipit, suisque imperavit, ne
5 quod omnmo telum in hostes rejicerent. Nam etsi sine ullo
periculo legionis deiectae cum equitatu proelium fore videbat
tan 3n committendum non putabat, ut pulsis hostibus dici
posset eos ab se per fidem in coMoquio circumventos. Postea-
quam m vulgus militum elatum est, qua arroL'antia in fiollnn.n'n
10 Ariovistus ususomni Gallia Romanis interrUxisset, impetumque
m
THE GERMAN WAR.
6fi
In nostros ejus equites fecisseut, eaquc res colloquium ut dire-
misset, multo major alacritas studiumque pugnandi majua
exercitui injectum est.
xlvii.— ariov^istus wishes to renew the conference—
Caesar's messengers bound.
Biduo post Ariovistus ad Caesarem legatos mittit : Velle se
de Iiis rebus, quae inter eos agi coeptae neque perfectae essent,
«gerc cum eo : uti aut iterum colloquio diem constitueret, aut,
si id minus vellet, e suis legatis aliquem ad se mitteret. Collo-
(luendi Caesari causa visa non est, et eo magis, quod pridieej is 5
diei Germani retineri non yoterant, quin in nostros tela conji-
cerent. Legatum e suis sese magno cum periculo ad eum
missurnm et hominibus /eris objecturum existimabat. Com-
niodissimum visum est Caium Valerium Procillum, C. Valeri
Caburi filium, summa virtu te et liumanitate adolesceutem, 10
cujus pater a Caio Valerio Flacco civitate donatus erat, et
propter fidom et propter linguae Gallicae scientiam, qua multa
jam Ariovistus longinqua consuetudine utebatur, et quod in eo
peccandi Germanis causd, jn esset, ad eum mittere, et M.
Metium, qui hospitio Ariovisti utebatur. H?" raandavit, ut, Ifi
<iuae diceret Ariovistus, cognoscerent, et ad se referrent. Quoa
quum apud se in castris Ariovistus consp^xisset, exercitu suo
praesente conclamavit : Quid ad se venirent 1 an speculandi
causa? Conantes dicere prohibuit, et in catenas conjecit.
XL VIII.— CAESAR OFFERS BATTLE.
Eodcm die castra promovit et millibus passuum sex a Caesaris
castris sub monte consedit. lostridie ejus diei praeter captra
Caesaris suas copias traduxit, et millibus passuum ('uobus ultra
eum castra fecit eo consilio, uti frumento commeatuque, qui
ex Sequanis et Aeduis supportaretur, Caesarem intercluderet.
Ex eo die dies continuos quinque Caesar pro castris suas copias
produxit, et aciem instructam liabuit, ur, si vellet Ario/istus
proelio contendere, ei potestas non deesset. Ariovistus his
omnibus diebus exercitum castris continuit, cquestri proelio
quotidie contendit. Genus hc-j erat pugnae, quo se Oermnm
e.xercuprant, Equitum millia erant sex, totidcm nuiueru peditc:,
11.-6) 6
10
«^
66
THE GERMAN WAR.
m
velocissimi ac fortissimi, qiios ex omni co])ia singuli singulus
suae salutis causa delegeraut : cum liis in proeliis versabantur.
Ad eos se equites recipiebant : hi, si quid erat durjus, concur-
16 rubaiit, si qui graviure vulnere accepto equo deciderat, circum-
sistebaut ; si quo erat loiigius prodoundum aut celerius recipi-
endum, tanta erat horum exercitatione celeritas, ut jubis equo-
rum sub]evati cursum adaequarent.
XLIX.— CAESAR MAKES A SECOND CAMP.
Ubi cum castris se tenere Caesar intellexit, ne diutius com-
meatu proliiberetur. ultra eum locum, quo in loco Germani
consederant, circiter passus sexcentos ab iis, castris idoneum
locum delegit, acieque triplici instructa ad eum locum venit.
6 Primam et secundam aci m in armis esse, tertiam castra
munire, jussit. Hie locus ab hoste circiter passus sexcentos,
uti dictum est, aberat. Eo circiter hominum numero scdccim
millia exptdita cum omni equitatu Ariovistus misit, quae copiae
lostros perterrerent, et munitione prohiberent. Nihilo secius
Caesar, ut ante constituerat, duas acies hostem propulsare,
tertiam opus perficere, jussit. Munitis castris, d-as ibi legiones
reliquit et partem auxiliorum, quatuor reliquasin castra majora
reduxit.
L.— ARIOVTSTUS ATTACKS CAESAR's SMALLER CAMP.
Pi-oximo die, institute suo, Caesar e castris utrisquc coping
suas eduxit, paulumque a nuijoriluis castris progressus aciem
inor.i-nxit, liostibus pugnandi Dotestatem fecit. Ubi ne tuni
quidem eos prodire intellexit, circiter menaiera exercitum in
6 castra reduxit. Turn demum Ariovistus partem suarum copi-
anim, quae castra minora oppugnaret, misit. Acriter utrinquo
usque ad vesperum pugnatum est. Solis occasu sr is copias
Ariovistus, multis et illatis et acceptis vulneribus, in castra
reduxit. Quum ex captivis quaercret Caesar, quamobrem Ario-
10 vistus proelio non doccrtaret, banc repcriobat causam, quod
ainid Germanos ea consuetudo esset, ut matresfnmiliae corum
sortibus ct vaticinationibus dedara-jnt, uinim proelium cf»in-
mitti ex usu esset, necno ; cas ita dicero,-— non osse fas Germanos
suj)crji,ro, si ante novani lunam prnrlio contoudissont.
THE GERMAN WAR.
67
LL— CAESAR MARCHES UP TO THE CAMP OF ARIOVISTUS AND
OFFERS BATTLE.
Postridie ejus diei Caesar praesidium utrisque castris quod
satis esse visum est, reliquit, omnes alarios in conspectu liostium
pro castris minoribus coustituit, quod minus multitudine
niilitum legionariorum pro hostium numero valebat, ut ad
speciem alariis uteretur ; ipse triplici instructa acie usque ad S
castra hostium aceessit. Turn demum necessario Germani suas
copias castris eduxerunt, gei atimque constituerunt paribus
intervallis, Harudes, Marconiannos, Triboces, Vangiones, Ne-
metes, Scdusios, Suevos, omnemque aciem suam rhedis et carris
circumdederunt, ne qua spes in fuga relinqueretur. Eo muli- 10
ercs iniposuerunt, _^aae in proelium proficiscentes passis manibus
fientcs implorabant, ne se in servitutem Romanis traderent.
LIL— THE BATTLE.
Caesar singulis legionibus singulos legatos et quaestorem
praefecit, uti eos testes suae quisque virtutis haberet ; ipse a
dextro cornu, quod eam partem minime firmam hostium esse
aniniadverterat, proelium commisit. Ita nostri acriter in hostes
signo dato iniDetum fecerunt ; itaque hostes repente celeriterque 6
procurrcrunt, ut spatiura pila in hostes conjiciendi non daretur.
Ri'jectis pilis comminus gladiis puguatum est. At Germani
celeriter ex consuetudine sua phalange facta impetus gladiorum
exceperunt. Reperti sunt complures nostri milite.s, qui in
plialangas insihrent, et scuta manibus revellerent, et de supero lo
vnlnerarent. Quum hostium acies a """ 'stro cornu pulsa
atque in fugani conversa esset, a dext . cornu vehcmeuter
multitudine suorum nostram aciem premebant. Id quum ani-
madvertisset P. Crassus adolescens, qui equitatui pracerat, quod
exi)cditior erat quam ii qui inter aciem versabautur, tertiam 15
aciem laborantibus nostris subsidio misit.
LIIL — DEFEAT OF ARIOVLSTUS.
Ita proelium rcstitutum est, atque omnes hostes tcrga ver-
tcnnit, noquo prins fngorn doHtitenint, quam adflumcn Rhen'im
niillia passuum ex eo loco circiter quinqiiaginta pervenerunt.
68
THE GERMAN WAR.
i
« Im nbu, mventis s,bi salutem p.pererunt. In his fuit Ario-
vistus, qm naviculam deligatam ad ripam nactus ea profngit •
rehqnos omnes eqnitatn cunsecnti nostri interfecerunt. Duao
dZa! nr""4""''' """ ^"'™ -"tione.qnamdumosecnm
10 duxerat a fratre missam : ntraeqne in ca fnga perierant, Duae
flhae hamm,-altera ocoisa, altera capta est. Cains Valerins
Jl^Tl™';""™ ' ™^'"''"-™ " '■"Sa trini^ catenis vinctns tra-
mcidi . Qnae qmdem res Caesari non minorem quL ipsa
15 Victoria volnptatem attnlit, qnod liominem lionLMmum
provmciae Galliae, snnm familiarem et hospitem, ereptam™
de tanta volnptate et gratnlatione qnidquam fortima demimi-
20 n mm yJlT"'"''' f " '"' '°'^^''' «™^»"»™ diccbat,
W? -^ necaretur, an in aliud reserraretnr .■ sortinm
X7uor:r"'™"- ^'-^•■^^-epertn.etad
UV,— CAESAE RETURNS TO HITHER GAUL.
Hoc proelio trans Ehcnnm nnntiato Siievi, qui ad ripas
Rhen, venerant, domnm reverti co.,.cnmt; qnol Ubii n«
proximi Rhennra incolnnt, ,erterritos Insecut mag^nm ex Z
mimemm occidenint. Caesar una aestate duobns maxims
in hiberna in Scqnanos e.xercitum deduxit ; hibernis Labienum
:! ..
Tint, aut
'uit Ario-
profiigit :
t. Duae
no seciim
in Gallia
fc. Duae
Valerius
ctus tra-
quentera
am ipsa
issimum
sptum e
lamitate
deminu-
dicebat,
sortium
i, et ad
i ripas
)ii, qui
ex his
laximis
ulabafc,
plenum
gendoa
BOOK IV.
FIRST INVASION OF BRITAIN BY THE ROMANS.
CHAPTERS XX. TO XXXVI.
ARaUMENT.
XX. Caesar's reasons for Invading Britain.— XXI. Volusenus Is sent to examine the
coast of Britain.— XXII. Caesar's preparations.— XXI 11. Caesar's fleet reaches
Britain.— XXIV, The Britons oppose his landing.— XXV. The figi. con-
tinued.— XXVI. The Britons defeated.— XXVII. The Britons sue for and
obtain terms of peace.— XXVIII. Part of Caesar's fleet damaged by a storm.—
XXIX. Remainder of fleet also injured by high tide and a storm.— XXX. The
Britons renew the war.— XXXI. Caesar repairs the fleet.— XXXII. The
Britons attack a foraging party. — XXXIII. The British war-chariots.—
XXXIV. Caesar relieves his men; the Britons collect forces.— XXXV. The
Britons entirely defeated.— XXXVI. Peace concluded.
XX.— Caesar's reasons for invading Britain.
Exigua parte aestatis reliqua Caesar, etsi in his locis, quod
omiiis Gallia ad septentriones vergit, maturae sunt hiemes,
tumen in Britanniam proficisci contendit, quod omnibus fere
Gallicis bellis hostibus nostris inde subministrata auxilia in-
telligebat, et si tempus anni ad bellum gerendum deficeret, 5
tamen magno sibi usui fore arbitrabatur, si modo insulam
adisset, et genus hominum perspexisset, loca, portus, aditus
cognovisset ; quae omnia fere Gallis erant incognita. Neque
enim temere praeter mercatores illo adit quisquam, neque iir;
ipsis quidquam praeter oram maritimam atque eas regiones, 10
quae sunt contra Gallias, notum est. Itaque vocatis ^•-'^ ze
undique mercatoribus, neque quanta esset insulae mag.^ii udo,
neque quae aut quantae nationes incolerent, neque quem usum
belli haberent, aut quibus institutis uterentur, neque qui essent
ad majorum aavlum multitudiuem iduuei portus, reperire 16
poterat.
70 FIRST INVASION OP BRITAIN BY THE ROMANS.
XXI.-VOLUSENUS IS SENT TO EXAMINE THE COAST OF
BRITAIN.
Ad Imec cognoscenda, priusquam periculum faceret, idoneum
esse arbitratus Oaium Volusenum cum navi longa praemittit.
Ilmc mandat ut exploratis omnibus rebus ad sequam prinuun
revertatur. Ipse cum omnibus copiis in Morinos proficiscitur
5 quod indo erat brevissimus in Britanniam trajectus. Hue naves'
undique ex finitimis regionibus, et quam superiore aestate ad
Veneticum bellum effecerat classem, jubet convenire. Interim
consi 10 ejus cognito, et per mercatores perlato ad Britannos. a
complunbus insulae civitatibus ad eum legati veuiunt, qui
10 polliceantur obsidcs dare atqtie imperio populi Bomani obtem-
perare. Quibus auditis liberaliter pollicitus, hortatusque ut in
ea sententia peimanerent, eos domum remittit, et cum iis una
tommium, quern ipse Atrebatibus superatis regem ibi consti-
tue...t, cujus et virtutcm et consilium probabat, et quera sibi
15 fadelem .sse arbitrabatur, cujusque auctoritas in his regionibus
magni habebatur, mittit. Huic imperat. quas possit adeat
ciyitates, horteturque, ut populi Romani fidem sequantur, seque
celeriter eo venturum nuntiet. Volusenus, pcrspectis regionibus
omnibus, quantum ei facultatis dari potuit, qui navi egredi ac
20 se barbaris committere non auderet, quinto die ad Caesarem
revertitur, quaeque ibi perspexisset renuntiat.
XXII.— CAESAR's PREPARATIOxVS.
Bum in his locis Caesar navium parandarum causa moratur
ex magna parte Morinorum ad eum legati venerunt, qui se de
«uperioris temporis consilio excusarent. quod homines barbari
et nostrae nonsuetudinis imperiti bellum popiilo Romano fecis-
B sent seque ea, quae imperasset, facturos poUicerentur. Hoc
sibi Caesar satis opportune accidisse arbitratus, quod neque
post tergum hostem relinquere volebat, neque belli gerendi
propter anni tempus facultatom habebat, neque has tantularum
rerum occupationes Britanniae anteponendas judicabat, ma-^-
10 num IIS numerum obsidum imperat. Quibus aJductis eos hi
fidem recepit. Navibus circiter lxxx omvovu. poocti- cor
tractisque, quot satis esse ad duas transportandas logiones
FIRST INVASION OF BRITAIN BY THE ROMANS.
71
existimabat, quod praeterea iiaviuni lougamm liu.»eb}it, quaos-
tori, logatis, praefectisqiie distribuit. Hue accedebaiit xviii
ouerariae naves, quae ex eo loco ab niillibus passuuin viii veiito 15
teucbantur, quo minus in eundem portum venire possent : ha8
equitibus distribuit. Reliquum exercitum Q.Titurio Sabino et
L. Aurunculcio Cottae legatis in Menapios atque in eos pagos
Morinorum, ab quibus ad eum legati non venerant, ducendum
dedit ; P. Sulpicium Rufum legatum cum eo praesidio, quod 20
satis esse arbitrabatur, portum tenere jussit.
XXIIL— CAESAR's fleet reaches BRITAIN.
His constitutis rebus, nactus idoneam ad navigandum tem-
pestatem tertia fere vigilia solvit, equitesque in ultcriorem
portum progredi; et naves conscendere, efc se sequi jussit. A
quibus quum paulo tardius esset administratum, ipse hora cir-
citer diei quarta cum primis navibus Britanniam attigit, atque 5
ibi in omnibus collibus expositas hostium copias armatas con-
spexit. Cujus loci liaec erat natura, atque ita montibus an-
gustis mare continebatur, uti ex locis superioribus in litus
telum adigi posset. Hunc ad egredieudum uequaquam idoneum
locum arbitratus, dum reliquae naves eo convenirent, ad horam 10
nonam in ancoris exspectavit. Interim legatis tribunisque
inilitum convocatis, et quae ex Voluseno cognosset, et quae
fieri vellet, ostendit, monuitque, ut rei militaiis ratio, maxima
ut maritimae res postularent, ut quae celerem atque instabilem
niotum haberent, ad nutum et ad tempus omnes res ab iis 15
administrarentur. His dimissis, et ventum et aestum uno
tempore nactus secundum, dato signo et sublatis ancoris, circitev
millia passuum septem ab eo loco progressus aperto ac piano
litore naves constituit.
XXIV.— THE BRITONS OPPOSE HIS LANDING.
At barbari consilio Romanorum cognito, praemisso equitatu
et essedariis, quo plerumque genere in proeliis uti consuerunt,
reliquis copiis subsecuti nostros navibus egredi prohibebant.
Erat ob has causas summa difficultas, quod naves propter mag-
nituflinem nisi in alto constitui non potevant ; militibu.s autem. 5
ignotis locis, impeditis manibus, magno etgravionerearmorum
72
FIRST INVASIOX OP imiTAIN BY TIIR ROMANS.
'I
t.i
^1
oppro..,,s, s,nn,l et de iinvibus dosille.ulum, et in fluctibus con-
.s.stendnm, (,t cum hostibus emt im-niandiun, qimm illi aut ex
10 nl!lv '''"V^'" •"; '" '''^"''"' P^o'^rem, omnibus membrls ex-
peditis, no iss.mis locis, audacter tela conjicerent, et erpios insue-
factos mcitarent. Quibus rebus nostri perterriti. atque huju«
omnmo generis pugnae imperiti, non eadem alacritate ac studio
quo m pedestribus uti proeliis consuerant, nitebautur.
XXV.— THE FIGHT CONTINUED.
.Quod ubi Caesar animadvertit, naves longas, quarum et
species crat barbaris inusitatiur, et motus ad usum expeditior
panlum removeri ab onerariis navibus, et remis incitari. et ad
atus apertum hostium constitui, atque inde fundis, sagittis
6 ormentis hostes propelli ac sul>moveri jussit ; quae res magno
USUI nostns f uit. Nam et navium figura, et remorum niotu° et
inusitato genere tormentorum permoti barbari constiterunt, ac
pauhim modo pedem retulerunt. Atque nostris militibus cune-
tantibus, maxime propter altitudinem maris, qui decimae
10 egioms aquilam ferebat contestatus deos, ut ea res le'llm
fehc, ter eveniret : Desib'te, inquit, milites, nisi vultis aquilam
bostibus prodere : ego certe nieum reipublicae at<,ue imperatori
olheium praestitero. Hoc qiuim voce magna dixisset, se ex navi
projecit, atque in hostes aquilam ferre coepit. Turn nostri
15 cohortati inter se, ne tantum dedecus admitteretur, universi ex
imvidesi uerunt. Hos item ex proximis navibus quum con-
spexissent, subsecuti hostibus appropinquarunt.
XXVI.— THE BRITONS DEFEATED.
Pugnatum est ab utrisque acriter. Nostri tamen, quod
neque ordmes servare, neque firmiter insistere, neque signa sub-
sequi poterant, atque alius alia ex navi, quibuscunque sio„is
occurrerat, se aggregabat, magnopere perturbabantur ; hostes
6 vero, notis omnibus vadis, ubi ex litore aliquos singulares ex
iiavi egredientes conspexerant, ineitatis equis impeditos adorie-
bantur, plures paucos civ.umsistebant, alii ab latere aperto in
universes tela conjiciebant. Quod quum animadvertisset Caesar
scaiihas longarum navium, item speculatoria navima milifih,.'
in compleri jussit ec. quos laborautes conspexerat, liis subsidia
FIRST INVASION OF BRITAIN BY THE ROMANS.
73
Bnlwiittcluit. Nostri, simul in avido constiterunt, suis omnibus
coii.secutis in hostes impetum fccevunt, atque eos in fugam
(ledernnt neqi.o. longius prosequi potuerunt, quod equites cur-
sum teiiere atque insulam capere non potuerant. Hoc unum
ad pristinam iurtunam Caesari defuit. 15
XXVII.— THE BRITONS SUE FOR AND OBTAIN TERMS OF
PEACE.
Hostos proelio superati, simul atque se ex fuga receperunt,
statim ad Caesarom legates de pace miserunt ; obsides daturos"
(luucque imiierasset facturos esse polliciti sunt. Una cum his
It^yatis Commius Atrebas venit, quem supra demonstraveram
a Caesare in Britanniam praemissum. Hunc illi e navi 6
egressum, quum ad eos oratoris modo Caesaris mandata deferret,
compreliende :t, atque in vincula conjecerant : turn proelio
facto remiserunt, et in petenda pace ejus rei culpam in multi-
tudinem contulerunt, et, propter imprudentiam ut ignosceretur,
l)(>,tiverunt. Caesar questus, quod, quum ultro in continentem lO
legatis missis pacem ab se petissent, bellum sine causa intul-
issent, ignoscere imprudentiae dixit, obsidesque imperavit ;
quorum illi partem statim dederunt, partem ex longinquioribus
locis arcessitam paucis diebus sese daturos dixerunt. Interea
Buo., remigrare in agros jusserunt, principesque undique con- ]5
venire et se civitatesque suas Caesari commendare coeperunt.
XXVIII.— PART OF CAESAR'S FLEET DAMAGED BY A STORM.
His rebus pace ccnfirmata, post diem quartum quam est in
Britanniam ventum, naves xviii, de quibus supra demonstra-
tum est, quae equites sustulerant, ex superiore portu leni vento
solverunt. Quae quum appropinquarent Britanniae, et ex castris
viderentur, tanta tempestas subito coorta est, ut nulla earum 5
cursum tenere posset, sed aliae eodem, unde erant profectae,
referrentur, aliae ad inf eriorem partem insulae, quae est propius
solis occasum, magno sui cum periculo dejicerentur ; quae
tanien ancoris jactis quum fluctibus complerentur, necessario
adver&a nocte in altum provectae continentem petiwunt. lo
74
FIRST INVASTOxN OF BRITAIN KV THK ROMANS.
XXIX. -REMAINDER OF FLEET ALSO INJURED BY A HIGH TIDE
AND A STORM.
Eadem nocte accidit, ut esset luna plena, qui dies maritimos
aestus maxiinos in Oceano efficere consuevit, nostrisque id erat
mcognitum Ita imo tempore et longas naves, quibus Caesar
n dZ'r ^T'^'''^'':^^'^ ^^raverat, quasque in aridum sub-
eiant deligatae, tempestas afflictabat, neque ulla nostris facul-
tas aut administrandi aut auxiliaudi dabatur. Conipluribus
navibus fractis, reliquae quum essent funibus, ancoris, reli-
quisque armamentis amissis ad navigandum in utiles, magna, id
iO quod necesse erat accidere, totius exercitus perturbatio facta
est. Neque enim naves erant aliae, quibus reportari possent,
et omnia deerant, quae ad reficiondas naves erant usui, et quod
omnibus constabat hiemari in Gallia oportere, frumentum his
m locis in Inemem provisum non erat.
XXX.— THE BRITONS RENEW THE WAR.
Quibus rebus cognitis, principes Britanniae, qui post proer-im
ad Caesarem convenerant, inter se collocuti, quum equites et
naves et frumentum Romanis deesse intelligerent, et pauci-
tatem militum ex castrorum exiguitate cognoscerent, quae hoc
6 erant etum angustiora, qaod sine impedimentis Caesar legiones
transportaverat, optimum factu esse duxerunt, rebellione facta
frumento commeatuque iiostros prohibere, et rem in hiemeni
producere, quod his superatis aut reditu interclusis neminem
postea belli mferendi causa in Britanniam transiturum confide-
10 bauc. Itaque rursus conjuratione facta paulatim ex castris
Uiscedere ac suos clam ex agris deducere coeperunt.
XXXI. — CAESAR REPAIRS THE FLEET.
At Caesar, etsi nondum corum consilia cognoverat, tamen et
ex eventu navium suarum, et ex eo, quod obsidcs dare inter-
miserant, fore id, quod accidit, suspicabatur. Itaque ad omnes
casus subsidia comparabat. Nam et frumentum ex a<Tis quo-
6 tidie in oastra conferebat, et quae gravissime afflictae erant naves,
IIGH TIDE
FIRST INVASION OF BRITAIN BY THE ROMANS.
75
earum materia atque aere ad reliquas reficiendas utebatur, et,
quae ad eas res eraut usui, ex contineiiti comportari jubebat.
Itaque, quum summo studio a militibus administraretur, duo-
dccim navibus amissis, reliquis ut navigari commode posset,
eiiecit. ^^
XXXII.— THE BRITONS ATTACK A FORAGING PARTY.
Dum ea geruntur, legione ex cousuetudine una frumentatum
missa, quae appellabatur septima, neque uUa ad id tenipus
belli suspicione interposita, quum pars hominum in agris re-
maneret, pars etiam in castra ventitaret, ii, qui pro portis
castrorum in statione erant, Caesari nuntiaverunt pulverem 5
majorem, quam consuetudo ferret, in ea parte videri, quam in
partem legio iter fecisset. Caesar id, quod erat, suspicatus,
aliquid novi a barbaris initum consilii, cohortes, quae in sta-
tiuuibus erant, secum in earn partem proficisci, c.i reliquis duas
in stationem cohortes succedere, reliquas armari et confestim 10
sese subsequi, jussit. Quum paulo longius a castris processisset,
sues ab liostibus premi, atque aegre sustinere, et conferta
legione ex omnibus partibus tela conjici, animadvertit. Nam
quod omni ex reliquis partibus demesso frumento pars una
erat reliqua, suspicati hostes hue nostros esse venturos noctu in 15
siivis delituerant ; tum dispersos, depositis armis, in metendo
occupatos subito adorti, paucis interfectis, reliquos incertis
ordinibus perturbaverant, simul equitatu atque essedis circum-
dederant.
XXXIII.— THE BRITISH WAR-CHARIOTS.
Genus hoc est ex essedis pugnae ;— primo per omnes partes
perequitant, et tela conjiciunt, atque ipso terrore equorum et
Btrepitu rotarum ordines plerumque perturbant, et, quum se inter
equitum turmas insinuaverunt, ex essedis desiliunt, et pedibua
proeliantur. Aurigae interim paulatim ex proelio excedunt, 5
atque ita currus collocant, ut, si illi a multitudine hostium pre-
mantur, expeditum ad suos receptum habeant. Ita mobilita-
tem equitum, stabilitatem peditum in proeliis praestant, ac
tantum usu quotidiano et exercitatione efficiunt, uti in declivi
76
FIRST INVASION OF BRITAIN BY THE ROMANS.
"Hie in eurrus citissime reci^eroru^LT ^"^" "^^^*^"' ^^ «^
XXXIV.-OAESAR RELIEVES HIS MEN~THE BRITONS
COLLECT FORCES.
Quibus rebus perturbatis nostris novitate n„c.n.o f
expulissent, demonstr.ivm n7 w I ' f' ^°™^"°' '^«^"«
XXXV.-THE BEITONS ENTIRELY DEFEATED
vid^bTuf :!;«""; ?""'' ™r*"°"''„s diebus acciderat, fore
« its™:' .-r aorprire^ :- rT' *"— ^
nint, ac terga verterant Oiios W„ .7*^ ^ P"'""-
XXXVL— PEACE CONCLUDED
verat, dup.caW, e„„„.e in coutinentrVr^iXlrS;
FIRST INVASION OF BRITAIN BY THE ROMANS.
77
propinqua die aequinoctii, infirmis navihus, hiemi navigationem
subjiciendam non existimabat. Ipso idonoam tcmpestateiii 6
nactus panic post mediain iioctem naves solvit ; quae omncs
incolumes ad continentem pervenerunt; sed ex lis onerariae
duae eosdem, qiios rcliqui, portus capere non potueruut, efc
paiilo iufra delatae sunt.
B00\^ V.
SECOND INVASION OF BKITAIN.
CHAPTERS VIII. TO XXIII.
ARGUMENT,
nil Cnc,sar> l„n,llnR Ir Britaln.-IX. The Briton, nro defeated in a battle
X. Caesar's fleet dainaKcd by a stonn.-X I. Repair of the fleet XU ^f T
XVI' ■i;;'«HM '" "f °"-' "'""''' ^"^^"'- "" '"" '"«>-^'>. l>"t are debated 1
Lted vJ 1' "'""° f ««'"i"K-XVII. Another battle; the 8^0, fd*.
fcated.-\Vin. Caesar advances to the Thames—XlX CassiJellau.ms m™
wbe?':::;;:::;t°"xxn 'r""-^f; ^"° ''''•'""^-^---d:"-xxT
camp xxu~v ^"•:"''''<"«''f"' att'i^k by the Britons on Caesar's naval
camp.-XXlII. Peace concluded ; Caesar's return to Gaul.
VIII.— CAESAR'S LAxVDING IN BRITAIN.
His r.'bus gestis, Labieno in contincnte cum tribiis legionibiis
ct eqnitum miUibus duobus relicto, ut portus tuerctiir, et rem
fnimcutariam provideret, qi-aeque in Gallia gererentur, coc^nos-
ceret. consilmnique pro tempore ct pro re caperet, ipse"cum
6 qmnque legionibns et pari nuinero cquitum, quem in continenti
roliquerat, ad solis occasum naves solvit, et leni Africo provcc-
tus media circiter nocte vcnto intermisso cursum non temiit et
longms delatus aestu orta luce sub sinistra Britanniam relictam
conspexit. Turn rursus aestus commutationem secutus remis
10 '^ontendit, nt eam partem insulae caperet, qua optimum esse
egressum superiore aestate cognoverat. Qua in re admodum
fuit militum virtus laudanda, qui vectoriis gravibusque navi-
giis, non mtermisso remigandi labore, longarum navium cursum
adaetjuarunt. Accessum est ad Britanniam omnibus navibus
15 mcndiano fere tempore ; neque in co loco llosti^ est visus sed
ui postea Caeasrex captivis cognovit, quum magnae niamis eo
SECOND INVASION OF BniTAIN.
71)
nvoo'ascnt, multiludine navium pertorritao, quae cum anuo-
tims ^jrivatisque, quas aui quisque coinuiudi foccrat, amplius
.)*'^ingentae uno crant visao tempore, a litore discesbcraiit, ac
ao ii 8Ui)eriora loca abdiderart. 20
IX. — THE BRITONS ARE DEFEATED IN A BATTLE.
Caosar, cxposito oxercitu ct loco castria idoneo capto, ubi ex
cai)tivi3 cognovit, quo in loco hostium copiae consedissent,
cuhortibus x ad mare relictis et cquitibu? occ, qui pracsidio
navibuu essent, de tertia vigilia ad hostes coutondit eo minus
vcritus navibus, quod in litore molli atque aperto deligatas ad 6
ancoram relinquebat, et praesidio navibus Q. Atrium praefecit.
Ipse noctu progressus millia passuum circiter xii hostium
copias conspicatus e£t. Illi equitatu atque esscdis ad flumen
progress! ex loco superiore nostros pruhibere et proelium com-
niittcre coeperunt. Repulsi ab equitatu se in silvas abdiderunt, 10
locum nacti egrcgie tit natura et opere munit'nn, quern domes-
tic! belli, ut videbatur, causa jam ante prtvoparaverant : nam
crebris arboribus succisis omnes introitus erant praeclusi. Ipsi
ex silvis rari propugnabant, nostrosque intra munitiones ingredi
prohibebant. At milites legionis septimae, testudine facta et 15
aggcre ad munitiones adjec >), locum ccperunt, eosque ex silvis
cxi)ulerunt paucis vulneribus acceptis. Sed eos fugieutes
longius Caesar prosequi vetuit, et quod loci naturam ignorab'.it,
et quod n)agna parte diei consumpta munitioni castrorum
tom]nis relinqui volebat. 20
X.— DAESARS FLEET DAMAGED BY A STORM.
Postridie ejus diei mane tripartite milites equitesque in cx-
peditionem niisit, ut eos, qui fugerant, persequerentur. His
aUcpuintum itincris progressis, (luum jam extremi essent in pro-
spectu, equites a Q. Atrio au Oaesarem venerunt, qui nunti-
arent superiore nocte maxima coorta tempestate prope omnes 5
naves affllctas, atque in litore ejectas esse, quod neque ancorae
lunosque subsisterent, neque nautae gubernatoresque vim pati
tempcstaiiis posseut : ilaque ex eo coucursu navium uiagiiuui
esse inconunodum acceptum.
80
SECOND INVASION OF BRITAIN.
't '
XI. — REPAIR OF THE FLEET.
His rebus cognitis Caesar lejriones equitafciimque revocari
atque itinere desistere jubet; ipse ad naves revertitur; eadem
fere, quae ex nuntiis litsrisque cognoverafc. coram perspicit, sic
ut amissis circiter xl navibus reliquae tamen refici possemnfrn.,,
5 negotio vidci^entur. Itaque ex legionibus fabros deligit, ct^ex
continenti alios arcessi jubet ; Labieno scribit, ut, quam pluri-
mas posset, iis legionibus, quae sunt apud eum, naves instituat.
Ipse, etsi res erat multae operae ac laboris, tamen conimodissi-
mum esse statuit omnes naves subduci et cum castris una
10 munitione conjungi. In bis rebus circiter dies x consumit, ne
nocturnis quidem tomporibus ad laborer.! militum intermissis.
Subductis navibus castrisque egregie munitis, easdem copias,
quas ante, praesidio navibus reliquit ; ipse eodem, unde redierat,'
proficiscitur. Eo quum venisset, majores jam undique in eum'
15 locum copiae Britannorum convenerant, summa imperii bellique
administrandi comnumi consilio permissa Cassivellauno, cujiis
fines a maritimis civitatibus flumen dividit, quod ai)pellatur
Tamesis, a mari circiter millia passuunx lxxx. Huic superiore
tempore cum reliquis civitatibus continentia bella intercesser-
20 ant ; sod nostro adventu permc*' Britanni hunc toti bello im-
perioque praefecerant.
XII.— DESCRIPTION OF BRITAIN.
Britanniae pars interior ab iis incolitur, quos natos in insula
ipsi mtmoria proditum dicunt, maritima pars ab iis, qui
praedae ac belli inferendi causa ex Belgio transierant (qui
omnes fere iis nominibus civitatum appellantin-, quibus orti ex
6 civitatibus eo perveneruut), et bello illato ibi permanserunt,
atque agros colere coeperunt. Hominum est iiifinita multitudJ
creberrimaqiie acdificia fere Gallicis consimilia, pecorum ma<aius
numerus. Utuntur aut acre aut taleis ferrci.s ad certum pond-is
examinatis pro niimmo. Nascitur ibi plumbum album iu
10 mediterraneis regionibus, in maritimis ferrum, sed ejus exic^ua
est copia ; acre utuntur importato. Materia cuj.isquc generis
ut in Gallia est praeter fagura atque abictem. Leporem et
galiinam et anserem gustare las non putaiit ; liaec tamen Plunt
SECOND INVASION OF BRITAIN.
61
imeii Piuiit
animi voluptatisque causa. Loca sunt temperatiora quam in
Gallia, remissioribus frigoribus. 15
XIII. — DESCRIPTION OF BRITAIN CONTINUED.
Insula natura triquetra, cujus uiium latusest contra Galliam.
lEujus lateris alter angulus, qui est ad Cantium, quo fere
omnes ex Gallia naves a])pelluntur, ad orientem soleni, inferior
ad meridiem spectat. Hoc j)ertinet circiter millia passuum
quingenta. Alterum vergit ad Hispaniam atque occidentem 5
solem ; qua ex parte est Hibernia, diniidio minor, ut aestimatur,
quam Britannia, sed pari spatio transmissus atque ex Gallia
ebfc in Britanniam. In hoc medio cursu est insula, quae appel-
liitnr Mona: complures praeterca minores objectae insulae
existimantur ; dc quious insulis nonnulli scripserunt dies con- 10
tinuos XXX sub bruma esse noctcm. Nos nihil de eo i)erconta-
tionibus reperiebamus, nisi certis ex axjua mensuris breviorcs
esse quam in continenti noctes videbamus. Hujus est longi-
tude lateris, ut fert illorum opinio, dcc millium. Tertium est
contra septentriones ; cui parti nulla est objecta terra, sed ejus 15
angulus lateris maxime ad Germaniam spectat. Hoc millia
pa,ssuum docc in longitudinem esse existimatur. Ita omnis
insula est in circuitu vicics centum millium passuum.
XIV.— HABITS OF THE BRITONS.
Ex his omnibus longe sunt humanissimi, qui Cantium iiicol--
nut, quae regio eat maritima omnis, vrqne multum a Gallica
difforunt consuetudine. Interiores plerique frumcnta non
sprunt, sod lacte et carne vivunt, pellibusque sunt vestiti.
Omnes vero se Britanni vitro inficiuut, quod cacruleum efficit ,0
colorcm, atque hoc horridiores sunt in pugna aspectu.
XV.— THE BRITONS ATTACK CAESAR ON HIS MARCH,
BUT ARE DEFEATED.
E<|uitcs hostium essedariique acriter proelio cum equitatu
nostro in itinere conflixerunt, tamen ut nostri omnibus partibus
supcriores fuerint, atque eos in silvas collcsque compulerint ;
sed compluribus Interfectis cupidius insecuti nonnulloa ex siiis
dnusorr.nt. At illi intermisso spatio, imprudent ibus iiostri.s 5
Uob) (■)
ir
8S
SECOND INVASION OF EEITAIN.
atqup *-ccupatis in niunitioue castrorum, siibito se ex silvis
ejecex'iat, impetuque in eos facto, qui eraut in statione pro
castris collocati, acriter pugnaverunt, diuibiisque missis subsidio
cohortibus a Oaesare atque liis primis legionum duanun, quuni
]0 liae perexiguo intermisso spatio inter se coustitissent, novo
genere pugnae perteriitis nostris, per medios audacissime per-
ruperunt, sequc indc incobimes rcceperunt. Eo die Q. Laberius
Duriis, tribunus milituni, intcrficitui'. Illi pluribus submissis
cohortibus repelluntur.
XVI.— THE BRITISH MODE OF FIGHTING.
Toto hoc in gene.e pugnae quum sub oculis omnium ac pro
castris dimicaretur, intellectuni est nostros propter gravitatem
armorum, quod neque insequi cedentes possent, noque ab signis
discedere auderent, minus aptos esse ad Imjus generis hosteni,
6 equites autem niagno cum periculo proelio dimicare, propterea
quod illi etiani consulto })lerumque cederent, et, quum paulum
ab legionibus nostros removissent, ex essedis desilirent, et
pedibus dispari proelio contenderont. Equestris autem proelii
ratio et cedentibus et inscquentibus par atque idem periculum
10 inferebat. Accedebat hue, ut nunquam confcrti, sed rari mag-
nisque intervallis proeliarcntur, stationesque dispositas habe-
rent, atque alios alii deincei)S cxcipercnt, integrique et recentes
defatigatis succcdercnt.
XVII.—ANOTHEK BATTLE— THE BRITONS DEFEATED.
Postero die procul a castris hostes in collibus constiterunt,
rarique se ostendere et lenius quam pridie nostros equites proelio
lacesserc coeperunt. Sed meridie, quum Caesar pabulandi
causa tres Icgioues atque omuem equitatum cum Oaio Trebonio
6 legato misisset, repente ex omnibus i)artibus ad pabulatores
advolaverunt, sic uti ab signis logionibusque non absisterent.
Nostri acriter in eos impetu facto reinilerunt, neque finem se-
quendi fecerunt, quoad subsidio confist equites, quum post sc
legiones viderent, praecipites hostes egorunt, raagnoque eorum
10 numero iiiterfecto, neque sui colligendi neque consistendi aut
ex essedis desiliendi facultatem dederunt. Ex hac fuga pro-
tinu.s, quae uudique conveuerant, auxilia discesscrunt, neipie
SECOND INVASION OF BRITAIN.
83
post id tempus unquam summis nobiscum copiis hostes con-
tenderunt.
XVIII. — CAESAR ADVANCES TO THE THAMES.
Caesar cognito consilio eomm ad flumen Taraesin in fines
Cassivellauni exercitum duxit ; quod flumen uno omnino loco
pedibus, atque hoc aegre, transiri potest. Eo quum venisset,
animum advertit ad alteram flumiuis ripam magnas esse copias
hostium instructas. Eipa autem erat acutis sudibus praefixis 5
munita, ejusdemque generis sub aqua defixae sudes flumiue
tegebautur. His rebus cognitis a captivis ptrfugisque, Caesar
praemisso equitatu confestim legiones subsequi jussit. Sed ea
ccleritate atque eo impetu milites ierunt, quum capite solo ex
r.qua exstarent, ut hostes inipetum legionum atque equitur.i lo
sustinere non possent, ripasque dimittereut, ac se fugae man-
durent.
XIX.— CASSIVELLAUNUS HARASSES THE ROMANS ON THEIR
MARCH.
Cassivellaunus, ut supra demonstravimus, omni deposita spe
coutentionis, dimissis amplioribus copiis, millibus circiter qua-
tuor essedariorum relictis, itinera nostra tervabat, paulumque
ex via excedebat, locisque impeditis ac silvesLiibus sese occul-
tabat, atque iis regionibus, quibus nos iter facturos cognoverat, 6
pecora atque homines ex agris in silvas comptUebat ; et, quum
equitatus noster liberius pr.iedaudi vastandique causa se in
agros ejecerrt, omnibus viis semitisque rssedarios ex silvis
eptittebat, et magno cum periculo nostrorum equitum o,mn iis
coiiliigebat, atque hoc metu latins vagari prchibebat. Keliu- 10
quebutur, ut neque longius ab agmine legionum disced! Jaesar
! ;*teretur, et tantum in agris vastandis Incendiir laciendis
liOotibus noceretur, quantum labore ?tqu" it.iieu) iegiuuarii
milites efllcere poterant.
XX.~THE TRINOBA \T^.S SURRENDER.
Interim Trinobantes, projie firmissima earum regionum civi-
tas, ex qua Maiidubratius adolescens Caesariss fidem secutus ad
mm in ontinenrem O.'llian) Mierat.— (ujus ^^ater in ea civi-
r^
84
SECOND INVASION OF BRITAIN.
t! I
•i
tate regnum obtinuerat, interfectusque erat a Oassivellauno,
6 ipse fuga mortem vitaverat— legates ad Oaesarem mittunt,
I»ollicenturque sese ei dedituros atque imperata facturos ;
petimt. ut Mandubratium ab injuria Cassivellauni defendat,
atque in civitatem mittat, qui praesit, imperiumque obtineat.
His Caesar imperat obsides xl frumentumque exercitui, Man-
10 dubratiumque ad eos mittit. lUi imperata celeriter fecerunt,
obsides ad numerum frumentumque misemnt.
XXI. — OTHER TRIBES SUBMIT.
Trinobantibus defensis atque ab omni militum injuria pro-
liibitis, Cenimagni, Segontiaci, Ancalites, Bibroci, Cassi, lega-
tionibus missis sese Caesari dedunt. Ab his cognoscit non
longe ex eo loco oppidum Cassivellauni abesse, silvis paludi-
6 busque munitum, quo satis magnus hominum pecorisque
numerus convonerit. Oppidum autem Britanni vocant, quum
silvas imped itas vallo atque fossa munierunt, quo incursionis
hosdum vitandae causa convenire consuerunt. Eo proficiscitur
cum legionibus: locum reperit egregie natura atque opere
10 munitum ; tamen hunc duabus ex partibus oppugnare contendit.
Hostes paulisper morat' iiilitum nostroium impetum non
tulerunt, seseque alia ' ie oppidi ejecerunt. Magnus ibi
numerus pecoris repert iltique in fuga sunt comprehensi
atque interfecti.
XXII.— UNSUCCESSFUL ATTACK BY THE BRITONS ON CAESAR's
NAVAL CAMP.
Dum haec in his locis goruntur, Cassivellaunus ad Cantium,
quod esse ad mare supra demonstravimus, quibus regionibus
quptuor reges praeerant Cingetorix, Carvilius, Taximagulus,
SegoDax, nuntios mittit, atque his i.nperat, uti coactis omnibus
6 copiis castra navalia de improviso adoriantur, atque oppugnent.
li quum ad castra venissent, nostri eruptione facta multis eorum
interfectis, capto etiam nobili duce Lugotorige, suos incolumes
reduxerunt. Cassivellaunus hoc proelio nuntiato, tot detri-
mentis acceptis, vastatis finibus, maxime etiam permotus de-
10 fectione civitatum, legatos per Atrebatem Commium de dedi-
tione ad Caesarem mittit. Caesar, quum constituisset hiemare
m-
ivellauno,
mittuht,
facturos ;
defcndat,
obtineat.
bui, Man-
fecerunt,
una pro-
issi, lega-
ascit non
:8 paludi-
ecorisque
nt, quum
icursionia
)ficiscitur
ue opere
iontendit.
um non
ignus ibi
iprehensi
SECOND INVASION OF BRITAIN.
86
in continent! propter repentinos Gulliae inotus, neque multum
aestatis superesset, atque id facile extrahi posse intelligeret,
obsides imperat, et, quid in annos singulos vectigalis populo
Romano Britannia peuderet, constituit ; interdicit, atque im- 15
perat Cassivellauno, ne Mandubratio neu Trinobantibus noceat.
xxiiL— PEACE CONCLUDED— Caesar's return to gaul.
Obsidibus acceptis exercitum reducit ad mare, naves invenit
refectas. His deductis, quod et captivorum magnum numerum
habebat, et nounullae tempestate deperierant naves, duobus
commeatibus exercitum reportare instituit. Ac sic accidit, uti
ex tanto navium numero, tot navigationibus, neque hoc neque 5
superiore anno ulla omnino navis, quae milites portaret, de-
sideraretur; at ex iis, quae inanes ex continenti ad eum re-
niitterentur, et prioris commeatus expositis militibus, et quus
postea Labienus faciendas curaverat numero lx, perpaucae
locum caperent, reliquae fere omnes rejicerentur. Quas quum 10
aliquamdiu Caesar frustra exspectasset, ne anni tempore a
navigatione excluderetur, quod aequinoctium suberat, neces-
sario angustius milites collocavit, ac summa tranquillitate con-
secuta, secunda inita quum solvisset vigilia, prima luce terram
attigit, omnesque iucolumes naves perd;ixit, ig
AESARS
CJantium,
igionibus
magulus,
omnibus
ipugnent.
tis eorum
iicolumes
ot detri-
lotus de-
de dedi-
hiemare
M
BOOK VI.
MANNERS AND CUSTOMS OF TPIE GAULS AND
THE GERMANS.
CHAPTERS XI. TO XXVIII.
ARGUMENT.
XI. Prevalence of tiolltical parties.— .... XIII. T-vo ruling classes, the Druids and
the Equites.— XIV. The Druids XV. The Equites.— XVI. The religious ser-
vices of the Gauls— XVII. The gods specially worshipped by the Gauls. —
XVIII. The naming and measuring of time.— XIX. Marriages and funerals.—
XX. Tower and policy of magistrates.— XXI. The Germans differ from the
Gauls.— XXII. Agriculture not encouraged.— XXIII. Various customs— plunder,
war, Ac— XXIV. Migrations and colonies of the Germans. ~X XV. Tl.e Her^
cyniau forest.— XXVI. Wild animals— tlie reindeer.— XXVII. Wild animals-
the elk.— XXVIII. Wild animals— the urus, or bisou.
XL— PREVALENCE OF POLITICAL PARTIES.
QuoNiAM ad hunc locum perventum est, non alienum esse
videtur, do Galliae Germauiaeque moribus, et quo differant hae
natioues inter sese, proponere.
lu Gallia non solum in omnibus civitatibus atque in omnibus
5 pagis partibusque, sed paene etiam in singulis domibus factiones
sunt, earumque factionum principes sunt, qui sum mam aucto-
ritatem eorum judicio habere existimantur, quorum ad arbi-
trium judiciumque summa omnium rerum ^^onsiliorumquo redout.
Idque tgus rei causa antiquitus institutum vidctur, iie (luis ex
IQ plebe contra potentiorem auxilii egeret : suos enim quisque
opprimi et circumveniri non patitur, neque, aliter si faciat, ullam
inter suos habet auctoritatem. Haec eadem ratio est in summa
totius Galliae : nanique omnes civitates in partes divisae punt
duas.
[Chapter XIL recurrj to the Aednl and the Scqnani as the leaders of parties wlicn
Caesur firet cuuic to Guul.J
THE GAULS AND THE GERMANS.
87
XIII. — TWO RULING CLASSES, THE DRUIDS AND THE EQUITES.
In oiiini Gallia eorum hominum, qui aliquo sunt uumero
atque honore, genera sunt duo : nam plebes paene servorum
habetur loco, quae nihil a- det per se, nullo adhibetur consilio.
Plerique, quum aut aere alieno aut magnitudine tributomm aut
injuria potentiorum premuntur, sese in servitutem dicant 5
nobilibus. In hos eadem omnia sunt jura, quae dominis in
servos. Sed de his duobus generibus alterum est druidum,
alterum equitum. Illi rebus divinis intersunt, sacrificia publica
ac privata procurant, religiones interpretantur : ad eos magnus
adolescentium numerus disciplinae causa concm'rit, magnoque 10
hi sunt apud eos honore. Nam fere de omnibus controversiis
publicis privatisque consticuunt ; et, si ({uod est admissum
facinus, si caedes facta, si de hereditate, si de finibus contro-
versia est, idem decernunt ; praemia jjoeuasque constituunt. Si
qui aut privatus ?.ut publicus eorum decreto nou stetit, sacri- 15
liciis interdicunt. Ilacc poena ai)ud eos est gravissima. Qui-
bus ita est intcrdictum, hi numero impiorum ac sceleratorum
habentur, his omncs deccdunt, aditum scrmoneni'^ue defugiunt,
ne quid ex contagione incommodi accipiant, neque liis petenti-
bus jus rcdditur, neque honos ullus communicatur. His autem 20
omnibus druidibus praeest unus, qui summam inter eos habet
auetoritatem. Hoc mortuo, aut si qui ex reliquis excellit
dignitate, succcdit, aut, si sunt ]»uives pares, suffragio druidum;
nonnunquam etiam armis de principatu contcndunt. Hi certo
anni tempore in linilnis Carnutum, quae regio totius Galliae 25
media habetur, considunt in loco consecrato. Hue omnea
undique, qui controversias haljent, conveniunt, eorumque de-
oretis judiciisque parent. Disciplina in Britannia reperta
atque inde in Galliam translata esse existimatur, et nunc, qui
di.ljgentius eam rem cognoscere volunt, plcrumque illo discendi 30
causa proficiscuntur.
iirtios wlicn
XIV.— THE DRUIDS.
Druides a bello abcsse consuerunt, neque tributa una cum
rclicpiis pendunt ; militiae vacationein omniumque rerum
tiabent iuiiiiuiiitatem. Tantis eicitati praemiis et sua spoute
88
MANNERS AND CUSTOMS
ft
II !
niulti in (lisciplinam conveniunt, et a parentibna propinquisqiie
6 mittuntur. Magnum ibi numerum versuum ediscere dicuntur :
itaque annos nonnnlli vicenos in disciplina permanent. Neque
fas esse existimant ea literis mandare, quuin in reliquis fere
rebus, publicis privatisque rationibus, Graecis literis utantur.
Id mihi duabus de causis instituisse videutur ; quod neque in
10 vulgum disciplinam efferri velint, neque eos, qui dipcunt, literis
confisos minus memoriae studere ; quod fere plerisque accidit,
ut praesidio literarum diligentiam in perdiscendo ac memoriam
remittant. In primis hoc volunt persuadere, non interira
animas, sed ab aliis post mortem transire ad alios, atque hoc
15 maxime ad virtutem excitari putant, metu mortis neglecto.
Multa praeterea de sideribus atque eorum motu, de mundi ac
terrarum magnitudine, de rerum natura, de deorum immor-
taliuni vi ac potestate disputant, et juventuti traduut.
XV. — THE EQUITES.
Alterum genus est equitum. Hi, quum est usus, atque aliquod
bellum incidit (quod fere ante Caesaris adventum quotannis
accidere solebat, uti aut ipsi injurias inferrent, aut illatas pro-
pulsarent), omnes in bello versantur, atque eorum ut quisque
S est genere copiisque amplissimus, ita plurimos circum se am-
bactos clientesquc habet. Hanc unam gratiam potentiamque
noverunt.
XVI. — THE RELIGIOUS SERVICES OF THE GAULS.
Natio est omnis Gallorum admodum dedita religionibus,
atque ob eam causam qui sunt afFecti gravioribus niorbis,
quique in proeliis pericrdisque versantur, aut pro vietiniis
homines immolant, aut se 'mmolaturos vovent, administrisque
6 ad ea sacrificia druidibus utuntur ; quod, pro vita hominis nisi
hominis vita reddatur, non posse deorum immortalium numen
placari arbitrniitur ; publiceque ejusdem generis habent instituta
sacrificia. Alii immaiii magnitudine simulacra habent, quorum
contexta viminibus membra vivis liominibus complent ; quibus
10 succensis circumventi flamma exanimantur homines. Supplicia
eorum, qui in furto aut in latrocinio aut aliqua noxa sint com-
preluMisi, gratiora dis immortalibus esse arbitrautur ; sed quuin
OF THE GAULS AND THE GERMANS.
89
1 immor-
I
ejus generis copiu, defecit, etiam ad innocentium supplicia
descendunt.
XVII.— THE GODS SPECIALLY WORSHIPPED BY THE GAULS.
Deum maxime Mercurirm colunt. Hujus sunt plurima
dmulacra; hunc omnium inventorem artium ferunt, hunc
viamm atque itinerum ducem, hunc ad quaestus pecuniae
meroaturasque habere vim manimam arbitrantur. Post hunc
Apollinem et Martem et Jovem et Minervam. De his eandem 5
fere quam reliquae gentes habent opinionem : Apollinem mor-
bos depellere, Minervam operum atque artificiorum initia
tradere, Jovem imperium coelestium tenere, Martem bella
regere. Huic, quum proelio dimicare constituerunt, ea, quae
bello ceperint, plerumque devovent : quum superaverunt, ani- 10
malia capta immolant, reliquasque res in unum locum conferunt.
Multis in civitatibus harum rerum exstructos tumulos locis
consecratis conspicari licet ; neque saepe accidit, ut neglecta
quispiam religione, aut capta apud se occultare, aut posita
tollere, auderet; gravissimumque ei rei supplicium cum cruciatu 15
constitutum est.
XVIIL— THE NAMING AND MEASURING OF TIME.
Gain se omnes ab Dite patre prognatos praedicant, idque ab
druidibus proditum dicunt. Ob eam causam spatia omnis
temporis nou numero dierum sed noctium finiunt ; dies natales
et mensium et annorum initia sic observant, ut noctem dies
subsequatur. In reliquis vitae institutis hoc fere ab reliquis 5
ditteruut, quod suos libcros, nisi quum adoleverunt, ut munus
railitiae sustinere possint, palam ad se adire non patiuntur,
filiumque pucrili aetate in publico in conspectu patris assistere
turpe ducunt.
XIX.— MARRIAGES AND FUNERALS.
Viri, quautas pecunias ab uxoribus dotis nomine acceperunt,
tantas ex suis bonis aestimatione facta cum dotibus comnuuii-
cant. Hujus omnis pecuniae conjunctim ratio habctur, fruc-
tusquG servantur: uter eorum vita superurit, ad eum pars
utriu.sqtic cum fructibus superioruin tcniporum pervenit. Viri 5
'•''™'L*'t !.. ''ff'*
90
MANNERS AND CUSTOMS
in uxoros, sicuti in libor-- ., vitao n(M'ls(i'.io liabnnt potostatoin ;
et quuiu pater iiiniiliae 1.1 striore loco natus deocssit, ejus pro-
liinqui conveniunt, et de mortc, si res in suspicionem venit, do
uxoribus in scrvilem modum quaestionem liabont, et si com-
10 pertum est, igni atque omnibus tormentis excruciatas interfici-
uut. Funera sunt pro cultu Gallorum magnitica et sumptuosa ;
omniaque, quae vivis cordi fuisse arbitrantur, in iguem in-
ferunt, etiam animalia; ac paulo supra banc memoriam nervi et
clientes, quoa ab iis dilcctos esse constabat, justis fuucribus
16 confectis una cremabantur.
;
I I. 1
XX. — POWEE AND POLICY OF MAGISTKATES.
Quae civitates commodius suam rempublicam adrainistrare
existimantur, habent legibus sanctum, si quis quid de republica
a finitimis rumore aut fama acceperit, uti ad magistratuui
deferat, neve cum quo alio communicet ; quod saepe bomiiiea
5 temerarios atque imperitos falsis rumoribus terreri, et ad facinus
irapelli, et de summis rebus consilium capere, cognitum est.
Magistratus quae visa sunt occultant; quaeque esse ex usu
judicaverunt, multitudini produnt. De republica nisi per con-
cilium loqui non conceditur.
XXI.— THE GERMANS DIFFER FROM THE GAULS.
German! multum ab hac consuetudine difforunt. Nam neque
druides habent, qui rebus divinis praesint, neque sacrificiis
student. Deorum numero eos solos ducunt, quos cernunt, et
quorum apertc opibus juvuntur, Solem et Vulcanum et Lunam ;
6 reliqnos ne fama quidcm acceperunt. Vita omnis in venationi-
bus atque in studiis rei militaris consistit : ab parvulis labori ao
duritiae student.
XXIL— AGRICULTURE NOT ENCOURAGED.
Agriculturae non student; majorque pars corum victus in
lacte, caseo, carne consistit. Neque quisquam agri moduni
certum aut fines habet proprios ; seil magistratus ac ])rincipea
in annos singulos gentibus cognationibusque liominum, qui una
S coierunt, quantum, et quo loco visum est, agri attribuunt, atque
anno post alio transire coguut. Ejus rei multas utt'eruut (;au,sas ;
OP THE GAULS AND THE GERMANS.
01
ne assidua conauetiuline capti stadium belli gcrcndi agricultiira
comnmteut ; no latu.s tines parare st' uit, potentiur(.s(iue
hiuuilion^s possessioiiibus expellant ; ne i.„juratius ad frigora
atqiie aestus vitandos acdificent ; ne qua oriatur pecuniae IC
cupiditas, qua ex re factiones disseusionesque naacuntur; ut
anirai aequitate plebem contineant, quuin suas quisque opes
cum potentissimis aequari videat.
XXllI.— VAEIOUS CUSTOMS— PLUNDER, WAR, ETC.
Civitatibus maxima laus est quam latissime circum se vas-
tatis finibus soiitudines habere. Hoc proifrium v^irtutis existi-
mant, expulsos agris finitimos cedere, neque quemquam prope
aiidere consistere ; simul hoc se fore tutiores arbitrautur,
lepentinae incursionis timore sublato. Quum belluiu civitas aut 5
illiitum defendit, aut infert, magistratus, qui ei bello praesint, ut
vitae necisque habeant potestatem, deliguntur. In pace nullus
est communis magistratus, sed principes regionum atque pago-
rum inter suos jus dicunt, controversiasque minuunt. Latro-
cinia nullam habent infamiam, quae extra fines cujusque 10
civitatis fiunt, atque ea juventutis exercendae ac desidiae
minuendae causa fieri praedicant. Atque ubi quis ex principi-
bus in concilio dixit, Se ducem fore— qui sequi velint, profitean-
tur ; consurgunt ii, qui et causam et hominem probant, suumque
auxilium polliceutur, atque ab miiltitudine collaudantur : qui 15
ex his secuti non sunt, in desertovum ac proditorum numero
ducuntur, omniumque his rerum postea fides derogatur. Hos-
pitem violare fas non putant ; qui quaque de causa ad eos
veneruut, ab injuria prohibent, sanctos habent, bisque omnium
domus patent, victusque commuuicatur. 20
XXIV. — MIGRATIONS AND COLONIES OP THE GERMANS.
Ac fuit an tea tcmpus, quum Germanos Galli virtute super-
arent, ultro bella inferrent, propter hominum multitudinem
agrique iuopiam trans Rhenum colonias mitterent. Itaque ea,
quae fertilissima Germaniac sunt, loca circum Hercyniani
silvam (quam Eratostlieni ct quibusdam Gruecis fama notam 5
esse video, quam illi Orcyniam appellant), Volcac Tectosages
uccuiiaveruut, atque ibi consederuiit ; quae ^ens ad hoc tempua
IMAGE EVALUATION
UST TARGET (MT-3)
y
A
J?/
J^-"*
:/.
f/j
1.0
I.I
1.25
t 1^
12.0
U lllll 1.6
P^
<^
n
%
^r
<^M c^l
4^ «^^ -v
m jh
''e^/ V
/-^
^^ "^
/A
Photographic
Sciences
Corporation
iV
^^
'%
V
ip
%
V3
%
^^
.<^^
23 WEST MAIN STREET
WEBSTER, NY 14580
(716) 872-4503
#•
%
V
'h
m^
Yj
w
MM
92
MANNERS AND CaSTOMS
I
IT ■
his sedibus sese continet, summamque luabet justitiae et beilicae
laudis opinionem. Nunc quidem in eadem inopia, egestate,
10 patientiaque Germani permanent, eodem victu et cuitu cor-
poris utuntur; Gallis autem provinciarum propinquitas et
transmarinarum rerum notitia multa ad copiam atque usua
largitur : paulatim assuefacti superari, multisque victi proeliis,
ne se quidem ipsi cum illis virtute comparant.
XXV.- THE HERCYNIAN FOREST.
Hujus Hercyniae silvae, quae supra demonstrata est, latitudo
novem dierum iter expedite patet : non enim aliter finiri
potest, neque mensuras itinerura noverunt. Oritur ab Hel-
vetiorum et Nemetura et Rauracorum finibus, rectaque fluminis
6 Danubii regione pertinet ad fines Dacorum et Anartium ; hinc
se flectit sinistrorsus diversis ab flumine regionibus, multarum-
que gentium fines propter magnitudineni attingit ; neque quis-
quam est hujus Germaniae, qui se aut adisse ad initium ejus
silvae dicat, quum dierum iter lx processerit, aut quo ex loco
10 oriatur acceperit : multaque in ea genera ferarura nasci constat,
quae reliquis in locis visa non sint ; ex quibus quae maxime
differant ab ceteris, et memoriae prodenda videantur, haec sunt.
XXVL— WILD ANIMALS— THE REINDEER.
Est bos cervi figura, cujus a media fronte inter aures uuum
comu exsistit exoelsius magisque directum his, quae nobis nota
sunt, cornibus : ab ejus summo sicut palmae ramique late
difFunduntur. Eadem est feminae marisque natura, eadem
6 forma magnitudoque carnuum.
XXVIL— WILD ANIMALS— THE ELK.
Sunt item quae appellantur aices. Harum est consimilis
capris figura et varietas pellium, sed magnitudine paulo ante-
cedunt, mutilaeque sunt cornibus, et crura sine nodis articul-
isque habent ; neque quietis causa procumbun*-, neque, si quo
5 afflictae casu conciderunt, erigere sese aut subievare possunt.
His sunt arbores pro cubilibus : ad eas se applicant, atque ita
paulum modo reclinutae quietem capiunt. Quarum ex vestigiis
quum est animadversum a venatoribus, quo se recipere con-
OF THE GAULS AND THE QEKMANS.
93
suerint, omnes eo loco aut ab radicibus subruunt, aut accichmfc
arbores, tantum ut summa species earum stantium relinquatur. 10
Hue quum se consuetudine reclinaverunt, infirmas arbores
pondere affligunt, atque una ipsae concidunt.
XXVIII.— WILD ANIMALS— THE URUS, OR BISON.
Tertium est genus eorum, qui uri appellantur. Hi sunfc
magnitudiiie paulo infra elephantos; specie et colore et figura
tauri. Magna vis eorum est et magna velocitas, neque homini
neque ferae, quam conspexerunt, parcunt. Hos studiose foveis
captos interficiunt. Hoc se labore durant adolescentes, atque 5
hoc genere venationis exercent ; et qui plurimos ex his inter-
fecerunt, relatis in publicum cornibus, quae sint testimonio,
magnam ferunt laudem. Sed assuescere ad homines et man-
suefieri ne parvuli quidem excepti possunt, Amplitudo cor-
nuum et figura et species multum a nostrorum boum cornibus 10
differt. Haec studiose conquisita ab labris argento circum-
cludunt, atque in amplissimis epulis pro poculis utuntur.
i
I
m
I
fixri ^hirb.
1
EXTRACTS FROM OVID.
f'5
I
I
PREFATORY NOTE.
V
p. OviDius Naso was a native of Sulrao, in the country of tlie Peligni,
\?here he was born, of an equestrian family, in 43 B.C. His education was
carefully attended to, with a view to his becoming a pleader ; and hia
mind was further enlarged by extensive travels in Greece, Asia, and
Sicily. He filled some of the minor judicial offices of the state with great
success, but ultimately withdrew from public life, and devoted himself to
poetry. In a.d. 9, he was banished by the Emperor Augustus to Tomi,
on the Black Sea, near the mouth of the Danube. Here he died, in
A.D. 18, at the age of sixty,— all his own entreaties, and those of his
friends, having failed to effect his release. The cause of his exile haa
never been satisfactorily ascertained. (See Notes to the " Metamor-
phoses" and the " Fasti," at the beginning.)
I.-METAMORPHOSES.
Peligni,
,ion was
and hia
;ia, and
th great
nself to
Tomi,
iied, in
! of hia
)cilG haa
etamor-
L— THE FOUR AGES.
(BOOK I, LINE 89.)
[The poet, atter briefly announcing liis subject, and invoicing tlie gods to aid him
l)y tlieir inspiration, goes on to describe liow primeval chaos was reduced to order,
and separated into its four elements of air, earth, fire, and water; how tlie world
was duly arranged; how animals of different kinds were formed; and how, last of
all, man was created. Tlie idea of man having fallen from a purer and happier
state of being was, in ancient times, a prevailing one in almost every nation, and
especially among the Greeks and Romans. This moral history of the human race
was represented by a series of Ages, the number of which varies in different writers.
The four which Ovid gives in the following extract are the Golden, the Silver, the
Brazen, and the Iron.]
AuEEA prima sata est aetas, quae vindice nullo,
Sponte sua, sine le<,'e fidem rectumque colebat.
Poena metusque aberant ; nee verba minacia fixo
Aere legebantur, nee supplex turba timebat
Judicis era sui; sed erant sine judice tuti. fi
Nondum caesa suis, peregrinum ut viseret orbcm,
Montibus in liquidas pinus descenderat undas ;
Nullaque mortales praeter sua litora norant.
Nondum praecipites cingebant oppida fossae :
Non tuba directi, non aeris cornua fieri, 10
Non galeae, non ensis erant : sine militis usu
Mollia securae peragebant otia gentes.
Ipsa quoque immunis rustroque intacta, nee ullis
Saucia voraeribus, per so dabat omnia tcllus :
Contentique cibis nullo cogente creatis, 16
Arbuteos fetus montanaque fraga legebant,
n;i5) 7
I
95 METAMOllPllOSES.
Cornaquc ct in duris hacrentia mora rubetis,
Et quae deciderant piitula Jovis arbore glandcs.
Vcr erat aeternum ; placid ique tepentibus auris
9.0 Mulcebaut zephyri natos sine semine flores.
Mox etian fruges tcllus inarata ferebat,
Nee renovatus ager gravidis canebat aristis :
Flumina jam lactis, jam flumina nectaris ibant,
Flavaque de viridi stillabant ilice mella.
25 Postquam, Saturno teuebrosa in Tartara misso,
Sub Jove mundus erat, subiit argentea proles,
Auro detcrior, fulvo pretiosior acre.
Jupiter antiqui contraxit tempera veris ;
Perque hiemes aestusque et iuaequales auctumnos
30 Et breve ver spatiis excgit quatuor annum,
Tum primum siccis arr fervoribus ustus
Canduit, et ventis glacies adstricta pependit.
Tum primum subiere domos : domus antra fuerunt,
Et densi frutices et vinctae cortice virgae.
35 Semina tum primum longis Cerealia sulcis
Obruta sunt, pressique jugo gemuere juvonci.
Tertia post illas successit aenea proles,
Saevior ingcniis, et ad horrida promptior arma ;
Non scelerata tamen. De duro est ultima ferro.
40 Protin us irrupit venae pej oris in aevum
Omne nefas : fugere pudor verumque fidcsque :
III quorum subiere locum fraudesque dolique
Insidiaeque et vis et amor sceleratu^ habcndi.
Vela dabant ventis, nee adliuc bene novcrat illos
4i, Navita : quaeque diu steterant in montibus altis,
Fluctibus ignotis iusultavere cariuae.
Communemque prius, ceu lumina soils et auras,
Cautus huraum longo signavit limite mensor.
Nee tantum segetes alimeutaque debita dives
50 ]^scebatur humus, sed itum est in viscera tcrrac :
Quasque recondidcrat, Stygiisquc admovcrat imibris,
Elibdiuntur opes, irritamonta malovum.^
Jamquc nocens fcrrum, ferroque nocentius aurum
Prodi.Tat: prodit k'Unrii, (pioil i)Ugnat utrorni*',
METAMORPHOSES.
09
Sanguincaque manu crepitantia concutit arma. 6fl
Vivitur ex rapto. Nou hospes ab hospite tutus,
Non socer a gencro ; fratrum quoque gratia rara est :
Imminet exitio vir conjugis, ilia mariti :
Lurida terribiles miseent aconita novercae :
Filius ante diem patrios inquirit in annos : 60
Victa jacet pietas: et virgo cacde madentcs
Ultima coelestum terras Astraea reliquit.
II.-THE DELUGE.
(BOOK I, LINE 244.)
[" Tlicre were giants In the earth in those days." These, aiming at the sove-
reignty of heaven, were liurled Iieadlong to earth by Jupiter's tliunderbolts, and
shiin. From tlieir blood a race of savage men arose, who dcliglited in cruel deeds,
Jupiter hearing their "evil report," goes down to earth to judge by personal in-
spection ; and while there his life is attempted by Lycaon, his host. On his return to
Olympus, he records to the assembly of the gods the events of his journey, and ex-
presses his determination to destroy mankind. The story then proceeds as follows.]
Dicta Jovis pars voce probant, stimulosque frementi
Adjiciunt; alii partes assensibus implent.
Est tamen humani generis jactura dolori
Omnibus ; et, quae sit terrae mortalibus orbae
Forma futura, rogant ; quis sit laturus in aras 5
Tura? ferisne paret pupulandas tradere terras?
Talia quaerentes, sibi enim fore cetera curae,
Rex super um trepidare vetat; eubolemque priori
Dissimilem populo promittit origine mira.
Jamque en.t in totas sparsurus fulmina terras : 10
Sod timuit, ne forte sacer tot ab ignibus aether
Conciperet flammas, longusque ardesceret axis.
Esse quoque in fatis remiiiiscitur, aftbre tempus,
Quo mare, quo tellus, correptaque regia coeli
Ardeat, et mundi moles operosa laboret. 15
Tela reponuntur manibus fabricata Cyclopum.
Poena placet diversa — genus mortale sub undia
Perdere, et ex omni nimbos demittere coelo.
Protinus Aeolils aquiloncm claudit in antris,
Et quaocunque fugant inductas flaraina nubes ; 20
100 METAMOUP1108E8.
Emittitquc notum. Madidia Notua evolat alls
rerribilem picea tcctus caligine vultum :
Barba gravis ninibis ; canis lluit unJa capillis ;
Fronte sedcut nebulae; rorant peimaeque sinusque
ys Utque manu late pcridentia iiubila pressit,
Fit fragor ; inclusi fuuduntur ab aetliere nimbi.
Nuntia Junonis varios induta colores
Concipit Iris aquaa, alimentaqiie nubibus affort.
Sternuntur scgetes, et deplorata colonia
30 Vota jacent ; longique perit labor irritus anni.
Nee coelo contenta suo est Jovis ira ; sed ilium
Oaeruleus frater juvat auxiliaribua undia.
Convocat liic amncs. Qui postquam tccta tyranni
Intravere sui, " Non est liortamine longo
35 Nunc," ait, " utendura. Virea effundite veatraa ;
Sic opus est. Aperite donios, ac mole rcmota
Fluminibua vcstria totas immittite habenas."
Juaserat. Hi rcdeunt, ac fontibus ora relaxant,
Et defrenato volvuntur in aequora cursu.
40 Ipse tridcnte suo terram percuaait : at ilia
Incremuit, motuque viaa patefecit aquarum.
Exspatiata ruunt per apertos flumina campos,
Cumque satis arbusta simul pecudesque virosque
Tectaque, cumque suis rapiunt penetralia sacria.
45 Siqua domus mansit, potuitque resiatere tanto
Indejecta malo, culmen tamen altior hujus
Unda tegit, pressaeque latent aub gurgite turres.
Jamque mare et tellus nullum discrimen habebant
Omnia pontus erant ; deerant quoque litora ponto.
60 Occupat hie coUem : cymba aedet alter adunca,
Et ducit remoa illic, ubi nuper ararat.
Hie super segetes aut mersae culmina villae
Navigat ; liic sunmia piscem deprendit in ulmo.
Figitur in viridi, si fors tulit, ancora prato ;
66 Aut subjecta terunt curvae vineta carinae.
Et, modo qua graciles gramen carpaere capellac,
Nunc ibi deformcs ponunt sua corpora phocae.
Mirantur sub aqua lucos urbesque domosque
METAMORVIIOSES.
Nereides : silvasqtie tenent delphines, et altis
Incursant ramis, agitataque robora pulsant.
Nat lupus inter ovos; fulvos vehit unda leones;
Unda vehit tigres. Nee vires fulminis apro,
Crura nee ablato prosunt velocia cervo.
Quaesitisque diu terris, ubi siste^'e detur,
In mare lassatis volucris vaga detidit alis.
Obruerat tumulos immeni',a licentia ponti,
Pulsabantque novi montana cacumina ttuctus.
Maxima pars unda rapitur ; quibus unda pepercit,
Illos longa domant inopi jejunia victu.
III.-DEUCALION AND PYRRHA.
(BOOK I, LINE 313.)
[Deucalioh and Pynha are saved from the flood.]
Separat Aonios Oetaeis Phocis ab arvis,
Terra ferax, dum terra fuit : sed tempore in illo
Pars maris, et latus subitarum campus aquarum.
Mons ibi veriicibus petit arduus astra duobus,
Nomine Parnassus, superantque cacumina nubes.
Hie ubi Deucalion — nam cetera texerat aequor —
Cum consorte tori parva rate vectus adliaehit,
Corycidas nymphas et numina montis adorant,
Fatidicamque Themin, quae tunc oracla tenebat.
Non illo melior quisquam nee amantior aequi
Vir fuit, aut ilia metuentior ulla deorum.
Jupiter ut liquidis stagnare paludibus orbem,
Et superesse videt de tot modo millibus unum,
Et superesse videt de tot modo millibus unam,
Innocuos ambos, cultores numinis ambos,
Nubila disjecit ; nimbisque aquil?ne remctis
Et coelo terras ostendit, et aethera terris.
Nee maris ira manet ; positoque tricuspide telo
Mulcet aquas rector pelagi, supraque profundum
Exstantem, atque humeros innato murice tectum,
Caemlcum Tritona vocat ; conchaeque sonanti
101
60
G5
lU
15
20
■
i
102 METAMORPHOSES.
Inspirarc jubet, fluctusquo ct flumina siguo
Jam rcvocaro dato. Cava buccina sumitur illi
Tortilis, in latum quae turbine crcscit ab imo :
25 Buccina, qua.' niedio concepit ubi acra i)onto,
Litora voce replot sub utroque jacentia Phoebo.
Tunc quoque, ut ova dei madida rorantia barba
Contigit, et cecinit jussos inflata receptus,
Omnibus audita est telluris et aequoria undis;
30 Et quibua est undis audita, coorcuit omnes.
Flumina subsidunt, collesque exire vidcntur :
Jam mare litus habet : plonos capit alveus amnes :
JSurgit humus ; crescunt loca decrescentibus undis.
Postque diem longam nudata cacumina silvap
35 Ostendunt, limumque tenent in fiunde relictum.
Redditus orbis erat : quern poatquam vidit inanem,
Et desolataa agere alta silentia terraa,
Deucalion lacrimid ita Pyrrham affatur obortis :
" aoror, conjux, femina sola superstes,
40 Quam commune milii genua et patruelis origo,
Deinde torus junxit, nunc ipsa peiicula jungunt:
Terramm, quascunque vident occasus et ortus,
Nos duo turba £umu.s : possedit cetera pontus.
Haec quoque adiiuc vitae non est fiducia nostrae
46 Certa satis. Terrent etiam nunc nubila mentem.
Quid tibi, si sine me fatis erepta fuisses,
NuiiC animi, miseranda, foret 1 quo sola timorem
Ferre modo posses 1 quo consolante doleres 1
Nnmque ego — crede mihi— si te quoque pontua haberet,
60 Te sequerer, conjux, et me quoque pontus haberet.
utinam possem populos reparare paternia
Artibus, atque animaa formatae infundere terrae !
Nunc genua in nobia restat mortale duobus, —
Sio visum superis,— hominumque exempla manemus."
65 Dixerat, et flebant. Plucuit coeleste precari
Numen, et auxilium per sacras quaer..fe sortea.
Nulla mora est : adeunt pariter Cephisidas undas,
Ut nondum liquidaa, sic jam vada nota secantes.
Inde ubi libatos irroravere liviuores
METAMORPHOSES.
in.T
Vostibus ct cr.piti, {loctunt vestigio. sanctao (5«i
\d (lelubra dcao ; qiiorum fasti^'ia turpi.
Pallcbaiifc inusco, st.ibautquo sine ignibiis arae,
Ut templi tctigoro gradiis, procumbit uierque
PrDiius hunii, gelidoquo pavcn3 dedit oacula saxo,
Atque ita, " Si precibus," dixcrunt, " nuinina justis 156
Victa remollescunt, si Hectitur ira deonira :
Die, Themi, qua generis damnum vcparabile nostri
Arte sit, et mersis fer opem, mitissima, rebus."
Mota dea est, sortemquc dedit; "Disccdito tcmplo,
Et velate caput, cinctasque resolvite vestes, ',0
Ossaque post ^ergum raagnae jactate parentis."
Obstui)dere di: - rumpitque silcntia voce
Pyrrlia prior, juiiaisque deae parere recusat ;
Detque sibi veniam, pavldo rogat ore ; pavetque
Laedere jactatis r.aternas ossibus umbras. " 76
Interea repetunt caecis obscura latebris
Verba datae sortis secum, inter seque vohitaut.
Tnde Promethiues placidis Epimethida dictis
Mulcct ; et, " Aut fallax," ait, " est sollertia nobis,
Aut pia sunt, nullumque nefas oracula suadent. dO
Magna parens terra est : lapides in corpore terrae
Ossa reor dici: jacere lios post terga jubomur,"
Conjugis augurio quanquam Titania mota est,
Spes tamen in dubio est. Adeo coelestibus arabo
Diffidunt monitis. Sed quid tentare nocebit ? 8f>
Descendunt, velantque caput, tunicasqiie recingunt,
Et jussos la]>ides sua post vestigia mittunt.
Saxa— quis hoc credat, nisi sit pro teste vetustas ?—
Ponere duritiem coepere suumque rigorem.
Mollirique mora, mollitaque ducere formam. yj
Mox, ubi creve^'unt, naturaque mitior illis
Contigit, ut quaedam, sic non manifesta, videri
Forma potest hominis; sed uti de marmore coepto,
Non exacta satis, rudibusque simillima signis.
Quae tamen ex illis aliquo pars bumida succo, Oo
Et terrena luit, versa est in corporis usum :
Quod solidum est, flectique nequit, mutatur in ossa :
104
METAMORPHOSES.
Quae modo vena fuit, sub eodcm nomine mansit :
Inquc brcvi spatio, suj)c- -rum mmiine, saxa
100 Missa viri manibus facicni traxcre vironmi,
Et clc feminoo repavata est femina jactu.
Inde genus durum sunius, experiensque laborum,
Et documenta damus, qua simus origine nati.
I
IV.-PHAETHON.
(nOOIC II, LINE 1.)
[Pliaethon, the son of Sol and Clymene (wife of Mci'ops, king of Aothlopia), liavinp
been taunted by Epiiphus, son of Jupiter anil lo, as to liis origin, goes to tlie palace
of tlio Sun to claim that Apollo would acknowledge him and put an end to liis su4-
punsc.]
Regia Solis crat sublimibus alta columuis,
Clara micante auro, flammasque imitante pyropo :
Cujus ebur nitidum fastigia summa tegebat;
Argon ti bifores radiabant lumine valvae.
li Materiam superabat opus : nam Mulciber illic
Aequora caelarat nicdias cingentia terras,
Teriarumque orbem, coehiinque, quod imminet orbi.
Caoruleos habet anda deos, — Tritona canorum,
Protcaque ambiguuin, balaonarumque prcmentem
10 Aegacona suis immania berga lacertis ;
Doridaque et natas, quarum pars nare videntur,
Pars in mole sedens virides siccare capiilos ;
Pisce vein quacdam. Facies non omnibus una,
Nee divcrsa tamen : qualem decet esse sororum.
15 Term viros urbes<iue gcrit, silvasquo ferasque,
Fluminaque et nymphas, et cetera numina ruris.
Haec super imposita est coeli fulgentis imago ;
Signaque sex foribus dextris, totidemque sinistris.
Quo simul acclivo Clymeneia limito proles
20 Venit, et intravit dubitati tecta parentis,
Protinus ad patrios sua fert vi'stigia vultus ;
Consistitquo procul : neque enim propiora fcrebat
Lumina. Purpurea velatus veste sedebat
In solio Phoebus claris luceute smarr 'dia.
ftl
METAMORPHOSES. JQg
A dcxtra lacvaque Dies ct Mensis et Annus 23
Sacculaque et positae spatiis acqualibus Horae ;
Verquc novum stabat ciiictum iioreute corona;
Stabat nuda Aestas et spicea scrta gcrebat ;
Stabat et Auctumnus, calcatis sordidus uvis,
Et glacialis Hienis, canjs hirsuta capillos. ' 30
Inde loco medius, rerum novitate paventem
Sol oculis juvenem, quibus aspicit omnia, vidit;
"Quaeque viae tibi causa? quid hac," ait, "arce petisti,
Progenies, Phaethon, baud infitianda parenti?"
Ille rcfert ; " lux immensi publica mundi, 35
Phoebe pater, si das hujus mihi nominis usum,
Nee falsa Clymene culpam sub imagine celat : '
Pignora da, genitor, per quae tua vera propago
Credar, et hunc animis errorem detralie nostris."
Dixerat. At genitor circum caput omne micantea 40
Deposuit radios, propiusque accedere jussit;
Amplexuque dat>, "Nee tu mens esse negari
Dignus es, et Clymene veros," ait, "edidit ortus.
Quoque minus dubites, quodvis pete munus, ut illud
Me tribucnto feras. Promissi testis adesto 45
Dis juranda palus, oculis incognita nostris."
Vix bene desierat; currus rogat ille paternos,
Inque diem alipedum jus et moderamen equorum.
Poenituit jurasse patrem. Qui terque quatcrque
Concutiens illustre caput, "Temeraria," dixit, 50
" Vox mea focta tua est. Utinam promissa liceret
Non dare ! confiteor, solum lioc tibi, nate, negarem :
Pissuadere licet. Non est tua tuta voluntas.
Magna petis, Phaethon, et quae nee viribus istis
Munera conveniant, nee tam puerilibus annis. 6fi
Sors tua mortalis : non est mortale, quod optas.
Plus etiam, quam quod supcris contingere fas est,
Nescius aifectas. Placeat sibi quisque licebit :
Non tamen ignifero quisquam consistere in axe
Me valet excepto : vasti quoque rector Olympi, qq
Qui fera terribili jaculatur fulniina doxtra,
Non agat hos currus;— e<- quid Jove ma,jus haberaus?
►fM!eawte*'«!«M«i*
I
106 METAMORniOSES.
Ardua i)rima via est-, ct qua vix mano roccntes
Eiiituiitur cqiii. IMcdio est altissima coclo ;
35 Uiule maro ot terras ipsi inilii saepc vidcre
Fit timor, et pavida trci)idat formidine pectus.
Ultima prona via est, ct eget modcramine ccrto.
Time etiam, quae me subjcctis cxcipit utidis,
Ne I'crar in pracccps, Tetliys solet ipsa vercri.
70 Adde, quod assidua rapitur vertiginc coelum,
Sideraque alta traliit, celcrique volnmine torqnet.
Nitor in adversum ; nee me, qui cetera, vincit
Imiietus, et rapido contrarius evebor orhi.
Finge datos currus. Quid ages 1 poterisne rotatia
75 Obvius ire polis, ne te citus auferat axis 1
Forsitan et lucos illic urbesque d.eorum
Concipias animo, dehibraque ditia donis
Esse? Per insidias iter est formasque ferarum.
Utque viam teneas, nulloquc errore traliaris,
80 Per tamen adversi gradieris cornua Tauri,
Haemoniosque arcus, violentique ora Leonis ;
Saevaque circuitu curvantem brachia longo
Scorpion, atqne aliter curvantem brachia Cancrum.
Nee tibi quadrupedes animosos ignibus illis,
85 Quos in pectore liabent, quos ore ct naribus cftlant,
In promptu regcre est. Vix me patiuntur, ubi acres
Ihcaluere animi, cervixque repugnat habenis.
At tu, funesti ne sim tibi muneris auctor,
Nate, cave ; dum resque sinit, tua corrige vota.
90 Scilicet, ut nostro genitum te sanguine credas,
Pignora certa petis. Do pignora certa timcndo,
Et patrio pa'.er esse metu probor. Aspice vultus
Ecce meos. Utinamque oculos in pectora posses
Inserere, et patrias Jntus deprendere curas !
96 Denique quidquid habet dives, circumspicc, mundus,
Eque tot ac tantis coeli terraeque marisque
Posce bonis aliquid : nullara patiere rcpulsam.
Deprecor hoc unum, quod vero nomine poena,
Non honor est ; poennm. Pliaotb.on. pro niuncrc poscis.
100 Quid mea colla tenes bhindis, ignare, lacertis ?
METAMORPHOSES. 107
Ne dubita, dabitur— Stygias juravimus uoda^—
Quodcunquc o})taris. Sod tu sapientius opta."
Finierat monitus. Dictis tamen ille repiignat,
Propositumque prcmit, flagratque cupidiiie curriis.
Ergo, qua licuit, genitor cimctatus ad altos 105
Deducit juvcucm, Vulcaiiia muiiera, curms.
Aureus axis erat, temo aureus, aurea sumniac
Curvatura rotae, radiorum argentcus ordo.
Per juga chrysolithi, positaeque ex ordine gemmae,
Clara repercusso reddebant lumina Plioebo. 1 10
Dumque ea magnanimus Phaethon miratur, opusque
Perspicit, ecce vigil rutilo patefecit ab ortu
Purpureas Aurora fores et plena rosarum
Atria. DifFugiunt stellae ; quarum agmina cogit
Lucifer, et coeli statione novissimus exit. 115
At pater ut terras m'indiimque rubesoere vidit,
Cornuaque extremae velut evanescere lunae,
Juijgere equos Titan velocibus imperat Horis.
Jussa deae celeres peragunt, ignemque vomentes,
Ambrosiae succo saturos, praesepibus altis 12O
Quadrupedes ducunt, adduntque sonantia frena.
Turn pater ora sui sacro medicamine nati
Contigit, et rapidae fecit patientia flammae ;
Imposuitque comae radios, praesagaque luctus
Pectore sollicito repetens suspiria dixit : 125
" Si potes his saltern monitis parere paternis,
Parce, puer, stimulis, et fortius utere loris.
Sponte sua propera^it : labor est inhibere volentes.
Nee tibi directos placeat via quinque per arcus.
Sectus in obliquum est lato curvamine limes ; 130
Zonarumque trium contentus .uie polumque
Effugit australem junctamque aquilonibus Arctou :
Hac sit iter. Manifesta rotae vestigia cernes.
Utque ferant aequos et coelum et terra calores,
Nee preme, nee summum molire per aetliera currum. 135
Altius egressus coelestia tecta cremabis,
Inferius terms. Medio tutissimus ibis.
Neu te dexterior tortum decliuet ad Angucm.
j-mwawiiiiMiii
In
108 METAMORPHOSES.
Novo sinistcrlor pressam rotca ducat ad Aram ;
1 40 Inter utrumqiie tone. F(3rtunae cetera maudo ;
Quae juvet, et melius quam tu tibi coiisulat,opto.
Dum loquor, Hesperio positas in litore metas
Humida nox tetigit : non est mora libera nobis :
Poscimur. EfFulget tenebris aurora fugatis.
1 45 Corripe lora manu. Vel, si mutabilp pectus
Est tibi, consiliis, non curribus utere nostris,
Dum potes, et solidis etiamnunc sedibus astas ;
Dumque male optatos nondum premis inscius axer?.
Quae tutus spectes, sine me dare lumina terris."
1/30 Occupat ille levem juvenili corpore currum ;
Statque super ; manibusque datas contingere habenas
Gaudet, et invito grates agit inde parenti.
Interea volucres Pyrois, Eous et Aethon,
Solis equi, quartusque Phlegon, liinnitibus auras
155 Flammifcris implent, pedibusque repagula pulsant.
Quae postquam Tetliys, fatorum ignara nepotis,
Reppulit, et facta est immensi copia muudi,
Corripuere viam ; pedibusque per aera motis
Obstantes scindunt nebulas, pennisque levati
IGO Praetereunt ortos isdem de partibus euros.
Sod leve pondus erat, nee quod cognoscere possent
Solis equi ; solitaque jugum gravitate carebat.
Utque labant curvae justo sine pondere naves,
Perque mare instabiles nimia levitate feruntur ;
1 G5 Sic onere assueto vacuus dat in aera saltus,
Succutiturque alte, similisqiie est currus inani.
Quod simulac sensere, ruunt, tritumque relinquunt
Quadrijugi spatium, neo quo prius ordine currunt.
Ipse pavet. Nee qua commissas flectat habenas,
170 Nee scit qua sit iter; nee, si sciat, imperet illis.
Tum pri.mum radiis gelidi caluere triones,
Et vetito frustra tentanmt aequore tingi.
Quaeque polo posita est glaciali proxima serpens,
Frigore pigra prius, nee formidabilis ulli,
175 luealuit ; sumpsitque novas fcrvoribus IraB.
Te quoquc turbatum memorant fugisse, Boote,
METAMOHPHOSES.
109
Quamvis tardus eras, et te tua plaustra tenebant.
Ut vero summo despexit ab aetliere terras
Iiifelix Phaetlion, penitus penitusque jacentes,
Palluit, et subito genua intremuerc timore ; 180
Suntque oculis tenebrae per tantum lumen obortae.
Et jam mallet equos nunquam tetigisse paternos :
Jam cogn6sse genus piget, et valuisse rogando :
Jam Meropis dici cupiens ita fertur, ut acta
Praecipiti pinus borea, cui victa re:?iisit jgg
[^'rena suus rector, quam dis votisque veliquit.
Quid faciat ? multum coeli post terga relictum,
Ante oculos plus est : animo metitur utrumque.
Et modo, quos illi fatum contingere non est,
Prospicit occasus ; intcrdum respicit ortus ; 190
Quidque agat ignarus, stupet ; et ncc frcna remittit,
Nee retincre valet, nee nomina novit equorum.
Sparsa quoquc in vario passim miracula cuelo
Yastarumque videt trepidus simulacra ferarum.
Est locus, in geminos ubi bracliia concavat arcus 195
Scorpios, et cauda flexisque utrinque lacertis
Porrigit in spatium signoruni membra duorum.
Hunc puer ut nigri madidum sudore veneni
Vulnera curvata minitantem cuspide vidit,
Mentis inops gelida formidine lora remisit. 200
Quae postquam summo tetigere jacentia tergo,
Exspatiantur equi ; nulloque inhibente per auras
Ignotae regionis eunt, quaque impetus egit,
Hac sine lege ruunt ; altoque sub acthcre fixis
Incursant stellis, rapiuntquc per avia currum. 2O6
Et modo summa pctunt, modo per decliva viasque
Praecipites spatio terrae propiore feruntur;
Inferiusque suis fraternos currere Luna
Admiratur equos, ambustaque nubila fumant.
Corripitur flan.' mis, ut quaeque altissima, tcUus ; 210
Fissaque agit rimas, et succis aret ademptis.
Pabula canescunt, cum frondibus uritur arbor,
MatcriamquG siio uraebet segcs arida damno.
Parva queror. Magnae pereunt cum moenibus urbcs ;
II.
110
METAMORPHOSES.
I
I
I
215 Cumque suis totas popiilis incciidia gentes
In cincrcm vertunfc. Silvae cum montibus ardent :
Ardet Atlios, Taurusqiie Cilix, et Tmoliis et Oete,
Et turn sicca, prius celeberrima fontibus, Idc,
Virsinousque Helicon et nondum Oeagrius Hacmos.
2-20 Avdct in immcnsiim geminatls ignibus Aetne,
Parnassusque bice])s et Eryx et Cynthus et Otlirys,
Et tandem nivibus Rliodopc caritura ; INIimasqiie,
Dindymaque, et Mycale, natusqiie ad sacra Cithacron.
Nee prosunt Scythiae sua frigora : Caucasus ardct,
•2 2d Ossaque cum Pindo, majorque ambobus Olympus,
Aeriaeque Alpes, et nubifer Apennmus.
Tiim vero Phaotlion cunctis e partibus orbem
Aspicit accensum, ncc tantos sustinet aestus ;
Ferventesque auras velut e fornace profunda
2:)(^ Ore traliit, currusquc suos candcscere sentit.
Et neque jam ciueres ejectatamque favillam
Ferre potest, calidoque involvitur undique fumo ;
Quoque eat, aut ubi sit, picea caligine tectus
Ncscit, et arbitrio volncrum raptatur equorum.
23;*) Sanguine tunc crcdunt in corpora summa vocato
Aetliiopum populos nigrum traxisse colorem.
Tum facta est Libyc, raptis luimoribus acstu,
Arida. Tum nympliae passis fontesquc lacuscpic
Doflcvere comis ; quaerit Boeotia Dircen,
•210 Argos Amymonen, Epliyre Pirenidas undas.
Ncc sortita loco distantes flumina ripas
Tuta manent : modi is Tanais fumavit in undis,
Pcneosque senex, Teutliranteusque Caicus,
Et ccler Ismenos cum Phegiaco Erymantlio,
•2\ri Arsurusque iterum Xantluis, flavusque Lycormas,
Quique recurvatis ludit Macandros in undis,
Mygdoniusque Mclas et Taenarius Eurotas.
Arsit et Euphrates Babylonius, arsit Orontes,
Thermodonque citus, Gangesque, et Pliasis, et Hister,
250 Aestuat Alplicos : rii)ae Sperclieidcs ardent :
QuodqiiG suo Tagus amnc veliit, fluit ignibus aurum :
Et, quae Maconins cclcbrarant carmine ripas,
Ik
METAMOIU'IIOSES.
Ill
F]umineae volucres medio caluere Caygtro.
Nilus in cxtremiim fugit perterritus orbem,
Occuluitque caput, quod adliuc latet. Ostia septem 2/55
Pulverulenta vacant, septem sine flumine vallcs.
Fors eadem Ismarios Hebrum cum Strymone siccat,
Hcspcriosque amnes, Elicnum Rhodanumque Padumque,
Cuique fuit rerum promissa potcntia, Tliybrin.
Dissilit omne solum, peuetratque in Tartara rimis 26vl
Lumen, et infernum terret cum conjuge regem.
Et mare contraliitur ; siccaeque est campus arenac,
Quod modo pontus erat ; quosque altum tcxerat acquor,
Exsistunt montes, et sparsas Cycladas augent.
Ima petunt pisces, nee se super aequora curvi 265
Tollere consuetas audent del])iiines in auras.
Corpora pliocarum summo resupina profundo
Exanimata natant. Ipsum quoque Nerea fama est
Doridaque et natas tepidis latuisse sub antris.
Ter Ncptunus aquis cum torvo bracliia vultu 270
Exserere ausus erat : ter uon tulit aeris igncs.
Alma tamen Tcllus, ut erat circumdata ponto,
Inter aquas pelagi, contractosque undique fontcs,
Qui se condiderant in opacae viscera matris,
Sustulit oppresses collo tenus arida vultus; 275
Oi)posuitque manum fronti, magnoque tremore
Omnia concutiens paulum subsedit, et infra
Quam solct esse, fuit. Sacraque ita voce locuta est :
" Si placet hoc, meruique, quid tua fulmina ccssant,
Summo dcum 1 liceat periturac viribus ignis 280
Ignc perire tuo, clademque auctore levare.
Vix equidem fauces haec ipsa in verba resolvo" —
Presscrat ora vapor—" tostos en aspice crincs,
Inque oculis tantum, tantum super ora favillac.
Hosne mihi fructus, hunc fertilitatis honorem 286
Officiique refers, quod adunci vuhiera aratri
Rastrorumquc fcro, totoque exerceor anno ?
Quod pccori frondes, alimcntaque mitia frugcs
Humane generi, vobis quu(|uo tura ministro'/
Scd tamcn exitin)n fac me meruissc; quid undao, 290
fi
Ni
t m
i H
112 METAMOllPHOSES.
Quid meruit frater 1 cur illi tradita sorte
Aecjuora docrcscunt, et ab aethere loiigius absunt 1
Quod si HOC fratris, nee te mea gratia tangit,
At coeli miserere tui. Circumspice utrumque ;
293 Fumat uterque polus. Quos si vitiavcrit ignis,
Atria vestra ru^nt. Atlas en ipse laborat,
Vixque suis Immeris candcntem sustinet axcm.
Si freta, si tcrrae percunt, si rcgia coeli,
In chaos antiquum confmulimur. Eripe flammis,
300 Siquid adhuc superest, et rerum consule summac."
Dixerat hacc Tellus. Nequc enim tolerare vaporem
Ulterius potuit, nee dicere plura : suumque
Rcttulit 08 in so propioraque manibus antra.
At pater omnipotens, superos testatus et ipsum,
305 Qui dcdcrat currus, nisi opem ferat, omnia fato
Interitura gravi, summam petit arduus arcem,
Unde solct latis nubes inducere terris ;
Unde movet tonitrus, vibrataque fulmina jactat.
Sed neque, quas posset terris inducere, nubes
310 Tunc liabuit ; nee, quos coelo dimitteret, inibrcs,
Intonat, et dextni lib.-atum fulmen ab aure
Misit in aurigam, pariter(iue animaque rotisque
Expulit, et saevis compcscuit ignibus igncs.
Consternantur equi, et saltu in contraria facLi>
315 Culla jago eripiunt, abrupt.ique lora relinquunt.
Illicfrena jacent, illic temone revulsus
Axis, in liac radii fractarum parte rotarum,
Sparsaque sunt late laceri vestigia currus.
At Pliaethon, rutilos llamma populante capillos,
320 Volvitur in praeceps, longoque per aera tractu
Fertur, ut interdum de coelo stella sereuo,
Etsi non cecidit, potuit cecidisse videri.
Quem procul a patria diverso maximus orbu
Excipit Eridanus, fumantiaque abluit ora.
325 Naides Hesperiae trifida fumantia <lan)nia
Corpora dant tunuilo ; signant quoque carmine saxum
HIO-SITUS-ESTTHALTHON 'CUKKUS 'AURIGA TATERNI
QUEM 'SI -NON -TEN UIT 'M AGNIS "T AMEN 'EXCIDIT • AUSTS.
METAMOKPIIOSES.
113
V.-PYRAMUS AND THISBE.
(BOOK IV, LINE 55.)
rPyramus and Thlsbc, two Babylonian lovers, whose parents are opposed to tl.elr
marnage slay themselves under a mulberry tree. The mulberry, formerly white
immediately becomes the colour of blood.] J- ->'.
" Pyramus et Tliisbe, juvenum pulcherrimus alter,
Altera, quas oriens habuit, praelata puellis,
Contiguas tenuere domos, ubi dicitur altam
Coctilibus muris cinxisse Semiramis urbem.
Notitiam primosque gradus vicinia fecit : j
Tempore crevit amor. Taedae quoque jure coissent :
Sed vetuere patres. Quod non potuere vetare,
Ex aequo captis a^-debant meutibus ambo.
Conscius omnis abest ; iiutu signisque loquuntur.
Quoque magis tegitur, tcctus raagis aestuat ignis.
Fissus erat temii rima, quaiu duxerat, olim
Quum fieret, paries domui communis utrique.
Id vitium nulli per saecula longa iiotatum—
Quid non sentit amor ?— primi vidistis amantes,
Et vocis fecistis iter : tutaeque per illud
Murmure blanditiae minimo transiresolebant.
Saepe, ubi constiterant, liinc Thisbe, Pyramus illinc,
Inque vices fuerat captatus anhelitus oris,
'Invide,' dicebant, 'paries, quid amantibus obstas?
Nee sumus ingrati. Tibi nos debere fatemur.
Quod datus est verbis ad amicas transitus aures.'
'J alia di versa nequicquam sede locuti
KSub noctem dixere Vale, partique dedere
Oscula quisque suae, non pervenientia contra.
Postera nocturnos aurora removerat ignes,
Solque pruinosas radiis siccaverat lierbas :
Ad sulitum coiere locnm. Tum murmure parvo
Malta r>rius questi statuunt, ut nocte silenti
Pallere custodes foribusque excedere tentcnt,
(l::5) o
10
15
20
25
^H
40
]J4 MKTAMORPHOSES.
30 Quumque doino exierint, urbis quoque tecta rclinquaut :
Neve sit errandum lato spatiantibus arvo,
Conveniant ad busta Nini, latcantquc sub umbra
Arboris. Arbor ibi niveis uberrima pomis,
Ardua inorus, erat, gelido contermina fonti.
35 Pacta placent ; et lux, tarde discederc visa,
Praecipitatur aquis, et aquia nox surgit ab isdcm.
CaUida per tenebras versato cardiue Tliisbo
Egreditur, fallitque suos, adopertaque vultum
Pervenit ad tumulum, dictaque sub arbore sedit.
Audacem faciebat amor. Venit ecce recenti ,
Caedc leaena bourn spumantes oblita rictus,
Depositura sitim vicini foutis in unda.
Quam procul ad lunae radios Babylonia Thisbe
Vidifc, et obscuru> 1 trepido pedc fugit in antrum;
45 Dumque fugit, tergo vclamina lapsa reliquit.
Ut lea saeva ?itim multa compescuit unda,
Dum redit in silvas, inventos forte sine ipsa
Ore cruentato tenues laniavit aniictus.
Sorius egrcssus vestigia vidit in alto
(id Pulvere certa ferae, totoque expalluit ore
Pyramus. Ut vero vestcm quoque sanguine tinctam
Repperit, ' Una duos,' inquit, 'nox perdoc amantes :
E quibus ilia fuit longa dignissinia vita ;
Nostra nocens anima est : ego te, miseranda, peremi.
In loca plena metus qui jussi nocte venires,
Nee prior hue veni. Nostrum divellite corpus,
Et scelerata fcro consumite viscera morsu,
quicunquc sub hac habitatis rupe leones.
Sed timidi est optare nocem' . . . Velamina Thisbcs
GO ToUit, et ad i)actae sccum fcrt arboris unbram.
Utque dedit notac lacrimas, dedit oscula vesti,
• Accipe nunc,' inquit, ' nostri quoque sanguinis liaustus !
Quoque crat accinctus, demisit in ilia ferrura ;
Nee mora, ferventi moriens e vulnere traxit.
06 Ut jacuit resupinus humo, cruor emicat alte :
Non alitor, quam quum vitinto fistula Dlumbo
Sciuditur, et tenui stridentc foramine longas
ut)
METAMORPIIOSEH. Hfi
Ejaculatur aquas, atque ictibus aera mmpit.
Arborei fetus aspergine caedis iu atram
Vertuntur fiiciem, madefactaque sanguine radix 70
Puniceo tingit peiidentia mora colore.
Ecce metu nondum posito, ue fallat amantem,
Ilia redit ; juvenemque oculis animoque requirit,
Quantaque vitarit narrare pcricula gestit.
Utque locum, et visa cognoscit in arbore formam, 75
Sic facit inccrtam i)omi color ; haeret, an haec sit.
Dum dubitat, trcmobunda videt pulsare cruentum
Membra solum ; retroquc pedem tulit, oraque buxo
Pallidiora gerens exhorruit aequoris instar,
Quod trcmit, exigua quum summum stringitur aura. 80
Sed postquam remorata suos cognovit amorcs,
Percutit indignos claro plangorc laccr os ;
Et laniata comas amplcxaque corpus amatum
Vulnera supplevit lacrimis, fletumque cruori
Miscuit ; et gclidis in vultibus oscula figens, 86
* Pyrame,' clamavit, ' quis te mihi casus ademit ?
Pyrame, respondc ; tua te carissima Thisoe
Kominat. Exaudi, vultusque attolle jacentes !'
Ad nomen Thisbes oculos jam morte gravaios
Pyiamus erexit, visaque recondidit ilia. 90
Quae postquam vestemquc suam cognovit, et ense
Vidit ebur vacuum, ' Tua te manus,' inquit, * amorque
Pfirdidit, infelix. Est et mihi fortis in unum
Hoc manus. Est et amor. Dabit hie in vulnera vires.
Persequar exstinctum, letiqiie miserrima dicar 96
Causa comesque tui. Quique a me morte revelli
Heu sola poteras, poteris nee morte revelli.
Hoc tamen amborum verbis estote rogati,
multum miscri, meus illiusque parentes,
Ut, quos certus amor, quos hora novissima junxit, 100
Componi tumulo non invideatis codcm.
At tu, quae ramis arbor miserabile corpus
Nunc tegis unius, mox es tectura duorum ;
Signa tene caedis, pullosquc ct luctibus aptos
Semper habe fetus, gemini monumenta cruoris.' io5
lie MKTAMOIIPIIOHKS.
Dixit, ot aptiito pectus mucrono sul3 iinura
lucubuit fcrro, quod {ulliuc a cacdc tci)cbat.
Vota tamcn tetigcrc deos, tetijjerc parcntos ;
Nam color in porno est, iibi pcrmaturuit, ater :
110 Quodquo regis supeiest, uua rcciuicscit in urua."
1 1. -FA STL
I
I.-ROMULUS AND REMUS.
(BOOK II, LINE 383.)
Silvia Vestalis coelestia semina partu
Ediderat, patruo regna tenente suo.
Is jubet aufcrri i)arvos ct in amne uecuri.
Quid facis I ex istis Romulus alter erit !
Jussa recusantes peragunt lacrimosa ministri,
Fleut taiuen, et geminos in loca jussa feiunt.
Albula, quern Tibcrim mersus Tiberinus in uudis
Reddidit, hibernis forte tumebat aquis.
Hie, ubi nunc fora sunt, lintres errare videres,
Quaque jacent valles, Maxime Circe, tuae.
Hue ubi venerunt, — neque enim procedere possunt
Longius — ex illis unus et alter ait :
"At quam sunt similes ! at quam formosus uterquc
Plus tamen ex illis iste vigo'is habet.
Si genus arguitur vultu, nisi fallit imago,
Nescio quern vobis suspicer esse deum" —
"At si quis vestrae deus esset originis auctor.
In tarn praecipiti tempore ferret opem.
Ferret opem certe, si non ope mater egeret,
Quae facta est uno mater et orba die.
Nata simul, moritura simul, simul ite sub undas
Corpora !" Desierat, deposuitque sinu.
Vagierunt ambo pariter ; sensisse putares.
Hi redeunt udis in sua tecta genis.
Sustinet impositos s'.inima eavus alveus unda.
10
Ifi
20
26
1 1
,:si
118 FASTI.
Heu, quantum fati parva tabella tulit !
Alveus in limo silvis appulsus opacis
Paulatim fluvio deficiente sedet.
Arbor erat. Remanent vestigia : quaeque vocatar
30 Rumina nunc ficus, Romula ficus erat.
Venit ad expositos — mirum ! — lupa feta gemellus.
Quis credat pueris non nocuisse feram ?
Non nocuisse parum est ; prodest quoque. Quos lupa
Perdere cognatae sustinuero manus ! [nutrit,
35 Constitit, et cauda teneris blanditur alumnis,
Et fingit lingua corpora bina sua.
Marte satos scires : timor abfuit ; ubera ducunt,
Nee sibi promissi lactis aluntur ope.
Ilia loco nomen fecit : locus ipse lupercis.
40 Magna dati nutrix praemia lactis liabet.
10
!
16
II.-THE BUILDING OF ROME.
(BOOK IV, LINE 809.)
Jam lueriit poenas frater Numitoris, et omne
Pastorum gemino sub duce vulgus erat.
Contrahere agrestes et moenia ponere utrique
Convenit. Ambigitur, moenia ponat uter.
" Nil opus est," dixit, " certamine," Romulus,
Magna fides avium est. Experiamur aves."
Res placet. Alter adit nemorosi saxa Palati :
Alter Aventinum mane cacumen init.
Sex Remus ; hie volucres bis sex videt ordine.
Statur, et arbitrium Romulus urbis habet.
Apta dies legitur, qua moenia signet aratro.
Sacra Palis suberant ; inde movetur opus.
Fossa fit ad solidum : fruges jaciuntur in ima,
Efc de vicino terra petita solo.
Fossa repletur humo, plenaeque imponitur ara ;
Et novus accenso fungitur igne focus.
Inde pvomena stivam designat moenia sulcn ;
Alba jugum niveo cum bove vacca tulit.
"ullo
PiiOtO
FASTI.
119
Vox fuit haec regis : " Condenti, Jupiter, urbem,
Et genitor Mavors, Vestaque mater, ades !
Quosque pium est adhibere deos, advertite cuncti !
Auspicibus vobis hoc miiii surgat opus.
Longa sit huic aetas dominaeque potentia terrae,
Sitque sub liac oriens occiduusque dies."
Ille precabatur. Tonitru dedit oinina laevo
Jupiter, et laevo fulmina missa polo.
Augurio laeti jaciunt fundamina cives,
Et novus exiguo tempore murus erat.
Hoc Celer urget opus, quem Romulus ipse vocarat,
" Sintque, Celer, curae," dixerat, " ista tuae.
Neve quis aut muros aut factam vomere fossam
Transeat ; audentem talia dede neci."
Quod Remus ignorans humiles contemnere muros
Coepit, et " His populus," dicere, *' tutus erit ? "
Nee mora, transiluit. Rutro Celer occupat ausuni.
Ille premit duram sanguinolentus humum.
Haec ubi rex didicit, lacrimas introrsus obortas
Devorat, et clausum pectore vulnus habet.
Flere palam non vult, exemplaque fortia servat ;
" Sicque meos muros transeat hostis," ait.
Dat tamen exsequias. Nee jam suspendere fletum
Sustiuet, et pietas dissimulata patet.
Osculaque applicuit posito suprema feretro,
Atque ait, " Invito frater adempte, vale !"
Arsurosque artus unxit. Fecere, quod ille,
Faustulus et maestas Acca soluta comas.
Turn juvenem nondum facti flevere Quirites.
Ultima plorato subdita flamma rogo est.
Urbs oritur — quis tunc hoc ulli credere posset?" —
Victorem terris impositura pedem.
Cuncta regas, et sis magno sub Caesare semper :
Saepe etiam plures nominis hujus liabe.
Et quoties stetcris domito sublimis in orbe,
Omnia sint humeris inferiora tuis.
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
^i«»|*SlS^--=
120
FASTI.
Ill— UNION OF THE ROMANS AND SABINES
INTO ONE STATE.
(BOOK III, LINE 179.)
[Mars is represented as narrating to tlie poet the origin of tlie festival called
Miitronalia, which commemorated tlie union of the Romans and Sabines]
Parva fuit, si prima velis elementa referre,
Roma. Sed in parva spes tamen hujus erat.
Moenia jam stabant, populis angusta futuris,
Credita sed turbae tunc nimis ampla suae.
6 Quae fuerit nostri, si quaeris, regia nati,
Aspice de canna straminibusque domum.
In stipula placidi carpebat munera somni,
Et tamen ex illo venit in astra toro.
Jamque loco majus nomen Romanus habebat :
10 Nee ccnjux illi, nee socer ullus erat.
Spernebant generos inopes vicinia dives,
Et male credebar sanguinis auctor ego.
In stabulis habitasse et oves pavisse nocebat,
Jugeraque inculti pauca tenere soli.
15 Extremis dantur connubia gentibus. At quae
Romano vellet nubere, nulla fuit.
Indolui, patriamque dedi tibi, Romule, mentem.
" Tolle preces," dixi; " quod petis, arma dabunt."
Festa para Conso : Consus tibi cetera dicet
20 Illo facta die,dum sua sacra canes. ' "^
Intumuere Cures, et quos dolor attigit idem.
Tum primum generis intulit arma socer.
Jamque fere raptae matrum quoque nomen habebant,
Tractaque erant longa bella propmqua mora.
25 Conveniunt nuptae dhtam Junonis in aedem :
Quas inter mea sic est nurus orsa loqui :
" pariter raptae,— quoniam hoc commune tenemua—
Non ultra lente possumus esse piae.
Stant acies. Sed utru di sint pro parte rogandi,
30 Eligite. Hinc conjux, hinc pater arma tenet.
« «.
FASTI.
Quaerendum est, viduae fieri malimus, an orbae.
Consilium vobis forte piumque dabo."
Consilium dederat. Parent, crinesque resolvunt,
Maestaque funerea corpora veste tegunt.
Jam steterant acies ferro mortique paratae ;
Jam lituus pugnae signa daturus erat :
Quum ra^^tae veniunt inter patresque virosque,
Inque sinu natos, pignora cara, tenent.
Ut medium campi scissis tetigere capillis,
In terram posito procubuere genu :
Et quasi sentirent, blando clamore nepotes
Tendebant ad avos brachia parva suos.
Qui poterat, clamabat avum tunc denique visum,
Et qui vix poterat, posse coactus erat.
Tela viris animique cadunt ; gladiisque remotis
Dant soceri generis accipiuntque manus,
Laudatasque tenent natas, scutoque nepotem
Fert avus. Hie scuti dulcior usus erat.
Inde diem, quae prima, meas celebrare Kalendas
Oebaliae matres non leve munus habent.
121
35
40
45
50
IV.-LUORETIA.
(BOOK II, LINE 721.)
Cingitur interea Romanis Ardea signis,
Et ratitur lentas obsidione moras.
Dum vacat, et metuunt hostes committere pugnam,
Luditur in castris ; otia miles agit.
Tarquinius juvenis socios dapibusque meroque
Accipit. Ex illis rege creatus ait :
" Dum nos ditficilis pigro tenet Ardea bello,
Nee siuit ad patrios arma referre deos,
Ecquid in officio torus est socialis 1 et ecquid
Conjugibus nostris mutua cura sumus?"
Qiiisque suam laudat. Studiis certamina ci'cscunt.
Et fervent multo linguaque corque mero.
Surgit cui doderat clarum Collatia nomen :
10
1 22 FASTI.
" Non opus est verbis, credite rebus ! " ait :
15 " Nox supcrcst, Tollamur equis, Urbemque petamua ! "
Dicta placent ; frenis impediuntur equi.
Pertulcrant dominos. Regalia protiuus ill!
Tecta pctunt. Gustos in fore nullus erat
Ecce nurum regis fusis per colla coronis
20 Inveniunt posito pervigilare mero,
Inde cito passu petitur Lucrctia. Nebat ;
Ante torum calathi lanaque mollis erat.
Lumen ad cxiguum famulae data pensa trahebant :
Inter quas tenui sic ait ipsa sono :
25 " Mittenda est domino— nunc, nunc properatc, puellae !—
Quamprimum nostra facta laceriia manu.
Quid tamen auditis ? nam plura audire potestis :
Quantum de bello dicitur esse super ?
Postmodo victa cades : melioribus, Ardea, restas ;
30 Improba, quae nostros cogis abesse viros !
Sint tantum reduces ! Sed enim temerarius ille
Est me- ., et stricto quolibet ense ruit.
Mens nbit, et morior, quoties pugnantis imago
Me subit, et gelidum pectora frigus habet."
36 Desinit in lacrimas, intentaque fila remittit,
In gremio vultum deposuitque suum.
Hoc ipsum decuit. Lacrimae decuere pudicae,
Et facies animo dignaque parque fuit.
" Pone metum, venio ! " conjux ait. Ilia revixit,
40 Deque vivi collo dulco pepeudit onus.
: I
iOurt Jnurtlt.
■
SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX.
i
n
It i;l
NOTE.
The following Synopsis of Syntax is not meant to be exhaustive. It is
merely intended to set forth in a methodical manner the great principles of
Construction, with tliose irregularities which are of most frequent occur-
rence. Other peculiarities, of a more exceptional kind^ which are met
with in the Extracts, will be explained in the Notes.
SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX.
CHAPTER I.
INTRODUCTION.
SECTION I.
THE VERB.
1. A Verb is that part of speech which is used to make an assertion
about something.
2. Verbs are divided into two classes, according to their meaning :—
(1.) Transitive, in which the action or feeling is represented as
directed towards, or "passing over" to some object : as, I strike
the dog ; He praises his friend.
(2.) Intransitiv %,* in which (a) the action or feeling is represented as
not directed towards, or " not passing over " to an object, but as
confined to the subject: as, I run; I wall'.; I reflect, (active
intransitive) : or in which (6) a state or condition is expressed :
as, I am ; I stand ; I rejoice.
3. Verbs have two Voices,— the Active and the Passive.
4. The forms of the Active Voice indicate that the subject of the sentence
(see* sect, iii., 2, p. 128) represents the doer of the action expressed by the
verb ; as. The boy strikes the dog.
5. The forms of the Passive Voice indicate that the subject of the sentence
represents the object of the act.on expressed by the verb : as. The dog is
struck by the boy.
* An active transitivo verb does not make complete sense without a noun after it
ill tlie accusative case (or some other case, genitive, dative, or ablative, representing
the oiijcct; sect, vi., 4, p. 139 ; also sect, viii., 9, p. 145), whereas an Intransitive verb
does. Thus, " lie praises," does not make complete sense till the person or tiling
{M aised is mentioned ; but "I run," " I walk," require no such addition. Many vribs
,iif both transitive and intransitive: thus, ^.rcedo, "I go out," is intransitive; but
Exced/i, "I exceed," or "go beyond bounds." is transitive.
*f
126
SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX.
JV.i?.-lMtransitive verbs have only those parts of the passive voice
which are used irupersonally. Tims, we cannot say, Curror I
am run ; but we can say, Curritur, It is run-that is, people run •
iwt Pugnatur, He ia fouglit; but Pugnatur, It (the battle) is
fought. '
'moods" {modus), of representing
MOOD.
6. The Latin verb has four Modes, or
a state or an action.
7. Tlie Indicative "represents a state or an action simply as a fact " or
supposed fact. '
8. The Subjunctive " represents a state or an action as a mere possibilitv
as a ' onception of the mind, or as a wish,"
9. The Imperative '• represents a state or an action in the form of a com-
mand, exhortation, or wish.
iV.^.— These are called the ytmVe, or limited parts of a verb, because
they are capable of limitation as to manner, time, person and
number. '
10_. The Infinitive " represents a state or an action in its most general
and indefinite form, without ascribing it to any subject."
11. besides these there are certain forms which partake of the nature
of the noun as well as of that of the verb, such as the Supine, Participles
and Gerund. ^ '
12. The Supine is a verbal substantive with two cases, the accusative and
the ablative. (Sect, x., p. 149.) It is closely allied to the infinitive
(beet, ix., 1, p. 148.)
13. The Participles are adjectives in form and in use, but differ from
common adjectives in indicating time. (Sect, xi., p. 149.)
14. The Gerund, which is a verbal noun, is used only in the oblique
cases. Like the oth^r non-finite parts of the verb, it represents a state or
an action in a very general and indefinite way. (Sect, xii., p. 150 )
TENSE.
15. Tense means time. All time is divided into three great periods-
past, present, and future. Hence there are three feading tenses, to indi-
cate past time, present time, and future time.
16. Thus, the ."eading or principal tenses are, the Present, Prasent-
lerftct, and Future; the secondary or subordinate are, the Imp ifect
Pluperfect, and Perfect- Aorist (see 21).
17. The Present, Future, and Present- Perfect (see 21) are sometimes
called the primary tenses ; while the Imperlect, Perfect-Aorist, and Plu-
perfect, are called the historical tenses, because most frequently employed
111 the narration of past events. *
♦ But Iiistorians often use the present tense in narrating past events, to add vivid-
as,-- w lion that had been reported to Caesar, he loses no time in starting from
Aome; he ka-slens into farther Gaul, and rencties Geneva."- Caes. Bell Gall, lik. I., 7
INTRODUCTION.
127
18. The Present tense tlenofces,—
(a) What is now in operation : as, —
Lego J I am reading.
{b) What goes on as a regular operation : as,—
Deusmundumyubernat; God governs the world.
(c) What has been in operation for some time, and is still proceed-
ing: as,—
Jamdudum magna minaris; You are promising great tliin's
now fur a long time. °
19. The Imperfect denotes,—
(a) What was in operation in past time : as,—
Leyebam; I was in the act of reading.
(6) What was often done in past time : as,—
Leyebam ; I was in the habit of reading,
(c) What was attempted in past time : as,—
Leyebam; I was trying to read; (I was "for reading").
20. The Future denotes,—
(a) What will be in operation in future time (Future Incomplete); as—
Scribam; I shall be writing,
(6) Mere futurity (Fi, '.ure Indefinite) : as,—
Scribam ; I shall write.
(c) What will be done (in future time) before some other action
begins or is performed (Future Perfect) : as,—
Scripscro epistolam ; I shall have written the letter— (before
he calls. )
I This Future Perfect is in EnglLsh often expressed by the Future
Indefinite, or even by the Present. See p. I(j2, 9.]
21. The Perfect denotes,—
(a) An action complete ia present time (Present- Perfect) : as,—
Scripsi epistolam; I have written a letter— (and there it is).
(b) An action spoken of in an indefinite way (Aorist in Greek— Per-
fect Aorist) : as, —
Scripsi epistolam ; I wrote a letter.
(c) An action habitually occurring (Frequentative Perfect) : as,—
Messes ruperunt horrea ; The crops ark wont to burst the
barns.
22. The Plui)erfect denotes that one act was completed before the
tiginning of anot.lior : as, —
epistolam; He had written the letter (before I
art
•ived).
128
SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX.
' •'14
II'
SECTION II.
SENTENCES.
1. A thought expressed in words is called a proposition or sentence.
2. Sentences are of two kinds, simple and compound.
'6. A simple sentence consists of a single proposition : as,—
Pucr /Ci7i«; The boy reads,
4. A compound sentence is one made up of two or more nronoaitions •
as, —
Pucr ley it, et scribit; The boy reads and writes.
Puerlcyit, ut discat; The boy reads, that he may learn.
6. The sentences which go to make up a compound sentence are also
called clauses.
6 Syntax, which properly means arramjenmit, treats of the use of
words in the formation of sentences, and of the relation of sentences or
clauses to each other.
SECTION III.
SIMPLE SENTENCES-SUBJECT AND rUEDICATE.
1. Every sentence consists of two parts, the Subject and the Predicate.
-^. I, Ihe Subject is the name of that about which something is asserted-
tind IS generally— *
(«)_ A substantive (including pronouns, and adjectives used substan-
tively) : as,—
Aquila volat; The eagle flies.
(6) Some (indeclinable) word, phrase, or clause used instead of a
substantive; as, —
JIumanum est errare; To err is human.
Quod lihr-m legisti (subject), r/m^Mwi est mihi; That you
have read the book, is gratifying to me.
3. Subjects are of three kinds,—
(a) Simple, when there is one noun : as,—
Aquila volat; The eagle flies.
(6) Compound, when there are two or more nouns connected by
conjunctions : as, — ''
Aquila et vultur volant; The eagle and the vulture fly.
(c)_ Complex, when some phrase, or quotation, or clause is the sub-
ject: ?>^, —
Quod librum kyisti (subject), gratum est mihi; That you
have read the book, is gratifying to me.
4. Tiie PrKDIOATE is that wllir-h i" a'-srit' l -f <! I • i. 1 •
. , ^ '■^ •^•'■^ wiiitn lo aoscitul ut the subject, and la.
generally wther— ^ ' '
INTnODUCTlON.
120
(a) A verb : as,—
Aquilavolul; The caglo Jlics.
(6) A substantive, conueoltid with the subject l»y a part of tlio verba
to be, exist, become, be named, electU, and such like: as,—
MUtiadca crat filiua Cmonis; Miltiades was the sun uf
CimoH.
(f) Au adjective or participle : as,—
\ llumanum est eirarc; To • t is hitman.
5. Ill h and c, the verb {est, crat) which connects the subject and i.re-
dii'iite IS called the Copula.
(). iiut most verbs contain both predicate and copula: as,—
Aquila volat; The eagle flies ;- which is equal to, The eaL'le-
is-flying,
7. The sulyect is often enlarged by the addition of an adjective, sub-
htaurive, or phrase : as, —
Gallia omnis divisa est i AU Gaul is divided.
Miltiades, Atheniensis, filius Cimonis, Jlorelat ; lliltiadea
the Athenian, sun-of-Ciinon, was in good repute.
8. The predicate is often enlarged by the addition of an adjective, sub-
etautive, or phrase : a^,-
Cicero erat sumwus oi'ator; Cicero was a very yrcat orator.
Ilostcm occidit ; He slew his adversaryP'
Cives sui potcrant bene sperare de eo; His fellow-citizeuj«
were able to entertain good hopes of him.
SECTION IV.
COMPOUND SENTENCES.
(See also cliap. iii., sect, i., p. If!.)
1. The clauses of a compound sentence are either ia) Principal or
(6) bubordinate.
2. A Principal clause is one which makes a leading assertion.
3. A Subordinate clause is one which makes a statement explanatory of
or contingent on, the Principal clause : as,— '
Tliu priestess of Ai.ollo advised them {in-incii>al), that they
should chuose Miltiades as their leader {subordinate).
4. Co-ordlmUfc clauses are those wliicli are connected by a conjunction
coiTcsi-onding to the English words, and, but; either, v cither ; or, iwr
Hence it follows that co-ordinate clauses may be either Principal or
^ ti. Hubordiiiatc or secondary clauses are connected with the Principal
Ciauses on which Ijiey depend by relative pro..ouns, cr bv conjunction.
i;io
I
SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX.
and relative adverbs; such as, qui, quae, quod; ut, quo, quin, quominua,
81, quarc, qiuim, quavdo.
7. Clauses are called Collateral when they stand in tno same relation to
each other, but are not connected by conjunctions : as,—
Vcni, vidi, vici; I came, I saw, I conquered.
8. When the subject or the verb of a clause is suppressed, the clause is
called u contracted one : as,—
MUtiades direxit cursum, pervenUque, dc.; i.e., ct Milliadcs
pervenit.
9. Coordinate clauses have their verbs in the same mood, and generally
in the same tense. (See chap, iii., sect. xii. 1, p. 160.)
i.
CHAPTER II.
SYNTAX OF SIMPLE SENTENCES.
SECTION I.
SUBJECT AND PREDICATE.
1. A Verb agrees with its subject in number and person : as,—
Ef/o * sum pastor; tu to latro ;— I am a shepherd ; thou art a
robber.
2. OOs. 1. A compound subject (sect, iii., 3, b, p. 128) has a verb
in the plural ; as, —
Pater et filius ambulant inhorto ; The father and his son are
walking in the garden.
3. .v. ^.— This takes place even when the members are not connected by
a conjunction, but supposed to be connected : as,—
Pater, mater, filiua inhorto ambulant ; The father, mother,
(and) son are walking in the garden.
4. Exception 1.— A compound subject may have a singular verb, when
Its members are taken together as a united whole : as,—
OallosaBcl(jis Matroaa et Sequana dividit ; The Marne and
the Seine divide the (Jaula from the Belgae.
Sena/us popul usque homanus intelliyU ; The senate and
Roman people understand.
* Tliu pur.son-enrtinirs of the Latin verb are so distiiictlv niarkori th.it th" p't-om.i'
piotu.Miis are expressed only wlieu purticulaily empliatic, as when cue individual ia
to be put ill strong contrast to .iiuiMiur.
A
SUBJECT AND PREDICATE.
131
6.
8.
9.
10.
Exception 2. -Tlie verb often agrees with that member of a com-
pound subject which is nearest to it : as,—
A mat tc pater, et mater, et fra*rea / Your father loves you,
and your motiier (too), and your l)rother3.
Orgetoriyis jilia, et unus ejiliis eaptua e«t ; Tiie dauRhtcr of
Orgetorix, and one of his sons, was taken prisoner. (Sue
sect, ii., 8, p. 133.)
[i\^./?.— This is (generally the case when special attention is to be
directed to one member of tlie subject more than another.]
OOs. 2. If the members of a corapo and subject be of different per-
sons, tlie verb is put in the first person ratlier than in the
second, and in the second ratlier than in the third : as.—
I'Jyo ct tu et ilk sumtis amici; He and you and I are friends.
Tu ct illc estis clari; You and he are famous.
Si tu et Tullia valctis, ego et Cicero valemus; If Tullia and
you are well, Cicero and I are well.
Ohs. 3. When the subjects are connected by an adversative con-
junction (e.g., aut), the verb may be plural, but is generally
singular : as, —
Si Socrates aut Antisthenes diceret, (or dicerent ;) If Socrates
or Antisthenes were i^o say.
Ilaec neqv.e tu neque ego feci, (or fecimus;) These things
neither you nor I have done.
Obs. 4. A collective noun or a distributive pronoun may have a
verb in the plural : as, —
Pars ccdunt ; A part give way.
Dccimus quisque ad supplicium Iccti sunt ; Every tenth man
was selected for punishment.
Uterque eorum cducunt copias ; Each of them leads out his
forces.
06s. 5. When the second member of a compound subject is con-
nected to the first by the preposition cum, "along with," the
verb may be in the singular, but is generally in the plural: as,—
Ipse dux cum aliquot principihus capiuntur, (or capitur;)
The general himself, with several chiefs, is taken.
Obs. 6. A complex subject has a verb in the singular : as,—
Uumanum est errare; It is natural to man to err.
In errore perseverare, turpe est; To persevere in error is
disgraceful.
Quod hunc iibrum iegiaii, qratum est mild; It is gratifying to
me that you have read this book; or. That you have read
this book, is giatif^ing lo me.
132
m
4 '
■I'.
■!, i.
8YN0J'SI8 OF SYNTAX.
HS
11. The subject to a verb iu the inf.nitivo mood is put in the accusative :
Rc^Vomkrunt se {ixccm.) /acturoa case, dc. ; They replied
tliat they v/ould do, &c.
SECTION II.
ADJECTIVE AND SUBSTANTIVE.
1. An adjective (whether pronoun, numeral, imrticiple, or adjective
proper) agrees with its own* substantive in gender, number, and case :
Pucr est scdulus; The boy is dilifTcnt.
Pmlla est scdufa ; The girl ia diirgent.
Sororcs tnar; Your sisters.
2 If an adjective refers to a substantive in a diiTerent clause, it agrees
with It in gender and number only : as,— *
Amicus adest, scd eim non video; My friend is present, but
J. do not see him.
3. Thus the relative pronoun agrees with its antecedent substantive in
gender and number, and also in person : as,—
Cares, qui turn, incolehant Lcmnum; The C'arians, who at
tiiat time inhabited Lemno&.
[The case of the relative depends on the construction of the clause to
which it belongs.]
4. When an adjective (or relative) applies to two or more substantives,
whether singular or plural, it is put in the plural number : as,—
Paier ct jUius sunt clari; The father and the son are famous
Tu ct f rater tuus, qui cstis clari; Your brother and you,
wlio are famous.
6. When an adjective (or relative) aiiplies to two or more substantives
of diffeient genders, it takes the gender of the masculine substantive rather
tlian that of the feminine ; and of the feminine rather than of the neuter •
as, —
Pater ct mater piieUac suntmortui; The father and the
mother of the girl are dead.
Matres d parvuli Hberi, qiiornm actas, d-c. ; The mothers
and little chiidren, whose age, ko.
6. Exception l.~Wlien the substantives are names of inanimate objects,
tiie adjective (or relative) is put in the neuter, even though the
substantives be both of the same geiulcr : as,—
Virtus ct vitium inter se contraria sunt; Virtue and vice are
{'inii(is) contraiy to one anotiior.
R^Z"-!";"™ "?■" ="^^'"""^-°" » ""^«>'' ll'« substantive in tlie same clauar
R3 the adjective, and nxidiflcd by It.
ADJECTIVK AND SUI3STANTIVK.
133
Otium alque divitiac, quae prima viortalcs ducunt ; Leisure and
riclies, which {(hiv(/s) men consider cliiof blessings.
Nox atqne praeda fwstes remorata sunt; Niglit and plundering de-
layed the enemy.
7. When the names of persons and inanimate objects are combined, the
adjective (or relative) may agree with the personal names, or bo in the
neuter: as, —
Rex et regia classis profecd sunt; The king and the king's fleet
started.
Romuni rcgem recjnnmqiie Maccdoniae ma futura sciimt; The
llomana know that the king and the kingdom of Macedonia will
be theirs.
8. Exception 2.— But an adjective (or relative) often agr.vS only with
the substantive which is nearest to it : as,—
Orgetorhjis Jilia, et uniis ejilm captus est; The daughter of Orge-
torix, and one of his sons, was taken captive.
Eae frugcs atque friktiis, quos terra gignit ; Those crops and
fruits, which the earth brings forth.
Agri et marig, omnia; All lands and seas.
Or it may be repeated before each : as, —
Omncs arh'i, et omnia maria; All lands, and all seas.
9. When the relative pron. refers to a subst. which is explained by
anothei subst. in the relative clause (the verb of the relative clause being
sum, or a verb of naming), it may agree either with the antecedent sub"
stantive or with the explanatory one : as, —
Animal quod homo vocatur ; or, Animal qui homo vacatur ; The
animal which is called man.
10. When an adjective (or relative) refers to a phrase or a clause, it
must be neuter : as, —
Ilumanum, est crrare ; It is natural to man to err.
Sapientes confenti sunt rebus suis, quod est summum honum ; Wise
men are content with their lot {oion things), which {circumstance
of being content) is the greatest blessing.
11. A collective noun, or a distributive pronoun, may have an adjective
in the [ilural, the gender of the adjective being determined by the connec-
tion : as, —
Pars (scil. militum) dkpersi cedunt; A portion (of the soldiers)
being separated from the rest, give way.
Excrcitum mittit, qui vidcant; He sends the army to reconnoitre.
12. Thegender of an adjective is often determined rather by the idea
nonveyed than by the strict grammatical form ; this is called the " Von-
structio ad intellectum," or " Synesis:" as,—
Capita covJurationi.s caesi sunt; The heads {i.e., chiefs) of the con-
spiracy were put to death.
134
1#>
\ j
li!
Mi
SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX.
13. Adjectives are often used substanttvely.-tliose referring to males
being masculine ; to females, feminine ; and to things, neuter : as,-
Boni et sapientes ex urbe pulsi sunt; The good and wise {men)
have been driven from the city.
li qui (or simply qui) virtutem amant; Those (men) who
love virtue.
14. An adjective in the neuter gender often appears to modify a mas-
culine or feminine substantive ; but in such cases it is really an adjective
used substantively, and is placed in apposition to the substantive : as,-
Lupusest tristestabulis; The wolf is a sad thing (or plague) on
{or for) the stalls.
Varium^ et mutabik semper femina; A woman (woman-
kind) is a changeable and fickle thing.
.f^'^T'^^^^^ principles apply to adjectives, whether used as simple
attributes or as predicates. ^
2.
SECTION III.
APPOSITION.*
Substantives that stand in apposition to oneanother agree in case: as,—
Miltiades, filius Cimonis; Miltiades, the son of Cimon.
TuUia, deliciae meae ; TuUia, ray darling.
Maecenas, duke decus meum / Maecenas,'my sweet honour.
iV.fi.— In translating an apposition we often require to supply as :
Miltiades praetor Persas fugavit ; Miltiades, as praetor {i e
m his capacity of praetor, or general), routed the Persians.
Obs. 1. The same rule applies when the second substantive is used
as part of the predicate : as,—
Caemr erat summus imperator; Caesar was a most distin-
guished commander.
•^^•B. — This kind of apposition occurs with —
(1.) Substantive verbs, (as, sum, existo, fio, &c.)
(2. ) Passive verbs of naming and choosing (as, nominor, creor)
3.) Verbs of seeminp or being thought (as, videor, existimor).
(1.) Verbs of gesture (as, tricerfo).
Obs. ?. Those of the preceding four classes of verbs which have aa
active voice, may take aftier the active form two accusatives, the
second of which is put in apposition to the former, to complete
the idea of the verb : as,—
Romulus urbem liomum vocavit; Romulus called the city
Rome.
to'ei^airor limitT ''^ ^'^^*^ ''^ ''" '" <^Pi><-"ition, wlieii one is appended to the otl.er
THE ACCUSATIVE.
i3r»
Pofpulm Numam rcgcm creavU; Tlie people elected Nuraa
as king.
4. A substantive in apposition to two or more substai.tives is usually in
the plural : as, — '
Cneius et PuUiiis Scipiones; Cneius uid Pablius Scipio
(i.e., the Scipios, Cneius and Publius).
Cneius ct Publius Scipiones, duo fulmina belli ; Cneius and
I'ubhus bcipio, the two thunderbolts of war.
5. If the substantive in apposition has two forms (masculine and
fominme), it generally assumes the gender of the noun explained : as.-
Leo, rex bestiarum; The lion, king of beasts.
Aquila, regina avium; The eagle, king of birds.
Philosophia, maaistra vitue; Philosophy, the guide of life.
6. menurbs,oppidum, and such terms, stand in apposition to plural
names of ci.es, they nmst be singular ; and in these cases the adjective of
:the predicate must agree with the apposition : as,—
Pervenit Athenas, urbem Graeciae Jlorentissimam ; He
reached Athens, a most flourishing city of Greece.
THE CASES.
SECTION IV.
THE NOMINATIVE AND VOCATIVE.
1. The Nominative is used to express the subject of the sentence, or the
Bubst^ntival predicate. (Sect, i., 1, p. 130, and iii., 2, p. 134.)
J. i he Vocative is used in expressions of address; as, FUi/ son i
But the nominative often takes the place of the vocative, even in address."
SECTION V.
THE ACCUSATIVE.
1. The Accusative expresses the direct object of an action indicated by
a transitiveverb. It answers to the questions. Whom? What^ To what
pliice ? During what time ] &c.
2. Transitive verbs govern* the accusativ e of the object ; as,—
nnt i!f .oLnL"!'.'" "'''''''■"•" ''' '' '"^Ply "'^'*"' "''I' ^he ^^«<^''« of the Latins was to
us(, that fonn of the noun winch we call the "objective" Uc.o.n^>u\v^^\>... „rfer
t.ajaiuvevorbstaua prepositions: as, " lie struck mc,"-not, "He "stmck !••""'' I
talked with liim,"-«o/, "I walked with he." "t stiuck l, i
?f
m
VM]
SYNOPSIS OP SYNTAX,
iiil
I
lya/hmfr,: Ifo n.uta tl... onon.y
4. 0/,,s-. li. Many v. • .. w i ' " ''""' ''"'• "' •''"•'' ':l"W'tcr.)
tivc alter tlu-,n (hoc .,„to. ,.m): a";!! ''''"'' '''''"'■'''"' '^^""«'^-
lln's,;;; " '"' ""■' ^''^ """^''- -^'l-'-- tl.c death of
r^rnr hcatam vitam ; To live a l.a,.„y life
'"•'"'"'" minarc ; To (i^I.t a hat.tlV
A nnuarc aeqmr ; To sail over the ,sea.
And of the luTson witli a or ah ; as —
^ ''S:x:;;r'^'''''"''''^^'''''^^''-'»'---'«-begpe.^^^
tioM is ofte., rep t •; ; n r '''"■'''''^''''> thouyl. the prepo^i,
iti.t,itc.l l.e(oie the more remote aceusative : as -
^opuu ilumcn t)'a)i'^(tii fit • ,^.. /^ • . '
«'^^vV;-][eco t. I '/ ' ^'^'"" ^''""^ /«me« tram
' "'- ^'^"\«>tHl lua troops over tlie river.
ki.ii''.r;i»i;;;*M;;ri;,i'n,;.«;;;'3
ai
v:
1"
TIIK A ecus ATI Vi:.
137
J). Tlic accuHMlivo ia often put after intransitive verba, passive forma,
and adjcctivcH, to define tliein and limit tiieir application; (but sec sect.
viii., lil, p. ll.O:) as,—
TnmU, arlua; Ho trembles in his limbs.
l!o(ior Hcntcntiam ; I am asked my opinion.
Milts friwluH membra; A soldier broken down in body.
X/i.— Tins is called tlio "accusative of reference or limitation." It
is common iti poetry, but less so in prose, especially iu the case
of intransitive verbs and adjectives.
10. After verbs expressing or implyinfr motion, tlie names of towns ami
Kiniili i.sland.s, with doniUH, run, and such terms, are put in the accusative,
to indicate the point to which: as, —
I'crvhdl Lemnum; He reaches Lemnus.
J>clcrM minni kuiU Ddji/ios ; Chosen men were sent to Deli)hi.
Jlediit domuvi; He returned home.
11. Ohx. 1. But with names of countries and large islands a preposition
is generally used : as, —
Revert ifur in Asiam; lie returns to xVsia.
12. Ohx. 2. When a preposition is used with the names of towns and
small islands, it is for the purpose of bringing out some special
idea : as,—
Ad Jiomam; Towards Rome,* or Near Rome.
13. Ohs. 3. When urbs or oppidum, modified by an adjective, stands in
apposition to the name of a town, the preposition in is usually
added : as,-
Contulit se Tarquinios, in urbcm Etruriae Jlorentissimavi ;
He betook iiimself to Tarquinii, a most flourishing city of
Etru. ,.
14. Tlie accusative expresses extent of space and duration of time : as,—
I'erduxit fossam scdccim pedes altam; He ran a ditch sixteen
feet deep.
iJicm noctcmque in salo navtm tenuit; He kept the ship out
at .sea for a day and a night.
ir>. Obs. 1. But distance how far, and time how long, are sometimea
expressed in the ablative : as,—
iicx millibus passuum a Cacsaris castris; Six miles from
Caesar's camp.
Tribus mensibus abfuit ; He was absent for three mouths.
10. Ob!>. 2. Time how long is sometimes more emiihatically noted by
per : as, —
J'cr totam noriem ; Throughout the whole night.
* Tlic intormediiito journey is the Iciiiiiug iik'U in tlio tirst case, and neiirnesF or
pro.xinilty in tlie seeoiid
138
^VNOPSIS OF SYNTAX.
\m
17. The accusative is used iftpr m,„ e u ■
"_. '0, up to, near. .. „ '" "'= ^"°»'"= ""'""'^<»"' -
■15 '°' "I" '». Mar, or iio,arly.
:;»S"r»r°; "'"'■"""■ ""!'»?"=.
'l/.-«i, near, '.vilh. '""■""""■
"'''■?, " "■'■«'"». ■iroun,l, about.
Cis or citra, on t' .s.^ .;e of
Contra, against.
^>f/«, towards.
/»/m, below, beneath,
/'/^CT-, between, among.
intra, within.
Jnxtfi, near to, or beside,
'A against, o?- on ace u, it of.
i'Sncs, ill the power of.
I'cr, through.
Pons, behind.
Post, after.
I'mcter, besides, exceptfng.
Iro2:)fcr, on account of, close bv
ance with.
Supra, above.
r™ on the other side of, beyond.
t-V/j-a, beyond.
^'crawa, towards (a place).
jg mj ";>•'""«' us vajJiace).
/.■..■«,.*„;■ To so into the city ' "■''""■""•■"».-
the roof of Us h'Sr ""•• "' ''^'^ '* '■"'"'I """eall,
3/e m!>,rM / (or, o r,j: maenin Wretched „,. i
''Lt™"; '"^■*'"'- '^^^" *"" I^etastone, ,S„pp,,
THE DATIVE.
139
SECTION VI.
THE DATIVE.
1. As the accusative denotes the direct or immediate object, so the dative
represents the indirect or remote object. Jn other words, it indicates ilie
person or thing to which, for lo^nch, or in reference to which, something is
dune. Hence it denotes,
2. The individual (person or thing) to which anything is given or com-
municated : as, —
Ilonos Miltiadi tributus est; Honour was awai'ded to Mil-
tiades.
Legati nuntiant Caesari; The lieutenants report to Caesar.
3. The individual which is benefited or injured in any way : as, —
Pastor insidias lupo parat ; The shepherd lays snares for
the wolf.
4. The principle of "advantage or disadvantage" laid down in 3
is a very comprehensive one, and to it may be referred by far the greater
niiiuber of instances in which the dative occurs. It is more especially
manifest in the following classes of verbs : —
(a) To study, consult for, favour, help, profit ; heal, spare, indulge :
as. —
Studabat novis rebus ; He was anxious for a revolution.
{b) To flatter, please, displease ; serve, obey, disobey ; envy, be
angry with, upbraid, tlireaten ; distrust, resist, obstruct, hurt :
as,—
IIujus consilium plerisque civitatibus displicebat ; His plan
was displeasing to most of the states.
(c) To meet, congratulate ; trust, persuade, marry (of the female) ;
command : * as, —
Persuadet Castico ; He prevails on Casticus.
{d) Most verbs compounded with one of the ten prepositions, ad,
ante — tn, inter — post, prae — sub, super— con and oi>, — and many
verbs compounded with other pre^js. — as, ab, circum, de, ex, re-: as,
Labienum equitatui praefecit ; He appointed Labieuus to
command the cavalry.
A''.^.— The passives of .erbs governing the dative are used imper-
sonally : as, Mihi invidetur ; I am envied.
5. Obs. 1. But when the idea of place or movement is to be made
prominent, the preposition is often repeated with its case : aa, —
Signa inferre in hostes ; To advance against the enemy.
* Butjuvo, !aedo, delecto, offendo, rego, jubeo, and guberno govern the accusative,
dnd some in the above lists take the aoi'usalLve with the dative.
III
■. 0i i> mmMri >
140
SYNOPSrS OF SYNTAX,
l<
1
Est mihi liber; I have a book.
Prodest aniicis; He benefits his friends.
7. The dative often depends on,—
(a) A whole clause: as,— '
Finis.is.fuUpopumonil>us; That put-anend-to the fomys.
(A) A phrase : as,—
Morcm-gcrcrc alicui; To humour^a person.
ic) A substantive derived from a verb governing the dative : a. -
OLtemperaho* legibus; Obedience to the laws
Ins^d.ae consuli; Snares for ^against) the conLul.
o^i^Sa^"": Z^::^ ^^^^^^ -^^^'^ ^-Ply advantage
'^^f:^SS'.^^f^^^'^^ fit> -itabHtneces.
saw that the ground was not favourable for his Jei
(b) Near to, like (in externals; see sect, vii 9 n U'i^
related to, and their opposites : as,- ' ^' ^' ^"1"^^'
Finitmi Behjis; Next neighbours to the Bebae
t..mU,spatri; Like his father (in features ifc!)*
'■ "'^alsf tlk^: t^:tl ''"^''^^ '^ '^^' of the above adjectives
Convenienter naturae; Agreeably to nature.
-net in^utiti: ;i:2:i:^:s'^' ''' r'^ *^ '^' ^-^^ --.
'wXf^ifSar"''""^"'-*'-^^
Zaoec/amo,iu m«e;6a«« ^j^irfio (soil, m) • Th^ Tn..i
'"^-^''-^^^ -«'■« --i"g up as a reinforcerint. ^'"'''•
«n 7 S^SIS;'^''^"" "^^° °" -W^ccordin, to the principle laid doux
THE GENITIVE.
141
11. Tl.c dative is often used aftci- passive verba and jjassivo adjectives,
to denote the principal agent, instead of the ablative with a or a6 : aa,-—
AmaUlis omnibus; To be loved by all.
Minus prohatus parcntibus ; Disapproved of by his parents.
12. The dative is used after the impersonal phrase opjM c»< (there is need),
to indicate tlie persL 'or whom something is necessary : as, —
Dux nobis opus est ; We need a commander.
18. Obs. 1. The thing wanted may be expressed either in the nominative
or ablative, (see sect, viii., 15, p. 145) : as, —
iMx nobis opus est ; A leader is necessary to us.
Celeri opus est auxilio ; There is need of speedy help.
14. Obs. 2. It will be seen that in those constructions which are usually
placed under the common rule, "Verbs of comparing, giving, de-
claring, and taking away, govern the dative with the accusative,"
the dative is siujply a dative of the remote object, as explained
in one or other of the preceding articles ; and the accusative in
an accusative of the direct object. (See sect, v., 1, of this chap,)
15. 06s. 3. Many verbs which govern a dative in one sense, govern an
accusative in another ; as, —
Consulo fratri ; I consult for my brother's good.
Consido fratrcm ; I ask my brother's advice.
[Verbs of this ind which occur in the Extracts will be noted in
the Vocabulary.]
16. Obs. 4. On the name of a town in the dative, see sect, vii., 13, note *,
p. 144.
17. The dative is used with some interjections : as, —
Jlei mihi! Ah, me !
Vae vobis 1 Woe to you !
SECTION VII.
THE GENITIVE.
1. The genitive case partakes largely of the nature of an adjective ; and
thus a substantive in the genitive is generally conjoined with another bud-
stantivein such a May that the two make up one definite idea : as, Patris
domtis, The father's house ; i.e., The paternal house. The genitive also
depends on verbs, adjectives, and adverbs. It answers to the questions.
Whose? Of whom? Of what?
Obs. Sometimes the genitive is equal to an apposition: as, Nonien
regis, The name of king~i.e., The kingly name ; Arbor fici, The
fig-tree.
2. When the genitive follows a substantive derived from a transitive
verb, or having transitive meaning, it may be of two kinds; — (a) sub-
jective ; (b) objective. Thas, Amor parentum, The love of parents, may
I
, i
I;! ii
|!i
142
SYNOPSIS OP SYNTAX.
raean (a) he love which parents (as the subject) bear to their chil.lret.^
this ,8 the subjective genitive;) or (b) the love which children bear to
ttT.Cei ol^Ject9)-(this is the objective genitive. ) The geni-
3. The author or possessor : as,—
Caesaris filius ; Caesar's son,
Lihri Ciceronis; Tiie books o/ Cicero, (i.e., either his writ-
ings or liis property.)
4. The part, duty, or cliaracteristic : as,—
Repvt est administrare leges j It is the king's duty to execute
the laws.
£xerpHon.-But the possessive pronouns are used in the nominative
singular neuter : as,—
Meum est id procurare ; It is my duty to manage that.
6. The whole of which anything is a part, (partitive genitive :) as,—
Magna vis hominum; A great number of men.
6. The words which usually govern such genitives are,—
(a) The nominative or accusative singular neuter of quantitative
adjectives and pronouns ; as, multum, amplius, minus, tantum,
nihil, id, quid, &c.: as,—
Multum pecurdae; Much money.
QMic?/!o?'i?* What news?
{b) Adverbs of quantity— satis, nimis, nimium, parum ; of place—
hue, eo, ihi, ubi, ubicmique, nusquam; of time— woa.'ea, inter-'a •
as,- " *
Satis pecuniae ; Enough of money.
Ubicunque terrarum; In whatever part of the earth.
Eo vecordiae; To such a degree of madness.
Postca loci; Afterwards.
(r)_All partitive words, of whatever kind— substantives, adjec-
tives, numerals, pronouns, the comparatives and superlatives of
adjectives : as, —
Multi militum; Many of the soldiers.
Sohcs omnium; He alone of all.
Tria miltia cquifum ; Three thousand cavalry.
Quis vestrum ? Which of you ?
Doctissimus R '^norum; The most learned of the Romans.
7. The quality, nature, nt, &c. ; but in these instances, it is
accompanied by an adjective, (see sect, viii., 16, p. 146): as,—
-^"C'' magni ingenii; A boy of great talent.
* But if the adjective were of tlie third declension tliis would noh he wilowab!.. as
It woui.l ciiuHc atnhitiuity. We could nut say, quid uHlis, or aliq-'id iitilui; but quid
utik. or uHuuid utile.
THE GENITIVE.
143
8. Tlie object of jnontal affections, after —
(a) Adjectives denoting knov.ledg mvy, certainty, inclination
to, patience, and their opposites : as, —
Jffnartis mali ; I{.'norant of evil.
Memor heneficii; Mindful of a favour.
Amantior virtutis ; More fond of virtue.
Avidus gloviae ; Greedy of fame.
(6) Verbs signifying to remember, pity, forget: * as,—
Meminit malorum praeteritorum ; He remembers past mis-
fortunes.
Miserere servoru7n; Have i)ity on the slaves.
(c) Certain impersonal verbs, snch as refer t and intcrest,f—3Le,
Refert regis, It concerns the king ; and miseret, poenitet, puilet,
iaedet, and piget, to express the object which excites jiity,
shame, &c. : as, —
Miseret me tui; I pity you.
Taedct me vitae; I am weary of my life.
9. The object, after verbs and adjectives expressing plenty,^: power,
participation, likeness, § and their opposites : as, —
Indigebat opum ; He needed resources.
Plenus irae ; Full of anger.
Similis patris ; Like his father (in nature, disposition, &c.)
10. The price or value, in an indefinite way, in the case of such adjec-
tives as viagnus, plurimus, plus, minor, &c. : as, —
Avar us divitias magni aesfimat ; The avaricious man sets a
great value on wealth.
Pravum minimi habcoj I hold the worthless man in very
email esteem. ^
■r
11. y.n. — If a substantive is used to indicate the price, it is usually
put in the ablative ; and even with the adjectives noted in 10 the ablative
is often used. (See sect, viii., 17, P. 146.)
12. The crime or ground of accusation, with verbs of accusing, condemn-
ing, and acquitting : as, —
Miltiadcm proditionis accusavcrunt ; They accused ]Miltiade3
of treason.
♦ Verbs signifying to retnember or forget also take the accusative.
t But with tliese verbs tlie possessive pronouns are used in the forms meH, ttiS,
ana, nostra, rentrd: as. jVo« mea re/eft, It does not concern me. Some scholars con-
sider tlicse forms as the ablative singular feminine, agreeing with re; while others
regard tlie plirases as abbreviations for rem meam fert, and inter rem est mcam. See
Key, Lat. Gr., § 910.
J AHjrctivcs of plenty or vvnnt ftl->o take the ablative.
§ Adjectives of likeness or unlikeness also take the dative. (Sue sect, vl., 8, 0,
p. HO)
111
■i (Ml
SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX.
Obs. But with these verbs the ablative is often u.sed • as -
^Sncc;:: Sr:^ ^""^^^ «« -- -— on a ch.,e i«
13. rjace where in singular nouns of the first or second declension - as-^
Mortuu, est Magncsiae; Ho died at Magne<--
SECTION VIII.
THE ABLATIVE.
J. The ablative is used in T.it;« +^
En^dish wein-r ^tehTZm mTi^\""^Tl ^^'''' ''^'^'^'^^ ^hich in
2. The cause or reason Z's!-' ' '' "'" ^'' "^"^^ '*^ ^enotes-
Arieo studio; I burn with {i.e., by reason of) zeal.
3. The instrument, means, or material • as -
'■ "".!«,''£ xiiS 't:,rr"^'""=" '''^" -•"" «■« »'■'.'■
■ ana .he like ; al^S^Sr ' aTl"' """'' ■"■'"'• '"''"'
^.<,«» J*™.W«„a.«e«, Of rto. Tl,e,„i.t„cle;.,,
'• "^1^6 u'uS rC '■"'"■'""" "' =" >-™. «■» preposition
'TCt^'"'" ''""«5"»™'<»-«-; CaesaHseertifled
And .oraetimes per or pronto, with the .-.ecnsative : as -
"^sruZSrrrVJk: fir =" " "^'-^ "■""»"" "•-
'■ "^fidfi''^^"' ^' " """« ""'"'""'J- «« preposition is also
''rZr ''°'''" " ^°'-'"«''' ^ke opportunit, afforded bv
o;sr;rr«r's:^r::;;:rriF^^^^^^^^=^^=^
L_.
TUE AUrATIVE.
I4d
8. Ohy 4, Sometimes, on the contrary, the oblative of a \k ..onal name
18 used without a preposition, when the ayency is mure promi-
nent than the pv°rson : as, —
Leijime mUitibusque prrducit fosmm; By (the agency of)
the legion and tli j soldiers lie runs a ditch.
9. OU. 5. The deponent verbs, utor, abator, frmr, fungor, potior
and vcscar, take tlie ablative of the object : as,—
Potiri imperio; To take possession of the sovereignty,
[N.B.—Theae are simply instances of the " cause, manner, or
instrument, ]
10. Exception— Jiai potior oiienia. he genitive : as,—
Potiri Galliae, To take possess*. n of Gaul.
11. The mode or manner : as,—
Fecit more major um; He did it after the manner of his an-
cestors.
12. Allied to the foregoing construction is the ablative of limitation
CAiu-essed m English by as to, in regard to : as,—
/lc£/er/3crft6Ma; Diseased in the feet.
Captusociilis; Blind.
Oa/lus natione; A Gaul by birth.
Alajoi' nata; Older.
13. Exccption.~K preposition is sometimes used with an ablative of
limitation; as,—
Caesar metuebat, ne a rcfrmmitaria lalovaret; Caesar was
beginning to be afraid lest he should be in difficulty in the
matter of corn.
14 Supply, with verbs and adjectives signifying, plenty, want," filling
/Ti iT' • '""" ''''-/y-' '• ^'' ''^^ ' ^"^ ^^''^" persons are m nti n d
Germaniafluminihus ahundat ; Germany abounds in rivers
tarebat nomtne ; He was witl'out the name.
I'lcnusira; Full of anger.
15. Obs Opus est, and usus est, one has need, may take the ablative of the
thing ^vauted ; which, however, is often expressed in the nominu-
tive (see sect, vi., 13, p. HI) : as,—
Opus est mihi adjutore ; or, A djut r opus est mihij-I need
a helper. '
(IJ.Ji
• L'tjf.o and inUigeo ;t! o take tlie genitivu
10
t|!
146
SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX.
7,^V: mul^^'''^'''''' '''''° '°"^"'"'^ withana.ljec.tivc fsoescct. vu.,
Erat rcfjia dujnitafc; Hu was of royal dignity
Staturafuit humili ; He was of low stature.
finllg, &t: :;;_"""'' "''' ^^'^ ^^^ '^"^•"^"' «^"-^' -'-■»?. firing.
Pa^Wawi auro vendidit; He sold his country for sold
.\fultatus est pecunia ; He was fined in a sum of money.
18. 06«.^^ Under this head comes the ablative with dignus, indiouus :
Dignus laude ; Worthy of praise.
deficien^yTas!-'*^ comparatives and superlatives to express excess or
MmIo major; Greater by far.
20. Superiority or inferiority, with comparatives to indicate the object
with which comparison is instituted : as,— ^
^' mother''^"*"''* '""'''^' ^ '^''"S''*^'' '""^^^ beautiful than her
21. Obs. Wmiquamjs used in comparisons, the second substantive is
coupled to the first by it, and takes the same case : as,-
^hi,f;'f!".',' f ^"'"'l" '""^'''' ^^^« ^^"Shter is more
beautiful tl i the mother (h).
'22. Separation after verbs of removing, freeing, delivering denrivin.^
abstaining, abandoning (see 33, p. U7) ; as.- aepnving,
Caesar castra loco wmit; Caesar shifted nis camp from the
place.
DesUterunt hoc conatu; They abandoned this attempt.
Lrbem commeatu privavit ; He deprived the city of thorouKh-
tare, (t.e., of egress and ingress.)
23. Ohs. With many of these verbs-such as to remove, abstain, prevent
excluue-a preposition is often adaed before the ablative • aa,- '
Pellere ex cv.-be; To drive from the city.
Exire e domo; To go forth from the house.
'24. Place whence : as, —
Profectm est Athenis; He started from Athens.
25. Obs, A preposition is often added, to bring out more fully some
particular idea, (see note *, p. 137) : as,—
"^1^"' ^''™ ^""'"'^ ^'"°'' ''' ^'" "" direction) from
26. Place where, more especially in the names of towns or smaD ■
1
THE ABLATIVE.
147
islauds, if the noun be of the third declension, or the plural number
(see sect. vii. 13, p. 144) : as,—
Mortmn est Carthagine; He died at Cartilage.
Vidcbai. se non tutum {me) Argis; He saw that he was not
safe at Argos.
27. Obs. 1. This implies the place or road by or along which one goes •
as, —
Frumentum fiumine Arare navibus subvexerat ; He had
brought corn up the river Arar in ships.
Terra marique; By iand and sea.
'26. Obs. 2. Many words not proper names of places come under thia
prmciple ; as, doiaus, rus, locus, dextra, laeva : as, —
Proficiscens domo ; Starting i om home.
Ho loco mancre; To remain in that place.
Dextra; On the right hand.
2i). Time when ; as, —
Quinto die; On the fifth day.
Trecentcsimo anno ; In the three hundredth year.
iJU. Obs. So also occasionally time within which: as,—
Faucis diebus mortuus est; He died within a few days.
31. The ablative is used with the prepositions,—
A , ah, or abs, from.
Absque, without (i.e., wanting).
Clam, secretly.
Coram, in presence of.
Cum, with.
I)e, down from, conceriii'ig.
E or ex, out of, of.
Prae, before, in consequence of.
Pro, before, instead of, or in defence
of.
Palam, with the knowledge of.
openly.
iSiiie, without.
Tcnus, up to, as far as.
32._ In, sJ}, and super, govern the ablative when rest or position in or
at IS mdicated ; and sabtcr, though rarely («ee sect. v. 18, p. 138) : as,—
Sacerdotcs in arce invenit ; He found priests in the citadel.
33, So also the ablative often follows certain verbs compounded with
the prepositions, a (ab), de, e {ex), &c. (see 23, above) : as,-
A base domo ; To be away from home.
Leturhat fwsUm muHs ; H 3 dashes down his enemy from the
walls.
84. The "ablative absolute."' See note on Nep. Milt,, chap, iv., 1.
SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX.
SECTION IX.
- ». . , "^"^ INFINITIVE MOOD.
Hence it is used- ' ^^^^ «^^""d supplies the other casea]
'^s,- ^^' ^'^^^ ^i'o; ;e«, taedet, certum eat, constat, &c. :
Humanurn est errarp - Tf I'o «„* i ^
Liccl me scire Uauii Hi jTu'f '° ?"" '» '^"■
3 «„ ^ . ' """^^ """'>»■'»' ™ to know wLat that is)
folwISsro;;!?:^'''""^ "' -P«'«' M- expressed by the
I") T„° St\ll"""''' >"'■ """"• + ""O ^C like
-««ue;h;*„roea'3nS;c^ "™*"'^ '»■ ^= «•*.• begin,
6- 0S>. 2. After ..m-l,? .!•?■' P' '^' ™ "eKerMi)
future i'floitZVS^Tf Lat^^ "'•""™' "'-^^^ "«
present: as,- '"'" "'''"' »"■■ idiom requires a
''tfCZ':: "'"°""'" ''"^^"'"'■" «-■ He promised to 8ni,h
6. lie Mni«^e has its subject in the accusative .■ as -
i..rthisjsrnS-zs,^'prsp~4 ''- -=«- -'<-
a/^^^'risWrtt'-fRtraiatf 'r' ="-" <- «-"-•
tive Those of the second person are 'L»nt K ''f f""' "' ^'" '"■>'''"■
or pluperfect subjunctive "™ally changed into the imperfect
«ant Ii:^;l^:i t^r- ' '° "*""■"■" »' ™^-. ««-., inai,.
__XS^<&^e;ed<."° "•■"*> "^' ' *»"« -"-do-
cai«u or grauu, with the genitive. ^ "^ °' ^"^^ "^ ^^^o gerundivei or (S by
THE PARTICIPLES.
149
9. The infinitive is often used in animated narrative as an indicative
Diem ex die ducere Aedui; The Aedui put him ofiF, day after day.
SECTION X.
THE f JNES.
1. The supine in .«m is used after verbs expressing or implyiDK motion
to indicate the design of the motion : as,— ^ motion,
Delccti Delphos profecti sunt deliberatuu; Chosen men went to
Delphi to consult (the oracle),
iJ/mJ^fe<;a«(« roya^wm aMa;i/i«m; He sent ambassadors to ask for
2 The supine in u is simply an ablative of limitation {see sect, viii 12
p. 145). and is used with adjectives, such as turpis facilis utJi W
aud the substantives, fas, nefas, opnJ : as,^- ' ' ^°-'
Mirahik dictu; Wonderful to tell.
I'll
(1 ,
SECTION XI.
THE PARTICIPLES.
1. Participles are adjectives in form, and, like adjectives, agree with
heir own substantives in gender, number, and case (see ruKr Id
jectives. chap, u., sect, ii.) Participles are verv often „.p,1 „ f ,/
struction called the ablative absolut'e; and%roL:f 1^ f tre E^gH "h
language prefers a subordinate clause. (See sect, viii., 34 p i^tf""^'''''
2 But participles have two peculiaritie3-(a) they denote time • aud
(6) they may govern the same case as tlieir verbs '
3 The present participle in .,is, and the perfect participle in -us have
2 P '^Tk^'^J^^"*^'' i''''''''^ '^ '''''''' beyond those mentlned la
stantive: as,- "'''"'' ''^''"''^ ^'"^"*^' '' ^^^^" ^^-^-^^'^<' to a sub
^tiZ^o/tllf S;. ^'""^ *^' '^*' ^''"^ built,-e.e., From the founda-
purpose -It- ^"''''"'^^" '''^'' "' "^^'^^^^ «^^*^^> '« "«^<J to express a
Z)c/^/ioa^,-o/ccJi a«n^ Apomne7n conmltun They went to Debhi
to ask the advice of Apollo. i'tipni,
5. The future participle passive, or gerundive, implies necessiti, or
in
ill:
1^
i
150
SYNOPSIS OP SYNTAX.
woHhiness. It agrees with its substantive in gender, number, and case :
Amandus est; He deserves to be loved.
Amandae sunt; They are worthy to be loved.
allt wi';wr'Jf'%f "*'' 'J^^'^'SerundWe is very often used imperson-
ally with the parts of tiie verb sum, the name of the person by whom the
action must be done being put in the dative : as,-
Moricndum^st omnibus; All must die,-?-.c., dyin<^ is (a
necessityfto all. ^ " ^
'■ ^^'daUv'"ef iT-*^'' ''''^'*''' '''^'' " °' "^ '' "''^ '"'*'"^ °^ "''^
vl co«s«Jj6„s ^ca caM5« s«sc^;p^„c;a es^- My cause must be
undertaken by the consuls.
. 1 !''^ gerundive is very often used in agreement with a noun (in all
CMses except the nominative, and in all 2ender^^ in^t^ori ^f H ^
followed by the accusative, (but see be?owf Kitl^;;^.^^!) :f at- '''"'''
Ad eas res conficiendas ; To complete these matters.
Gen. Mendae epistolae, instead of Scribendi epistolam ■
yji writing a letter.
Dat. Scrihendae epistolae, instead of Scribendo epistolam ■ To
or for writing a letter.
Ace. Ad scribendam epistolam, instead of Ad scribendum
epistolam ; To write a lette
Abl. Scribendaepistola, instead of Scnbendo epistolam • By
writing a letter. . ' •'
SECTION XII.
THE GERUND.
1. The gerund is a regular noun, wanting the nominative an.l vocative
Nom. Scnbere est utile ; Writing is useful.
Gen. Ars scribendi est utilis ; The art of" writing is useful
Dat. Charta scribendo est utilis ; Paper is useful for writin-.
Ace I *^*''^^<' disco; I learn writing.
am" £S' ''ff ^""^ '^''Z' } '''"'■" ^^""'"S (°r vvhile) writing.
Abl. 'Sm6e»c?oc/e»c(m7*3; Wo learn by writing.
2, But observe—
(a) That the genitive of the gerund is governed by substantives and
adjectives, but not by verbs.
(i) That the dative and accusative are not used with an accusnilvo
uisc toliowing. Thus we can say, StriAcnUo ablative) rpistolas, By
COMPOUND SENTENCES.
151
writing letters; but rarely Charta est utilis .wi6cnrfo{dative) epis-
tolas, or. Ad scribendum cr>istoJas. In sucli cases the gerundive
must be employed, and be made to agree with the substantive; as,
Charta est utilis sci-ibcndis epistolis; or. Ad scrihendas epistolas '
(r) Ihe accusative gerund is only used with prepositions, and most
commonly with ad, inter, and ob.
{d) The ablative gerund is most commonly used as the ablative of the
instrument or manner, or alter the prepositions ab, de, ex in •
not with si7ie. '
3. The gerund governs the same case as its verb : as,—
Scribendi epistolas; Of writing letters.
Parcendo victim; By sparing the conquered.
SECTION xm.
THE IMPERATIVE MOOD.
1. The imperative mood is used in principal clauses to express a com-
mand or a wish.
2. In counsels, commands, exhortations, or requests, the subjunctive
mood is very often used in the third person for the imperative; and also in
the second person, especially when used indefinitely : as,—
'Ibeat ; Let him be oif.
3. In negative commands the second person perfect subjunctive (or
future perfect indicative), and the third person present and perfect sub-
junctive (or future perfect indicative) are used for the present imperative;
as, —
Hoc ne dixeris ; Do not say so.
4. The future imperative is used in laws, and similar documents.
6. The imperative of direct statements becomes the subjunctive in
indirect.
CHAPTER III.
COMPOUND SENTENCES.
SECTION I.
I N T R D U C r R Y.
1. The clau.ses of a compound sentence arc cither (a) Principal or In-
dependent, or (i) Subordinate or Dependent.
2. A Principal or Independent clause is one whicli makes a lp.a<linB
lasertion ; it« construction does not depend on any other clause.
162
HYNOPsrs OF SYNTAX.
'■ M %t::i:::,Z';";;;^,»;;:;;- ;™ »"..ot,,, .«etHor oi«,or-
.. A I'l.nsc «lii,.|i is i,,,, I , , (S««»n-I- in,, 2, j,. 15,,,
™».w.»», ,.„„,„. ,J .'; S'™; '■■' " »..jn„oti„„; 1,,,, ,; ,.„^
""" """■' ™" ■■» «"o.i t;"';;';:,!;r::.xj"r*'^ ' "■' *'■•
or,,.. '""""'"^Mwhen) many sought.
•♦• in rnnciim! clausos tl.,> v > i
'" the subjunotive. (See «oot. it, 2 p ST' '"""^'' ^"' '^"'"'-'^''"^•^
•-'>'^'i "-u;;:J:t:^:s.;" ;;rt ^ ^^^^--'^ ^^ ---"^ or .
"-'"'. ''ut occasionally in i^i^tdicith-r '' ""'^"^ ^" ^''*^ -'^--t'v'
SECTION II.
»'niNcn>AL CLAUSES
^-^^"^^^^^^^ :;;;i-' - -.-nt a s.ato or au
roKat.ve forn,. it i. used,- ^'^'""'at.ve, or a negative, or an inter-
(«) In rrincipal clauses stating what is a fict nr o
';ict ; as,— " '' "■ * '-'^w or assumed to be a
tiu.e,,osse..od those ,. ails. ' ^ ^'"■•vmnsat that
SUBORDINATK CLAUSK3.
163
(0) In direct qucHtlons:* m —
Quid ayia 1 What are. you tloiiig {
(For indirect questions, see sect, x., p. 169.)
2. Since tlio subjunctive mood is employed to renresonf n «».,t« «-
acfon iu a doubtful or contingent manner, t^ oZT^i'^tZZ
clauses wl.icl. partake of this character. These are - ^
(1.) A wish; as,— '
Valcaa; May you bo in good health : (farewell )
Ulinam pomm; Would that I were able I
(2.) A possibility : as,—
Aliquis dicat; Some one may (possibly) sav.
(3.) A sujjposition : as, —
lJicsd.Jidat,si; The time (I suppose) would fail me were
(4.) A concession: as, —
:Shd hacc falsa; (I grant) this may be false,
(6.) A question expressed doubtfully : us,—
Quidayammt What can we do i
SECTION III.
SUBOUDINATE CLAUSES.
'in^K.II'islf 'J! f'^ *' 1^' Y^''' '" ^"^'^^'"S * ^'^ti" «e«t«»««. '>r in turning
i^Lt£ < f 1 •' • " ^'""' '' '' '^"''^' '^'' "^'^'•^ter of each clause ^f
w n. + ? • ''' /" .'""'' '^"^'^' '^'^"y ^'^'"^ ^'y examining the firs
HO, If of the clause, whether it be a conjunction, a relative adverb or a
^^j^^^vejm^^ the learner must remembeV that the Lme co nju'c
1. Intel romitivf piiiticks: —
(«) Ae M.nply asks for Infornmtion : Scribitne pmrt Is the boy writing
(b) Noune expects the answer. Yes : Nonne pnta. t Don't you fhh.k ^( Yes )
() .\n,n expects the answer, No: NumpuU^t Do you thi,"k? 1) ^ ^
el;;!!.;? '''"" """"^'''^^ *^y ""'• ^■'>''""^'^tions, or shall we go to meet thJ
aAoutiS'" '■■""""'"' "^' ^'-^--/^"'^ Whodldthis?-Q«u/«,^. What
154
SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX.
iiSi::?t,;rr^: :;:::- ;'f- 7'^ ^'i-^^- '-^-^'-e ..^.nt
clause. Ilonce co,u^„,cti • Tonh' I v I ."•' ""'f '? *'"''"'-'^' "'■ ^ '"^"•^''^'
clauses; but tf.e ean r nus 'a fn^ ""^'T*''^"^"^^-^ '" ^ubonlinate
error of supposing that the com' Zf^ ^"f '^ '""''"''* *''^ t''^ common
eases, it is'L nalureVfVZ^^^^^^^^ *''^ ™°°d. In all
h to be used, but also what conk wivl t "^''''^^^ "'* "^''^^ ^'''^t ™"o<l
2. It may be laid down then .1 1 ""f* '"^'^^'"'^ *''« ^'''^"se-
clauses, in which he sUtemen; i« ^.f "'''V'^^'' *^''^* ^^ ^" subordinate
statement, either a V~ ti Z?''"*'^ "' ^'''^^"''^"* ''" ^°«t''or
c.^..-.o,, the verb!v7bTinX^:5X:Cf ^ " -^^"-V.
v.^i^t^S:t^;^^^-- X Clause b. a
;^=;5^;Sei:=-;^----^^^
vii., 2, a, p. 157) : as,- ^ mdefin.teness over it (see sect.
Accidit ut, d'c, quum MiUiades floreret ■ It h^nn^no^i +i *
&c., when Miltiades flourished happened that.
4. Subordinate clauses may be divider! intn * ;
-fre., ^m^oro^, causal. relatiJc, ZZol^T ^ ' ''''^''^'''< <^^^<^^^'
SECTION IV.
FINAL CLAUSES.
i f < or m expresses a pajjroc (see note J, p. 148) ■ as -
».sl.t -ot be surrounded b, the large nuil^Kl'i^s)
.s'no^'r^s:!"'"""' •■'""«"""- ""^^It- («« Kep. Milt., vii.,
narrow a part of the sea tJ'(„ ^'''-°^'' '" "o
titude Of L s„ipst,dd'nX<drrr- :S it.-"'"
4. (^0 is sometimes used fnr «/ ^r. „
".» ^.ntcnee contains a XIl"; .'VroTe^Lrtrir:'-^' """
'=<xtrr.e;tn, fris r ^
easily be able u, kee,. „ir ti„. Ilcl'xtii ' '""'■''
CONDITIONAL CLAUSES.
IfiA
5. Quin ("in what reannei not " "hnf flinf '• t<u 4.» ,. . ,
used after negative clauses :* Ls^-' ' ^"*' ^itliout") is
-jTfmo es< quinputct; There is no one but thinks
"'"maSr"'''"" *«^«'«-.- Nothing hw™„.
r. The rclatire prououa expresses a purpose • as _
! f
SECTION V.
CONDITIONAL CLAUSES.
W The md,catiye, if the condition is represented as certain • as -
^',™ e'tof """■■ " '"•' ™«' ^™ -*. I -» give
■^rf M.r' •^T,"™'" '"■"■ ''«' «»«'■«»> *m-; Arms are
of httle avail abroad, unless there is wisdom at home.
2. In hypothetical sentences-
la) Tlie present subjunctive is used in both clauses (principal and
Medmdeflciat, d hoc nunc diccre vdim ; The day would fail
Sh. ) "' '^ '' ''" '°" '^^' now,-(in,plyi,gIhat I don't
t qmmxnus, literally, " In what mnniifir tli^ less • " ,> " «« th«t ^nt " ..^
,, . H,i„ »ii, »„„,, ,0 1„. ^ „,„„ ,.„, ,;„„i;:;, r* S ..,r,;,„,
166
SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX,
oot true : as°- °' '" "■"' "'"'' '«'<' "«" He mfermce is
no* PMt : as,- '^''°""'"' "" '!'» mference was true at a tins
(but .,e had not), he Vo:S:;e".t itl^Lt""^ """''
SECTION VI.
CONCESSIVE CLAUSEa
to«<..- are most «„™„t„tll It'll'!!"' """«""' »"J
because ueeessarily ta^i^l^j^ j'J^.^, ^^^""gl.,") take the subjun'ctive,
^tiid teaibus v.tor, quasi ra dubm „■>! wi, j ,
wtnesses, a» though the matje^e "doublu ' ""'""
SECTION VII.
, J, TEMPOKAL CLAUSES.
.«cheo:>So*a??„lt:-p»^^^^^^^^ ''"■"' '■•« -'^»l"=od by
-^w„e„ iudicatiu, tl^e, ^«<^.?SiX!'^;S.tkftSS£t^;
^arSXre''""'' '''■''^"" ^'^ <»"- that) Caesar
««»_CW .» «,„ „.,,. ,,„^„ ^^^^^ ^___^ .^^^
CAUSAL CLAUSES.
167
2. But they take the subjunctive —
(a) When the idea of concesnon is implied, (see sect vi n ^^^
;:r«:"w,'re,i7er:i" - ^~'" «^ <- •«■ "' *
Quum haec ita aint; Since these things are so
«.any wers seeking a share, ko.-A'^MTt}X'7
3. C«,i„„„ and 5uMrf take the subjunctive,-
M men the eveut is represented as contiu«ent,„ merely possible:
■^tf.^rf"' "''""■' !>"■««« <'»»' •>« »ta« ,• He left
"LSittrr^rsSeSra's,^- "• ^«" '■'■' "-» -
remained quiet until {i.e., while, or in ordei thatf X
commander should inspect, &c. ' ^'^^
4. Anteqiiam and priusquam are used —
(a).To_exp.ss mere priority ; and, in this sense, take the indica-
Ilaec omnia ante faxAa sunt quam Verves TinNnn, «//• •,
All this was done before Verges rlchedltli;! ""'' '
(ft) To express a connection between one ac*inn nnri „ ^u
this sense, have the subjunctive^ Z'- ^ '""*'''"' ^''^' ''»
Caesar, priusquam quidquam conaretur, * Divitiacum ad ..
vocar^}uhet; Caesar, before he attempted (^^houldattemnn
anything, orders Divitiacus to be called to him ^^^
(c) To introduce a general or indefinite statement • anrl in iv
they have the subjunctive : as,- ''^^^"^'^*' ^°'^' ^"^ ^^^^ sense,
"'STtS::.'"' ""'^""" '"^^^^'' ^'^^ «^-- threatens
Priusquam, audire potuissent ; Before they could have heard.
Ill
i.K , ft
SECTION VIM.
CAUSAL CLAUSES.
• J e woras as quod, quia, quoniam , quum; and take,^
♦ See sect, xii., 6, p. Ui, ' " '
16H
i
SVNoi'Srs OF SYNTAX.
Qno,,mnt non est ,,cnus unum ; Si,.co tl.cro is not one kind
vL i9)Ml^,L'''' ''''''' '' ""^ '"' ^'^'''t ""« («^'0 Nop. Milt.;
ylrc«.ay«.r«<;)m/,7/,>./.. 7«o,; ,?,>v..m.^. Ho was accused
of treason, beoause (they said) he \m\ retired
2. Hut ,/»«;^. when expressin,, the caH..e, takes the subjunctive • as -
SECTION IX.
(«) Ihe ind.oative when a fact is stated distinctly : as,-
^'untu,a, qui mmus est; The messenger who was sent
^'T..!f?r '^'*''' .?■" """"^"^ '■"'^"''•'■^ '^"«-«"'> c.rpc<Ure ■
Ilfe^l^^p^r '""« ^^^^ "^^ ^-^'-'^-^ ^- ^''-^ ^- ^eld
^Vot\i'T;:'l^^ -hen statin, the sentin^ents of another (see
sect. XI., 1, p. 159, and vm., 1, 6, above) : as,—
«^cu^ The Ilotvetu prepared those things which were
necessary (as they thought) for their departure.
(a) A purpose: as, —
i1/m7 sf n'«;ft, .,«,• rci,. ««„,rtarc«; He sent a slave, to tell the
King.
(6) A rcsun, (V here qui is equal to ut a/o, ut tu, ut is, kc after is
taUs, tantu.,. digmcs, tarn, ita kc; sJe iv., 3, p 154 )' as -
.Von is mm qui (at ego) hoc faciam; I an, not the n.'an to
do tlns,-(,.e., I am not such [a o,.e] who can do this
Dujnus est, qui laudctur ; He is worthy to be pmiscd
OllATIO OJiLKiUA.
169
Ibi
{Oiirmnd, mm,,, or m««c (hcc sect, viii., 8. p. ir>8). whou uui
18 cjual to car. f/uad, „r ,,num um.I u pronoun : as,-
Errnif ,jui ccuscas ; You orr, who think {i.e., because you
think.) •'
Malcfcnt llimmhul, qui Capuac hicmarU ; ir.innil.al did
wrong 111 wintering (because, lie wintcrcil) at Capua.
The ivlii',..^ is also followed by the Hul)junctive,—
(a) Wlicn an imlvjhntc ,t„tnnmt is mado, especially with kucIi
phrases as Said qui, Atmu est, JS'cscio quia : as,—
.V«w< qui patent; There are persons who think.
(b) VViien a condition or BUpposition is inij,lied : as,—
Nilul bonim est, qnod homincm mm mcHwem facial ; No-
thing IS good, unless it uiakea {i.e., which does uot make)
■.\, luaii better.
SECTION X.
INTKItltOGATlVL CLAUSES.
• 1 For direot questions which belong to principal clauses, sec chap, ij
oect. I., ]). ijo, sq, ' '
2. Indirect .lucstions are those which depend on some word or sentence
going before; they have the verb in the si; .unctivc : as,—
Die, quid ar/as; Tell nie what you are doiiii;.
Ma(/na fuit co,>tei,/io, utrim moenibus »e dejenderc.nt, an
ubviam treat host Urns; There was an carrt'st discussion
whether they should defend themselves by tnoir walls, or
whether they should go to meet the enemy.
SECTION XI.
U A T I B L I Q U A.
1. When a writer relates the sentiments of another, he may do it in
t*M) 'vay.s —
First. He may represent him as speaking in ihe first person, and may
tlierefore quote the words exactly as they were uttered ; as, The
priestess of Apollo said, " If you appoint Miltiades as com-
mander, your undertaking will be successful." Tl.is is called the
oratio recta, or direct statement.
Secondly. He may give the sentiments of the speaker, but in his own
words ; as, " The priestess of Apollo said, that if they appointed
Miltiades as their commander, their undertaking would be suc-
^^ cessful." Thi.s is called the oratio ohVnaa, or indirect statement.
-. 1110 principles already laid down for principal sentences reL^ulatfi tV
construction ol the clauses in the oratio directa.
160
SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX.
,,^-,.^" *:^^ ^y^"" ohliqua, wliat appears the most important clausP it,
tlie mfuutive mood and accusative : as,— ^
P.v^/i/a rfm7, incqita pro^rm futura cs.w, si, ,(c ■ Th..
priestess of Apoilo said, that their undertaking wJuld be
successful, if, &c,
^' ^'""''Sf .r^"? •''''!" *'!' ^""°''^^' ^'•'^"^^ ^«"t^'"« '-^ command or
im/i, the subjunctive is used (sect, xiii., 5, p. 151) : as -
Imperator dixit, milites saluti suae con sul event : The com-
sifetr *^''* *^^ *'°°^'' '^'°"^^ '°'''"^* *'^^^'" o^-'i
(sf; III Shs? ::::-' *'' ""''' ''''^"^ *^^^^^^ -^--*-«
P//^/iia dw;i7 incfpto prospera fulura esse, si MiUiadcm im-
peratorem simpsissent.
\iX, 'i^r^'' '^^''' ''''''' '^^'^"'^' '"' ^"'^' ^^"- ^'-^"^ ci^^p^- 13, 14.
SECTION XII.
SEQUENCE OF TENSES IN THE CLAUSES OF A COMPOUND SEXTENCF '
con\\iSrons'r/?'''/'^'"'''/'' '''"^''"'^ ^' ^"^ of the co-ordinative
coniunot ons {et, ac afqne, scd, aut, nee, &c.), or when the d.uses are
oHateral (see sect. iv. 7, p. 130), tlie verbs are generally in ;i e same
ense ; but ti.ey often vary in tense when some peculiarity of'^time oi acUon
s to be represented by one or more of them (see Nep. Milt., i., Ls H
Quum acccssissct Lemnum, et vdkt rcdigcrc incolassuh potcs-
tatem, ct postuhmef, dc.; When he 'mc^ approached Lem-
nus, and «-a,* uishinff to reduce the inhabitants to sub-
mission, and had demanded, &c.
rufe i^- " '"^"''^'"**' '^^"''' "'' ^'^^^'^ *'' '^""«'P^J <^I^^»«es. the general
(a) That a primary tense in the jnincipal clause is followed bv a
primary tense in the subordinate clause. In other words-
Present s are / Present subjunctive, or
Future I followed ^ Perfect subjunctive (for a com-
Iresent-perfect j by ( pleted action).
(t) That a historical tens-o in the principal clause is followed by a
historical tense in the subordinate clause. In other words—
) are ( ^"^P^^'^'^ct subjunctive, or
* > followed < I'^^Perfect subjunctiA'e (for an
I by I ^?^^^^ completed at a prior
Imperfect
Perfect-aorist '
Pluperfect
time).
(>'
th(
4
boii
■sul I
i).
we i
tilO)
note
IC'11S(
' Ou the dunhle uic of the pei lect, suu chap.
L, sect, i., n, 1). W.
7.
p'.'lil'
SEQUENCE OF TENSEB.
161
Thus—
('() PlllNCH'AL.
1 Scio
( t'ogtiuscani
{ Cof/uoscaiii
J Coi/nuvi
\ Voijnovi
\ Scicbaiit
f Cog III) vi
\ t'uynuvi
/ C(i(/iioveram
\ t'o(jnovcinm
8UH(»KJ)!NATE.
quid (Kjas
quid Kjeris
quid aijus
quid cyeris
quid iitjas
quid cycHs
quid ui/ircs
([Hid ajissts
quid aijcns
quid ajissin
quid ayevcs
quid cyisses ■
I'KINIJII'AI..
I know
1 know
I .sliall (li.scover
I ahall discover
SfnoRlilNATE.
wliat you are doing.
what you lirvf? done.
what you are doing,
wliat you have done.
I have discovered what you are doing.
I have discovered wlitit ycu have done.
: I knew
: I knew
1 disco VI red
I discovci^d
I Jiad discovered
1 had discovered
what you were doing,
what you had done,
what you were doing,
wliat you had done.
wJiat you were doing,
what you liad done.
3 When a subordinate clause depends on an infinitive mood, the tense
ItfiSraSlK " '" "" """"""• ^" '' "'« -'^ °" "'"«'■
Dimicarc utile arUtratur, priunuam Laccdacmouii subsidio
veniunt J He thinks it advantageous to light before tlie
Lacedaemonians come to help them.
Dimicare utile aroitrabtitur, priusquam Laccdaemoiiii mb-
stdio vanrent ; He thought it advantageous to fight before
tlie Lacedaemonians should come to help them.
4. The above rules for the sequence of tenses are often violated, when
nc .specialty of time or of action is to be indicated by the verb o l.e
■suhordiuatc clause (see Notes, Nep. Milt., iv., 22,, p. I7I): as,-
lieiiuntiat aocictatcm nisi Alcibiidcm tradidissct; Jlo
threatens to break off friendly relations unless ho should
have (at an after tune) delivered up Alcibiades.
Decern practorescreant, qui excrcituipracmcnt ; Tiicy elect
tun generals, to command the army. '
JL '^'wl,.!;!'?ir'' ^.'^'J""^^'^^ ^« "^^-J "^ the subordinate clause after a past
niiht, wlicn the action is represented as continuing : as,—
Ilujusvitiamendata sunt adco virtutibus, ut nemo ante-
Jcratur; His vices were to such an extent counterbalanced
by merits, that no one is up to thin du>j preferred to him.
rutcc ,t tlic suboKiinatc clause slates a iiistorical fact distinctiv ■ as -'
II:
162
SYNOPSIS OF SYNTAX.
Tantoplus valuerunt Athenicmcs, ul deccmpUccm numerum
hoshum projligarint ; The Athenians excelled so much
that they put to flight ten times the (i.e., their oion) nuni'
ber of the enemy.
mii^Te daH "^^^ *^'' ^'^'^^'"'* subjunctive where the imperfect would be
8. When the action or state indicated by the verb of the subordinate
fZZlf '7''''''^'^ -f °^^r before the action of the principal verb begins.
thL secl ) J.J'I"^°''^"'**" '^''"'^ "^"^^ '^e "1 '•'« pluperfect * (sec 2, b. of
Putavit se Graccos sub ma retenturum esse potestatc, si
'Wiwis s'Ms oppida tucnda tradidisset; He thought that
he would keep the Greeks in his power, if he were to
hand over {literally, should have handed over) the towns to
their friends to guard them.
Quum venissct, dixit; When he came (i.e., had come) he
said.
9. The future perfect (indicative) is often used in the subordinate
clause, to indicite that the action of the dependent verb must be over be-
fore that ot the principal verb begins : as,—
Faciam, si mihi fidem dedens; I shall do it, if you give
(literally, shall have given) me your promise.
[In English we usually employ a present or a perfect in such cases.]
pii.SiSJ:j>r;i;"' ^"'^"'"'^ '"• ''"^^ '" ^"^^"'^ - '»" -' ----^ "- '^
uv '
numerum
so much,
ion) num-
would be
ibordinato
i-b begins,
ee 2, b, of
'estate, si
light that
were to
towns to
ouio), he
)ordinate
over be-
rou. give
ses.]
nly use n
. Puirt Jiftlt.
NOTES ON EXTRACTS.
N O T E.
^ —
In the following ' Notes " refercucu is often made to tlie Synopsis of
Syntax, at p. 123, 577., but not so frequently as to render incpiiry un-
necessary on the part of the pupil himself. The student is earnestly
urged to lose no opportunity of impressing on liia mind the facts and
principles of Construction, by having constant recourse to the system
of Syntax provided for his convenience. The hal)it formed by such a
1 )ractice will bo invaluable to him in his after studies.
NOTES ON NEPOS.
MILTIADES.
CHAPTER I.
Line 1 MiUiades: see Table of Greek Nouns, at end of book 8 An-
hqmtate, gloria: his family was "of old standing," and of "Rloriou-?"
repu ation Aeacus (son of Jupiter), Ajax (one of the heroes of the Trojan
War) and Codrus (king of AtJitns), being among his ancestors.
A. Modestia (from modus) means "control of one's desires," and here
refers to obedience and dutifulncss as a citizen. See Synopsis of Syntax
Beet, vni., 2 and 3, p. 144. § Unus : the superlativVd^ree Ls ofti^
strengthened by the addition of unus, or unus minium. Omnium may be
governed either by unus or by maxime. § On floreret, see p. 167, 2, a
luJ\ t ^ ?^T' ^°-'- t^'-'Slate. "That his fellow- citizens were
aheady able not only to entertain good hopes in regard to him, but even
to feel a confident assurance that he would turn out such (i.e., of so ex-
cellent a character) as they (aftcrivards) judged him to be when thoroughly
known ; {i.e., after they had had a trial of his powers )
4. Possent : see Syntax sect, iii., 3, p. 154, and vii., 2, a, p. 157.
0. togmtttm js eq ual to quum, cognovissent.
6. a^rsonesum: this is a Greek word, meaning literally a " dry-land-
island, or ' continent-island "-t..., a peninsula. It was applied a" a
proper name to the narrow tongue of land north of the Hellespont, now
ca ed the peninsula of Gallipoli, or Dardanelles. There were other placel
called Chersonese as well, but with some distinguishing epithet ; as the
Taunc Chersonese (Crimea), the (ioklen Chersonese (Malacca), c/mric
ti Tr?v n '" f ^'.'1 "''"^ ''^''''- ^'' <^^^^'^onesum in the accusa-
tive see Synopsis of Syntax, sect, v., 10, p. 137. There is a confusion
in he statement of Nepos here. The Miltiades who planted the colonHn
Cieisonese was the uncle of our hero, and son of Cypselus. Miltiades, "the
son ot Cimon, was sent as governor of the Chersonese after the Jeatli of
ills brother, Stesagoras, who succeeded the elder Miltiades. 8 On vellent
in the subjunctive, see Syntax, sect. iii.. 3. p. 154. and vii., 9 a , {Z
iL->ijas : any relative (whether pronoun, adverb, or conjunction) may be
resolved mto a conjunction and a demonstrative ; so that cuj\cs i.s her^equaj
166
NOTES ON NKroS.
nm i,t -irf, -^ , ' >^ 7/"'',*° '-''^^"^^ -" «nd when there was a large
number of this class." Ou the planting of colonies, consult Ramsayl
Antiqu. les," or Smith's " Dictionary of Antiquities!" ^
8 Z>./Mo. accusative of mofion-to. See Synopsis of Syntax, sect, v.,
lU, p. 137 Delphi (now Castri), a town in Phocis, on the slope of Mount
l^a-nassus, famed for the oracle of Apollo. § iJederatJ:,^^^ i„ C
after verb implying motion. See Syntax, sect, x., p. 149. § cl Xe •
Z m 154 '155 to' "f ''' *^-,-^J-«t-'e'mood, clsr^tt
^rPpvf'i 1 ' ^^^'^^'^' ^"'^ 0" <'«"««^« ^'ith accusative and with clative
a«m. The latter is the general and indefinite term used in reference to
seeking advice from an oracle, (and in this case, no doubt, th g d tas
a Zes to T *''^.r^?^f f P^^\t-° g^^^^-'-^lIy) ; whereas consuferlntZ
applies to a special point of inquiry-namely, who should lead the colony •
—tor that is ihe point which bears on the subject before us '
8 LS^'' ''^?^"*f/ «f*- ^"i- 9, p. 145. § Quo, ablative of quis.
§ Potminuni, "what leader more than another they should employ."
m!p;iI"'"''V.. •'''' r^" P"'"'^ "^ ^"^■'^^y ^" ^"'•ope' ^^teiided from
Macedonia and the river Strymon eastward to the Black Sea, and north-
ward to the Danube. After it was conquered by the Romans in the time
L^n T' 1 ^""^ ^"'*^^''' circumscribed. § The best writers usually
put cwm after the pronouns ; ar, mecum, quibuscum-not, cum quibus.
11. ^mecanrfwm; on this gerundive and its construction, see Syn-
t hS til r*; '/•■ / ? '"f * ^' '"I'P''^^' ^^""« ^^■""■^"'•e indicates
■In 8 ?r '/ '?'';f *° \' ^ '''''' ''''' ^""^ "^"«t be decided by
^alom. § Ihs refers to rfc?.c<t above. For its dependence on praeccpif
Zl'tT' ''''; '^•' *' ^' ^^- '^^- § ^«"»-««^"'^ is specially "^.mpSi^
Jieie Ihe oracles were usually mysterious in their replies, but in this
named P^<Ae«s from the serpent Python, which he slew ; and hence his
priestess, who gave the responses, was called Pt/(hia
*hpiK* «»;«"''^«<- see Syntax, sect, iv., 2, p. 154. Ut and qui, with
the subjunctive, are generally to be translated by an English infinitive as
here 'to take." Observe, that though after%ra4^-« the fir^ de-
pendent clause has ut with a subjunctive, the second has its verb in the
inhnitive mood. Praccepit, in fact, contains two ideas : (1) " Slie eave
an order or advice ;" and (2) " She told them. " lu this first sense it takes
the subjunctive (see note f, p. 148); and in the second, like other verbs
ot aeclarmg, it 13 followed by the accusative and the infinitive.
13. Supply dixit (taken out of praeccpit) before futura esse'
14. Arrange the words thus : Quum Miltiades, profectus Chersonesum
dassehoc oracuh response ("having started for the Chersonese in the
fleet, in accordance with this response of the oracle") cum dclecta manu,
accessmet Leinnum, &c. Strictly speaking, the sentence is a defective
one, there being no verb to which 3IiUiadcs is subject. Examples of such
au anacolouthon (i.e., in plain English, "blunder") are common in Nei.os
who wrote in a careless styie. Some consider the quum as merelv vro-
Kx^ie-/ into the sentence; but such a projection, beyond both the subject
and the ablative of cause, is, tu sa' the least, rcpr..'honsil)le
r
MILTIADES.
167
15. Lemnum, (see Syiil.ix, sect, v., 10, v. 137.) Leninos, (now sta/i-
mcnc,) III the north part of tlie Aeseaii Sea, and south from tlie Chersonese
16. Before farn'oit t- might expect ut ; but witli postuh, persuadco,
monco, volo, dtco, mando, oro, kc, the ut is often omitted. Yc rbs of this
kind also take tlio infinitive instead of the sulyunctive. § Sponte is used
only in thu ablative (very rarely in the genitive) singular, and almost
always m connection with a possessive pronoun, mea, lua, &c.
18. Aquilo, the north-east wind. As the Ciicrsonese liecame the home
(domus) of Mdtiades, he was able, after some time, to turn tlie taunt of
the Leinniaus into a serious reality.
19. Scptentrionibus {scptcm triones), the seven i)Iough oxen, or seven
stars funning the constellation know.i as Urm Major, or Charles' Wain
The word is often used to indicate the North Pole.
20. Prajiciscintihus is the dative depending on tenet-adversum , (" makes
light against "-i.e., blows "in the teeth of,") which is a compound
I'lirase, equal to a verb of ojiposing or resisting. See Syntax, sect vi 7
0, ]\ 140. ' • •' '
21. Tendrhat, " he was bound." Cursum is often expressed after
tendehat.
Mr
CHAPTER ir.
Line 1. Barharus was a term api^Iied by the Greeks (and, in imitation
ot them, by the Romans) to anythiiiL' strange or outlandish. § lieyione
ablative, depending on potitm. See Syntax, sect, viii,, 9, p. 145. '
2. CMsfc//Js is dative after v/o^m, "suited for fortresses." See Syn-
tax, sect, vi., 8, a, p. 140.
3. Co^/ocar^<,— settled in the country parts, giving to each colonist a
piece of ground in jierpetuity.
5. iJcvicissct, "thoroughly conquered;" so, dcheUnre, kc.
«. Constituit res, "arranged" or "settled affairs."
7. irumitate, ablative o{ quality. See Syntax, sect, viii., 16, p. 145.
8. Quamrk is usually followed hy the subjunctive. But see Syntax,
.sect, vi., 1, a, p. 1.56. % Mpcrin : i.e., "supreme military power"
§ tor nomine in the al)lative, see Syntax, sect, viii., 14. p. 145.
9. Neque eo secius—praestahat, "nor did he the less carefully on this
account, perform his duties to the Athenians." This refers to certain
"Uties imjwsed on leaders of colonies; such as the sending home to the
mother state supplies of grain or other things, acknowledging her sui)re-
iiiacy, showing kindness to her citizens who might visit the Chersonese,
•N^c. § A qiiihus implies not only "from among whom," but "bv whose
ajipointment."
13. Lemnum, accusative of place to which. See Syntax, sect, v., 10,
]'■ 137. i Ex pacta, "according to agreement," " in fulfilment of the
agreement ;" i.e., " makes a demand arising out of their bargain."
14. Observe that sihi does not refer, as might be expected, to the sub-
ject oUradavU ("to themselve.'^,") but to the speaker and principal per-
son, Miltiades. § Urbcm— no city is mentioned ; but the chief city of the
islaiul, Myrina, i.s meant. § IIH. &c., is parenthetic, and is an explanatory
168
NOTES ON NEPOS.
clause put in by Nopos himself. Had tlie plirase been that of Miltia.leg
It wouJa Jiave been, cos enim dixmc.
Vo Seseja at once subject and object to dedituros me, "that tiiev
would deliver themselves up." ^esc is, in such a case, preferable to se.
§ ^r here refers to Mdt.ades ; and haOcre is governed by dicit, "taken
out 01 postulat.
16. Chcrsonesi: on the case, see Syntax, sect, vii., 13, p. 144
17. Ceddcrat, " had fallen out," or "turned out j" "had happened."
Ihe metaphor is taken from throwing dice. § IJicto, " their own (rash)
promise (to surrender)." § Capti, " being taken in," "entrapped," ap'
plies more particularly to dicto. A verb of kindred idea-such as iavL/
forced, tvdnced—mmt be supplied to sccunda fortuna
_ 19. This sentence is not historically accurate. § The CychVles {kvkXo,, a
circle), a gr.nip of islands in the Aegean Sea, which clustered round Delos
CHAPTEU III.
LiNEl. Eisdem temporihus, "about the same time," in a very indefinite
way. It was about n.o. 508. § Darius the Fir.t, son of Ilystospes ns
born about B.C. 560, and died b.o. 485. ■iiy.''Wbpes, uas
2 Sciitfm, the dative, depending en hiferre. See Syntax, sect, vi.,
4, d p. 139, and 14„ p. 141. Scythia comprehended a vast region in the
north and east of Kurope, and the centre, north, and west of Asia
_ 6. Qua IS here an adverb equal to qua parte, and not the relative refer-
ring to pontem, which is masculine. § Traduceret is the subjunctive
mood, as noting the purpose in the mind of the builder rf the bridge See
feyntax, sect, ix., 1, c, p. ] .-.8. Qua is equal to ut ca.
4. Abemi is m the subjunctive, because the tbouRht is that of Darius
be nU f .^T '^ f'"' '^ '' ^'°'"^''"^ indefinite,-"so long as he sho.Kl
be absent. See Syntax, sect, vii., 3, a, p. 157
5 Ionia and Aolia, or Aeolis, wcr rich and fertile countries on the
Tttled" "''''^''^"^ '^ ^'''' ^^"°''' ^» ^^''i^l* n^'-^ny ^^'eek colonies had
7. Limmah an ablative of manner. See Syntax, sect, viii., 11, p. 145
The usual phiase for "to speak Greek" is Oraece loqui. § Inco/erent
^s in the subjunctive, because expressing the opinion of another. See
Syntax, sect. .., 1, c, p. 158. So also rdinqncretur, in line 9.
». On amicis, in the dative, see Syntax, sect, vi., 2 p 139
10. CVcc/n-c/M,., "might be (safely) intrusted," as Darius thought-
hence the sulyunctive. See Syntax, sect, ix., 1, c, p. 1.^8 ij I/ic miv
bo - a,lvcrb (" ill this state of affairs;") or it m^y being, as .^^o^l
Mm!!^ ^' ^''''''' ^''"l*''^'^''^- ^'^ «''<'M'- vi., line 6, huic
11. On aferent and dimitterent (lino 13), in the subjunctive, see Syntax
sect. 111., 3, n. 154, and vii., 2, a, p. 157.
12. Observe the preposition a before Fortrna, Fortune being porsoni-
tied. .See Syntax, sect, viii., 7, p. 144.
. '^\/f-'-'^dac Graeciae, literally, "of Greece to be delivered "-
».e., of u.livering Greece." This hs a very common inversion of the
MILT7ADES.
lot)
i Miltiadeg,
" that tlie>
erable to se.
cit, "taken
4.
liapponed."
: own (rasli)
appeci," ap-
ch as bcin[;
les {kvk\o<!, a
ound Delos.
•yindelinite
taspes, was
, sect, vi.,
gion in the
sia.
alive i-efer-
iubjunctivo
•idge. See
of Darius,
slieslioiilil
ries on the
Ionics hail
11, p. 145.
Incnierent
iher. See
thought ;
llic may
adjective,
16 6, hxiic.
e Syntax,
r porsoni-
vered "—
)n of the
fiyntax, whereby the word whicli is inferior in point of government— i.e.,
tiie participial adjective libera ndac— hQcomn?, raovi important in the sense,
as expressing the prominent idea, namely, the liberation.
14, Transportarat h a remark of the historian put in parenthetically,
and is therefore in the indicative mood.
15. From hortatus est supply dixit, to govern /ore, futuros {esse), posse,
and intcritarum (esse). § Qui Oraeci ymcre, " who being Greeks by
iloacent." Oraeci is in apposition to qui, and yeiiere is the ablative of
limitation. See Syntax, sect, viii., 11 and 12, p. 145.
lu. Libcros a, "free from," the preposition being expressed because it
is rather the ^wu'to'/'W' "^/iic/t afflictions might come that is indicated
tlian any definite injury. When ])ersons are mentioned, liber is followed
by nb : as, Liber ab arbitrin. See Syntax, sect, viii., 14, p. 145.
17. As the bridge was made of boat*,, the verb rescindere is a very
api)ropriate one.
18. Pamis dichns, "within a few days," the ablative expressing not
only a point of time, but also a time icithin which something occur.s. See
Syntax, sect, viii., 30, p. 147.
19. On the mood of acccderent and conficcrctur, bee Syntav, sect, iii.,
3, p. 154, vii., 2, a, p, 157, and xii., 2, p, IGO; and on tcnera t (line 20),
sect, viii., 1, b, p. 158, and xi., 5, p. 160.
20. Ipsis and muHitudini are datives, after expedire. See Syntax,
sect, vi., 3 and 4, a, p. 139. § Summas imperii, "the chief power." The
usual phrase is summa, in the singular ; but several cities are spoken of,
lionce the plural, summas. To summas supply res or jmrtcs. Some take
mmma as a substantive.
21. Regno is the ablative depending on niteretur. See Syntax, sect,
viii., 3, p. 144.
22. Quo exstincto, either " who (Darius) having been killed ;" or better,
"which (kingdom) having been destroyed," since that would more likely
entail their expulsion than the mere death of the sovereign.
23. Daturos poenas, kc, " would suffer i)unishnient at the hands of
their fellow-citizens ;" literally, " would give satisfaction to." Seopoena,
in Vocabulary.
24. Ipsis, dative after utilius. See Syntax, sect, vi., 8, a, p. 140.
20. Tarn viultis consciis, (because of) "so many being privy to his in-
tentions."
29. Observe amicior, comparative of amicus, followeil, like amicus, a,
um, by a dative. See Syntax, sect, vi., 8, a, j). 140. When Jtosfis,
amicus, inimic.us, ha., are used adjoctively. they are followed by the
liative ; and when sul)stantively, by the genitive.
CIIAPTEH IV.
Line 1. Ilortaidihus amicis : another instance of inverse syntax. See
note 13, chap, iii., above. The main idea is the encouragement and
incitement (nf friends), but this is expressed by the adjective. This kind
of phrase, comnioidy called an ablative absolute {i.e., a phrase inserted in
a sentence, but said not to depend in syntax on any word in the sentence),
h. I
11 mH
170
NOTES ON NKP08.
^. ^^.^y<y«. gams, that race,"-t.c., the peoj.le of Euboea, just mon-
^^ y)ii the prei-osition ad, before J«/mm, see Sy„tax, sect, v., 11.
10. ^/«m</,o|m is the Greek accusative of Marathon. It is in awosition
to mm^am. The Latins did not usually say, as we do ''SS '
Athens ' (gen tive) "The plain of Marathon;" but, 't"; city At ns"
JL ^'IT'-'' ^'"""'"^ •r*'^'' ^'''"'^ l'^«P«>'y '»eans a sudden "swelling, or
I's.n?;, causing j.^nic. It referred specially to a sudden rebellion o war
such as ti,e irruptions of the Gauls into Italy ''""'
'•df;.S"^::;-^;$?r^"^' "thehorse-sparer." T/e^.,..,.^.. i...
14. (2«idoes not agree in gender and number with the antopo.lonf
rjcncrts; but as the writer is thinking of the indiv dua s of the ehss
mascuuie plural See Syntax, sect, n., (9 and) 12, p. 133. This is c'dlo.l
spelling or the Greek word v^.poSpo^oc, nominative plural of r^^.poSpouo,
the dM«-i,;t„ri;,r"if',. !;,!'• J» '"■I-;-' ■■'»'« life and vivi,,„os» to
>l't>on, historical wntors oft<;n employ a present teiise wh
ere wc
MILTIADKS.
171
uliould expect a past ; and tlius verbs which, like crcant in tliis case,
though actually i)iesent arc virtually jiast, take after them a depemleiit
verb in a past tense of the subjunctive : *' They elect ten praetors, whose
duty tvas to be, to command the army."
17. Utrum, (from utcr, "which of two,") "whether,"— i.e., which ot
/(/•r> they should do. Its correlative is an. See Syntax, sect, x., 2, p. 159.
18. Defendcrcnt, "ward off" the enemy; hodca being suggestiid by
hostibus of the next clause. On hoslibiis, in the dative, see Syntax, sect.
vi., 7, b, p. 140; and for the verbs in the subjunctive mood, consult
sect, ix., 1, b, p. 158, and x., 2, p. 159.
19. Quo(/iie is the ablative of quisque, "at the earliest moment possible,"
"as soon as possible."
20. Accassurum {esse) depends on dixit, which is suggested by nitebatur.
Observe the force of the imperfect, "continued to use his utmost en-
deavours."
21. iJcsperari is used impersonally : " that it was not despaired, "-i.e.,
that the leaders had no distrust of their courage and bravery. § Instead
of corum, '.ve should rather expect sua.
22. Vidcrent and animadvcrlerent are put in the imperfect, and not
the i.luperfect su])junctive, as might be expected, because they express
continuance, and because the actions whicli ihey denote are contemporary
with those of the vtn-bs desperari and audere. § Before audcre sui)ply
Cos, as subject.
23. Exiyuiscopiis may be an ablative of means (see Syntax, sect, viii., 8,
p. M5) ; but the more usual construction would be cum. It is perhaps
better to consider it as a (so-called) ablative absolute (see note 1) : "their
forces being so small,"— i.e., though or while their forces were so small.
CIUl'TEK V.
Line 1. Hoc in tempore, " during this (eventful) time," or crisis. The
preposition marks the continuance of the danger ; hoc tempore would
indicate merely a point of time. § On the two datives depending on fait
see Syntax, chap, ii., sect, vi., 10, p. 140. '
2. Plataeensis, scil., civitaa : jn-acter is here an adverb, not a preposi-
tion ; hf'nce Plataeensis is in the nominative. Another reading is I'latae-
cnses, iiccusative plural; and another, Plafaeensium, genitive plural,
governed by civitatem understood. § Mille militum : mille milites would
be a more usual construction than that here used ; mille, though a sub-
stantive in the plural, is seldom so in the singular.
4. Quo factum est : " by which circumstance it came to pass that
Miltiiules prevuiled over his colleagues." We learned in chap, iv., that
Mdtiades was specially urgent for immediate action in the field ; and now
the eagerness of this band of Piataeans strengthened his hands and seconded
US wish, so that his opMiion was adopted rather than that of his col-
leagues.
C. Observe the repetition ct the preposition ex before urbe.
7. Dciti : less common than dcindc. § Montis, a mountain sacred to
Ian, which overlooked the plain of Marathon,
ill
,j
172
NOTKS OX NKI'OS
8. Arte instrncta, "the army having lieen drawn out ;" reglonc von aper-
timma, " in a district not the most open " (or, " by no means open ").
9. Rarae, "thinly planted," "hore and there." The ground "was
impeded with clumps and straggling rows of trees, so that the enemy's
cavalry had not fi-ee .scope to manoeuvre.
10. Trnctn, "direction," "line."
12. Non-arquum, "disadvantageous." § On numero, in the abl.itive
after />y7(«, see Syntax, sect, viii., 4, p. \U.
14. On subsidio, in .lative, see Syntax, sect, vi., 10, p. 140.
15. Centii:)i, i.e., centum millia.
10. In i^Ku, "in which battle." § Tanto phis, "so much more."
18. For tiie perfect subjunctive in the verbs projiiyarint, &o., instead
of the imperfect, see Syntax, sect, xii., 7, p. 161,
19. Adhue, i.e., ad-koc {Icmpus), "up to the present day ;" i.e., till
the time of the writer.
20. Prosterno, mdprojfigo, line 18. are verbs of special emphasis. Soe
Voi-ahulary.
' OHAFTEIl VI.
Line 1. Cnjus: any relative, whether proiioun, conjunction, or adverb,
may be resolved into a demonstrative and a conjunction. Hence, ci-Jus is
equal to et hiijus -- scd hujnu. % Victoriue depends on i->raeminm, so that
the sentence rusii thus : lit von vidctur ahenum (foreign to my purpose)
docere, qiv.de praemium hnjus victoriue tn/mtiun .lit Miltiai i,—" -Md it
does not seem foreign to ray purpose to state what kind of a reward was
given to Miltiadcs for this victory."
3. Naturam, "character."
4. Bari, "few md far between." § Tenues, "of little value." § Ob-
sohti, 'old-foshioned," "out of date ;" hence " worthies.?," as opposed to
!/hrit)si, "of high repute, and honourable."
5. Effusi, "lavish in number and extr , :agant in value;" opposed to
ruri and fcnms.
G. Ou huic Miltiadi, see note, chap, iii., 10.
8. Arrange thus: Ut, quumpwjna Marathonia dirpingcretur inporticu,
quae voculur I'occih, ejus imarjo poncretur prima (in the foreground) in
numero decern praetorum, &c. § Pnecik, equal to TrotKiATj, "variegated,"
"decorated," is aGrreek adjective refening to oroa, portico, not expressed •
In the porch " which is called Beautiful."
10. Observe the force of the imperfect in hortaretur and ccmmitterct :
"He was epresented as in the a.Qi of encouraging his soldiers, and seltinq
the battle' in order."
11. The recurrence of est with imctus and corruptus is awkward, and is
owing to the f;xct that nactiis is a deponent verb, while corruptxis is a
passive.
12. Demetrius of Phalerura was a celebrated statesman who flourished
about 310 B.C. He governed Athen,s for Cassander of Macedor during
ten years (b,o. 317 to .3^7^. s Three hundred ir, merely an a; proxiuiatini, j
tiiere were three hundred and fifty or three hundred and sixty statues.
M1LT1ADE8.
173
CIIaI TEH VII.
T -Jh 2. iiljuvcranl, in tlic indic-itivc us stating a fact, not r'Mortiii",
part Oi' ' commission given to Miltiadea. ' "
3. Qf'f impcrio, "by means of whicli commi'-d," as llio instrument.
//»',(. ir.ocrio would mean, "during the tenure of wiiicli command "
ii>lliciu:u, "duty," "obligation;" hence. "alJcgiancc," "obedience."
4. Co(git, "he induced." § J^Jx his refers to all the islands. Pares is
still, as of old, famed for its marble. For the declension of the word
SCO Table of Qreok Nouns, at end of book. '
r.. Qiiu7)i is very often projected into a clause, to allow some important
notion to begin the sentence, and thus to be specially emphatic. See Syn-
tax, sect, iii., 1, with note, p. 1.53. § Oratione means "fair words,"
"argument," "persuasion ;" not, "a set speech."
6. On commcatH, in ablative, see Syntax, nect. viii., 22, p. 146.
7. On vineae and testudincs, see the Vocf.bulary, but especially consult
a text-book of Roman antiquities. § Propius muros : prope, propius, and
Vroxime, are usually followed by an accusative, and occasionally by u
dative. (Hann., viii., 13.) Propior and proximus take the dative more
commonly than the accusative.
8. In CO csset may be used either personally, "when was on the
point of;" or impersonally, "when it w.as {i.e., whe.i matters were) in
such a state that," &c. § Oppido, ablative after yerh potior, see Syntax,
sect, viii., 9, p. 145. § In continenti ■ the lire was more probably oii
the island Myconos, near Pares.
9. Nescio quo casu, " by some accident, I know not (what),"—* c " by
Kome accident or other." ' "''
'0. Cujusflamma ut : resolve cujtis into ct Imjus, and translate "and
when the blaze of this."
11. Utrisque venit in opin^oncm, "both parties imagined." The more
usual expression would be, o}nnio venit in mcntim.
12. Et Parii—et Miltiades, "on the one hand the Parians, and on the
utlier hand Miltiades."
13. Ne is equal to vt non ; but after verbs oi fearing, which really im])ly
a negative, the negative part of ne is untranslated ; so that timcjis n'c classis
advcntarct means, "fearing 'hat the licet would approach;" whereas tiincns
«< would mean, "fearing tliat it would not approach." § Advento is a
Irequentative verb, but in tliis case is i»tcnsivc rather than frequcntptive
^^ 14. Totidem navihus, atque, (we should rather expect qnot ) with
exactly the same number of ships as he ha'l set sail with." It was there-
lore, the author means to say, not actual loss of which he was accused, but
^i^GYQ want of success.
15. Cum magna offcnsione, " to the great disgust."
16. On the construction of proditionis, and of capitis (line 20) see
Syntax, sect, vii., 12, p. 143. ''
17. Z*t.sY,v.?.'(?Wns the subjunctive mood b
'C-oause the writer is ex
"ig the opinion of others: "Jiecause (said they), when h
[jross-
le might have
:i
I '■
171
NOTKS ON NEPOS.
capture.! Paros, boin^' bribed by the king, he had witlidrawn without
accomplishing his commission." See Syntax, sect, viii., 1, b, p. 158
18. Fjt/9icniMs, abhitive of cause. See Syntax, sect, viii.,' 2," p 143
19. Observe that when "for" signifies tn defence of, or instead of , it
inubo be expressed, not by the dative, hut by pro with the ablative
I lossct, m the subjunctive, brjcause expressing the reason given by
btesagoras for defending Miltiades. See Syntax, sect, viii., 1, h, p. 158.
20. Stesagoras is said by other writers to hp,ve died before' Miltiade?
see note 6 chap, i.), so that it is probable this is one of the historical
blunders of Nepos. It was likely some one of his relatives who took
his c 3fence upon hin. § Capitis absolutus, " he was acquitted of the
capital charge, hut was fined in a sum of moiiey,"-t.e., of a charge which,
if proved, would have been followed by capital punishment. Verbs of
condemning sometimpi takvi the fine in the ablative.
21. leaunia, ablative after multatus est. See Syntax, sect, viii 17
p. 146 § lAs : properly a law-sui^, but here the fire which resulted
\'T\ \ fJofJ'': *^'''*'^'^ ""^ P"*^*'- ^'^*y *^'ents would (taking the
Uuen. at i24,3, 15s.) amount to rather more than £12,000 sterling.
22. Quantus is equal to tantus enim.
23 in praescntia, " on the spot," " at the time." Either the ablative
ot the substantive, praesentia, or accusative plural neuter of praesevj
tcinpora being understood. § PubHcc. vincia, " tli3 public prison," as the
debt waa due to the state ; and he was not only cast into prison, but put
in irons. This fact is mentioned with reference, no doubt, to the remark
made in the first sentence of chapter vl.—Eandcm omnium civitatum esse
naturnm.
24. 06«<, "he met his last day," "/accci death."
CIIAPTEU ''.1.
Link 1. Criminc, ablative depending on accusatus. See Syntax, sect
vu 12 oos., p, 144. " The charge in regard to Paros." See -vimen,
in vocabulary.
2. Pisistratusm-M\^h\mi^iiUtyrannus{i.c.,^\\\n'C\VQ ruler— see lines 11
and 12— but no^ (jjrant in our .sense of the W(u-d-sce below, line 8) in
5b0 B.C. His son Ilippias was driven from Athens in 510 u.n.
4. J/M/«w;tt is stronger than saf^jc; it suggests imim-tance an^ mwinf
t'lae. 1 i,e weight of business fell " on his shoulders. Trarslatc mi'Hum
versntus, "largely engaged." § In imperiis, "in military commands;'
ma; myque, " and tliose of great magnitude." The -que is expletive, enual
to Ct quidcm, /cat TOVTo.
7. S(jrae editions read Ckcrsonesi, whicli may depend either on habitm'a(,
as the genitive of place, " in the Chersonese ;" or on domtnationtm.
11. On potcstate, in tlio ablative, see Syntax, sect, viii., 16, p. 146-
and on Ubertatc, sect, viii., 9, }). 146. '
12. Quam simma himanitas, turn mira commnnitas, " both an unusual
centlones.s of dLsposltiun, and also an extiaordiriary courteousnes.s of
demeanour." Ihunanitas seems to signiiy that wide sympathy for all
men by which nue is enabled to say with a safe conscience, A'iY Imimnum
THEMISTOCLES,
175
't mc chenuvi puto~-A kind of universal fdl(m-fielm<j. Conimunitas
[iiobably refers to uffability, condescension, or courteous ncss ; or rather,
perhaps, that kindliness of heart in virtue of which he made the interests
of others his oion. This last sense agrees best witli t he derivation of the word.
16. Jiespicicns: this participial phrase is equal to a clause introduced
l)y quanquum—" although the people did not forget (literally, regarded)
tliese recommendations, yet they considered it a less evil that he should
suffer, even though innocent, than that they should be any longer iu dread."
THEMISTOCLES.
CIIAPTEU I.
LiNi. 1. The fcnitive of Greek nouns in ts often ends in i, instead of is,
§ IIiijus does not agree with adolescentiac, but is governed either by it ov
by vitia—" The vices of his early manhood were atoned for (or corrected)
by great virtues;" or, "His vices in early manhood," &c. One sub-
stantive frequently governs two genitives in different relations lo it.
Thus, Caesar says, Superiorum ditrum tiahini cunctatio; "The delay of
Sabinus during the preceding days."
2. J"fc/tTa<M)-aml/j?/toti;w?-of the consequent clause (see Syntax, sect.
IV., 3, p. 164, and .-rii., 6, p. 161) are iu ihaprcsent tense, though following
a perfect, cmendata sunt; because the consequence is spoken of as a con-
tinued one, remaining in force even till the time wlien this biography waa
written.
4. Ordicndus: he, Tiiemistocles, (i.e., his life,) " must be set in order
(descnl)ed) from the beginning." Some editions read, ordiendum est, " it
must be begun (by us) at the beginuing,"-i.e., " wp must be^in "
§ Gaicrosus, "of noble birth," "a man of family," He was said to be
descended from Lycomedes, king of the Dolopians, in the island of Scyros,
to who.se court Achilles was sent in disguise, '. . prevent his going to the
Trnjan war.
.'i. ILdicarnasiam, "of Hulicaruassus," a maritime town of Caria, in
Asia Minor. Some authors state that the mother of Themistocles was a
native of Acliariiae, an Attic town ; others, that she came from Thrace.
<). Parentihus is the dativi; after the passive \yAvim\AQ prohatus, instead
nf the ablative with the prepoMtion a. See Syntax, sect, vi., 11, p. 141
^Probatus nlicui means ''always approved of by a person ;" probatm nb
nltquo, "approved of by a person un one particular occasion." Hence, in
iim aiso, viinus jn-obatus, &c., means that his general conduct was very
'lisiilwising to his parei:ts. § Liberius, " more freely than he ought,"—
I.e., ' too freely." § On quod vivcbat, .see Syntax, sect, viii., 1, a,\. l&S.
7. Neuluicbnt, "used to squander." The verii refers not only to hi<*
ill ing through want of economy and frugality, to increase his patrimony.
I'Ut to his lavish squandtnng of it. i j.
^. Quae contnmelia, kc. : resolve quae into hacctamco, (see note on
:'!
lit ■■;
■ U
l
mm
V/6
NOTKS ON NEPOS.
Miltiadcs, vi.. I), un-Ura.islate, "Tli's disgrace, however, did not crush
Ills spirit (< I.-; earten hiiu), but roused him to action."
9. Toluiio ;. di'didU, " devoted himself wholly to state business, payin^
more diligent regard to his friends and his own reputation ; " i.e. sacri".
hciiig ins own tastes and wislies to the character (or perliaps tiie remon-
strances, or interests) of his friends, and to his own reputation. Otiiers
hndazeugmainserv^ens; " serving his friends with more diligent zeal
and eagerly striving for fame." It often happens tliat one verb, expressive
of a general notion, governs two substantives, receiving with each a signifi.
cation suitable to the governed word. This is called zcmma. The (ireck
word zcuf/ma moans literally a "junction," a " combination," a "union "
of two ideas in one word. The figure is very common in Greek and
Latin but less so in English. When we meet it in our own writers it i-
generally in comic phrases. Thus Mr. Thackeray says, " The little lady
makes her appearance, and a Hgnified .'urtsey to her lodger."
10. Forammand/awac, in the dative, see Syntax, sect, vi., 4,6 p VSO
11. Privatis judiciis: either causes decided by arbitration in'private
houses, or rather, perhaps, the common law courts, in which the interests
of individuals were discussed, as opposed to the public assembly where
attairs of the whole community {i.e., of the state) were settled. S /,*
contionem prodihat. " he used to address the public assembly ;" literally
he came forward before the assembly." Ire in contionem means merely
to attend a public meeting."
12. Nulla res major, "no affair of any (considerable) magnitude " See
above, hherim, note 6. The comparative degree is often used in this way
13. Quae opus crant : note that with opus est, erat, &c., the tliin-
needed may be either in the nominative (as here) or in Jie ablative • the
name of the person needing is put in the dative : as. Dux opus est nobis •
or. Opus est nobis ducc : " What was nee-lful he quickly disco vcred-and
the same he easily made plain by langua^'o."
14. Ncqueminus : "nor was he less ready in carrying his plans into exe-
cution tlian he was in devising them ; because, on the one hand, he came
to a most just judgment in regard to matters of present interest ; and be-
cause,_on the other, he conjectured (..r calculated) most shrewdly concern-
ing things still future." This is one of the carelessly composed sentences
which are frequently found in Nepos, there being a want of proper balance
between the two leading members. The quod gives no satisfactory reason
for his promptness in action. It would be rather forced to make de ta-
stantibus respond to rebus gerendis. Instantibus, " things of pres.sin.' im-
portance, and now on hand," migiit perhap. refer to those matters which
are removed from the sphere of conjecture and device to that of ac^Jon •
and though judicabat verissime de insf •ntibus might be twJsted so as to
denote that ho came to the most just conclusions in reference to the means
of gaining his end, and thus refer to action, yet the plirase would, at the
best, be so very indistinct that we can scarcely believe even Nepos to have
been guilty of it. We are inclined to think that he meant nn-cndis to
be explained by the subsequent ImiovrJadicabat and co >ij idcbat hoih
having reh-ronce to cxcor/itandis.
16. Valhdissiiiu, "most shrewdly," or "knowingly." Va'lidns 'a de-
TIIEMIS'^OCLES.
177
rued hom callus or callum, " walkcd-skin," or " lianleno.l skin ;" aiul thua
signifies that kind ot knowinyness which is acquired by rubbiwi much
with the world.
CHAPTER II.
Line 1. aavcsseadae, &c. : " his first stop in (assisting in) the manage-
niciit of tlie state was taken in the Corcyrean war." This is a mistake •
it was tlie Aeginetan war. '
2. Bdlo Corey raeo, timlpracscnti hello, denote the time in a general way
III bdlo Corci/raco, and m praeseuti bdlo, would indicate 'tlie several
btiigc's of the war : " during and throughout the war,"
3. Ferociorem, "more self-confident," "more formidable." There is
no English word which exactly answers to ferox; perhaps the Scotch
crousc IS tlie best equivalent.
■1. Mdallis, "the mines" of Laurlum, in the south of Attica.
5. Ikdibat, " was derived," "returned."
t). On popiilo, in the dative, .see Syntax, sect, vi., 4, c, p. 139
S. JUaritimos praedo7ies, "the pirates." ^ Con^cdavdo, ablative
Scrund of conscctor, a frequentative or intensive verb from coimquor
" by hunting down." § In quo, " in which expedition," or series of expe-
ditions, in pursuit of the pirates.
9. Ornavit: orno means to equip thoroughly, and keep in first-rate con-
dition. § On bdli, in the genitive, see Syntax, sect, vii., 8, p. 143.
10. Id, "this," viz., the circumstance of the Athenians becoming skil-
inl in naval war. § For the construction of the two datives saluti and
Uracaae, see Syntax, sect, vi., 10, }). 140.
11. I'ersko bdlo,— i.e., the great Persian war of n.c. 480. § Xcrxcn
.socond son of Darius llystaspes. He reigned from 485 till AG5 b o'
§ Man a terra, "by sea and land." The usual form of the phrase is'
terra manque; but we also find muri atque terra, and terra ac mart. '
12. On Europae, in the dative, see Syntax, sect, vi., 14, p. 141.
_ 14. Navium is said to depend on dassis understood, the duss'l which
IS expressed ijoverning hujus. So also pcditum and cquitum, in line 16
on cxercitus understood. § The nava loivjac were ships of war, bei: .;,
ior speed's sake, m.ide longer and narrower th-.a " £,;,ips of burden'"
" trausj^. irts, " or ' ' tenders " (oncrariae).
lo. K..frcitu^ is plural, either because Nepos »'as thinking of the horse
aii foot separately; or more probably because such an immense [- 3t
. .ly .>,00'> 000) could not advance as cue army, but was uecess'>.v;!v rab-
divk.M! ;iito various bodies.
W. Ol erve that this is a faulty sentence; there is no verb to respond
to tnftrrct bdhim ; the ^..rincipal verb is miserunt, whicli responds to
pcriUa cssct and diccnmtur. The long parenthesis from hujus to furruiit
had evidently caused the oversight. But as r7'ius is equal to ,f hujus, the
au'i oris really not so far wrong, after all, as «e shall see by tiie following
tiuaslation. : '' I'ov when Xerxes was n-ui/ixy war on Europe {kc, &c.);
ai.d vl>c.u the neivs of his approach had ruiclied Greece, and tiie Athenians
"ere .said to be specially the object of his attark, on acooii) ^ of the bMtle
^' .'.,ahon,(then) liicy s-nt i.,. . to D. ' ' i, ' &c. St jch ij). vii.. li± note.
(I.:-'.) 12
■*^-k
i 1
17H
NOTES ON NEPOS.
ID, Allor miscrunt KUpitly leijatos or homines. So, iu Kugli.sli, we oltcn
fiay, " lie sunt to ask," without the accusative of the person. § On JJclphon,
in tlie accusative, see Syntax, sect, v., 10, p. 137; ami on comultum. sect.
X., 1, p. 149.
20. Rcspjndit is usually followed by the accusative and intinitive ; but
as an exhortation is here implied, it takes ut with the subjunctive.
21. Quo is properly an adverb of place, "iu what direction the reply
tended," " what was the drift of," or " meaiiintr of."
22. Pcrmasit, "convinced his fellow-oitizens," civibus, or some such
word, being understood. § Consiliam-csse is equal to a verb of advisiiKj,
and therefore is followed by ut with tke subjunctive. Sometimes such a
clause beginning with ut comes iu as an explanatiou of, and iu apposi-
tion to, some general expression going before,
23. EuDi agrees with muruiii following, not with navea going before, on
tlie principle explained in Syntax, sect, ii., 9, p. 133.
24. Tali, " such (excellent) advice." I'alia is thus often used to signify
" such very" (either good or bad, according to the context).
26. Salaitiina and Troczena are Greek accusatives, for the declension of
which see Table of Greek Nouns ; and for the construction consult Syntax,
sect, v., 10, p. 137. Salamis, now Coluuri, an island in the Saronic
Gulf ; Troezen, now Damala, in Argolis.
27. Observe that ijrocurunda applies to aram as well as sacra, but
agrees only with the latter. It applies specially to the latter in sense, as
the non-interruption of the worship of Athena was of even more impor-
tance than the defence of the citadel. See Syntax, sect, ii., 8, p. 133. § ^4/--
CL»i, the Acropolis, § /Sacra, the sacred things belonging to the temple of
Athena (Minerva) on the Acroijoli-, § On natu, in the ablative, see Syn-
tax, sect, X., 2, p. 149; and on sf
28. Rcliquum ojipidum, " t ru
ma uUuvics, " the nearest par
uf the mountain :" iu nMuma un,.
ibus, in the dative, sect, vi., 14, p.l41.
iniug part of the town." So proxi-
Hood ; " imo montc, " at the bottom
" on the top uf on elm tree,"
CllAPTEH III.
Link 1. On civitatibus, in the dative, see Syntax, sect, vi., 4, h, p. 139.
2, Lhiiiicari, used impersonally, "it should be fought ;"— i.e., the war
sliould be conducted.
3. OccuparcHt ■AUti.paterentur, see Syntax, sect, iv., 7, p. 155; and ix,,
2, p. 153.
5. (Jir.ncs inter ierunt : that is, speaking roughly; the great majority
of three hundred Spartans and seven hunurcd Thespians did perish,
but a i(^w esca[jed. For a list of the forces .vhich mustered at Thermo-
pylae (the majority of which, however, retireil before »,hc Persian ad-
vance), see Herodotus, vii., 202.
6. Graeciae and navium both depend on classis. See above. Them.,
chap, i., note 1, "The common (or conjoint) licet of Greece, consisting
of three hundred shi[)s."
7. ^ipud, "off," or "near,"
9. MuUitudine, scil., navium.
TliEiMlSTOCLES.
179
]0 Pari prodio, like the more common expressiou. cuquo niarlc, means
ii drawn buLLlo.
11. On vzc, "that," after pcricuhm craf, which is equal to mclucnmt.
sue note on Milt., vii., 13 ; ami Syntax, sect. iv.. 3, p 154
12. Supcrasset, "had rounded," or "doubled; "-i.e., " had got tiie
better ot it, as it were, or "had got beyond it."
13. Instead of dbccdcrcnt, we might at first sight expect dcccdcrcnt,
i^mwdiscedo means "to go away from one another," said of two or more
individuals or i)arties ; while deccdo means "to go away from a place"
in speaking of one or more. But as in line 10 di^ccsm-anl i.s said of the
Greeks alone as the mam agents, so it seems to be u^-ed in this instance
likewise, ihe best equivalent in English is " parted company ;" in which
the Idea of two parties separating is kept iu view, while at the same time
o/tc party is re])iesented as the main lujcnt. In this sense, ab Artemisia
will mean* at Artcnusmm ; like a dcxtra ripa, "at or on the ritlit
bank; ab altera parte, kc. § ii'.i-«(^rm'MW is a rare compound. It is
equal to our phrase, " out-opposite."
hi I
CHAPTER IV.
Link 1. Astu is a Greek word transferred into Latin letters ; it means
the city, as opposed to the town, and is here applied to Athens by way of
pre-eminence. It is the accusative of motion towards; but after aeccsdt
we Hid more usually the dative (see Syntax, sect, vi., 4, d, p. 139), or ad
with the accusative. § Protinus, "immediately," is said of \:nm', protenus,
fartiier on, "onward," of space. This distinction, however, is not
always observed.
2. NuUis defcndcnUbus: see note on chap, ii., line 27.
4. Domos, accusative of " motion to "— " to their homes."
(i. Unircrsos and dispersos are equal, each to a co..ditional clause, "if
tliey kept all together," and, " if they separated."
7. Testabalar " he strongly asserted. " § Eiwyhiadi : another historical
eri'or.Jiury blades was commander, but not king, of the Lacedaemonians.
». Mammae ; see Syntax, sect, vi., 4, (/, p. 13y.
9. roY/c^ is in the subjunctive, as not stating a /acf, but as referring
to the muidot 'Ihemislocles. § De scrvis suis, &c., "the most faithful
■slave he had.
10. Suis verbis, "in his words," "as from him," "in his name."
'^uo nomiue would mean, "on his authority," but at the discretion of the
iiie.sseiiger as to words.
11. Qui : resolve qiu into et ii, and quos in line 13 into scd eos-"and if
they should separate (into bauds)," " but if he were to attack them at once "
b ' 'mlabore: the preposition implies concomilancy-his elibrts to nut
:i|. end to the war would be " attended loith greater labour." Cum is often
Jiius used, so as to be equal to another assertion: so here, "lie would
rmisli the war, but his opcraiions ^^ ould be attended with greater labour."
14. iJ:)ceo vulcbat: see note, chap, ii., 21, above
15. JJarbarus,- ie., Xerxes. See Milt., chap, ii., note 1. § Oadoli,
m the genitive, see Syntax, sect, vii., 0, a, p. 142
180
NOTES ON NEPOS.
: I I
16. Suhcssc, "to be un(l<n- it," as we say; "to be concealed." Tliio
idea of something,' underliand often attaches to sub in comjiositio'i, § A Hen-
immo,^ " most disadvantageous." § On the construction of .';66i, see Syntax,
sect, vi., 8, a, p. 140 ; and of loco and man, sect, viii., 26, i), 146, and
28, p. 147.
18. Potuerit : on this perfect subjunctive, instead of imperfect, see
Milt., chap. V, note 18.
19, (7()Hst7io means here "prudence," " far-si <;htedness," "scheming."
§ On armia, in ablative, see Syntax, sect, viii., 21, p. 146.
I
CUAPTEU V.
Line 1. IIic,—le., barhavus, equal to Xerxes of preceding chapter.
§ Malc-gererc means either "to manage ill," or "to be unsuccessful,"
3. Ab codcm, "by the same person"— namely, Themistocles. § Dc-
-pvlsus est gradu, " he was driven from his vantage-ground." This figure
is taken from the gladiatorial contests, in which combatants took up a
position so as to be as steady as possible. To be driven from that first
posture was a sign of weakness and coming defeat. § On ne after verbs of
fearing, see note on Milt., vii., 13.
4. Perscverarct is past tense, though depending on vercns, because
fecit, a past tense, is so intimately associated with it. § Feeit-ccrtiorcm
is a compound expression equal to a verb : "to certify," "assure." So
reddcre homines caecos (i.e., rcddere-caecos homines) means "to blind
men." Adjectives are often thus attached to verbs, to complete the idea.
Nouns, too, are thus placed in apposition : as, Urbcm Romam vocavit,
" He called the city Rome." § Id agi, " that this is in contemplation," " in
the course of being carried out."
5. Observe fcccrut, in the indicative, as a phrase put in by the writer,
and not represented as part of the message of Themistocles. § Note that
rcditus, a verbal substantive, is construed like the verb whence it comes.
§ OndissolvcretunmAexcliuierctur, in the imperfect subjunctive, see Syntax,
sect, iv., 2, p. 151, and xii,, 3, p. 161. § Dissolvo, " to break up," is an
appropriate verb here, seeing the bridge was made of boats. Observe
that though dissolveretar and cxcluderclui' are closely connected by ac,
their subjects are not the same; and th; t while pons, the first subject,
is expressed, tik, the second, referring to Xerxes, is omitted. This is an
irregularity arising from careless writing. See chap, ix., lines 11 and 12.
6. Id ei pcrsuasit : note the idiom. We say, " persuaded him of this."
%Qua, sciL, via ov parte, "by what route;"— /.c, "by the route along
which." § Sex mcTiMus : sec Syntax, scot, viii., 30, p. 147.
7. Itevcrsus est : see Vocabulary, under revertor.
10. Ilaec is subject to est, understood. § Altera is used (not sccunda),
as Nepos speaks of the two great battles only.
11. Possit 's the subjunctive, as leaving the comparison to be carried
out by the reader. § T^'opaeo, "the tropiiy," put for the battle.
12. Post hominuni mcinoriam, " tiince men bej^an to hand down sucli
deeds to memory." Observe tluit the adjective maxvna is modified by tuj
■whole piirase post fiomiuain iiuiuoriaiit,.
TnEMISTOCLES.
181
Line 1. Tlie
CHAPTER VI.
.!« of .„„,. i„ „,„ i, n,ore >ro,,,i„f„t r„'i^\';f J-^"'". '»-» "-
Mu;, '; ■riniJi^.ri' s:" ,f „':Lf ■-»^"-"»™ <r''«'-".
(;»ll,a,«s,a„dZea; l,en« called bi„te ■""'"'' '"""""' A|.l..odi»iu,„,
G. rraccii.«o s^^o /^enc-w/o, «' at his own especial risk "
or tlie Pcloponneso should have "tall, •• " °"^ '"^'""' ""^ '»""'1»
(.h;;ttS^i!S:f..':;<C^« ='-<• -pee. eUl.„
».'i.|:/z,i!::i,tSi;e:tSoXo"e^''':.'s^^^
to which. isi'i'iJUhcu. ^l«o IS an . id verb of ^^ace
ei.S.f;:S:^:;;;^;;;;-:^;j-^^Jo «t^^^^ of areec. ,ivin, the
sect. vi. , 6, p. HO - l^.a t hov ^vn i ? f '''f''"'^' ''" •^^'•^- «ee Syntax,
supremacy;" ^ ^'''^ ^'""'^^ ''^^^ '"^ struggle with them for the
posii?""" ^■"^----' "- little strong as possible," ^'as helpless as
.enL^;rS;tf^^;: ««^ or ., with the subjunctive, is
re^;l!':i:t:^^;JfSr" (''--) ^^^^^---^ -.erstood. ^.
22' ml'"''' ',"•*'',' '^^''"' ^'^ ^''^''tax, sect, vi., 4 a p 139
to a consi.Iorable extent §C«»^«/«rc.< c.r, "consiste.1 of,---,:.^.,
. I
CIIArTEB VII.
i
m
<i
i!
182
NOTES ON NEPOS.
qrantod." Mos moans one's manner, liuraour, wliim ; hence r/erere morcm
a/kui means to " gratify one's humour," " to please," or grant a re-
luest.
11. Ifonorious: see Syntax, sect, viii., 9, p. 145.
13. Praedixit, " charged ; " hence ut nc with the subjunctive. See Syn-
tax, sect, ix., 3, a, note t, p. 148, and iii., 2, p. 154 ; also xi., 4, p. ICO, and
xii., 2, b, p. 160. § On eis, in the dative, see Syntax, sect, vi., 4, d, p. 139.
14. Remissus essef. is put in tlie ph>iieifect, Imcause the action wiiich it
represents is to he complclcd before tiie action of dimitterent. Sco Syntax,
sect, xii., 8, p. 162.
16. Lifjerrime prufcssus est, "most frankly acknowledged."
17. Quodposseiit, " a thing wliich (he alleged) they were by the oommon
law of nations quite entitled to do." Observe that pottnent is the subjunc-
tive mood, because the writer is giving, in tlio indirect form of narrative,
the argument of Themistocles.
18. JJeos pulHcos, the national gods of all Greece; patrins, those of
Attica; pcnatcs, those of each housoliold.
19. Ill CO, " in tliat act," viz., in building walls.
20. Illorum,—i.e., the Athenians.
21. Oppositum {esae) agrees with 2>rnptirmaridum, the substantive nearest,
to it. See Syntax, sect. ii. 8, p. l.'JS. The infinitive, oppositum esse, de-
pends on "he said," taken out otprofessus est.
22. Fecisse nanfraijiun, "had made shipwreck" at Marathon and at
Salamis; i.e., "had been baflled," or "defeated,"— a figurative expression.
Observe that quain (in line 21) is equal to ct hanc, and thai fecisse is thus
co-ordinate with oppositum es/,e, and governed by the same verb. See above,
note on chap, ii., line 16. See also Alcib., xi., 17.
23. Qui intucrentur, "inasnnicli as tiiey regarded;" the verb being
subjunctive, as givipg the ground of the charge of injustice. See Syntax,
sect, ix., 2, c, p. 159,
24. On dominationi and Oracciae, in the dative after utile, see Syntax,
sect, vi., 8, a, p. 140. Graeciae does not balance well witii dominationi:
we siiould have expected saliili.
25. Miseravt : indicative, because not part of the indirect narrative, but
a remark thrown in by tlie writer.
CHAPTER VIlI.
Link 2. Quo : on the ablative after a verb of condemning, see Syntax,
Beet, vii., 12, ohs., p. 144. § Tattuhirnm, &c., " by the votes of llio
shells." This refers to the process of ostracism, which was conducted us
follows : It was put to the peoi)le whether there was any one in the com-
munity whom they thought to be dangerous to the liberty of the state, from
his power, j)opularity, or other cause. No name was mentioned, but cir'i
man was allowed to think and judge for himself; though, of course, tlif.
person specially obnoxious to any party was readily guessed. The ten
tribes voted in aa enclosed place in the Agora, each individual being pro-
vided with an oa-rpaKov, or ])ieco of tile (potsherd), on which he inscriliutl
tin: name of tlii^ iJt'r.soii u luini he \vis:hi'r| to b(> lianished. If the \'ott:.'
i
THEMISTOCLES. ]83
acrainst one inJiviaua! amounted to 6,000. he was comi.elled to Jeave the city
.n ten days. Several states of Greece besides Athens adopted this plan
which was rather a prccauHonari/ than a pcnai n.oasure. ^ '
d. SaOracjiis: this word is said by some to be derived from sub-fram/o
•'piece"ofr" or ' " '•"'^" Pr'"''' " ^'•''^^"-"*'" -1 tZa
piece of ti e. ()thers connect it with snffrayo, an "ankle" or " knuckle
hone, -such being used for voting, dice, &c. S On the construction
ejcctm c, see Syntax, sect, viii., 23, p. 146 § J»w nm be eittr he
accusaive singular of the neuter form Ar.os, ^r tl/e acSt^ve" al ^f
Jj» .n,m, masc. Observe that concessit {'■ retired ") governs haUtatum
in tho^snpine, and Argos ,n the accusative, as the place to which.
4. Cam dirmtafe, ' m groat honour or consideration." On cum, in tliis
phrase, see above, chap, iv., note 11; and Milt., vii. 15. §Ctead of
bally emp oyed it to avoid ambiguity, since Lacchccmonii is the princh.-d
subject of the whole sentence. IJuncip.u
5 Qui accvsarcnt," to ^ccMse." On the modes of expressing a pur,,ose
m Latin, see Syntax, sect, ix., 3, c, with note J, p. 148. ^'^ i^^^'Ose
b. On the construction of ad Gracciam oi^primendam, see Syntax, sect,
xii , J f», p. 150; and note on Inverse Fyntax, Milt., iii., 13
7. Hoc cnmvne " on this charge." See Milt., viii., 1 ; 'and on pro-
dUioms, in the genitive. Syntax, sect, vii., 12 p 143 ^
S m audivit, " when he hoard." This tense is often used (to denote
lil^'iT /! "" ''"'"'" ^''^ '^""^ '" •''"^ ^") ^-'t'' ««' Postquam, nhi, when
26, p 71;!.' ■ ''''°* ' P'"^^''^^"'- § '^" ^'■''^*' «^^ Syntax; sect, viii.,
10. On (imcre, in the infinitive, see Syntax, sect, ix., 3. a, p. 148 • and
Sivlf r 'r ^"■^' subject to the verb of this clause, se should,
stitly speaking .apply to them; but it refers to the principal char.acte;
of the s ntence, Thenustocles, and the subject of the governing clause.
12. llospiUum "^ guest friendship." These "covenants of salt" were
very common ,n the heroic times, and even in later days. In the East
^l^a I'7f »*.'»^™*^"t' »" ol'lisation is more sacred than the duty of
piotecting and befriending the man who has "eaten of your salt." The
d.Tilt'T '^". '^ ""'^''.'^ ''' '^'""^ ^'''' f°»'"'^'l sometimes by acci-
Pv 1" n r'1' f,"*^ sometimes by preconcerted arrangement; but, how-
ev estab ishod, they were most sacredly observed, so long as they existed.
1 could be broken by mutual consent, but they usually descended from
hmi P. nTw ^": ''*'*. f;'* ^^> ^'^""''^ individuals, (2) between
km e ; Un ''?h'*''''' ^'^ ^'''r''' '"^^'■^•>^l"-'^'« '"^'Hl states. This last
k nd sei \ ed some of the purposes which consulships now effect. See, for fur-
■1. r information, Smith's " Dictionary of Antiquities," or other Hand-book
: Hchgionc depends
on tr.'irTT'*"' 'f ""*' °" ^•'*-' '^^"P- ^■"- -- ^^ '^''^Oion^ 'depends
on tueictnr; and rcccptym is equal to a conditional clause, "if received •"
h ; bei n'^V""^''^! " '■*"" '•^™>"ved,--Themistocles having ,>o doubt as to
iii^' t)eiiig taken under protection.
ir'. Caerimonia seems to mean here "a feeling of reverential awe "
'el.gious veneration." § ConjcaL kc, " lh,„, himself/' ''rSed."
:
184
NOTES ON NEI'OS.
](]. Hrriperrf infdem, " took him undor liis prntoclion," " umlortonk liy
a solenm plwl<,'o of faith to protect l>i)ii." Inttead of reciperet, wo might
rather havn expected a iduiierfect, ' had rftccived."
17. Pracstitit, "which (iiroinise) ' ! made pood ; " aa we say, " stood to."
18. Exposccrctur pubficc, " ho (TlieiiiiKtocIos) was demanded in the
name of the states," — i.e., " his extradition was demanded in tlie name of
tiie states. " Observe that thou;,di cxpnaccrctnr and prodidit have different
Hulijecls, that oi prodidit, heinf,' Adiacf.iis, yet neither is expressed.
lit. On nlhi, in the dative, see Syntax, sect, vi., 4, a, p. 139, and 1.^,
p. 141. Consnlt Vocahuhiry on consido. § Tufo is an adverb, " in
safety," "safely."
20. Versari depends on di.rit, " tuken out" of mmmit.
21. On pramdli, in the genitive after quod, see Syntax, sect, vii., (5,
a, p. 142; and on nmifis, in tlie dative, sect, ^i., 11, p. 141.
2'J. I'lsfcndcre in navcm is less common than ascendcre in navcm, or
conacendere vavcm.
24. On sibi, in the dative, seo Syntax, sect, xi,, 0, p, 150.
25. QuLisit, "who lie h,"—i.e., his name. Qui sit would mean his
rank, condition, ollice, character, kc. Again, nc refers, not to tlie subject
ofco«.9cm<sac<, the verb of its own clause, but to tiie principal subject of
the whole sentence. 5? Vonscrvnmt is pluperfect, because the promise
would not bo liindini,' till after he had saved him.
^ 26. Viri dejiends on misericordia as the objective genitive— "compas-
sion for the most illustrious man." See Syntax, sect, vii,, 2, p, 141,
§ On diem and nod em, in the accusative, see Syntax, sect, v., 14,' p. 137.
27. Procul ah insula, "at some (considerable) distance from tlie island,
in the open sea,"— t,c., outside the harbour.
30, lietidit (jratiam, "returned a (mhsfar.tial) rccomponi^o :" agcre
gratias, "to give thanks," " express gratitude : " huhcrc gratins, " to' feel
gratitude."
CII.iPTER IX.
Line 1, Ifa is explaijied by the infinitive, transissc, and its connection.
Ita and sic are often used in an apparently sui)erfluous manner after V(,'rbs
of hearing, declaring, doubting, persuading, and such like,
2. Ego: sec Syntax, sect, i., 1, p. 1^0, with note ; and on Thunididi,
m the dative, sect, vi,, 4, c, p. 130. § PUissimum, "most especially,"
"more than any other ,•" " place the highest confidence in."
3. On aetatc, in the ablative, sec Syntax, sect, viii., 11 and 12, p. 145,
§ De iis,—i.e., ex Us, " from among," "of."
4. On civitatis, in tlio genitive, sec Syntax, sect, vii., 7, p. 142. § Is,
viz., Thucyilides. § Autem is often used like our "well, then."
§ Artaxerxes Lovgimamis : other writers say it wa^-: to Xerxes he went.
Q. Quipfurima, &c., "who, of (all) the Greeks. (Greek men,) have in-
flii'ted on your house (family) the greatest number of calamities." § G'rae-
CHS is the usual ])rose form for " Greek."
8. Idem., " I too," has an adver.sativo force— to remind Artaxerxes that,
if he had fought against his father in defending his own father-land, yef
TUKMISTOCLKS.
186
tho Ijoiiofits lio conri'iTCil on Iiini wore, after all, more tlian the injury lie
di.l.
9. Intuto, "in safety." Tlie accusative and ab' Mve of tlio adjective
Uitns ar,' frequently used as substantives. § Ob tliat coc/)j< agrees
witii the tnibject nearest to it. See Syntax, sect, i., i>, p. 131. § To ipse
supply coepi.
11. See notes on cliap, v., lines 4 and f>.
V.\. On perkiUo, in the ablative, see Syntax, sect, viii., 22, p. 146.
10. l)e, "in rc^iard to," "as concerns."
17. fio trunsacto: on tiio so called ablative absolute see note on Milt,,
iv.. 1.
18. A(U'r paliariH fiupjjly mc from the preceding mihi.
CIIAPTEH X.
Line 1. Ilujus is governed by animi, "his mind." § TaJcm, "so
great," "so able," "so distinguislicd." See note on chap, ii., 24, al)ove.
3. Lilcris, "the literature,"- i.e., written language. § (S'cnreom', " con-
versational phraseology."
4. Mnlto commodius, "with much more case," or, "with much more
propriety." This nui.st be an exaggeration, unless we consider qui in
Pei'side erant tiati to mijan, not the native Persians, but Greeks born in
Persia.
6. fllud, "this" that folious. § For consiUis, in the ablr^tive after n/t,
see Syntax, sect, viii., 9, p. 145.
7. Ilium refers to Artaxerxes, not to Theniistocles. § For muncrihns,
dejjonding in tlie ablative on donatus, see Syntax, sect, viii., 11 and 12,
p. 145.
8. In Asiam, — i.e., into Asia Minor, which, as the Roman province of
A.sia, was in the days of Ncpos specially called Asia. For the position of
the towns mentioned see Vdcabiilary. § On Maynciiae, in the genitive,
see Syntax, sect, vii., 13, p. 144.
10. Quae is equal tout ca. § On prachcrct, in subjunctive, see Syntax,
sect, ix., 2, a, h, \). 158. § Ptmem, " bread," " tho statVof life," inclu.his
other necessary articltis of food, g Vinum, "drinkables." ^Ops'iidum,
properly anything cooked wiiicli is eaten along with bread, as lish, flesh,
vogt.'tables, includes also delicacies of food, as well as elegancies of dress,
fuiiiiture, and other equipments of a luxurious establishment.
14. Oppidam,—i.e., Athens, where I'ausaiiias saw it, near tho Piraeus,
about (say) IfiO a.b.
17. At'f/ne is ('(lual to scd vov, " but he does not deny."
18. I'cyi : see Syntax, sect, vi., 2, p. 139. § (Jraccia op>2irimcnda ;
see Syntax, sect, xi., 8, p. 15U.
20. Vlam, "in a clandestine maimer." § Qufniicun Ircjihus, "since it
was not alloweii by the laws," is ojjjjosed to vlam. C'onccdtrdur is tho
subjunctive, as recording the statement of Thuey(lides; so also damnatus
e:s(j. .
lA'AGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
1.0
1^
■ 2.2
I.I
1.25
'™IISI
|50
ui Hi
S 1^ III 2.0
IIIW
U IIIIII.6
Photographic
Sciences
Corporation
'^6^
^^
-%^
23 WEST MAIN STREET
WEBSTER, N.Y. 14S80
(716) 872-4503
?\?
<?
#
j#p.
fe
.<$>
■58^
vV
I
>%
ff
16C NOTES ON NEP08.
ALCIBIADE3.
CHAPTER I.
Link L In hoc, " in him," "in his case."
2. Possit might be expected to be in the imperf. subj. after the past
tense, eocperta {me\ but it is here put in the present because the expression
is a genend one—" what she (really) can effect,"— i.e., " what is the best
she can do," what is the best specimen she can put forth ; and because
videtur is pres. See Syntax, sect, xii., 3, p. 161.
^ 3. Observe the neuter nihil, ''no created thing," and not ncminem.
§ For iUo, in the ablative after excellentius, see Syntax, sect, viii., 20,
p. 146. § Excellens, "surpassing," " prominent," either in good or evil. '
5. On the government of yenere see Syntax, sect, viii., 4, p. 144, or 16,
p. 146; and on omnium, sect, vii., 6, c, p. 142,
6. On aptus ad see Syntax, sect, vi., 8, a, note f, p. 140 ; and on con-
silii, sect, vii., 9, p. 148. § Summus means "very distinguished," "very
able ;" not highest in rank.
7. JJicendo, ablative gerund, depending on valeret. See Syntax, sect,
xii., 2, d, p. 151.
8. Commendatio, &c., " such was the persuasiveness of his elocution and
his language." § Oris seems to refer to his utterance, and oratio to his
language. Oris may mean his appearance while speaking— his anima-
tion, action, energy, &c. § On ci, in dative after rcsisterc, see Syntax,
sect, vi., 4, b, p. 139.
10. Vita, his public life; victu, his private life— the appointment of
his table, and household arrangements generally.
11. On temporibus, in the dative, see Syntax^ sect, vi., 4, b, p. 139; and
on callidissime, note on Them., i., 16,
12. Remiserat, " had unbent himself," " relaxed " from business. Tlie
metaphor is taken from the unstringing of a bow, § Juberat, " remain
behind," " remain as a ground or reason."
14. Dissimilitudinem, &c., "all wondered greatly that one individual
should present so great inconsistencies, and traits of character so oj)posite."
pissimilitudo seems to mean that contrariety in qualities which rendered
it impossible for tlieni to work harmoniousl;', so as to produce a man of
consistent behaviour.
CHAPTER ir,
LiNEl. Observe the difference between erfwm^MS and c?'Mrft7ws. %Domm
is usually construed without a preposition, like names of towns; in this
place, however, it is not used in the sense of "home " as a mere spot, but,
as we say, " in the family ;" hence the proposition.
3. Omnium: see cliap. i., note 5.
4. I'iitycrc rcl/rt, iio., "bo that if he himself had wished to hftve the
\LCIBIADES.
187
making of Lis own lot. he could not either have devised more blessings, or
Lave obtained greater ones, than either nature or fortune was bestowing."
We might have expected pluperfects here, rather than imperfects, but the
iduase seems a general one, Vike iwssit in chap, i., line 2, and similar to
our *' were he going to shape."
CHAPTER III.
Line 1. " During the Peloponnesian war," which continued from B.o.
4,il to B.C. 404. The principal opponents were the Athenians and the
Spartans, but most of tlie other states of Greece were drawn into the con-
tact. § IIiiJus consUio, "it was by his advice and influence that the
Atlienians declared war." ^^
4. Id, sell., btlhim, " when this expedition was being equipped.'
5. Jlermae, busts of Uenues (Mercury) which were set up in public
places, and at the doors of private houses.
6. Vppido-Athenis : see Syntax, sect, iii., 1, p. 134. % Dcjkerentur,
" were thrown down " from the pedestals on which they stood.
7. Andocidi: dative. See Syntax, sect, vi., 6, p. 140. It is quite un-
necessary to consider Andocidi the genitive here, as some dc. Andocides
was an Athenian orator, and opposed to Alcibiades ; hence it was supposed
that Alcibiades had left the bust of- Hermes which was before his door
untouched, in order that his enemy might be accused of the crime, and
punished. § Vocitatv.s, " was familiarly or commonly called."
9. Quae, referring to consensione, "inasmuch as it pointed, not to a
private, but a public interest; or a unanimity which had refoience, not to
the interests of on individual, but of the state ;"— i.e., the act, which must
have been committea with the cognizance of a large number of men, was
construed into a manifestation of enmity to the constitution, and not to
any private persons. § Pertineret, the subjunctive, as giving the thouglits
of the people.
10. MuUitudini : in dative. See Syntax, sect, vi., 4, d, p. 139. § m
qua: feminine of nequi ; so siqui, seqiid. § Repentina vis, "lest any
sudden outbreak should take place, such as {quae) to crush the liberty of
tiie people."'
11. lloc—convenirein Alcihiadem, "this suspicion (of violence, with
ambitious views) seemed to be specially applicabh o Alcibiades." In
com-enirc there is the idea of circumstances conspmng or combining to
tix the suspicion on Alcibiades,— viz., the circumLtances of his greater
power, influence, consideration, and dignity.
14. Jkvinxerat, " had bo"nd down," " laid under obligation." § Opera
forensi, " by services in the law courts." § Rcddiderat suos, " had luatle
his own ;"— i.e., had rendered entirely subservient to his wishes."
15. Fielat : observe the force of the imperfect—" it regularly took place
as often as he appeared in public."
16. On ei, in the dative after par, see Syntax, sect, vi., 8, b, p. 140.
§ Quisquam is the word for " any one,'" in a negative clause.
17. Observe the very cmi'hatic position oimaxiinam, so far removed from
atjcm. In kahcrc there is a zeugma (set' note on Theiu. chan, i., i*) ; for
J 88
NOTES ON NEPOS.
It,
(Proserpine), whicl, werTsiSfl j T J "^'^ '" daughter Persephone
were alLei to he 'peXS'S r, 'erce^of'u^sf "i° ""I*- ^' "-■
and never n tl,o b™»e of a private inJivXl " '*""''' ' '"'*''■
CUAPTER IV.
but .0 far brought for^lTirfo^iuSurtioi' " *'^ ^"'^'° ^^^^™''>^'
of;" but that is a softSrdowr, oTi^ipTl •^' ^l being ignorant
grammarians meiosls or i. ""LenW "t'''''''"" ^' '^"'"■' '""^^ ^^
3. 0«/rf ar;t cZ« .c. " any action to be taken concerning him "
4. Pmesente: of the two forms of th^ nMnr f • ^"
this kind, the inflexion i h Z^eijv Zfol^^^^ ' ^ridi,ofMjectheB of
ti'^n called the ablative aiS and (2 w I 'ff"'', ^V- '" *''^ ''°"«^'-"°-
stantively, as here. "''*'''"^«' ^"^^ (^) when the adjective is used snb-
Sy^lS^^lt'^liflftf i^^on' ^^'^^ f ^ «^^'- ^-'tive (se.
hatred as the .«6^cc )Lls for h 'M^X"!;" ^'' ^ '^^^''' ^'"'^'^ ^^^^ "^
will call forth the hatred as the 4^ 'prSSSf "' 'i^*^^^^^ "'^^^''
accused." '' ^ produced) of the public against the
(«,.*rc:V2 sp^s"--'—.,,. .„ also «*.<„„.„
8. /toj»«: .wl "therefore," but "an<l thns."
;; '«*«'''«»•.• see Syntax, sect, v., 1], p. 137.
"• ''' '•«'"■««. " 'rf«.W 'dm to return."
nnLtrVetSl't W °reZ' ? ,"",' """«'"• ""' *' "^'"""a"-).
19. Notem^,(w, i" the genitive after rf«»,J;°'"-
wif"-h.^"£;ts t^ 'siirrtvsr " "'^f '^ *-"' «' ^"--
viol.-,tio„s of rdision Tl 4 Ze saT oTV'''"' Tf f «°'™« »'' »"
« with It 3 -rtivr'" " *™™"^ '"'"-^ "' "- '""-Wve, not b,
ALCIBIADES,
189
P..l.lic^^'' ' " ^''"^" '"«°"^^^^-" § ^^'^*^«™ ''^''' " had been set up in a
24. Observe the difference between inimicos and kostcs-the former
tknoti.ig a private, the latter a public enemy.
2d nccdeam : see Vocitbulary. Nepos has made a slip here; the treaty
with the Persmn king was posterior to the fortification of Decclea
CHAPTER V.
Link 2. Accrrimi, '-most acute," "vigorous," "sagacious."
sea vii. 2??. m'!'"' ""' '^'''"*^'^' ^''"'^^' '''^^^' ''''''^'^'- ^'^ «^"tax,
5. Tenq>us\^ here in the sense of "fitting time," -opportunity "
b A^Abtades cclari, ' Alcibiades could not any longer be kep in the
.htrkabou thematter."_ Observe the construction. I might alo be S
Ak>^^d^ dative) celarl, &c. ; or the thin, concealed, if ,iot expresso d
by the neuter of a pronoun, might be in the ablative, with de. mS^
accusative of reference. Syntax, sect, v., 9 p 137 ^« i- an
7. On saffacitate, in the ablative, see Syntax, 'sect, viii., 16 n 146
Saffa^ properly means " keen-scented," like a dog. Our word " penetra!
tion comes near thj • waning, but does not propfrly express it. ^
9. Alcibiades went lo Tissaphernes in B.C. 412.
11. Before Lacedaemoniorum supply cpcs
15 DcstUnlasab hoc "being disappointed in this man." It does not
n.;.' n being abandoned by him ; because he had not taken him up
''by rtoZfTecommS.-' ^ ^^'"'"^'^'•" ^"^^^^"^ ^'^^ ^^^^ --
lluLuXSo:;^^'^^ '"^^"'^P""^^^ P'"^«^' ^^^^ «- "had Leea
^5. IMesimituw me^n^ here the land on each side of the strait
, -/ Byzanttuni, afterwards Constantinople. Nepos has been accuse.l of
epresenting Byzantium as an Asiatic city; but while we 'annotdpld
I'.in against the charge of careless wriiing iA this pla e we th nk £ S-
meant the ,.a.m. to refer to and include all the'^s preSly m^^^^^
t.oned, and not only Graecas urbes in ora Asiae. P^^^'o^^'y "Jen-
^y. VencruiJ : in n.o. 407.
CKAPTKR Ti.
His: in the dative, after ohviam. See Syntax, sect, vi., 7, b,
Link 1,
p. 140.
to strivfj;;?"' 'vlT'''^\~"'\T ^''^^ ''^^''' ^^^°'^ it was worth while
rertllf ^'^^^^''^ fermentative, or rather an intensive veth. Such
V lbs are formed in the hrst conjugation from the stem of the present bv
t^l S/^r"^"' ''''''' T *'" ''''''' ^^«™ *^e stem of the supTne HH
x>s-um (video), vtso, viserc; also in those of the second and fnnrfh „ v.
aup.ne is like verbs of the third conjugation '*^' "^^''^
4. ^ec era/ populo, &c., "for the people were convinced of this, that
190
NOTES ON NEl'OS.
botli then- former adversities aud their present successes had occurred
tlirough his instrumentality."
6. Amissum is a substantive here : " the loss," It is very rarely so used.
7. Expulisscnt is the subjunctive, as giving, not tlie idea of Ncpos but
Dl the Atheiians. See Syntax, sect, viii., 1, b, p. 158.
11. Ft%o," on every hand," "by everybody." % Bcmvolcntiam, "good
will," " kindly feeling." **
17. Casu is the contracted dative for caaui. § On iUacrimant and
ostcnderit, in the subjunctive, see Syntax, sect, xii., 7, p. lOL
22. Pilae : the plural is used iu a general way. lu chapter iv. only
one jptto was mentioned.
CIIAPTEK VII.
Line 1. Non nimis diuturna, "not of too long duration,"— t.c, ol very
short duration.
3. Domi unique: on this construction see Syntax, sect, vii., 13 und
14, p. 144. So also domi militiaeque. But belli is not so used alone • it
would be bcllo or in bcllo. '
5. Cifmen. There is some confusion in the narrative here. There were
three causes why Alcibiades fell into disfavour: 1st, He failed in his
attack on tha island of Andros; 2d, His lieutenant, Antiocl.us, havi.ii'
fought with the Lacedemonian fleet during his absence, and contrary to
oalers was defeated, the blame falling, of course, on Alcibiades; and,
6i\, He attacked and ravaged, on some false pretext, the territory of
Cyme, which was in alliance with Athens ; but suffered loss.
6. Exsententia, "to their satisfaction."
. 7. Nihil von : this phrase is equal to two clauses, '-' (there was) nothing
(winch) they did not think him able to effect." Nm nihil means "some-
thing, but nihil non, " everything."
13. Observe that ne concupiscent depends on timibatur, and rot on
diliycbatur.
14. Abscnti : on this construction see Syntax, sect, vi., 3, p. 139, and 14
p. 141. '
15. Magistratu : this word very seldom used of military office.
18. Introiit, "entered," o . ather, "penetrated into the heart of,
lhr.nce (with hostile intentions) ;" for the Greeks had long before this
settled colonies iu Thrace.
CUAl'TEU VIII.
Link 1. Recedcre a caritate : the verb means, to tvithdrmo one's sclj
forcibly, as against a sense of duty. Here it may be rendered, "cive un "
"tear himself from," "renounce." h^^^iu
2. Aegos Jiumen : see Vocabulary.
5. Duceret, "protract," "prolong." *>
7. Erat super,— i.Q., supererat, "was left over," "remained."
8. Vulgo, " the common soldiers," § VeUent, in the imperfect subjuno
tive, after spondct coacttorum, is an irregularity in syntax. See Syntax,
sect, xu., 4 and 5. p. 161. So also valerent, iu line 11.
I
ALCIBIADES.
191
10. Eo, " on this accouut," " for this reason."
12. Ucduccre, " to prevail on." The idea seems to bo that of " brine-
scct^*vif"t"17?'"''''' "Vy'^^V'^- ""•' 7' P- 142 ; ..nd on «ccu«^.;
received." ' "' '' ' ' ^^'''^'"''' '■''^^^''' " ^^ ^^^'^^'^--^^^^ wer^
17. Co?i<m ca, " on the other hand."
20 niud'^ this/'- viz the following. § Supply ut before habeas, § By
mdra nauttcaxs meant " a camp on shore," wluch in most cases was so
a.«;z« The object of having the camp close to the enemy, was to keep
the soldiers more in fear. '
21. Immodcstia means the "passing due bounds,"-/.e., "laxity of dis-
cipline," "insubordination." itjuiui.-,
22. On vcstri oppnmendi excrdius see Syntax, sect, xi., 8, p UO
CHAPTER IX.
Line 2 ylrfttYmns • most deponent verbs have the participles complete,
both of the active and of the passive form.
3. Abdiditscin Thradam: abdcre generally takes a preposition with
the accusative, since motion is implied ; but sometimes tlie ablative with
a prer^osition. § Fortunam : either his "means;" or his "condition "
"misfortune," "reverse of fate." tonaiiion,
5. On senserunt iifiar postquam, see Syntax, sect, vii., 1 p 156
9. Uumanitate is a word so expressive here, as that it cannot be trans-
lated by any single word or phrase. It seems to express what we imply
by, the thorough gentleman, "-i.e., refinement of mind and of manners!
education and polish. '
10. Castrum, " Fort-Grynium." See Vocabulary, Grynmm.
16. Adpatnamhberandam: see Syntax, sect, xi., 8, p. 150, and xii.
hlXL'o:.r'""' "■'"' '" "■ ""' *"""^ to dethrone hi,
/i6o!;r;";Tp!m''''"' ""'• -■' '• '■ "■ "'• ""^ ^"- ^' »■
CHAPTER X.
4n?t^A^^T""*- . ^" ^l'" «°^<=J"«'0" of the Peloponnesian war, in b.o.
thirb li'''' °}°'''^"', '^f'^^'l'^ *^' government of Athens, and set up
a 1^ ?n r T' ""u' ^^'"""^ '''''''^ ^"^^ high-handed n.easures^
S Ll f^'"«^Jy^« the name of "The Thirty Tyrants." Of these
Lntias was the most notorious. v* tucoe
102
NOTKS ON NEPOS,
3. Orlus, " trusty."
d. Olxserve tliat umiuimd does not dcpeml on/oj-c raltm alone, but on
ct^rttoremfacercnt-fore-ratim. See Syntax, sect, xii., 3, p. 161.
0. liatum : eee Vocabulary, riltus.
6. Rcs-yeatas, "measures." § In direct narrative, perscqucrdur would
be an inirerative form. The word here means "to hunt him down"
S iMco, the Laconian,"— i.e., Lysander.
8. Societatem renuntiat, "to him, therefore, he threatens to renounce
(b •eak off) the fnendly-relation which exists between the Lacedemonians
and the (Persian) king, unless," &c. Observe that esset and tradidimt
depending on renuntiat, a present, are exceptions to the rule for the
sequence of tenses. See Syntax, sect, xii., 4 and 5, p. 161. It will be
remarked however, that renuntiat, "threatens to break off," is almost
tqiiai to the past tense, " he would break off."
10, Non tulit hunc, "could not resist him,"— i.e., could not bear up
against the force of his appeal. Some editions read hoc for hunc. § Violare
clcmxMtxam, "do violence to mercy, "-i.e., violate the dictates of com-
passion, and break his promise of protection.
\Z.Vicinitati depends on dant negotium. It means literally "the
neighbourhood, "-i.e., the people of the neighbourhood. This is an
example of what is called the " abstract (noun) for the concrete " So
mrvU%a is often used for aervi. § Clam may be joined to mim, " those
who were secretly sent," or to dant negotium.
16. Ea, — i.e., ligna.
19. On subalare see Vocabulary, suhalaris. § EHpuit, "drew forth
(horn the sheath)." § Familiaris sui. " of his intimate friend" (probably
Axiochus), mentioned in next sentence.
21. Observe that vestimentorum is drawn into the relative clause
Regularly it would be id vestimentorum, quod fuit. § On in pracsentia
sec note on Milt., chap, vii., 23.
22. Ejectisin ignem: having thrown out (of the house) on the fire all
the garments he could find, he thus subdued the violence of the tlames at
one part, and escaped unscathed.
25. Aedificii incendio, "the woman (Theodote) covered up the dead
body in her own robe, and burned it in the blaze of the house, (and tfthe
timber) which had been prepared to cause his death when alive." The
place where this occurred is said by Athenaeus to have been Mclissae.
27. On annos, the accusative after natm, see Syntax, sect, v., 14, p. 137.
He was about forty-five years of age.
I
CHAPTEH XI.
Line 1. Gravissimi histonci, "historians of very weighty name," "of
great autliority." On the historians see Vocabulary.
4. Maledicentissimi, " very much given to evil-speaking," " very fault-
finding,"— i.e., so as to blacken characters. Observe this irregular mode
of comi)arison, which is adopted by adjectives in -dicus, -fici.s, and -vohia
(from dice, facio, wlo). The comparative and superlative are made (aa
if the nominative were maledicots), makdicmlior, malcdiani-issimus.
IlANNinAL.
103
I ^^t^' sT™ "'n" '"" n"" ?: "^'"^'•'" " ' -" ««-«*^'^ ^^'l' why." So
nr/icior/ms, some one or other :" ami in Milf v',; o ,^ •
5. Conspiraut, "agree in pnti«inr m " s v. ' ' T ^"^ '"*"•
10 11 1 . ■ .''*'' ■'■"^^'''^ fi"'' Hesiod wpip Rfwnf June
14. lc»me; we should rather cvpect quu7ti vcnissct.
HANNIBAL.
CJIAl'TEtt 1,
li«^l. Oa si vcn,,,,, c„ (in the iadioative), see Sjula^, «ct. v., 1, „,
^- J^o, "it,"— t.c.^ the Iloman people.
.. ywocZ viut, &c., " but had he not been crinnled " ko s n.t -r, .
mo> 13
fp
■'■ 11
194
NOTES UN NKl'OS.
1
'ifi
11. (j)u/!iH equal to d ia; autl dcslitcrit iu Ihus luadu uo-onliiiutc willi
dtpoaiurU, both ilo|>euding on cofiaen'avit . Sec SyuUix, sect, xii., 7, p. lUl.
12. ludiffcixt is imporfect teiise, as deuoting a co)t<Mtut/i»/ a^o^e; while
pulsus cssct is I'luperfect, as indicating uu autiou completed antecedent to
the time of the other verb. Seo Syntax, sect, xii., 8, p. 162. § On opum,
in the genitive, see Syntax, sect, vii., 9, p. 143.
CUAPTKH U.
Line 1. Xavi is meant to introduce a proof of Hannibal's ccaselcsn
enmity to the Romans {nwiiquam destitcrit, i., 12); but the writer, witli
his not unusual carelessutiss, instead of saying nam incendit Anliuekum,
makes mention of the power of Antiochus as the principal statement;
whicii is, of course, no illustration of what he had alleged, but only a pre-
liaration for giving the intended instance.
4. Rubru man. This term, in its widest acceptation, meant the Indian
Ocean, with the Persian tJulf and the Ked Sea. Tlie proper designation
for what we now call the lied Sea, is Sinus Arubicaa.
5. Lcijati veiiissent : this was iuu.o. 192.
d. " To bring Hannibal into suspicion with the king, as if Uie), being
bribed by them, was entertaining dirt'erent .sentiments from those which
lie formerly held."
3. Neque connects /trwsot^ to veitisscnt at the beginning of tiie sentence.
10. Tempore dato, "an opportunity being afl'orded" by the king for an
audience.
12. Pucrufo me, " wlien I was a very little boy."
13. J'rojifidcenti, "on the very point of starting ;" — more graphic th'in
proftctnras, wliich would be the more usual form to employ in such a case.
§ Cwi/i«;,'ty<e depends on iuiinuluvU. See Syntax, sect, viii., 26, p. 140.
14. Ltivina res,— i.e., the sacrifice. § iJum conficiebatiir : after dam,
the i)resent is more usual, even when referring to past events. On tlic
indicative here, see Syntax, sect, vii., 1, p. 156.
18. Dederis : depending on faclam, through si™ Sec Syntax, sect, xii.,
9, p. 162.
19. InstUueral, " lia.l begun." See Alclb., v., 6, where our phrase,
" set about," well expresses the idea. § With tcnentem supply inc.
22. Debeat is present subjunctive, since conscrvavi is a present perfect.
See Syntax, sect, xii., 2, a, )i. IGU.
24. Celans me, "conceal it fiom njo," — literally, "will have." Sec
Syntax, sect, i., 20, c, p. 127; and ou mc, in the accusative, sect, v., 6,
p. 136. Observe the force of the tenses— C'or/i<«W,s ; "siiould you be in
ihe act of en(ertaini)i<j friendly feelings," — "you willhavc acted not un-
wisely," "if you ivil/ havecoitrca/ed.'"
25. In eo,- i.e., in belio para adv.
OlIAl'TEll III.
Line 1. Pru/ectus est: "started," in the year u.c. 237.
4. Id, " this appointment, being referred {i.e., reported and referred
to the authorities) to Carthage, was publicly sanctioned,"
llANNiUAL.
105
-Uj p. 14b) HO that the uaual con.tiuction of tlio uccusative uCtu- nutu, ia
uut adopted. He was tweuty-six, o.- nearly so, at the time.
oeuse hi8t when reterred to f.tp«i//mri^, it means the city, tha buildiu-'a •
ST?olil"'M/rt"l1''' {"'"•"'""' '' ""^^"« *'- immunity tt
UJy olitic. lie toolc by atom (vi) the town of Saguutu-a (which
formed) a state in alliance with Home." The date is n.o 219 ' ^
1. Jranmt ; in ti.e year b.o. 2.8. § Q^auiLus is used in a general .-av
;;:re wUhtm. ' '"' '''' "^^"^"^ ^'^' ''' «'''"« ''^^ '^« ^-bes did not int^r!
ILumiS day.'''" " ''"' ''""'''' "' ^""'' ''■'^'='' ^'^^ "^^^"^ ''"'^'^ ^^f^^^
14 Uerculem: there were many mythical heroes in ancient days called
1&. (^>«o/afto, "in consequence of which."
16. i>/«mi<atncm, "he constructed roads."
17. Art, scil., via, is answeicd by g«a following,
cquippc-d. °
§ Omatua, " fully
CUAPTJiltt IV.
Link 1 Hannibal fought at the passajjc of the Rhone with the Celtic
alhcs Home, but not with Scipio, who was then at Marseilles
A. UasUdu.-tne buttle was fought (b.o. 218) on the banks of
r.cinusr.a«o) north of the I'o, not at Clastidium (CastcZo) i
alter tlie bat^'e of Ticinus.
4. Tiberius Sempronius Longus was defeated on the Trebia in B o 2
Smmanr '''''''' '"""^'^ '"' '''' '^^'''^"^' ""^ Sempronius Lad the
of 218S?rSrr tteTo^ '''' "^^'""^"'^ ^" ""■'' ^'^' '^^^"'^ "^'^"^ ''^^ -^^t-"
?n ^^,^!'^'''^'"f' "«*'^te of health,"-implying iac/ /««Wi.
A. -i f oi! ''^i''''^^ Tmsimenus (rcruuia) was fought (probably) in
wauls partly slain, partly made prisoners.
i2. Apuliam: the groat battle of C'annue was fought in b.c 21(5 • but
tnd referred
CllAPTEll V.
LiNKl. ^owam; "he marched towards Rome." It was not till u.o 211
hve years after the battle of Cannae, that Hannibal marched to Rouie
-. Urbts depends on montibua. Some consider it to be governed bv
propitiqms, which is usually followed by a dative. S"^einea by
5. 13y the stratagem mentioned in next sentence, he drew off the Romans
X ""''" '°'^ '^'"'''^ '^' '"''' ^"^ ^^^^ "^^^•^^'^'i onwards uui^!
BS!
106
Notes on nepos.
•
6. Itcdil vci'bn, " irni)08e(1 on." The ijhiase lacand lilcnvlly, " to give
TNiirds (:iii(! nothin;; else) to one."
12. OwiiiR to the nccusations ncainst Fabius (Cunctafor) for his iiiaotion,
IMarcat Minuciiis, tiis quondam lieutenant, was investel with dictatorial
power; and w'shinR to show strongly in contrast v-ith Pabius, he ini-
Iirud- .Jy engaged Hannibiil, and would have been utterly annihilated,
with his array, had not Fabius sent a frosh corps to his help.
14. In Lncrnis depends on sustuUt — " he slew in Lucania." § Ahuena,
"though absent,"— t.c, by means of one of his lieutenants he slew, &c.
15. Quinquics should be quinfum. So itemm, in line 14, should heftix.
16. I'ari, modo,—i.e., by a strata^'eu'. § Vennsiit ( Vcvosa), in Apulia,
near the coufinea of Lucauia. It w&s the birth-place of Horace.
CHArTEU VI.
Line 1. The events of this cliapter belong to the year B.C. 202. Hau
nibal's recall took place in the end of u.o. 203.
2. Thif- r. Scijiio is the son of him who iS defeated at the battle ol
Ticinus, and who was not at the battle of the Rhone. This is the great
Scipio Africanus. It is difficult to understand how Nepos fell into so
gross an error.
6. Observe the close proximity of convoit and convener uiit, which is
perhaps intentional. § Convcnerunl, Buj)ply inter 8C — " the terms were
agreed upon between thera."
7. Paiias diibus, " a few days." Some say, " the very next day."
8. The i)hrase inerediUle dicfu belongs to what follows, viz., the s[)eed
of his inarch. Zama lay considerably inland, and lladrumetum on the
coast, east by south of Zama.
CUAPTEH VII.
Line 1. Apparundu, "in making preparations." While making pre-
j)arations for war, he was, nevertheless, an advocate of the peace which was
concluded in B.C. 201.
4. Sulpicius and Aurelius were consuls in B.C. 200. But some say
that Majro died on his return voyage to Africa, in B.C. 203, of a wound
received in a battle fought with the Roman generals in Cisali)ine Gaul.
If so, Nepos is again at fault in historical detail. As Mago was a common
Carthaginian name, the confusion is easily accounted for.
6. Cum its : we should rather have expected sccr.m, more especially as
cos follows so immediately, referring to the people and senate of Home.
So in line 8, for corum we might expect 8'ii.
8. Esscnt, — i.e., "should remain."
11. Before rcmissuros {tstsc) the subject se is; omitted.
13. Cum, impcrio, "in military commaud.'" -i.e., with full military
authority.
15. On domum, in the accusative, see Syntax, sect, v., 10, \i. 137.
'Observe its peculiar position between the two names.
IG. Ho was elected praetor in the tweuty-j^uoonJ year after he had buci;
;. i*V iv V'
IIANVICAT..
197
rrx or sufc»,^is., probably in b.c. 101). The f rranffomonts of tl.n Tar
tli.Knnan constitution aro little known; but "t wouM ann ar t K^^^^^
«ame person .ni«ht be general, and ahso ;ex. or. as it is ot '' se til
liiouKi the terra of office seerns to have been extended sometimes • hnf fU
Sr rt' o"; uffesT' 1 T^'^K ^"'^ '" "--^'' '""atr hont ;
DO 22lT'n, I \ T *° h^'^ ^''" ''"''^^^'•^^ ^" '''™ in ''is absence
(n.o. 221) as a confinnation of the choice of the army in raakin2 him
gcneml On Ins return, however, after the oeace, he JJ ole 'ed one o
the shofe tes. or praetors, or supreme judges,- who had charge of the ad
tl.!Lf' u''\ ^'/f '" '''^"'' """* *"'"'"• "t'lat from the new taxes
heie should n.t only be money to pay (literally, which might be p.lcUo) the
suqdus!''" '' ''"'' "'''^ '^' '''''''' •^"^ ^^'' ''''' th«re Light be a
niin^n" '^""'' '"'^^a*''^ subjunctivespcnrffrcfwr and reT^owcrt^ur, to ex-
p.css a purpose, see Syntax, sect iv., 7, p. 165, and sect, ix., 2, a'p 15^
23, Leyatv vcnerunt: this embassy was sent to Rome in B.o, 190
Zi. Daretur m : tins is a very common phrage in such cases, and'means
to g,ve an audience to." The passive is like the Greek middle. '• Ee
the senate sho.M give-itself (i.e., give a hearing) to them." '
lb. Palam facta, " being made public," " disclosed."
CHAPTER vin.
r.pH,''^ \ '^""''. '"'"'f^ Po^"""^ -t-.e.. in B.O. 193. From the Roman
n^ethod of counting the year /ram which, and also the year to whS an
event ,s reckoned, we might have expected quarto here. '
ative. See Them „., 1. See Syntax, seci. v., 11, p. 137. § Sijhrte
to try ",s implied in the foregoing words S^ijone.
thL^nf-'^'^e'^"'"' """'/^'^ ^'^ ^' '*1"*^ *^' "t'^e confident hope." We
6. AlayoHem : see note J, chap, vfi.
ipoi;.nnf' ^f ^'7 ^^J '^"""'' '''"'^ ""S'^* *° introduce the clause, is pro-
jected nto It. See Syntax, sect, iii., 1, with note f, p. 153.
9. DupUx mcmoria, "a double tale, "-i.e., two stories.
slilhHl?li'ff "•^^''^'"' ^"'^ 'T'''^*'' ^'"'^ depending on intevfectum esse, in a
I.ghtb^cliiferent sense we have an example of .eugma; on which see Them..
"., J. 1 ncufra^io the kindred verb peridsse would be more appropriate
3 Observe Tiberi, in the dative after propius, instead of the mo.^
ual accusative. See Milt, vii., 7, note. Antiochus was defeatedlt
1 i.ennopy,ae, in b.o 191, by MiAcilius Glabrio, the Roman consur
lAt-Jr"^ '" equal to eieMm; "and when he (Hannibal) saw that he
(Antiochus) was attempting," &c. n'di- ua
16. In AHavi,~i.e., Asia Minor. The year of this exploit was B.o. 190.
t
[IB 1
1
I
198
NOTES ON NEPOS.
17. Quo : supply proriio, wliicli ia suRsested by tlie preceding verlj, con-
Jlixit, — "And in i\v battle, tliough his inen wero overpowered by tlio
numbers of their opponents, yet be was victorious in the wing where ho
commanded."
CIIAPTEK IX.
Line 1. Antiocho fugato; Antiochus was defeated by tlie Romans at
Magnesia, near Mount Sipylus, not far from Smyrna, in Asia Minor,
n.c. 190.
2. Si sui frrissct potestatem, "if he had put himself in his power."
Tlie phrase literally means, " to make (a person) master of one's self,"
" to give to another the power over one's self."
3. Qno sc conferrct, " where he should betake himself."
4. On callidissimns, see Them., i., 16. § Nisi, " unless he took some
precaution."
7. Snmmas, scil., amphoras, " the tops of the jars."
9. Illorum, and his in next line, refer to the people of Gortyna.
§ Fidci, "protection."
11. Ahjicit, kc, " he throws down carelessly in front of his house," na
if worthless.
13. lis, — i.e., the Gortynians.
CIIAPTEIl X.
Line 3. On animo, in the ablative, see Syntax, sect, viii., 16, p. 146.
S Observe, that "any," in a negative clause, is expressed by the proper
))art of qitisquam ; so hero, quidquam.
4. Excrcu't means, "he kept the king constantly in training^ and in a
state of anger against the Romans."
5. Minus, used here, as it often is, for non, but with a stronger
emphasis.
6. Dissidehat ah to, " was at variance with him," — i.e., with Prusias.
8. Quo, "on which account," — viz., his friendship to the Ror ins.
9. Utrobiquc, "on both sides," — i.e., both by land and sea.
12. Dccretnri, future participle of dccerno, "about to fight (a pitched
battle)." § Supcrahatur, " he was surpassed in the number of ships."
15. Ejfccissct, "had made up," "secured."
18. Tantion satis is somewhat tautological : " they should deem it only
rnongh." Tantiim may be joined with dcfcndere, though the position of
the words is ratlier opposed to such a construction.
20. Sc autcm facturum, ut scirent, in qua nave rex veherctur, "but
that he would insure tliat they knew in what ship the king was sailing."
21. On iis awd praemio, m t\\Q dative after /ore, .see Syntax, sect, vi.,
10, p. 140.
CHAPTER XL
Line 1. Utrisque, "both parties."
2. Quarum: sujiply classiiim or navium, which is suggested by c/a.ww
tU) utrisque going before. Resolve quarum into ei iiarum, "and wliuu
the line of the.se (fleets) was marsh. >lod."
MANNinAL.
199
I he took sonic
3. Daretur doponds rni miWt, i\\rong\i primquam. Tliis is contrary to
the general rule for the sequence of tenses, as laid down in Syntax, sect.
XII., 2, p. 160; but the peculiar sense, "before the signal sliould be
given, requires a past tense of the subjunctive. Besides, mittU is a his-
torical present. See Syntax, sp('t. xii., 6, p. 161.
5. Qui uhi: resolve qvi into et is, "and when he."
7. On duhitabat, in indicative after quod, see Syntax, sect, viii., 1 a
p. l.'»8 ; and on s^cHptum es.fcf, after duhitahat quin, see Syntax sect iv '
f), p. 15.5. ■!>'•,
10. Instead of mm we should expect se, since the pronoun refers to the
princi])al subject, Kumencs. i?ut Nopos is rather careless in the use of
pronouns; and, indeed, the rule al)out the use of se is, in other writers very
often violated. § Pcrtincr< " tended." § Cujm, either, "of which letVr •''
or of which mana)uvre,"-viz., the sending of the taunting letter.
n. Neque is equal to et non, and causa must be supplied (from the
l)reccding causam), us subject to repericbatur.
12. IIorum,—i.c., the Pjithynians and the Pergamenians,
13. Resolve qunrum into et hnrum; and observe how far qmm is pro-
jected into its clause. So also gitum in line 17. See Syntax, sect. ill. 1,
J). 153. *'
18. Qaac jacta, "the throwing of which ;" literally, "which beinir
thrown." '^
^^ 21. jYora re. "the unusual affair," "strange." § Quid potissimum,
wliat thing more tiian another,"— ?:.<;., tlie serpents or tiie attack of the
•■nemy. § The clause quum vidercnt liepends on vcrtermit and rctukrutit
•1% Puppes vertcrunt, " they turned tlieir shijjs about,"— i.e., "turned
tail." So the phrase, Trrr/a verterunt.
24. P<iiestrihns,-i.e., " lund forces."
OIIAl'TKH XII.
resolve quae into rt hnec, "and when these
Link 1. Quae dum
affairs," &c.
2. L. Quintium Flamimnum : it wa.^ Titus Flamininus, thecmquerorof
Plnlip of Maqedonia, and the liberator of Oreece (b.c. 196), and not Lucius
who was sent on this embassy. Mommsen (" History of Home," vol. ii.'
p. 282, Dickson's translation) relieves the senate from any share in this
disgraceful business, and lays the whole blame on the " restless vanitv "
of Flamininus.
6. Qui cxistimarent expresses the ground or reason of their sendinc the
embassy. "
7. Inimicissimum suum, "their greatest enemy." Observe the confu-
s'on in the rellexive pronouns, suum, sccum, siln,~the fir.st and the last
referring to the Romans, and the second to rrusias.
^ 8 Before d'^deret, vf, suggested by ne going before, must be supplied.
S iVcgare, "say no."
9. Ne is used in the sense of impcdio, thus: "He refused the form-r.
to
prevent them from domanding that an act siiouid be done by him whioli
wonhl violate the rights of hospitality
i
' '^ " \
I
200
NOTES ON NEPOS.
10. Hcfore ipai we must supply some such verb as, "he consonted,"
which is .su,£:gesto(l hy recnmrit. Observe that the construction is clianged
from (w«, with) the subjunctive to the accusative and infinitive, inveiituros
((sse)
12. On ei and muneri, in the dative, see Syntax, sect, vi., 10, p. 140.
13. Ilahcrct, "/te might {always) have." This peculiar meaning re-
quires the imperfect subjunctive, altliough aedijicarat, in the principal
clause, is the pluperfect.
14. Ne usu venirct, " lest that should come about, in the course of events,
which (actually) did happen."
\Q. I'uer, " tiie boy,"— i.e., the slave. This is a very common use of
puer in Latin writers.
17. Kesolve qui into ct is.
19. Quurn puer renuntiasset, " when the boy had reported."
21. Hannibal, understood, is subject to sensit.
22. Retinendam, tiie gerundive, expresses here not so much "neces-
sity" or "duty," as "dimculty" or "improbability :" " that his life waa
with difficulty to be preserved any longer ;" or, " was not likely to be pre-
served." § Resolve quum into et cam.
23. Virfutum: not " virtues," but rather "deeds of fortitude."
CTrAPTKR XIII.
Line 2. Acquierif, "went to his rest," "fell on sleep." But. he could
not iiavo been seventy years old, even on Ncpos' own showing. In chap. ii.
lie told us that he was nine when his fatlier started for Spain,— i.e., in
B.C. 237; and as he "foil aslctn" '"n b.c. 183 (or 182 even), he could not
have been more at his death than sixty-three or sixty-four. But it is more
probable that he was born in B.o. 249, and that he died in B.C. 133 ; so
that he would be in his sixty-sixth year. § Quihus coiisuhbus, " in wjiose
consulship."
3. Marcellus and Labeo were consuls in B.C. 183.
4. Annali: Atticus wrote a work called "Annalis," (which is lost,)
Riving an outline of Roman history down to his own day.
6. Aemilias Paulus and On. Eaebius Tamphilua were consuls in b.o.
182.
6. Cethegus and M. Baebius Tamphilus were consuls in B.C. 181.
7. Tantus must be translated separate from vir, and after it, because it
is connected by -que to dhtrictm. § Non nihil, " no inconsiderable."
8. Li/cris, "literature."
9. Volm, or Vuho, was consul in B.o. 189. He defeated the (Jalatians
in Asia Minor. He allowed his soldiers great licence ; and the luxurious
habits thus contracted, being continued after their return to Rome, did
infinite evil to the state.
10. Hujus is governed by belli, and that by gesfa : "the events of his
(Hannibal's) war,"— i.e., the Second Punic.
11. Hedexhisdun, " but of these (</ie>-e are) two (specially worthy of
note),— viz., Silenus and Sosilus, who,"' &c.
13. r.vf/s <«(;," employed," "had."
nion use of
NOTES ON CAESAR.
; 1 .,<^«m'nf,"tan.. -*e., not a regular and complete histoi^, but
.ather ''notes,'; or "jottings," "penciUings by the way," fronlfchich
a fu.l history n.igl.t afterwards be corapiled. When he wrote them is
not positively known, but it was most likely during the years in which
tlie^events occurred, and while the incidents and the places were fresh
m his mind. It must have been before b.o. 4G.]
BOOK I.
PART I. -THE HELVETIAN WAR.
CIIAPTEK I.
Line 1. OalHa: by Qaul Caesar means all the country from the Pyrenees
on lie south to the Rhine on the east and norih, including part of the
modern bwi zerland, but excluding a portion of the country in the south-
east, formerly occupied by the Allobroges, and at that time a Roman pro-
ymee, called by way of eminence, Provincia, or. The Province. O^nnis
i« joined to (Mha to prevent any misunderstanding, as O'al/ia was some-
tunes used m a restricted sense, of one portion,-viz., that inhabited by
t le (ialli, line 3. Observe the emphatic j-osition of mmris after its sub-
stan ive, and separated from it by the verb ; so in book vi.. chau xvi 1
iVutio est omiris Ua/lorum, kc. ' '
2. Afiaiii: we should rather ''xjyect cdtcram, "the second;" but su-h
a use of aham is not uncommon, when the idea of order is not to be
brought out specially,
5. /Hridit is singular, although Matrona-et-Scquana is a coranouna
subject ; because each of them forms a boundary by itself, so far as it
goes; or because there is one continuoas boundary made by the Seine
\!5equana) and its tributary the Marne (Matrona).
<3. Cu/tu refers to all the appliances of outward life—" manner of life •"
^^'lnlf. hnmmntate applies to the intellectual cultivation and refinement '
7. Mcrnatnrri, : " traders very seldom go back and forwards tj them "
202
^OTKS ON C'AKSAR,
These travelling mercl.ants were found in great numbers hanrnr. nn .n
lioman ar.nies in the provinces. They carried their wares ZutlL
gons. or on the backs of beasts of burden, and drove a profi ab le L e wiS
the natives, specially by way of barter. P'""woie irdde w.tl,
«!nl ^f?''^P''^^f»'i^^rit snpp]y pmpterea qmd from the preceding clause
snce ,t IS co-ordinate with ««;wto< and the other dependent verbs Zi
gives another reason for the greater bravery of tiie Jielgae ' ' '
eof ;:pi>™*''' "^^ '' '''' ^""""""« '■" *'- -^^^ the'next Iiue-.«/,,
tnL SS;:'^-"' '''''' ^^"' ^- ^"* - «''-'^' ^'-^ -Pected narum
_ 15. A fiumine, " at the river." So, in next line, ah Scquanis " on the
sule^or quarter of the Sequani;" and in line 17, ah e^trerj^^^^. "''
on^-at the frontier limits of." '
Eiscily^'^ ^^'«/'««^'«»i, " near Spain,"-i.e., the lower part of the Bay of
cirAPTER rr.
Line 2. Mes.sala and Piso were const;
Ik in B.C. (51.
3. NohUitatis here means the " body of nol.ies or'chieftains." So civi-
tati does not mean " citizenship," but the " body of cifzens "
4. Onet^mie, in the imperfect subjunctive, see Synta..," sect, iv., 3
o C''IC^!{Z' r '^'"'•^'' '" '^'' '"*'"'*'^'^' °" "^"^ •^^'*«»red them,"
to De taken out ofpcrsuasit.
5. Onpme«tomi<, in tlie .subjunctive, see Syntax, sect, viii 2 p ir.8-
and on om,n.«. in dative, sect, vi., 4, d, p. 139 ; and on the c^ns'tiuc iou
otpottn, sect, vm., 9, p. 145. Seeiilsc next chap., line 22.
^ Persuasit id cisfacillus hoc, " he persuaded them to this the more
easily for the following reason (hoc), that," &c
Vockb^?arJ.' ^'"^'-''^''y ''" * '"^P ' '^"^ ^«'- <^''« P'-oper names consult the
12. Minus late, "less extensively " than they wished.
"in re^.ard'^trr';""'™"''' \'''. "'"'^'^ «icle,"-i.e., "on which point,"
mma ^^^'^^.-^in which respect." Some book.s read, 9«« .},
14. Pro, "in proportion to," "in consideration of "
15. Angmtos jlnes, "a narrow (i.e., confined) territory." The most
competent judges are of opinion that Caesar's measurements are vm
nearly correct, and that he cannot be more than ten miles wrong -t^^
S to e \ 2.0%* "''* 'f ^-7"'--les, or 144 geographical ; and froui
west to east 230 Roman miles, or 180 geographical. See Long's " Caesar."
CHAPTER Iir.
Line 2 Compamrc and the following infinitives depend on comHtncv
7 «^ " «^^"'^^"^»*'^«"'M'«, see Syntax, sect, xii., 2, 6amK^ p 150
4 ^m.«fe, q„aM maximasfarcrc, "to make a. extensive sowings a.
possible, -i.e.. to lay as great an extent of land as i.o.ssiblc under grain
.1
TUB HELVETIAN WAR.
203
r>. On suppctcret, and pcrfincrenf (line 2), in the imperfect subjunctive,
Bce Syntax, sect, xii., 2, b, and 3, pp. IGO and 161.
6. Jci conficiendas : see Syntax, sect, xi., 8, p. 150.
7. Ze(7e, "a public resolution," adopted at some national assembly.
12. Occuparet dependa on perouadet through ut, verbs that signify to
ask, advise, command, or strive, taking ut with the subjunctive, and not
an infinitive. Observe that this is another example of the historical
present being followed by a past tense of the subjunctive, because it is in
ivality equal to a perfect-aorist. So also conarctur, in line 15. Soe
Syntax, sect, xii., 5, p. \Q\; and note on Nop. Milt., iv., Id.
16. On factu see Syntax, sect, x., 2, p. 149.
18. On qiiin possent see Syntax, sect, iv., 5, p. 155. § Plurimum
possent, "were most powerful."
20. Observe that adducti applies only to Casticus and Duranorix,
whereas dant includes Orgetorix as well. The two were persuade#by tlie
third, and then all three pledged their faith.
21. Regno occupato, "if sovereign power were secured (by each), they
would make themselves masters of all Gaul by means of these three most
jiowerful and most resolute (or warlike) states."
CHAPTER IV.
Line 1. Indicium, "by deposition," or "information" for nally lodged,
—i.e., by "informers." g Siiis morihus, "according to their customs."
2. Ex vinculis, "out of chains,"— i.e., as we say, "in chaii.s." So ex
(quo pugnarc, "to figlit on horseback ;" ex tquis cdloqui, "t^ hold a
conference on horseback." § Coegerunt means, as the latter part ot Ihe
chapter shows, that they were going to force him to plead in chains. As
yet he was free ; and the trial, we see, did not come on.
3. Ut igni crcmaretur is in apposition to poenam,—" the punishment,
viz., to be burned with fire, must of necessity follow on his condemnation ;"
literally, "him (if) condemned." § Die canstituta is an ablative of time,
and not a so-called "ablative absolute."
4. Faniiliam, " his household " of slaves and retainers.
6. Ohaeratos, "debtors,"— probably persons who had forfeited their
Iil)erty to their creditor.
7. Ne diceret causam, eripuit se, "he saved himself from (the necessity
of) pleading his cause."
8. Smimjiis, "its rights," or "authority."
10. Quin consciverit, "but that he was a party to his own death,"—
i.e., made away with himself.
CHAPTER V.
Link 2. Ut-exeant is in apposition to id quod constituerant facere, —
viz., "to leave their territory."
4. Privata acdificia : either isolated towns in the country, as opposed
to the "towns and villages ;" or else houses for special purposes, such as
sliods for their cattle, granaries, and other buildings.
^
•i
(1
1
I
201
NOTES ON CAESAR.
6 Observe domnm, in the accusative of ^1 ace to which, after rcdithnh
a substant.ve ; and see Syntax, sect, v., 10, p. 137. and ;i., 7 c, P 40 '
7. On7)mc«^a*?/6cuHrf«, see Syntax, sect, xi., 8 p 150
''groS'corn!'?"''"' "'™""^^ '''"''"'^'"^ ^'' ^'"'^^ months," -i...,
10. C«»i Us : not se«m, as at first sight rai^ht be exnectwl Wn .
Caesar used suadent, and had he been detailing the argument * of ^ie
Holvetn, he wou d then have written secum ; but he speaks of the matt^.
12. /?ecf^/05 had better be translated as a finite verb-- tiiey receive to
themselves, and assume as partners, the Boii," &c.
CHAPTER Vr.
LiN^ 3. Singuli carri, "a single line of cars."
th?;J"l/',!? '"'"""''' ^T"/ il*' ^' i-^n^ediately connected with o^^mmw..
throu,gl, ut,- so t-e,.y h,gh that a very few would be able," &c
7. JVttperpacaH, "recently reduced to subjection, "-viz.. a few yeirs
before (B.O. 61), by C. Pomptinus, the praetor. ' ^ '
9. G'enem; the best MSS. write the name Ocma; but we have re-
in.lll ?i '^ ?'''''"' ^' ''''■ ^"* ^« «"''*> referring to he Allobroge.
mmediate y precedes it would be awkward and somewhat amb guous To
U. Quadie-isdirs: observe the difference of gender. The fern nfne
nZ::^:^:""'''^-'-'^'^^' ^^>«eor,..W,%he masLiUTZ
ye:r was b'o. ^:" '•" ^'^^"^'^ ^' April,"-,.., the 28th M^ch!' The
CHAPTER VII.
^ LX" trabov"'"""' '"''"■ ^'■'"*'"'""' *«- '" »>"-«»"
2. Urbe-ie., Rome. He passes over the Alps to farther Gaul but
g.ves no detads of his journey, as he hastens on to his sublet proper
3. Ad Genevam, " near Geneva." i^'optJi.
4. Provinciae im)yerat, " he imposes on the province (to levv^ as
many soldiers as possible." ' ^ ^' '^^
of^n^uJ-Tr"" "f"" '' ''^^?'''' ^"'"^ ^^''•^••«- Tl'is is a usual kind
otsynms with Caesar (see note, Nep. Milt., iv 14)
9. Dkerent: the imperfect subjunctive after mi'ttur^t whioh is a h-'-
THE HELVETIAN WAR.
2(»5
11. Note the erapliatic, position of nuUum. Mr. Long transliites it
well,—" other road they luid none." § Before ro(/are (which depends on
diccrcnt) supply sc as subject.
12.^ This disaster befell Cat-sius in B.C. 107, on the banks of Lake Geneva.
The "yoke" was made by laying a spear horizontally across two others
placed upright. The idea was borrowed from the yoke by which oxen
were fastened to the plough or waggon.
15. Data facuUatc : this ablative is equal to a conditional clause,— "if
an opportunity were afforded."
16. Temperaturos, "would restrain themselves (would refrain) from
acts of injury and mischief." See chap, xxxiii., where Caesar uses the form,
temperaturos sibi. The i)reposition is not always expressed before the
ablative, so that we can say temperare mal(ficio, as well as ab maleficio.
17. On the mood o£ convenirent see Syntax, sect, vii., 3, p. 157.
18. Diem, " time,"— not "a day," as the context shows.
19. ^ci Idus, "about the Ides." § Observe that reverter entur is in the
subjunctive mood, though mmpturum (esse) of the former clause is the
iiitinitive ; and both depend on respondit. But respondit in the first case
is simply a verb of declanny, whereas in the second case it is used in the
sense of advice or command. See Syntax, sect, xi., 4, p. 160.
CUAPl'KH VI II.
Link 1. Ea legione and viilitibus, though personal names, have not the
[iieposition. See Syntax, sect, viii., 8, p. 145.
3. Iiijluit : the Rhone flows through the Lake of Geneva, and as Caesar
mentions the south-west end of the lake, he speaks not of tlie river flow-
ing into the lake, but of the lake flowing into the river.
4. Decern novcm, "uiueteen." Observe this form of the numeral. So
Livy says, decern octo.
5. Sedecim (pedes), "sixteen feet," -i.e., from the bottom of the ditch
to the top of the wall.
7. For possit some editions read iwsset, which woujd be quite allowable
in tense (see Syntax, sect, xii., 6, p. 161), since communit and disponit die
liisturical presents.
9. yegat, "says-not." He says that he cannot, consistently with the
practice and precedents of the Koman people, permit any one to march
through the province.
1 2. A Hi vadis lUwdani. A Hi seems to mean " some few," as ojjposed to
tlie general body of the Helvetii, who attempted to cross on rafts and boats.
Hud the writer meant that about equal numbers tried each way, he would
most probably have repeated alii.
It. Opcris,—i.e., the wall and fosse.
15. On conata, in the ablative, see Syntax, sect, viii., 22, p. 146.
CHAPTER IX.
Line 1. Una via : see chaj). vi., line 1.
2. Hua sponlc, " by their own means," " by themselves."
206
NOTES oy CAESAlt.
4. 7>cprccatorc, "intercessor," "au earliest pleader (fur the,,.) "
CHAPTER X.
Link 1 Rcnuntiatur, "word is brought," "it ia reDortof] " h^, fi
wlio had been sent to make inquiry. reported, by those
2. Santonum : the Santones or Santoni liv:d on the "ridit InnU nf ti
rnr£iZ:''vr ';r'^' '''^^ ^^^^'^^^^ town 'Ls ^eis^',^
4. /rf «j, &c., " should this take place, he well know Hv.f Jf ,„„ i - i
on places '^ ^ '"'^' ^""* '^'^^'^'^ «" finitlmos,-" bordering
ClIAPTEU XI.
nnd Xi!"f,v"'' " ''-' *;'"■' *""t " ^^^^ Helvetii were so many in number
Tl i\Z n '' ^"'"^^-""^ t'''-^* they required a long time to make^he h-
^^ay through the passes of Jura and the territory of the Senna.,! nnV/r;
Caesar overtook them, though be went to Italy a^^ tt'nXn ^^^l^.
i. On posscnt, ^ftortniitunt, sec Syntax, sect, xii., 5, p. 161
f>. Supply "saying; (diccntcs) before this infinitive clause,
fidds wi;r£rSr "''^'' "^''^ '^^"« devastated,--..., after their
13. i?e%Mi is the genitive, governed by nihil,-" notliing of remains ■"
I.e., that nothing was left," or " remained. ^ '
14. ^"t6t cxspccfandum : see Syntax, sect, xi., 6, p. 150.
Tllli HELVETIAN WAR.
207
CHAPTKK Xir.
Link 1. "There is a river called Aiar,"-i.e., the Saone, forming t.a.t
uf the boundary between the Sequani and the Aedui.
4. Tranaibant, "were in the act of crossing."
5. Tres partes, "three-fourths." § On iraduxisse with two accusatives
-partes and Jtumen—aee Syntax, sect, v., 8, p. 136.
7. l>e tertia viyilia, " about the third watch,"— meani-ig, probably, soon
after it began. The natural day (as oi^posud to the civU day, beginning
jvt midnight) was divided into light and darkness. The night was divided
into twelve hours, or four watches (ri'jiliae), which varied in length
according to the season of the year. Each watch consisted of three hours.
8. Eos refers to partem ; but the writer thinks of the men, and not the
word jmrtem. See note on Milt., iv., 14.
9. Em-urn : observe the repetition of this form so soon after cos.
10. Inproximassilvas. After ab(k) (or at leastafter our equivalent, " hide")
we miglit expect an ablative with the preposition, rather than the accusa-
tive. But it very often happens, both in Greek and Latin, that a verb of
rest is followed by a preposition aid case indicating motion ; while, on the
contrary, a verb of mution is followed by a preposition and case indicatiiig
r<';i. This is called the comtructiu praegnans,—i.e., the doubly siyni-
Jicard construction.
11. Abdidcrunt may be translated, " fled to the nearest fores'-, for con-
cealment." gPrt//«s, "canton." Hence comes the French, ?)«?/&. § The
Tigurini are thought by some to have lived near Zurich ; by others, in the
district Uri ; but the best authorities place them in the Pays de Vaud
uear Lake Morat. See Long's " Caesar. " '
13. L. Cassium: L. Cassius, the consul, was defeated, in B.o. 107, by
tliese Tigurini, who had crossed into the country of the Allobroges, under
Divico. His lieutenant was L. Piso, grandfather of L. Calpurnius Piso,
whose daughter, Calpurnia, Catdur married in e.g. 59.
^ 15. Quac—ea, " what part of the Helvetian state, kc.—that part," &c.
Tliis is a good example of the " indotinite followed by a demonstrative,
iuistead of the relative with an antecedent." It is a much more cmj)liatic
mode of expression than the usual form.
I
CilAl'TEll XIII.
Link 2. On posset, after the historical present curat, see note on chap,
vii., !), above.
4. Id—ut transircnt : see note Oii chap, v., 2,
5. Uno die, "in one day,"- the bridge must therefore have been made
of bouts.
7. On the principles of the obliqua oratio, or indirect statement, see
Syntax, sect, xi., p. 159. § Eyit ciim Cacsare, "treated with Caesar."
Prum this eyit verbs must be supplied to govern ituros esse, and remiuis-
nrctur, ut being understood with the latter: thus, '' He buid that they
would go"— "He begged him to remember." See SyuiaXj sect, xi., i,
208
NOT lis ON UAESAIt.
]'. 160 § Oksei-ve tl.at favcrct takes its tot.se, not fro.n itaroa mc f.ul
Irom the verb ,n the ,.i8t tonse which governs ituvos esse ""'"'"''' ''"^
«. V\, i'43"'"""*''^*' '^""^ *'"''"''■*' '"' ^'"^ ««"i^i^«' «<-'« Syntax, sect, vii.,
vaic^s or despi. tto.u." The fui, ,hrai i^ Ih^::^-;^ :::::;z
15. 7>«i,W.w depends, like ituros esse of line 8, on, "hes.id •" wl.ilp
uccomnuUerct, of line 17, requires such a verb as "he b~ ' ' 'or '' L
a.lv.sed hini." &ee SynUvx, sect, xi., 4, p. 1«0 '
po^ituln. '^''"' *'"' "^'^^ ^^'" "' ^'-'*'- "^^'•^''' -J ''"d taken up'j
ly. y'roc^trci «tmom»t, "hand dowu the recollection of it."
IS
CHAPTKll XIV.
ac^'bii;''"''"^'''"^^-'' S^-— eJ by,.< --on thi.
in piopoition as. § Mento is not an adverb, but tlie ablitivP "...
jj.^ .., ... uus rea.n. th;ri;:ii:'i:t " i^i,!::: ! i^iii^^^^hi^:
th Helvetian anibassador. had referred to ; and that he felt (a the e
li'ci.^'nant on this account, because they had come about (occurred bv.o
means through any fault of the lion.an peof.le." Wccuncd) by no
4. Qui: resolve (/«4 into ct is, "and if it" (or fh^n\ i ^ ti v
e. A«M-J>i«c*7i««««. A-ii»iiis,ialij expects the answer "No" IM,
10. Q,u>d, as to the circumstance that," "inasmu.=h as."
ere lu tie nabit ol granting greater prosperitv ^..meLinies and mnro
Chi;;; t treir^ci-mef:-" ^"""'""^'' ^^ '^^'^ ^•''^'" ^'-^ -«»-^l *'^
16. e«msi»^ "although these things are so." See Syntax sect vii
2. a, 1.^157; and on the tezise of Ueutar and the othJ^tr^'^' '
p. idO.
Xll.
TIIKHKLVKTIAN WAR. gOD
CHAPTER XV.
Link 3. Quern haUbat coactum, " whioli mWodoA fr«™ ♦u
kc, he had (with him) " ' °""®*'*«'' ''^«'n the province,
"leuna "favourable." co"veiscIy, a««, bcloiigii.i; to ouu'a Heli'."
10. llabehat satis, " deemed it cuou'di "
11. rnprimeiUia: seo uot<, on Nop.°MiJt., chap. vii.. 23
12. Dies 18 the accusjitive of duration of time
Ij. Primum n<,strum, "our van."
1 J. <2«/« w ««^ 5c„w, " five or six" miles cuch day."
CIIAPTEK 'VI.
"i.sed on the part of the public." W-j should lir.L . \ '"''■
northerly position than Home ' ""*•'" '" '^ "^"^^' '"«^«
i r^' .n^r?;^"*'"" ?«^««'''^"^' (as sc d«a of next line shows,) " led on " -
I.e., put off Caesar day after day, itu on,
JLJ^ '" '' ^' '"^P^^''*' "'^ ^"^J''"^'^ ^« "^''^"•»' "i^^ behoved him to
12. Verffobretum, " vergobretus. " Liscua was chief maeistrat«> -Lf H,«
U There 13 one long, complex parenthesis, frr>m auorum IJnP n <
J jjvesa 01 line 13 , it (the oorn) could not be buUKlit "
am 14 -^ •
.
i
210
NOTi:S (»N I'AKSAU.
CIlAl'TJill XVJI.
LiNiJ 2. Propouit, " iKclarcs jiliiinly." Observe tlutt Uicvcrat h ivaw
sitive lieiv, govoiiiinp quod: " what lie had pievinusly concealed."
3. I'rivativi, " in a ])rivate enpacity." Sonic copies read privati.
5. The text of these lines is hojielessly currupt. We have adopted the
readings which seem to ikdvc the simplest sense : " That these individnals
are preventing the pnblic from contributing the eurn Mhich it is their due
to supplyj that since they cannot now obtain the sujireuiucy of Gaul, they
prefer the rule of the Cauls to that of the lloinans ; and that they
ought ni't to doubt but that, if the Romans overpowered the llelvetii,
they woMld wrest their IVeedoiu from the Aeilui along with the rest ol
Uaul."
10. Qiiacque, "and whataoevcr things."
11. A sc, " by him/— i.e., Liscus, the vergobrctus.
ciiAi'TKU xvni.
Link 2. iJcshjuari, " was aimed at." § J'lurilnis, " many (more than
usual) being jirescnt."
4. <^,aucrU,—i.c., Caesar asks. § Vi'.c solo, from liim, by himsell.
§ iJicit, — i.e., Liscus speaks.
(i. /})Siivi, "that this vcrii Dumnorix (whom he suspected) was a man
of the greatest daring, in great favour with the people oi: account of his
generosity, desirous of revolution."
8. J'ortovia, "transit dues," — i.e., duties on all imports or exports,
whetiier by land or sea, on rivers, over bridges, at frontiers, gates, ka.
Victiyalia is a more general term, and includes portoria as well as
" srrijilura," or rent of the jiublic pasture-land, and " dceiimac," or titlic
of productions, such as oil, wine, and fruits. These taxes and imposts
wcic farmed or contracted for — rcd(:inpla—(iiv is done with toll-bars in
some parts of our own country); and it was therefore the "utercst of the
collector to make them !>s remunerative a.s possible. Ilonce i\\c rakmp-
Ions or pjtWt't'OHf (publicans) became notoi'idus for extoition. § On tiic
case of annos, sec SyiiUi-v, st.ct. v,, 14, \k io7; and on prcHo, line 0, sect.
viii.. 17, p. 11(5.
i). ///() liccntc, "■'\iiCii lie vi!;, bid(''<ig, no one dared to bid against
him." Licentc is the jtarliciple of the deponent Uccor.
11. Facullutcs, " amjile means for the exercise of munificence/' § On
ad larc/icndum, see Syntax, sect, xii., 2, c, p. 151.
14. Lan/itcr posse, " had great inlluence."
15. BituvUjibus : the Bituriges were a Celtic tribe occupying territory
on the opposite side of the Loire from the Acdui. The uiodern town of
Bourgcs represents their capital, Avarlcum.
17. CoUoccme, "had married," "had settled." The full phrase is, col
lociutsc in inairii.ionium ■ or in matrimonio ; or, as liere, cvlloca.tsc vvptam.
§ A'uptum, 6ui>ine of nubo, is to be connected with in atias ciritala.
§0n
TlllC lIliLVliTIAN WAR. gJl
The ,.luasc8 vulm in <hmum, and infamiUam. " to marry into a fainilv "
l^. Favcrc ct cupcrc, "timt J.o favoured and wished well to '
IkMm, ,n dative, «ee Syntax, «eot. vi., 4, a, p. vT
^0. iHvttiucua was one of the Druids (see l.nr,U v! „i •■•
I'ut his brother had injured hinT ami Vf, , '" ''".'•*• '""•' "J'')'-
Itonnns in hi« noHition L 4..i;y '"'""^'^^'^ *^^ *''^
co^i;;!,th^:;^t(lZs'7'" •'^''" ''"^°'"^"«' ''^("--^•^)
ilio Ilolvetii.- ^ '^^ ''^ ^'"""'^' '^"'"■'-''"'^ 1"^**^^ l-y '"cans of
22. /»|;,mo, " during the su|a-oinaoy of the i{onian pconje "-t c «' «„
long as the Roman people were all-powerful" ''^^ ''^"'"''' »-c., bo
l.oen unsuccess ully bug t'bv ;:. '"vaLv '? ^', '^'' """'' ^''''^' *'''^'
/I .»«! \ 1 • . "^ '„'»"'' I'i Ui<i cavalry a few days Dreviouslv in */>„/
refciiiuB to ., 1 „'i, ■ , ^' "°'°° *'"' .'«!'«f.-lli« two words
ClIArTER XIX.
facts.-' '• ^''^' "'"" ""'■" § ^^'•'"^•"'^"^ »•"' ""- n.ost undoubted
(o/u,et3uirV/.?''"'/f' ""i"'°?/ ^'^ ''^'' ^"^1 ^'"-t of the state"
^atis causae: see Syntax, -ject. vii., C, b r, 142
n 1 . . ^.'""•"> J'=^>'' Vi'., O, 0, p. 14"^
13. hiUn.rcli\M> "the daily (t.c, „s„al) inlerpreta."
e «wcoy,/ifa, iJici txHUiiniug into Lis wuse."
nltei
f
i''
'i
II.
i 1
212
NOTES ON CAESAR.
CHAPTER XX.
Link 2. Scire depends on " he said," to be " taken out of" cjtpit dist-
erare.
5. Supply quum before ille.
6. Crevisset, " he had grown into influence." § Nervis and opibus de-
pend on wterctur. Nervis seems to mean " power/' or " strength. "
8. Si quid, kc, "if anything of a severe character befell him."
9. Eiim locum, "such a place," — i.e., so high a place.
10. Ajmd eum, "with him," — i.e., Caesar,
13. Before/ada<^Mt'/«-, supply M<.
14. Tanti, "of so great value." See Syntax, sect, vii., 10, p. 143.
15. Voluntati, in the dative after condonet, " make a present of tlis
state's wrong and his own grudg? to his wish and entreaty." Voluntas is,
perhaps, "affection," or " friendly disposition," as in line 9 of preceding
chapter, rather than "wish." See line 19 below, " condonare fralvi
Divitiaco."
16. Observe the mood and the tense of the following verbs. The deatli
of Dumnorix is recorded in book v., 7. He was altcmjiting to escape from
Caesar's camp with some Aeduan cavalry, but was pursued and slain.
CUAPTER XXI.
LiNB 2. Millia octo : the ablative, millibus, would be more usual, to
express an interval. The usage varies.
3. Ascenms, &c., "what kind of an ascent there was in going round,"
— i.e., if one went round to the ojjposite side. § On qui coynoscerent see
Syntax, sect, ix., 2, a, p. 158.
4. Facilem esse, scil., ascensum. § On de tertia vigilia see above,
chap, xii., line 7, note.
5. Leyatum pro praetore, "lieutenant, with the power of praetor."
Caesar was praetor or proconsul, and Labienus was next in command,
representing Caesar in his absence. § lis, " such leaders." Is, ea, id, is
often used like talis.
7. Sui consilii is here rather a predicate than an enlarycmciit of the sub-
ject, — i.e., consilii is not governed by quid, as ir vhe pliriises Quid novi?
MuUum pecuniae, and such like; so that we translate " What is his jtlan V
10. Lucius Cornelius Sulla, the dictator; and Marcus Licinius Crassus,
the conqueror of the slaves under Spartacus in D.o. 71.
CHAPTER XXII.
Line 1. Prima luce, "at day-break," — i.e., at the first part of the
liglit. § So sammus mons, " the top of the mountain," — i.e., the highest
part of the mountain. § Ipse,— i.e., Caesar.
4. PJquo admisso, "at full gallop:" literally, "his horse let out,"—
i.e., with slackened rein.
k
THE HELVETIAN WAR. 213
G Id refers to the substance of the preceding clause, and not to any sDe-
ml word, n he clause. See Syntax, sect, ii., 10, p. 133. ilnVicS,Z,
mean ejther " standards, "or some particular kind of ''taJgKZnZ\7
8. The clause, mprodium, &c., is in apposition to praeceptumZtl
namely, " not to close in fight unless," &c ""c^mm ci at,
22,^ p. i^Q^"^"'^^' ^° *^^ ^^^^t^^<^ aft^r "^-^^^'eta*, see Syntax, sect, viii.,
12. Multodie: some interpret, " the day being far spent :" others with
ErSr' '''"""' "*'^ '^^ '^^"^ ^'"y dawned." "it bliig
li. Quo intervallo, "at the usual interva!," "at what interval hP wa«
ratoTelht' *^f t" Tl'^'^"°^^ ''' ^^"^^•" ^° ^^ -itJu^"^^
often is ^' ' ' demonstrative (.0) is here omitted, as it
CHAPTER XXIII.
6 ? n'' U9^°fi?' '° *u ' ^'"'^^''' ^^'*'' ^"*'''^^^' «^« Syntax, sect, vii.,
wll " Tf 1 ^ ^'*"' ^^'^ '"'^"'' ''' '* frequently does, " until the time
wiien. It also means, occasionally, " since the time that "
^. Before metiri supply cum as subject. § Bibracte, afterwards
Augustodunum, and now Autun. ititKr^aras
J. Reifrumentariae, &c., "he thought he should look after (take pre-
cautionary measures to secure) a supply of corn." ^
5. On Bibrade, in the accusative,, see Syntax, sect, v., 10 p 137
- • ; ^T,fl ■■ '^^Z '' r"«away slaves," or " deserters " f^om the army,
-«., Gallic horse. § Dcmrionis: the turma. or troop of cavalry was
riginal y divided into three portions of ten each, the man ^mlnlZ
adeeuria being called decuric; but decurio was afterwards ZS
l.im who commanded the whole troop of thirty or thirty-two
it wilitr^^"'".!" f " **l^'.''° '"'^'"P^" °^*^« "imperfect infinitive;" 1 ut
V 11 be een tha , as the time of the departure is coincident with that of
le conjecture of the Helvetii, this is not necessary, -"they supposed the
Romans to be diverging from their route, through fear." //iSTs sub
l^^iio coeperunt; and the clauses, q^d cccistiLrcnt, Jt^d o^l
n>it, depend on coe^^erunt inaequi et lacessere. ''
CHAPTER XXIV.
u^iir^' ^^^'^?"'^t^'^.t siMucit, which expresses a continued and pro-
s' css.ve operation, is the present tense ; wherean misU, which denotes a
"lonientary act, is tlie perfect-aorist. ^
3 rn coUe medio ko., "'on tiie middle {i.e., the slope) of the hill ho
I.ew up a triple line of four veteran legions ; and above him on ' e
lollier; ^""'' '' "'" '^ '" "'^ auxiliarios/'-i.c., thenon-Italiau
7. Sarcinas: the smaller bafffracre. sn^h na onoi, °ol<1lpr narrio,! ^-i-' i •
wi;iio m;,./,:„,.„,«, ,i„e 9, meansli.eh'ea^IeVtgga^e! "' '"" '
//«', &c., "they, in a very compact array, having repulsed our
214
NOTRS ON CAESAR.
cavalry, (and) l)aving furnied a jilialanx, came close up to our fiont line."
This phalanx was formed by the soldiers pressing closely together, and
overlapping (see chap, xxv., line 7) their shields over their heads, so as to
form a roof, like the Ro- an testudo— not tlio Macedonian phalanx.
CHAPTER xxv.
Link 1. Equis omnium,— i.e., the horses of all his immediate staff,— not
the cavalry generally
3. PiliSy "their javelins." Pila were of various sizes. The heavy
kind was about six feet long, with an iron head of nine inches. One kind
of pilum had the iron part as long as the wooden shaft, the two being
fastened together by iron rivets or clasps. In the war with the Cimbri,
Marius ordered tliat a wooden pin should be substituted for one of theso
iron pins or rivets, so that, when the weapon struck with force an enemy's
shield, the wooden pin might break, and the one end of the javelin hang
down, thus preventing the possibility of its being hurled back again ; ami
if it pierced t'le armour, impeding the movements of him who was struck.
5. On Qallis and impedimcnto, in the dative, see Syntax, sect, vi., 10,
note I, p. 140.
7. Cvl/lgatis, "pinned together."
9. Multlut, "so that many,"
11. Pedem rcfcn'c, '^ to retreat." § Suhcrat, "was near at hand,"
" was close behind them, at about a mile distant."
12. Cayto, " having been gained."
14. Aymen dmidehant, " closed the enemy's mai'ch,"— i.e., brought up
the rear. § Ex itincre, "on their march." § Aperto lato'e, "on the
exposed flank."
17. Conversa signa, &c. The Romans were fighting in front with the
Helvetii, when the Boil and Tulingi attached them on the Hank. Tho
third line of the Roman cohorts then wheeled round, and took up a position
at riijht angles to that of their fellow-soldiers of the first two lines, and
thus a double battle {micejn proclium of chap, xxvi., 1) was carried on,—
one in front with the Helvetii, and one in the flank with the Boii anil
Tulingi,— and the Romans were in two divisions,— tyjari/io.
CHAPTEU XXVI.
Line 1. Piigvatum est, " it was fought " by them. See Syntax, sect.
i., 5, N.B., p. 126. § Ancipiti; see note 17, foregoing chapter.
6. Ad 7nulfam noctcm, " to far ou in the night," or, " till darkness had
fairly (or fully) set in."
9. Matuvas : Jie matara seems to have been a sort of pike ; tlia
tragula, a lighter kind of weapon, probably with a thon« attached, and
armed with a barb.
12. CapUis est : see Syntax, sect, i., 5, p. 131.
14. Nullaniimvtcm.vodi?., " no part of the niglit,"- t'.f., of the night
succeeding the battle— not all the nights of their march.
Tin; IIKLVKTIAN WAR. 21fi
18. Qui : rpRolvc qui into d ii,—" ami if tliey sliould aid tliem."
UK J'Joa must bo uiulorHtood after hubUuruh} {csxc).
CHAPTER XXVI r.
Line 2. Qui : resolve into ct ii. On tlie verbs in the subjunctive mood,
oonsult Syntax, sect, xii., 2, b, p. 160, and 8, p. 1()2.
4. Essent : the subjunctive mood, as tliuro is a dmibt about tlie matter,
— " where they were (said to be) at that time." See also Syntax, sect.
ix., 1, c, \ . 158,
8. VtrbKjanis is otherwise called Urhujenvs, This canton seems to
have been north of the Tigurini. § Vircitcr is an adverb here ; and niilfia
is subject to contcvderunt (last word of chapter), pcrtcrrifi and indurli
iV-reeing with it. On the apparent disagreement in gender between ini/lia
■lud pcrterriti, see note, Ne[K Milt,, iv. 14,
\ar at hand,
OIIAPTEK XXViri,
Line 1, llosolve qvod into tt hoc,— " and when Caesar discovered this,
ho ordered those tluxiugh whose territory they had gone, to search for
ihem and bring them back, if tliey wished to be freed^ from suspicion in
his eyes." Or r/Hwum per fines ierant may be in apposition to (nwU,-
"and when Caesar knew this, namely, through whose territory," &c.
3, JUUuctos, kc, " when they were brought baek, he treated them as
liii the number of his) enemies,"— i.e., either sold them or slew them.
i!ut it is most probable that the 0,000 were all slain.
tJ. FructUms means all kinds of produce. Frvyis wouKl be more re-
stricted.
7. Tokravciit famm, " bear up against (the cravings of) hunger."
8. Cop'.am facerent, " should atford them a supply,"
i). Ea ratione, " for this reason," " on tiiis account."
_ 13. The order is, [Caesar) ronccssil Aaluis pdoifihns, at coUocareid in
jiiiibm suis Jioios, ([nod ryrcjia riititfc crant ciKjmti.
of the nii^ht
OIIAPTEU XXIX.
LiNR 1. Tabulae, "lists," "records," Marseilles ha<l been colonized
by Greeks about n.c. liUO, so that the Greek characters must have U'es^
known by many of the Celts and Gauls, Some of them learned the Greek
Iniii^uago, too, in Strabo's time. See book vi., 14, 7,
■^. The clauses, eixii mmtrw e.rissct, qui urma fcrrc possevt, arc a kind
>W apposition to r«<io .- " a calculation was made out with the individual
names,~viz., \. hat number of them had left their native country —who
were able to carry arms ; and also in lists by themstlves,-the boys tho
■'Id men. and the women." Thus pueri, scnes, and mu/icrcs, are in tho
same case as qui numcrus and qui. There is n^ use for supplying numeri
alter vqtio. as some fditors sni^^cst.
.». Ucruni : ns is often us,;d thus in a general way, like our "com-
2iG
NOTES ON CAESAR.
§ Capitum, "of heads,"— t.c, individuals. We
rnodity,"or "arUele."
say "souls."
8. Summa—fucrimt : in line 5 lie uses summa with a singular verb,
when he uses rcrum, and does not think so much of individuals ; but
here, where omnium (of them all) is employed, persons are more distinctly
noted, and the two words together are eqiial to omncs.
PART II.~THE GERMAN WAR.
CHAPTER XXX.
-i.e., of all Gallia Celtica, the third division of
Line 1. Totius Oalliae,-
Gaul. See chap. i.
2. Oratidatum: see Syntax, sect, x., 1, p. 149,
3. Uti liceret :^^ see Syntax, sect, ix., 3, a, with note f, p. 148.
4. Id, "that, "—viz., the calling of the general meeting. § Observe
that though licerct is the subjuTintive after petierunt, habere is the
infinitive, because the idea of "saying" is to be taken out of petierunt
6. .Turejurando .- the oath seems to have been taken, not b-fore the
meeting, as we might at first suppose, but at the meeting. § On the
verbs vellent (line 5), ennntiarrt, and mandahm easet (line 7), consult
Synt?-:, sect, xi., p. 159 ; iv., p. 154 : and xii., 8, p. 162.
Some
CHAPTER XXXI.
LiNEl. Antefuerant, "had previously been" (with Caesar),
editions put the comma after Caesarem.
2. Secreto means " in private," there being no witnesses. § fn occuUo
fiignifies that no one was to know that there had been a conference at all
5 Observe the peculiarities of the watio obliqua in this and some
of the following chapters, and consult Syntax, sect, xi., p. 159,
10. E.^sct : subjunctive, as expressing, not the sentiments of the writer
tut of him whose speech ho reproduces. '
12. Harudum is governed in the genitive by hominum..
14. Futurum esse, " it would come to pass."
15. iVegwe enim : resolve veque into et non, and translate, " the reason
was : — thus, " And the reason was, that the Gallic territory could not
be compared," &c.
_ 16. mque hanc, "nor the mode of I'fe here (in Gaul) with that there
(in Germany),"— e.c., the Gallic soil was infinitely superior, and the Gallic
n)ode of life more refined.
21. Edcre exempla cruciafusque, "showed forth upon them all kinds
of warning and torture, "~/.c., made them public examples, to warn others.
'2(. Before petant and cxpcriantur supplv ut. .is wiib ^mia^"-'* -^f
Vine 26. ' ' "' -^
THE GERMAN WAR,
217
CHAPTER XXXII.
Link 6. Respondere ami permanere are historical infinitives See
Syntax, sect, ix., 9, p. 149.
7. Exprimere vocem, "get a word out of them," "extort a word "
8. Hoc, "on this account." § Quod (line 9), " because."
12. Tamen, " still." Although subject to the annoyances, " still " thev
nan help themselves by flight, which the others cannot do.
15. Account for the mood of the verbs in this sentence.
CHAPTER XXXIII.
Line 3. Beneficio suo : this refers to Caesar having obtained for Ario-
vist'is, from the Senate, the title of " King and Friend."
5. Secundum ea, " next (iii importance) to those things " which he heard
ti-om Divitiacus and others.
6. On sibi, in the dative, see Syntax, sect, vi., 11, p Hi
7. Consamguineos, "kinsmen." This is a mere complimentary term
Compare the use of "cousin," formerly employed by our kings ^n certain
state documents addressed to foreign sovereigns and others.
10. Quod, "a circumstance which." § /« tanto imperio, "under so
powerful an empire,"— i.e., when the Romans were so powerful.
12 Sjnritus: our phrase, "such airs," comes very near this, both
literally and figuratively.
CHAPTER XXXIY.
Line 2. Medium utriusque, " half way between the two."
6. Quid opus met : see Syntax, sect, vi., 12 and 13, p. 141, with re-
feiences.
6. Si quid ille se vdit, "if he (Caesar) wished anything with him "
(Anovistus;. Se is the accusative. Tt is a kind of conversational phrase
found often in the coniic writers, and may be regarded as an accusative of
reference. See Syntax, sect, v., 9, p. 137. Some would supply facere
witli se as Its subject. Observe the diff-erence of tense in (ypus esset, and
vdu, and distinguish the meaning expressed by each.
8. Commeatu means iiere "supplies " of every kind, and not provisions
only.
1(1 Quid ntgotii, &c.. " wliat business Caes;ir had, or the Roman people
at all, in his pjirt of Giiul."
CHAPTER XXXVII.
LiNEl. Eodem tempore— et. Observe tiiis phrase. Hence arise such
expressions asparem—afque, chap, xxviii., 15.
2. Qurstum, supine, depending; on veriiebant understood,
fi. ro'umf' is c^vorncd by dirmnnU, taken out of que^ium. So Treveri
iK RiJbjfTt to dureru-nt understood.
:
I
218
NOTES ON C'AKSAR.
5. P(igos,—i.e., people of the diatricts, or, at least, portions of tliem.
10. Resisti, used impersonally, " resistance cciikl less easily be offered."
11. Magnis itineribus, " by forced marches," — from twenty to twenty-
five Roman miles per day. A Roman mile was about 142 yards shorter
than an English mile.
CHAPTKH XXXVril.
Line 2. Vesnntionem, quod .- this is a very common construction. Seg
Syntax, sect. ii. 9, p. 133; also chap, x., 3, of this book, afinibns Tolo-
9ATIUM, QUAE civitOS.
4. Profecisse, " had got the advantage of," " had made good."
6. Instead of ad helium we might have Mh.
10. Non ampHus and ampHua are very irregular in their construction.
Sometimes they are found with the ablative, sometimes with the accusative,
sometimes with the genitive, as here, and sometimes even with the nomi-
native. In some of these constructions ampHus is used adverbially and
absolutely. Here there seems to be an ellipse, such as spnlio.
11. Intermittit, " breaks off," "is interrupted," "ceases to run."
12. Contingant, "touch," "reach to." The meaning is, that a hill or
mountain occupies all tliat part which intervenes between the two bends
of the river.
CHAPTER XXXIX.
Line 5. Congrcssos, "engaged," soil., in battle. Observe that ocrn-
pavit, in line 7, is the principal verb of the sentence.
9. Tribuiiis : there were properly six tribunes to each legion. Tin
pruefccti were most likely officers of the auxiliary troops.
17. Vidyo, "by the soldiers generally." It was a common practice for
the Romans to make their wills before they went out to battle.
27. Audientes dido, " obedient to the word of command."
CHAPTER XL.
Line 2. Cenfurionihns omnium ordinum. Each legion was divided into
ten cohorts, each cohort into three maniples, and each maniple into two cen-
turies. Over each century was a centurio, so that there were sixty cen-
turions in a legion. But in each maniple there was one of the centurions
who ranked above the other, and it was these centurions of superior rank
(primorum ordinum) who were usually summoned to councils of war.
As this coyisilium wns not for consultation, but to hear a "lecture" lie
invited thcra all, of whatever rank.
3. Quam in jxirtem [ducerentur), aut quo covsUio dnccrentur, " because
they supposed that they had any right to ask or to consider in what
direction they were to be led, or with what intention they were led," kc.
9. Videbatur : as this is indirect narrative, we should have expected
the subjunctive; but the indicative is retained. In other words, this clause
is probably intended to bring out very strongly the /ad to be impressed,
fcieo Syntax, sect, xi., p. ir>y.
THE GERMAN WAR.
10. ScrvlH tumuUu, "the Servile War," "insurrection of tlie slaves,"
which broke out in B.C. 73. There were many (jrermans in the ranks of
Spartacus on that occasion. § Quos, scil., servos, which is suggested by
scrvili. Resolve quos into et hos.
14. Supcrarint : supply eos, referring to quibuscum. which depends on
co)iyressi.
20. Quod, "as to the fact that they are said," &c.
22. Quibuscunque depends on the combined phrase audievs-dicto. See
Syntax, sect, vi., 7, b, p. 140,
24. Convictam, " proved against him," "brought home to him." This
vi,rb, convinco, is usually followed by a genitive of the crime.
tJO. Prattoriam cohurlem, " body-guard."
ORAPTER XLI.
Ltnk 7. Egcrunt, "treated," "negotiated." § Sadsfacerevf, " npo-
idgise."
8. Summa belli, " the general management of the war," or " the supreme
control of the war."
10. Exquisito, "sought out," "discovered." This route some suppose
to have taken him " fifty miles round about," out of his way; others think
it means that the whole route, circuitous thougli it was, was only fifty
miles.
CnAPTE.n XLII.
LiNB 2. Per se, " as far as he was concerned."
7. Pro, "in consideration of."
11. Observe the change in the following lines from the subjunctive to
the infinitive,— a vei-b of asking governing the subjunctive, and a verb of
declaring, the infinitive. See Syntax, sect, xi., 4, p. 160.
16. " All the Gallic horsemen having been removed from their horses,
to place upon them" {co),—i.e., upon the horses.
19. Facto, depending on opus cssct, "for action." § Non irridiculc,
" not without some humour." This word is very rare, and, indeed, ia
said not to occur elsewhere.
22. Rcscribtre, "to enroll a second time,"— i.e., they were now to be
entered as " equites."
CHAPTER XLIII.
LiNEl. Satis, "tolerably."
4. Passibus : see Synl x, sect, v., 14 and 15, p. 137.
6. Ex cquis, "on horseback."
CHAPTER XLVI.
LiNR 2. On the construction ofpropius, see Nop. Milt., vii.,
3. Observe the repetition of the preposition with adcqnifarf,
7. Commilkudum, " that he sliould cause."
B. Perjidcm, " by a breach of faith."
220
NOTES ON CAESAR,
10. Merdixisset : this verb ia sometimes followed by the accusative
and the dative, instead of the ablative and dative, as here.
11. Ut, "how;" equal to quomodo.
13. Observe that injectum est agrees with the subject nearest to it, viz.,
studium, and not with the more remote, alacritas. See Syntax, sect.
i., 5, p. 131.
CHAPTER XLYII.
Line 2. Resolve neque into et non,
5. Quod—poterant : see Syntax, sect, viii., 1, a, p. 158.
6. On quin conjicerent see Syntax, sect, iv., 6, p. 155,
7. Legatum e suis, " a deputy from among his own men ;" not " one of
iiis lieutenants."
10. Humanitate seems to mean " mental endowments," " of a culti-
vated mind," "accomplished,"
11. Donatus erat civitate, " had been presented with the franchise," or
rights of a Eoman citizen, by Valerius Flaccus, who was governor of Gaul
in B.C. 83.
12. Qua refers to lingua, not to scientiam. § MuUa, equal to multum,
"readily," "fluently," or "often."
13. On eonsuetudine see Syntax, sect, viii., 2, p. 144. Observe the
change of construction from tt propter fidcm to et quod.
18. Quid ad se venirent : observe the oratio oUiqua, and change ihe
phrase into the oratio directa.
I
CHAPTER XLVIII.
Link 2. Sub monte, "at the base of a mountain;" Mr. Long thinks the
Vosges range is meant.
9. Hi3 diebus, " on (each one of) these days,"— the idea being a series of
"points of time," and so the phrase is in the ablative; but in line 6 we
find dies in the accusative, expressing duration.
10. Hoc, " the following was the kind of battle."
13. Cum his, " in company with tliese they moved up and down {i.e. , en-
ga,!;ed) in the battle."
18. Sublcvati, " supporting themselves by the manes of the horses,
tliey kept up with them."
CHAPTER XLIX.
Line 3. On the government of idoneum see Syntax, sect, vi., 8, a,
p. IJO. Most adjectives of this kind, with a vowel before tlie -?w, com-
pare by magis and waximc, -id not by terminations.
8, Kxindita means " light-armed " in this place. It often denotes simply
"free from baggage," "unencumbered."
CHAPTER L.
Line 1. ln?.tUuto, ".nccordingto his purpose," or "custom."
tax, sect, viii., 11, p. 146.
O.. CI-.„
TIJE GEItMAN WAR.
the accusative
av
§ Occasu :
6. On quae oppugnarct see Syntax, sect, ix., 2, a, p. 158.
7. Pugnatum eat : see Syntax, sect, i., 5, N.B., o. 126.
see Syntax, sect, viii., 29, p. 147.
12. Sortibus. These "lots" were taken by means of rods. The slioot
of a fruit-bearing tree was cut up into small pieces, which were marked
in a particular way, and then flung carelessly on a white cloth. After
a prayer, the officiating person (a priest, if the lots were consulted on a
state affair,— the head of a family, if on a domestic matter) touk up each
piece three times, and from his observations of the marks foretold the
future. Tacitus speaks only of men performing these ceremonies, but
Caesar here represents the women as the principal diviners. The'wi't-
cinatio means the Ueclamtioti of tlie prophecy by the mouths of the
women.
13. Ex iisu essct, " would be to their advantage." See Syntax, sect, x.,
2, p. 169, on utrum-an, or nec7ic.
long thinks the
CHAPTER LI.
Line 2. Alarios, "the allies." They wore generally posted on the
wings of the legion, and iience received the name "alae," or "alarii."
4, In proportion to the number of the enemy, Caesar was weak in
legionary soldiers, and therefore used the alarii to make a show lad spc-
ciem) of strength.
7. Generatim, "according to their tribes," with an equal distance be-
tween each tribe.
8. On the ])roper n; aes see the Vocabulary.
10. Circumdcderunt : the cars and waggons were placed behind and on
the flanks of the army, so as to render retreat impossible. § A'o. " unou
tiiem." See chap, xlii., 16. ^ > i
lenotea simply
CHAPTER LII.
Link 1. Quaesiorctn. The proper duty of the quaestor was to attend to
the money matters of the army ; but in this case Caesar seems to have
used him as a kind of general officer, to have an oversight of the legati.
Others (e.g., Kraner) think that over five legions there were legati, one to
each ; but that over the sixth a quaestor was placed, and not a legatus,—
Caesar himself superintending the whole. But as Caesar was fully
occupied, a dextro cornu, the explanation first given seems the right one.
4. Ita acriter, " with such r^irit and speed."
5. /ia repen^e, " so suddenly . "
6. Spatium means " time" here.
9. Complures nostri milites, " many aoldiers, who were on our side."
10. On the mood of insilirent and revelkrent see Syntax, sect, ix., 3,
a, p. 159. § Be supero, " from above." Most editions read desupcr'.'
14. P. Crassus was son of the famous triumvir. He was killed, along
with his father, in the Parthian war.
16. As to the two dativts depending on misit, see Syntax, aect. vi.. 10.
note X, I>. 140. ' '
M
222 NOTIW ON OAKSAIl.
CIIAl'Tini LIII.
Line 3. QiunqnaphUa : sonio editions read qiiinqnr. CominonUtlot i
(litlor widely aa to tiie place vliero the battle was Couylit. Some {c.q., Mr.
Loiij;) are of opinion that it took j)lacc in the j.Iain of Alsai-o, n'ear tlii-
Kliine ; otiiera, west of the Vos(jcs MumtiUns. g On pcrvencrunt, iu the
intlicutivo after ;)rtHa qmim, see Syntax, sect, vii., 4, a, ]). 157,
6. Ariovistiis died sonic time after this, either from grief ut his defeat
or from the effects of wounds. See book v., 21). '
8. Uxorcs: the Uermans, as a general rule, had only one wife each;
but the nobles often married more, for reasons of policy.
10. DuaejUiac: there is no verb to which the word yi/tac is subject,
because, as a ilillercnt fate befell each of the sisters, no one verb will ex-
I'less the writer's neaning. This is sometimes called the nominative
absolute; but it is simply a case of apposition. The ycna'al subject is
mentioned, to call attention to it, and then the particulars uro given with
minuteness.
^ 12. Catcnis. This word is usually found in the plural ; lience «*-j;ua here.
So trina castra. It may also mean, "a trii.lo cLaiu," " chains enough
lor three men."
ID. On sortibus sec note, chap, l., 12, above.
CHAPTER LIV.
Link 2. Resolve quos into et hos.
3. I'roj-iini lihcnum : see note on Nep. Milt., vii., 7.
7. Ad cokvcntus a(jendos. The Koman jn-oviuces wore divided into
nrcnitx, with some principal town as the centre ; and as the meetings of
the people of each circuit were held in this town, the word convcnlns,
which means simply "a meeting," came to be api.lied to the tlistrict. The
governor of a province went on circuit once a year, to hear causes and
Iransiict public business generally, as Caesar did at this time into i^ither
(Jaul,- '.c, Gaul south of the Alps.
BOOK IV.
FIKST INVASION OF BRITAIN BY THE liOMANS.
CIIAPTEK XX.
],ink4. Indc, "from it,"— viz., Britain. The assistance given to the
lauls by the Britons was one of Caesar's reasons fur invasion. Tlie
Roman thirst for empire, and the glory of breaking new ground, were,
tloubtless, others.
(I hfsulam. The common belief h. that it was during tlic government
of A-ncola, about one hundred and thirty-five yeart. after this time, that
rillST INVASION OF nuITAIV UY Tllli UoMANH.
223
jliitaii. wiiH discovered to l.c in railitif an islmid. Cuchut wouW seem to
H)it':ik :ico()i(ling to tlic tlit-n received notion on tlie Buhject.
U. J/to i.s l.ere iin iidveil. " tliitlier," " to it." It is" really a form of
(he .lativc, doi)endin« on adit. Adiasd ia followed l.y an accuautive, in-
an/iim, in line ti.
". Oal/ias, "the (.several) parts of (Jaul." § Vocafis.- tliis aMative
absolute lu best translated as a onccHsive clause, —"altlioudi he buin-
nioncd to him."
12. Observe that ncqac quanta caau, aiiU all the ^ther clausen, depend
on potcrat rcpcHix of line 15.
V6. yacm mum may mean eithc. " what practice," or " what particular
nioue ol warfare.
ClIAl'TDH XXI.
Link 1. On priusquum, with the subjunctive, sec Syntax, sect vii 4
h, p. If)?. ' '
a. For ut rcvcr'.atnr after inandat, see Syntax, sect, ix., 3, a, note f,
p. 148. See also line 10 below, impcrat, ut.
[>.nuc rckiHio Morinoa~"to this place,"-t.c., the territory of the
J\Ioiini. CI. i/h, line [) of precedii-.g chapter ; and ibi, in line I'd bdow.
10. Observe that dure and uUcmpcrare are in the preHont infinitive,
and not the future, as we should exjjcct after a verb of promising. See
Syntax, sect, ix., 6, p. 148. § On impcrio, in the dative, see Syntax,
sect. VI., 4, b, p. lyij. •' '
11. Ut pa-manercnt dei)euds on hurtatm, not on polHcitus. See hoLe \i
above, with reference.
12. Ki}S, repeated after quibus in the ablative absolute construction, is
an irregularity, and seems to be expressed for the sake of emphasis. § On
ihmuni, in the accusative, see Syntax, sect, v., 10, p. 137,
13. y/n, "among them,"- i.e., the Atrebates.
10.^ AIa<jni habcUitiir, " was held in liigli esteem," " was much set bv "
.See Syntax,_ sect, vii., 10, p. 143. § Ut is omitted before adcat. See
Mep- Milt., 1., 16, note.
17. Fida means "confident belief" in the virtue, honour, &c of
.-mother. Ilcncc, to follow ijoar bdicj, imi.Iies to trud iu a person, con-
Jule implicitly in.
19. " As far as one had an opjiortuuity, who did not dare," ka. Or a
may be taken as referring definitely to Voluseiius, qui being thus madi-
equal to quum is. See Syntax, sect, ix., 2, c, p. 151) , and viii., 2 p 158
ciiArTEU xxir.
Line 1. rarandarum navium causa : sec Syntax, sect, ix., 3, c, with
note J, p. 148. § On dum moratur see Syntax, sect, vii., 1, p. 156.
3. EAw.sarcnt, &c., "should apologise for their past conduct."' The
Koman_"]iabit" referred to in next line is that of treating kindly and
I'lotccting from injury those states which confided in them, and submitted
pcaccabiy.
6. Observe the verbs in tiie subjunctive, and refer to the Syntax.
224
NOTES ON CAESAR.
7. Voltihat, in the iiuliaitive a.U-r quod; see Syntax, «o(!t. viii., 1 a
p. 168 ; and on quod—fccmaU (line 4), sect, viii., 1, b, p. 158, ' '
9. Rcrmi tantularum, " with sucli very triHing luattera," ia au objective
«enitive. See Syntax, sect, vii., 2, p. 141.
11. Coactia perliaps inij)lies the impressing of ships ; and contractia the
more willing sui)ply, and tlie general muster. Cuac/is, however, may iefcr
to oHcrarhs above, and contractia to quot satia ease,—" having collected
about eighty ships of burden, and having mustered as many vcs.sels as lie
tliought sufficient to transport the legions."
13. Qmd navium longarum, " whatever number of ships of war "—
i.e., all the ships of war. See Syntax, sect, vii., 6, a, p. 142.
16. I'ortum: the harbour ia supi)osed to be VuHus Itias, or Wit-and ■
tiie farther harbour, where the eighteen ships were detaited, tian<iatie
not Calaia.—Mr. Lony. '
CHAPTER XXIir.
Link 2. Tcrtia fere vis/ilia, " about the third watch,"— ?'.«., a littlo
after midnight, if the phrase means about the beginning of the third
watch. See note on book i., chap, xii., line 7. § Solvit, scil., navts,
he unmoored his ships,"— i.e., set sail.
4. J/ora qiiarta,~i.e., about ten o'-jlock in the morning.
7. JIaec, " such." § Ita, " so." § Anyustia means that the mountains
ran down close to the shore, terminating in precipitous cliffs, so that thfl
passage between tiie tide and the rucks was very narrow. It might be
translated, " by cliffs so narrowing that," &c.
10. On dum, with convenirent, see Syntax, sect, vii., p. 16(3. ^IJoraiii
nonam,—i.e., three o'clock p.m.
13. Mo)iuit~ut postularent does not mean, "he warned them that
military affairs i luired ;" but, as Mr. Long explains it, " he warned
them, consistently with the rules of military ^A, and particularly with
those of naval matters, that as they had to move with rapidity, and on an
unstable surface, everything must be done with strict regard to the signal
ami the time."
lo. Mr Long is of opinion that Caesjir landed near Deal, both now and
in the second invasion. Others think it was farther down the coast,
beyond Dover.
CHAI'TEU XXIV.
LiiNR 1. Observe that praemisso agrees with the substantive nearest to
it. See Syntax, sect, ii., 8, p. 133.
2. The Essedarii were those who fought from the essedum or esseda, a
kind of two-wheeled war-chariot or car. The Britons used this kind 'of
force more especially; they do not seem to have had cavalry proper,— at
least if they had, it was in very small numbers.
3. Prohihehant, " tried to prevent," " were for preventing." See Syn-
tax, sect, i., 19, c, p. 127.
6. Alto, "deep sea." § Constitui, "be moored." § On militibua, in
the dative after dcsiliendum and the oth«r <'erund'Te= =ee Svnta" =^00*
xi.,6, p. 150. ° " ~' " J -> " '■
FIRST INVASION OV URITAIN BY THE IK.MANS, 220
9^ Ej: arido ia equal to nn adjective, and is coupled to proarmi by aut
10 InsueMtos, "accuHtomcd " to go into the water. " The ve b
intuijacert, it is eaid, occurs only here. "-L<mg
16l). § Iloram
tive nearest to
ng." See Syn-
CHAI'TKU XXV.
Link3. ;?mot.m.. this verb means, "to change the position of
^u^over^ in line 6, " to put out of the way." " clear the ground '•
8. Paulum "^oc^o.,;' a little way only,"_i.«., a little, and no more.
top'onTpoie ■ ^ ^''' '"""'^'^^ '^ '^'' ''^«'°" "^ »" ^'^y^' «« ^''«
13. PracatMtro: ihQ future perfect-" I shall have performe.l," s,,.-
gest.ng the idea before meeting death, which, under thl circumstances
seemed inevitable. See Syntax, sect, xii,, 9, p. 162. ^"^^""^"t^nc*-".
CHAPTER XXVI.
xiit's^p." 162. '''""*'''"^' ^"^ °" conspcxeraut (line 6), see Syntax, sect,
of linear''''''"'' "* ''^°'' '^'^'' °'™P^"y-" It is opposed to aingularcs,
or^-cS,"^' ;'««iall boats " n, Speculatoria navigia were light vessels
01 cutters, for rapid sailing, designed to keep a watch on the enemy's
movements. tucu.j a
13. Cttraww <cncrc, " to continue, or hold on, their course."
CIIAPTEU XXVII.
Line 1. Simul, with a verb, is sometimes accompanied by atquf or ac
a.s liere; sometimes by ut ; and sometimes stands alone, as in line 11 of
preceding chapter. ' ^ ^ °'
6. J/o(/o oratoris : he was not a regular orator or envoy, but (see ch-m
XXI.) was intrusted with a duty similar to that of envoy. ^ ^"
8. Ejus rei,—viz.„ the putting Commius in chains.
9. Contulerunt, "attributed," "laid the blame."
12. On invpriidentiae, in the dative, see Syntax, sect, vi 4 « n "
§ Impcravit ohsides, soil., iia. > > <^> v-
CHAPTER XXVIII.
Line 1. Post diem quartum quam, " on the fourth day aft-r they (the
llomans^ reached Britain." Quam is explained as an oxa^le oi attraction
I'euig drawn into the same case as diem going before. It does not agree
in gender with cZim(7,t«r(M^; but this Mr. Long attributes to the cir-
cumtance that it had become a kind of everyday expression, not admitting
of s net grammatical analysis. Some consider the phrase equal to die
quarto postquain. ^
3. Supcrioreportu: tlie same harbour which, in chap, sxili., was railed
fw/l r'n 'if ,°^ ^'"'/"' ^'"''' ^^^"^^^ Caesar himself set sail.
S ^ustiilerant, "had taken on board."
(135) 15
I
f
I
226
NOTKS ON CAESAR.
4. On Britanniae, in dative, see Syntax, sect, vi., 4, d, p. 139.
7. Inferiorem, &c.: tiiat is, farther west ale '^ the south coast.
8. 6'at is an objective genitive (see Syntax, stct. vii., 2, p. 141)—" with
great danger to themselves."
ClIAPTKU XXIX.
Line 1. Luna plena : some astronomers count that this full moon
hai)pened on the night of the 9th September, li.c. 55; otiiers, on that of
the 30th of August. The calendar, however, had not been reformed at
this time.
2. Aestus maximos, " very high tides,"— viz., spring tides. These tides
were unknown to Caesar's men who had charge of the ships. It seems
extraordinary that they had not seen this phenomenon during the Venetian
war ^book iii., 12), or that they had not heard of it, if not themselves
present. Caesar himself must have known of it.
7. Administrandi, " of managing them."
8. Rdlquae quum, &c., " when the rest were rendered useless for sail-
ing, by the loss of their ropes," &c. On inutiles ad, see Syntax, sect, vi.,
8, a, note +, p. 140. So also erant usui ad, line 12.
13. Constabut, " it was agreed on," " was an understood thing," " was
evident."
14. /?i.A.ie'/?ie7ft, "against the winter."
CHAPTER XXX.
Line 1. Principcs is subject to duxcruut of line 6. Note and distin-
guish the clauses of this involved sentence.
4. //oc, "on this acjount."
6. Ow factu see Syntax, sect, x., 2, p. 149.
7. Rem, "the war,"
10. Rursas, "again,"— i.e., "changing their sentiments," "taking a
turn,"
CHAPTER XXXI.
Line 2. Eventu, kc, "from what befell," or " happened to ;" "tlic
disaster." § Ex co, quod, " from this circumstance, that."
3. Ad omucs casus, " for (or against) all chances," or "every emer-
gency."
6. On materia, in ablative, see Syntax, sect, viii., 9, p. 145; and on
ad naves r^dendas, xi., 8, p. 150.
CHAPTEK XXXII.
Line 2. Neque is equal to et non, — " and no suspicion of wa?' having in
the interval arisen. "
6. Ill stafione is a military phrase, " on guard."
0. Fvi'i'ct, " Ihau custom would (or ivas iikely to) bring,"— i.e., than -.va;'
usually brought.
,e and distiii-
FllWT INVASION OF J3111TA1N BY IllE liOMANS. 227
10. In stationem mcccderc, " to take their place on guard." § Rdiquas,
There were ten cohorts in the legion. Of these, four which wele ou
Ruard Ime 8) he took with him. Of the other six, two were left to
Mow. "^""^ ^ " ^^' "''^ '^' ''"^"^""^S ^""^- ^^^^'«^«^) ^« ordJed to
14. Rcliquis partibus, the other parts of the country
17. Incertis ordinibns. The soldiers were busily engaged in cutti„«
down the corn when attacked. They speedily tried to fflAnto "ine b t
m heir haste they scarcely knew where to run to find their proper Ink
and hence they were more easily " put into confusion" and driven i^'
CHAPTER XXXIII.
as MW'=^"^""' '"^ '''"'^' " *^' "^'^^ '^ ^S'^^'^S ^^•°'" *^^ '^^^""t i«
2. Perequitant, "drive about." The subject is medarii, to be taken
out of exemd^s. § Tcrrore equorum most probably means "the wild
exci ement of their own horses "-(not those of the Eomans, as some ii^r
pret), or the "terror caused by the maddened horses." ' But from the
close connection of strepUu rotaruM, the former seems preferable.
b. llh, they, VIZ., the fighters. In each chariot there were two men -
the auriya or driver, and the essedarim or fighter '
ste'adinroni:try.^^ ^^'^'^^ ^^^ '^^'^ "^^^ «^ -airy and the
10. ^'wsime.e either to "hold in," like rethieve, or to "hold un "
ash^l^^ml'^"*' '' check them (regulate their sp;ed asthey wlh^iu
ClIAPTEU XXXIV.
Line 1. "To our men, therefore, who were bewildered by these things
r 1 . • ^'i ,"'""^' -^"^""^ '« *^« ^l^ecial explanation of r/wi^as
re6M8, which depends on j9«r<««-6a<is " "u ui (/Mtows
ix.!'2;^t'p^ Ti^^"^""' '''*• '" ^^' P- ^^^' ""'^ °" *"«'' co«i.Wren^, sect.
12.^'ttt liberandi, "of securing their liberty." Sui is the L'enitive
m,ular neuter of suns, a, um,-- of their own interest (a fa r state or
me such Idea) to be set free." This mi must not be conflunded wi
t^TZ^ti^ I'o! ''''''''' ^-"-^- «- ^^- «- ^^^^^ ^^;f '
CUAPTiill XXXV.
6 '"^if;/,^'"-"/' " ^^y'"^ fortunately procured." So in chap, xxiii. 1.
0. nmtius, "for any (considerable) lengtli of time "
wJ;c Z'LT^"' 'T. 1 ''^ '' ^""^ ^'^""^ I'"'-^"^'! ^'^em as far as they
„„ ii • !f-.-ii iij (,j,vn cpeeu and their Ktreuiitii " — if im iir
t^lT^'f" '''''!'' ""'" ^" '-'•-«• - - far as 'their ;'tre„jh
la&tcd, and as lung as they saw there was any use in pursuit.
J
228 NOT KS ON CAESAR.
CIlAl'TBH XXXVI.
Line 3. Eos,—i.t>,., the hostages.
4. Aequinoctii : the autumnal equinox (22d September), wlien stortna
usually prevail. This shows that Caesar was in Britain about three weeks
lu all. § Jliemi, &c., "that his voyage should not be exposed to stormy
weather."
8. For rcUqui, " the other troops," some editions read rdiquae, " the
other ships." § Capere, " to make," " reach."
^ PI-
BOOK V.
SECOND INVASION OF BRITAIN.
CHAPTER VIII.
Line 2. For rem sorr editions read rei, with a slight difference of
meaning. § Ut tueretur : observe ut with the subjunctive, all these
clauses expressing a purpose.
5. Quaeque, " and (that) he might make himself thoroughly cognizant
of what was being done in Gaul."
4. Pro tempore et re, " according to time and circumstances," — i.e., as
time and circumstances demanded.
6. Pari numero— quern, " with the same number (2000) as." The full
expression would be something like this,— Numero equitum^ pari ei numeri
quern, &c.
7. The wind having lulled, Caesar's fleet is carried a very considerable
distance down iho coast, so that at dawn Britain is seen far away on the loft.
9. Commutatiiiiiem, "the turn of the tide." The flood-tide had carried
him out of his course, a d he now takes advantage of the ebb to return to
his original position.
12. Virtus cannot be translated by any one word here. It is explained
by what follows : — 1st, They patient! y endured the hard work of rowing;
and, 2d, They put forth great vigour, and that, too, successfully, for they
kept up with swifter ships, though they were handling transports (vectoi'iis)
and heavy-laden hulks.
17. On annotivis see Vocabulary.
18. Sui commodi, " which each one had deemed necessary tor his own con-
venience (or comfort)." Causa may be supplied to complete the phrase ; but
this is unnecessary, asfacio, habco, and some other verbs, are often followed
by such a genitive, which is a "genitive of price or value." ** Each one
had set a value on these private ships, — the value being, his oiun comfort."
CHAPTER IX.
Line 5. Veritus navibiis, "fearing for the safety of his ships." This
verb is seldom followed by a dative, though metuo and timco are. See
SECOND INVASION OF BRITAIN.
229
y cognizant
Syntax, sect v. 15, p 141. § Molli refers to the sandiness of the shore,
and apcrto to the unobstructed ness of view; that is, there are not \nX
chifs but low rising ground, which admits of viewi-. the interior of the
country The place described is supposed to be the neighbourhood of Deal
6 After praefccit, supply copUs, or such word, referring to line 3.
§ /me.9t<^to depends on praefccit, and vavihus or. pra^sidio,-" he ap-
pointed Atiius to command the forces, (which were intended) as a guaid
foi-^ the ships." See Syntax, sect, yi., 1 and 4, p. 139; and 7, c, p. 140
8. Flumen. Mr. Long supposes the river to be the Stour, and the place
Grove Ferrij. The distance and the locality agree with Caesai-'s descripLn
U. Iropuftnabartt ex sUvis, either "came forth in small numbers
oTlhe wlds -' ^° ^^ '" "" " ^''- ■'^' <^^*^ "^'"'^''^ ^''"^ undercover
CHAPTEK X.
Line 1. Milifcs, foot soldiers, as opposed to cquifes. 8 Expeditimeni
means an "excursion with expediti, or troops free from hliZTfoTTe
purpose of observation, pursuit, clearing the country, or other such service
requiring quick movement. "civi^t-
3. Extremi By this word some understand "the rear of the troops
which Caesar had despatched, " and which he immediately recalls (chap ^i )
;.vhen he hears of the disaster to the fleet, This is undoubtedly the riglit
interpi-etation, as the phrase aliquantum itineris progressis shows. Others
think that e^frmi refers to the rear guard of the enemy, in search of
whom the Romans had gone out. But there is no mention of the enemy
and the ellipse of hostium in such a case would be a most unusual one
6. Ejectas m More .- this is another example of the comtvmtio praegnans
or which see note on Caes. Bell. Gall., i., 12, 10. We mighf ex/ect In
litus after such a verb of motion. i ^ "lo
7. Subsisterent, "held their own."
IBS
CUAPTEU XI.
viii^'^S)^" ^fi^ dc^i^iere "to abandon the march." See Syntax, sect.
Mil., ^z, p. 14b. borne editions read in itinere rcsistere
J- if'r'f r,'"^' by personal inspection almost the same state of things
If. ^f.l^fd learned from the messengers and from despatches, -to this
extent, that though about forty ships were lost, the rest could neverthe-
less be refitted with great trouble. "
6. i''a6,'03,-i.e. carpenters and smiths, men who had made these occu-
pations their special traue at home.
9. Subduci, " to be hauled up on shore."
18. Tamesis, the Thames. Caesar calculates the distance of this part
ot the river from the sea by his own march from the coast. His ideas on
the geography of the island were very hazy.
CHAPTER XII.
Line 4. Orti ex: see Syntax, sect, viii., 4 and 5, p. 144.
0. Taleis, bars or rods of metal.
JMHi
I
ml
2a()
NOTES ON CAESAR.
9. The phimhum album, or tin, was found in Cornwall, but not in the
interior of the country {mcdiierrancis reymiibus).
10. Fermra in maritimis : the maritime regions are not now-a-da,y3
the iron-producing districts; but formerly Sussex yielded supplies, and to
this Caesar doubtless refers,
11. Materia, "timber," "trees." The /afifus and abics Caesar had
not seen or heard of; but this does not prove that they did not exist. Abies
is the white or silver fir. Some consider abies the " Scotch fir," and
fagus the " S'veet chestnut."
14. Animi voluptatisque causa, " for fancy and for pastime." § Temper-
atiora means more moderate both as to heat and cold.
CHAPTER XIII.
Line 4. Pertinet, " extends." This verb is almost always accompanied
by a preposition, as ad, or by an adverb denoting direction.
5. Ad Hispaniam. This is, of course, a great mistake; but Caesar
gained most of his geograjyhical and other facts about Britain from mcrca-
tores or traders. The size of Ireland (Ilibernia), too, is over-estimated; it
is only about one-third that of Great Britain.
7. Transmissus is the genitive singular, depending on spatio, " an equal
length of voyage."
9. Mona, " Isle of Man ;" some say Anglesea; but no person who had
seen the island could make such a mistake. By minores insulae the
Hebrides are probably intended.
11. Sub bruma, "about {i.e., near) the winter solstice." But, of course,
it is not true that darkness prevailed for thirty days.
12. Ex aqua mensuris, " by water-measures,"— i.e., by the water-
clock, or clepsydra, which was formed on the same principle as our sand-
glass. The water fell dmp by drop from one vessel into another; and on
tlie side of the lower vessel a scale to indicate the hours was inscribed.
16. Maxime, "more than any other,"— i.e., it does not look towards
any country properly ; but if there be any one at all to which it may bo
Raid to look, it is Germany.
18. Vicies centum : 2000 miles for the coast line of Great Britain is
much below the mark. The real length is 4500 miles for England and
Scotland combined. Caesar's measurements are probably taken, as Mr,
Long suggests, from one salient corner to another; and if so, not far fr m
the truth.
CUAPTER XIV.
Line 1. Ilumanissimi, " most advanced in civilization."
3. Consuctiidine, " manner of life," " customs." § Frumenta, " cerealh,'
— i.e., grain crops generally.
4. Lacte et came : so it is to the present day,— milk, cheese, butter,
and flesh-meat, being more used in Britain as staple articles of food than
in any other couiitvy of Europe. On the construction, sec Syr.tnx, spi t.
viii., 3, p, 144,
but not in the
SECOND INVASION OK BRITAIN.
2;3i
5. Vitw, " with woad." This phmt is stili grown in some i>art,s or
Hurope, for a dye of bluish colour, wliich is pressed from its leaves.
CHAPTER XV.
Line 1. The thread of the story is resumed from cliapter xi., line 14
0. Intermtsso spatio, " some time having intervened "
9. Atque his primis, " and these the f.r.i." In each legion there seema
the others'" *""" ' '°^'"'*' '""^^'"^ ^"''"''' '''^"'*' ^^''^'"^ ^"-^^^ *h^°
13, Hubmissis, " sent to their aid."
a accompanied
itio, " an equal
But, of course,
CHAPTER XVI.
Line 4. On aptos ad see Syntax, sect, vi., 8, a, with note f, p. 140
Cederent .-for the mode of fighting adopted by the British cssedaru,
soe^book IV., chap. 33. Hence he calls the battle an unequal, (.lispa^i)
_ 9. Jiatio "the manner" in which the enemy fought brought to both
infantiT ami cavalry ahke a danger of the same kind and of equal amount.
iU. Co,>ferh, in compact masses," or in "close array." S /Uiri "in
small numbers - here and there." Observe that masjnis inUrvallis, " .t
great intervals, is equal to an adjective, and is therefore coupled to rari
by -que. '■
CHAPTER XVII.
Lines. Palmlandi causa .■ see Syntax, sect, ix., 3, c, with note t, p. 148.
7. licpukrunt : some scholars, among whom is Mr. Long, prefer to
spell this perfect with two p's, reppuli, on the ground that it is .syncopated
lor rcpcpuh. So rettuli and rcpperi.
10. On sui {coUigendi) see note, Caes. Bell. Gall., book iv,. chap 34
line 12. ' '
12. Auxilia, 'the auxiliaries, who had assembled from overu quarter
went each his several way." '
13. Summis copiis, "with the full mustei of his forces together."
CHAPTER XVIII.
Line 1. ConsiHo, viz., to stop him at the river, but not to risk a general
engagement.
2. [/no loco : where this ford was, cannot now be determined. See a
learned note on the topography of this chapter, in Long's " Caesar."
5. Sharp stakes were driven in on the margin of the river, and others
in the bed of the stream, so as to be covered by the water.
CHAPTER XIX.
_ Line 3. Servabat, "kept close to," "dogged;" or, perhaps, it ia used
ui the sense of observahal, " watciied narrowly."
«1
232
NOTKS ON OAERAPv.
10. Hoc mdu, " tlirousli fear of tliis." § Relinquehatur, " it remainwl
for Caesar, on tlie one hand, not to allow."
13. Quantum, "as far as the legionary troops, i.e., the infantry, were
able to accomplish by toil and by marching." Tlio cavalry could not rove
too far away from the infantry, whose aid they might require against tiie
enemy; and thus tli-eir efforts against the Britons were restricted by the
pliysical strenjith and power of endurance of the infantry, and by the
length of their marches.
CHAPTER XX.
LiNt The rrjHoftrtw^cs occupied the territory corresponding in great
part to the county of Essex. The capital was Camalodunum (Colchester).
§ Firmissima, " most warlike," or " most resolute," as in book i., chap. 3.
The mention of this and other tribes is the only hint afforded us as to
Caesar's route. He crossed the Thames, about eighty miles (not from its
mouth, but) from the part of the coast where he landed,— some think at
Kingston, otliers at Cowey Stakes,— and marched onward through Ilert-
fordshiro. ^ § Earum rcgionum, " of those districts" to which Caesar
was directing his course.
2. On fidcin sccutus see note, Caos. Bell. Gall., book iv., chap. 21, line 17.
8. Quipracsit, "to preside," See Syntax, sect, ix., 2, p. 158.
CHAPTER XXr.
Line 1. Dcfensis, defended from the attacks of Cassivellaunus, § Pro-
hibitis, secured from injury at the hands of the soldiers. § Militum is a
subjective genitive. See Syntax, sect, vii,, 2, p. 141.
2, For the proper names see the Vocabulary.
4. Ex eo loco, from the place referred to in last line of preceding chapter,
where the corn and hostages were given up.
6, Oppidum: the British term for town was caer, as still found in
Caerleon. These oppida were forts for defence in time of war, not for
the constant residence of a settlwl i)opulation.
13. Multl, "many men."
CHAPTER XXir.
Line 1, Dum geruntur : see Syntax, sect, vii., 1, p. 156, Compare chap-
ters xi. and xiv, of this book, on the aistra navalia and the position of
Kmt.
4. His: see Syntax, sect, vi., 4, c, p. 139; and on uti adoriantur, sect.
ix., 3, a, with note f, p, 148.
12, On multum aesfatis, and on quid vcctigalis (line 14), see Syntax,
faect. vii., 6, a, p. 142. Quid, "what amount."
13. Extrahi mea.is to be " wasted fruitlessly," " passed in inactivity,"
15, Interdicit atque impcrat, " he forbids, and (in doing so) strictly
charges." The next clause depends specially on interdicit.
16, iN'ew is equal to et, ut, non. § On Mandubratio, in the dative, pee
Syntax, sect, vi., 4, b, p. 139.
THE HAULS AND THE GERMANS.
233
CHAPTER XXIII.
Link 2. IHs duluctis, " these (ships) being hauled down," or launched.
4. Commcatlbus means liere, " comings and goings,"— i. c, "journeys,"
" trips." So also in line 8.
5. Tot navigatiunihus, "after (or during) so many voyages."
6. Dcsidcrarefnr, " was aniissing."
8. Et, " both those oi the first trip, after the soldiers had been landed,
nnd tlinse which Labienus had got built." To these latter the verb re-
mittereritt.-r cannot strictly api)ly, as they were sent for the ^rs^ time; but
the proper verb is easily supplied.
10. Capcrent locum, "made their port." Caperent depends on accidit,
through uti (line 4).
12. On the time of these events, the advanced student should consult
]\Tr. Long's note. It is supposed that Caesar left Britain on the 25th
So[itember b.o. 54. The Romans do not seem to have molested tlie
islanders again till a.d. 43, in the reign of Claudius.
13. Angustim collocavit, " packed more closely" on board the ships.
BOOK VI.
MANNERS AND CUkSTOMS OF THE GAULS AND
THE GERMANS.
CHAPTER XI.
Line 1. Adhunc locum, "to this part of the history." In the foregoing
chapter mention is made of the Suevi, a German tribe, and thus Ger-
many is again introduced ; while a connected account of the manners and
customs of the Gauls, of which we have only had incidental notices, was
perhaps deemed by Caesar a necessary part of his Commentaries.
2. Observe that et couples de morihus, not to another phrase of the
same form, but to a relative clause, quo diffcrant, — both, however, stand-
ing in the same relation to proponere.
5. Pagis partibusquc, " cantons and parts of states." It is not unusual
with Caesar thus to add the genus to the species. By partihus some
understand subdivisions of the pagi. § Factiones, "political parties."
7. /i'o?"wm, "ofthera,"' le Gauls. § (^orwrn refers not to eorum, but
to principcs.
8. Summa, " the chief direction of all affairs and of all measures (or
public resolutions) is referred to their pleasure and judgment.
9. Idque, " and this arrangement seems to have been entered on from
early times, with this view, that," o:c.
10. On auxilii, in the genitive, see Syntax, sect, ''ii., 9, p. 143.
234
NOTKS ON CAKSAR.
13. Totius GuIIiac depends on ratio, and m summa is to lio tiikeii
absolutely,—'* this same principle pervades the whole of Gaul, in tiie
mass," or " in the main."
CHAPTER Xlir.
Line 1. AHquo numero, "of any account at all." Nmnero means
worthy of being reckoned or counted; and so our word "account"
answers the double meaning.
3. Observe nullo, in the dative, and not tiuUi. § On consiHo, in the
dative, see Syntax, sect, vi., 4, d, p. 139,
4. Aut is rarely thus repeated three times. Debt (arising, probably,
from money borrowed at iiigh intorest to assist in tlie cultivatiou of the
huid), taxes, and tyrannical oppression, were the great causes of the
miserable condition of the lower orders.
G. In hos, " over those the nobles had by law the same power as jnas-
ters have over their slaves."
7. Jh'uidum. Tiiis word is said to be derived from a Celtic word siLriii-
fvingan "oak tree." Tiiere were three classes of J)niids ;— tlie Uriiids
proiier, who were profoundly learned in their religious system, had the
Hir ;e of education, and dispensed justice; the Vates, who perfoi nied
«. .red rites, and cultivated a knowledge of things material ; and tiie V,m\\\,
who were the poets or bards.
8. Intersunt : "these Druids are conversant with, or take part in, all
religious matters, have the char^^o of (procurant) ail sacrifices, and ex-
plain {interpret antur) the religious system (doctrines, omens, &c,, &c.) to '
the uninitiated."
11.^^7/i refers to the Druids ; eos to the Gauls. § Fere, " for the most
part." It applies to the whole sentence.
means "punishment by fines;" and poenas,
14. Praemia probably
" general punishments."
15. Si qui, " whoever,"— more definite than si quis. § Dccreto is tlie
ablative, governed by stctit. The preposition in U sometimes added.
% Sacrificiis is the ablative, depending on interdicunt. See Syntax, sect,
viii., 22, p. 146. The verb interdico governs tlie accusative of the person,
and the ablative of tlie thing forbidden, as here; or the dative of the
i.orson, and the accusative of the thing. It occurred a few chapters ago
with ut and the subjunctive.
18. His dccedmit, "get out of their way," (for fear of contamination).
Some books read discedunt.
20.^ Ctm iis must be supplied after, communicatur,—" they h&ve no
part in any office of honour."
22. Hoc mortuo : " on the death of this (chief), if, on the one hand (nut).
any person from among all the rest is conspicuous by his weight of cliar-
acter, he succeeds, (in virtue of that eminence ;^ but if, on the other hand,
there are several on an equality, he (viz., the new Archdruid) succeeds in
virtue of the (majority of) votes of the Druids,"— t.r., the succession h
decided by tlie votes of the Druids. After druidum some books read
aliegitur, but without proper MS. authority.
THE GAULS AND TFIK GERMANS.
235
2(5. Considunt, "sit down together,"— i.e., "form a bench" for tlio
Ril ministration of justice. We must receive with reserve these statements
of Caesar about the Druids, as he seems to have heard them only, and not
to have had personal knowledge.
28. iJisdplina means the "whole system" of the Druid religion,
g lieperta (est), " was devised."
onsiUo, in the
lower as Jiias-
' for the most
CHAPTER XIV.
Line 2. Vacationcm militiae, " exemption from military service, and
freedom from all public burdens," or " privileges of every kind." Their
sacred character freed them from all the calls which might be made on
laymen,— such as war, taxes, labour on public works, and otiier sudi
things.
4. In discipHnam, "for training."
7. Ea, " these subjects,"— i.e., the subjects of the verses. The Celts,
both in Gaul and in Ih-itain, had been in the habit, long before Caesar's
time, of writing their own language in Greek characters. See book i,,
chap. 29, line 1, note.
8. liationibus, "atrairs,"—not "accounts," as usually.
10. Disciplina again means the "religious system." 'They do not wish
it to run the risk of publication by being written down; "and, on the
other hand, they do not wish thf.t those who learn should relax in culti-
vating the memory, through a reliance on written characters ; for tliis
commonly happens to most persons, that, relying on the help of written
characters, they relax their diligence in thorough learning, and fail to
exercise till, memory."
14. Post mortem transire : they believed in the doctrine of the trans-
migration of souls, or metempsychosis.
15. The subject to exdtari is homines, understood.
16. Mundi, " the universe." § Terrarum, " the globe of our earth."
18. Vi seems to mean the inherent might of the gods ; potcstate, tl. .r
authority and influence over men.
CHAPTER XV.
Line 1. Alterum -. see line 7 of chapter xiii. § Hi omnes is subject to
versantU7\
5. Ambactos is a Gothic word, meaning "vassal," or "retainer."
Some consider dicntes to be merely an explanation of it, more compre-
hensible to llomans.
6. Oratiam potentiamque, "influence and authority."
CHAPTER XVI.
Line 1. Admodum, &c., "exceedingly given to religious ceremonial,"
" in all things too superstitious."
8. Simulacra: these gigantic images are supposed to liave been figuiea
of their gods. § Alii: there is no second alii to correspond ; it is there-
23R
NOTKS ON CAKr.AR.
fore probable that Caesar means to confine this barbarous custom to a
few tribes,
11. Noxa is a very compreliensive term, including theft, robbery, injury
done to a man's person or property, &c. The immolation {suppHcia) of
Buch felons was deemed specially acceptable to the gods.
CHAPTER XVir.
Link 1. Caesar gives Roman names to tlie Gallic deities which were
assigned similar attributes. The supreme god among the Gauls was called
Tcut; and he who corresponded to Mercury, Teutafes. But on the subject
of these and the other deities mentioned, the opinions of the learned vary
much.
7. Initia tradere, "teaches the rudiments (or first principles) of (useful)
labour and the arts."
10. Qutim supcraverunt, "when they have gained the victory." Some
books read quae suj^eraverunt, "whatever things remain after the offerin-'
to the god."
13.^ Ncque saepe, &c., "nor did it often happen that any one, forgetful
of religious obligations, dared either to secrete booty in his own grounds
(apud se), or to carry it off (from the tumulus) when once deposited."
Tumuli are found in many parts even of Britain, out of which specimens of
ancient armour and other things are often obtained ; but ihesQ tumuli were
perhaps used as burying-plaees. The tumuli spoken of here seem to
have been mere piles of weapons and other articles captured in war.
CnAPTEIl XTIII.
Line 1. 7)rte,— Dis, i.e., Pluto. This seems to indicate that they sup-
posed themselves autochthones, or sprung from earth. Fluto's kingdom is
the kingdom of darkness ; and so, in honour of their great father, they
made night the grand starting-point in their reckoning of time. So loe
say "fortnight;" and "se'nnight," for seven-night.
4. Noctem : birth-days, the first days of months and of years, are so
marked or kept "as that the day follows the night,"— i.e., the day is
counted from sunset to sunset. So among the Jews, " The evening and
the morning were the first day."
7. Ut possint, " so as to be able." § Palam adire ad se, " to approach
them in public," or "before strangers."
CHAPTER XIX.
Line 1. Quantas pecunias, "all the means that men receive from their
wives in the ^c of dowry." Pecunias implies not only money, but
everything ^ uiight be converted into money. This they put into ?
common stock, wuich was managed separately from the husband's otha
property. Separate accounts wove kept. The produce of each year went
to increase the joint-dowry stock, and the longest survivor obtained the
whole accumulations. § Accepcrunt is used like our present, and denotes
i
THE GAULS AND THE GERMANS.
23i
what takes place usually and from time to time. See Syntax, sect, h, 21, c,
y. 127.
3. Fructua is used in a ver eial sense of the yield or produce of
anything, aa the interest of money, profit on trading, &c.
9. In aervilem inoduin, " they examine their wives, just as they do
slaves " (i.e., by torture) ; or, " they hold an investigation on their wives,
as they do on slaves ; and if anything {i.e., any foul j.lay) is discovered,
they put them to death," &c. Observe that the subject to compertum eat
is omitted (sugpicioncm of line 8 suggesting it), as also the object of iyiter-
Jiciunt, viz., eas, referring to uxorihus.
11. Pro cultu, " in proportion to the means," "for the means."
12. Vivis cordi fuisse, " to have been pleasing ^^ them when alive,"—
literally, " to the heart of them when living." See Syntax, sect, vi., 10,
p. 140.
13. Supra hanc memoriam, " farther back than the recollection of men
of this {i.e., Caesar's) day."
CHAPTER XX.
Line 1. Commodius, "more judiciously" than others,— t.c, with a
gi'eater regard to the commodum, or public advantage.
2. Sanctum : another form of sancitum, from sancio, — " have a law,
enforced by a jjenalty." The " sanction " of a law is the penalty by which
its observance is secured.
7. Quae visa sunt, " whatever seems proper (to them)."
8. Per concilium,— i.e., it is only in the public and regularly constituted
assembly that permission is given to speak on affairs cf state.
CHAPTER XXI.
Line 1. Ncque druldcs hahent. This is scarcely correct. They had
priests and also religious institutions ; but in this and other respects
tliey differed greatly from the Gauls.
3. Quos cernunt, " whom they perceive with the outward senses," such as
tlie sun, the moon, and fire. Tacitus gives a very different account of the
GJermans and their religion.
CHAPTER XXII.
Line 1. Student means that they don't pay very great attention to
agriculture,- don't make it their chief employment and great source of
wealth. § Vidus, "of their food."
4. The magistrates and chief men assign to clans and brotherhoods of
men, for a year at a time, as much land as they think right, and in what-
ever part of the country they see fit. But nobody has a fixed portion of
land, or an estate of his own.
7. The reasons for this practice {ejus rei) are now given : — to prevent
agricultural pursuits from absorbing their attention to the exclusion of
war; to keep down the desire for large estates, which might lead to the
oppression of the weaker citizens ; to discourage the building of permanent
238
NOTKS (»N CAKNAK.
hoiiHes (they liad only huts), with very ^rcat care in regard to the dcfcnoc
aRaiuBt h"'>t and cold; to waid oil" the first approaches of avarice, whicli
begets party-spirit antl civil broils ; to keep the people couteuted, by pre-
serving e(iuality and tliereby crushing envy.
10. Vitandoa agrees with acstas, which is nearest to it, and not with
friijora, the more remote substantive, though lu applies to both.
CHAPTEU XXUI.
Line 1. States take special credit to themselves for driving ofl" their
neighbours, and keeping in a state of desert the territory bordering oa
their own.
2. J'roprium, " a peculiar mark (or j)roof ) of valour."
6. Maijistratus, " sjiecial officers to take charge of the war." § Before
ut, ita must be supplied, — "on such a footing that they have power of
lif"^ and death." In times of peace, on the contrary, justice is adminis-
tered by tlie chief men of the districts.
12. J'ra-dicaiit, " they avow," " profess," " plainly acknowledge," that
this is done to afl'ord tlieir young men discipline, and to keep down slothful
habits.
13. Qui scqui vdint, " let those who are inclined to follow hlra give
their names." See Syntax, sect, xi., 4, p. 1(50.
15. Qui exhia : Kraner interprets this, we think, rightly, " those of the
men wiio had volunteered." Mr. Long says, " those who had not pro-
mised."
17. Rerxnn is an olrjective genitive,— "confidence in regard to all mat-
ters." § Dcrogatur hig, " is witlidrawn from tliem." The word properly
mtaiis to "repeal a law." On his, in the dative, see Syntax, sect, vi., 14,
p. 141 ; also 3 and 4, p. 139.
18. Quaque, "each," ■' every,"— j.c, any whatever. Some books read
quacunquc,
CIIAPTEH XXIV.
Link 6. The Ydcae Tcctosagca occupied part of the provincia in
Caesar's time. Their cliief town was Toulouse.— Zo«fif. They had settled
in Uermauy about B.C. 300, and there some of them remained till Caesar's
day.
9. Laudis, " glory," " renown ;"— not praise, but what commands
praise. T'ns is a frequent use of laus.
12. MuHa ad copiam, &c., "supplies plentifully many articles for
luxury and for necessary use."
CHAPTER XXV.
Line 2. Expedito, "to a rapid traveller ;" literally, "lightly equipped."
3. ^ overiuif," they (the Germans) have no knowledge of road measuring."
4. The Nemetes and Rauraci dwelt on the banks of the Rhine. From
their territory he represents the Hercynian Forest as starting. Thence it
ran ahmg the straigh.t courr-c of the Danu' to the boundaries of the Daei
e.ud Anartcs, whose limits at the time spox.eu of are not well ascertained,
hut are sup
turn to the
8. IJuJui
or eastern <
Line 1. .
two horns.
2. The u
branch whi
imagined tl
the main hi
spoke only
next note.
3. Palmt
to resrmble
like trees,
5. Mar/n
smaller, thi
Line 1. .
2. Figar
similar to
understand
of the hair
colours at a
3. Mutih
correct, uui
formation i
nod is, "wit
|iiobably fn
ment.
5. Afflict
they cannot
{sablevare) i
horses, iSiC,
sudden star
t), Applii
little, take :
9. Hubru
through, so
of standing
of standing
referring to
Line 1.
ancrw.h, oj
THE GAULS AND THE OEUMANS.
239
It then takes u
but are siipiiosed to betjiii about the Them, in Ilr-^trary.
turn to tlie left.
8. Ilujus, " of this (westeru) Ueru'uny." § Initiim k ^ns the farther
or eastern end.
CHAPTER XXVI.
Line 1. hos : the aniual intended is evidciitly the reindeer ; but it has
two horns.
2. The unum cornu is a uustako, unless, as some supjjose, it refers to a
branch which sfirings fioiu the front of each horn. Bat it can hardly bo
iinaj^ined that Caesar would speak of such a branch without mentioning;
the main horns. The fact seems tv, be that he never saw the beast, and
spoke only from the report of •- Mne one not well acquainted with it. See
next note.
3. J'ulmac ramiqne : tov!u <:. he top the horns bee- Tie flattened, so as
to resemble the i)alni of the 'm .i or the blade of au o. r, and branch out
like trees. This remark «ci/ar redcius the piiraso unum cornu.
5. Maynitudo. This is hardly correct. The horns of the female are
Binaller, thinner, and less branched.
CUAl'TER XXVII.
Link 1. Alces : the elk is meant ; but the description is again faulty.
2. Figura, " in shape, and in the changeablencss of skin, they are very
similar to goats,"— literally, "their shape, &c., is very similar." Some
understand varietas to refer to the change tliat takes place on the colour
of the hair, according to the season of the year ; others, to the variety of
colours at any one time,— the " dappled " skin.
3. Mutilae cornibus (see Syntax, sect, viii., 12, p. 145),— this is in-
correct, unless, as Mr. Lung supposes, the person who gave Caesar the in-
formation may have seen the horns " when they had exfoliated." § Sine
nodis, " without knots and joints." This is another great mistake, arising
probably from the remarkable stiffness of limb and awkwardness of move-
ment.
5. Afflictae casu, " if tliey have by any chance been knocked down,
they cannot rise straight up, nor elevate themselves." This latter verb
[xublcvare) seems to refer to the gradual mode of rising adopted by cows,
horses, 6i.Q., which have joints ; while crigerc suggests a mure upright and
sudden starting to the feet.
6. Applicant se ad cas, "they lean on them, and bending only a very
little, take rest."
9. Hubruunt, " undermine all the trees at the roots, or cut them almost
through, so far that the external (or general) appearance (su7nma species)
of standing trees is left ;" on the whole" {suvima) tliere is the appearance
of standing trees, g Su7nma is perhaps put in opposition to ab radicibus,
referring to the topmost part, as contrasted with the root.
CHAPTER XXVIII.
Line 1. Iri : the urtis is said to b,. the bison, or auroch (in QermaTi,
aucrwh, or ur-och),-—i.c., the "mountain bull," or " wild bull."
0—\ lllljLW,?»s3i-. ,'
i I r-~ •
240
NOTKS ON CAKSAR.
4. Qnam agrees with the substantive nearest it. See Syntax, sect, ii.,
8, p. 133. § Studiose, "with great care,"— i.e., "taking great precau-
tions," on account of the animal being so dangerous ; or " maJiing the pita
carefully." But perhaps it refers rather to this bison-hunting being a
studium, a favourite and much cultivated exercise. This seems to be im-
plied in the two following lines.
8. Ad homines, "to man's ways;" "they cannot, even though caught
when very young (parvidi), be domesticated and tamed."
11. Ahlabris, "at the rim." The horns are eagerly sought for, and
used for drinking vessels at their must splendid feasts, often having a riiu
ol silver running round the edge.
NOTES ON OVID.
I.-METAMOPtPHOSES.
I.— TUE FOUU AGES.
Line 1. Sata est : perfect passive of sero. § I^uUo vindice, " without
any aven or of wrong, of its own accord, without compulsory enactment,
practised honesty and uprightness." ^^xmeiib,
3. Minacia verba -i.e., words whicli set forth the penalties of violated
aus. Laws were usually inscribed on tablets of bniss, which were put
up in some public place, so that all might be warned.
7. Pinus: the mountain pine was largely used in ship-building ; hence
Vmm stands for ncvvis : " No ship had been launched for the purpose of
visiting a foreign shore." i"oc ui
8. Norant: since novi, the perfect, is used as a present, mrant for
««i'.ra.<, the pluperfect, is equal to an imperfect. Virgil, speaking of
the leturn of the golden age, represents commerce as ceasing .- Nee nautica
Vmmmatabit merces (Eel. iv.): and Horace considers it a mark of darin-^
wickedness to tempt the sea in ships.
9. Fossae: another mark of supreme happiness was th.e absence of war
and all its mstri>rMents,-no walled and fosse-begirt tow.is,-no trumpets
or liorns for rousing men to battle. "umpeis
13. Ipsa-pcr se dabat omnia kUus, "even the very earth, too. spon-
tan,ousy supplied productions of every kind." § Immunis is expla ncd
by what folows:-The earth was "free from responsibility," because
he received no tillage and no seed, and men had therefore no right to
ueiuand any yield.
15. Contenti, " men satisfying themselves with food produced without
a i compulsion gathered the fruit of the arbutus, and the mountain
laiger than the common -.«. jM strawberry {fraya).
18. Jovis avbore,-i.e., the oak, which was sacred to Jupiter.
-a Mulccbant " the gentle west winds fanned with their warm breezes
.-110 tlowers winch spran? uj) without seed."
■s^ Xcc renovatus is eqtial to et non re«om<«s,-"and the field wiihoufc
Uii.K re-dressod. Ilcnovatus may refer to the processes of culLiv.vLiou
m\ 1,;
'242
NOTKS ON OVID.
b'iiiig perfdi'incd anew after the winter's cold ; or ratlier, pcrliaps, to tlie
"i-esting" '"f the land for a year or more without crop. We learn from
V irgil and other writers on agriculture, that it was a very common pi-actice
among Italian husbandmen to allow their fields to lie untilled occasionally,
to "rest" the soil; and as the processes of tillage are referred to in
iiiarata of the foregoing line, the second interpretation of rcnovatus seems
more worthy of approval.
23. Fhunina : the earth literally "flowed with milk and honey."
25. Postquam—erat : see Syntax, sect, vii., 1, p. 156, — "when, after
Saturn was banished to gloomy Tartarus, the world was under the rule of
Jupiter."
20. Observe that tlie last syllable of suhiit, though in reality short, is
made long by the arsia, or stress of tlic voice, which falls on the first
syllable of a dactyl or spondee.
27. Auro and aere are used adjectively for " the golden age " and " the
brazen age."
29. Inaequalcs, " of unsettled weather," "variable."
30. iSpaliis excgit, " completed (or established in a regular course) tlie
year in four seasons."
31. Extremes of heat and of cold were then felt for the first time, — the
burning, glowing heat of summer, and the freezing cold of winter.
33. Subicre, " men entered," the subject being omitted.
37. lllas, "after these ages a brazen race succeeded, as the third in
order."
39. Non scdcrata, "not entirely abandoned." § Ullima, scil., act as.
40. Venae: this word is used of a seam or stratum of mineral, and so
is applied to the age, which is represented by a new metal.
44. Dahant, scil., homines.
46. /nsultavcrc, "danced contemptuously." § Carinue, "keels,"' is
])ut for naves.
48. Caiitus inensor, " the wary (' canny ') measurer " now began to assign
limits to property, and to introduce the notions oimeum and tuum,
50. Poscebatur segefes, "was asked for crops," On the construction
see Syntax, sect, v., 9, p. 137. § Itum est, "it was gone" by men,— t.c,
men penetrated.
51. Adnioverat, " had placed near the Stygian shades," — i.e., had hid
i:i tlie depths of the earth.
51. Utroque, "with both,"— i.e., w-ith gold for bribes, and with iron
fiir weapons.
55. Concutit arma : this refers tc the custom of striking the spear
against the shield, foi the puriiose of causing terror to the enemy.
66. Vivitav, " it is lived " by men, — i.e., men live on iilunder {c.x raplo).
58. Ilia, " she,"— su[iply imminct cxv^i'o,—" watches eagerly (yearns) for
the death."
59. Lnrida is applied to aconita, from the colour which it produced iu
persons who were poisoned by it.
60. Filius : sons even long for their father's death, so that they may
receive the inheritan'^e. ^ inquirit, " inquires " of the diviners.
62. (Joelcstum : poetic form for codcstium.
THE DELUGE.
243
II
II.— THE DELUGE.
Line 1. Pars prohant : see Syntax sect i « t, iqi tia
by word of mouth • others Hinp 9?!' T I, '■^' ^^^- ^owe approve
Senate, whereby^^ t d^^ Pe , "Jho T' '' ''", ^^^^-^'^^^ ^" ^''^ ^^"™-
only, were not allowed to ZThJtlyZnT^tj' '" ^""'"^ °^ ««^««
aHL The .ore usual con.Siolr^;;]:^ ^^rl^^^r ''''''''' ''
^^ 5.^ On the quest..., ,. , ,«,,,,, J^,,;,^ J^^;;^^^ ^^^^^ ^^ ^^
(line 3), see Syntax, sect vl 10 p.-^HO '"'"'' '^^ ''"' ^^^ ''''^"•'' '^'^''^^
11. On fi»i«t7 ne see note on Nep. Milt., vii., 13
itse^,-rwodd.""''""'' "^^^ "• ^'^'^ '' *^- -rth ; hence the earth
wa^^o'bf de4r:3::ri::;V;' *'l'"^^'^ ^^ ''l^'^^^^' *'-* ^he worm
doubtlesslookingXwai t hislrof P^ ^"^'^ ^'^^^' ^^'^ ^^
ously wrouodit " or - tnl, i ^ ^^ P'^-it^tbon. § Operosa, " labori-
dang'r," "should suife"'^"''^ "^■°"-"^^*-" § ^"^^'"^^^ "^^^-'^ be ia
A^h^^t^d^tr^r li^:^ T^i ^^^«^"*-' -^- -« ^^ p- 137.
(...., assuming) various coLrs"' ' '''"''*' "'''•^^''"^^ ^"'^^^^ ^"
^1. ^oris im is equal to iratiis Jupiter. "
.« -awn .1 U. ,anage=^ K^^ .i^^^^l^^^^ ^;^ ^-P^^
rivers." ^' """'•' ''^' ''''' S<^^«- ^' ^^^^""^ "return to their
41. Intrcnuit, "trembled to her centrp nnri ^.„ +u
courses for the waters." ' ^ ^^ ^''^ '""^'O" opeued
44' S "r ■"^''•"' '^'' '"'"'' ""' ^"^' "» Vocabulary.
-:--^fe-:
244
NOTES ON OVID.
47. Unda, &c., "the water rising liighei {altior), covers its roof."
§ Turres, " lofty buildings ;" not, " spires."
54. Sijh7-s tulit, " if chance have so directed."
60. Agitata rubora pulsant, " strike against and shake the oaks." The
adjective agitata is used with an anticipatory or proleptic sense, the trtes
being represented as " already shaken," although the shaking is the effect
of the striking.
62. Fulminis vires, " the force of the thunderbolt." This is a favourite
mode of speaking of the boar, suggested perhaps by the suddenness,
directness, and destructiveness of his attack. In like manner the two
Scipios are called duofulmina belli; and so our own Nelson is spoken of
by Sir Walter Scott as "a thunderbolt of war." § Apro depends on pro-
aunt. See Syntax, sect, vi., 4, a, p. 139.
64. Vbi detur depends on quaesitis,—" having long sought for dry laud,
on which (ubi) she might alight."
66. Immensa licentia, " the boundless (uncontrollable) fury of the deep."
68. On quibus, governed by pepercit, see Syntax, sect, vi., 4, a, p. 139.
III.— DEUCALION AND PYIIRHA.
Line 1. Aonios, "the Boeotians." Aonia was a district of Boeotia ;
but the term Aonios is used in an extended sense. § Oetaeis : Mount
Oeta bounded Thessaly on the south, and separated it from Phocis.
Hence the phrase is used in a general sense for Thessalicis.
2. In tempore, "during all that time,"— viz., of the flood.
8. Adorant has as its subject, " they," including Deucalion and his wilo
Pyrrha, consorte tori.
10. On acqui after amantior, see Syntax, sect, vii., 8, p. 143. § lllo,
" than he,"— Deucalion ; ilia, " than she,"— Pyrrha.
12. Ut, " when." The infinitive, stagnare, depends on videt.
18. Tricuspide telo, " his three-pointed (or three- pronged) weapon,"—
i.e., his trident.
20. Exstantem and .ctum agree with Tritona. Ou the phrase tectum
humeros see Syntax, sect, v., 9, p. 137.
23. Illi is governed by sumitar. See Syntax, sect, vi., 11, p. 141.
24. Tortilis, kc, "wreathed (or of a spiral form), which increases in
breadth {i.e., diameter) from the lowest part of the cone."
26. Utroque Fhoebo,—i.c., both east and west— both extremities of the
sun's course.
27. Tunc quoque : this refers to line 38, p. 100.
34. Diem, meaning " period," is generally feminine, as here. § xVudata,
" bared (of water, not of leaves)."
39, Soror : Pyrrha was Deucalion's cousin, not his sister.
40. Patrudisurigo, " descent iromhi-others."
44. Uaec quoque, &c., " so far, there is not even this sufficiently certain
assurance of our life,"— i.e., so far, we have not that sufficiently certain
assurance of our lives which people usually have {haec) on earth.
46. Quid tibi animiforet, " what would have been your feelings now,"
" what state of mind would you have now been in."
DEUCALION AND PYIirJIA.
245-
48. Quo consofante, " with what person consoling you would you now
be grieving,"— i.e., who would have consoled you in your g.-ief '
51 Patemis artibus, " by ray father's art." Prometheus, his father,
had formed men of clay, and had stolen fire from heaven wherewith to
animate them.
54. Exempla, "specimens," "models."
55. Placuit, scil., iis, " they resolved."
66. Sortes, " by means of the sacred oracle." Oracles occasionallv gave
responses by lots.
67. Pariter, "side by side." § Ccphisidas unda^, the waters of the
Cephisus, in Phocis.
58. Ut, " though,"— s^, ""yet."
59. Libatosinde is usually interpreted "drawn from it,"— i.e., from the
stream. But it is better to take libatos as used in a proleptic or anti-
cipatory sense (see note on aijitata, Ovid, ii. 60). Thus, " When tliey
have offered in libation, and sprinkled on tiieir clothes and head, water
(taken) from it." Libation was one of the first duties of religion after a
delivery from evil, and purification in running water was necessary before
entering a temple.
62. Palkbant : this verb often means, as here, "to be of a sickly or un-
healthy aspect ;" and so to be " disfigured."
64. On humi see Syntax, sect, vii., 14, p. 144.
68. Mersis rebus, "to our ruined circumstances:" mersis, ruined bv
the flood. ^
70. Vclatc caput : this covering of the head was a usual precaution in
the performance of sacred rites, the ])urpose being to prevent the wor-
sliipper from seeing any object of ill omen, and to keep his mind from
being distracted.
75. Respect for the dead was considered one of the most sacred obliga-
tiniis. Hence, she "asks pardon" for disobeying the goddess in this
retrard. § On the government of laedere see Syntax, sect. vl.. 4. b and r
witli note *, p. 139. ''
76. Za^f?;r/s may depend on datae, "given in the gloomy retreat." Tt
is better, however, to make it depend on obscura, "difficult to understand
by reason of their dark ambiguities."
79. SoUcrUa nobis (i.e., mihi)faUax, "either my skill (penetration) is
at fault, or," &c.
iS'3. A ugmio, " interpretation," " reading of Heaven's will." § Titania .
I'luinetheus, father of Pyrrha, was son of the Titan Japetus. So also waa
I'loinetlieus, father of Deucalion.
b8. On a-edat, in the subjunctive, see Syntax, sect, ii., 2 (5), p. 153,
90. Mora, "by time." % MoUitaque, &c., "and being softened* to
nssume gradually a definite shape."
1>2. The order is a little intricate. Arrange thus: Ut {ihoM^h) quaednm
forma hnniims potest videri, sic (yet) non manifesta, sed uti {forma) de
CO ptn marmore, non satis cracfa, rudibusque simiflima sirjnis.
^ m. Marnir.re corpio, "a marble block, bc.uun to ho fashioned, not sulTi-
cuntly chiselled out (defined), and exactly like statues in a rud^
half-finished) state.
ough
246
NOTES ON OVID.
96. Corpm'is, " flesh."
yS Vena, the " vein" or "seam" in the stone
102. Durum genus, a " Lard-hearted race." So he says in another
place, Propago viohntafuit : scires e sanguine natos.
IV.— PHAETIJON.
Line 2. Pyropo is a Greek word, meaning "of fiery aspect;" so that
imitante flammas is a literal translation of the term.
4. Avf/enti lumine, "with a silvery sheen."
6 Caclarat : Vulcan had carved in relief a device which represented
the sea with objects in it (lines 8-14), the earth (15 and 16), and the
lieavens (17 and 18). , . , r.
8. Undahabct, " the water contains,"— i.e., the sea, which forms part
of the picture, is represented as containing the things specified.
9. ^m6Jfifwwm, "shape-changii.g," "varying."
11. On pars, as subject to videntur, see Syntax, sect, i., 8, p. 131.
12. Mvle, "a height," a hillock, rock, or other eminence. § Viridcs :
this adjective, like cacruleos of line 8, is applied to things connected with
the sea, the colour being borrowed from that of tne sea.
13. Fades, " the features of all are not identical, and yet not entirely
diverse; (but) just such (a likeness) as should oe in the case of sisters,"—
i.e., a strong family likeness. § Pisce is put in a general^ sense for the
l)lural. We might express the meaning by, " on fish-back."
18. Siuna, the signs of the Zodiac, which are expressed in the following
Latin couplet : —
"Sunt Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Cancer, Leo, Virgo,
Libraque, Scorpius, Arcitenens, Caper, Amphoia, Pisces."
And in English—
"Tlie Ram, tlie Bull, tlie heavenly Twins,
The Crab, and next tlie Lion sliincs,
The Virgin and the Scales ;
The Scorpion, Archer, and the Goat,
The man that holds the watering-pot,
And fish with glittering tails."
20. Duhitati, " his father, about whom doubt had been expressed."
See Prefatory Note, p. 104. ,,.,.»■
23. Lumina may mean either (1) the "glare of the suns light, \\\
which case /eretai will be translated "endure;" or (2) "his eycs,"-
/■<:rc6a« signifying "bring "or "bear." , . „ . hm
24. In solio, " on a throne which glittered with shining emeralds. _ § I lie
^maragdus was a precious stone of green colour, either emerald, or ja^iHT,
or crystal.
25. Dies ct Mcnsis etAmms : this is merely a poetic fancy. It is nut
meant that these were real deities, receiving worship from mortals.
26. Uorae, " the hours," not the "seasons," which Ihrae often moans.
In llic following lines observe the characteristic aiijuucts to each oi tiie
seasons.
PIIAETIION.
247
29 Sordidm cakutis uvis : the grapes were usually trodden out with
tiie feet, aud tlie " detileiuent " winch necessarily arose from the procesa
was by no means disagreeable to a lloman eye,
30. Ilirsuta capillos, " rough as to his hair, "-another instance of the
accusative of reference. See Syntax, sect, v., 9, p. 137.
31. Medius loco, "middle in position,"-i.e.,' occupying the central
place,
_ 33, Quaeque : the que couples this clause to the preceding sentence, and
13 not, therefore, part of the speech of the Sun-god.
34. Parenti, "not deserving to be disowned by your father " On the
construction, see Syntax, soot, vi., 11, p. 141.
35. Refcrt, "replies." % PuUica, "common."
37. iXcc, equal to cf nm, " and if Clymeiie does not conceal "
_ 39. Observe that though Creda,- is singular, the poet does not use mm
'". o ^^ ?^"'^' ^'"* '"'''^'''''' ^"'^'^ transitions are common, but faulty
42 1 raiiBlate nee and ei, " on the one hand," and " on the other hand,"
- You do not, on the one hand, deserve to be disowned as my son : and,
on the otiier hand, Clymene has declared your real origin." Observe
difji,ns with the infinitive ncgari.
4G. i>Js for cim; dative after y«m«da. (see Syntax, sect, vi., 11 p 141).
hut per aitevjuro is move usual,-" a lake by which the gods must swear "
-I.e., the Stygian lake, to which the rays of the sun never penetrate.
_ 47, Ubserve the rapid change from desierat in the pluperfect, to romt
in the present, adding vividness and life to the narrative,
51. Tua, scil., voce, " my expression has been proved a rash one bv
yours,"— I.e., your request. ^
56. A^on est m<Male, " what you wish is not for a mortal, "-i.e., is not
nthin the power of a mortal to perform.
^^^. Haceat-Lieelit (ut) quisque placeat sibi, "let every one please
iHinself ' or "judge for himself," " form his own opinion of his po«ls "
09. yla-e, put for "chariot."
CO iVe excepfo, " my.olf excepted." § Rector,~i.e., Jupiter.
02. Observe Qw/cJ majn,^ in the neuter, "what greater thing (at all)
llmdesTfy " ' '^^"' '" '" '^" ^^^^J""*^*^^^' '^^ expressing a fit
wiSi,.^'"'"'' "''' "^^'' ^"'^ ^^'^ "^ *''' ^^'^y-" § <2««' <* ^'^y) '^J"%^
0'5 Videre depends on timor, or miher Jit timor, "I am terrified at
67. Ultima, "ihe last part of the journey is down-hill (preci.ntous)
and neecs steady driving,, a sure bridle-hand," Tiie old notioi of he
i TT'^ tV ^ '"^ "'' '"" ^■'^'°'""*'' ^-""'"^ ^*' '^' °f '^""^■«^' that which
Vui adopts. I he sun was supposed to sink into the waters of the sea
Ue %s 5"ae euvqntme undis) in the evening, to pass below the earth
during the inght, and rise from the ocean again in the morning
OJ. .\ efemr in praeccps, " lest I be carried headlong. "
a Attortn adnrmm: the heaven with the stars revolved from west
H --.ist, tiie sun trom cast to west; lience ^W says, "I strut-le ui.wmia
i.» a course directly opposite (to that of the hcavensj." ^'^ ^
S48
XOTlvS ON (i\ ir>
7^. Fivftc, "sii)ipnsfl tlift oairiat'O ;;fr,int.P(l to yon."
7r». On nhvhtnire pofin see Syntax, stuit. vi., 7, f>, p. 140. T'o^X "tlip
poles,"— t.c, the extremities of the axis. § Ne is equal to «i no)i, "so
that the rapidly moving heavens phonld not carry you away." Ry a.Ti!{
some understand the "chariot," which seems to make an inferior sense.
78. Fiirmnn fcrnrum, — i.e., the signs of tlie Zodiac. See note on line
IS. above. The ancients grouped certain stars together, and thus imagined
faneiful representations of animals.
70. Ut, "though," " suppose that," is answered by famen in next line.
80. Adverai, "fronting you." In the Zodiac, the Bull is depicted as
presentinc; his horns in a direction facing the sun's course.
81 . Ilafmnvinn avcvs : this is a roundabout way of saying the " Archer."
ITaemonia is another name for Thcssaly, the residence of the Centaur Chiron
who was translated to heaven, and made a constellation. § The Lion is called
violevti, either from the natural ferocity of the beast, or rather, perhaps,
because when the sun was in Leo the heat was excessive,
83. Scorpion: when the sun was in this part of the heavens raalarin
and fevers were rife ; hence the constellation was called after a poisonoiia
animal. ^ A liter, "in the other direction." The Scorpion stretches his
ai-ms to the east, the Crab to the west, — the Scorpion upwards, the Crab
downwards. § Cancrum : when the sun reaches this part of the heavens,
the Tropic of Cancer, he turns and goes in the opposite direction ; hence the
Crab was adopted as the sign, to denote retrograde movement. It takes
a year for the sun to pass through all the signs of the Zodiac, but the poet
speaks of it as the journey of a day.
84. Nee, " nor is it easy {in proniptu est) for you to manage the horses,
high mettled by reason of those fires," kc.
89. Cave frequently has e final short, but it is long here. § Observe
the position of -que, which in prose is generally attached to the second of
the coupled words; but the poets take great liberties.
90. Scilicet, "the case is this— yon ask sure pledges," &c. "Well, I
give sure pledges by my fears, and liy a father's apprehensions prove
myself a father."
98. Depreeor, " I deprecate (plead against) this one thing, which, under
its real name, is a punishment, not an honour."
103. Finierat, "he (Phoebus) had finished." § Ille, Phaethon.
105. Qua, like quoad, "as long as," "as far as."
108. Curvatiira, "the outer rim," composed of the "felloes."
109. Juffa, " the whole yoke" or " harness," The jugum properly was
a cross bar, the extremities of which rested on the neck of the horses, tho.
centre being connected to the pole, § Gemmae, " (other) precious stones,"
besides the chrysolites.
110. Repereusso Phneho, "from the reflection of the sun,"— i.e., the
sun's rays being reflected from the stones, and so multiplied.
113. Plena rosarnm, " full of roses,"— i.e., of rosy light. So Homer calls
Aurora " rosy- fingered."
115. Lucifer : the planet Venus is called Lucifer, or the morning star,
when it precedes the suti, and Hesperus, or the evening ?tar, v/hcn it
follows him in the evening. § Sfatione, " from the guard-house," " watch-
PFfAKTHON.
249
iKist." Tliis is !\ military term wliicli we have often met in Caesar
Q>!)U agmina, " brings up the rear," "collocts the stragglers," is another
similar phrase. Cf Campbell's well known line—
"The sentinel stars set their watch in the sky."
117. Extremae, "fading out of sight," "distant."
118. Titan: this name is often applied by Latin poets to Helius, or the
hun-god, who was son of Hyperion, and grandson of the original Titan
120. Pracscpibus, "from the lofty stalls." See Syntax sect, viii 24
p. 146, and 28, p. 147. § Addunt (next line), "put on." ' '
123. Rapidae is applied to Jlammae, either on account of the quick
vibrating motion of flames, or because of their speedily-destructive power!
S Patieritia, "able to endure."
127. Pane, "he sparing of the goad, my son, and use the reins with
greater vigour." A most valuable moral maxim.
128. Propcrant : the subject, " horses," is omitted.
129. Quinque arcus. Tiie five circles that mark the zones are, the
Arctic, the Antarctic, the Tropics (Cancer and Capricorn), and the Equi-
noctial. The meaning of the injunction is, thai the sun's course is not
to be directed parallel to the equinoctial line, and the lines which mark
the zones, but id to follow the ecliptic, and go in a zig-zag direction, as tiie
next line explains, § Observe that ncc is equal to et ne.
131. Triim zmarum, " the three zones,"— i.e., the two Temperate and
the Torrid.
138. Xeu is equal to et ne. § Anguem : the constellation of the Serpent
is near tiie North Pole. Thus, as the sun rises in the east, the north is to
the right hand, and the wheel, by going too much to the right {dexterior
rota), would incline the chariot to the north; while by going too much to
the left (sinister ior), it would lend to the south.
139. Aram, the constellation of the Altar, in the Southern Hemisphere.
It IS called prcssam, "lowered," as the southern sky seems to us "de-
pressed," or " sunk down." When the Titans rebelled against Heaven,
tlie gods made a solemn league at this altar, which was thereafter trans-
lated to heaven and became a constellation. . -
141. Resolve quae into et ea, " and may she help you, I pray, and
counsel better for you than you do for yourself."
143. A'ox: Night performs a journey across the heavens just as the
sun does. She "reaches the goal j)laced on the western shore of the
earth," as the sun rises in the east. § Libera mora, " delay is not at our
0|)tion."
U9. Quae, &c., "allow me to give to the earth the light, which you
may with safety look upon,"— g-jtae agreeing with lumina.
150, Occupat well expresses the great eagerness of the boy,—" takes
possession of before any opposition can be offered." § Levem, " light (want-
ing ballast), by reason of his youthful body."
152. hide, " from it, "--i.e., the chariot. § Anit grates, " returiis
tiiaiiks to his father, reluctant (to receive them)."
l-^'". lUpiujula, " banicM'.-u"— i.e., wooden beams stretched across the
1
250
NOTKH ON OVID.
^igllal for tlie starling of
race-course, the withdrawal of wliicli was tlie
the horsies.
156. Ncpotia : Clyinene, mother of Phac tlion, was dauj/hter of Tcthyg.
157. Copia, kc, "fui.' choice \or scope) of the boujidless universe was
aflorded them."
161. Nee (equal to ct non) quod, "and not such as."
165. Vacuus agrees with currus of next line. Snme editions read
f icuos, agreeing witii saltus. § Ou oncre, in the ablative, see Syntax,
rect. viii., 14, p. 145.
172. Vetito aequore, " the sea forbidden to them." The constellation of
the Septcntriones, or Bear, owing to its proximity to the North Pole, nevci'
sinks below our horizon.
174. " The SkiiPKnt previously benumbed by cold, and not dreaded by
any one." § On uJH, in the dative, see Syntax, sect, vi., 11, p. 141.
176. Bootes: this constellation, from its position, as following the
IjKAU, is sometimes called Akctophvlax, or Arcturds (Bear-keepoi),
J}ut as the Bear is also called the Waggon (Charles's Wain) with tlie
Soptentriones or "ploughing oxen," it gets the name of Eoott-s or the
" Ox-driver."
177. Tardus : Bootes is called slow, because it did not set till late in the
season; or, perhaps, because the stars near the North Pole do not move so
fast as tht)se farther south, owing to their having a smaller space to traverse.
The plaustra, waggons, are also represented as another retarding cause.
181. Per does not signify "by means of " here, as it is usually inter-
preted, but "during," " in the midst of." It was fear, and not the light,
that caused darkness to overspnad his eyes; the light was as great beAae.
But the wonder was, that darkness could, under any circumstances, arise
during the prevalence of such light. See another argument against tiio
common interpretation in line 123, at-ovc.
184. To Mcropis supply j^Vms, an ellipse very common in Greek.
185. IHuus is again put for riavis, " like a ship driven onward by the
impetuous north wind, whose helm, rendered unmanageable, the pilot has
abandoned, and which he has committed to the gods and his prayers."
The metaphor in frena rcmisit is taken from the management of horses.
193. Miracula, the constellations, signs of the Zodiac, &c. See line
78, above. § Vario, "sjiangled," "star-studded."
]iJ5. G'cnnnos urrus : the claws of the Scorpion form two curves or
arches. § Concavat, he bends his claws so as to make a hollow, winding
bay, as it were.
197. In the more ancient astronomers, the Scoriiion was ro[)resenled as
extending over the si)ace of two cons^-ellations, half of which space was
afterwards occupied by Libra.
199. Ctirvatd cus/nde, " with his ]ioiiited tail bent," in i\n- attitude of
striking. Scorpions " have ])ower in their tails to hurt men."
204. Ilac, " in that direction," answers to qua of preceding line.
205. S/dlis, dative after ivcurmvt. See Syntax, sect, vi., 4, d, p. 1S9.
208. Ivferius: the Moon's (Diana) orbit is much nearer to the earth
than the sun; but now iier brother's (Apollo) horses come between her
and tiu' earth.
riFAETIION.
251
210. Vtqnacque, "as each is very high, "-i.e., all the highest parts
111 ine earth. '
211. Acjit rimas, "goes into (or forms) chinks."
215. Oentca is here used for " countries " or " lands."
217. On the proper names in the following passage see the Vocubularv
and an Atlas of Ancient Geography.
219. Viryincua: Helicon is so called from its being sacred to tiie
JIuses, the " Nine Virgins." § Ilaemos or Haemus (Balkan) was not yet
lamed for the story of Ori-heus, son of Oeager ; hence the phrase, nondiun
Ocagrius,
233. Quaque eat, equal to ct quo cat, " and he knows not where to go."
235. .Sail (mine vocato, "from the blood being summoned to the surface
of tlie body."
240. Amymone, a fountain near Lerna in Argolis.
241. Nccjlumina, "nor do those rivers whi^ch happen to have banks
widely apart {i.e., broad rivers) remain unscathed."
243. Scnex : river gods are generally represented as old men.
244. Pheyiaco, " Phegean,"— i.e., i)assingthe town of I'hogia or Phegea.
Some editions read Psophidco, and son\e Psophuico, from l"«ophis, a town
near the Erymanthus.
245. Arsuviis iterum, "about to burn a second time,"— referring to
the story of Homer, that Vulcan, lighting for the Greeks, set fire to"the
stream because it had endeavoured to devour Achilles.
24G. The Maeaiulor, in Lydia, is said to have six hundred bends It
gives origin to our verb "meander." § Ludit, either "sportively wan-
ders," or " mocks," " baffles" men.
247. Melas, meaning "black river." There were many rivers of this
lame, just as we have many " Blackwaters." There was a Mygdonia iu
I'hrygia, one in Macedonia, one in Mesopotamia, and one in Bithyuia
251. Fluit, "melts."
253. Volucrcs, "the birds of the river,"— i.e., swans.
255. Quod adhuc Met, " whicli is to this day undiscovered." The
source of the Nile is still a geographical problem. § Ostia septan : of the
seven mouths, only two remain.
257. hmarios-amncs, " thelsmarian rivers,"— i.e., the rivers of Thraoe,
of \\ liich Isrvarus was a mountain.
25S. Jlesperios, "of the west," of Germany, France, and Italy.
269. The Tiber, or Thybris, to which (i.e., to the city Rome on it) the
sovereignty of the world was granted.
261. Jleyem, kc.,—t.e., Pluto and Proserpine.
264. Cydudas : put here for islands generally.
267. Pesupina, "lying on their backs on the surface of the deep."
280. Liccat, &c., "may it be granted me, if perish I must by the
violence of fire, to perish by your fire (i.e., thunderbolt), and to lighten
(the weight of) my calamity by the author of it,"— i.e., by the king of the
gods, and nut a boy, inflicting the injury.
L'83. Criites means the foliage of tr
;;etation.
ees, grass, and all oilier kinds of
286. Qmd, "that." Translate 285, &c., "Is this the return, is this
2.02
NOTKS ON OVID.
tlio tlianks. that you pay me for iny fertility and for my service, that I
bear," &c.
288. Frugcs, aHmmta, "corn crops, milu nutriment:" "kindly fruits."
290. Fac mc meruissc, "suppose that I have deserved annihilation,
what have the waters deserved, what has your brother (Neptune) de-
seived]"
293. Quod, &c., "but if regard neither for your brother nor for n\o
{mea) touch your heart, at least {at) pity heaven, your own realm. Look
around you to both poles; both poles are smoking."
295. Quos : resolve into et hos, and observe that the antecedent is a sin-
gular noun, with a distributive adjective, uterque polus.
296. Atlas, a king of Mauretania, was said to have been changed into
a mountain. The hills were so high as to hide their tops in the clouds ; aiul
hence the fable that "Atlas carried the world (axem) on his shoulders."
300. Conaule summae, " take counsel fur the safety of the universe."
See contulo in the Vocabulary.
303. Manibus, the manes or shades of the dead ; and bo here, the in-
fernal world : " to the caverns nearer to the shades."
312. Misit, &c., " he hurled against the charioteer a bvit, poised at liis
right ear." This refers to the mode of balancing the spear before dis-
charging it.
313. Kxpulit is an example of zeugma (see Nep. Them., i., 9),—" he
deprived him of life, and hurled him from the chariot ;" " struck him out
of life and out of his carriage at one -and the same time."
318. Fi;a%ia, "traces,"— i.e., fragments. % Laccri, "shattered."
321. Ut interdum, " as by times a star may seem to have fallen from
a calm sky, although it has not (actually) fallen."
323. QuK,!n, — i.e., Phaethon. % Pi'ocul, "far from his fatherlond,"-
viz., Aethiopia.
326. Carmine, "verse;" we rather say " verses," "inscription."
327. Situs est, "is buried;" from sino.
328. Quern, " which (chariot) though he did not (could not) manage (or
hold to), yet he fell from (or by) a great attempt." There is a double
meaning in excidit, — "he failed in his attempt," — literally, "fell out of
tlie chariot."
v.— PYUAMUS AND THISBE.
Line 4. Coctililus, " made of brick." Semiramis, wife of Ninus, sur-
rounded the city of Babylon with a wall of brick, for in the great plain of
Mesopotamia there was little stone.
5. Primos gradus, " the first advances " of love.
0, Tacdae, "they would have been ",uited by the rites of marriage."
Wltm a husband was conducting his newly-married wife to his houpo,
b!;i.' ng torches of pine-wood were cuTied in the procession. Hence
tacda is often used for " marriage."
8. Ex aequo capfis, " witli atJ'ectioiis captivated in an equal degree."
11. liinia, quam dt'xerat, "by a chiiik, wiiich it \n\d contractei!."
Duccrc rimam and agere rimam, mean, " to go into chinks," " sjjlit open."
PYRAMUS AND TfliSBE.
253
13. ,V«/^', '• this defect, observed by no one through long years, you
lovers were tlie first to discover." On nulli, in tlio diitive, see Syntax,
sect, vi., 11, p. Ml. We should have expected the substantive nemiui,
instead of nulli.
15, Tutae, " in safety,"— i.^, their expressions of love (blanditiae) were
unlicard by others, but distinctly heard by each.
18. Anhditas. " the breath of the mouth had been eagerly caught at in
tur / -i.e., each tried eagerly to inhale the breath of the other.
23. Suh noctem, " at nightfaP. they said, Farewell, and each gave to his
own side of tiie wall {suae parti) kiases which did not reach to the other
tide," On quisque dedere see Syntax, sect, i., 8, p. 131.
26. Nocturnosi[/7ics,— i.e.,'t\\efit:iT3."
31. Neve sit errandum, "and that they should not miss each other aa
they roam over the extensive country." Neve is equal to et ut von.
36. See Notes, Ovid, iv., 67, p. 247; and 143, p. 249. Praecipitatur :
this is a very appropriate verb, since in places near the Equator the sun
sets much more rapidly than he does in our northern regions, and the
twilight is consequently much shorter. But even though this is the case,
still the light seems, to the impatient lovers, to depart slowly.
38. Adoperta vultum : another accusative of reference or limitation.
Sec Syntax, sect, v., 9, p. 137. § Observe in the next line that pervhiit,
the historical present, is joir.ed to the perfect ; as also, in line 45. fuyit
and reliqui'. See note on Ney. Milt., iv., 16, at the end,
41. OblUa (from ohlino), 'smeared as to her frothing jaws,"— another
accusative of reference, as in li- ? 38.
42. Depositura sitim, " for une purpose of quenching her thirst." See
Syntax, sect, ix., 3 (c), with note X (d), P 148.
47. ^ine ipsa, " without (Thisbe) herself."
55. Jussi {ut) venires, " who requested you t como." See note, Nep,
Alilt., i., 16. The more usual phrase would be jussi te verure.
59. Timidi est, " it is the part of a coward." See Syntax, sect. vii. 4
p. 142. ' '
62. Accipe haustus, " receive the draughts of my blood;" "and (so) he
plunged into his bowels the sword with which he was begirt."
65. //wmo .• we should rather expect A«mi. See Svntax, sect, vii., 13
and 14, p. 144.
66. Vitiato plumbo, "in consequence of the lead having given way."
Such leaden or clay pipes were used by the ancients for conducting water.
69. Caedis is equal to sanguinis, as often.
72. Ne fallat depends on redit,—" mQ returns, so that she may not
disappoint her lover,"
74, Gestit narrare, " delights in the prospect of telling him."
75. m (though) isrespondedtobysi'c (yet),— 'and though she -^cognises
the place, and the shape in the tree seen (i.e., which she lias seen before,
or which sh- now examines), yet the colour of the fruit," &c. It was not
the shape of the tree which made her doubtful, but the colour of the fruit.
80. Summum, "the surface of it is ruffled,"
81, ^'jtos ainores, " her love,"— i.e., her lover, her flame.
8l\ Indignos : this adjective is often equal to immcritus, as here,—
25i
NOTES ON OVID.
"undeserving'." Slie li.i'l clone notliin^ to "merit" such affliction.
§ Flmyorc means tlie "beating" or "striking" of one's body in prie£.'
§ Clavo, "distinctly heard," "loud."
88. Jaccntes, "sinking," "exhausted," "drooping."
92. Ehur, " the ivory (scabbard)."
93. In unum hoc, " for this one act I too have a hand bold (enough)."
94. Hie refers to amor.
96. Qiiiquc, k<.,,. "and you, who could be torn from me, alas ! by death
only, sliull not be able to be torn from me even by death." JS'cc s equal
to tt (even) and non.
99. Observe the peculiar phrase, mcus iUiusque parentes, in which
mens, a possessive pronoun in the nominative or vocative singular, is
coupled to the genitive of a demonstrative pronoun, and applied to a plural
noun: "0 much to be pitied parents, mine and his, do you nevertheless
bo entreated for this, in the words of both of us, that you do not grudge
those to be laid to rest in the same tomb whoir an abiding love united
whom their last hour has united."
103. Duorum: supply co?-^ora,—" shall by-and-by cover the bodies of
two."
10^-. Si(jna, &c., " retain the marks of death." § On aptos hicfibus see
Syntax, sect, vi., 8, a, with note f, p. 140. § The conjunctions, que—et,
are not usually so joined.
106. Mucrone, " the blade having been carefully placed to the lower
part of h-r bosom, she fe'l on the sword, which was still warm from the
(recent) wound."
110. Quodque roffis supcrcM, "and what remains o-i the funeral pile,"
—i.e., the ashes. The ashes were collected and placed in urns, which
were carefully preserved.
II.— THE FASTI.
L— ROMULUS AND REMUS,
LiNS 1. Silvia : one of the Silvian family. She was also called Rhea
S:''lvia. She was one of the Vestal virgins, or priestesses of Vesta. § Cud-
cstia semina, " a heavenly offspring," referring to the legend that Romulus
nas tlie son of Mars.
2. Patruo, "her \mo\c,"—i.e., Araulius, who had driven his brother
Nuraitor, father of Rhea Silvia, from the throne.
4:. Alfcr ex istis, " one of these two."
5. Rrcusantcs, "reluctantly."
7. Albula : the old name of the Tiber, which was afterwards changed,
as we are here told.
!). Fora : there were several forums in Rome ; such as the Forum
Tiomcinunt,, Forum. Axi.rjxisH-, Fqvuw. Boariwni. Foviun Pip.f.ariu.in. k."..
10. The Circus Maximus was the earliest and greatest of the arenas for
ROMULUS AND REMUS.
25.5
games, races, boxing contests, shows of wild beasts, antl other exhibitions
It was instituted by Tarquinius Priscus.
13. At : expressive of wonder and adniirntiou, like our " Ah, but "
16. Nescio quem, " I should suspect that you have co-iie deity or oth-r
as your father, "-Mie idea oi father being suggested hy genus of line 15
boine editions read c robis.
18. In tarn, &c., " at so dangerous a crisis."
19. Opeci/crct. Rhea Silvia is said to have been thrown into the Tiber
as a punishment for her broken vow, but to have been saved by Mars. '
20. "Who in one and the same day was made a mother and was bereaved "
22. Stnu, "tlie fold of his garment" on the bosom, between the breast
and the ana.
23. Observe that the penult • vagih-unt is short, as similar perfects
often are m the poets. § Sensissc putares, " you would have supposed that
they uiideiistood him."
24. Hi : the persons sent to throw the boys into the river.
'15. cMveus : the '.oatshaped board or trunk of a tree (called tahcUa m
next line) on wliieh the lads were placed. § Summa unda, "on the sur-
face of the water."
30. Ficas: this hmoufi ficus Rviiinalis, planted to commemorate tlie
rescue cf the two boy.s is said to have been destroyed when the city was
burned in the reign of Nero, eight hundred years afterwards.
33. Nonnocuissc, "not to have injured them is a small matter- she
helps tiiem even."
38. Nee prom issi, equal to et non promissi.
39. Lupcrcis, "for the Luperci,"-i.e., the priests who assisted in
celebrating the rMpcrcalia, or festival of theLycean Pan, otherwise called
Lupercus, tlie " Wol? averter." For a full account of the Lupercalia, see
bmith s or liamsay's " Antiquities."
II.— THE BUILDING OF ROME.
LiNKl. Frater Numitoris,-i.e., Amulius : he was slain l.y Uumulus
and Eemus, by whom also Nuraitor was restored to his throne. See note 2
of iireceding extract.
2. Gemino duce,—i.e., Romulus and Remus.
3. Com-enit utrique, " it is agreed upon bet,, ,ta the two."
6. Fides avium, "great is the trust to be put in msm-y,"— avium
I'cing an objective genitive. See Syntax, sect, vii., 2, p. 141,
7. AS'ff.ra Palati, "the rocks of tiie thicket-clad Palatine."'
11. Amtro: the custom was, to mark the lino of the city wall by a
fiirrow, a white cow and a white bull drawing the plough (see line 18)
The other parts of the ceremony are described in the following lines,— the
digging of the hole or mundus, into which were thrown olTerings of the
first-fruits, and some earth from the former abodes of the new'settlors •
the refilling of the hole, and the erection of an altar thereon, with the
olTenng of sacrifice.
12. ^acra Palis,~i.c., the festival of the Palilia on the 21st April the
day on «hich Rome is said to haw been founded. Pales was a fciuala
256
NOTES ON OVID.
deity, guardian of flocks and of shepherds. § hide, " from tliat point or
day," "in connection with that day or event, the work is set a-eointr "
"put in motion." ^'
13. Ad aolidum—i.e., till they find a hard foundation or bottom.
15. "The trench is filled up with mould, and au altar is placed on it
when full" (plenae).
16. I'\ingitur, " performs its duty." Thereafter the ploughing proceeds.
20. Ades is singular, applying to each deity separately. § Vesta is
called " mother " merely as a term of respect. So ' ' father " and " mother "
are often applied to the gods.
21. Pium, "dutiful." § Advertite, scil., animum,—" attend to my
prayer."
22. Vobis auspicibus, "you being my patrons,"— i.e., under your aus-
pices or favour.
24. Oriejis occiduusque dies,— i.e., east and west.
31. Neve is equal to et ne.
35. Rutro : a kind of spade or hoe. § Cckr is a proper name.
^%. Devorat. So we use the verb "gulp."
44. Invito, "from me unwilling," "against my will."
45._ Unxit. It was a very ancient custom to anoint the dead befoi-e
burning. § Fecere, quod ilk, " Faustulus, and Acca (see Vocabulary),
whose hair was dishevelled, as indicative of her grief [maestas), did tho
same as he." § On Soluta comas see Syntax, sect, v., 9, p. 137.
47. Nondumfacti, "not yet called Quirites,"— a name which was given
after the union with the Sabines.
48. Ultima, " as the last part of the duty {ultima), the fire was applie<l
te the funeral pile, at which the wailing had been performed ( pluruto)."
49. The question quis tunc, kc, refe"? to what Mhws,—impositimt
pcdem, &c.
63. Steteris sublimis, "snod erect." "raised yourself to your full
height."
III.— UNION or THE ROMANS AND SABINEg.
-" if you wish me to
Line 1. Referre, with the subject me omitted,-
relate the fiist beginnings."
2. Hvjus,—i.e., of the great city " of the present day," "this city of
our day. "
3. Augusta, "(too) confined I'or the well-ordered communities of after
days." Observe how populis is opposed to twbae,—" unorganised rabble."
5, Ncstri nati, " my son " Romulus, Mars being the speaker.
12. Male, in the sense of vix, "scarcely," "liardly."
15. Extremis yentibus, "tribes at a distance," as opposed to the subjects
of Romulus, who were close at hand.
20. Sua sacra canes. The part of the Fasti here referred to does not
now oxist. Instead oisua, we should expect ejus.
21. Quos, "those whom the same (cause of) grief affected,'— i.e., the
people of Crustumerium, Aiitemnae, and other neighbouring towns.
22. Generis, " our sona-iu-law."
— 1
LUCRETIA.
257
2i «r,T;;:„t"L 7 '"? ™ '»'-' «■« year.
ulus. ° ^'^ '" '^«'' — V1Z-, IlersiJia, wife of lloiu.
27. Coram?t«c, " in common."
'io. Non ultra: the meaninrr j^, «
manifestation of our natura??nddutifunSrr* ''"' c'^ ^"^ ^^"^'^»- ^I'e
difference," or " tardily." '^ affection." § Ze«<c, " with in-
Co. On -JVcn/i^i/rj* r- -,. 1
from the Spartans, 'oeba u^ Iht of « '' ?'' '"''^ *° ^"^^'^ ^^'^'^ '^^'^'''^"'Jed
famed in tlie story of T^-ovf ^'■^'*^' ^^' grandfather to Hel.n
kingdom and to thfpeople ' ' ^'""^ '^"^ '^' "^"^^ -'^^ -PPHed to the
IV. -LUCltETIA.
King's son." ' enieitams, § Jier/e crcafus, "the
beCre i,er, and .Tih.'rf flalers Xh ^^7^ ' ""f ™'' <*""="» »™<^
<lo«n in disorder ,„ her ne«k S,h , ' ''*" '"' '«' '"'^''- '>»»' Mien
Roman me,,, l,„t it ^ d stkooM feSs ^1° °'""'™ """""h amo„,
2b. MiUeiida est, kc—larn-m, "i\t rl ,
28. Esse super is' equal to C' J'" "'"""^ ^''"'^'^ '-«* be sent."
— . ,«e//.n?,«., "you are opposing those who are braver " s
modo, " by-and-by,
31. ^Ut raluces (see rcdua^ in Vocabulary), •' ^aay thev
': I'ost-
relu
rn.
iOiUvt Sixth,
VOCABULARY.
NOTE.
In the Vocabulary the quantity of first and middle syllables is indicated
in all cases in which a doubt might arise ; and accordingly, as it has been
deemed advisable to diminish the number of prosodial signs as much as
possible, those Kyllables have rarely been marked which follow any one ot
the four great rules, viz, : —
1. When a vowel stands before two consonants (or a double conson-
i ant), it is counted long by position.
2. Diphthongs and contracted syllables are long.
3. One vowel before another is short.
4. Derivative and compound words follow the quantity of their
primitives.
In fi.nal syllables the following brief rules will act as a guide to the
student : —
1. a final is short in declinable words, but long in others.
2. e and y final are short.
3. i and u final are long.
4. final is common,— i.e., either short or long.
5. The terminations as, es, and as are usually long.
6. The terminations is, us, and ys are usually short ; but us in tbe
gen. sing, of the Fourth Declension is always long.
7. When a word ends in h, d, I, r, or t, the final syllable is gener-
ally short.
8. When a word ends in c or n, the last .■syllable is generally long ;
but words like carmSn have the en short.
To the foregoing rules the learner will find many exceptions, but it ia
hoped that few such have been left unmarked in the Vocabulary,
VOCABULARY.
o /oi'actlTe.
abt ablatlvn.
wc accus.itivo.
"''>■ iiiljectivo.
"(iv. lulvoib.
"/■ confer (compare).
cmnp conpiirative.
"o"}- inctiim.
cmijug. ... M.Jiigatioii.
tl"t ,, Untivo.
'' ^ict defective.
rifP- deponent.
/* foniiniiio.
Z™? fi'Liiiieniativo.
ADBREVIATI0N3.
£"■" /w genitive.
imiwat. .. imperative.
iDilvr.i.
hill cl.
iiiti'rj. ,
impersonal
indeclinable,
interjection.
masculine,
neiitei- (witli
staiitlvr;s).
neuter (witliveilis)
participle,
passive.
sub-
part. .
;«"•/• i)erfeot,
pi plunil.
J'>'^P preposition.
rrm. . . .for pronotin.
scini-ricp. . . semi-deponent,
"'"f singular.
■'"'"« substantive.
»"/' supine.
"'P-W superlative.
'yc syncope.
"• verb.
\ V. a [ ^'•■'''' ""^"ve or tranil
■■'1 'ivoof 1st conjug.
2 w. a .. i '"^''^^ active or transi-
I tive of 2.1 conjuj<.
y. )| /verb neuter, or iu-
(. transitive.
A.
A, the first letter of the alpliabet. As an
abbreviation, it stands for the proper
name Aulus.
a, a preposition, governing the ablative.
(Sceab.)
ab, a, or abs, prep, with aW.,y7-om, 6y ,■ at,
on.in; (of tiine,)flr/7.r. Pliiascs: A tergo,
in or on the rear; A de.xtra ripa, on or
to (i.e., at) the right bank. A is written
before consonants; ab, before vowels,
h, and many consonants; abs is very
rare, except in compounds. Ab occa-
sionally becomes au in composition:
as, aii/ero, aufugio; for ab/ero, &c.
abdit-US, a, um, perf. part, of abdo, put
away, hidden, concealed, secret.
abd-0, Idi, Itum, ere, 3 v. a., to put away,
hide, conceal: Abdere se in sllvas, to hide
one's self by retiring into the woods, (ab.
do.) '
abduC-0, (x)i, turn, 5rg, 3 v. a., to lead
away, draw away, remove. (al)
duco.) '
abeo, ablvi, or abti, abltum, abIrS, 4 v. n.,
to go away, depart; to pass, (of time.)
(ab, eo.)
abhorr-eo, ui, — , ei6, 2 v. n. and a., to
shrink back from (with a feeling of fear) ;
abhor; be averse to; to differ; be incon-
sistent with, (ab, horreo.)
abi-es, etis, f., thewMteJir; also, (poetic,)
anything made of the tree,— e.g., navis,
hasttu
abjicio, abjeci,abjectum, abjtc-gre, 3 v. a.,
to throw away, fling down; throw aside;
degrade ; give np. (ab, jacio.)
ablat-us, a, um, perf part, of aufgro,
curried off, borne away,
ablii-o, i, (a)tum, gre, 3 V. a., to wash
away or off, cleanse; io expiate, (ab,
luo,)
abrept-US, a, um, perf. part of abriplo,
carried off'; torn away, &c.
abrip-io, m, (rep)tum, ere, 3 v. a., to
carry off; drag away by force ; squander.
(ab, rapio.)
abrog-O, avi, atum, nrg, l v. a., to re.
peal (a law), abrogate, annul; break otf;
_ deprive of (ab, rogo.)
aOrUIUtlO. abvfini. nlirnrstiirr. «>,.„,„„
ere, 3 v. a., to break off; tear asunder t
separate; burst, (ab, rumpo.)
I.:
I
302
VOCAnUI-ARY.
#
ahrupt-US, a, mn, pprf. part, of ab-
ruiiipo, broicii off; burst; riven.
aba, prep. (S( c ab.)
absens, gen. abscntis, part, of absuiii,
and adj., absent; distant, away from,
absistO, ftbstiti, iibsist Ore, a v. n., lo
stand off; retire; abandon; leave off\ de-
sist from, (ab, idsfo.)
abaolut-US, u um, pi-rf. part, of absolvo,
freed from, acquitted; unrestrieled ;
Jhnshed, complete.
absolv-0, i, abbfjlut-um, absolv-Cre,
o V. a., to loosen, or free from; ab-
solve, acquit; complete, flnis/i off. (ub,
siilvo.)
abstill-eo, ni, (abstcntum,) Pre, 2 v. a.
and n., lo hold off from, keep away, ab-
stain, refrain, (abs, tcneo.)
absum, abfui, (or afui,) .abcsse, v. ii.
iiTej.;., to be away from, he absent; be
distant; to be wanting, as in the phrase,
raultim ubest quin, it wants little of;
Ncqno nbest siisi)ieio (piin, )ior is there,
n-antimj a tuspicion but that, i^-c.,— i.e.,
there is a (strong) suspicion that, &c.
(ab, sum.)
&,C, cow]., and, and also; aye more; than;
as. (See atqiie.)
Acc-a, ae, f., (Liuuentia, or Larenthi,)
Acca, wife of Faustulus and nurse of
K'diiiuhis and Itenius.
acced-0, accessi, acccssiiin, acced-ero,
3 V. n., to I/O or come near to, advance,
approach; reach; attach; to be added
to. (cui, cfdo.)
accend-0, J, accensuin, H' oend-ere,
3 V. a., to kindle, light up ; injlame, in-
cite. (Hoot can-, as in canus, tandeo,
candidus, &c.)
aCCens-US, a, um, pcrf. part, of accendo,
setonjire; injlamed, Ac.
a''''ftpt-U3, a, um, perf. part, of nccipio,
received; agreeable; beloved, favour He.
aCCid-0, i, — , Cre, 3 V. n., to fall to ;
reach; happen, (used impersonally, it
happens, ^tc.) (ad, cado.)
aCCld-0, i, accisum, accld-ere, 3 v. a., to
cut at, (i.e., cut almost through ;) cut
down; damage, teeaken. (ad, caedo.)
aCCinct-US, a, um, pert. part, of uccingo,
begirt, equipped, prepared.
accing-O, accinxi, accinctuni, ncciuR-
6re, 3 v. a., (often intrans.,) to gird on,
gird one's self, begird ; arm, prepare.
(ad, cingo.)
accipio, a^cC'pi, aereptum, acelp-Cre,
8 V. n., lo take to one's self; receive, ac-
cept; agree to; hear; undertake, (ail,
CMpio.)
accliv-is, is, e, or us, a, um, sloping,
inclined; steep, (nA, divua, a slope.)
acCUl'ate, adv., from accuratus, care-
fully, accurately ; strictly.
accuratius, adv., eomp. of accurate,
>n«re carefully, in a more stmtied man-
ner; more strictly, precisely, or de-
cidedly.
aCCUrat-US, a, nm, jierf. part, of accuro,
carefully prepared, exact; elaborate.
aCCUrr-0, l, (seldom accucurri,) accur-
snm, accurr-Rrc, 3 v. n., to run to,
hasten to, run up. (ad, curro.)
aCCUS-0, avi, Titum, iirc, 1 v. a., to laij
blame on one, to blame; to accuse, indict.
(ad, causa.)
acer, (or acri.s,) acrls, acre, sJiarp,
pointed, piercing; keen, active; passion-
ate; bold, brave, zealous ; acute, saga-
cious: adv. acrilur; comp. acrius;
sujicrl. accrrime. (lii otae-, asfn acus,
acuo, acies, <fec. ; also in a/oj, a/ci's,
d(cpoy, Ac.)
acer, aceris,n., (mostly in noni. and gen.
sniff.,) the maple-tree.
acerbitas, acerbltut-ia, f, pungencn,
bitterness, sharpness; severity, harsh-
ness; pain; hardship, (acerbus.)
acerb-US, a, um, unripe; hitter, pun-
gent, sour; harsh, roxgh; opi>ressive;
troublesome ; sad. (Hoot ac-, as in acer.
Hut note the ditTerence of quantity.)
acerrime, adv., 7nost bitterly, keenly,
Ac. (See acriter an<l acer.)
aci-es, Ci, f., the point, or edge; keen-
sightedness; the eye; keennetts of eye;
shai-pness; brightness; acuteness (of in-
tellect); the battle array, an army (rea<ly
for battle). (Hoot .ac. See acer.)
aconit-um, i, n., monk's-hood, uolf's-
bane, aconite.
acquieSCO, acquievi, acquictum, ac-
quiesc ere, 3 v. n, to become quiet ; lie
down to rest ; to die ; lo be pleased with ;
acquiesce in. (ad, quiesco.)
acriter, adv., sharply, keenly; zealously;
vehemently ; Jierci-ly, furiously; eonij).
acrius; superl. acerrime. (acer.)
acriiis, adv., more keenly; more vigor-
ously, Ac. (See acer.)
acumen, acunuu-is, n. a sharp point:
a sting; sharpness (of t:\>-te); acuteness
(of intellect); cunning, fraud. (,acuu.)
VOCAIUJLAUY.
licii-O, I, (n)tum, ('ro, rj v. a., to make
jioinlcil, lo s/uiipeii,ivhct; excite; cter-
cLie. (iicus. Koot !ic-. Suo iicics.)
S,C-US, ns, f., a sharp })cint; a needle;
hiiir-piti, itc. (Uoot IK"-. See lU'ics.)
acut-US, II, \im, poiiifeil, sharp; screre;
ani/e, sajacium. d'crt'. imrt. of ac-
110.)
ad, imp. witliacp., to, toiraril.% atjaiiis!;
at, near, by; about (i.e., i.p to, wiili
iimiierals); in reference to, uithreijanl
to: U(l hoc, or ud liucc, besides, nion-
orer. In conipounds, tlic A of ml \\\-
mains boforu vowuls, ami before b, d,
li, j, in, v,-as, udilico, Ac; but it is
assimilated before c, f, g, 1, n, j), r, », t,
—as, .iccipio, uttero, .tc.
i daetlU-O, avi, .^ium, aie, 1 v. a., to
make c'/iKd to, put on an etpialiti/; to
eipiid, /,\ep up wUh; level, (ad; aequo,
fioni aeriuuf.)
I dc-. For words beginning so, see aee.
6 dd-0, Idi, It mil, ere, r, v. n., to yice in
addition, put to, add ; impart to ; to sai/
more, (ad, do.)
a Iduc-O, (x)i, turn, ore, 3 v. a., to lead
to, w forward; brine/ foruard; incite,
induce, persuade, (ad, diieo.)
aderapt-US, a, nm, perf. part, of adiino,
taken away, deprived.
&d-eO, Ivi, or 11, Ituin, ire, 4 v. n., to go
to, approach; apply to; address; at-
tack; undertake, (ad, eo.)
adeo, adv., to that (point); so fctr ; so
lonij; to such a degree; to this end, or
purpose ; moreover; Just, (ud, and part
of is, ca, id, eitlier eoin, or cod = id,
old form of nocus.)
adept-US, a, um, perf. part, of adipisccr,
olilained, (j((iued.
adequit-0, avi, atnm, are, 1 v. n., to
riite towards, ride up; <jallopnp; ride
near, (ad, eqiiito.)
adhaereo, adhaesi, culhaesnin, adhaer-
eie, 2 V. n., to cling to, stick to, adhere;
grow to or near; to be near; hang on,
keep close to. (ad, liaereo.)
adhib-eo, ui, Itum, ere, 2 v. a., to hold to
pv near; bring to, more towards; apjily
to; add to; to summon; to tise, employ;
to admit, (ad, liabeo.)
adhuc, adv., to this (p(iint); as yet,
hillurto; in additiim, moreover, (ad,
and hue, said to be for liiiiie or hoe.
See adeo.)
adigo, adegi, adactum, udlg-ere, 3 v. a..
to drive to, urge on, compel; bind dc-um
(to an oaih). (ad, ajjo.)
Adimant-US, i, m., Adimantus, an
Atlieiiian, appointed colleaKUO to Al-
eibiades. (.N ;p. Ale., vii.) lie was
taken prisoner at llio battle of Aego.i-
potaml, n.o. lO-i.
adimo,adeini,ademptuni, (orademtum,)
adlm-iSre, 3 v. a., to take away, free
from, deprive of; carry off. (ad, eiiio.)
adipisCOr, adeptus, adTpisc-l, 3 v. dep.,
to come up to, reach; gain, get. (ad,
apiscor, to gain.) The root is .ip-, whieh
nieaii.s, to go to,- heiiee, to reach, get.
(Cf. ap-tns, ap-lo, ite.)
S.dit-US, us. 111., a going to, approach;
entrance, passage, (adeo.)
adjicio, adjeei, ■idjeclum, adjie-ere, 3 v.
a., to throw to or near; to turn to, apply
to; a(tdto,join,iucrf((se. (ad, jaeio.)
adjungO, adjunxi, adjunctiim, adjiinj;-
ere, 3 v. a., to join to, attach; apply to;
yoke, (a'l, jiingo.)
adjiiv-O, idjuv-i, (or avi,) adjatum, (or
atiim,) adjuv-fire, 1 v. a., to assi.it, help,
be of service to; cherish, (ad, juvo.)
Adraet-US, i, m., Admetus, king of tlie
Molossi.
administer, admlniijtr-i,ni., a«<Mm<an<,
agent, servant, (ad, minister.)
administr-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to
wait vpon, assist; manage, govern;
perform, (ad, niinistio.)
admirabil-is, is, o, deserving of admir-
ation; admirable; tvonderful, strange.
(adniiror.)
admir-or, ritus, ari, l v. dcp., to wonder
al; admire, (ad, niiror.)
adraiss-US, a, um, pert. part, of adniitto,
let go, free; (Kquo adniisso, at full gal-
lop;) committed, witli facinus, sceliis.
admitto, adml-si, adniissum, admitt-Cre,
3 V. a., let in, give access to, admit; to
give the reins to, --i.e., let go at will; to
commit, iKrpetrate. (ad, iiiitto.)
adraodum, adv., (literally) vp to the
measure,— \ c., entirely; very; (of nuiu-
beij?,) at most, about, just, (ad, modus.)
admov-eo, admov-i, adir.ot-um, ad-
iiiov-eio, 2 V. a., to move towards;
conduct to; apply to. (ad, nioveo.)
adol-eo, ui, (rarely -evi,) udultum, ad61-
ere, 2 v. ii. and a., to smell; cause to
smell; offer in sacrifice; burn; propi-
tiate; honour; to make large, increase;
magnify, (ad, oleo. to smell.)
%
B
c
L
-H.
/ . „..-._
4-
-*'f^i ii'tiM?1 B!.,.. ._
204
VOCAUULAUY,
S.ddlescens, nil<"il('.RCPiit-l», adj., (jrowimj
up, young: as subst, a youinj iiiiin or
woman. Gen. pi. ofteiier -imn tliiin
-um. (iidolesco, Co grow up.)
Sd51escentl-a, ac, f., t/ie season of i/oulh:
Ineuiitu adolescentia, in early man/wnd.
(ailolescens.)
adolesCO, adoIOvi, (seldom adolul,) adul-
tnm, adolesc-Cre, 3 v, n., to be growing
up (to inatuiity) ; to increase, (ad, and
olosco, to grow, from root ol-.)
S.liopor"io, ul, tum, ire, 4 v. a., to cover
up, or ocer. (ad, operio.)
adopert-US, a, nm, peif. part, of ado-
perio, covered up, enveloped.
adorior, adortus, ndor-iri, 4 v. dep,, to
rise vp at, attempt; attack, invade;
accost; address, (ad, oiior.)
S.ddr-0, iivi, fittim, are, 1 v. a., to speak
t), address; pray to, entreat; uorship.
(ad, oro.)
adort-US, a, um, perf. part, of adorior,
having attempted, attacked, &c.
Adrumet-um, i, n., (or Hadrumotnm,)
Adriirnetiim, a town in Africa, east of
Carthage.
adsc. See asc.
adscisOO. See ascisco.
adsisto. Sec assisto.
adsto. See asto.
adstrictus. See astrictus.
adsum, uUfui, adesse, v. irreg., to be pre-
sent, or near; to assist, favour, (ad,
sum. See assum.)
adunc-US, a um, turned in, /looked,
crooked, (ad, uncus.)
adven-io, advcn-l, adventum, adv6n ii c,
4 V, n,, to come to; approach; anive.
(ad, veiiio.)
advent-0, avl, atum, are, l v. freq., to
approach rapidly; arrive at. (ad-
venio.)
advent-US, us,m., an approach; (liostili)
advance; arrival, (advenio.)
adversari-US, a, um, opposed to: as
subst., an opponent, rival, adversary,
enemy, (adversus.)
adversum, adv., and prep, with ace,
(same as adversus, prep.,) towards ;
against: Ventus tenet adversum, the
wind blows right against.
adversus, adv., and prep, with ace,
against, opposite to; towards; to; at;
in regard to. (adverto.)
advers-US, a, um, perf. part, of adverto.
turned towards, in opposition to; hostile
to: Ex adverso, nrpragain.it: lies rt«*-
versae, adversity, distress.
advert-O, l. adversum, advcrt-Cre, 3 v. a.,
to turn to, direct towards, (ad, verto.)
adv6c-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to call to,
.''end for, summon, (ad, voco.)
adv61-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. n., to fy
towards, hasten to, ru.ih forward, (ad,
volo.)
aed-es, (or n.d-is.) is, f., « building; «
temple; a house, (usually In pi. in this
sense.)
aedifici-am, l, n,, a building (of any
kijid.) (aedifico.)
aedxf ic-0, avi, ruum, are, 1 v. a,, to erect
a building; to build, to frame, (aedes.
facio.)
Aedii-i, orum,(or Ilaedui,) m., the Aediii,
—a people in Gallia Celtica, between
the Loire and the Saone. Their cai)i-
tal was'Blbracte, now Autun.
Aegaeon, Aegaeon-ls, m., Acgaeon, a sea
god, son of Neptune. Also the name
of the hundred-handod giant, called
Briareus.
aeger, aegr-a, aegr-um, sick, weak,
diseased; sad, sorrowful; (used flguru-
tivcly^of the mind,) distempered.
aegerrimi, adv., supcrL of aegre, very
reluctantly; icith very great dijficulty.
AegOS Flumen, n., in Greek Aegospo-
tami, (Aiyos ttoto/uoi,) literally QoaCs
River,— a, town and river in the Tlira-
cian Chersonese. . The battle of Aego.s-
potami, in which Lysander defeated
the Athenians (b.c. 405), was the last
of the Pelopnnnesian war.
aegre, adv., in a sickly way; uncomfort-
ably: reluctantly; with dijficulty, scarce-
ly: often used with ferre, to take amiss,
be displeased at. (aeger.)
Aemili-US, i, m., AemiUus, a Roman
family name. Lucius I'aulus, a Roman
consul, defeated at Cannae (b.c. 210),
by Hannibal.
aene-US, (or aengua,) a, um, (or alie-
neivs,) made of bronze; of bronze colour;
Jirni, strong, lasting, (aes.)
Aeoli-a, ae, (or Aeol-is, Idis,) f, Aeolia,
a province of Asia Minor, between tlic-
Caicus on the north, .'nd the Ilermua
on the south. Also a group of islands
nj)rth of Sicily, now tlie Mpari Islands.
Aeol-is, Tdis, f, see Aeolia. Also a fe-
iimlM patronymic, daughter (or descend-
ant) of Aeolus.
VOCABULARY.
20fi
Ae^lI-US, n, um, of or helonging to
Aeoliia; toAenlia; to the AeuUan Ishmda.
aequal-is, is, e, eqnil, level, smooth
equable, uniform; on a par; of the
same age, contemporary, (uequus.)
aequat-U8, a, urn, pert. part, of aequo,
iitiute equal, level, «fec.
aeque, adv., equally; (with qunm or ac,)
as. (iii'fimis.)
aequinocti-um, i, n., the equinox, (ne-
quus, nox.)
aequIpar-0, livi, atum, five, l v. a., to
ntuka equal, put on a level; compare,
liken, (aeqiuis, pilro.)
aequitas, acqultrit-is, f., evenness,
equality; justice, equity, (aequus.)
aequ-0, uvi, ritum, uio, 1 V. a. and n., to
mak^ equal, tokvel; to equalize; to equal
— i.e., to coiiio n\> to; to compare, (ae-
quus.)
aequor, aequOr-is, n,, an even surface,
plain; the sea. (aequus.)
aequ-ura, i, n., that which is equal, ox-
Just; fairness, equality; Justice: ¥x
iic(iuo, on an equality, equally.
aequ-iis, a, um, level, fiat; equal;
favout\.ble, advantageous: Aequus locus,
advantageous position; Aequus animus,
a contented, composed, or easy mind.
aer, aSr-ls, m., the air; (i.e., the lower
atmosphere as opposed to the upper, or
aetlier,) cloud; mist: ace, (aerem, and)
Greek form, aera. Also a neuter plurul,
aera. (arjp.)
aerari-um, i, n., a treasury; the public
purse; exchequer, (aes.)
aeri-U8, a, um, belonging to the air; airy;
rising high into the air, as Acriae
Alpes, the ''soaring Alps." (aer.)
aes, aer-is, n., cop/'.'r; bronze: hence
anything made of copper or bronze;
as, money, armour, statues, ifec.
aestas, aestat-is, f., summer; heat; a
year. (Said to be of same stem us us-
tus, from uro.)
aestimati-0, oiiis, f., valuation; value,
worth; esteem, (aestimo.)
aestim-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a,, to value,
estimate, reckon, (aes.)
aestii-O, hvi, atum, are, I v. n., to boil;
rage; be hot, inflamed; (of the sea,)
to rise in billows, to ''churn." (ucs-
t!13.) "
aest-iis, fls, m., heat; boiling; commo-
tion ; the tide, su, i,e, or surf (of the seiu)
(Same stem as aestas.)
aetas, actat-ls, f., time of life, age; life
(Kcnerally); an age, (or fixed period of
time ;) time. (Contracted for aevitas.
from uevum.) Gen. pi. -ium, or
-um.
aetern-us, a, um, lasting for an age:
hence, everlasting, eternal. (Contracted
for aeviternus.)
aether, aethCr-ls, m., the upper air, (see
aer;) heaven; air, (alOrjpt)
Aethlops, Actlit5p-is, m., an Ethiopian.
Aethon, AethOn-ls, ni., Ae/hon, (the
Glowing One,) the name of one of tho
horses of the Sun.
Aetn-e, es, or Aetn-a, ae, f., Mount
Aetna, In Sicily.
aev-um, i, n., a period of time; age,
time if life; a generation; time (gener-
ally.) _
affabil-is, 1% e, that may be spoken to,
affable; courteous. Corap. alfabilior:
superl. wanting, or at least very rare.
(at1;iri.)
aifect-0, avi, atum, fire, 1 v. freq., to
strive after, aim at, aspire to ; to try to
win over, (as, e.g., states.) (afflcio.)
aflfect-US, a, um, perf. part, of afflcio,
aff ried, influenced (by external causes);
furnished with, circumstanced; dis-
posed, inclined; attacked; weakened.
aiFerO, attnii, aliatum, affurre, v. a.
irreg., to bring or carry to; to cause,
produce; report, tell, (ad, fero.)
afficio, affeci, affectum, aff le-ere, 3. v. a.,
to do (something) to; to affect, influence.
It very often occurs witli ablatives: as,
AlflcBre poena, to punish; Affleere
malo, to visit with misfortune, (ad.
facio.)
aflfinitas, affTnltat-is, f., nearness (of
residence) ; relationship, kindred, (af-
tlnls, from ad, fini-i.)
affirm-O, avi, atum, are, 1 V. a., to make
firm or steady; to assert, allege, (ad,
flrmo.)
afflict-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. freq., to dash
against; toss about; harass, (affligo.l
afillgO, afflixi, iiflictum, afflig-Bi'e, to
dash against; strike down; weaken;
vex, afflict, (ad, fligo.)
(aifor,) atratus, affarl, l v. dep., to speak
to, address; pray to. The first singu-
lar present is not used, (ad, for.)
aifore and affOrem, the pres. inf. and
impert; sub.1. of an old verb, wliich
occurs only in tliese two part.4. toru
%
H ^
i
r:^^.
0-
/-.'■
tm -^^
206
VOCAIUH.AUV.
I« equal to futunim esse, ami forrm to
I'.sMMii ; to b,'. j>n'sciit, to be tit haiiil.
(Si'o mlsuiii.)
AfrT^-S, lie, I'. Africa.
Afvlc-iis, «, inn, African. Also, iiscil us
:i siih^t., the miitt/t ici.il iciiul.
Jtger, ai,'fi. 111., tt Jlcid; country; the
coiinlrii, (as opiwiscd to tlio town.) oi
tlic .sanii! stem is Kii-llsli acre.
agger, a^jjei-is, m., a monml (of ciuili,
lUo.) ; a ranithtrt; a (li(.c; u lui'e, u /u;n>.
(ail, ffcri),)
aggvedior,fiK[,'rfssuM, npfjiOl-i, 3 v.dcp.,
tu icalk totraiils, (i/j/noac/i; to ad't/css ;
to attack; to make ai/caiiccs to; to at-
tempt, or l>C(jiii. (ml, KiAdior.)
aggreg-0, rivi, ntnm, mv, 1 v. m., to adt
totliejiock; join to, a,, '; collect toijeHier,
a.wmljle; attach to, (mi!, kiO^^o, iVoni
Kvcx.)
aggresS-US, n, nm, poif. imt. of Mi;-
rrcdior, /lariiii/ atleiii/ileil, ,^r.
agitat-US, n, um, puif. iMi't. of ii^jito,
(Iriren, distiirkJ, etc.
aglt-0, fivi, utuni, riro, 1 v. frcq., to more
frequciillii or vic/oroiisli/; to (njitale,
7-oiiM', disturb; ilrirc; ttecisc; (Hh-iiai;
to doanijthiiKjrcijularly: lionco, Aj;itarc
vitaiii, to .ipe)),l one's life, (api.)
agmen, af4iinii-!'s, n., ani/t/iimj (iriren; a
band; a /lerd; an arniii (in line of
ninrcli); an armii, or company. (iiii:i>i
a.niimii, from aijo.)
agn, uyi actum, a^^-crf, :! v. a., to do, act;
to drive, lead; to treat villi: Akciu
liai'cm, to enjoy peace: Ai,a're otiuiii, to
have leisnre: Af,'cro giatitis, to give
tlianks: Aguro actatuin, to sp.nd one's
life: 1(1 agitiir, Hiis is intended, nv dis-
cnssed: Tua res aj;itur, your inlirest is
at .ilake.
agrest-is, is, e, belonaimj to III.' couuiry,
rural, rustic; boori.^h, rude; wiid, sav-
age: as siibst., a man from the couiiti y,
a rustic, (agcr.)
agricol-a, ae, m., a husbandman, farmer,
a(jricnlturist. (a^cr, coin.)
agricultur-a, ac, f., atjricultnre, hu-s-
J'andry, farming, (agcr, colo.)
aio, 01' aio, V. defect., (for forms us^d
SCO tlie (irainmar.) to say y<3, assent to;
to say: Aiunt, or lU aiuiit, as thru say,
as the saying is : Ain', or aisue, do you
say so ? is it pos:<ilile ?
al-a, ac, f., a. icimj, (in its literal and
ligur.itive senses;; the uimj of an army;
the aujcilimies, (as oppoied to tlio ilo-
tnans 'ii'o])er,)
alaccr, (or alaerls,) alacris. alacre, keen,
brisk, cheerful, active, bustling, (uter.
Ital. nilcKio.)
alacrltas, al icritat-is, f., keenness, lire-
I'liess, actinly, briskness, ilacrity, itc.
(See alacer, wlieiicc it comos.)
alari-iis, a, um, iHlongimj to the wina (of
tron) s); jiostedunlhc icing; auxiliaries,
fal;i.)
Alb-a, ae, f., the iiar^o of several t<iwiiR;
especially Alba l.v ^ , thr moiher-eily
of lionie.
Albul-a, ae, f, Alloda, tlie ancient teinio
of I he Tihcr.
alb-US, a, uni, rrhite, pale; (of Iho wea-
ther,) bright, clear, dry; favonra! 'e, for-
tunate.
alc-es, is, f., iin elk.
Alcibiad-es, is, m., Alcildades, :i ceh:
hrated Athenian,
alias, adv., elseu-herr; al another time;
olheiu'ise. (Itoot ali-; which occurs in
a lari;o class of \vords, and means
(a) other, (b) some, any.)
alien-0, avi, .atum, are, 1 v. a., to trans-
jo' to another: hence, to alienate,
estrange; turn away (from allegiance,
alTectic.i, <te.) (aiienus.)
aliea-US, a, um, belonging to another;
strange, fontgii; niifacoiirable, diso.l-
vanlagioiis, (e.g., locus:) Alieuum acs,
dibt. (alius.)
aliment-um, i, n., nourishment, food,
support, aliincpt. (;ilo,)
alio, adv., to anotlur place, thing, purpose,
iVe. ; elsewhere, (allu.s.)
allpes, rdiped-is, poet, adj., wimjfooted,
swift, (ala, pes.)
aliquam, adv., used with diu, plures, and
jiiidtu.s, /« some measure; considerably.
aliquamdiu, miv., for some, time; fur a
considerable time, or distance, (ali-
quam, diu.)
aliquando, adv., at some time; some-
Nines; < : length, (aliqnis.)
aliquanto, anil aliquantum, adv., sonie-
uiiat ; to a considerable degree.
aliquant-US, a, mn, somewhat (grent or
small); a considerable quantity, (all-,
,^oine; ami (|uantus. )
aliqui, allqua, allquod, some, any; in
111., several: jd. alniui, alhiuac, aiiqna.
(all-, qui.)
iiluiuis, (iieut.) aliquid, (aliqiia is f. of
■:C
VOCAniM.AUY.
207
prerpillriK,) some one, any one. (iili ,
qilis.)
allquSt, iiulci'l., some, .Ui'end, a /tie.
(iili-, quilt.)
alitor, lulv., in another icaij, otherwise.
(aliiiN.)
ali-US, A, U(1, to'", iilius, il;it. alii,) other,
another; i/ij/'crent; alii alii, simie
other.^: alius alio, one to one ji/<iee,
another to another,
A116br6g-es, um, m., the Alluljro'jcs, n
tiilie (if (ialliii Xiirbdiicnsis.
Allobrox, AllulirOK'-ls, in., an Alloljro-
ijtan; j)l. Allol)i("i;,a's.
ahu-U8, 11, ui;), noiirishinfj ; lioiinti/ul ;
ijiuidl; /iropitions. (t'oraliiiius, (nun ulo.)
al-0, fii> itiiiii (inKl altuui), t'li', ■'! v. a.,
tonourkh, feed, support ; eherish; 2>ro-
mote.
Alp-CS, ium, f., the Alps. Siiinctiuics in
!<iii«'.. Alp-is, is, f. Said Id Ik: ot'sanic
stem ns ulb-iis, white, from liLiii;;
caiiiicU witli snow.
Alplie-OS, (or iiH,) 1, ni., Aljihens, n livcr
of Kli.s (ill Grc'ucc), wliich wu» said to
pass under the sen and rise aj,-airi ii:
Sicily, joining the fountain Arelhusa.
Alpic-UB, n, nni, belomjimj to the Aljis:
as a sub3t. ni., an iiilialiildnt of the At]).i.
Alpin-US, 11, uni, of or bdomjimj to the
Alps, Alpine.
alte, adv., on a hei<jht, on hiijh, aloft;
liiijMij; in the depth; 'eiphj, deep.
(altus.)
alter, alter-a, nni, (f,'(;ii. alteiius usually,
liul simietiines alteriii3; dat. alleri, or
.sonietinies al'er-o, ae, o,) one of tiro;
the other; a second. The stem is al-,
as in alius; and tcr is a comiiarativo
tcniiination. So liiiewisc otlitr words
n:tVi rin>; to jiairs,— as, u-ter, neuter;
in KiiKlisli, ei-tlier, neither, whe-thcr,
and many others; and in Greek, tto-
Tfpos, fiev-Ttf ^■:.
altitude, ultitadln-is, I, height; depth.
uUlus.)
ait-US, a, um, hiijh, tall, lofty; shrill,
loud; deep, profound, (alo,)
alumn-US, a, nm, noiiri.disd^ nared:
usually a sub.st., a person nursed, a
/oKlcr-ehilil. (a'u.)
alve-US, i, m., any cavity; anything hol-
loiredout, sueli as a boat, tub, hold of
a ship, &c. ; (he chiinnel ir bed of a rieer.
(alvus.)
alv-US, i, f., the b^Uij, pauneh.
am-, an Inseparable parllile, nieatiini{
on biith sii/es, (tl)ont.
ambac-tus, i, m., a va.isal, retainer.
Said to be a (idtllic word,
,\inbarr-i, orum, m., the Andmrri, a,
(iailic tribe, bordering on, and kindred
to, the .Vedu
anibig'-O, inf. ambtff-i're, (pirf. and sup.
wanting,) '<i v. n., tobeindonbt, tn hesitate,
u-iirer; to disjiute, ar'tue. (anibi, ano.)
ambigU-US, a, um, doubtful, unsteiiily,
eh.iiiijeable, nacerimj; obseure. (um-
biyo.)
amb-6, ac, o, (dat. -Obus, -abus,) both
(at onee.) (iiinjio).)
ambrSsi-a, ac, f., ambrosia, the foi 1 cf
the Kods. (d///3/jocria.)
ambtiro, ambussi, nmbustum, ambdr-
C're, ;) v. a,, to burn round; scoreh,
singe; to consume, (am, buro, as in
eoniliuro.)
ambust-US, a, um, perf. part, of am-
liuio, burned: .seori'hrd, simj,d.
aniice, adv., in a friendly manner, kindly.
(amieus.)
amic-i'' ul (or i.\i), turn, Ire, 4 v. a., to
lerii^ ound; envelop (with a cloak or
outer coveting); veil; coeer, elothe.
(am, jaeid.)
amiC-ior, lor, lus, ^en. amlet(3r-is, conip.
of amieus, more friendly.
amiciti-a, ae, W, friendship, (amieus.)
amict-iis, us, m., an outer garment, a
elodk; any garment; dress, (amii'^o.)
amiC-US, a, wu, friendly; reliable; kind,
loving, (aino.)
amiC-US, i, m., a friend, companion.
(amo, )
amiss-US, a, um, perf. jiait. of amltto,
lost ; let go.
amiss-US, us, m., a loss, (aniittd.)
amitt-0, amis i. amiss-um, amitf-erc,
.'! V. a, toletgo; lose; dismiss, (a, mittd.)
amn-is, is, m., (abl. e di' i,) a dream,
river.
am-0, avi, Titum, arc, I v. a., to love, like,
delight in.
amor, amOr-is, m.,love: as proper name,
Cupid, (amo.)
amphor-a, ae, f., a vessel (with two
handles or ears) ; n pitcher, jar, flagon.
amplect-Or, amplex-us, amplcet-i, -3 v.
tlep., to twine round, encircle; grasp;
emitraee; understand, (am, pleeto.)
amplex-us, a, um, jiert. part, of ani-
plector, having embmced, ita
.,A-
JU
&
4"
M
268
VOCABULARY.
amplex-US, ns, m., an encircling, em-
brace. ';ainplector.)
amplitudo, iniplitndln-ia, f., breadth;
size,^e.rtent, greatness, (ampins.)
amplius, adv., (comp. of lunplus,) more
largely, more; fartlfr ; heside% more-
over; (of time,) longer.
ampl-us, a, um, spacious, wide, large,
ample; abundant; distinguished; re-
nowned.
Amymon-e, e.s, f , Amymone, dauglitcr
ofDanaus, kinp of the Avgives. She
was clianged into a fountain.
au, conj., or; or whether. It is generally
used in the second part of an inteno-
gation, pr2"eded by utrum or -nc.
Sometimes the utrum or -ne which
ought to precede is not expressed, hut
only implied; as, An est uUum luajus
malum turpitudine?
Anart-e3, ium, m., theAnartes, a people
of Iiaeia.
Ancalit-es, nm, m. pi., the Ancahtes, a
liritisli tribe, inhabiting, most pro-
bably, paits of Re'ksliiro and Wilts.
auceps, gen. iinctp!t-is, adj., having two
heads; xcith two sides, or natures; double,
onbothsides; two-edged ; doubtful ; dan-
gerous: abl. in -i. (am-, caput.)
anc6r-a, ae, f., an anchor: sup>po. :; re-
fuge; hope. (Thestem isanc-or aug-,
wliicli is found in Greek, aiul nu'ani!
bent or crookid.)
Andocid-es, is, (or -i,) m., Amlocir- .10
of tile ten Attic orators. He flourished
in tlie later years of the rdoponnesian
war- -i.e., abi)ut u.c. 4-.'0, downwards.
angu-is, is, m. or f., a snake, serpent;
the constellation Draco; also. The Ser-
pent Abl. angue, or angui. (IVu' stem,
see ancora.)
angiil-US, i, m., an an-gle, corner; nook;
baij. (See ancora foi- stem.)
angUSt-e, adv., narrowly; sparingly.
(■ingustus.)
angusti-ae, arum, f. pl„ •'sing, rare,) a
narrow place, a strait, defile; dijiculties.
(angustus.)
angUStiuS, adv, more narroirly ; more
sparingly, itc. (ariU'ste, of wliich it is
tlie conipar.)
angust-US, a, um, narrow, confined,
strait; dijJlcuU; critical: dangcrou.t.
(an go, to press tightly.)
anhelit-US, us, m., panting, difficulty of
breathing, (unhclo, to pant.)
anim-a., ae, f., a breeze, breath; toind,
the air ; life, spirit, soul, (Stem an-'
as In oLV-ifxcj.)
animadvert-0, i, (s)um, Cre, 3 v. a., to
turn one's mind to- perceive; consider;
aUend to ; punish, (.animus, adverto.)
animal, aninml-is, n., a living creature,
an animal, (anima.) Abl. animal; •
nom. p). in -ia; ftnd gen. -ium.
animoS-US, a, nm, full of breath or wind;
blowing violently, stormy; full of life,
mettlesome, (anima.)
animoS-US, a, vm, full of courage, bold,
spirited; proud; eager; passionate.
(animus.)
anim-US, i, m., the soul, spirit, mind;
passion ; courage. (See anima for stem.)
annal-is, 's, e, of or belonging to a year,
annual, as subst., (in pi. usually,) an-
nals 01 chronicles; a journal, (anmis.)
annon-a, ae, f, n year's produce; food;
grain; the price of grain- provisions.
(anr.u.s.)
annotin-US, a, um, belonging to last
year, last year's. In "Caesar" it oc-
curs with uavibus, (E. G., v., 8,) wlure
some intei-pret, "the ships used tlie
year previous;" and otliers, "tl>ei«o-
vLiion ships." See annona. (j'ormed
frori annus, like diutinus, from diu.)
a,nn-US, i. m., a year, season. (Stem
an-, a circle, as in annuUis, a ring.)
annu-US, a, um, lasting for a year;
anmicd. (annus.)
anser, anser-is, ni. or f., a goose, ((ik.
Xnv; Engl, gan-der.)
ante, prep, witli ace, a.;d adv., in front of,
before: as adv., before, previous to: Ante
—qnum, sooner than ; before that. (Gk,
Ctl'Tl.)
an tea. adv., before (this), formerly.
(Antcfi is for ante eani (rem), as in the
plmise.Non mc'ainterest,forineam rem.)
anteced-0, a.:tecess-i, antecess-um,
anteced-gre, 3 v. n. and a., to go before,
prccejle; excel, surpass, (ante, cedo.)
antefer-0, antetai-i, anteiru-um, ante-
fcrre, 3 v. a., to carry before; put he-
fore, prefer . anticipate, (ante, fero.)
antepon-0, ante|)6su-i, antepOsTt-uni,
antepon-cre, H v. a., to set b^ore, pre-
fer, (ante, pono.)
Antioch-US, i, m., Antiochus ([II.), a
king of Syria (from u.c. 2i';5 to 1S7)
witli whom !lunnil)al took refuge. (.St e
Xcp. Han,, chaps, ii., vii,. viil., i,x.)
VOCABULARY.
269
antiquitas, antiqaltfit-is, f., nntiqiii/;/,
old standing, anckntness. (antiquus.)
antiquitiis, adv., anciently, of old.
(antiquus.)
antiqu-US, a, wm, former; old, ancient:
hence, simple, honest, innocent, (ante.)
antr-um, i, n., (a poetic word,) a cave,
cavern; hollow. (avTpov.)
A6ni-US, a, um, Aonian, (i.e., Boeotian);
belonRiug to the Muses.
Apennin-US, i, m., the Apennine range of
mountains. (From Celtic pen-, a hill.)
S,per, apr-i, m., a wild boar.
aper-io, ui, turn, ire, 4 v. a., to uncover,
open, reveal, disclose. (Said to be con-
nected with pario, to produce, bring
to light.)
aperte, adv., openly, plainly, (apertus.)
apert-US, a, um, perf. part, of aperio,
and adj., uncovered, open; unobstructed;
clear, evident.
apiscor, aptu.s, apisci, 3 v. dep., to aim
at, reach after; gain, procure. Tlie
compound, adipiscor, (wlilch see,) is
more usual.
Apollo, ApoIlTn-is, m., Apollo, son of
Jupiter and Latona, god of the sun, of
prophecy, poetry, music, medicine, <fcc.
appar-eo, ui, Itum, ere, 2 v. n., to come
into tier., appear; to be evident, (ad,
pareo.;
appar-0, avl, atum, are, 1 v. a., to pre-
pare, make ready; 2^rovide. (ad, pnro.)
appell-0, avi, fitura, are, 1 v. a., to call
upon, address, speak to, (ad, pello.)
appell-0, ai)piil-i, appuls-um, appell-
ere, 3 v. a., to drive or move towards,
cause to app.oach; (of ships,) to waft,
bring to land, "ma^'e" a port, (ad, polio.)
appet-0, ivi, itu'n, ere, .3 v. a., to make
for, go to, approach ; aim at; grasp at;
attack; long for. (ad, peto.)
applic-0, S"! and ui, atuni and itum,
fii'e, 1 v. a., to join, or attach to; apply;
devote to. (ad, plico.)
apport-0, fivl, atum. are, 1 v. a., to carry
towa)-dr, bring to. (ad, jjorto.)
appropinqu-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. n., ff
draiv near, approach, (ad, proi)inqno.)
appuls-US, a, uni, perf, part, of api)ello,
waflcd, brought near to, Ac,
Apuli-a, n^, f, Apulia, a district in
southern Italy; now Tuglia.
April-is, is, m., (properly un adj.,
niensis being understcMHl,) April. (Said
to bo for ApeiiUs, trom aperio, the
montli wlun the earth opens up for
vegetation.)
aptat-US, a, um, perf. part, of apto,
fitted, adjusted; yoked.
apt-G, iivi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to fit, put
on, adjust, prepure ; equip, furnith with.
(Root ap, as in aptus.)
apt-US, a, um, fitted, made ready; suit-
able for; p^'oper. (lioot is ap-, to go
to, or get, as iii ap-iscor.)
apiid, prep, with ace, near, at, with, (of
persons, place, an. 1 time:) as, Apudme,
with me, at my house; Apud Kaven-
nam, near Ravenna; Apud niajores,
in the time of our ancestors.
aqu-a, ae, f., water; a piece of water —
as, the sea, a lake, river, &c. In the
pi., medicinal springs : hence applied as
proper name to several places,— e.g.,
Aquae Sextiae, Aix.
aquil-a, ae, f., an eagle; the standard of
Vie Roman legion, (from the eagle which
surmounted it.) (Root ac-, sharp, swift.
See iicer.)
Aquilei-a, ae, f., Aquileia, once the
capital of Venetia, at the head of the
Gnlf of Venice.
AqUil-O, onis, m., the north wi?id; the
uorth. (Root ac-. See aquila.)
Aquitan-i, orum, m. pi., the Aquitani,
or people of Aquitar.ia.
Aquitani-a, ac, f., Anuitania, a district
of Gaul, extending from the Pyrenees
northward to the Garonne, and, at a
later period, even to the Loire.
ar-a, ae, f a raised object, (as a heap of
earth, stones, &c. ;) an altar; (as pro-
per name,) a constellation— the Altar, in
tlie southern hemisphere.
Arar, Arar-is. ra., the A7'ar, or Saonc, in
France.
aratr-um, i, n., a plough, (aro.)
arbiter, arbitr-i, m., (properly) one who
comes to a place : hence, an intruder; a
fi'cc ator, witness; a hearer; an um-
pire, judge; r,ianager; lord, master.
(The root is bit-, to come, or yC ; and ar
is for ad- d and r being frequently in-
tcichangcd. Cf. aur is with aud-io,
a!id mer-idics for med-idies.)
arbitri-um, i, n., (literally) a ftcfH*; ;)r('.
SiUt; the decision of an umpire, judij-
mint; will, pleasure. Tori, ^arbiter.)
arbitr-or, atus, mi, l v. dep., to tdlness,
hear, to give sentence; to judge; be of
(/pinion, think, suppose. lorL (arbiter.)
■^%
M
C
r^W?
f~.- M
\
r
i.i
X
ii J
$
270
VOCABULAllY.
arbor, aibor-b, f., a tree: oW'iY for
111,
R.b( I'e-lls, a, uiii, beloiifjiiKj to a tree.
(aibor.)
arbust-um, i, n., « f,/ "c of trees ; a
plantation; « l/iieht (Cuiitractud for
arboictuir., from arbos; like saliLtuiii,
for saiicctuiii.)
P.rhute-U8, a, um, hehnging to the wiltl
strairlierri/, ov arbutus, (arbutus.)
Arcadi-a, ae, f., Arcadia, tlie central
district of tlie I'elopoiuu'se. The iieo-
ple of Arcadia were sliuplierds, audlud
a life of .siini»liei;y and iiiiioconcc.
arcess-0, ivi, itum, Cre, (accer-io, un
inferior form used often by Sallust,)
li V. a., to send for, caU summon: accuse.
(ar for ad, iiiul eus.^o, a frcquL'ntativi;
form from cio, or cluo.)
Arct~OS, (si'ldom arct-us,) i, f., the Bear,
i c, tlie constellation of the Gkhat and
LrnthBKAu; the north pole; the north.
avctus, n, um. See artus, a, uiii.
arc-llS, u", ni., a bow; the rainboio ;
(anytbing) ar'-heJ ov curved: hence, «
zone. (Ovid.)
Arde-a, ae, (., Anka, a town of the
lintuli, ill Latium.
arde-0,
arsi, arsum, ard-erc, 2 v. ii., to
t'lirii, tilaze; to lie hot; to fjloic, i:jiarkh;
s/iine; to burn (with a jia.ssion or feel-
ing, as love, anger, anxiely, itc.) (Cf.
nreo.)
ardesc-0, arsi, ardese-eie, 3 v. iiuept.,
to be(j!n to burn; be icarnt, injluihed ;
<jlow, ,tu. (ardeo.)
ardu-US, a, um, steep; hi<jh; difieuU,
h(ird.
aren-a, ae, f.. (/;•// earth, mould, sand;
a sand;/ place; a desert; the seashore.
(areo.)
ar-eo, ui, ere, 2 v. ii., to be dry, ^idrched,
thirst ij.
aresc-0, ere, '1 V, inecpt., to become drii,
parched, <Vc. (arco.)
argente-US, a, um, of silver, silrerii; of
It white or sticerij colour; made of, or
adorned leilh silver: Arpentc uetas,
t/ie silver a(je. (argcntuni.)
argent-um, i, n., silver .- hence of ar-
ticles made of silver, as, n,onaj, j'late,
vessels, Ac. Argeiituin vivum, (/uic,[-
iilver. (Ueot urg-, or in Greek, a,iyi'ii,
ichite.)
Arg"-i, ormn, m. pi., for Ar/x r.s, ros, ii.,i
Ari/r<, oliici kii;- ul AriMiH.i, in (in l'X'
ArgOS. Sec Aigl.
argU-0, i, (Q)tuni, ere, 3 v. a., to prove,
show; assert; accuse; convict; ctitsurc.
(Uoot urg-, ichite, clear; so that arguo
means to make clear.)
arid-US, a, um, dry, withered, parched,
shrivelled, (areo.)
Ariovist-US, i, m., Ariovistus, king of
a (iernianic tribe,
aribt-a, ac, f., the beard or awn of a
head of grain; an ear of grain; hence
(poetic), summer.
arm-a, Orum, n. pi, tools, or implcnients
of any kind (as for agricuU'.ire, and
other occupations) ; the tc ing of a
ship; (but inoslcoinmonly oi) armour,
arms, xoeapons. (Said to bo connected
in stem with ar-, to fit, and ai\s.)
armament-a, orum, n. pi., fittings, the
tackling (of a ship), (armo.)
armat-US, a, um, equipped, armed, pre-
pared: as subst, art armed man. (ar-
mo.)
arni-0, fivi, urum, are, 1 v. a., to ec/uip
icith implements; arm. (anna.)
ar-0, avi, Stum, are, 1 v, a., to plongh,
till, cultivate.
arrip-io, ui, an-ept-um, arrip-6ie, 3 v. a.,
to seize, snatch, grasp; to understand
quickly; accuse, (ad, rapio.)
arroganter, adr., m a presumptuous
trill/, proudly, arrogantly, (arrogans.)
arroganti-a, f., claiming to one's self;
assumption (of superiority) ; pride, ar-
rogance, (arrogaiis, from ad, rogo.)
ars, art-is, f., skill, art,faculty, knowledge;
workmanship; means, method, ivay ;
ability; invention: hence, deceit, fraud,
trick; manner of life, conduct. (Uoot
ar-, to fit, adapt, as m (Jreck, (oip w,)
ap-apioKu), to fit, join.)
arsur-US, a, um, tut. part. act. of ai deo,
about to burn. '
Artapheru-fcS, is, m., Artaphemes, n
I'ersian geiieial, defeated at .Maratlioh
by Miltiadcs, i!.c. i'JO.
Avtaxerx-es, is, m., Arta.verj:es, kiri;
of Persia.
Artemlsi-uni, i, n., Artemis-um, tli>
north co.istof theislundof luiboca; . '^o
a promontoi y tliere. Tlie Grecian (lee:
defcited the Persians at it hi B.C. <18;.
articiil-US, i, m., (diminutive of aiui- i
a little Joint ; a joint; knot; knuckle;
(of time,) (( puiiif, nh'nicut ; a cri.-^is,
ni'k if lime, (ai lii.<.,.
VOCABULAliY.
271
urtifex, iuUllc-is, ni., anartUl^artifiar;
an author, inrcnUir, contiiver. It is
oiiiiohtid to opifL'x, vlikh iiiuiiiis one
enijaijed in a Uiscr occujiution. (ars,
fiieid.)
artil"ici-um, i, n., a profession, trade;
art, skill, uvrkinunship. (artil'ex.)
art-US, u, mil, (or arct-us, u, urn,)
ju'essed tO'jct/wr; lUjlU; narrow, close,
confined. (I'cif. iwrt. of aicco.)
art-US, uiiiii, in. )il., a Joint; the Uinhs,
members; the bodij: dat. and abl. ai-
tubus, rarely artibus. (l{oot ur-, as in
ais, anna, itc.)
arv-um, i, n., a fuUl (iirablc;) tilled
land, (aro.)
arx, arc-is, f., « slron(j>iold, castle, tower,
citadel; bulwark, defence.
aSCend-0, i, ascens-mn, ascend-cre,
u V. 11., to climb vp, iiiount, ascend, (ad,
scaiidu.)
aSCens-U3, fis, m., a clindiimj rip, asctnt;
a jilace for uscendimj; an ascent, slope.
(ascondo.)
ascisc-0, aSL-ivi, uscTtiiin, uscisc-ere,
o V. a., to cote for, aj>/)rore; to adopt ;
associate; assume, (ud, scisco.)
Asi-a, ac, l'., Asia.
aspect-US, us, in., a looking at; vieu\
aspect, apiharance. (asiiicio )
asper, asjiur-a, uiii, roiiij/i ; unecen ;
harsh, stern.
asperg-0, asjicis i, asiicrs-um, aspcrj;-
C'l e, iJ V. a., to scatter uj)on, licsprinkle,
t'cstreio. (ad, sparKo.)
aspic-io, aspL'x-i, aspi'ft-uiii, asiiic-erc,
y V. a., to look at, behold, perceive; con-
sider, (ud, and old i'onu spocio, usud
only in comiiouiuls.)
aSSens-US, tis, m., assent, approval;
aechdin. (assciitiur.)
aSsidu-US, a, uni, in constant attend-
ance; Continual, unremUtinij, diliijent.
(assiduo, to sit beside.^
assist-0, astiti, assist-CM'c, o v. ii., to
stand by or near; attend, be present:
lu;iK'o, d(ifend, aisisl. (ad, sisto.)
assuefac-io, assiu'tOc-l, a.'isiu'tact-um,
assueiiic-Cre, 3 v. a, to accustom, inake
.t'aniiliar. (as.suesco, facio.)
assuesC-0, assuOv-i, u-ssuOt-um, nssnrse-
viri;, '6 v. n., to be accustomed to, .o u;
wont: (usatraiisitivcverb,) to accustom,
habiUuile. (ad, t;aC.^co.)
assuet-US, a, mn, pcrf, yiiit. of assue.sv.i',
(Kcuilonad i>, wonlr'i. Ui^iial.
asSUin, aftiii, adissi!, v. n. iriug , ( be
near, j>resent; to stand by (tor iiei,),
assist ; to apjiear. (ad, sum.)
asto, astiti, ast-fuL', 1 v. ii., to stand
iuar, beat hand; assist; defend, (ad,
sto.)
Astrae-a, ae, f., Astraea, goddess ofjiis-
tice.
astrict-US, a, mn, perf. part, of astringo,
drawn tiijht; boanil up, fastened toijtt/ief;
licncu, narrow, close.
astring-0,astrinx-i,astrict-um, astring-
crc, y V. a., to draw toyetlier, tiijlilor,
hind together, (ad, strin^o.)
astl'-um, i, n., a constellation, a star;
hiacen (e^l)(;cially in pi.) (ao-r/joi'.)
astu, or asty, iiulecl. ii., (ao-™,) a city,
especially, the city,— \u., Atliens.
asty. See astu.
at, eoiij., but; but yet; hut, on the con-
trary; at least.
ater, ati-a, atVum, l/ac/', dat'-; gloomy,
sad; unfortunate. (Niner also meaub
black, but nut so inteii.su— lath jr,
dusky.)
Athen-ae, fn'im, f. iil., Athens.
Atheniens-is, is, n , Athenian. (A-
tlieiiae.)
Ath-OS, or At ho, m., i,;on., dat., and abl.
Atlio, aec. Allio, or Atlion, Mount Athos,
in Macedonia, now called Monte Santo,
or Ha«ion Ores. Atlioneni, Atlione,
ite., also used.
Atlas, /"iiit-is, m., (1) a mountain
range in the north of Afiiea; ('Jj a king
of Mauretania; (3) « giant.
atC^Ue, or 'le, coi)i., ail; ar, d farther ;
and besides; ay, more: in comparisons,
us; will), contra, alius, ' ud such words,
tlnin. (ad, (jiie.)
iitrebaS, Atreliat-i.'i, ni., an .itrebatian,
one lit the tril.e Atri-1'.r'es.
Atrebat-es, Cr Ativ jati,) um, m., the
Atrebates, a IJcIk'- tribe between the
ijoinine ami llie Selx;' .£. Their cap! Lid
V s Neiiietoi'. i;ii;!, now Aira,s.
atri-um, i, ,<■ .^ I'-oU, court: Jieprinci-
^•at S( i>on in a Jioniun house
Atri-US, I, in., Alrias (Quiutu.s;, one of
Cae.sar'.s ollh'ers,
atrOX, atroc-ih, ..lij., savage, heartless,
cn'el ; fierce, bloody, a or ii.
attend-O, i. attent-mn, attendCre,
3 V. a., to stretch towards; direct the
hiiiid It ; girt lued to, attend, comide:'.
fad, tihiiM)
-s^P*-"*--
t
272
VOCABULARY.
Attic-a, nc, f., Attica, one of tlie divi-
uioiis of Greece.
Attic-US, i, 111., Attkus, a surname given
to Titus I'omponius, from Ids long re-
sidenca in Alliens, and liis Attic cul-
ture, lie was born in « c. 109. lie
was the intimate friend of Cicero,
"^ Caesar, Pompoy, Augustus, and An-
tony, and almost every famous man of
those days.
Attic-U8, a, um, Attic, Athenian.
attingO, attig-i, att;ict-um, atting-fre,
3 V. a., to touch upon; touch, handle;
reach to, border on ; airioe at. (ad,
tango.)
attoll-0, Cre, (attuli,) 3 v. a. irreg., to lift
lip, raise, elevate, (ad, tollo.)
attribu-0, i, (u)tum, ere, 3 V. a., to as-
sign to, apportion; join to, add; bestow;
attribute, impute to. (ad, tribus.)
aUCtor, auctor-is, m. or f., properly, one
who increases: hence, one'icho forms into
sfiape, a creator, maker ; founder ; fa-
ther; author, originator; authority {tor
information), informant, (augeo.)
auctoritas, auctoritat-is, f.; opinion,
iudgnient; decision; command; power,
influence, authority, (auctor.)
auCtamn-US, i, m., (or autumnus,) the
time of increase,— i.ti., the harvest time,
autumn, (auctus, from augeo.)
audaci-a, ac, f., boUlne- daring, cour-
age, valour; foolhai (audax.)
audacissime, adv., •i,daringly,
] i&c. : supcrl. adv.
|j audacius, a.lv., mou y, daringly,
(' (fee: coinp. adv.' (audax.)
audacter, adv., hoklbi, kc. (audax.)
audax, gen. audac-is, adj., bold, daring,
courageous; spirited; presumptuous,
foolhardy, (audeo.)
audeo, ausus, aud-ere, 2 v. n., to dare,
venture.
aud-io, ivi, itum. Ire, 4 v. a., to hear;
understand; listen to: obey; grant (a
prayer).
aufero, abstuli, ablatum, auferre, o v, x
] ivriig., to carry off', take away, (ab, fero.)
aug-eo, aux-i, auct-uni, a.ig-ere, 2 v. a.,
I, to increase, augment; enrich; honour.
Intrans., to grow, become large.
auguri-um, i, n., augury, dioina/ion;
a sign, omen, (augur.) In pi. tliorr
k , is a hetcroclite form, augura,
aur-a, ae, f., a breath of air, breeze, wind;
tfie region of air; the breath ofli'c
Aureli-US, i, m., Aurc hs, a Roman
name. L. Auielius Cotta was consul
ill the time of Hannibal.
aure-US, a, \\m,madeofgold; glittering-
splendid. (aur'Mii.)
aurig-a, ae, m. or f.. a driver, charioteer.
(aurea, a bridle; and ago, to manage.)
aur-is, is, f., an ear; (more frequently
ill pi.) a pair of ears.
Auror-a, ae, f., Aurora, wife of Tithon-
us; the morning, the dawn; the east.
aur-um, i, n., gold.
Aurunculei-US, i, m., a Roman name
L. Aurunculeius Cotta was one of Cae-
sar's lieutenant-generals.
auspex, ausi)Tc-is, m. or f., literally, a
bird-seer; an augur, soothsayer; alsi>,
the bird seen ; a leader, patron, founder.
(avis and specio. See aspicio.)
austral-is, is, e, southern, (auster.)
aus-um, i, n., a daring deed; an attempt,
undertaking, (audeo.)
auS-US, a, um, perf. part, of audeo, hav-
ing attempted, Ac.
aut, conj., or: aut— aut, either— or.
autein, conj., again; on the other hand;
but; however. Autem never stands a.s
the first word of a clause.
auxiliar-is, is, e, helping, auxiliary.
auxili-or, atus, arl, 1 v. dop. (with
dat.), to assist, help, aid. (auxilium.)
auxili-um, i, n., literally, increase (to
one's means); help, assistance, (augeo.)
avariti-a) ae, f., greediness, avarice,
covetousness. (avarus.)
avar-US, a, um, greedy, desiroiis, eager,
covetous, (aveo.)
Aventlll-US, l, m., Uourit Aventine, one
of the seven hills of Home.
Aventxims, a, um, belonging to Mount
Aventine.
avers-US, a, um, turned away ; with the
back toward (one) ; perf. part' of averto.
avert-0, i, avers-um, avert-Cro, 3 v. a.,
to turn away, or aside; to turn bwk
foremost.
avid-US, a, um, desirous, greedy, eager.
(aveo, to desire.)
av-is, is, f., a bird, abl, avc, or avi.
avi-US, a, iim, out of the way, (racklesi ;
lonely, (a, via.)
avuncul-US, i, m., an uncle (by the
mother's side), (avua.)
aV-ViS, i, m., a, grandfather.
ax-is, is, m., an axle; a chariot; the axis
of the earth, (he world, hcaccn.
VOCABULAUY.
i{7y
B.
Babyl6ni-US, a, um, Ihibuhinian^—ti.K.,
the lCui)liiate3.
Baebi-US, i, in., Daehius, ii Iluiniin nama.
(See Nep. Ilann., eli. ;;iii.)
Bagae-US, i, m., nnr/aeu.t, sont by I'liar-
iiabiizus (his half-brotlicr) to kill Al-
cibhides. (Nop. Ale, x.)
balaen-a, pe, f., « whale.
barb-a, ae, f., a beard, (of man, or of
the lower animals.)
barbar-US, a, um, o/ strange .tpcech ;
foreign, outlandUli, strange; rude, un-
civilized; savage: ps subst., a foreigner.
beat-US, a, um, (part, of buo, to bless,
and adj.,) blensed; happy, fortunate;
toealthy.
Belg-a, ae, m^, a Belgian. Usually in
pi., Belg-ae, arum, m., the Belgians.
Belgi-um, :, n., a part of Gallia Belgica,
on c'itlier side of the Somme. Also
liclgium.
bellic6s-US, a, um, literally, "/«« of
war,"— i.Q., fond of war, warlike, brave.
(bellicus.)
bellic-US, a, um, belonging to war, mili-
tary, icarlike. (bellum.)
bell-0, fivi, ntuni, are, 1 v. ii., to make
war,carry-vn-u-ar, to fight, (bellum.)
bell-um, i, n., war. (The old form is
duellum, from duo.
bene, adv., well, rightly; nobly; pleasantly,
ifcc. (bonus,— i.e., benus.) Comp.
melius, super), optime.
beuef ici-um, i, n., a good deed, a kind
jervice; benefit, kindness, (beue(icus)
benev61enti-a, ae, f., good diymsHion
towards (one); kindness, friendship,
favour, (bene, volens.)
bi-, (found only in com])(niiul words,)
Jwo. The old form was dui-.
bib-0, i, fitum,) ere 3 r. a., to drink,
guaff; absorb, suck up.
Bibract-e, is, n., Bibracte (afterwards
Augu,stoduniini, now Autun), tlie capi-
tal of the Aodui.
Bibroc-i, drum, m. 1)1., the Bibroci, a
people of liritain, inluibiting part of
^thu modern lierkshire.
biceps, bicipit-is, adj., having two heails,
jk'aks, or summit.'!, (bi, caput.)
bidu-um, i, n., a space of two days; a
march of two days, (bidu-us, a, um,
from bi, dies,)
(i;i.-.i
n., a period of two years
18
bienni-um, i
(bi, annus.)
bifor-is, is, e, (also us, a, nm,) with fold-
ing doors; double-valved. (bi, (oris, a
door.)
bin-i, ae, a, distrib. numeral, two each
(time, individual, &c.)\ two a-piece;
two by two; a pair. Sometimes u.sed
as a cardinal number, two, (bi-.)
bipartite, adv., in two divisions; in two
wa-is; in two directions, (bipartitns,
part, of bipartio, (o divide into two;
from bi, pars.)
bis, num. adv., tirice; in two wiys. (Oid
form, duis, or divis. Engl, twice.)
Bisanth-e, es, f., Bisanthc, a town of
Thrace, on the I'ropontis, (Sea of Mar-
mora.)
Bithyni-a, ae, f , Bithyniu, a district of
Asia Minor, now called Anadoli.
Bithyn-ii {or \), orum, m., the Bithy-
nians, or inliabitants of 15ithy;iia.
Bithyn-ius (or us), a, um, Bithyiiiati.
Biturig-es, uu), m., the Bituriges, a Cel-
tic tiibe, near the Loire. Their cajjital
was Avarieum, now 15ourges.
blandi-or, itus, iri, 4 v. dep., to make
one's self agreeable; to /latter, coax, ca-
jole (blandus.)
blauditi-a, ae, f., a caressing, fondling;
flattery. 5fore commonly found In tiie
d1., blanditiae. (blandus.)
bland-US, a, um, of smooth address;
agreeable; flattering; caressing.
Blitho (Sulpicius), Blitho, who wrote an
account of Hannibal's exploits. No-
thing farther is known of him.
Boe5ti-a, ae, f., Bocotia, u district of
(jreece.
Boeoti-US, a, um, Boeotian, in pi. m.,
the Boeotians.
Boi-i, orum, m., the Boii, u Gallic tribe.
^(See Caes. R G., i., 5.)
bonitas, bonltat-is, t, goodness (u.q\\qv-
ally); goodness of heart, uprightness;
benevolence, (bonus.)
bon-ura, i, n., a good (tiling), u blessing:
goods, property, wealth,— hi this sense
usiially pi. (bonus.)
b5n-US, a, um. good (in Us most seneral
sense); virtuous; noble ; upright; beau-
t{ful; skilled; brace; generous; //.■>,-
ourable; lar^e : Bona pars, a largt
E
1
e
I. &
/«
j:
274
VOCABIILAHY.
part, as we say, 'M gnod part." C-iiiip,
iiu'llor, superl. optinius.
Bo6t-es, ae, in., tlic constellation
/loiites, or the Ox-driver.
Bore-as, uf, m,, Boreas, the north wind;
the nortlu
Born-i, Onim, m., Bonn, a fortress in
tlie Chersonese.
bos, b5v-i8, m. or f., a Indl, or, or cow.
Gen. pi. is boiini (contracted for bov-
gruni); diit. and abl., bobus or babus,
(for bOvIbus), (iSoO?.)
brachi-um, i, n., the arm, (properly,
the arm from tlie elbow to tlie hand—
lacertus denoting the arm from the
elbow to the shoulder ;) also, (gener-
ally,) the uhole arm, (from the lingers
to the slioulder.) (ppaxioiv )
brev-is, is, e, sliort; small; narrow;
brief: abl., brevl, in a short tlme^
tempore being supplied.
Britann-i, Orum, m. pi., the Britons.
Britanni-a, ae, f , Britain.
Britann-U3, a, um, British. Also, an
adj., IJritannic-ns, a, um.
brum-a, ae, f., the shortest day ; theuin
ter solstice: hence, winter. (Con-
tracted for brevima,— i.e., brevissima.)
buccin-a, ae, f., a crooked horn, or
trumpet; a trumpet. (bucca, the
cheek.)
blist-um, i, n., a jdact for burning (tiio
dead); a funeral pyre; a tomb; 'monu-
ment, (buro,— i.e., uro. See conibiuo.)
bxiX-llS, i, f., the box-tree; box-wood.
(trv^os.) Virgil uses buxuni, n.
Byzanti-um, i, n., Byzantium, afdr-
wards Constantinople, now Stauiboul.
0.
C. This letter, as part of a proper name,
stands for Cuius, (Gains.)
Cabur-US, i, m., Cabums, one of the
cliief men of the Allobrogcs.
Cacamen, cacumln-is, 11., a top, peak,
sumrnit. (Etymology doubtful.)
cadaver, cadavCr-is, n., a dead body, a
corpse; carcass.
Cad-0, Ci1cld-i, cas-um, ciid-ere, 3 v. n.,
to jxll, fall down, or away from; to set,
(as the sun, moon, ttc. ;) to die; be killed.
Caduce-um, i, n., or caduce-us, i, m,,
a herald's uand, or staf, (it was car-
ried by heralds suing for peace, like
our "flag of truce;") the wand of Mer-
cury. It is properly an adj., sceptrum,
or scipio, (staff,) being understood.
(Said to be same as Kr)pvK£i.of, the
Greek p being changed into d, as
auris. audio, — which see.)
Caec-US, a, um, blind, (wliether said of
tlie ejes, of the mind, or of tlie moral
sense.,. Sometimes it is Ubcd in a pas-
sive tense, that cannot be seen: hence,
invisible, dark, hidden; doubtful; danger-
ous.
Caed-es, is, f., a cutting; killing, slaugh-
ter; murder. The gen. pi. in -iuin,
but sometimes in -um, (caedo.)
Caed-0, cecid-l, caesum, caed-ere, 3 v. a.,
to cause to fall; to cut down; kill, slay;
murder; beat, cudgel. (Coinu.'ct(;d wil h
cwlo, as, in Knglish, "fall" with "lell."')
Caelat-US, a, uin, engraven, &c. I'eif.
part, of caelo.
caeles, caelit-is, or coeles, heavenly.
Caelest-is, is, e. See coelestis.
Cael-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to engrave
(in relief) ; to carve, sculpture ; chase,
emboss; embroider; weave. (Caelum, a
graver's chisel; whicli is connected with
caedo, to cut, as sella is with sedeo.V
cael-um, l, n., heaven. See coelum.
caerimoni-a, ae, f., (spelled also ceri-
monia,) « religious ceremony; worship;
awe; veneration. (Said to be connected
with cura; but the etymology is
doubtful.)
Ca^rule-US, a, um, sky-coloured; dark
blue; azure; dark; gloomy. (Froiii
caelum, tlie sky, the r and 1 being ia-
terclianged ; as, Parilia for Talilia, Ac.)
caeriil-US, a, um, poetic form of fore-
going.
Caesar, Caesar*is, m., Caesar, a Roman
faniily name of the Julian gens. Tlio
mo.st famous of the Caesars were Julius
and Augustus.
Caes-US, a, um, perf. part, of caedo, cut,
xcounded, &c.
caeterum, adv. See cctcrum.
caeter-US, a, um. See cetcrus.
CaiC-US, i, ni., Caicus, a river of Mysin,
in Asia Minor.
C^i-US, i, ni., Caius, or i: nut, a Koinaa
piaunomen.
VOCABULARY.
275
cSlamitas, cuiainltat-is, f, wjunj; mis-
Smliine, cakniiity; defeat, overthrow.
(SHid to be derivuil from cado, to fall,
d and ) being inteichunged ; as, scala
^froin scando, and sella from seden.)
Calath-US, l, m., a basket of wicker-
uo7-k; anytliiiigof the same shape, as,
a milk-pail, a wine-cup, &c. (/caAa0os.)
calcat-US, a. um, po'f. part of calco,
trodden.
calc-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a , to tread
■under foot, trample on ; opjiress ; press
together, (calx, the \eel.)
Calend-ae, arum, f. pi., (also Kalendae),
the first day of a month; the Calends;
a month. (From an old verb, calo, to
proclaim; because on that day the high
piiests proclaimed when the Nones
would occur, and other matters relate
__iiig to tlie affairtt of the month,)
Cal-eO, ui, ere, 2 v. n.,(o behot; to glow;
^to be roimd, inflamed (in mind).
CalesC-0, ere, 3 V. incept., to become
warm, begin to be warm, inflamed, <V:c.
(caleo.)
Calid-US, a, um, warm, hot, glowing;
.fiery, rash, (caleo.)
Calig-0, Inis, i'.,a mist; darkness; gloom;
affliction.
Callidissime, adv. super]., (seecallidus,)
most cunningly, skilfully, knowingly,
shrewdly.
Callid-US, a, um, knowing (in the w.iys
of the world), shrewd, skilful. (From
calleo, to be knowing from experience ;
and that from calluni, or callus,
hardened skin. The idea suggested is
that of the knowledge whicli one gets
by rubbing with the world.)
Calor, calor-is, m., heat warmth; pas-
sion, ardour, (caleo.)
camp-US, i, m., aflat place, j)lain, level
field; any level surface, (as the sea,
itc) (French, champ.)
cancer, eancr-i, m., a crab: as proper
name, the Crab, one of the r,igns of tlio
Zodiac.
Cand-eo, ul, ere, a V. n„ to be (snowy)
white; to glitter; to glotc (with heat, pas-
sion, <fee.) (The etymology is doubtful.
Some connect it with caleo, as calami-
taa with cado, scala with scando, Ac.)
Candesc-0, ere, a v. incept., to begin to
be while; to glow, Sic.
caudid-US, a, um, white; clear, bright,
pure, Ac. (candco )
Can-eo, ui, ere, 2 V. n., to be tchiU;
hoary, gray. (canu.s.)
Canesc-0, Cre, 3 v. incept., to begin to be
Jtoary, white, &.c. (caneo.)
can-is, is, m. or f., a dog, hound: us
proper name, the con.stellation Cauis,
the Log-star, or Sirius. The gen. pi.
has -um, not -ium.
Cann-a, ae, f, a reed, cane; a pipe made
of reed : also, a small vessel,
Cann-ae, iirum, f. pi., Cannae, a city of
Apulia, near whicli the Romans were
entirely deieateJ by Hannibal, in b.c.
216.
Cannens-is, is, e, belonging to Cannae,
of Cannae.
Cano, cecini, cant-um, can-Cre, 3 v. n.
and a., to sing; sound; resound; to
^prophesy, foretell.
canor-US; a, um, given tosinying; melo-
dious; soimding loud, sonorous, (cano.)
Canti-um, i, n., Cantium, — i.e., Kent, in
Lngland.
cant-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., losing.
can-US, a, um, hoary; white; gray:
cani, gray hairs.
capell-a, ae, f., a she-goat; a young
goat; the name of a star. (Fern,
^dimin. of caper, as puella from puer.)
caper, capr-l, m., a he-goat; a goat.
Capess-0, ivi, Itum, ere, 3 v. a., to try to
catch; to l^. hat; try to gel ; attempt,
aim at; pursue; undertake; manage.
(capio.)
capill-US, i, m., a hair; a thread or
Jibre, (as of plants, .tc.) (caput.)
capio, cepi, capt-um, cilp-ere, 3 v. a., to
take ; receive ; gain ; reach : Capero in-
sulam, to ''make" (i.e., arrive at) the
island.
Captat-US, a, um, caught, seized, &c.
I'erf. part, of capto.
captiv-US, a, um, one taken: as subst.,
a prisoner, captive, (capio.)
Capt-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a. freq., to
catch at, snatch, seize, (cai)io.)
Capt-US, a, um, pert part, of capio,
caught, seized.
Capu-a, ae, f., Capua, the chief city of
Campania, in Italy.
caput, caplt-is, n., the head; top, stai-
niit; the source (of a river, &c.); the ex-
tremity, (either beghming or end;)
the life; capital charge, sentence, or
punLihment,—as, Absolvero capitis, io
acquit of a capital charge.
c
't. 0-
t;
/-'■
276
VOCABULARY.
Car, Car-Is, m., a Cariam pl.Car-ea.iuni,
the C'arians.
Cardo, cardln-lfi, m., a hinge; chip/
point, or turning-point ; one of the ]}oles
of the earth ; one of the cardinal points.
Cai'-eO, ul, ituin, ore, 2 v. ii., to be with-
out, to want, (i.e., not to Inivu ;) to be
free from; to miss.
Cares, ium, in. Sue Car.
Carln-a, ne, f., the keel (of a ship):
licncc sometimes, a ship. (I'rom tliis
we have our verb, to careen.)
Caritas, carltilt-is, f., dearness, high
price: hence, esteem; affection, love.
(earns.)
carmen, carmln-ls, n., a song, poem;
verse.
Carnut-es, nm, (also, l, onmi,) m., the
Carnutes, a Gallic tribe on the banks of
the Loire. AmonR tliem the courts of
tiie Druids met annually. Cenabuin,
now Orleans, was their chief town.
Caro, carn-is, i., flesh.
Carp-0, si, turn, 5re, 3 v. a., literally, to
catch (as between the finger and
thumb:) hence, to pluck, pull; pick;
gather; cull; browse, jraze upon; to
etijoy; tise. In a bad sense, to pick at,
carp at; slander; to wear away;
weaken.
Carr-US, i, m., (also, uni, i, n.,) a wag-
gon or car (with four wheels.)
Carthaginiens-is, is, e, belonging to
Carthage : as subst., a Carthaginian.
Carthago, Carthagin-is, f., Carthage, a
famous city of Af'-ica, long the rival of
Rome. It is said to have been founded
by a Phoenician colony, about n.c.
814. It was destroyed by the Romans
in B.C. 146, the year in which Corinth
^ell, and in which Greece was subdued.
car-as, a, um, dear, of high price:
hence, much loved; esteemed.
Carvili-U8, i, m., CarvHins. one of f'c
princes of Cantiuin, or Kent.
Cas-a, ae, f., a hut; cottage; vmt.
case-US, i, m., cheese.
Cass-i, orum, m, pi., the Cassi, a British
tribe, occupying part of the modern
Hertfordshire.
Cassian-US, a, um, Cassian,—\.e., of or
belonging to Cassius.
Cassi-US, i, m., Cassius, (L.,) a lionian
consul, defeated by the llelvetii.
Cassivellaun-US, i, m., Cassincllamius,
a British cliief, whose tenitoiy bor-
dered on the Thames. lie wa.s de-
feated by Caesar in the second inva-
sion of Ih'itain.
castell-um, i, n., a fort, stronghnhl,
castle; defence. (Diniin. from castriini.)
Castic-US, i, m., Caslicus, one of the
nobles of the Sof.uani.
Castr-a, orum, n. pi., a camp, encamp-
■mi'Ht: Movere castra, to shift a camp:
Ponere castra, to pilch a camp. Tlie
pi. is more common than the sing.,
which f'lllows.
Castr-um, i, n., « fort, fortress, castle.
(The etymology is doubtful. Some de-
rive it from casa, rt tent: others from
cado, to fall; lie down to rest: others
from caedo, to cut, — from the cutting
of the stakes with which the paling of
the camp wa.s formed. Compare
rasti'um, from rado.)
Cas-US, us, m., a falling; accident, chance;
overthrow, defeat; disaster, (cado.)
Catamantaloed-es, is, m., Catamanta-
loedes, a prince of the Seqnani.
Caten-a, ac, f., a chain, fetter; prison;
confinement.
Caturig-es, um, m., Caturiges, a. tribe
of Gauls, inhabiting part of the modern
Dauphini?.
CaucaS-US, i, m., Caucasus, a high
chain of mountains, extending from
the Euxine to the Caspian.
Caud-a, ae, f, a tail (of an animal.)
Caus-a, ae, f., a cause, reason; considera-
tion; concern, matter; a pretext, ex-
cuse: Mea causa, /or my srtA'e ; a law-
suit, cause; as in the phrase, Dicere
causam, to plead one's cause.
caut-US, a, um, perf. part, of caveo, and
adj., secured by law, safe; wary, cau-
tious: in a bad sense, sly, cunning.
Cav-eo, cav-i, caut-um, ciiv-ore, 2 v. n.,
to take care, beware, guard against.
cav-US, a, um, hollow, hollowed; arched,
vaulted.
Cayster, or Caystr-us, i, m., Cayster, a
river of Lydia, in Asia Minor, famed
for its swans.
-ce, a particle which is appended to cer-
tain pronouns and adverbs witli a
strongly demonstrative power : as,
hi-c, or, witli double form, hic-ce, thii
here. It is similar to ci in French : as,
coluici.
Cecidi, perf. part, of cado.
Ced-0, cess-i, cuss-uni, cud fire, 3 v. ii.
VOCABULARY.
'277
and a,, to £/->, move, culvance; turn out,
come /o,— (as, Prcspere cedero, to turn
out well, succeed:) to go away, retire;
^yiehl, give place to; give up, grant.
Celeber, or celcbr-is, is, e, crowded,
much visited: hence, renowned, fatnous,
celebrated.
Celebr-0, uvi, atum, aie, 1 V. a., to
crowd, Jill with great, numbers; to fre-
quent ; to perform a solemnity, celebrate;
Jo praise, extol, honour, (celeber.)
Celer, (or celSr-is,) is, e, swift, quick,
fleet ; hasty, rash.
Celer, Celer-is, m., Celer, one of the
^companions of Romulus.
Celer-es, um, m., the Celeres, or life-
^Kuard of the Roman kings.
celeritas, celeritat-is, f, quickness,
jwiftness, speed, activity, (celer.)
Celerxter, adv., quickly, swiftly, speedily.
(celer.)
celerius, adv., more quickly, swiftly,
ifec. (celer.)
Celerrime, adv., with the greatest speed,
quickness, &c. (celer.)
Cel-0, iivi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to conceal,
hide. It governs two accusatives ; as,
Hoc me cclavit, he kept me in ignorance
of this.
Cels-US, a. um, high, lofty, exalted.
(The root is cell, as found in ex-cell-o,
ante-cell-o, Ac.)
Celt-ae, arum, m. rl., the Celts, a people
which at one period extended over a
great part of northern Europe. The
Romans applied the name to the Gauls
of central and southern Frarce.
Cenimagn-i, omm, m., the Cenimagni,
a British tribe, occupying, most pro-
bably, parts of Norfolk, Suffolk, and
Cambridge shires.
Cens-eo, ui, um, (censltnm, very rare,)
ere, 2 v. a., to count, calculate; register:
hence, to tax; to estimate, value:
hence, to think, be of opinion; to ex-
press an opinion; vote.
cenS-US, us, m., a counting, reckoning;
registration; an estimate; numbering (f
the people; property, wealth, (censeo.)
Centeni-US, i, m., Centenius, a Roman
praetor. (See Nep. iraiin., chap, iv.)
Centies, adv., a hundred times, (cent-
um.)
Centroa-es, um, m., the Centrones, a
(iallic tribe of the Alps, some distance
scutli of the Liike of Qpnfva.
centum, indecl. num., a hundred.
Ceuturio, centurlon-ls, m., a centurion,
—i.e., the commander of a century, or
company (centuria) of 100 men; a
captain. (From centuria, and that
from centum.)
Cephisis, Cephlsld-is, adj., of or belong.
ing to the Cephisus.
CepMs-US,i, m., Ctf;)/i(.'«», or Cephissns,
a river of Boeotia and Pliocls; also, a
^small stream near Athens.
Cereal-is, is, e, o/or belongirr to Ceres;
relating to corn, "r bread. (Ceres.)
Cerimoni-a, ae, f. See caerimonia,
Cern-0, crevl, crOtum, cern-Cre, 3 v. a.,
to diicnminate, judge, decide; perceioe,
see; understand. (/cptVw.)
Certamen, certamln-is, n., a contest,
struggle; a fight, battle, (cei'to.)
Certe, adv., certainly, surely, really,
doubtless, (certus.)
certo, adv., surely, of a truth, certainly.
(certus.)
Cert-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to contend,
fight; struggle, strive. (Root cer-, to
decide; as in cei'no.)
cert-US, a, um, decided, determined;
sure; settled, fixed, standard; to be re-
lied on, trustworthy, trusty, faithful;
true. (It is the old form of the perf.
part, of cerno, for cretus.)
cervix, cervlc-is, f., the neck ; back part,
or nape of the neck.
cerv-US, i, m., a stag, deer.
cesS-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a. and n.. to
give over; retire from; cease, leave o if;
_delay, loiter. (Freq. from cedo.)
Ceterum, adv., literally, as to the rest ;
otherwise; besides; but; yet. (Neut. of
ceterus.)
(ceter-US), a, um, (seldom u.scd in the
sing.; tlie nom. masc. not found,) the
remainder, the rest: in pi,, the others,
Jill the rest. (Cf. hepo^.)
Cetaeg-us, i, m., Celhegus, a Roman
family name of the Cornelian gens,
ceu, conj. or adv., as; just as if; as if;
like as. (It is contracted for ci-ve,—
i^e., qui-ve,— as sen is for si-ve.)
chaos, n., abl. chao, indecl., (a late gen
is used by the grammarians,) the great
void; the confuted elements before the
world was made and reduced to order,
when "the earth was 'vithout form, and
void;" chaos. Also, as proper name,
Cliaos, son of Erebus and Xux.
I &
I...
[
i-
V.
VOCABULAUV.
N
Chersones-US, i, f, (or Cherronesus,^
a peniti.tula, ur pronimitnrii ; sjicciiilly,
the Chcrfonese, or Thf. 'uii peiiiiisiilii
on the Hellespont.
0hrys61Ith-US, l, t. or n., the gold
Ktone,— \.c., tlio chrysolite!, or topaz.
cibari-a, omm, n. pi., food, victuals.
PI. n. of following.
Cibari-US, u, um, relating to food.
Cib-U8, 1, 111., /r)0(/, victuah; nourishment
(for ni.in or beast); /otlitti:
ci-eo, civi, cltum, pl-Gre, 2 v. n,, to stir
vp, rouse; call, suininon.
Cilix, Oilic-is, adj., Cilician; of Cilicia.
Cimberi-US, i, m., Cimbevius, a cliii f
the iSuevi.
Cimbr-i, Omm, m., the Cimbri, a Gcr-
ni.iii tribe, iniiabiting Jutland, (wliiih
is thence called Chersoncsus Ciinbrka.)
They were overeoine by Jlaiiius.
Cimon, CiinOn-is. in., Ciinoii, the father
ofMiltiades; iil.so, the sfiii of .Millindes.
cinct-US, a, nm, perf. part, of tiiigd,
surrounded, bc(jirt.
CingetOrix, CinKctorlR-ls. m., Cingctn-
rix, a eliief of the Treviri ; also, one of
the pruiccs of Oantiuin, or Kent.
CingO, cinxi, cinctuni, cin(x-ere, 3 v. ii.,
to begird, tie round; si.rround, encircle.
Cinis, cliiCr-is, m., ashes; ruins of a
(burned) city.
circa, prep, or adv., around; round
about; round to; near to, in tht neigh-
bourhood.
Cil'Cin-US, 1, m., a pair of compasses.
(Kl'p/Cll'OS.)
circiter, adv. and prep., about, near, (of
_ place, time, or number.) (circa.)
circu-eo, same as cireuineo.
circuit-US, us, m., a going round, cir-
cumference, compass, (circu-eo.)
Circum, prep, and adv., around, about.
circumclud-0, clrcumclus-i, circum-
clus-um, circumclud-Cre, 3 v. a., to
s/iut in on every side, hem in, surround.
(circum, chiudo )
Circumdo, circumdgd-i, circumdatuni.
circumd-ure, 1 v a., to put or ]ilace
round, to draw round; surround, en-
compass, (circum, do.)
circumduC-0, eiicumdu.Ki, circumdiic-
tuin, circumduc-ere, 3 v. a., to draw
round; surround; inarch round, (cir-
cum, duco.)
circumeo, circumivi, (ii,) cireumUum.
orclrcuitnm, clrptim-Ire, 4 v. n., to go
round, march round; encompass; to
r.iurass, solicit, (circum, eo.)
CircumsistO, elreumsletl, circuinsist-
ere, 3 v. a., to place or set round, to
surround; stand round. (circum,
sisto.)
Circumsplclo, clrcumspexl, clrcum-
spectum, eireumspic-Ore, 3 r. n., tc
look about, or round, survey: ponder,
consider, (circum, sjieclo, us in eon-
s])ici(), itc.)
circumsto, circumsteti, circumstrire,
1 V. n., to stand around, surround,
encompass; beset; besiege. (circum,
sto.)
circumven-io, (Oi, tum, ire, 4 v. n.,
to come round; go round, encompa.ix;
beset, distress; circumvent, ouluit; de-
fraud, (circum, venio.)
circ-U8, i, 111., a ring, a circle; atirculaf
place, (I'lM- races, {;aiiie.s, Ac. ;) a circus.
citeri-OV, or, us, (eomp. of citer, «//)
tliis side,} nearer; on this side; hilhcr-
most: siijierl., eitimus.
Cithaeron, Clthaerrm-is, m., Cithdcrcn,
a raiiKc of mountains between Attica
and !5()enthl.
Citissime, adv., (snperl. of cito,) most
quickly ; with the greatest speed.
citra, prep, with ace, and adv., on this
side, (citer. Sec citcrior.)
CitrO, iidv., to this side; on this side.
Usually found iu connection witii
ultro, to tills side and to that; back-
wards and forwards, to and frc.
(citer.)
Clt-US, a, um, pi'rf. part, of cieo, vrgal
on, excited: hence, as adj., quick, siriri,
rapid.
Civil-is, is, e, o/or belonging to a citizen;
civil, (civis.)
Civ-is, is. in. or f., a cilizen.
Civitas, civlt."it-is, f, citizenship; the
rights of citizens ; the citizens as a co)n-
ntuuily; astute, (civis.)
Clad-es, is, f., a di.iaster, misfortune;
overthrow, defeat; calamity.
clam, adv., and prep, (with abl. oraec. ■,
tcifhout the knowledge of; secretly, pri-
vately.
Clam-O, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to crii
aloud, shunt ; to call vpon ; declare.
(From root cat-, or cla. See ca'endae.^
clamor, clnmOr-i.^, m., a shout, call ;
cliimour; apjilawie. (clamoj
VOCABULAIIY.
279
clandestln-US, a, um, secret, hidden,
ttndei/iand, dandestiiie. (cliiin.)
clar-US, a, uni, clfiir, bright, brilliant;
distinct, lun</, {ii(thavo\cii,no\HC, ' ■)
plain, fvident ; well known; illuat,
famous.
ClaSsiari-US, a, um, belonging to a fleet:
as subst.,a«ai7or; a marine, (clussis)
class-is, is, f., a class uv division (of the
Honiuii pe()i)le); or, u class (in a genenil
Bciiiic); a fleet. Abl. i or e ; gen. pi.
usually luin.
Clastldi-um, l, il, Claudium, a city of
Cisalpine Gaul, nea\ the borders of
Llguria, and a few miles south of the
Padus (Po). The modern town of
CastejjKio Is supposed to represent it.
Claudl-US, i, m., Claudius, the name of
two iiomim gentes, which contributed
many famous men to the state. (See
Nep. Ilann., chap, v.)
claud-0, duus-i, claus-um, olaud-Crp,
3 V. a., to shut, close; surround, hem in;
besiege; end,
Claus-US, a, um, perf. part, of claudo,
shut up, closed; hemmed in.
Clementi-a, ae, f., mildness, kind-heart-
edness; forbearance, mercy, (ckimens,
inild.)
Cliens, clicnt-is, m. or £, a client; re-
tainer, dependant. Gen. pi. ijin citener
than um. (cluco, to hear, listen to.)
Cllni-as, ae, m., Clinias, fatlier of Alcl-
biadcs.
clipe-US, i, m., (sometimes um, i, u.,) a
shield, (round, and of brass, as opposed
to the wooden oval one, called sculuiii,)
huckhT.
Clymen-e, es, f., Clymene, wife of Jler-
ojis, king of Aethiopia, and mother of
Phiicthon.
Clymenei-U3, a, um, of or belonging to
Clymene: Clymcneia proles, the son of
Clymene,— \.(i., Pliiiethon.
Cnae-US, i, m,, Cnacus, or Onaeus, a
Koman pracnomeii.
COact-US, a, um, perf. part, of cogn,
compelled, forced.
COCtll-is, is, e, baked; made of Ijiicks.
(coqiio.)
Coelest is, is, e, belonging to the sky;
celestial, heavenly : as subst., a god.
COel-um, i, n,, (orcaciuni,) rtc«A-y; hea-
ren; the air, atmosohere; weather.
The pi., which is rare. Is coeli, as if
fi-om coelus, the old turm of the sing.
c5Sm-0, corm-l, coemptum, coCm-Cre,
i) V. a,, lo buy up. (enio.)
COen-a, ae, f., dinner; supper.
COen-0, iivi, atuni, arc, I v. n. and a., to
dine; sup; eat: act., to dim upon.
(coena.)
c6-8o, Ivl, Itum, ire. 4 v. n., irrcg., to yo
together; corns together, unite; agrit;
to meet (in a liostllo way), to encoun-
ter, flght. (eo.)
COep-io, coepi, coeptum, 3 v. a. niul n.,
to begin, commence; to undertake.
c6erc-eo, ui, Itum, Cre, 2 V. a., to preu
together; conflyie; restrain, cheek, (con,
arceo.)
COerule-US, a, um. See cacrulcus.
COgitatio, cogltution-is, f., thougtd, re-
flection, deliberation; opinion, (coglto )
COglt-O, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to medi
tale on, think, reflect, }>onder ; pur/iose,
intend. (Contracted for co, ai;!;,o.)
COgnatio, cognation-is, f., relationship
(by birlli); kindred, rclatires ; Con-
ner ioni^, brotherhoods, (cognafus )
C0gnat-U8, a, um, related by birth; kin-
dred, similar: as subst., m. and f, a
kinsman, a relative, (con and natus,
0.' gnatus.)
COgnit-US, a, um, perf. part, of cog-
nosce, known, recognised.
cognomen, cognOmln-is, n., a surname;
family name; name (generally): thus,
in Marcus Tullius Cicero, Cicero is the
cognomen, Tullius the nomen, and
Marcus the praenomen. (con, nomen.)
cognosce, eognovi, cognltum, cognosc-
6re, 3 v. a,, to inquire into; find out,
ascertain; perceive, recognise. (con,
nosco.)
COgO, coegi, cOactum, cog-ft-e, 3 v. a., to
drive or lead together; assemble; col-
lect; to force, compel, (con, ago.)
COhors, cohort-is, f., an enclosui':, court-
yard; a body of soldiers, c ort (the
tenth part of a legion :) i; li.e poets it
often means an army; a croud, a great
number; followers. (Tlie root is found in
XopTOi, hortus ; also in English, gardan,
yard, court; German, £/ar.'(?«; French,
COhortatio, conortution-is, f., encour-
agement, exhortation, (coliortoi.)
Cohort-or, fUus. arl, 1 V. dep., tu tncour-
age. exhort, incite, (con, liortor.)
Collati-a, ae, f., Collatia, a town of the
Sabines, near Rome.
/-
IM^3£ EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
//
V.
^
4 ^°
A:
S5=
fe
y
^
(/j
'^a
1.0
28
I.I
•- Hill—
u
t. ^
25
1.8
!.25
1.4
14
^
6" —
►
V2
VI
%
-c^i
''i
7
Photographic
Sciences
Corporation
♦
^
\
^<b
v
^
\
6^
^"""x^^
%^
"<?.^
23 WEST MAIN STREET
WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580
(716) 872-4503
28Q
VOCAUULARY.
t
It
COllat-us, a, um, perf. part, of coiifero,
brought together, collected; compared.
COUaud-O, tivi, fituni, are, 1 v. a., ;o
praise very much, extol, hepraiie. (con,
laiulo.)
collect-US, a, um, perf. part, of colli^o,
'irought together, collected.
COlleg-a, ae, ni., one chosen along with;
n colleague, companion, (con, logo.)
CoUig-o, collogi, coUectum, collig-oie,
3 V. a., to gaihcr together, collect; as-
semble; to gain, acquire, (con, lego.)
CoUig-O, avi, alum, are, 1 v. a., to bind
together; to pin together; connect;
fasten, (con, and ligo, to bind.)
COU-is, IS, m., a hill; high ground: tlu;
pi. sometimes means a chy-in of moun-
tains. Abl, sing., colli, or coUe.
COlloC-0, avi, atuin, are, 1 v. a., to place
or put together; arrange; to set vp.
establish ; to post (as troops;, station ;
to .■settle (in marriage) ; to invest money
(at interest.) (con, loco.)
COlloqui-um, i, n., a conversing to-
gether; a conference; conversation; dis-
cii.i.Hion. (colloquor.)
COUoqu-or, collocQtus, colinqn-i, ,1 v.
(lep., to talk together, converse ; confer.
(con, loquor.)
COll-um, i, n., the neck.
Col-0, ui, cultum, c51-ere, " v. a., to cul-
tivate, till; to dwell in, inhabit; to tend,
give attention to ; practise ; foster ; to
esteem; venerate; teorship.
Col6ni-a, ae, f., a farm, "farm town: "
lience, a newly settled tnicn, colony; a
band of settlers, or colonists, (colon -
us.)
Col6n-US, i, m., a cnllivatnr (oflaiul), a
husbandman, farmer; a settler, colo-
nist. (C(j1o.)
color, c-^lor-is, m., colour, complcrion;
appearance.
Coluran-a, ae, f, a column, pillar; sup-
port: lionce, Ficncli, colonn-^ ; Ital.,
colonna,
Com-a, ae, f., hair; a head of hair; foli-
age. (KOfj-ri.)
Comburo, combussi. comhnstum, com-
bur-5re, 3 v. a., to burn up, consume;
destroy, (See bustuni. con, ami
buio = uro, to burn.)
comes, comlt-is. ni. or f , a fellow-travel-
ler ; a compitiiion, associate, comrade.
(con, aiul eo, to go.)
Coniinus. See cominiiiiis.
Corameat-US, n.s, m., literally, a coming
and going; a voyage; trip: hence, a
pa.^.Hije, or leave to go to and fro ; fur-
lough, leave of absence; a company of
travellers, or traders: and hence,
transport, carriage of goods; moi-o
particularly, provisions, supplies.
(coniineo,-— i.e., con, nieo, to come and
00.)
COramemor-O, avi, atnm, are. 1 v. a, to
call to mind, remember; to remind
(another); to relate, tell, recount.
(con, memoro.)
COmmendati-0, Onis, f, a commendation;
recommendation; persuasivcne.<ss : as,
Commendatio oris et onitionis, manly
grace, or persuasiveness, of his counte-
nance and his address. (Nep. Ale.)
COmmend-O, avi, ruum, are, 1 V. a., to
give in hand to, intrust to; to make
agreeable to; to recommend ; to set off,
grace, (con, mamli).)
COrame-O, ilvi, ruum, are. 1 v. a., to 'jomt
and go; to go backwards and forwards;
to visit frequently, frequent, (con, and
meo, to go.)
COmminisCOr, commentns, comminisci,
3 V. dep., to think of; devise, contrive,
invent; conceive. (Stem is min, as in
me-mini, mens, etc.)
COmminus, adv., hand to hand; in close
contact ; in close fight ; near at hand.
(con, manns.)
COmmiss-US, a, um, perf. part, of com-
mitto, put together, combined, &c. :
Proelium commissuni est, the battle was
begun.
COmraitt-0, commls-i, commiss-um,
committ-ere, -3 v. a . to put or throw
together; to connect, unite, join; engage,
— i.e., set to fl^^ht; as, Committere
proelium, or i)ugnam, to join battle: to
intrust to; to cause (tliat). (con,
niitto.)
Commi-US, i, m., Commius, one cf tlie
chiefs of the Aticiii'.tos.
commode, adv., suitably^ convenienthi ;
advantageju.tly ; well ; seasonabl"
(commodus.)
commoditas, commoditru-is, f., suit^
ablene.is, fitness, advantage; utiidy.
(coinmodus.)
COmmodiuS, adv.. comp. of comnvode,
more suitably; with greater advantage;
better.
C0mni6d-um, i, n., a jit opportunity, a
VOCABULA RY.
281
convenience ; an advantage, profit, bene-
fit, (conimodus.)
COmmod-US, a, um, litei-allv, measured-
icith: hence, suitable to, convenient;
advantageous; obliging; polite, agree-
able, (con, mi^dus, measure.)
CO iimone-facio, feci, factum, fScgre,
3 V. a., to remind (one) of; impress
vpon; warn, admonish, (comnioneo
ami facio.)
COmmone-O, ui, Itnm, ere, 2 v. a., to re-
mind; team, ad)nonish. (con, nioneo.)
COmmdt-UG, a, um, porf part, of com-
mo\co, moved violently, shaken: lience,
excited, roused; alarmed.
COmmov-eo, (o)i, commotum, comm5v-
ere, 2 v. a., to move violently, shake;
e.rcite, rouse; alarm, (coii, nioveo.)
COmmunic-0, avi, atum, are, I V. a.,
literally, to give to others in common
with one's self; to impart ; to hold con-
verse with; make known to, communi-
cate to (a person): Coniinuiiicare cum
allqiio, to put into (a joint stock) in
equal shares, as in Caes. IJ. G., vi., 19,
— Viri, quanlas pecunias ab uxoribus
(lotis nomine acceperi'nt, tantas ex
siiis bonis cum dotibus coninuini-
cant. (communis.)
COmmun-io, tv', itum, ire, 4 v. a., to
fortify on every side, intrench, (con,
munio.)
COmmun-is, is, e, equally shared, or
serving together ; hence, commow (to all,
or to a few), general, public, (con and
munus, or perhaps munis, from muni-a,
um.)
commumtas, commanitat-is, f., feiiow-
s/iip, society; courteousness, affability.
(communis.)
communiter, adv., in common, jointly,
co:,inwnly. (communis.)
COmmutati-0, onis, f, an entire change;
a change, (commutrt.)
COmmut-0, avi, atuii), nro, I V. a., to
diange entirely; change, alter; exchange.
(con, nmto.)
COmpar-0, avi, iltum, are, 1 v. a., tojvtt
QV bring together ; match; compare; to
prepare, make ready (con, paro.)
COmpell-0, compiU-i, compuls-um, cora-
pell-ere, 3 v. a., to drive together; as-
semble, collect; to urge on; invite; to
force, compel (con, pello.)
•:onvpoll-o, rivi, ntum. tut, i v. a, to
<id./rcss. a<-co.i(; to chide, upbraid. (The j
root, pell-, means speak to, or address;
as in appellare, compellare, and iuter-
pellare.)
COmper-io, i, tum, ire, 4 V. a., to find
out, learn, ascertain. (.Said to be a de-
rivative from pario; as, aporlo, reperio.)
COmpesc-0, ui, Cre, 3 V. a., to hold in
check, check, restrain, confine, (compes,
a fetter.)
COmplector, complexus, complect-i,
3 V. dep., to fold together; clasp; in-
fold, embi-ace. (con, and plec-, same
root as pile-, to fold.)
COmpl-eo, evi, etnra, 5re, 2 v. a., to fill
up, complete, finish, (con, pleo.)
complex-US, a um, perf. part, of com-
plector, having embraced, clasped, &c.
COmplur-es, es, a, several; many, a very
consiip.rable number.
COmpon-O, comp5su-i, comprisTt-um,
compOn-Cre, 3 v. a., to place, lay, or
put together; to lay side by side; to com-
pare ; to arrange ; connect, unite ; com-
pose; to settle, put an end to,— as, Com-
ponere bellum, to put an end to a war
by treaty, (con, pono.)
COmport-0, avi, atnm, iire, 1 v. a., to
carryjogether, collect, (con, porto.)
COmprehend-O, i, compiehens-um.
comprChend-ere, 3 v. a., to lay hold of,
arrest, apprehend, seize; to include,
comprise; to understand, (prelien.^o.)
COmprob-O, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to ap-
prove of; sanction; to prove, confirm,,
establish, (as by evidence.) (con, pro-
bo.)
con-, an inseparable prefix, used in very
many compound words. It is equiva-
lent to file prep, eum, tcith.
Conat-um n., an attempt, endeavour;
undertai j. (conor.)
COnat-Us, us, m., an attempting (of
sonretliinjf); an effort, trial, endeavour,
attempt, (conor.)
COncaV'-O, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to hol-
low out, excavate: hence, to curve,
bend; as, Concavat brachia in ai'cus,
(Ov.,) he bends his arms into a circular
form.
Conced-O, concess-i, concess-um, con-
ced-Cre, 3 v. n. and a., to give way to;
retire from, depart, withdraw; to yield,
submit to : a., to grant, allow, permit
(con, ccdo.)
COnch-a, ae, f, a shellfish; a shell (of
oj'Hter, nuissel. snai). &c. ;) lience of
h
&
/.-.
282
VOf'ABULARY.
I'
%-.
tilings made of slicll, or sliapcd like a
shell; as the trumpet of Triton.
(Ovid.)
COncId-O, i, concls-um, coiicld-erc,
3 V. a., to cut in pieces, hack; ch'strot/,
ruin ; kill; to cut in all directions ; inter-
sect, (con, caedo.)
COncid-O, i, coucid-Cre, 3 v. n., to fall
down; fall down dead,— i.'i., be slain;
to fail; le ruined, (con, ciido.)
COncili-0, '"."i, atum, arc, 1 V. a., lite-
ally, to I ring together; unite; conciliate,
reconcile; to gain, procure; prepare.
(concilium.)
COncill-um, I, n., litcraUy, a calling to-
gether; a meeting, assembly. (See con-
silium, con, and root cal-, for which
see calendae : hence It means a more
public and less select assembly than
consilium.)
concio. See contio.
COncip-io, concCp-i, conccpt-um, con-
clprgre, 3 V. a., to take to one's self; laii
hold of, grasp; conceive; perceive; take
in ; aspire to. (con, capio.)
COncit-0, Pivi, alum, are, 1 v. a., to put
into violent motion; excite, rouse; }nv-
voke; to spur on; to put (a horse) to
the gallop. (Freq. from concieo.)
COnclam-0, ilvi, atum, are, 1 V. n., to
shout out together; exclaim vith aloud
voice, shout out; call to one's help; to
claim ; to hail, (con, clamo.)
COnCupisC-0, concuplv-i, coricriplt-um,
conciipisc-(5re, 3 v. a., incept.., to con-
ceive a desire for, to long for, covet; as-
pire to. (con, cupio.)
COncurr-0, l, coricurs-um, concurr-Prc,
3 V. n., (perf. very seldom rodii])li-
cated,) to run together; to flock to the
someplace; to rush together (in battle,)
to charge, fight, (con, curro.)
eonCUrS-US, us, m., « running together:
a meeting, or assembling; a crowd, con-
course; an engagement, shock of battle,
fight, charge, (ooncurro,)
COnciit-io, concuss-i. concuss- um, ooii-
cut-5i'e, 3 V. a., to shake together; shake
violently; strike together, chi.<>h ; to shake
to the centre: licnce, to terrify, alarm,
distu7-b. (con, qnatio.)
COnditi-0, onis, f, literally, aputlwg to-
gether, or into position: hence, a state
(of being), situation, place, condition;
station, rank, circumstances: lience the
terms by wl.ic-li a state is bnm^lit
about, as, the conditions of agreement,
terms. (Supine of condo.)
COnd-0, Idi, itum, Cre, 3 v. a., to put to-
e/ether, build; found; to compose; to lay
up (in store); to hide, conceal; to bury;
finish, (con, do.)
COnddn-O, uvi, ruum, are, 1 V. a., to
bestow as a giji; to pri'sent; pardox.
(con, dono.)
COnduC-0, condux-i, conduct-um, con-
duc-6re, 3 v. a., to bring or lead to-
gether ; to assemble, collect; to hire,
lease, to conti-act for, to farm, (as t lie
public taxes, &c. ;) to lead to, '■ esult in.
(con, duco.)
COnfect-US, a, um, perf. part, of con-
flcio, accomplished, finished; made out,
executed: as. Tabulae confcctae liteiis
Graecis, accounts (records) inade out in
Oreek characters.
COnfercio, (no perf.,) confert-um, con
ferc-Ire, 4 v. a., to stuff together, press
tightly; pack; croiod. (con, farcio, to
stuff.)
COnfer-0, contul-i, collutum, confcrre,
3 V. a. irreg., to carry or bring together,
collect; to unite, join: Conferre so in,
to betake one's self to, to go : Confene
pecuniam, to contribute money : Con-
ferre anna, to engage in conflict, to fight.
Also, to bring together for the purpose of
comparison, to compare ; to lay the blame
on, impute, ascribe, attribute: Conferre
culpam in multitudinem, to lay the
blame on the ■multitude, (con, fero.)
COnfert-US, a, um, perf part, of c^m-
fercio, closely packed together ; crowded;
in close or dense bodies.
COnfestim, adv., at once immediately,
speedily. (Etymology doubtful.)
COnficio, conftjc-i, confcct-um, confTc-
Cre, 3 \. a., to make completely, n^ike
■ perfect, complete; to finish, put an end
to, accoinplinh ; to make out; comjiose,
write; to kill, destroy, (con, facio.)
The passive is sometimes conflcior, and
sometimes contio.
COnf idOjConfisus, confid-ere, 3 v. n. seiiii-
dep, to place reliance on, rely, trust to.
Livy has a perf, conlidi. (con, tido.)
COnfirm-0, avi, atum, ."ire, 1 v. a., <o
make firm ox strong, establish, strengthen;
er^ourage, assure; assert; confirm,
prove, (con, fiimo.)
C0nfi8-U8, a, uni. juirf part, of eonfidn,
relying on, trwiting to.
VOCABULARY,
2P2
COnfitecr,confossiis, conflt-cri, 2 v. dop ,
to confess npciih;. arnw, dcknowkd'jc ; to
grant; to manifest, shotc j^hdnly. (con,
f.itcor.)
COnflig-0, coutlix-i, conflict-um, con-
flif-ere, 3 v. a. aiul n.. to dash togetlur
or arjninst. Usually neut., to be dashed
together; to encounter, fight, struggle.
(eon, fligo.)
COnflu-0, conflnx-i, (confluxum,) con-
ftu-6re, 3 v. n., to flow or rim together;
to crowd together, flock together (in groat
numbevs). (con, fluo.)
COnfug-io, (ri)i, confilp-ore, 3 v. n., to
■'flee for refuge to, betake (one's self) to.
(con, fiigio.)
COnfund-0, confQd-i, confus-um, con-
fund-ere, 3 v. a., to pour together; to
mingle, confound, confuse; throic into
disorder; bewilder, (con, fundo.)
COnger-0, congess-i, congest-um, con-
gor-crc, 3 v. a., to carr;/ together; to col-
lect, gather, (con, gero.)
COngred-ior, ■ nmess-us, congr6d-i,
3 V. dep., to g, together; meet; to walk
with ; speak to, accost ; to meet in a hostile
vianner, engage with, fight, (con, gra-
(lior.)
congress-US, a, um, perf. part, of con-
gredior, having met ; engaged (in battle),
&c.
COnjic-io, conjec-i, conjcct-um, coiijlc-
eie, 3 V. a., to throw together; to hurl,
fling, throw, cast; to conjecture; con-
clude ; foretell, (con, jacio.)
COnjunctim, adv., unitedly, jointly ; in
common, (conjunctus, from conjuiigo.)
COnjung-O, conjunx-i, conjunot-um,
conjung-ere, 3 v. a., to join or yoke to-
gether, unite, connect, (con, jungo.)
COnjftrati-0, Ouls, l, a swearing together;
a union formed by oath: lience, gener-
ally in a bad sense, a conspiracy, plot;
a band of conspirators, (conjuro; con,
and juro, to swear.)
COnjUX, conjug-is, ni. or f., ayoke-ftdow,
mate; a spouse, a u-ife, a husband.
(con, and jug-, root of jugnm, a yoke.)
COnnubi-um, i, n., wedlock, marriage.
(con, nulio.)
Conor, conat-us, con-ari, 1 v. dep., to
uttempt, try, endeavour.
COnquIr-0, confiulslv-l, conqulsit-um,
conquii-ore, 3 v. a., to seek out for : to
gain, oa/uire, procure; collect, (cnii,
<l"ncvo.)
COnqtaisit-US, a, um, perf. pan. of
conquiro, sought for; gained.
consanguine-US, a, um, of the sam
blood QV family; kindred: as subst., a
relative, kinsman, (con and sanguis.)
COnscend-0, i, conscens-um, conscend-
ere, 3 V. a. and n , to climb up, ascend,
mount: and so, to embark on board
ship; to mount (on horseback), iic.
(con, scando.)
COnscisC-O, consclv-f, consclt-um, con-
scisc-ere, 3 v. a., to vote for (a thing) ;
to give a voice for (along with others) ;
to decree; to agree in, unite in; to ap-
prove-, hence in the phrase, Conscivit
sibi mortem, he inflicted death on him-
self, (con, scisco, to vote.)
COnsci-US, a, um, knowing along n-Hh
(others) ; cognizant of, aware of; con-
scious (to one's self), (cni,, scio.)
COnscrib-O, conscrlps-i, conscript-iini,
conscrib-Sre, 3 v. a., to write down in a
common list: hence, to enroll, enlist,
levy; t> compose, write, (con, seribo.)
COnscript-US, a, um, enrolled, levied,
&c. : as subst.. Conscript! I'atres ; oi-
fully, Patres et conscripti; a term aj)-
plied to the whole Senate.
COnsecr-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to
make holy; devote, dedicate, consec7\ite.
(con, sacro.)
COnsect-or, atus, ari, 1 V. dep., to pur-
sue earnestly, follow eagerly; pursue;
per.tecute. (consequor i
COnsectit-US, a, um, perf. part, of con-
sequor, having followed of ter, pursued;
come up with.
COnsensi-0, onis, f., harmony of thought ;
agreement, unanimity, (consentio, to
agree.)
COnsens-US, iis, m., agreement, %ina-
nimity, harmony, concord, concert.
(consentio.)
OOnsequ-or, consecut-us, consequ-i,
3 V. dei> , to follow along with, or after;
to attend, accompany; overtake, come
tip with; gain, obtain; understand.
(con, scquor.)
COnser-O, ul, turn, ore, 3 V. a., to wreathe
or tie together, bind, connect, join; en-
gage in battle hand to hand, (con, sero.)
COnserv-O, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to keep
together; 7naintain, preserve, save, (con,
servo.)
COnsider-O, fui, ruum, arc, l v. a., to
e.vamine utrefuUy, inspect: hence, Cl.
r
2St
VOCABULARY.
*
cotuider deUberaMu, meditate on, reflect,
ponder. (Considcro, from sldus, is re-
>,'ard(3(l by some ns a term of auKUiy,
refeninp to the observation and com-
parison cf tlie stars. So dusidorc refers
to tlio doii1)t and anxiety caused by a
cloudy niglit, wlien ttie stars are not
seen. Compare contemplor, from tem-
plum, the sacred spot marlicd out by
tlie augurs before maliing tlieir ob-
servations.)
Considi-us, i, m., Comidius (P.), one c.f
Caesar's ofBcers.
COnsid-0, coi.sed i, consess-um, consld-
6re, 3 V. n., to sit down, settle; encamp,
takevpaposition; halt; perch (asabird).
COnsili-um, i, n., literally, a sitting to-
gether : hence, an assembly (more
especially of chief men, judges, sena-
te's, military oflflcers, &e.); the
deliberations of such a meeting ; a deci-
sion, judgment; plan, scheme: advice,
couiuel; tcisdom, prudence, discretion.
See concilium, (con. and root sel, oi
sil = sed, as in sella end sed-eo. See
consul, sedeo, sella.)
COnsimil-is, is, e, like in every particu-
lar ; very like ; identical, (con, similis.)
COnsist-O, constit-i, consttt-um, ccnsist-
6re, 3 v. n., (rarely a.,) to station one's
self; to halt, stop, makt a stand; to
settle down (for residence) ; to stand
firm; keep together, (of a number of
men); to exist ; consist in ; depend on.
See Cae& B. G., vi., 21, 6; and 22, 2.
(con, sisto.)
C0as61-0r, atus, nri, 1 V. dcp., to cheer
up (by one's presence) ; conso'" com-
fo7't; encourage,
COnsors, consort-is, adj.. sharuiy with,
partaking of: as subst., a partner, mate,
colleague, (eon, sors.)
COnspect-US, us, m,, a general view;
sight, view: hence, presence. (con-
spicio.)
COnspici-0, conspex-l, conspect-um,
consplc-ere, ,3 v. a., to take in at one
view ; to surrey, look at, observe ; descry,
spy out, notice, behold, (con, and root
sjiec, as in specio.)
COnspic-Or, atus, ari, 1 v. dop., to spy,
descry, see, behold, (conspicio.)
COnspir-0, nvi, atum, arc, 1 v. a., to
agree, be of one mind; also, to conspire,
plot, (con, spiro.)
COUStaas, constant-is. adi and parr.,
steadfast,, steady, unflinching.
well-knit;
(consto.)
constat, 3 sing, of consto, used imper-
sonally, it is agreed; it is certain; it is
evident.
COnstern-o, constrav-i, constrilt-nm,
constern-6re, 3 v. a,, to strew all over,
bestrew; cover; to throw down; over-
throio, utterly rout, (con, ^terno.)
constern-0, uvl, atum, are, l v. a., to
confuse ; terrify, startle, frighten, (co 1 1 -
sternCre.)
COnstlti, perf. of consisto, — which see.
COnstitu-0, i, (u)tum, 6re, 3 v. a., to set
up, establish ; to draw up, arrange
(troops); station, post; (of ships,) to
moor; to settle (the abode of); to found;
construct; to settle,— i.e., organise, re-
gulate ; to determine ; appoint, regulate.
(con, statuo.)
COnstitut-us, a, um, perf. part, of con-
stituo, established, organised, regulated.
CCnst-0, Iti, atum, are, 1 v. n., to stand
still, halt; to stand steadfast, endure, re-
main unchanged; to agree with, be con-
sistent with; to be agreed upon; icell
authenticated, evi-lent, certain, (see con-
stat;) to be made upfront, consist of-
to cost, (so we say, "It stood him" so
much.) (con, sto.)
COnsuesc-0, consuev-i, consuet-um,
consucsc-Sre, v. n. and (rarely) a., to
be accustomed, be in the habit of, be wont :
a., to accustom, (consueo.)
COnsiietud-O, consQGtrulin-is, f., custom,
habit, use, wont; companionship, famili-
arity, intimacy, (consuesco.)
COnsuet-US, a, um, perf. part, of con-
suesco, customary, usual, wonted.
consul, consul-is, m., a consid. chief
magistrate. Etymology doubtful. It
is found written, consol : hence some
derive it from ccn and the root sol-,
which appears in solium, a seat, and,
with'the vowel changed, in sel-la, (see
consilium,)— so that the consules weio
those who sat together (in council):
others, from con and sal-io, meaning
him who leaps or dances with another,
— i.e., goes forth in procession, or in
liigli position, with another. Soexsul,
one who leaps out (of his country);
praesul, one who /(?rt/)s before; insula,
a leap i«fo,— applying primarily to a
mass of rock fillen into tlie sea.
C0n3ular-is, is, e, of or belonging In a
#*
VOCABULARY.
consul, consular: as siibst., one who has
been consul, (consul.)
Consul-0, Hi, turn, ere, 3 v. n. and a„
Iitcnilly, to sit together (in council); to
('de counsel, deliberate; to reflect: witli
fiat, of person, it means to consult for
the good of (one); have a regard to one's
interests: a., witli tlie ace, to asi ad-
vice, consult (a deily, lawyer, Ac); to
consider; determine, decide on, (witlule
and al.l., or in and ace.) (See consul.)
COnsulto, adv., deliberately, designedly,
on purpose, (consulo.)
COnsult-um, i, n., a matter advised on ■
a consultation; a decree, decision, re-
solution: Senatus consultum, (S.C.,) a
ilwree of the Senate, (consulo.)
COnsum-0, consumps-i, consumpt-um
consuni-Cre, 3 v. a., to take all together,
or entirehj; to eat up, devour; consume,
waste, spend, destroy, (con, sumo.)
COnsurg-o, consurrex-i, consurrect-um
consurg-ere, 3 v. n., to rise up in a
body, or all at once; to rise (as the
wind;) T.'Mfi (out of respect to ;) to
rebel, (con, surpo.)
Cons-US, i, ni., Consus, an ancient
Italian deity, Kod of counsel.
COntagio, contafflon-is, f , contact, touch;
influence exerted by contact: Jier.ce, con-
tagion, pollution, contamination, (con-
tingo.)
OOntect-us, a, um, perf. jiart. of con-
tego, covered, concealed.
COnteg-O, contex-i, contect-um, contog-
t!re, 3 V. a., to cover over, hide, conceal;
bury, (con, tego.)
COntemn-o, contemps-i, contempt-uni
contenin-ere, 3 v. a., to despise, disdain,
■flight, (con, temno.)
COntend-0, i, content-um, contend-Bre,
a V. a. and n., to stretch light, draw out,
strain; to thro:,, hurl, fling: n., to ex-
ert one's self strive eagerly after, pursue ;
to hasten (on a journey); to flght,
struggle, contend with, dispute, (con'
tcndo.) '
COntentio, contention-is, f , a stretching
or straining, an effort • a flght, struggle,
quarrel, controversy, (contendo.)
content-US, a, um, perf. part, of con-
tendo, stretcfied, strained, crerted.
content-US, a, um, perf. part, of con-
tineo, checked; contented.
COntermin-US, a, um, having a common
frontier or boundary; bordering on.
i285
neighhouri'ig: a.s suost'., « nughbour.
(con, terminus,^
COntest-or, fitus, Sri, l v. dep., to call to
mtness; invoke, implore; to give tvi-
dence. (con, testrr.)
COntex-0, ui, tuns, ere, 3 v. a., to weave,
entwine; construct; make by interlacing
(as wicker-work.) (con, texo.)
context-US, a, um, perf. part, of con-
texo, woven, interlaced, &c.
COntigit, perf. of contingo, used impei-
sonally, it fell to the lot of; it happened
(See contingo.)
COntigU-uS, a, um, mutually touching;
bordering on, nigh to, neighbouring.
(contingo.)
COntinens, conttnent-is, (pies. part, of
contiHco,) literally, holding toge'her :
hence, contiguous, adjacent; continuous,
—I.e., in unbroken connection witli;
(of time,) successive; connected, unin-
terrupted: hence, as subst.. a main-
land, continent: adj., having self-control;
moderate, temperate, (contineo.)
COntmenter, adv., continuously, tci/hout
interruption, constantly; in succession.
(continens.)
COntin-eo, ui, content-um, contln-ere,
2 V. a., to hold together; hold in, confine
bound; encircle; restrain, check, (coi-
teneo.) '
COntiugit, 3 sing. pres. of contingo
used impersonally, it falls to the lot of;
It happens.
COnting-o, conttg-l, contact-um, con-
ting-Cro, 3v. a., to touch; seize; to touch
upon, border on, be near; to happen to,
.fan to the lot of befall, (con, tango.)
COntinu-US, a, um, holding together,—
I.e., continuous, uninterrupted; sue-
cessive, following, (contineo.)
COnti-0, onis, f., a coming together; an
assembly, meeting; the public assemblu
of the people, (met for deliberation oii
any nnportant matter:) Prodire in
contionem, to come foncard before the
'oublta assembly,~i.e., to address a pub-
lic meeting: hence, contio meant also
« speech, or oration. (It is a shortened
form of conventio; hence the spelling
contjo, is to be preferred to concio.)
contra, prep, and adv., over against,
opposite; on the other hand; in return ■
in reply. (From con, as in-tra, ex-tra.)
COntrah-0, contrax-i, contract-um, con-
trah-ere, 3 v. a, to draw or bring to-
UJ
■f^-
ajcsy^
A/
Q
i>
3
u
28f?
VOCABULARY.
T
l»»
t
gtther; to collect, (t.wmlile; to ilnnr
tifjfU, ttijIUen, coDtnict; to check, rc-
xtrain; to cunxe, (iriiiij o», contract,
U'-ti., lies nlit'iiiiin, del'l.)
COntrari-US, a, um, opposite to, being
over aijaiiiM; contrary lo. (contra.)
COntrOVerSi-a, ue, f., a tuminrjagnimt:
lioiice, cm attack: a quarrel, dispute,
(oiitrover.iy; law-suit, (contioveisus.)
OOntumeli-av ao, f., an insult, affroiH;
i/is(jrace; rejiroach; rinKjh handling, in-
jury, damage, (con, ami tuiii, root of
tuiiuo.)
COnven-io, (COi, turn, ire, 4 V. :i. and a.,
to come together, assemble; to meet with;
address, accost; to agree tcith; be suit-
able; be agreed on. It is often used
impersonally, it is agreed upon; it is
suitable; it is comistent. (con, venio.)
convent-US, us, m., a coming together;
a meeting, assembly; especially (in
"Caesar") a circuit meeting, or assize,
(at Which the Honian governor of a pro-
vince assembled periodically the ito-
nian resiuents in the province, that ho
might .lispense justice and transact
the public business generally.)
COUVers-US, a, um, perf. part of cofi-
vorto, turned round, wheeled.
COUVert-0, i, convers-um, convcrt-ere,
y V. a. and n., to turn round; turn to-
ward; to change; wheel, feversc; to
alter; put into confusion: n., to turn;
he changed; recersed. (con, verto.)
convict-US, a, uni, perf. part, of con-
vinco, proved guilty, proved against
(.one).
ConvinC-0, convlc-i, convict-um, con-
vine-ere, 3 v. a., to convict, prove
guilty; demonstrate, (con, vinco.)
C0nv6C-O, avi, atuni, are, 1 v. a., to call
together, convoke, sximmon; assemble.
(con, voco.)
c66r-ior, tus, Iri, 4 v. dep., to rise vp,
arise; appear ; break forth. (con,orior.)
c6ort-US, a, um, perf. part, of coorior,
having arisen.
C6pi-a,ae, f, plenty; wealth, riches; abun-
dance, copiousness; supply; opportu-
nity; power, means: in pi. copiae. re-
iources; forces, troops; also, provi-
sions, supplies, (con, and op-, the
root of opes, which is seen in in-op-ia,
.fee.)
C6pi6s-us, a, um, plentiful, abundant,
well supplied ; tvealthy. (copia.)
cor, cord-is, n., the heart: hence, the
soul; the feeling, judgment: Esse cord i,
to be agreeable to.
coram, adv., and prej). with abl., in the
presence of, before ; in person, person-
ally; (of time,) on sight, imniedialelij.
(.Said to be from con, and or-, the stem
of OH, or- is.
Corcyr-a, ae, f., Corcyra, now Corf\i, lai
island on the west coast of Greece.
Corcyrae-US, a, um, pertaining to C'vr-
ciira: as subst., ni., an inhabitant of
i.'orryra.
Corneli-US, i, m., Cornelius, the name
of a l{onnni gens. (See Nep. Ilann.,
chaps, iv., viii., and xlii.)
COrn-U, us, n., (or eorn-um, I, n.,) a
horn; also anything shaped likealiorn,
or nuule of horny snbstance,— e.g., a
trumpet; the bid (ol a bird) ; a Itoiu
of the moon; a tongue of land ; the end
of the yard-arm (of a ship) ; the lip of
a bow ; the wing of an army, &c. ; the
hoof (of an animal).
COrn-ura, i, n., a cornel cherry, fruit of
the cornel-tree.
corn-US, i, (or us,) f., rt cornel-tree, or
dogwood-tree; a spear (made of cornel-
wood).
COron-a, ae, f, n crown, chaplet, gar-
land, wreath; (of tilings in a eircular
shape,) a circle or ring of men.
corpus, corpor-is, n., a body, substance,
— i.e , something perceptible; the bod n
(of an animal); Jiesh; a dead boitii,
corpse; a corporation, community. (Cf.
Kr. corps, Engl, corpse.)
COrrept-US, a, um, pert. part, of cov-
ripio, seized, snatched; canned off.
COvrig-O, correx-i, conect-un., coirig-
ere, 3 v. a., to make straight; put in
order: hence, to regulate; heal, cure;
correct, amend, (con, rego.)
COrrip-io, ui, corrept-inn, corrip-5re,
3 V. a., to seize, lay hold of; carr^ off;
to attack; to rebuke, chide; to tuistcu.
(con, rapio.)
Corrump-0, corrup-l, corrnpt-um, cor-
rump-ere, 3 v. a., to break up; to
destroy, spoil, corrupt; bribe, (con,
runipo.)
corrupt-US, a, um. perf. part, of cor-
runipo, destroyed, corrupted; bribed.
&c.
cortex, cortlc-is, m., (sometimes f..) Ihe
bark or rinU (of a tree) ; cork.
VOCABULARY.
287
Corycia, CorycW-is, (,„• .os.) f. „,ij,,
6'o/-.vciV<«,-i.e., beloiiKiiifr to the Cory-
citiii caves in Jlount I'arimssiis.
Cott-a, lie, 111., Cotta, 11 lionuiu family
nariicoftlieKensAuicliii.
Crasa-us, i, m., Cmssus, a noinan
family iiainu of tlie rciis Liciiii;i.
Crastln-US, a, mn, 0/ or pertaiiiiiig to
lo-munow: Cnistiiius dies, tomorrow.
(eras, to-mormtc \
Creber, crSbr-a, crObr-um, frequent, nu-
merous; thick, close; aboiwdiiig ii, •
croicfrd with. (Said to be aiiutiicr
fill 111 of celebcr.)
Cred-0, Wi, ttum, frc, 3 V. a., to trust to,
intrust, put faith in, believe; to be of
opinion, think; suppose. (Kroin root
ne, belief; and do, to put, or give.)
Crem-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to burn,
consume.
Cre-0, avi, atum, arc, 1 v. a., to make;
hrimj forth, produce; to elect, choose; to
prejiare ; cause, occasion.
Crepit-0, avi, ntum, are, 1 v. n. freq., to
make a hard rattling noise, to rattle;
creak; crackle; to rustle; clatter ; chat-
ter, (crepo, <oc/V(»/t.)
CresC-0, crev-i, ciotiim, crcsc-Cre, 3 v. n.
incept., to begin to grow; to arise; op.
pear; be born; to increase, thrive, grow.
vcrco.)
Cret-a, ac, f., (or Cret-e, es,) Crete, now
Cliindiii.
Cretens-is, is, belon^nng to Crete: as
sDbiit., ill 1,1., Ore, ,ises, the Ci clans.
(Cieta.)
crimen, ciimtn-is, n., literally, a dis-
cerning, or discriminating: hence, «
trial, judgment; and also, an accusa-
tion, charge; guilt, wickedness, crime.
^cri, as n Kpiveo, and cer-no.)
Criu-is, is, ni., '-i the tail of a comet.
(Vi: crin.)
Criti~as, ae, m., Critias ono of the
Uuvtj tyrants of Athens
Criiciat-US, us, m., toriure, tormerd.
(criicio.)
Cruci-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to cru-
cify; to rack, torture; grieve, amicl.
(crux.)
Crudel-is, is, e, blood-thirsty; hard-
hearted, h^rsh, cruel, unfeeling, mcrci-
-'": ^(crndus, raw; bloody.)
Cl-Udelitas,crri(lelitritis, f., blood-lhirsH-
»'<-■■',• hard fwartedncss, cruelly, bar-
barity, (ciiuli'li.s.)
Crudeliter, adv., in a cmel, hard-
hearted manner; cruelly, (ciudelis.)
cruentat-US, a, um, bloodstained, Ac.
Perf. part, ofenioiito.
Cruent-0, avi, ntum, are, l v. a., to ren-
der bloody, stain or besmear with blood.
(cruentiis.)
Cruent-US, a, um, bloody, gory, blood-
.stained; blood-thirslii, cruel, (eruor)
Criior, cnir.r-is, m., blood, gore (from a
wounu; but sauKuis means blood in
general, in which sense the poets also
nsecruor): hence, murder.
Crus, ci nr-is, n., a leg, shin, shank.
crux, ci iic-i.s, f., a cross.
Cub!l-e, is, n., a place for lying down (to
rest); abed, couch; a den, lair, (eul.o,
to lie down.)
CUlmen, culmln-is, n., the top, roof;
gable (of a house) ; the summit. (Cul-
nien is an abbrevijited form of colu-
nien, and the root is col or ccl, as
found in cel-siis, col-lis, eol-umna, Ac.)
culp-a, ae, f,, a fault, blame; crime.
CUltor, culior-is, m., a tiller (of (he
ground), a husbandman; an inhabi-
tant, (cole.)
cult-US, us, 111., a tilling, culture; care,
attention to; reverence; wo.-tih'/j; man-
ner of life; icfinement, domestic cuUuie;
dress, equipment, (colo.)
cum, prop. ^^ ith abl., along loilh, at the
same time with; with; in; among; to,
as. Cum magna otn^nsiuiie civium, to
the great di.-<pleasure of the citizens;
Cum magno periciUo provinciae, to t/ic
great danger of the province. ('Ihc old
form of cum is com, and this is still re-
tained in compounds. See con.)
cum, coirj. See qiuim.
cunct-or, atus, rul, l v. dep., (or con-
tor,) to delay, wait, linger; hesitate.
CUnct-US, a, um, all together, the whole,
entire. Usually found in the plural.'
(Contracted for cojunctus,-i.e., con-
junctus.)
Ciipidltas, cupldttat-ls, f., desire, wish ;
eagerness; appetite: in a bad serse,
greediness, lust, passion; greediness
^(formoney), avarice, (cupidus.)
Cupidissime, adv., most greedily; most
or very eagerly. (Superl. adv. from
cupidus.)
Cupidius, adv., more eagerly, more ear-
Jicstly. (Comii. adv. from cupidus.)
CUpido. cupidln-i.s. f. desire; eagantsu:
_Ji
288
VOCABULARY.
T"
ft:)
'h
^'
tlftl I
f
In a bud seimu, greediiioi, lust; amr-
iee: ttS projUM' noun, Cupid, pod of
lova (cupio.)
Ciipid-U8, a, wvn, (ktiroris ; ewjer; an.ri
ous; lonijingfor: in iv bud sensir, f/rov///,
lustful; avaricious, covetous, (cupio,)
ciip-io, ivl, itiim, ere, 3 v. iv., to iksirc;
be eager ; long for ; he anxious ; to
covet; to he fuvourahle to, favour, wish
icell to (us ill Cues. IJ. 0., 1., 18.)
cur, adv., whijf for ichat reasont (Said
to be contnic'ted for cui i'"! ; or for qua
re, as it was originally written quor,
or quitr.)
CUr-a, ac, f., care, attention; anxiety;
charge; busincKs: Esse curae, to he an
object of watchful care ; to take care of,
or attend to a matter,
Cur-e8, ium, f. or m.. Cures, the capital ot'
tlieSabines; also, the people of Cures.
CUr-0, avi, atuni, arc, 1 v. a., to take care
of, care for, attend to, see to, take charge
of; to tend, nourish ; heal, (cura.)
CUrr-0, cucurr-i, cur uni, curr-Cre, 3 v.
n., to run, hastei., move quicklu; to
flow rapidlij.
Curr-US, us, m., a chariot, car. (curro.)
cursor, cursOr-is, ni., a runner, courier.
(curro.)
curs-US, us, in., a running, or rapid
movement (of any kind); a rac;; course;
journey, voyage, (euno.)
CUrvamsn, curvilmln-is, n., a bend,
cui'vature, winding, (curvo.)
D., an .abbreviation for the proper name,
Ixcimus.
Dac-i, orum, m., the Dacians, a people
who lived in the northern parts of
modern Turltey.
daiunatio, damnation-is, f., condemna-
tion, (dam no.)
damn-0, avi, atum, iire, 1 v. a., to bring
inju.-y Qv loss vpon (one); to condemn,
sentence; reprove; bind down (by an
oath or obligation), (damnum )
damn-um, i, n., that which injures;
loss, injurii, damage.
Danubi-U8, i, m., the Danube.
dap-3, d.ap-is, f., a solemn or sacrificial
feast ; a feast, banquet. (Gen. pi. not
used.)
Dari-US, l, m,, Darius, king of Persia.
CUrvatur-a, ac, f., a bending, a round;
Ctu'vatura rotae, the rim of the whea.
(piirvd.)
CUrV-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to bend,
curve, arch, bow. (ciirvus.)
CUrV-U3, a, urn, bent, crooked, curved.
CUSpis, ciispld-is, f., a jioint: lieiieo,
anything pointed, wsaspcar; a spike;
a spit; a bee's sting.
CUStodi-a, ao, f., « watching, guard,
$(\fe keeping; cu.itody, imprisonment:
hence, a guard-house; also, in pi., «
bodi/ of guards, (custos.)
CUStod-io, ivi, itum, ire, 4 v. a., to keep
safe, to watch, guard, defend. (eui*-
tos.)
CUStOS, cust5d-is, ni. or f., a keeper,
guardian, watchman, defender.
Cyclad-OS, um, f., the Cyclades, a group
of islands In the Aegean Sea.
Cyclop-S, is, m., a Cijclops; e.spocially
tlie Cyclops rolyphemus: pi., Cyclopes,
a race of giants, with one eye in Hie
middle of the foreliead. They were
Vulcan's worltmen.
Cymb-a, ae, f., a boat, skiif.
Cym-e, es, f., Ciime, a city of Aeolia, in
Asia Minor. (Nep. Ale. vii.)
Cyuth-US, i, in., Cynthus, a nioiiiitiiin
in I>elos.
Cyrenae-US, a, um, of Cm-ene: pi.,
Cyrenaei, the people ofCi/rene.
Cyr-US, i, m., Ciirus, brother of Arta-
xcrxes, king of the rersians.
Dat-is, is, (or idis,) aec. I>athTi, or
Datin, JJatis, a .Median general, de-
feated at Slarathon.
de, prep, with abl.,./v'om; down, ov awaii
from; of; at; concerning, about: Do
hoc re, about this matter; De die, by
day; De terria vigilia, about the third
watch; De marniore, made of marble;
Qua de causa, /or u'hich reason.
de-a, ae, f., a goddess.
deb-eo, lii, itum ere, 2 v. a., literally, to
have (something) /rom (one),— i.e., to
he in debt (to one), to owe; be under ob-
ligation; to be destined,— AS, Debitiis
fiitis, destined to the fates,— i.e., tu
deatli : as impers., debet, it ought
(de. habeo.)
debilit-0, avi, atum, are, i v. a., to rcn-
^w
VnCAnULAIlY.
dfrmak, wtnken; ditcourar,,; thwart.
_('IOblllB, weai.)
deblt-um, l, n., a thing due, a debt,
duty, (delico.)
deblt-us, tt, uiii, due, owed. Pcrf naif
or dcbeo.
dgced-0, cJecess-I, rtecesn-um, dBcPd-i^re
3 V. n.. to go away, depart, withdraw.
m/r«; yield; die. (,le, cedo.^
D6cgle-a, ae, f, Decelea, a to,vi. and I
fortress In Attica.
dgcem, num. Hdj. indicl., ten.
decemplex, pen. deceinplic-l., udj., ten.
fold, (dc-cein, plico, <o/oW)
decept-us, a. utn, perf part, of declpio.
jh'ceived, outwitted
decern-0, dScrSv-l, dCcrCt-um, docorn-
Cn\'^ V. a. and n,, to sep„r„te; distin-
aui^h, judge, decide: resolve; decree;
J^yht. (de, cunio.)
dacert-o, Svi. atum, are. i v. „., to nght
Wout; struggle vehemently; decide by
a PUched battle, (de, certo.)
decet, perf. deciiit, inf. decere, impers.
_verb, it btromes, it is suitable, proper
Clecid-0, i, Cre, 3 V. n., to Ml down, /all;
/»(»<; die. (de, cSdo.)
decid-0, i, decFsum, decld-gie, 3 v a
to cut off or down, lop; decide, deter-
mine, (do, caedo.)
decim-"9, a, um, num. adj., the tenth:
as proper name, Decirnus.
decip-io, dCcep-i, decept-um, dcclp.(!rc,
't y. a., to take down, or taie off, ia'
cheat, outwit, deceive, beguile, (de, caplo.)
declar-o,avi,ftt«m. aro.lv. a., /o,U
clear, or evident; proclaim; show forth
<M<ire; demomtrate, prove, (de, claro.)
declm-o, avi, gtum, are, 1 v. a. and n.,
to bend down, or away; to slope down,
tnchne; decline, (de, and root clin-
HS in /cAij/o), acclino, Ac.) '
decliv-is, is, e, sloping downward, steep,
'^»fn.hill. (de, and clivus, a slope.)
aeciiv-us, a, um, same as foreeoine
decresc-0, dScrSvi., dgcretum, decr^sc
eie, .J V. n., to crow dotvnward; grow
less, decrease, diminish, subside, (de
ciesco.) ^ ^'
decret-um, i, n., a thing determined, a
resolve, decree, (decern o)
decreed, resolved on, .^,c.
ZZ' T- ^'^""''^- Cf.centuria
Some say, decern and vir.)
2Hn
(135)
19
r'lgcfirlo, decurian- is, m., Ih- chief of ten •
a decurion, a commander of a decnrxa
(of cavalry), (di curlii.)
decarr-O, I. or dicuciinl, decurs ti,n.
(iCcurr-ere. 3 v. n. and a., to run do„n
or through; run- haslil,, ; altact; run
(down) for r^uge, have recourse to
(d(!, curro.)
dgcfis, dCcOi-ls, n., betonu.nness, grace-
ornament; honour, glory, (dc--, as i,',
decot.)
dedgciis, dgdficOr-i«. n., want of becom-
tngness; disgrace, shuuie; basams.
(<lc, decus.)
dedltici-US, 1, m., (or dedititins,) one
who has surrendered, (d.^li tio )
dedltio, dedmon-l8, f. a giving up, a
surrender, (dgdo.)
ded-0, Idl, Ifcnm, fill., 3 v. a., to nive up
or to put down (arrm,); aban.ion to
surrender, submit; devote (one's seli to)
_(d5 and do.) '
deduc-0,d5dux.i,dCduct.nm,dfidnc-6r(.
3 V a. to lead down, lead out, conduct';
to haul down, or launch; draw on. en-
iwe. prevail on; mislead, (d- <-.. ,
defatig-o, avi, atum, are, .
wary out, fatigue, exhausi
_ffo.)
defectio, defcctlSn-Is. f, a A
a failure; a disappearance,
(of tile sun, moon, Ac.'*; an
jertion. (deficio.)
defend-0, i, defcns-um, defend-Cic, 3 >-
>^.,<.o dash down, or away from; ward
off, avert, repel; defer,d, protc,% ,,uard ■
maintain, (do, and root lend, to dash
or strike; as in offendo.)
defer-0, dcini-l, del.at-um, dCf,.r-rc 3 V
a- ii-reg., to carry down, or aum/; hear
convey to; confer on; send over, trans',
f^r; to bring to land, drive ashore (as
of sl'ips;) to lay be/ore, report (to).
accuse, (de, fero.)
defess-us, a, um, perf. part, of dCfe-
_tiscoi-, worn out, e.rhau.^ted
defetlSC-or, defess-ns, .'ef^isc-i 3 v n
(lep., to grow weary; faint;' be er-
hnusted. (de fatiscor.)
defic-io, defec-i, defect-um. dcflc-fire
3v. a. andn., to make against; stand
apart from; leave, abandon; revolt
from; fad, fall short, (de, forio,)
defjg-o, deflx-i, deflx-um, dgfi^.gpe
d V. a., io_nx down, fasten down; fix in
PMkefast. (de, Ago.) "^ '
.,__i-
"^
Q
^f^^^^^MM
290
VOOAKULARY.
9k\
defix-U8, ft, vim, jxaf. part, of <1«3rtj,'«),
ituuU /cut, JLred.
defl-€0, 6vl, etum, fii'fl, 2 V. a. u«l n., tu
laeep over, bewail, (tie, fleo.)
deforr>-iil, K «, Hi/ormed, tknpelm,
iiylj, ; fluiguiting. (tl«, forma.)
lAefren&t-ua, a, um, unbridled, un-
checked; (of tpeed,) heiutloni/. (do,
fi'«no, tocwb.)
.dafiig-io, I, Crc, 3 v. a., (hoc faRio,) <(»^
amay/rom; avoid, shun, (de, fuglo.)
.dftin, adv., short form of delude.
id^inceps, adv., in tucceuion, one afUr
another, in turn. It v,as oriKiiially an
adj. Gen. dcinclpis, (from csplo, like
iPartlceps, princeps.) It 1b soiiictimes
a dlHnyli'i^le, delncups.
•dSinde, (or delude— two syllables,^ adv.,
iharec^fter, afterwaruti in the next place,
then, (de, Inde.)
,deject-U8, a, um, perf. part, of dejlclo,
cast dtawn, disheartened: as adj., low,
fdejeot-&8, Qs, m., a throwing down; a
descent, declivity, slope, (dejlclo.)
<dejIoI-0, dejeci, deject-um, dejic-6re,
3 v. a,, to throw doton, cast or jling
down ; cast headlong ; dispossess ; de-
grade, (de, jacio.)
,delat-U8, a, um, perf. part, of .iefero,
.carried down; brought or driven ashore,
(of ships;) reported.
.delect-VB, a, um, chosen, selected: as
sulist. pi., picked men. (deliKo.)
deloct-ils, us, m., a choosing, selection:
Jieiice, a recruiting, levying; a levy.
(deligo.)
jdll-eo, 5vi, etum, gre, 2 v. a., (perf.
".part, sometimes delltus,) lo blot out,
' efface ; to destroy, ruin, overthrow.
^biiber-o. avl, atum, are, 1 V. a., to
weigh well, think over carnally, deliber-
ate; take counsd, consult (especiiilly an
oracle.) (de, and libro, to weigh, balance. )
delict-um, i, n., a shortcoming, siu of
omission; a fault, crime. (Fiom peif.
part, of dellnquo.)
fi.ellg-0, delcK-i, delect-um, del!K-5re,
3 V. a., to pick nut, clwose, telect ; gather.
(de, 16ko.)
4«ng-0, avi, atum, fire, I v. a, to bind
down, fatten, tie, make fast, (de, 11' ^)
<tlelit-eO, ere, 2 v. n., to lie hid, lurk.
<See next word.)
delxtesc-0, dentu-l, d51Itcsc-?re, 3 V. n.
ji'Cfp., to lie hid, lurk; to hide one's
tfl/. skulk, (duj lilt CO.)
Delph-i, oruin, m., Delphi, now Ca«frl, a
town in riiocli*, (Greece,) famed for the
tcini»le and oracle of Apollo.
delphin, t"clpliln-ii\ m., a dolphin ; also
a constellation, the Dolphin: ace. del-
phina, abl. e: pi. noni. es, ace. as, gen.
um. {StKif)!*')
delpMn-U8, i, m., « dolphin.
deiabr-Um, l, n., >t shrine, temple, sacred
place. (Ktymo'ogy doubtful. Said to
contain the "»tem of lu-o, to wash, purify.)
d5me88-U8, a, am, perf. part of demeto.
demSt-O, dCmessu-l, demess-um, dSmet-
6ie, 3 V. a., to cut down, reap, mow ; cut
off. (de, moto, lo reap.)
Demetri-U8, i, m., Demetrius, called
Phalereus, an Athenian, who ruled
Athens for Cassaiulei, king of Mace-
doj V for ten years.
demit$i3tic, dCmigratlOn-U, f., « change
of residence, migration emigration.
(damlgro,)
demigr-0, avl, atum, ?'e, I v. n., to
change residenct , remove from, emi-
grate, (de, ir.lgro.)
deminu-0, l, (u)tum, <>re, 3 V. a., to take
away from (so as to lessen), to lessen,
mrJce smaller, diminish, (de, niinuo,
from minus.)
demiSB-U8, a, um, perf. part, of demltto,
generally used a» an adj., cast down ;
hanging down; low-lying, (applied to
placea;) sunken; dispirited; humble;
descended from.
demitt-0, demls-l, demlss-um, demitt-
Cre, 3 V. a., tohnnddown, senddown (into
a lower part;) drop, let sink. (de,mitto.>
demonstr-o, fivi, atum, rue, i v. a., to
point out, indicate; state dearly, de-
scribe; prove, (ie, monstro.)
demuin, adv., at length, at last. It is
very often preceded by nunc, turn,
jam, Ac: as. Turn demum, then at
length, or then indeed — C-ms. B. G.,
1., 17. (Stems to contain the same
root as denique, donee, tan-dem, Ac.)
donlg-O, avl, atum, are, 1 V. a, to say
No; deny; r^use-. decline, reject, (dc,
nego.)
den-i, f"^ a, distvib. num., ten each; bii
tens. Je-ni, for dec-:ii [dec-em], like
bi-ni, ter-ni, «fec.)
denique, adv., at length, at last, in fine,
lastly; and then; thereupon. (Set
(Ic.iiuin.)
dens, dunl-is, m., a tooth: hence, anv-
tL'H
\
\.
'.^ -
VOCABULVRy.
*■■;"« "'"I""' like a tooti,. „,, a,, fluke }
(ofnnHnchor); the tooth ioi\ ux/)r ^
dens-US, a, um, clostly vacied together
dene T rdr*? f ° '■"""^^' ^"'^^- ''^^'^*
deter, dmuade. (do, pell,..) ^^•
depgr-fio, il,Iro,4v.n., <oV .„r«,V,.
p.mA,^«fo,<. «le,pereo.) '
•'le, d V. a., to represent by paintina
rtlS?' '" '""^^^ ^^ -'S
depierat-us, a, um. perf. part, of de-
P Ion. ,cept over, leu^aikd, deplond;
ffiven vr as lost. '
"Sir" '''^•'"'«'- «"«*'•
^'IvVl '??•■";•'• •^*^P««"-»"'. 'ITOn-
o^nrfe; *;,o«r.. intruu to,- lay do^n,
le ^jt.e up, resign, ^pono.) '
dep6pu. t-US, a, um, perf. part, of fol
lov^'nK. but used n8 perf. part o d,
VovnXo p,,r,dered, ravaged ^"
depwpul-or, atas, an, i v. a. den to
ravage, lay waste, plunder, spoU^"Je
strop, (de, populor.) ^ ' ^
deport-O, avl, atum, are, 1 V. a, to carry
oeprecator, deprCcator-is, m., «« ,>.«;..
cessor one who plea.is for anomeTl
aoprec-or, atus, arl, l v. a. dep., to vrai
,.ri-X-SrSrF
a.so.^.co,«p.eVnrf,^,,,,,. We. pre
dlSul"!? !' °°".*'-«^'«d for deprehendo,
aepugn-o avi, atum, a-e, i v. „ to
depuiUs:i!r;pe^p™ipe„„
aerog-o, avi, gtum, are, l v 11 Hfn-
al y. to repeal pari of all: l^e'n " L"
descend-O; i, desceai-um, descend-Sre,
291
3 V. n., lltcially. to eltmb down : hence
t'^ ^ome or j,o rfo,«,, descent ,t„k to
condescend to. (de, ,c«ndo.) ' '"
desciac-o, dcscv-l, or ll, de^cltum. des-
,r','*f".- *-i"«m,- describe; M
f/r, dtv,de al'ot. (de,«crlb«.)
desgr-0, ul, tun,. Crc, 3 V. a., literallv
d:;:ilT IT""' '' ''''^' "^^^i
aesert ; fatl. (de, sero.)
dSsertor, dosertOr-ln. m., om who leav»
or abandons, :, deserter! j^gi!::: 'Z'
deserUs, a, um, ,,,rf. part, of dcsero
desiuer-o, avf, atum, aro, i v. a. to
longjor, yearn ^fter, wish: l,e„ce' to
/eel the want of, nnss: in pr , To i.
hence. m«,«„e„. „,,^ ,.^/ '^
design-o, avi, atum, are, 1 V. a (0 mar
appoint, (do, signo.) "^ '
C-asil-io ui. desult-um, dCsII-ire, 4 v n
P;^-P^own,- descend,, disernbak ide.'
sln.ere3v.a.andn., lltorallj.,,;"",
*m • hence, ^<,te,«fc„,,i;;^fj.'
abandon; put an en,t t^ •'^'
(de. sino.) '^ '"• "''^^' ^'''i'-
desist-o, destIt-1. amit.um, .mst-Be
aesol-o, avi, atum, are, 1 v „ ,.„ L ...
from solus, afene.) ^ ^' ""'^ ''''°>
desper-O, avi. atum. are. l v n and „
I'^^^PrivedofhopetoVhopls-'
'ogtve«p, despair, (de, spero.) '
dudam, despise. (Stem spec- as in T
con-spic-io, spec-to, spec-ies, 1;..^
&
jr
TV
292
VOCABULARY.
"m
w
destttft-Oj, (mtnni, Pre. 3 v. a., to set
down: lietice, to leav forsake, aban-
don; desist from, (dc, otatuo.)
destrict-US, a, nm, pcrf. part, of dc-
stvinK'o, drawn forth; (of a sword, Ac.,)
unsheathed.
destring-0, dcstrlnx-i, destrlct-um,
de8trinK-6re, 3 v. a., to strip off (as,
e.g.. leaves from a twig;) to rub down;
pull out, unsheathe, (de, striiiRO.)
desum, dcfni, deesse, v. n. ineR., to be
away, be absent, or amissing; to fail in
one's dutu ; desert, (de, sum.)
desuper, adv., from above, (de, super.
Fr. dessus.)
deteri-or, or, ns, gen. dctcrlor-is
(comp. of old adj., deterus, from de,)
lower, inferior; worse; poorer.
deterr-eo, ui, Uum, eve, 3 v. a., to
frighten away from; deter, prevent;
ward off. (de, terreo.) ^
detrai-0, dCtnix-i, dctract-um, deUali-
ere, 3 v. a., to draw down or off; take
down or away ; diminish, detract, (de,
tvalio.)
detriment-um, i, n., a rubbing off:
hence, damage, loss, detriment; defeat.
(detero.)
Deucalion, Doucallon-is, m., Deucalion.
son of Prometheus, and husband of ,
Pyrrha.
de-US, i, m., a god, a deity. In the sing. I
the voc. is almost always deus; and m
the pi. the fonns -'ei, dii, and di occur
for the nom.; a ..1 dels, diis, and dis
for the dat. and abl. (^eos; Vr. dieu.)
deveh-0, devex-l, devect-um, dcvSh-Sre,
3 V. a:, to carry doicn or away; take
awav, convey, (do, veho.)
devinC-io, devinx-i, devinct-um, de-
vinc-ire, 4 v. a., to bind down, tie, fas-
ten; bind together; confine, restrict;
put tinder an obligation; overcome, (de,
vincio.)
devinC-0, d5vic-l, devict-um, dovmc-
6re, 3 v. a., to subdue entirely, conquer,
overcome, (de, vinco.)
devor-O, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to gulp
down, devour, swallow greedily ; engulf;
absorb, (de, voro.)
devotiO, d5voti5n-is, f , a devoting, set-
ting apart, or consecrating: hence,
cursing, mcraiii!/ — i.e., devoting to
the inferaal gods- a curse, (devoveo.)
d5vnv-eo, dcvov-i, devot-um, d'-vSv-
cre.
•2 V. a , to vow; devote, set apu,
dicnte; curse, e.recrate. See deTotlo.
(dc, voveo.)
dexter, dextgr-a, do.xtgr-um, usually
syncopated into dcxtra and dextrum,
on the right side, right : hen^-e, (from
the mode of taking auguries,) favour-
Cible, luck)/, propitious; suitable; Iso,
skilful, handy, dexterous. Comp. dex-
terior; superl. dextimus. (Se^'o?.)
dextSr-a,or dextr-a, ae, f, (I.e., manus,)
the righi, hand: hence the phrase, A
dcxtra, on the right.
Dian-a, ae, f., Diana, daughter of Jupi-
ter and Latona; goddess of liunLing
and of woods. She ruled the niglu,
under the name of Luna. In the
lower regions she was known as
Hecate. (1 or i.)
dicio. See ditio.
diC-0, dix-i, dict-um, dic-ere, 3 v. a., to
point out: hence, to say, tell, declare,
relate, describe; name, nominate, ap-
point. (.C^. S«i«-wMi, dig-itus, in-dic- •
are; Fr. dire.)
dlC-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to dedicate
devote, comecrate; make over to; ap-
propriate. (Etymology doubtful.)
dictator, dictator-is, m., a dictator,—
i.e., an extraordinary magistrate pos-
sessing supreme power, (dicto, freq.
from dico.)
dictiO, diction-is, f., literally, a saying or
speaking: hence, a pleading or defend-
ing; a speech, (dico.)
dict-um, i, n., a saying, word; com-
mand, (dico.)
didici, perf ind. of disco, -which see.
dies, diei, m. or f. in sing., in pi. m., a
day (in all senses); day-light; time
(generally) ; a period of time.
differ-0, distai-i, dllat-um, diffcr-rc,
V. a. ana n. irrcf , to carry in different
directions: hence, to scatter, spread
abroad, publish; put asunder; put off,
protract: n., be different, differ, (di,
difficil-is, is, e, (comp. difflcilior,
superl. difflcillimus), difficult, trouble-
some; hard to manage, obstinate; hard
to please, (dis, facilis.)
difficultas, diff)cuUat-is, f., difficulty;
hardship, distress, (dilllcul is tlic old
form of difflcilis.)
diffid-0, diffisus (sum), diffidcrc, 3 v
n. scmi-dep., to have no faith in, bt dis
trwifid if; aespa-ir. fdia, tido.)
de
diffug-io, (lifruff.f, climifr-Cre, 3 V n to
flee m different directions; to disperse,
scatter. (,lis, fugio.) '
diflfund-o, ciiffud-i, diffas-um, dimma-
i^i-e, 3 V. a., to pour forth; scatter
spread abroad, (dis, fiindo.)
dlgmtas, difriiltat-is, f., worthiness,
u-orth, merit; dignity; grandeur; rank-
crcellence; splendour, (digniis.)
aign-us, a, urn, worthy; suitable, be-
coming. (Stem die, as in-dico, dig-
itus, Ac.) ' ^
diligens, dillgent-ls. part. pres. of
C iffo, and adj., loving (one's M-ork);
Migeni, attentive.
dillgenter, adv.. earnestly, diligently,
assiduously; carefully, (diligens.)
(llllgentl-a, ae, f., earnestness, diligence,
dlhgentius, adv., compar. of diligenter,
more earnestly, &c. b^^i-oi,
dillg-O, dilex-i, di!ect-um, dillg-gre,
•^ V. a., iterally, to choose apart from
Jove, (dis, lego.)
dimxc-o, avi (or ui), atum, are, 1 v a
literally, to brandish armour (or miikc
<iV"mm glitter by brandishing) on both
sues: hence, to fight, contend, struggle
(dis, mico.) "
dJSi-'"™' '' "•' "'' '''"'^ (dlmidius.)
aimidl-US,a, um, literally, by ov through
aimitt-0, dimls-i, dimiss-um, dlmitt-
ti''e, 3 V. a., to send in different direc-
tions: hancc, to dismiss, send away; let
go, release; abandon, give up. aiis
Dindym-a, orum, n. pi., (orDindym-us
> m.) Afount Dindymiis, in Jlysia.
i)_irc-e, es, f., Dirce, a fo.mtain in Boeofia,
ttirect-US, a, um, perf. part, of dirigo
mu'l, straight, straight; level; steep, Ac!
ding-o, dlrex-i, direet-nm, dlilglen.^
■i V. a. to make straight, put in a straight
fe, (as, e.g., troops in battle;) to
<Jm, set in order, guide, (dis, rego.)
'unm-o, dlrcm-i, dirempt-um, dlilrn-
i-'ie, 6 V. a., to take asunder, separate
dmdejputancnd to; stop, interrupt.
Wir for dis, and emo. See adimo,
promo, &c.)
dirip-io, ui, direptum, dirTp-gre, 3 v a.
to tear asunder, or in pin-es; to ravaae.
Mr, tay wast,; carry ojf. (dis,'
VOCABULARY.
293
I
diS. an inseparable particle, moro usu-
alymtheshorterformdi. Jt mean",
(1) lefore verbs, asunder, apart, in
Vu^ces separate; (2) the opposite of
S"' rirrr^ ?'«^"-'- "> *-
Please, (3) before at^'ectivfa, diffe-.
ence ov negation: as, Dissonus, ,/«.
co,^.^^On sound); Bissimili,«„«.,
dis, contracted for diis, dat. and abl. pi
ordeus. ^
'^'!!;J'" f '"• ^f"- '"'■^'' '^''J- fordlvos,
dlSCed-O, d.scess-i, discess-um, disced-
^it, rf V. n., to go asunder, separate; go
away, leave, depart, (dis, cedo.)
dxscern-0, discrev-i, discret-un , dis-
f:-;]-6^<^: 3 y. a., to separate, divide; I
distinguish (between); decide, Judge
(dis, cerno.) y»«</i..
disclplin-a, ae, f, learning, trainina
teaching: henee, knowledge, scZ'e'^
Siuufr)^^'"''"''^'^'^^'^""-'^-"
dlSC-0 dullc-i, disc-Sre, 3 V. a., «, /,am
(by study); become acguainted wiZ
(Ougmal form, dic-sco, from root die
hee doc-eo.)
discrimen, discrimln-is, n., that which
««,. a amrence, distinction
h^nce, an interval, division, separation;
a crisis, turning-point, (dis and cri^
same root as cer, in cerno, crin.en'
dasert-US, a, um, fluent (i„ speech)
pnent: hence, accomplished, elegJl
a-tymology doubtful. Some say Lm
' 'ssero, but dl- is short: othersf from
"s-undthestemofars, theabing
changed to e, as i„ in-ers, in-ert.i"t
-variously skilled, or accomplished,
^voujd. m that ease, be the palmary'
disjic-io, disjgc-i, disject-nm, dIsjic-Pve
ia'fuJ V^'''"' '" '^'■(^'''"'^ directions]
icatter, disperse; break in pieces, del
^troy. (dis. jucio.) '
dispal-or, runs, mi. i v. n. dep m
wander about, straggle, roam. l\i
and palor, <o !«««(/«•.) ^ ^
disp.ar, gen. dispar-is, adj., (see par)
unequal, unlike, different. ^ '^
dlsperg-0. dlspers-l, dispors-um. UI*.
/rfl-..
294
VOCABULARY.
I
perg-gre, 3 v. a., to scatter about, fling
here arid there,-^ duperse, distribute;
separate, ((lis, spaigo.)
dispers-US, a, um, peil part, of disper-
go, scattered, &c
displiC-eo, ui, Itum, ere, 2 v. n., to dis-
please, be offensive to. (dis, placeo.)
dispdn-O, dispOsfi-i, disp5slt-um, dis-
pon-ere, 3 v. a., to set or station in dif-
ferent places, (e.g., praesidia), distri-
bute; set in ordei', arrange, (dis,
pono.)
dispiit-O. avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to ex-
amine; reckon; discuss, (dis, puto.)
dissensio, dissensiOu-ls, f., difference of
opinion; disagreement, discord, (dis-
sentio.)
dissentiO, dissens-i, dissens-um, dis-
sent-ire, 4 V. n., to think differently;
disagree; dissent from, (dis, sentio.)
dissid'eo, dissed-i, dissess-um, dissld-
ere, 2 v. n., to sit apart: hence, to be
at enmity; disagree, be unlike, differ
from, (dis, sedeo.)
diBsil-io, ui, ire, 4 y. n., to burst asunder
or open; split, (dis, salio.)
dissimil-is, is, e, unlike, dissimilar.
(See similis for comp. and superl.)
dissimilitud-O, disslmllltudiu-is, f.,
want of resemblance, unlikeness, differ-
ence, (dissiniilis.)
disslmul-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to
pretend what is not the case, dissemble;
hide, conceal, (dis, simulo.)
diss61ut-US, a, um, perf. part, of dis-
solvo, used as a simple ad,)., loose; re-
miss, careless ; licentious, dissolute.
dissolv-0, i, dissolut-uni, dissolv-ere,
3 V. a., to unloose, separate ; break up) ;
destroy, (dis, solvo.)
diS3Uad-eO, dissuas-i, dissuas-um, dis-
suad-cre, 2 v. a., to advise against, dis-
suade, (dis, suadeo.)
dist-0, are, 1 v. n., to stand apart, be
separate; be distant; diff'er. (dis, sto)
distribu-0, i, (rotum, Cre, 3 V. a., to
distribute, divide, apportion, -tssign.
(dis, tribuo.)
district-US, a, um, perf. part, of dis-
tringo, distracted (by many occupa-
tions) ; busily occupied, engaged.
distring-0, distrinx-i, distriut-um, dis-
tring-6re, 3 v. a., literally, to press
tiiihtly in different parts ; draw in dif-
ferent directions ; occupy, engage ; hinder.
(dlB, stringo.j
ditio, d!tlOn-is, f, (sometlmeB written
dicio,) sovereignty, authority, power,
rule, dominion. Used in gen., dat.,
ace., and abl. sing.
ditissim-US, a, um, superl. of dis, for
dives,— wliicli see.
dit-0, avi, atum, are. 1 v. a., to malt
rich, enrich, (dis, dit-is.)
diu, adv., a long time. (Old abl. of dies,
literally, by day.)
diurn-US, a, um, belonging to a day,
daily; by day. (dies. Cf.Fr. jour.)
diutissime, adv., superl. of diu, for a
very long time.
diutlUB, adv., longer. Compar. of diu.
diuturni-or, or, us, compar. of diuturn-
us, of longer duration, more lengthened.
diuturnit-as, diutumitat-is, f., length
of time, long duration, (diuturnus.)
diuturn-US, a, um, of long duration,
lasting, (diu.)
divell-0, i, divuls-um, divell-6re, 3 v. a.,
to pull asunder, tear, rend, separate.
(dis, vello.)
divers-US, a, um, perf. part, of diverto,
turned in different uays; opposite; se-
parate, apart, by themselves; different,
unlike; made of contrasts.
dives, gen. divit-is, adj., (see dis, dite,
gen. dit-is,) rich: also, valuable, splen-
did. The nom. and ace. pi. n. are not
found. Compar. divitior (shortened
form, ditior), and superl. dlvitissimus
(sliortened form, ditissimus). Thouglit
to contain the same root as div-us,
deus.)
Divico, Divic6n-i8, m., Divico, a Helve-
tian cliief.
divid-0, divls-i, divis-um, divTd-6re,
3 v. a., to separate (into parts), divide;
distribute, assign (to each of a number);
to keep (two tilings) separate; form a
boundary; divide, (dis, and tlie root
vid, which appears in vidu-us, bereft of,
and in vid-eo, to separate between, dis-
tinguish, see.)
divin-US, a, um, belonging to a deity,
divine, (divus.)
diviS-US, a, um, perf. part, of divide,
divided, separated, &c.
Divitiac-US,. l, m., Divitiacus, chief of
the Aedui at the time of the Gallic
war. His brother was Dumuorix.
diviti-ae, arum, f. pi., riches, wealth.
(dives.)
div-us, a, um, divine: usually as a
VOCABULARY.
295
subsf.,, a deity, god. (Same root as
deus.)
do, dC(l-i, dat-um, d-Rre, 1 v. a. : First,
to put, or place,— &» in tlie plnase!
Dare in fugam. Secondly, to give,
bestow, grant, affcrd; offer. (Gr. fio-,
stemofSifiwMi. Cf do-num.)
ttOC-eO, ui, turn, ere, 2 v. a., to teach, in^
struct, inform; tell, relate. (Hoot doc,
or die, as in dic-o; so tliat tlie primary
meaning is, to point oat.)
doctor, doctOr-is, ni., one who teaches, a
Jeacher, instructor, (doceo.)
document-um, i, n., a lesson, example,
warning ; a proof, specimen, (doceo. ) '
aol-30, ui, Itum, ere, 2 v. n. and a., to feel
pam, ache; to grieve for, lament, be-
wail.
dolor, dSlOr-is, m., pam; grief sorrow.
dol-US, i, m., an artifice; guile, deceit,
fraud, treachery. (fioAos.)
domestic-US, a, um, belonging to the
house or family; domestic, household;
private: hence, of one's country, na-
tional; native; internal (as of war:)
as subst., in tlie pi., the member of a
household (whetlier of tlie family pro-
^per, or of slaves), (donius.)
domi, gen. of domus, but used as an
adv., at home; in one's own country; at
peace, (as opposed to belli onnilitiae.)
domicili-um, i. n., a house, domicile,
jibode, residence. (doiiiMs.)
domin-a, ae, f., an owner; a mistress (of
a household); a lady. (Hence, Ital.
donna, and other similar words in
Spanish, Frencli, and English.)
dominatio, domination-is, f., power
(imparted by ownership), authoritv,
rv.'.e; sovereignty; tyranny, (dominus.)
domin-us, i, m., the master of a house;
owner, possessor; master, lord, ruler.
(domus.)
domit-us, a, um, peif rart. of donio,
subdued, &c.
dom-o, ui, Itum, are, 1 v. a., to tame, sub-
due, conquer, overcome. (Cf. Safidu.)
dom-us, us, and i, f., a house, home; a
family; native country. (5o/noy. Fr.
dome.)
donee, conj., as long as; while; until.
Old form, donicuni. (Probably same
_stein as den-ique.)
don-O, avi, utum, are. 1 v. a., to present
•^ <i gift, bestow, grant, confer, (doii-
uni.)
don-um, l, n., a gift, present, (do Cf.
6(o/jo^.)
Doris, Dorld-is, f., Dm-is, a daughter of
Oceanus, wife of Kerens, and the
_mother of fifty sea-nymplis.
dOS, dot-is, f., a marriage portion,
dowry: a gift, endowment, (do. Cf.
SotriT.)
Druid-es, um, m.. (or Dniid-ae, arum,)
the Druids, jiriests of the Gauls and
Britons.
Dub-is, is, m., tne Duhit, a river of Gaul,
^now called Doubs.
dubitatio, dubitatlCn-is, f, uncertainty,
wavering, hesitation, doubt, (dubito.)
dubit-o, avi, atum, are, 1 v. n. and a., to
[ be in uncertainty, to hesitate, waver,
doubt, (dubius.)
dubi-um, l, n. of dubius, sometimes
used substantively: as. Esse in dublo.
to be in doubt; Sine dubio, without
doubt.
dubi-US, a, um, wavering, fluctuating;
doubtful, uncertain; irresolute, unde-
cided; dangerous; critical, (duo.)
ducent-i, ae. a, ttm hundred. (duo
centum.) '
duc-O, dux-i, duct-um, duc-6ie, 3 v. a.,
to lead, conduct, guide; draw; con-
struct (e.g., Jluruni et fossam, a wall
and a ditch); lead on, entice; reckon,
consider, think ; protract, .tc. : Ducere
uxorem, to marry a wife.
dulc-is, is, e, sweet, pleasant, agreeable,
charming; dear.
dum, conj., whilst; so long as; until-
provided that.
Dumnorix, DumnSrtg-is, m., Dum-
foria;, an Aeduan chief,
du-6,^ae, o, num. adj., two.
duodecim, num. adj., indecl., twelce.
(duo, decem.)
duplex, gen. dupllc-is, adj., twofold,
double, (duo, and plec, or plic, root ot
piico, to fold.)
duplic-O, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to make
twofold, to double, add as many again.
(duplex.) ' ,
duriti-a, ae, f., hardness; hardship; ■
austerity (in U\iuii.) (durus.)
duriti-es, ei, f., hardness, &c. (Seo
duritia.)
dflr-O, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a. and n., to
ma.:t'. .'.ard, hanen; make hardy, inurr :
»., to be hard; be /lardened or inured ^
to; last, endure. i-l::.at,,\
jr.
.r.>
>Sati
296
VOCABULARY.
dCir-US, n, um, hard; hnrsh, rtuk, stem,
nnfteliiiij ; IrotMcsome; hard to bear.
Dur-U3, i, in., Durus. \il. Lahcritis), a
Uoniun trihuiio.
dux, dric-is, m. or f, a Uadcr, guide;
coininand-er (of tvoovs). Saiiio atom as
in duco, but the quantity dilTciu
E.
«,
i I !
e, prop, with al>l., out of; fi'om; sitiee;
after, c Is usiul only bclori' conson-
ants, ox l)i!t'oie vowt'ls. The more com-
mon form, even before consonants, is
ex,— wliich see.
gbur, 6l)5r-is, n., irorij; am/thing made
of ivory, (us a statue, a pipe, a scub-
hard.)
ecco, interj., lo ! behold! see here!
ecqui, ecquao, or ccqua, ecquid, Interrog.
pron., any; if any.
ecquis, ecquid, interrog. pron., anythingf
docs (inii one? what (ec, from ecce,
and quis.)
edisC-0, edtdlp-l, eilisc-Cre, 3 v. a., to
Uwni thoroughly, learn by heart, (c,
disco.)
edo, edi, esum, ed-erc, 3 v. a., to eat,
consume. Pres. contracted, edis into
f s, edit into est, Ac.
ed-0, Tdi, itum, Cre, 3 v. a., to give
forth, emit; publish, proclaim; briny
forth, bear, produce, (e, do.)
eduC-O, eduxi, eductum, educ-Rre, 3 v.
a., to lead forth or out; to march out
(tmops). (e, duco.)
eduC-0, avi, atnin, are, 1 v. a., to bring
out (tlie quMliries, bodily or mental):
licnce, to lirinij up (a cliild), train, edu-
cate; nurture, (educeve.)
effiig-io, effilK-i, effrig-Uum, eTug-ere,
3 V. n. and a., to Jlec away from, escape,
elude, (e, fugio.)
effulg-eo, effulsi, effu1g-5re, 2 v. n., to
shine, forth, gleam, glitter, (e, fulgeo.)
effund-0, er.ull, ctTusum, elTund-'Crc,
3 V. a,, to pour forth or out ; shed, dis-
charge; bring nrth, produce; lavish,
squander: in a i ■ tlective sense, to pour
or gush forth (ii> a river.)
effus-US, a, um, perf. part, of effundo,
poured forth; spread abroad: lience,
wide, e.rtensive: (of hair,) dishevelled.
eg-eo, ul, ere, 2 t. a. and ii., to be in need,
be destitute of, be poor, be witliout;
want (in tlic sense of wish for).
egestas, (5gestnt is, f., need, poverty,
want, destitution, (egeo.)
ego, mei, 1 pers. pron., /; pi. nos, we.
egredior, egressus, C- rCd-i, 3 V. n. and a.
dep., to go forth ci- out • march out, (of
troops;) disembark (from a ship;) go
beyond, leave, pass bounds, exceed; go
up, climb, ascend, (e, gradior.)
egregie, adv., in an eminent manner;
notably, conspicuously ; exceedingly.
(ogregius.)
egregi-U8, a, um, out of the (common)
/icrd; extraordinary, conspicuous, not-
able; excellent, (e, grex.)
I eifect-US, a, um, perf. part, of efflcio, egress-US, a, um, perf. part, of egredior,,
workc({ out, completed, Ji'iished.
effemin-O, avi, atum. are, 1 v. a., to
make a woman of, geminate; enervate.
(e. fomina.)
effero, extrdi, elatum, elTerre, 3 v. a.
irreg, lo bring out, carry forth; carry
out for burial; bury; divulge, publish;
raise ; crtol. (e, fero.)
efficio, elTeci, cffectum, efflcgre, 3 v. a.,
to work out, cvecuie, accomplish ; cause,
bring ahout; take care that: Ktflccre
cliisseni, to equip a fleet, (e, facio.)
effl-0, avi, atum, are, I v. a., to blow or
breathe forth : EtHare animam, to ex-
pire, die.
efiod-io, effodl, effossum, elfOd-Cre,
8 V. a., to dig •<p or out. (e, fodlo.)
having gone out, &c
egress-US, as, m., a cjoingout, departure;
di.<iembarkation, landing, (egredior.)
ejacul-or, atus, ari, l v. dep., to shoot
out; liurlout. (e, jacnior.)
ejectat-US, a, um, perf. part, of ejccto,
Hung out ; throicn up.
eject-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a. frcq., to
fling out or up; liurl up; belch fortlu
(ejicio.)
eject-US, a, um, perf. part, of ejicio,
thrown out.
ejicio, ejeci, cject-um, ejTc-gre, 3 v. a.,
to throw or cast out, expel; banis/i. (e,
jacio.)
elabor, elapsus, elabl, 3 V. n, dep., io
escape from, avoid, (e, labor.)
VOCAHl.LAItY.
§|apB-US, a, nm, pRvf. part, of elabor.
elat-us, a, 111.1, ]KMf. part, of effero,
nirriedout; buried, &c.
elegans, gun. elcKant-JH, &(\}., fastidious ;
lii.rnriom; choice, taxteful, elegant.
(Said to be anotlier form of eligen.s
^ from ('li^.rc, to citoost out.) '
f'leinent-a, onnii, n. pi., elements, first
tjrun-ijiles; Imjiiiniiujs.
eloniCnt-um, i, n., an element. Sing, of
l'i-"'<'tlinK, wliidi is 11,010 coiuiiioii
^ (Klyiiiology (loiil)tfiil.)
elephant-US, i, m,, an dephm.t.
e'ephas, olOplunt-is, ,«., «« ci-ohant;
elig-O, elGg.l, clcctum. ells-ere, 3 v. a,,
{" /'/(■/■ out, choose, select, (e, lego.)
ths, Klid-is, (or 08,) f., AVw, a district of
tlie Pcloponnese: ucc. Eiin, or Kli-
dciii.
297
eloquenti-a, ac, f, the art of spcaMng-
clo</uence. (eloquor.)
emend-0, fui, ruu.n, are, l v. a., to free
JromjauUs; improve; correct, amend
(itiL'iulmn, a fault)
emIc-0, Hi, atmn, are. 1 v. n„ to spring
out m forth; rush; dart forth, or for-
_ irard. (o, niico, to move quickly )
emigr-0, avi, atmn, are, 1 v. n., to re-
move from, depart; emigrate. <q
nii«ro.) '
emin-US, ndv., at a distance; from afar
(e, nmims. It is opposed' to coni-
niiniis,— wlilch see.)
emitt-0, Omls-i, umiss-nm, eniitt-J^re
;iv a., to siml forth or out, despatch;
^ let Jail (e, niitto.)
eni-o, em-i, empt-um, em-f>ro, 3 v. a
to bun, purchase; gain over. Cllioorig-
_ mal meaning i.s, to take or receive.)
en, inteij., lo! behold! see!
enim, conj., (used to introduce a reason
01- pniof,) the reason is, for, for in-
stance; (to strengtlien an assertion,)
^ indeed, to be sure, certainly.
eniravero, adv., in very truth, indeed,
_ vndouhtcdly. (enim, vero.)
enit-or, Onls-us, or enix-us, unlt-i
3. V. n. and a. dep., to struggle out o:'
upwards; climb,ascend; exert one's sef-
struggle, strive; a., bring forth, bear.
(e, nitor.)
ens-is, is. m., a sword.
enumer-0, avi, ntum, are, l v. a to
count out or up, reckon; relate, \di.
(e, numero.)
enunti-0, avi, atum, Hro, (or ennncio,)
1 V. a., to tell publicly, disclose, declare
^ announce, (e, nuntio.)
eo, ivi, or ii, Ttum, ire, 4 v. n. Irreg., to
go, (of all Itinds of motion; as, to walk,
ride, drive, sail, &c.) Tlie stem of eo
is i, wliicii becomes e before the vowels
a, 0, and u: as, earn (not iam), eo (not
i'>), eunt (not itint). In tlio passive
voice it is inci) impersonally : as, Itiir,
it is gone.-\.o., men go; Itiim est, &c!
Infin. pass., iri: as in amatum iri, kc-
^_tuin iri, &c.
eo, adv., (old abl. or dat. [for eiil] of is,
ea, id,) in this (place or thing); to this,
thttlier; to this degree, to such a pitch;
on this account, therefore. It often
stands as the correlative of quo, thus:
quo -eo, by how much-by so much ; or]
in what ])roportion~in that proporlioti,
O.O., in proportion as ;) or, the more-
the more.
Sodem, adv., (old abl. or dat. of idem ^
in the same (pliue, thing, way, maniie;',
*c.); to the s.ime (place, Ac); to the
same position, ^loint, or degree. (.See
note, Caes. R. C-., 1., H, 12.) Some
take eodem for co ndem, an old form of
_tlie accus. of idem.
E6-US, 1, m., Eou.i, one of the hor.ses of
the Sun-god; also, tlie Aforning Star:
as an adj., eo-us, a, um, belonging to the
viorning; eastern.
Ephes-U3, i, f., Ephesm, a great city of
Ionia, celebrated for its extensive com-
merce, and for a magnificent temple of
Diana.
ephor-us, i, m., an ephor, or chief ma-
gisljate (at Sparta).
Ephyr-e, os, or Epiiyr-a, ae, f., Ephyre,
anotjicr name for Corintli.
Epimeth-eus. ei, m., Epimetheu.,, son of
Japetus, and father of Pyrrha,
Epimeth-is, Idis, f., patronymic, daugh-
ter qf Epimetheus,- i.e., pynha.
epistol-a, ae, f., an epistle, letter, (im-
cttoAjj.)
epul-ae, arum, f., the heteroclite pi. of
the following.
epul-um, i, n., pi. epulae, f., a banquet,
^ /east ; sumptuous meal.
eques, Cqult-is, m., a horseman, rider-
a horse-soldier. In the sing., equfls. as
a collective nonn, means occnsionallv
a bodyofcavalru, or the bodi/of(\Uman)
knights or equites: the pi., equitcs, ia
^
...u..
298
VOCABULARY.
it
h
I
very often used of tlie Roman knights.
(eques.)
Squester, or equestr-is, is, e, belonging to
a horseman, to cavalry, or to the knights;
equestrian, (eques.)
equidem, adv., indeed, truly ; of course.
It is usually joined to nouns of tlie
first person. (ego, quideni ; or, ac-
cording to some, e intensivv;, and qui-
deni.)
equitat-U8, ns, m., literally, a riding:
hence, a body of horse-soldiers, cavalry.
(equito, to ride.)
equ-US, i, m., a horse.
£ratOStlien-es, is, m., Eratosthenes (of
Cyrenc), famed as an astrononicr, geo-
grapher, historian, grammarian, pliilo-
sopher, and poet. He was i)lacc'(l over
the celebrated library of Alexandria by
Ptolemy Eucrgetes. Born is.c. 27G;
died 19G.
erept-US, a, um, perf. part, of eripio,
snatched away, carried off; rescued,
&c.
£retri-a, ae, f., Eretria, chief city of
the island Etiboea (Negropont.)
erga, prep, with ace, (tui'ncd) towards;
opposite to, against; vilh reference to.
(Said to be for verga, from vergo, —
which see.)
ergo, adv., (sometimes ergo,) on account
of, (with genitive;) thenfore, accord-
ingly, hence, (in arjrument.)
£ridan-US, i, m., Eridanus—le, the Po
— a famous river of Italy.
erig-0, erex-i, erectum, erig-ere, 3 v. a.,
to set straight tip, erect; raise, Iniili;
raise one's self, rise, (e, ref o.)
erip-io, ui. crept-um, erip-Cre, '' v. a.,
to snatch away from, pluck from: nence,
deliver, rescue, free, (e, rapio.)
err-O, avi, stum, are, 1 v. n. and a., to
wander, roam ; to wander from the way,
stray ; mistake, err.
error, error-is, m., a wandering; a mis-
take, error; uncertainty, (erro.)
erud-io, ivi, or il, Uum, ire, 4 v. a.,
literally, to bring out of a rough state:
hence, to bring out (the faculties) ;
teach, educate, polish. (r\u\i%.)
erudit-US, a, um, perf. part, of erudio,
educated, taught, <&c.
eruiupo, eiQp-i, erupt-um, crump-Crc,
3 V. a. and n., to burst forth; cause to
burst: n., to break out; sally forth, (e,
rumpo.)
eruptio, eruptiOn-is, f., a bursting forth;
a sally, (e, rumpo.)
£rymanth-US, i, m., Erymanthm, the
name of a mountain in Arcadia, and
also of a river rising in the moun-
tain.
£ryx, Eryc-is, m., Eryx, a mountain on
the west coast of Sicily, celebrated for
a temple of Venus.
escend-0, i, escens-um, escend-8re, 3
V. n. and a, to climb up or out of; to
mount, ascend; embark, (e. scando.)
essedari-US, i, m., a fighter in a war-
chariot, (essedum.) See note on Caes.
B. G., iv. 24, 2, p. 224.
essed-uni,i, n., (very rarely essgd-a, ae.)
a tvar-chariot (with two wheels.) It
was used by the Gauls and Britons.
Tiie pi. form, cssed-a, ornm, is more
commonly found than the sing.
et, conj., and; and moreover: et— et,
both— and. After siinilis, par, idem,
itc, it is to be translated, as, than.
etiain, conj. and adv., and also, besides,
moreover; even; nay, even; (of time,)
as yet; still: Etiam at(iue etiani, again
and again, (et, jam.)
etiamuum, conj. and adv., even now,
even till now, yet, still; moreover.
etiamnunc, same as preceding.
Etruri-a, ae, f., Etruria, a province of
Italy; now Tuscany.
etsi, conj., even if, although, even though.
(et, si.)
Euboe-a, ae, f., Euboea, now Negro-
pont, an island dn the e.ist of Greece.
Eumen-es, is, m., Eumenes, king of
Pergamos (n.c. li)7-159), son and suc-
cessor of Attfilus I. Also another
Eumenes, one of the generals of Alex-
ander the Great, and governor of Cap-
padocia and other provinces of Asia
Minor; died n.c. 316.
Eumolpid-ae, iirum, m., the Eumol-
pidae, (i.e., descendants of Eumoliius,
who introduced the Eleusinian mys-
teries into A^^tica,) a family of priests
at Athens.
Euphrat-es, is, m., Euphrates, a famous
liver of Syria.
Europ-a, ae, (also Europ-e, es,) f,
Europe. Also, the daughter of Hint;
Agenor, and sister of Cadmus, the
Phoenician.
Eur5t-as, ae, m., h,:rotas, a river oi
Laconia; now V'asilipotaino.
VOCABULARY.
Eur-US, I, m., Rur)is,~\.e., the south-east
vniiil ; the east.
Eurybiad-es, is, m., Eurybiades, com-
mander of the Lacedemonian forces
_ at the battle of Salamis.
evad-O, evas-i, evas-um, evad-Cre, 3 v. n.
and a., to go forth or tip; escape, (e
Viido.) '
evanesC-O, cvSnui, Cvanesc-Crc, 3 v. ii.
incept., to mimh from sight, disap-
pear, (\aiiesco, to pass auai/; from
Viinus.)
OVeh-0, evex-i, evect-um, evCh-orc, 3 v.
299
s., to can-y out or up; raise, exalt; ex-
tol: in a reflective sense, to ride msail
_ forth, (e, velio.)
evell-0, i, (or evulsi,) evuls-um, evell-
Cre, 3 V. a., to pluck out ov off; tear out.
(e, vello.)
even-io, (e)i, turn, ire, 4 V. n., to come
_ out; come to pass, happen, (e, venio.)
event-US, us, m., an event, occurrence;
usue; fate, lot. (evenio.)
evit-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to shun,
avoid, (e, vito.)
ev6c-0, avi, fituni, are, 1 v. n„ to call
_ .forth, stiinmon. (e, voco.)
ev61-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. n., to fly forth;
rush forth, sally, (e, volo.)
ex, prep, witii abl., (used before vowels
and consonants; e only before conson-
ants,) oe/< o/,/rom,- off; from out of;
(of time,) from, since, aftei; (Diem ex
die, day after day;) immediately after.
Since it indicates the pla.-e from which
an action originates, it comes to mean
at, in, on: as. Ex equis colloqui, to hold
a conference on horseback; Ex aequo, on
a par; ^x \m\,Ym'\so, on a sudden ; Ex
usu, of advantage. It also means, in
conformity with: as, Ex Uteris Caesaris,
ex senatus consulto. Also, by reason,
because of: as. Ex acre alieno, because
of (in consequence of) debt.
exact-US, a, um, pcrf. part, of exigo,
done thoroughly, finished, completed;
polished; exact, accurate.
exadversum, or exadversus, adv. and
prep., over against, opposite.
exagit-0, avi, atum, are, 1 V. a. freq., to
drive out often, or vigorously ; stir np,
rouse; harass, torment, (ex, agito.)
examin-0, avi, atum, are, l v. a., to
weigh ; acOust. (Examen, the tongue of
« balance.)
Oxanim-0, avi, atu.n, are, 1 V. a., to
deprive of life, km, put to death; ex.
haust; terrify, (exanlmis, fioni ex.
aninia.)
exaud-io, Ivi, Itum, ire, 4 V. a., to
hear distinctly ; attend to, regard, (ex
audio.) '
exced-0, excessi, exccssum, exci3d-6re,
3 v. n. and a., to go out or aivay, de-
part ; retire, withdraw : a., go beyond,
exceed; transgress, (ex, cedo.)
excellens, excelknt-is, part, of excello,
and iu]j., raised up ; high; su/passing,
disluiguislied, excellent.
excell-0, ul, (excelsum,) exceli-Cre, 3
V. a. and n., to raise above, exalt: n.,
raise one's self rise; be emineut, sur-
pass. (No simple verb cello, but cf.
antecello, pcrcello.)
excels-US, a, um, perf. part, of excello,
high, lofty, towering.
except-US, a, um, perf. part, of excipio,
taken out of excepted, &c.
excid-0, i, ere, 3 v. n., to fall out, or
dcicn, ov from; to slip out (unawares\;
to fail in; perish, (ex, cado.)
exc-io, ivi, or ii, Itum, or itum, ire, 4 v.
a., to bring forth; call forth, summon;
excitej cause, (ex, cieo, or cio.)
excip-io, excel)!, exceptum, excIp-Cre,
3 V. a., to take out or aicay (from
others); e.Tcept; take up in succession;
capture; receive; await, (Caes. B. G., i.,
5'^, 9 ;) attend, listen to. (ex, capio.) '
excIt-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a. freq., to
rouse up, excite; kindle or stir up; call
out (hastily or earnestly.) (excio.)
exclud-0, exclQs-i, exclus-um, exolud-
Sie, 3 v. a., to shut out, exclude; drir,-.
out; remove, (ex, claudo.)
exc6git-o, avi, atum, a.e, l v. a., to
think out, or thoroughly; ponder, con-
sider carefully, reflect, meditate: lience,
devise, invent, (ex, cogito.)
excruc-io, avi, atum, are, 1 V. a., to tor.
ment, torture, (ex, crucio.)
excursio, excursion-is, f , a running out,
a sally; attack, inroad; expedition;
foray, (excurro.)
excus-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to re-
lieve from an accusation; excuse; offer
an apology for, plead an excuse, (ex,
causa. So accuse, from ad, causa, to
lay blame on one, accuse.)
exempl-um, i, n., « specimen, samvle •
model, type; copy; instance. (Jity-
mology doubtful. Some think the
..M.
if
300
VOOABULAItY
Hi
I
word comes frnm pxiino; and otticrs,
from ox iiiid tho iidj. ainiiliis, a tiling
'^ taken out" of many, or from ^^oitt of
a U(rge supply.")
exeo, fxivl, or exil, exTtum, oxiro, 4 v.
II. irrcK., to go out or forth, depart,
leave; (of time,) pass, expire, (ex,
0(1.)
exerc-eo, nl. Itiun, nre, 2 V. a,, to ex-
ercise, prarlise, train, drill; harafu;
me, employ, ((-x, and arceo, implyini;
reflraint and compulsion ; or, accovd-
iiii^ to otluM'.s, the stem is to be traced
to flu! Oro.'k epyoi', nwk.)
exei'citatio, exercTtrition-ls, f., exercise,
practice; skill, (exercito.)
exorcit-US, us, m., literally, exercise:
hence, fii;iiriitively, a bo-ly of men on
drill; an army, a host, (excrceo.)
exhauv-io, exlums-i, oxhaust-um, cx-
liaiir-Iro. 4 v. a., to draw out; empty,
drapi, exhaust, (ex, liamlo.)
exhaust-US, a, um, perf. part, of cx-
haiirio.
exhered-0, avi, iltnm, arc, 1 v. a, to
disinherit, (ex, lieres, an heir.)
exhorr-eo, ere, 2 v. n., to be horri-
fied ; be terrified, be frightened, (ex,
horreo.)
exhorresc-0, exlioiT-ui, exhorrcsc-i3re,
3 V. n. and :.. mcLpt., to tremble; shud-
der; lie terrified; a., dread; tremble.-at.
(ex, horresco.)
exig-0, cxei;!, exact-um, exTtr-Cre, 3 v.
a., to drive or lead out; banish; exact,
demand, require; conclude, finish, com-
plete, (ex, a^o.)
exTguitas, exiyiuitat is, f., smallness,
scantines.^, shortness, (exijjur.s.)
exif?U-US, a, uin, small, scanty, short,
tiny; delicate (in frame.) (From exigo,
like contiguus from contingo; or from
PilCO.)
existiniatio, existimatiOn-is, f,, a judg-
ing, judgment, opinion; 7'eputation ;
esteem, repute; honour, (cxi.stinio.)
exi.Stini-O, avi, atum, are, I v. a., to
judge, consider, suppose; esteem, (ex,
aestinio.)
existo. See exsisto.
sxit.i-um, i, n., destruction, ruin; inis-
cliiif; death, (exeo.)
exlt-US, us, m., agoing out, departure;
outlet, passage,- issue, event; death.
(exeo,)
2Xor-ior, jxort-us, esor-iri, 3 and 4 v.
n. (top., to rise out of ; arise; spring np;
appear, (ex, and orior,— whleli see.)
expalleSC-0, expall-ul, expalleac-ero,
3 V. n. dep., to become very pale; to
dread, (ex, paileseo.)
expatior. See cxspatior,
expectatiO. Sec exspectutio.
expecto. See exspeeto.
exped-io, ivl, Itum, iro, 4 V. B., liter-
ally, to di.ieutangle the feet : lienee, to
free, extricate, release; prepare, arrange;
vnrarel, unfold; e.r plain, (cx, jics.)
expedit, 3 siiu'-. j)re.s. indlc. of exp(Mli(),
used imiiersoiially, it is useful, adran-
tageou.t, e.rpedient.
expedltio, expedition-is, f., a (military)
e.rcursion, foray, innxul; euterpri.ie;
campaign, (expedio.)
expedit-US, a, um, perf. part, of ex-
pedio, also adj., released, set free; f re?,
of encumbrance, (as of baKK">;c ;)
lightly clothed, or armed: hence, active,
nimble: as subst., in pi., light armed
troops.
CXpell-0, expfd-i, expuls-um, cxpcll-Cre,
3 V. a., to drive out or away, expel,
banish, (ex, pello.)
expei'iens, Ken. experient-ls, pros. part,
of experior: also as an adj., experi-
enced, well-versed: hence, active, indus-
trious.
experior, expertus, c^pBr-iri, 4 v. a.
dep., to try, prove, put to the lest;
attempt. (The root is per, or peri, as
fiiund in peri-tus, peri-cidum, itc.)
explic-0, ttvi, or ui, iitum, or Itum, iire,
i V. a., to nnfold, tinravel, spread out;
set in order, arrange; explain, give an
account of, (as in Nep. llann., xiii. U!;)
(of an army,) to form in line, (ex,
plico.)
explorato:*, exploratiSr-is, m., one who
examines ov explores; a spy, scout, (ex-
ploro.)
0Xpl6r-0, iivi, atum, iire 1 v. a., to search
out; examine into, investif/ate ; spy out;
reconnoitre; make proof of, put to the
test, (ex, and ploro, which literally
means, to cry aloud.)
exp6n-0, expOs-ui, expSsU-um, cxpon-
Cre, 3 V. a., to set out, draw out in order;
put ashore (as men from a ship), land;
exhibit, explain, (ex, pono.)
expOSC-0, expoposc-i, expose-Cre, 3 v. a.,
/() beg earnestly, entreat, implore; de-
mand, (a person) to be given up (fur
VOCABULARY.
30]
lit
rtinlNhmfiMt), -ns In Nep. Them., vlll.,
18. (ex, posco.)
expSsIt-US, 0, urn, pcif. part of ex-
pono, e3:poscd: also iidj., open, access-
ible, fi-ee.
exprim-O, expiess-l, expicss-nm, ex-
prlin-Cro, 3 v. ii., lo press out; express;
imitate; describe, (ex, preino.)
expUjifn-0, ilvi, fitum. hvc, 1 V. n., lo take
by ussatdt, storm; capture; subdue, con-
quer, (ux, PURIIO.)
exquIr-0, exqulslvi, exqulRltum, ox-
fliilr-fire, 3 v. a., to search out ; inquire
into, ask ajter, investigate, (ex, quaoio.)
exquiSit-US, a, mil, pei-f. part, of ex-
quiio, sought out; choice, select, excel-
lent.
exsequi-ae, anim, f. pi., literally, the
fuUowing a corpse to the place of burial:
liLMicc, funeral obsequies; a funeral.
(fxsequor.)
exsequor, cxsgcutus, cxsGqu-i, 3 v. a.
dc])., to follow out to the end, follow up,
prosecute, perform, finish; follow after,
pin-sue. (ex, seqiior.)
exser-0, nl, turn, Cre, 3 v. a., to thrust
.forth, put out. (ex, sei'o.)
exsist-0, cx.stiti, exstlt-um, cxsist-Cre,
3 V. n., to step forth, stand out; pro.
trude; appear; arise, (ex, sisto.)
exspati-or, fuus, mi, i v. n. Uep., to
deviate from tlie course; extend, spread
out; diverge; roam at will. (ex,
.siiatior.) '
exapectatio, exspectrition-is, t:, a look-
iiig out for, awaiting, expecting; expected
turn, (ex, specto.)
5Xspect-0, Hvi, ntum, are, 1 v. a., tolook
out for, await, expect ; hope for. (ex
sjiecto.) '
exstinct-us, a, uni, perf. part, of cx-
stinguo.
exstinguo, cxsHnxi, fixstinctnm, ex-
gfliiKu-Cre, 3 v. a., to put or blot out;
extinguish, quench; destroy; abolish;
put to death, kill, (ex, tiffKuo.)
eXstO, ex.stare, 1 v. ii., to stand out, ..r
above; overtop; pr(yect; appear, bt ex-
tant, exist, (ex, sto.)
exstruct-U8, a, um, pert part, of ex-
struo.
exstru-0, xi, ctum, fire, 3 v. a., to pile
tip, build, raiie, construct, (ex, stnin.)
exsul, (or exiil,) ex.sul-i.s, m. or f, one
driven from his country; an exile. (On
the etymology, see coMSiil.)
exter, or exter-us, a, um, on the outside,
external; foreign, strange: comp. ex-
tCrlor; superl. extrcinus, or cxttinus.
(ex.)
ext8ri-or, or, us, comp. of exter.
extimesc-O, extlmul, extlmesc-Cro, 3 v.
n. and a., to be afraid of dread, (ex,
and the obsolete timesco.)
extra, prep, and ad*'., outside of, beyond,
without; except: adv., on the outside of,
without, (exterus. Said to be coni
tracted for extera, scil. arte.)
extrah-0, extraxi, extructnm, extrfth-
Si e, 3 V. a., to draw forth, drag out,
extract; protract, put off; waste, spend.
(ex, traho.)
extrem-us, a, um, suiierl. of exter,
(wliich see,) outermost, iitmosl, ^nost
remote or distant, last: Extrenmm
oppidum, a frontier town: Extreino
anno, in the end of the year,
exul. See exsul.
exur-0, exussi, exust-um, exfir-Src, 3 v.
a., to burn up, consume, destroy; dry
lip, parch, (ex, uio.)
exust-U3, a, um, pcif. part, of cxuio,
burned uo.
P.
faber. fabr-i
L, lau.-i, m., an artist or mechanic
(workhifr in iron, stone, .fee.) ; a car-
penter, smith: gen.pl. usually fabrum,
for fabroium. (facio.)
i"abi-us, i, m., Fabius, a Roman gentile
name.
fabric-or, atus, ari, i v. a. dep., (or
fabric-o, avi. Stum, jire, 1 v. a.,) to
fashion, frame, construct, make; forge;
bum. ffabrica, a work-shop.) |
fS,ci-es, el, f, make, ffytm, figure, shape;
appearance; face, features, countenance.
(faeio.)
^Cile, adv., easily, readily, without dim-
cully, (facilis.)
^Cil-is, is, e, easy to be done; easy ;
ready; quick; (of '.(impcr),easy of access'
afahle, good-natured (facio.)
facilius, adv., (n. comp. of faellis,) more
easily, more readily.
.U.^.
X
,.sai"as«:-'KaeSKr^"i
3U2
VOCABULARY.
Hi
m
I
f&ciinci?, adv., from fllcilllmus, supcrl.
of frtcllis, most easily, very ewiily.
f&cInUS, facln(5r-l.% ii., a thing done, a
deed, act: often In a, bad sense, an evil
de<d, crime, enormity, (facio )
f&Cio, feel, factum, fUc-ere, 3 v. a., to
do; make; act,per/orm; produce; Irring
to pau; render: pass, of faclo is flo,
factus, fieri.
faCtiO, factiOn-ls, f., a doing; making;
an organisation of men for accomplish-
ing something : hence, a party, faction,
class, (facio.)
ftlCi-um, 1, n., a thing done, a deed,
action, (facio.)
fact-US, r., um, perf. part of facio.
f&cultas, fivcultat-ls, f., power, ability,
means; opportunity; abundance, store:
in pi., riches, property, (facills, an old
form of which is facul; been also in
difflcultas'*
fag-ms, i, (or as,) f; a beech- tree.
ialern-US, a, um, Falernian,—i.e., be-
longing to the Falerii, in the north of
Campania : Falernus ager, t/te territory
of the Falerii.
fallax, gen. fallrtcis, adj-i deceitfid,
treacherous, (fallo.)
fallo, fCfelli, frtlsum, fall-Sre, 3 v. a.,
literally, to cause to fall: hence, to de-
ceive, mislead, beguile, cheat; to escape
notice, be hidden from: Fallere fldem,
to break one's word. (Cf. Greek
ff-4)d\\to; Germ, fallen; and our /ai/.)
falso, adv., falsely, erroneously.
fals-US, a, um, perf. part, of fallo : also
adj., false, treacherous, deceptive, spuri-
ous, pretended.
fam-a, ae, f., a saying, report, rumour,
public report; reputation, fame, honour.
(for, fari.)
fam-es, is, f., hunger, famine ; greedi-
ness.
famili-a, ae, f., the body of slaves at-
tached to a house ; a household establith-
ment, domettics, a family estate; a
family ; a sect, or brotherhood, (famul-
us, a man-servant.)
familiar-is, is, e, belonging to slaves,
to servants, to a homehold, or family;
familiar, intimate: Kes familiaris,
family property, patrimony, (familia.)
famiil-a, ae, f., a female slave or servant.
(famulus, which is said to be for fac-
niulus, from facio.)
fas. indccL n., divine law; that which is | window.
right, or lawful. (Etymology doubtful.
Some say from fari, that 'chich in
spoken : others, from an obsolete stem,
fa*, to bind, which occurs in fascia, a
bandage ; fascls, a bund>. or packet of
things bound together,
fastlgi-um, l, n., a slope: hence, the
slojnng part of a house,— \\7.., the gc.ble,
roof; the top, extremity, highest point;
dignity, rank, (fastlgo, Co slope.)
f&teor, fassus, fSt-6ri, a v. a. dcp., to con-
fess, own, acknowledge, (fari.)
iStldlo-US, a, um, fate-foretelling, pro-
phetic, (fatum, dico.)
fat-um, i, n., that which is spoken ; a pro-
phecy: honce, fate, destiny, lot. (fari.)
^t-US, a, um, perf. part, of for, *Aving
spoken.
fauo-es, ium, f. pi, (abl. sing., ftiuce—
poetic,) the gullet: hence, a narrow
pass, a defile,
Faustul-US, 1, m., Faustulus, the sncp-
herd who reared Romulus and Re-
mus.
faut-or, Oris, m., a favourer, patron,
countenancer. (contracted for favitor,
from faveo.)
fav-eo, fav-i, fautum, fav-erc, 2 v. n., to
be favourable to, favour, befrie.ui; ap-
plaud,
favill-a, ae, f., hot asjics; burning em-
bers ; live coal.
fellcitas, felicltat-is, t, fertility, produc-
tiveness; hapyiness; good luck, success.
(felix.)
feliClter, adv., abundantly; prosperous-
ly; favourably; happily; luckily, (fe-
lix.)
felix, gen. fcl!c-is, adj., fertile, fruitful;
of good otnen, favourable; happy; for-
tunate, successful, lucky. (The root is fe,
—from old verb feo, to produce,— (oMni
in fe-cundus, fe-mina, fo-tus, fe-niis;
and, with variation of vowel, in fuiaiid
fir)
femin-a, ae, f., a female (whether of the
human species or the lower animals);
a woman. (Root fc, as in felix.)
femine us, a, um, belonging to a woman,
womanly, feminine; womanish, effemi-
nate, (feniina.)
fenestr-a, ae, f., an opening to admit
light, a window; aperture. (From
Greek root <f>av, as in i^aiVoj, to give
light ; or from stem of vcn-tus, like our
VOCABULARY.
fenu«, renOr-ls, n., the produce of any-
thing; specially, the interest of money
««wy. UUwt fc, as In fflix.)
fer-a, ao, f., a wHd beast, a wild animal
(t'eni. of fcnig.)
ferax, Ken. fCiae-ls, »(«., beufing fruit ;
f rueful, fertile, (feio.)
fere, adv., almost, nearly, about; for the
"lost part; usually.
fSretr-um, i, n., that on which something
« carried; a litter; a bier, (fero.)
fer-io, Ire, 4v.^, to strike, beat, /knock;
jcouml; slay.
fer-0, tOJI, latum, feire, 3 v. a. Irreff., to
catry, briny, bear; sujfer, bear with;
bring forth, produce. (In the comuili-
ans es[jecially, there is a reduplicated
form of the perfect and Its derived
tenses,— tetuli, tetulisseni, Ac. Tuli
and tetuli are forms of tollo; latum is
said to be for tlatum, like tAcuo i
Creek.)
ferox, Ken. fjroc-is, adj , wild; bold
daring; spirited; haughty, insolent;
savage, fierce, blood-thirsty, (ferus.)
ferre-US, a, um, made of iron; iron
harsh, severe, (ferruin.)
ferr-um, i, n., iron; the sword.
fertll-is, is, 0. bearing fruit, fertile, pro-
ductive; rick (feio.)
fertilitas, ferttlltat-Is, f., productiveness,
feritlity, richness of soil, (fertilis.)
ler-US, a, um, wild; rude, uncivilized;
savage, ferocious, cruel, merciless.
lervens, gen. fervent-is, part, of ferveo
and adj., boiling; hot, glowing; butiiitio'-
impetuous.
ferv-eo, ferbui, ferv gre, 2 v. n (or
terv-o, i, 6re, 3,) to boil; glow, be hot;
rage, rave.
fervor, feivOr-is, m., violent heat; warmth
glow; passion, rage, (furveo.)
ress-US, a, um, iccirivd, tired, tvorn out
exhausted. (Used as part, of fatiscor
specially in the compounds,-as de-
fetiscor, defessus.)
fest-um, i, n., a holiday; a feast, festi-
ml. (festus.)
fest-US, a, um, relating to holidays; fes-
_ live, solemn, holy.
»5t-us, a, um, pregnant, breeding, fruit-
ful; one that has brought forth. (Root
_ te, as hi fellx.)
fet-US, lis, m., a bringing forth, bearing;
',o„ng. progeny, bruod. ojr.sprimj ■ „..,,-
''"tf. (tu, as ill felix.; ^ j
303
flctll-i«, Is, e, made of something plastic,
(as clay); shapev, formed; made of
elay; as subst., n., earthenware.
nc-US, i, and as, f., afig.tree; a fig.
ndel-lB, is, e, faitt^ful, trusty, sincere,
constant; sure, safe, (fides.)
nd-es, Ci, f., trust (in one;, confidence,
faith, beli^; faithfulness, honesty; u
promise, (fido.)
fid-O, fisus, fId-Cre, 3 v.n., seml-dep., to
trust, coiifide in. (Same stem as
neiOio.)
f iduci-a, ae, f , truU, confidence, reliance;
self-reliance, boldness, courage. (Hdo.)
rid-U8, a, um, trust-worthy, fait/^ful, to be
relied on ; sure, safe. (Hdo.)
rigO, fixi, nxuni, fig.Cre, 3 v. a., tc /as-
ten, fix; establish; transfix, pierce.
ngur-a, ae, f., a shape, figure, form;
^^Pecies; nature, (fig, ivot of fiuRo.)
Ull-a, ae, f., a daughter-: dat. and abL
pl., flliabus, or filiis. (filius.)
Illl-US, i. ill., a son; a child: voo. sinp.,
«li. (Perhaps same-root as fe, of felix.
flo, fui.)
filum, i, a., a thread; the thread of life;
« cord; the fillet of wool (on the cap of
a fiamen, or priest.)
fiudo, fidi, fisium, find-Crc, 3 v. a., to
sp'it, cleave, divide, separate. (The
simple stem is fid, the n beiuK inserted
to strenKthen the form of the Present
Cf. ou- bit and bite.)
flngo, finxi, fictum, fliiK-Cre, 3 v. a., to
fiiould, fashion, shape, form (from some-
thing plastic-as, e.g., clay); adorn,
dress; feign; imagine, devise: FiiiRe
dates currus, suppose (he chariot giren
to you. (The root is fig, or tie, as in
figura, fictus, flctilis, &v.)
fm-io, ivi, or ii, itum, ire, 4 v. a., to con-
fine within bounds, enclose, limit, define
fi'^, determine; end, finish, (finis.) '
tlU-lS, IS, m., sometimes f , a boundary,
land-mark, limit, border; end: in pl
territory. ''
f initim-US, a, um, bordering on, neigh-
bounng, near: as subst., a neighbour.
(hiiis.)
fiO, faetus, fieri, pass, of faeio, to be
made ; to become.
firmitas, firmitat-is, l, firmness, strengi/u
durability; endurance, constancy, (tiini-
us.)
ftrmiter, adv., firmly, solidly; with
sleadiness. (firm us.)
-fc.
*
301
VOOAnULARY.
I
flrm-UB, «, iitn, ulrono; durable; steady,
not eaiity shaken.
Abs-US, a, uin, pcrf. imrt. of flndo, tplit,
till
flBtill-a, no, f., a pipe, lube; a hollow
iitdlk, a reed, eaiie ; a shephiirifn pipe.
FlaCC-US, 1, i»i Flttceus, li Uoinaii cii(,'-
iinmeii.
liaglt-O, Hvl, iitum, arc, I V. n., to de-
tnaiid eanieatty; entreiit; urge. (Tlio
root is HiiB, lis In flii«io.)
flagr-0, Tivl, atiiiii, ulc, 1 V. n., to Hare,
bnn>,bcon fire; to glow witit paxiioii ;
dexire eagerbj. (Tlie root appears in
(Imiinia-i.e., fliiR nia- fiilgeo, (/)Aty(o.)
flam-en, inis, n., a bid.tt.
ilamen, tirmiln-is, m., the priest of t,)me
parlieidur deitij: e.g., the lliiinen Dial-
is, priest of Jupiter. (For llliitnon, and
tliiit from tllnin.-wliicli see.)
Flaminin-U8, l, m., I'le.mininus (L.
Quinctius). (Nep. Ilann., xii.)
Flaihlni-US, i, m., Flaminius, a Roman
gentili! name. (Calus,— Nep. Ilann.,
iv., !).)
flamm-a, ac, f., a blazing fire; a bime,
flame: hence, tiK natively, pasfioii,
ardour, love; anything producing I itjht,
—as, a star, a torch, a light (flamnui
is for ti'iRnnv See flaRro.)
flammifer, flammifer-a, uni, bearing
flumes; flaming, fiery, (flannna, fero.)
flav-US, a, um, gold coloured, golden;
yelhm flaxen. (Connei. A witli fui-
vns.)
flect-0, flexi, floxum, fiect-5re, 3 v. a.,
to lend, eurVe; twist, turn round
fl-eo, evi, Ctimi, crc, 2 v. n. and a., to
weep, mourn, lament: a., to weep for,
bewail.
flet-UB, us, m., a weeping, wailing, lam-
entation, (flco.)
flex-US, a, uin, porf. part, ot flecto, led,
curved, Ac.
flor-eO, ui, Cm-c, 2 V. n., to flower, blosio.n,
bloom ; be in a flourishing condition ; be
eminent, (flos)
floresc-O, 5i"e, 3 V. n. inccp., to begin to
bloom; to come into flower, (floveo.)
flos, flor-is, m., a flower, blossom, bloom:
lience, the flower of— i.e., the best of -
(anytliing.)
fluct-US, us, m., afloicing.flood; a ware,
bdlow. (fiuo.)
flumen, flumln-is, n., run -''ig water, a
scraiin, rii'ir. (fiuo.)
flflmtne-US, n, um, belonging to n river;
frequenting rirers. (III. men.)
flu-0, xl, xum, (old form, flurtum,) ^re,
.'I V. n., to flow, run (lik« witcr); be-
come fluid,- ~(\'U\\t i),'nil)ni« nurum, the
gold becoii.-s fluid by the great heat;)
to pour; flow on; pass by, (as timu).
fl&vi-US, I, ni., a river, stream, running
water, (lino.)
f6c-\l8, I, ni., a fire- place, hearth : hencR
nscd of a funeral pile, an altar, Ac.
(Ktyniolofry don! tfni.)
f6d-io, ffSd-i, foss-um, fftd-6re, 3 v. a., to
dig, delve ; pierce, stab.
foed8rat-U9, a, nm, allied, confederette.
(t'ocilus, (» league.)
foed-UB, a, nni, foul, disgusting, .."'thy,
abominable ; unsightly.
foedus, f(pcdcr-i8, n.v a league, treaty,
compact.
foenuR, foenfir-is, n. Soo fCnns.
fond, f )nt-ls, m., a .^ourec, spring, foun-
ta, • \\m\cv.,first cause, origin.
for, fatus, filri, V. a. and n. dnp. and
defect., to speak, say. (Sec fama.)
foramen, fftifunln-ls, n., a bored hole; a
hole, aperture, opening, chink, (foro, to
bore.)
f8re, and (ISvcvn, used as fut. inf. and
imperf. snbj. of sum, fur fiiturum esse,
and es.scm.
forcns-is, is, e, belonging to the forum,
or market-place,--\.c., to public life; to
the law courts, (fornm.)
for-is, is, f., a door, gate ; usually in the
pi, fores.
form-a, ac, f., .form, figure, shape;
beauty. (.Said by some to be from the
Greek /aopc^jj, by a trai. position of the
letters; but Tott connects it with
fer-o.— as facics with faeio, and habi-
tus „ h habeo. So c is cliunged into
In such words as voster, lor vester ;
vortf ';, fur vertex, Al )
fc.iUat-US, a, um, perf. part, of formo.
formldabil-is, is, e. causing dread; ter-
rible, dreaded, formidable, (formido.)
formido, formidln-is, f, dread, '■.ror,
fear; a bugbear.
form-O, uvi, afum, ."irc, 1 v. a., £ give
shape to, fashion, form, (forma.)
formos-US, a, um, well-shaped, beautiful,
handsome, (forma.)
fornax, fornac-is, f., a furnace, oveik
(Root for, to be ?iot,—&s in fer-veoj
fi'.r-nus. n>i oven, .tc )
VOCABULAUY.
fori, f,„t.K f. chance, lot, luck: oft,.,,
fortg, udv, buc/,ance, accU„u,tlly ; per-
fort-is, Is, c, enduranl, strong; tr«.v
fortiter, a.lv.,,/„,.aW.v, ../r««y///.. /,,.a,w«
;;•;'««%. i.oi,n,, (,,..,ih.) cc;,,,,,"'^
tins; Nupcil. foitisshiio
;;-g. ;.«..... „.,„,, ,,,,.,^-
fortius, adv., witu ,jr,ater Hr,;„,th ; mn-e
i^v.,y; n^ore Vigorously. SeCo.tite,.
foi-tuito, u.lv., ly ,uance, ueci,lm„l,y
H..n.(.ti„.e« lo,.,., but usually sl.o.i'
forttin-a, ai-, f.,>,v«w, c./,„„,,. /„,,x. /;,^,, .
lOr-Um, , 1,., a public idac. markiU for-
<>M t^chayei court of juHiee. (Sa,,,,.
•0"t as f.His, « ,loor; fo.as. ,L,„:
"-.CO it litcally ,„„„.,. « ;,,,^, „ ;
Kiile, a fore-court.) I
I> .ce,-e «„.,sa,n, to r«,* (i.e., ,1^,) ,
<'>tcU. (F.ou,,,.,.f. „,,,„. ,,;„„/'>
t., l.L- for Cxiea, f,-o„i fo.li,,) ^
Jroi.«; cru>heJ, Or.ised: l.euce, t.i
./«/«/, powerless. '
fraen-um, i, n. Sec ftenum.
fraffor, mm-U, ,n., « creaking in '
''-'<>.•, m«;^. a crashing noise, diu
jfniK, i-o„t of fiauKo.)
.^Uuwbcrry: usually i„ pj ^^
frang-o,f.v«.,.f,.act-un,:.f;a„X3,
Me; dishearten (ijoot fi'ag, as i.
fraus. fraud-is, f., c/,r.,y, /,.,«,;,,^y, f,^,^^,
::';^;^^^o. outfitting :,J^.^:^^
306
(Idj;
I I'r^gell-ae, ii,,,,,,, f, /,.,,,/, ,^
n-fim-o, ui. itu,„, ,•.,,. ;, V. „. „„,, . J
lien-1, Oiurn, ,„. Sci! f,-,.,„„„.
^•■f,™- '•."•■('•' '.I. fr...,-a,o,, .,,,.,,..
irequens, w<.i.. f,-,qu,„t.i., a.ij., ,,^.
^'^■nt; crowdnl;injreatun,J;.-'
iret-u8, a ,„„, ,Wi„«y „„. „.„,^,. to
it Kc-i.cally f,.„vc,:„ tlie abl., but oc-
^ 'nsioiially tlu- dat.
.rlgua, ftlKOr.i.s, „., coA/, rohlncu. chill-
J'ost; ,ciuter. (Sau.c .o,,, «, ,J'
to be .sli/l.) ^^">
frons. ..out-is, !• //<. /„,,w, i,,„^.
fruct-us, Qs, m iif,.i-,.ii„
li>.n,.,. ,; iiteially, enjoyment:
frug-es, uiu. Sue f,ux.
I "' " • «/'""«'".•'!/ in com ; corn.produc.
I *"'J ; reluttiig to the tuntiti, nf ^. ■■
(fVuu.eutuuK) ^^ " ''■^^'«^'"«<"«-
frument-or, ruus, m-i, i v.„ dup , tcgoin
frument-um, i, „., ,„;■„, „,,„, ^i..
'"'Knneutuiu.tfomf.uKes)
:ruor, fiuctus, aud frultus, fii.i o V ^
dem to feed cue's self udh: licnce
toenjoy,deluj,ui„; use. (Tl.e rootfs
frustra, adv., ,„ „ state of deceit- in
c^e.v,n^ one's expuc,a.iau.s;)/,..,,;j;
t« W»/. to no purpose. (Said to bo
eouMccted-.itl,f,-,usaudfra„do)
frustr-or, atus, a.i, l v. a. der , ^,.
Z:. 'SSr ^^^^ ^^-^ ^>-
Pl., liuges,) am/M/„r, f.„>.v„i;e for eat.
'"'J =^^^^^^^. the fruits of the earn, Z:
'^;i^crops;fruit,--,o.,advautagebeZ
fit, success, (fmor.)
fug-a, ao, f, afleewg. flight: acoidnnct
t^^^^^rsU,n;e.Ue,bo.^^
20
^
I
'a.
(;j— -■J
1
4,.
"^"'^-^A^^H
1
H. ^^^H
1
^ ^H
J. tW^
' ''-^J*K--^.-9u.„_J^^^H
'4
'^'"'"^i^^l
/ ji
r"^'- ' * "-'-^^•..^^^^H
306
VOCABULARY.
"-I
i?
fUg-io, fQK-l, ffiKtt-um, ffig-gie, 3 v. n.
fcnd a., to lake to flight, flee, run away;
avoid, shun. (<^vy^.)
f&gitiV-UB, a, xam, fleeing away, fugitive:
as subst., a runaway (slave, soUlier,
(fee), deserter. (fuRio.)
fiig-O, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to put to
flight, drive away, rout (fuK'i-)
fulg-eo, falsi, fulgCic, •! V. II. toUghten;
shine, glitter.
fulmen, fulmtn-is, n., lightning; a thun-
derbolt. (For fu'fiimen, from fiilKCO.)
fulV-U8, a, um, (fecp yellow; gold-col-
oured; tatcny. (See flavus.)
ftlm-0, are, 1 v. n., to give forth smoke ;
to smoke, steam, reek, (himus.)
fum-US, i, m., smoke, vapour,
funct-UB, a, um, pevf. part, of fungor,
having performed.
fund-a, ae, f , a sling.
fundamen, fundamln-is, n., « founda-
tion. It is a poetic word for funda-
mentum, and is usually found in the
pi. (fundo, to found.)
fundament-um, i, n., a foundation,
basis, ground-work, (fundo, Co found.)
fundo, fudi, fusmii, fund-6re, 3 v. a., to
pour out or forth; spill; melt, fuse,
dijisotve; sprinkle; rout, put to flight.
iefeat ; bring forth, prodnet in abun-
dance,
fund-0, avi, atum, fire, 1 V. a., to lay the
bottom or foundation of, found; fasten,
establish, secure, (fundus, 3 bottom, or
basis.)
funere-US, a, um, (poetic for funebris,)
belonging to a funeral, funereal ; deadly,
fatal; disastrous, (funus.)
funest-US, a, um, death-caming, deadly;
dangerous; calamitous, (funus.)
fungor, functus, fung-i, 3 v. a. dep., to
perform, execute, discharge. It governs
the abl, and sometimes the ace.
fun-is, is, m., a rope, cord, line.
funus, fun5r-is, n., a burial, funeral;
death ; murder : the poets often use it
for a dead body,
Furi-US, i, m., Furius, a Roman gentilo
name. (See Nep. Hann., vii. '12.)
ftiror, fur6r-l8, m., fury, viadness; rage,
passion.
furt'Um, i, n., stealing; a theft, robbery;
a secret device, (fur.)
fus-US, a, um, perf. part, of fundo,
poured forth; spread abroad; routed.
futur-US, a, um, fut part, of sum, about
to be.
G.
I
G. as an abbreviation for Gains (or
Caius).
6abinI-U8, i, m., GaMnius, a Roman
gentile name. Aulus Gabinius, consul
in B.C. 58.
6ai-US, ii Gains, or Caius.
g^le-a, ac, f., a helmet.
6all-i, Orum, m., the Gauls.
Galli-a, ae, f., Gaul. (See note on
Caes. B. G., i. 1, p. 201.)
Oalllc-US, a, um, belonging to the Gauls,
Gallic.
gallin-a, ae, f., a hen. (gallus.)
Gall-US, i, m., a Gaul: in pi., Galli.
Gang-es, is, m., the Ganges, a river of
India.
Garumn-a, ae, m., the Garumna— now
the Garonne— a river of France.
gaud-eo, gavis-us, gaud-ere, -' v. n. and
a. semi (lep., to r^oice, be glad, delight
in; greet,
gelid-UB, ft, um, cold as ice ; i'-y, cold.
(gelu.)
g?mell-US, a, um, twin, born together;
double: us sul st., a twin.
geminat-US, a, um, perf. par^ of
gemino, doubled.
GemXn-i, orum, m., the Twins, a con-
stellation; one of the signs of the
Zodiac.
gemin-O, avi, atum, are, 1 V. a., to
double; '.^atch, pair, (geminus.)
gemin-U6, a, um, bom at the same
time as another and of the same
mother, twin; double, twofold. (See
Gemini.)
Gemin-aS, i, m., Geminus <Cn. Servilius).
(Nep. Hann., iv. 15.)
gemm-a, ae, f, « bud; the eye of a
plant ; a precious stone, gem.
gera-0, ui, itum, 6re, 3 v. n. and a., to
groan, sigh; creak, make a harsh or
grating noise : a., to sigh over, bewail (a
thing),
gen-a, ae, f , (usually in the pi., gen-ae,
.s.mm,) a cheek.
goner, pcner-l, m., a son-in-law n>. .
uenev-a. ae f /^^^
Wn-ui/ ^ '• ^^''^"' ™°t of gigno,
ger-o, gess-i, Kest-um, gc,..g,e o „ „
io war, carrv b^r,^. , ' ' "•'
forth vroZJ' ' ''"'''•■ '" ^'''"^
gest-io, ivi, or ii, rt,™ ho ^ ..
'» (."rf ,;:;*''"'''■'* ''■»-"'
'»«a"«s;,' ■'—,..,,„,
g^aw-ee, ei, c, ,c«. - '^
VOCABULARY.
307
gl6ri-or, utus, mi i v « „. ,
SSrn!;^:;',;,f «-^-. « non,a„
^^^"•'i^' ^'^"^'^ ^^^''. ^M.
gradior, prcssus, pradi, 3 v. n den /«
""0; *,r.., ././, Srank . ..r^^-
ofasfairjaddeifrcV ^''''■^•('•'^•■
Jjraec.va, ae, f., 6';w«.
wrai-i, oium. m — ffii. r..
Cenis. "" ''""'^y "f Mount
C;:fnrA^5^^"^^'-"-^"-
gramen, piamin-is, n., grass- t„rf
&
J
i^^
308
VOCABULARY.
,thanf-t, thanks(iMng, gratitmh: ARcro
jjirttes, ov giatius, to return lluviks.
(til'lltUH.)
grati-a, ac, f., /nvoia- (jood graces;
friendly deposition; esteem, regard,
honour; love; loeellness, grace; cour-
tesi/; kindness; vhtigntion ; injhr.nee;
authority; thanks, gratitude, return (fov
kiiulness). (Kiiitus.)
gratia,
alil. aiiiK- "f ">« pi'i-cinrmg, in
' favour of, for the sake of; for the pur
pose of.
grataiiltio, Kiatuhitinn-is, f, an ex-
pression of joy; congratulation; joy.
(Rratulor.)
gratiil-or, ritns, iiii, l v. a. dep., to ex-
jiressjoy; congratulate; rejoice, (grut-
us.)
grat-US, R, urn, literally, causing joy:
liencc, kind; beloved, dear; agreeable, ac-
ceptable to; favourite; gratiiful, thank-
ful.
gvavat-US, a, um, poif. part, of gravo,
laden, oppressed.
gr§,vId-US, a, UU1, loaded, heavy; preg-
nant, full of. (Ki-uvis.)
grav-is, is, c, heavy, weighty, burden-
some; loaded, burdened; important,
great; worthy; grave, sedate ; difficult;
oppressive, troublesome; afflictive; se-
vere, acute; unhealthy, univholesome,
sickly. (liencc Ital. grevc, Fr. grave,
and our grief.)
grivissime, adv., superl. adv. of Ki'avi-
ter, most heavily, most seriously, &c.
(See gruvitcr.)
gr&vltas, griVvIirit-is, f., weight, heavi-
ness; severity, viohncc, vehemence ; weight
of character, dignity ; gravity, sedateness.
(K'rnvls.)
gravlter, adv., weightily, heavdy ; deep-
ly; vehemently ; e.rceedingty, very much;
gravely, seriou.ily, ivilli dignity. Conip.
Kravius; superl. gravisshne. (grav-
is.)
gravius, adv., compar. of gruvitcr,
more heavily, more deeply, .tc, (^I'O
Rraviter:) Gravius fcrrc, to take much,
or more, amiss.
grav-0, avi, atuu), are, 1 v. a., to make
heavy, weigh down, oppress, load; vex,
annoy, (gravis.)
grgmi-um, i, n., the lap, bosom.
grex, grcg-is, m., a flock, herd, Biearm,
band, company.
Gryni-um, i, u., arynium,—Vi.n-i (iry-
niuin, in Thrygia. (See Nep. Ale., Ix.
10.) Another form Is Grynla.
giibernator, Rubernator-is, ni.,oHe that
steers, a pilot, helmsman ; a ruler, gov-
ernor, (gubcrno.)
gubern-0, avi, ruum, arc, 1 V. a., to act
as helmsman, to pilot, steer; to rule,
govern.
gurg-es, Itis, m., rt whirlpool, eddy;
seething water; abyss: used by the
poets for the sea; the watir.
gU8t-0, avi, atuin, are, 1 v. a., to taste,
take a little of; to eat ; enjoy. (I'roni
^(istus, tasting. Cf. y(vu), Ital. gusto,
I'r. goilt.
H.
I
hiiben-a, ac, f., literally, that by which
one holds in (sonietliing) : hence, a
thong, a rein, bridle; mancgement.
(habeo.)
hUb-eo, ui, Itum, ere, 2 v. a. and n.,
to have, hold, keep, possess; cotisider,
esteem, judge, regard; believe: Habere
pro liiiste, .'0 regard (treat) as an
enemu: Habere gratias, to entertain
gratitude, feel grateful: Habere ora-
ticncm, to deliver a speech: Habere
tidcni, to feel confidence in.
hab!t-0, avi, atuni, are, 1 v. a. and n.,
littTaUy. (0 have frequently, or constant-
ly : hence, to j'ossess; to inhabit, oc-
cupy (as residence), live in, abide.
(habeo.)
hac, adv., by or along this way, or this
]>lace; on this side, (hie.)
Hadrumet-um, i, n., (or Adrumetuni,)
IJadrumetum, a town of Africa Proper,
soutli-east of Carthage.
Haedu-i, ornm. See Acdnl
Haemoni-US, a, um, belonging to Uae-
monia,-i.e., Tliessaly. (See Ovid,
p. 100, li!:e 81, with note.)
Haem-OS, i, (or us. i,) m., Haewus. a
range of mountains in Thrace, now
called Balkan.
haer-eo, haes-i, haes-uui, haer-erc, 2 v.
« «
VOCABULARY.
n.. to slick to, ckave to, adhere, remain I
.fir7n. I
Haliart-US, l, f., IMiardcj, a city of
Hoeotia.
Halicarnasi-US, a, um, o/ov belonging
to Ifalicarnasfus, a town in Carla.
Hamilcar, HamilcSr-is, ni., (or Amil-
ciii',) Hamilcar {Barca), fatlicr of Hun-
nilml.
Hannibal, Kannlbai-is, m., (or Anni-
liiil,) Hannibal, son of Ifamilcar.
Harud-ea, um, m., the Ilarudex, a Ger-
man tribo, living between tlio Uliine
tlio Mayne, and the Danube, In parts
of tlio modern WurtemberR and Huden.
tiasdrubal, riasdrubai-is, m., JImdru.
bal, son-in-law of Hamilcar (Nep
Harm., iil. 2), the founder of SaKun-
tum. Another Hasdrubal, brother of
Hannibal (Nop. Hann., iii. 9), who
perished with his army in the battle
near the river Metaurus, in the Second
Pnnic War,
hast-a, ae, f., a spear, lance, javelin.
naud, (or liaut,) adv., no; not at all, by
no means.
haur-io, Iwus-l, haust-um, haur-irc,
4v. a., to draw up; draw out; drink-
drain, empty; spill, shed: also, to take
tn (in any way),-as, to breathe, inhale;
perceive, see; hear.
haust-US, U9, m., a drawing up or out ■
a drink, draught. (Iiaurio.)
Kebr-us, 1, m., the Ihbrus, a river of
Tluace,— !iow tlie Shiritza.
Helicon, llellcdn-is, m., Flelicon, a
mountain in l5oeotia, sacred to Apollo
and tlie .Muses.
Hellespont-US, i, m., the Hellespont,-
now_the DardanLllcs.
Helveti-i, orum, m., the Helvetii, a
people of Gallia Lugdunensis, part of
the modern Switzerland.
Helveti-US, a, um, Helvetian, bflongino
to the Helvetii. ^
hemerodrom-us, \, m., iitcvMy, a day-
ruii,ier,^^i.o., one who runs all day; a
jourier. (See Nep. .Milt., iv. U, note.)
lierb-a, no, f., « blade or stalk of grass ■
gnm, herbage; an herb; a plant.
nerbos-us, a, um, /ull of grass, grassy.
(nerba.) •'
Herciil-es, is, or i, m., Hercules, the
Ri-eat mythic hero of antlquitv. son est
Jupiter and Alcmena. (See 'note on
Nf'p. Hann., 111. 14.)
309
Horcyni-a, ae, properly the f of Her,
cynl-us, a, um, with silva accompany.
iuR it, the Hercynian Forest, extending
from the Hlack Forest (in Kaden) to
the Harz Mountains. (Sec Cac.t B a
vl_, chap. XXV., p. 92, with notes.) ' "'
hereditas, hercditiit-Ls, {., heirship; an
inheritance, patrimony, (heres)
Herm-a, ae, (or Ilerm-c,'?, ae,) m a
Hermes-pillar, (i.e., a pillar with a Imst
of Mercury surmountiuK it;) Afercury.
(See^Nep. Ale, ill. 5, with note.)
Heapen-us, a. um, wetterly, towards
the west. (Hesperus.)
Heapgr-us, I, (or os, 1,) m., the evening
star Hesperus; the west. ('Earrepoy.)
heu, interj.,a/j/ oh/ alas/ Usually as
an interjection of grief, but sometimes
of admiration or surpiise.
nibern-a, Omm, n. pi., winter quarters-
castra is understood. It Is the u. pi"
ofhibernus. ^'
Hiberni-a, ae, f, Ireland.
_ (tf. h r. htver.)
hie, haec, hoc, (i or I,) demonstr. pron
this, (referring to something near the
speaker at the time:) Hic-llle, the
latter-the former: hoc, on this account;
J>y this means.
hie, adv., here, in Lis place; hereupon.
niem-0, avl, atum, are, 1 V. n., to past
tlie winter, to winter, remain in winter
quarters, (hiem.s.)
hiems, hiSm-ls, f., winter, stormy season ■
a storm, tempest; shower.
hinc, adv.,./Vom this point, from this side
here; hereafter; on this; after this-
herejipon ; from this cau.^e, hence, (hie )
ninnit-us, as, m., a neighing, (hinnio.)
Hipponie-ua, l, m., Hipponicus, an
Athenian, father-in-law of Alcibiades
Hirsut-U8, a, um, rough, hairy, shaggu
bristly, hirsute, (hirtus, ro«^/,, M^)
Hispani-a, ae, f., Spain.
Hister, llistrl, m., theHister, or Danube.
Al.so written Ister.
HlStiae-ua, i, m., Histiaeus, tyrant of
Miletus. Ho was left, with others, to
guard the bridge of boats over the
Danube, during the Invasion of Scythia
oy^Dailus, in 13.C. 513.
hiatori-a, ae, r;, a narrative of events, ,
.L r ^""'"■'' ^'"'- ''"''•■«. and our
siory.)
&
u
310
VOCABULARY.
f«l
; 1!
hi'Btorlc-US, l, m., (properly the m. of
historic-US, a, um,) a writer of history,
a Imtorian. (historiii.)
hodie, adv., on this Jay, to-day; now-a-
days, at the present time. (Contracted
for hoc die.)
hSmO, homin-is, m. or £, a human being
(whether ma», woman, or child); man,
mankind; an individual, (Hence Fr.
homme, and on.)
honest-US, a, um, m honour, honoured;
respectable; honourable, noble; tcorthy,
virtuous, honest, (honor.)
honor, or hOnos, h6n0r-is, m., public
honour, dignity, office; honour, esteem,
respect; beauty, grace; a mark of hon-
our; reward, recompense. (Said to be
connected with onus, a burden.)
hor-a, ae, f., an hour; time, season.
(oipa.)
horr-eo, Sre, 2 v. n. and a., to stand on
end, bristle, be rough; chake, or shiver;
shudder; be terrified: il, to shudder at,
dread.
horresC-0, horr-ni, horresc-gre, 3 v. n.
and a. incep., to begin to stand on end, to
bristle, be rough; shudder: a., to tremble
at, dread, (horreo.)
horrld-US, a, um, standing on end,
bristly, rough, shaggy; of wild appear-
ance, rude; hotror-producing, terrible,
horrible, (liorreo.)
hortamen, hortamln-is, n., an exhorta-
tion, encouragement, incitement, (hort-
or.)
hort-or, atus, aii, 1 ▼. a. dep., to encour-
age, exhort, cheer, incite, urge on, impel.
hospes, hosplt-is, in., a visitor, guest;
host; stranger, foreigner. (Connected
witli hostia.)
hospiti-um, 1, n., hospitality; a riohtof
hospilidily; a place to receive gwsls,
guest-chamber; lodging; an inn, hotel.
(liospes.)
hOSti-a, ae, f, a sacrifice, victim. (From
an old verb, hostio, to strike.)
host-is, is, m. or f., a stranger, foreigner:
hence, an enemy. (Pott traces tlie word
to tlie Sanscrit glias, to eat; and pet,
same as peto, to seek; so that the
literal meaning is, one who seeks food.)
hue, adv., to this place, hither; to this
degree, so far. (hie.)
humanitas, humanitat-is, f., fiuman
nature, humanity, (i.e., the agsregate
of qualities belonging to mankind as a
race:) hence, the duties of man to man;
kindly feeling ; philanthropy; kindness;
politeness, refinement, elegant manners;
gentlemanly feeling; liberal education.
(humanus.)
human-US, a, um, belonging to man,
human; humane; philanthropic; kind;
gentlemanly, refined, polished, well edu-
cated, (homo.)
humer-US, i, m., the upper bone of the
arm; the upper part of the arm, (poetic
for lacertus,— seebrachium:) theshoid-
der: also, a ridge; back or middle
part.
humi, adv., on the earth ; down, on, or to
the ground, (l.unms.)
humid-US, a, um, moist, damp, wet,
watery, (humeo, to be moist.)
humil-iS, is, e, low, lon-ly; small; un-
pretending; humble, obscure; base, de-
graded, mean, (humus.)
humor, humor- is, m., moisture; any
liquid, (.su^'h as water, wine, millt. i.c,)
hum-US. i. t , Iht ground, soil, earth.
I.
I
Ibi, adv., in that place, there; then, Oio-e-
upon. (Said to be from is, bi being the
old termination of tlie dat., as in tibi,
sibi.)
Ibidem, adv., in the same plM«, just
there, (ibi, and .suffix dem, which is
seen in tandem, idem, &c.)
Ic-O, i, turn, ere, 3 v. a., to strike, hit,
smite; wound: Icere foedus, to make a
treaty or league. So we say, "to strike
a bargain."
ict-U3, IV', m., a blow, stroke; stab,
tcouud. (ieo.)
ict-US, a, um, perf. part, of ico.
Id-e, es, or !(l-a, ae, f., Afount Ida,
in Phryg'i, near Troy. Tliere was
another Mount Ida, in Crete, where
Jupiter was nursed, and defended from
the wrath of Saturn.
idem, eadem, idem, the same; he (she or
ii) likeicise. (ip, an<'. siifl'.x dem.)
ideo, adv., on that account, for that ttu-
VOCABULARY.
»on theryore. (id, eo, literally, thU
for that.)
Idone-us, a, um, jit for, suitable,
adapted to, capable, sufficient. It is com-
pared by maKis and maxime.
Id-US, uum, f, the ides (of a month).-
i-e., the 15th of March, May, July, and
October, and the 13th of the others
(troin old Etruscan word, iduare, to
divide.)
Igitur,adv., then, thereupon; therefore-
accordingly. (Etymolosy doubtful.) '
Ignar-us, a, um, not knowing, unac-
quainled with, ignorant of, unmcare;
mexperienced: iu pass, sense, not
iwwn. (in, no/; and gnarus,/l«otrt„o
from root gna, or gno, as in (g)nosco,
—which see.)
ignifer, Ignlfgr-a, um, flre-bearing,
. fiery. (Ignis, feio.)
Ign-is, is, n^fire; brightness, splendour:
heat, passion.
ignor-O, avi, atum, are, 1 V. a. and n.,
not to know, to be ignorant of. (ignar-
us.) V 6 »'
ignosc-0, IgnOv-i, ignot-um, ignosc-fire
^ V. a. not to search into: hence, to
overlook; pardon, forgive, excuse, (in
. and (g)nosco,-which see.)
ignot-us, a, um, unknown: hence, of
lowb„.th, ignoble: in an acti-e sense,
not knowing, unacquainted with, dn
and (g)notus.) ^ '
^^ tal:'"'^''*' *■' '''* '""'" "''*' '^* evergreen
ili-a um n. pi., the flanks, loins; the en-
trails, bowels.
Ili-a, ae, f., Jlia, aiiotlicr name for Khea
hilvia, mother of liom.ilus and Ke-
rn us.
illacrim-o, avi, atum, are, 1 v. n., (also
illacrimor, dep.,) to weep at or for be-
wail, lament, (in, lacrinio.)
lllcvt-US, a, um, perf. part, of infero,
brought on, inflicted, Ac.
Xlle, ilia, iilud, demonstr. pron., that
(person or thing); that yonder, (of
something removed from tlie speaker
>n place or time;) that famous, or well-
known.
illic, adv., in that place, there, (ille )
Ulinc, adv., from that place, or quarter,
thence, (ille.) ^ '
illud-0, illus-i, .llus-um, illud-6re. 3 v
n. and a., w sport with, amuse otie's
'e(f wuh; make sport of, mock. Jeer
311
I
(iu,
at; destroy, ruin; abuse; bam.
ludo.)
illustr-is, Is, e, literally, very much
illumined, or in the light; lighted up-
lience, clear, bright; evident, conspic-
uous; famous, celebrated. (in, and
lustre, to illumine; from luceo.)
Ulustr-0, avi, atum, fire, 1 v. a., to set in
the light; illumine, enlighten; make
clear, explain; render famous. (iHus-
tl'iS.)
illu8-us, a, um, perf. part of lUudo.
viocked, baffled.
imago, Imagln-is, f , an imitation, copy,
likeness, image; idea, thought, co^cep-
tton; appearance; shadow, ('ihesuma
root is seen in im-itor.)
imber, Imbr-is, m., « shower; rain-
storm ; a rain cloud. '
imit-or, iitus, ari, 1 V. a. dep., to mak.
Me, copy, innate. (]{oot 1, i, as in
imago.)
imman-is, l.s, e, monstrom, enormous
huge, vast, unwieldy; savage, ferocious
_ merciless. (Etymology doubtful.)
immens-us, a, um, unmeasured: hence
mmeasurable, boundless; immense, vast
(in, and mensus, perf. pait. of nietl-
immin-eo, ere, 2 v. n., to bend over (in
a threatening way); impend, threaten;
beeqgerfor, be intent on; be at hand -
be imminent, (in, and mineo, to jut
_ out,^ from root of minae.)
'immitt-o, immls-i, immiss-um. immitt-
tii'e, 3 V. a., to send in or to a place; to
introduce; let loose; discharge at;
throw into: witli se, to fling one's self;
. leap into; rush forward, (in, mitto)
immoderat-US, a, um, without measure
not limited, unrestrained, unliceni>ed; ex-
cessive, boundless, (in, and inoderut-
imm6desti-a, ae, f., the passing of
bounds; want of self-control; excess
. "'temperance, (immodestus.)
immol-O, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., liter-
ally, to sprinkle with the sacrificial meal
(as preparatory to sacrifice): hence, to
ofler, sacriflce, immolate, slay, (in, and
_ niola, sacrificial cake.)
immortal-is, is, e, not subject to death,
immortal, imperishable, etet^nal. (in
mortulis.* ' i
immun-is, is, e, without office m- dutii; '
free from sertice; exempt nom obliyu-
.4 ^
312
VOCABULARY.
I
tion; free, clear of; taking no part in.
(In, and munus, or rathev munia.)
immunitas, immunltat-ls, f., exemption
from public service or taxes; immunity,
freedom from obligations, (immunis.)
impSdiment-um, i, n., that which im-
pedes, an impediment, hindrance.- in pi.,
impedimenta, the baggage (of an army).
imp8d-io, Ivi, or il, itum. Ire, 4 v. n., to
entangle the feet, ensnare ; hold fast ;
check, impede, hinder; trouble, perplex.
(in, and pes, pedis.)
irapedlt-US, a, um, perf. part, of im-
pedio, also adj., entangled; hindered,
embarrassed, encumbered,
impello, impQli, impulsum, impell-5re,
3 V. a., to drivi onward, against, at, or
m; to impel, incite, urge on; persuade,
induce, (in, pello.)
impend-eo, ere, 2 v. n., to hang over,
overhang; be near, be imminent; threat-
en, (in, pendeo.)
imperator, imperator-is, m., a military
commander, general, chief, head, lord.
(Impero.)
imperat-um, i, r\., a thing ordered, a
commard, charge, injunction. (im-
pero.)
imperit-US, a, um, inexperienced, un-
skilled, ignorant of (in, peiitus.)
imperi-um, i, n., power intrusted to
one; command; military command;
sovereignty, dominion, empire; anordtr,
command; authority, (impero.)
imper-0, avi, atmn, iire, 1 v. a., liter-
ally, to put upon: hence, to give orders
for, enjoin, command, order; have the
command of; govern, rule over. (Said
to be from in and paro; like comparo,
to put together; and sepiiro, to put asun-
der.)
impetr-0, avi, atum, are, I v. a., to ac-
complish, bring to pass ; procure, obtain
(by request.) (in, patro.)
impet-US, fls, m., literally, a going
against, or aiming at: hence, an at-
tack, onset, assault; rush; impetuositij.
violence, force, vigour, (impcto, to go
against, or aim at; from in and
peto.)
impi-US, a, um, devoid of natural affec-
tion; uhdutiful; irreverent, ungodly, im-
pious, wicked, abandoned, (in, liius.)
impl-eo, evi, etum, ere, 2 v. a., to fill up,
fill; satisfy, (;ts willl food); complete,
accomplish, fuljil. (in, pleo.)
impl6r-o, avi, atum, are, i v. a., to «»-
treat, implore, (in, ploro.)
impon-O, impSsui, imp69lt-um, impOn-
6re, 3 v. a., to place upon, or over; set
over; lay on; assign to; enjoin; imr-
pose, (in, pono.)
import-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to
bring or carry into, import; introduce;
cause, occasion, (in, porto.)
imp6sit-U8, a, um, perf. part, of Jm-
pono.
impraesentiarum, adv., at present, for
the present. The mori usual form is
in praesentla,— on wiiich see note,
Nep. Milt., vii. 23.
imprimis, adv., among the foremost;
hence, in the first place, chiefly, prin-
cipally. It is often written separately,
in, piimis.)
improb-US, a, um, not approved of; not
of right measure : hence, not upright,
not good, bad, wicked, dbhonest ; excess-
ive, enormous; insatiable, voraciom.
(in, probiis.)
improviS-um, i, n., a tiling unforeseen:
most usually in the abl., and with a
prep.,— de or ex improvise, or simply
improvise, unexpectedly, suddenly.
improv'iS-US, a, um, vnforeseen, unex-
pected, (in, and provisus, from pro-
video.)
imprudens, Ren. imprudcnt-is, adj.,
not foreseeing, not expecting, unaware.
(in, and prudens, contracted for pro-
videns.)
imprudenter, adv., unawares, ignor-
antly; without judgment, inconsiderately.
(imprudens.)
imprudenti-a, ae, f, want of fore-
thought, thoughtlessness; tcant of know-
ledge, ignorance; inconsiderateness, rash-
ness, (imprudens.)
impune, adv., without punishment, ivith
impunity; safeij. securely. (From im-
punis, and that from in and poena.)
impunitas, impunltat-is, f, freedom
from punishment, impunity; security,
safety, (impunis, and that from in
and poena.)
im-US, a, um, inmost, deepest, lowest,
last. (Contracted for ininuis, superl.
of in; or from inflmus, superl. of in-
ferus.)
in, an inseparable prefix, meaning not,
corresponding toth.o Orcck av-, and to
the Engli?li in- or ««-; as, inutilis,
VOCABULARY.
313
VKletn. Before b and p It becomes
im : as, imbirbis, impiir. Before 1, m,
r, it is assimilated: as, illustiis, im-
mitis, inideo.
in, prep, witii abl. and ace.: 1. With
abl., in, on, over, at, among, near; (of
time,) in, at, during. 2. With ace,
denoting motion towards, into, to, to-
warih; (of time,) into, till, for, towards.
(Old form endu, or indu. Cf. Gk. ev,
and onr in.)
inaequal-is, is, o, uneven, unequal; un-
like; changeable, lariable; inconsistent,
flckte. (in, aeqiialis.)
inan-is, is, e, empty, void; vain, useles.i,
vn profitable.
inarat-US, a, um, unplomjhed, untilled.
(i^i, aratus, part, ofaro.)
incaleso-0, inoaiu-i, incalesc-5re, 3 v.
n. incep., to become warm, grow hot;
_ to glow; kindle, (in, calesco.)
mcendi-um, i, n., a burning, fire, con-
fi'igration; burning heat: hence, heat
of passion, vehemence, (incendo.)
incend-0, i, incens-um, incend-6re, 3 v.
a., to set fire to, kindle, infiame ; rouse,
excite, enrage; encourage; make bright,
illumine. (Root can, as in candeo. See
accendo.)
incens-U8, a, um, perf. part, of incendo,
set on fire; enraged, &c.
incept-um, i, n., a thing begun, or un-
dcrtaken; an enterprise, undertaking;
attompt. (incipio.)
incei t-US, a. um, not settled, or fixed;
uncertain, not to be relied on ; undeter-
mined, doubtful, hesitating, not resolved
_ on, not ''sure about.' (in, certus.)
mcid-O, i, incas-nm, incId-Cre, 3 v. n., to
fall or light upon; fall into; to fall in
with (mioxpectedly); to attack, assault;
to come into one's mind, occur to; to Jail
out, happen, occur, (in, cado.)
incid-0, l, inclsum, incld-ere, 3 v. a., to
cut into, or thro"jh; cut open; lop;
prune; cut of, put an end to; carve,
engrave upon, (in, caedo.)
incip-io, incep-l, inccpt-um, inclp-frc,
3 V. a. and n., to take up ; lay hold on,
seize; take in hand, begin: n., to begin
toJ>e, commence. (In, capio.)
mcit-O, avi, ."ituni, are, 1 v. a., to put in
rapid motion ; urge forward, spur on,
hasten on; rush: excite, rome, stimulate
incite, (in, oto.)
inclin-0, avl, atum, Sre, 1 v. a. and n.,
to bend in, or towards, bend down, or
aside; alter, change: with reflex, pron.
se, to fall back, give way, (said of aii
nrmy:) n., to bend down, incline; sink,
set. (Root ell, or clhi, as in (cAiVu,
clivus, acclino, declino, .fee.)
includ-0, incias-i, inclOs-um, Inclad-
Cre, 3 V. a., to shut in, confine, enclose;
insert; engraft; obstruct, hinder, re-
strain, (in, claudo.)
inclus-US, a, um, perf. part, of Includo,
shut up, &C.
incognit-US, a, um, not examined, not
tried; unknown, (in, cognitus.)
inc61-a. ae, m. or f., an inhabitant; na-
tive; sojourner, (incolo.)
inc61-0, ui, incult-um, inc61 5re, 3 v. a.
and n. : a., to dwellin, inhabit; n., to
dwell in. (in, colo.)
inc61um-is, is, e, unimpaired, entire,
whole; unhurt, uninjured; safe, secure.
(Etymology doubtful. Some connect
the word with the stem of cado, and
calamitas.)
incommod-um, i, n., inconvenience;
disadvantage; defeat; disaster. (in-
commodus, inconvenient.)
incredibil-is, is, e, not able to be be-
lieved, incredible; extraordinary, amat-
ing^ (in, credibilis.)
increp-0, ui, (or avi.) !tum, (or fitum,)
ai-e, 1 V. n. and a., to make a noise;
rattle; strike against; chide, reprove.
(in, crepo.)
inciib-O, ui, (or avi,) Itum, (or Stum,)
are, 1 v. n., to lie or lean upon; watch
an.riously; brood over; dwell in ov on;
fall on. (in, cubo, to lie dmm.)
inCult-US, a, um, unodtivated, untilled;
unpolished, rude, uncivilized, unrefined.
(in, cultus, from colo.)
incumb-0, incubui, incublt-um, in-
cunib-6re, 3 v. n., to lay one's self on;
lean on, recline on ; prostrate one's self
on. (in, cubo )
incunabiil-a, oium, n. pi., swaddling
clothes; a cradle: hence, birth-place;
early abode; cradle, (in, cunabula, a
cradle.)
Jncurr-0, i, (or incucurri,) incursum,
inciirr-Cre, 3 v. a., to run at, or against,
or upj attack, assail, (in, curro.)
incursio, incurslon-ls, f., a running at
or ag:;tnst; it hostile attack, assault; in-
road, incursion; irruption, (incurro.)
inours-0, avi, stum, are, l v. a. f)ea.. to
J.
i:
I.J
[ H-
I
314
VOCABULARY.
run at, or against; ftrike agaimt;
' assault; run among, (inciino.)
incUS-0, :ivi, itc, 1 V. a., tu accuse, ar
rai(jii, blawe.
inde, ud v., //■()»» that place, thence; frnin
that circuinstauce, there/ore ; Jrom that
time, thereafter; henceforth. (Is.)
indeject-US, a, um, not thrown down,
left standing, ("ii, (lojectus.)
indlCl-um, i, n., informatiort, notice;
discovery; formal evidence (before a
ronrt), deposition; a mark, token, evi-
dence, (index, a pointer, — i.e., one that
shows. See dice.)
indlC-O, Tivl, ivtiim, jire, 1 7. a., to point
out, show; declare, reveal; (jive formal
evidence (before a court) ; stale, mention.
(index, one that points out. See dico.)
indic-0> indi;*-i, indict-um, indlc-Gre,
3 V, a., to declare openly, proclaim, pub-
lish, announce, (in, dieo.)
iodig-eo, ul, ere, '2 v. n., to be in want
. of, need, require; long for. (in, egeo.)
indigU-US, a, um, unworthy, undeserv-
ing; unbecoming, shameful; severe,
harsh; unmerited, not deserving, (in,
dic;Im.^.)
inddleSC-0, indSlui, ind61esc-6re, 3 v. n.
and a. Incep., to begin to feel pain, or
sorrow; grieve at, regret, be troubled at.
(in, doleo.)
induc-0, induxi, induct-um, indac-6re,
3 V. a., to lead or bring into a place, con-
vey; draw over, spread ovei\ cover; in-
duce, prevail on, penuade; take into
one's head, conceive, (in, duco.)
induct-U3, a, um, perf. part, of induco,
brought in, inti'oduced ; induced: also
adj., brought in (from abroad), foreign,
strange,
Indulg-eo, induls-i, indult-um, Indulfc-
ere, 2 v. n., to be kind or indulgent to ;
indulge, favour ; yield to, concede, allow,
grant. (Etymolngy doubtful.)
indu-O, i, (u)tum, fire, 3 v. a., to put on,
cove'r with, clothe, invest with; impart;
assume. (In, and du, to put. CC Svm,
Svuio.)
industri-a, ae, f., diligence, industry,
a^^siduity. (industrius, diligent.)
indut-U8, 11, um, perf. part, of induo,
clothed, &c.
ineo, Inivi, or inii, inltum, inire, 4 v. a,
and n. irrcg., to go into, enter; begin,
undertake; contrive; make: Talem in-
iit rationem, contrived the following de-
vice: v., to make a beginning, begin,—
us in Xc]). 'I'llein., I. 1. (in. co.)
inerm-is, i», e, ami us a, nm, without
weajtons, unarmed, difencdess. (in,
.nvnm.)
infami-a, ac, f., ill fame, evil report;
disgrace, infamy, (infamis, of til re-
port )
infam-O, avl, atum, lire, t v. a., to bring
into ill repute, brand with infamy; ac-
cuse, charge, (infiimis, of ill report;
and that from In, fiiina.)
infect-US, a, um, unwrought, unmade,
unfinis'ned. (in, factus.;*
infelix, sen. Infriic-ls, adj., unfruitful;
unfortunate ; unhappy; unlucky, disas-
trous, (in, felix.)
infer. See Infems.
inferior, KCh. inf5ri5r-l.«, compar. of In-
{mu9, lower; inferior (in quality); (of
time,) later, subsequent.
inferius, n. compar., from inferior.
inferius, ady., lower. Compar. of infra.
infem-US, a, um, situated ben,atU ;
lower; under-ground; belonging to the
infernal regions, infernal. (St'eiiKtli-
ened form of infCSrns.)
iufer-0, intQU, illatum, inferre, 3 v. a.
irreg., to bring or carry into, in, upon,
or against; to throw or put into, in, up-
on, or against; to bring upon, cause,
produce, inflict: Inferre fi^na in liostes,
to advance to the attack, charge ; Inferre
arma, or bellum, to toage war: Inferre
se, to advance, go. (in, fero.)
infer-US, a, um, being beneath, lower,
underneath ; under- jround; belonging to
the nether world: hence, lnfer-1, flm
(for Orum,) the gods of the lower world.
Compar. inferior; superl. inflmus, or
imns. (See infra.)
inficiandus. See Infltiandus.
infic-io, InfSc-i, infect-um, inflc-5:c, 3
V. •'., to mix with ; dip into ; dye, stain,
tinge; corrupt, (in, facio.)
inficior. Seelrifltior.
infinlt-US, a, um, without bounds or
limits, boundless; vast; infinite; very
numerous, (in, and finitus, from finio.)
infirm-US, a, um, not strong, weak,
feeble; without firmness of mind, faint-
hearted, timid; wavering, inconstant,
fickle, (in. Annus.)
infitiand-US, a, um, gerundive cf in-
fitior.
iuf iti-or, arus, ari, 1 v. a. dep., to deny.
VOCABULARY.
(ihoirn; tc decline to fulfil a promise.
(irifltiuc, denial; and that from in and
tiitoor.)
inflat-US, n, um, peif. part, of inflo, and
ii'\y, blown tip, infiated, pujjed up;
iKtiighty, inoud.
inflect-0, influxi, Inflexum. lnflect-6re
i V a., to bend, curve; change, alter.
(in, flecto.)
infl-o, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a, to blow or
breathe into, or on ; to play on a wind
instrument, (e.g., buccina)i to i,<jlate,
cause to swell, puff up.
influ-0, xi, xum, Cie, 3 v. n., to flow or
run tnto; pour into; rush in great
numbers, (said ofinvaders); press into
(ill, Alio.)
infra, adv., and prep, with ace. : 1. Adv
bflow, beneath; inferior in value or
esteem: 2. Prep., below, under. (The
root iiif, wliicli appears in inf-ra, inf-
erior, inf-inius, iiif-enuis,. Is a length-
ened form of in; just as sup-ra, sup-
_ erus, Ac., are from snb.)
mfund-O, infud-i, iiifus-iim, iiifund-Sre,
3 V. a., to pour in, into, or upon';
, infuse ; pour out ; spread, (in, fundo )
mgeni-um, i, n., natural quality, in-
born talent ; n. >tre, disposition, temper
cUaracter; talents, ability, genius, (in,
. Hiid gen, root of gigno, gen-ui.)
ingens, gen. ingent-is, adj., monstrous;
yreat, immense, vast, huge; strong,
powerful; great, distinguished. (Said
to be compounded of in, not, and gen,
root of gigno ; so that tlie piiiiuiiy
meaning is, not born,-i.c., not natural,
fuonstrous.)
ingrati-a, ae, f., want of gratitude, in-
_ gratitude, thanklessness. (in, gratia.)
mgratiS, contracted for ingiatiis, abi.
pl. of ingratia, without one's thanks;
against one's will, unwillin'dy, reluc-
tantly.
ingrat-US, a, um, disagr.^ahle, unpleas-
ant; unthankful, ungrateful, (in, grat-
lilgredior, ingressus, ingiCd-i, 3 v n.
imd a. dep., to go into, enter; proceed
advance; enter on, begin, engage in';
_ tmiate, follow, (in, gradior.)
mhib-eo, ui, Itum, ere, 2 v. a., to hold
tn, restrain, check, hinder, prevent, (in
liabeo) '
inimlciti-a, ae, f., enmity, hostility.
(iiiiniieus.)
di.
inImIc-U8, a, um, unfriendly, hostile-
hur(/ul: as a subst., an enemy, (in
amicua) ^ ^ '
iniqu-us, a, um, not even, or level:
hence, disadvantageous, unfavourable.
(In, aequus.)
inlti-um, i, n., a going in; an entrance
^ upon, beginning, (ineo.)
mjicio, iiijeci, injeet-um, Injlc-grr-, 3 r
a., to throw or cast in, or into; throw or
put on, ovover; inspire; infuse. (In.
jacio.) '
injuri-a, ae, f., an act of injustice, a
wrong, injury; harshness, rigour, (in-
Juiiiis, wrongful; and that from in.
Ju.s.)
mjUSS-US, Qs, m, absence of command
without order: Suo injussu, without his
_ order^ (in, ju.ssus.)
mjUSte, adv., unjustly, wrongfully un-
fiiilij- (iiijuslus.)
innascor, innatus, innasci, 3 v. n. dtp
to be born in; grow up in; arise, orig-
mate, (in, nascor.)
innat-US, a, um, peif part, of innascor,
_ inborn, innate, natural, native.
innocens, gen. innScent-is, acij., ha/in-
less, inoffensive, innocuous; also, free
_ from guilt, innocent, (in, nocens )
innocentl-a, «e, l, har^nkssness ; inno-
cence, freedom from guilt, uprightness,
integrity, (innocens.)
innocu-US, a, um, not injurious, or
hurtful; harmless, inoffensive: al.so
unhurt, unscathed, uninjured. (in'
nocuus.) '
innoxi-us, n, um, harmless, innoxious ■
innocent, blameless; urdiarmed, unhiA
(in, and noxius, from no.xa.)
in6pi-a, ae, f, want of necessaries, scar-
city, need, indigence, poverty, (inop.s.)
Inopinans, gen. inoplnant-is, adj., not
expecting, off guard, unaware, (in
oplnor.) '
inops, gen. in5p-is, adj., without re-
sources, destitute, poor, needy; helpless. ■
(in, opes.)
inp-. For words so beginning, see imp-,
inquam, or inquio, 3 v. dep., (for parts
used .see a Grunimur, or " First Latin
Reader," p. 96,)/, ay. It does not be-
gin a clause, but nmst be placed after
one or more words of the speaker. It
is employed when t'le identic.".! v.ojjjs
used by a person are reported, like our
says he, says /,'<fec. (Cf. quoth.)
\ H...
\
o
u
V
316
VOCABULARY.
a
inquIr-O, InqnMv-l, InquTsIt-iim, lnf,uTr-
firo, 3 V. a., to seek after, o' into; search
for; examine, i/iquire. (in, qniiero.)
insclens, Rcn. insdeut-ia, tulj., not
knowing, unaware, (in, sclena.)
inscI-US, a, um, not knowing, ignorant.
(in, sclo.)
inscrib-O, Inscrlps-I, Insciipt-um, In-
8crlb-5re, 3 v. a., to write on, inscribe,
put an inscription on; engrave, (in,
Rpribo.)
insequ-or, InsCcnt-ns, Insgqu-l, 3 V. a.
(lep., to follow after, pursiu, press hard
after; harass; ensite. (in, aequor.)
insSr-0, insGru-i, inscrt-um, ina6r-grc,
3 V. a., to put or pLtnt in; introduce;
insert, thr>ist in ; engraft, (in, suro.)
insert-US, a, um, perf. part, of insure,
thrust or put in, ifec.
inserv-io, Ivi, or il, Ttum, Iro, 4 V. n.
and li., to be a slave to ; be devoted or
attached to; pay court to; pay great at-
tention to (a person or tiling); attend,
take care of, watch, (in, servio.)
insidi-ae, arum, f. pi., an ambush, am-
buscade; a plot, device, treachery,
snares, deceit, (insiileo.)
insidi-or, atus, ari, 1 V. n. and a. dep.,
to lie in wait for; lay snares for ; entrap.
(insidiae.)
insign-e, is, n., a mark, token, badge;
ensign, flag, signal. (insi;;nis.)
insign-is, is, e, distinguished by a mark,
marked; notable, striking, conspicuous;
e.Ttraordinary, eminent, famous, (in,
siiinum.)
insil-ir ui, insult-um, insll-ire, 4 v. n.,
to leap into, or upon; spring upon, or
at; bound up on. (in salio.)
insinu-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to in-
troduce in a winding manner: i\(!nce, to
insert gently; to '-ind or work one's way
into; insinuate, penetrate gradually.
(in, and siniio, from sinus.)
insist-0, insttti, insist-ere, 3 v. n. and a.,
to stand on ; be seated on : hence, to
stop, halt: with dat, to pursue: with
vi.'tm, iter, Ac, to enter upon; adopt;
follow; urge, (in, sisto.)
insolenter, adv., contrary to custom, vn-
usually: hence, immoderately, excess-
ively; hamihtihj, proudly, (insolens.)
iuspir-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to blow
or breathe into, (as, e.g., a wind instru-
ment:) iwncc, iu inspire; it}fusi; in-
cite. (In, spiro.)
inst&bll-is, is, e, thai does not stand
fast, unstable, unsteady, wavering ; with-
out good footing, (in, stabllis, from
sto.)
instans, sen. Instant-ls, pres. part, of
Insto, standing upon, or at; pressing;
present (of time): iJcinstantibus, aiowf
matters in hand.
instar, n. Indecl., image, liken.^s; man-
ner; figure: used a(iyerbially, after the
manner of, like, equal to. ('I'lic root
seems to be that of sto ; and tlio word
Is tliereforo simiiar to our instead.)
institU-O, i, (a) turn, fire, 3 V. a., to set
up, erect; found; construct, build, (cj;.,
naves;) establish; train, educate; draw
up in lint, (as an anny.) arrange;
begin ; resolve, determine, (in, statuo.)
institut-um, l, n., an arrangement;
established order, or custom ; plan, mode
of life; institution, ordinance; purpose,
design, intention: Suo instituto, accoi'd-
ing to his purpose or plan, (instituo.)
insto, institi, instare, 1 v. n. and a., to
stand in, or on ; draw near, approach ;
threaten; urge, press on; harass; at-
tack; pursue; be earnest on, insist
eagerly, (in, sto.)
instruct-US, a, um, perf. part, of in-
struo: also adj., prepared, furnished
wi'h, equipped; taught, instructed.
instru-O, xi, ctum, gi'o, 3 V. a., to pile up
in order; build, construct: lience, to
draw up (troops) in ord..r, airay; pre-
pare, provide, (in, struo.)
insuefact-US, a, um, accmtom'd to, in-
ured to. trained. (From antiqi-° in-
sueo, and factus.)
Insul-a, ae, f, an island. (On the ety-
molopfy, see consul.)
insult-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. n. and a
freq., to leap on ; dance on ; trample
on: lie lice, to treat with disrespect, act
insolently towards, insult, abuse, mock.
(insilio.)
insum, infui, inesse, v. n. irreg-, to be in,
or upon; be contained in; dwell, abide
in. (in, sum.)
intact-US, a, um, untouched, unhuu;
free from ; untried, (in, and tnctus,
fi'om tango.)
integer, intogr-a, integr-um, untouched,
whole, entire: lieiice, unharmed, un-
scathed: sound, healthy; fresh, vigorous;
f-.JatneJpus, .ipnffcsi'., pure, virtuous. (hh
and tag, root of tango.)
VOCABULARY.
intelllg-o, Intpllex-I, Intcllcct-um, In-
telllK-Cre, a v. n., litLTully, to choose
between; select l>y j,i,hjme»l: hence, to
vrulerstdud, compreheml, perceh dis-
tiiujuisU; be well skilled in. (i.iter
intempgrans, kch. Intemreranf-is, adj.,
not capable of self -control ; without mo-
deration, intemperate, rctsh. (in, tem-
pcro.)
intemperanti-a, ac, f., «^ ■« <j^ ggif.
control; want of moderation ; extrava-
gance, intemperance; haughtiness, in-
solence, (intemperans.)
intend-0, i, Intentum, and Intensum
iiitcndCic, 3 V. a., to stretch out, to-
wards, m against; aim at ; direct one's
course, qv thoughts to ; make for; apply
_ to; purpose; endeavour, (in, teiido)
infent-US, a, um, perf. part, of intendo:
also adj., bent; stretched, strained ; ear-
nest, eager for, intent on.
inter, prep, witli ace., between ; among
VI the midst of; during, tchilst.
interced-0, intercessi, intercessum, in-
teiced-Cre, 3 v. n., to go or come be-
tween; he between, intervene ; pass (as
e.p., time;) occur,happen ; exist between,
(Cues. R. G., V. ]1, 19;) oppose, hinder,
_ obstruct, interrupt, (inter, ccdo )
interclud-0, interclua-i, intcrclQs-nm,
interclud-ere, 3 v. a., to block up; cut
ojh- hinder, prevent; separate (n person
fioin anytliinK,-e.K., A re frument-
ai la, from the supply of corn.) (inter
diuido.)
interclus-US, a, um, j.crf. p„rt. of in-
_ tci-cludo, shut out, cut off, ,tc.
mterdico, interdi.xi, inteidict-um, In-
te.dlc-Cre, 3 v. a., literally, to say be-
tici'en, (I.e., to interpose a command
between a per.son and his hope, or pur-
pose:) hence, to forbid, prohibit, inter-
'hct, disallow; prevent, .(inter, dica^
interdiu, adv., during the day; hv dau
(inter, dies.)
interdum, adv., sometimes, now and
_ M(7i^ (inter, dum.)
intorea, adv., in the meantime, in the
i-'ivnm, meanwiiile. (For inter earn,
sni. jiartem, or diem.)
intereo, interii, intentum, interire, 4 v
n., to be lost, perish; go to ruin; die.
(inter, eo.)
iiiterfect-us, .i, um, perf. part, of in-
terficio, slain, &c
317
interflcio, InterflJcI, InterfecUim, In-
terfte-Cre, 3 v. a., to destroy; consunn;
_ kill, slay, put to death, (inter, faeio.)
interim, adv., m the meantime. (Said
to be for inter cum.)
int8rimo, Interemi, Intcremptum, in-
terlm-Cre, 3 v. a., to take from the
mid^'t of (I.e., diminish:) hence, to de-
stroy ; kill, slay. (Inter, and emo, to
taje. So periino.)
interi-or, or, us, sen. interigr-Is, coinp,
of obsolete intcrus, (see iuUa,) farther
in; inner; more tcmoic; as api)lied to
a country, the inland part. The superL
Is intlmus.
interit-US, as, m., ruin, destruction ;
death. (Intereo.)
intermiss-US, a, um, perf psrt of in-
terniitto, having been l^t off, given up:
interrupted.
intermitt-0, Intermis-l, intermiss-um,
iiitermitt-Crc, 3 v. a. and n., literally,'
to let go between : hence, to intermit •
cease for a time,-(Xmto intennisso',
(he wind having lulled;) leave off;
neglect, let pass; leave a space,— ns. Qua
fiiimen intermittit, where the 'river
leaves a space,-i.e., ceases to flow, is
. interrupted, (iiiter, mitto.)
mternecio, internCclOn-is, f , (or inter-
nicio,) a mutual slaughter: hence, a
general slaughter, massacre; utter 'de-
. feat; annihilation, (interneco )
internunti-US, i, m., a go-between;
mediator; messenger; medium of com-
_ munication. (inter, nnntius.)
interpon-O, interpOsu-i, interp(5.slt-um
interpOn-Ci'e, 3 v. a, to place, or set or
put between; intermix; interpose: In-
terponere fldem, to pledge one's word-
Interponere causam, to alleae as a
reason: (of time,) to intervene,-^^,
^octe Interposita, night having inter-
_ vened. (inter, pono.)
mterposit-us, a, um, perf part, of in-
_ terpono, having intervened, &c
interpres, interprct-ls, m. or.f, onewfio
acts between two parties, a go-between, a
common agent; negotiator; broker; an
expounder (of language, signs, Ac.) be-
tween two, an interpreter, explainer.
Jims Jlercury was called Interpres
divum; and the augurs. Interprf-tAs
Jovis, expounders of the will of IJeaven,
(Ktymology doubtful. Some connect
the root pret with prct-ium.)
vV
o
i 'I
318
VOCABULARY.
■■*85'
I
interprftt-or, ntu«, n\\, i v, a. dcp., to
c.rphihi, expound, interpret (inteiiircs.)
intarsgr-o, ui, tmn, Cie, 3 v. a., to put
l'flirecn.iriterpn.ip;alle<je. (Inter, seio.)
intersum, inti-rfnl, intiTcsso, v. n.
iiTcj,'., to be betnwen, or among ; be pre-
sent; a.mst at; attend; be apart ; differ,
be diffeirnt: intercut anil other piirts
8''c uouil impersoniilly, witli tlienieiin-
Injf, to concern, to be of advantiuje, of
importance. (Seo Synt., sect. \ii., 8, c,
Willi nott! t, p. 113.)
intervall-um, i. n., literally, the »pace
bitu-een lines of palinrj : lience, an in-
tervening space, interval (of pJHce, or of
time), (inter, vallum.)
intim-US, h, um, superl. of obsolete in-
terns, (sec intra,) farthest in, inmost;
tnost remote ; familiar, intimate. (See
inteiior.)
inton-o, ui, (or avi,) are, 1 v. n. and a.,
to thunder; make a loud noise ; roar:
a., to thunder forth, or at. (In, tono.)
intra, adv., on the inside, tcilhin: conip.
interius; superl. intiine: prep, witii
acc.,Kilhin; (of moiUm,) into, within ; (of
time,) within, during, for; (of number,)
within,— I.e., under. (From in, inter;
or, according to others, for intera, scil.
parte,— tlie ubl. of tlie obsolete Interus.)
intrem-0, ui, Cre, 3 v. n., to tremble in-
wardhj, or to the centre: hence, to
tremble exceedingly; si. .ke, qucke. (in,
tremo.)
intr-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to go into,
enter; penetrate, pierce. (Intro, adv.,
within.)
intro-C , intro-Ivl, and ii, intro-Itum,
intro-Iie, 4 v. ii., to go in, enta: (In-
tro, eo.)
mtroit-US, Qs, m., « going in, entering,
entrance, passage, mouth, approach, (in-
troeo )
iutroidum, or Introrsus, adv., towards
the inside, inwards; into; inwardly,
within. (Contracted for intro, ver.suia)
intu-eor, Ttus, eri, 2 v. a. d^p., to lo--^:
at, or on, or toioards; observe closely,
examine; consider; regard with respect,
look up to. (in, tueor.)
intumesc-0, intumui, iiitumesc-6re, 3
V. n. iiicep., to begin tc swell, swell up,
rise; increase; be puffed up. (ii-, tuni-
csco.)
intUS, adv., on the inside, within; in-
wardly; to the irjtidf. (in. Cf. ss-toj.) }
inQsIttlt-UB, a, um, not customary, or
usual; uncommon, unusual, extraordi-
nary (in, not, aufl usitiitus, much used.)
indtll-is, is, e, useless; unprofitubk;
not Jit, tor; injurious, (in, utdis.)
invad-O, invasi, Invus-um, invfid-Cre,
3 V. n. and a., to go into, enter; pene-
trate: hence, rush upon, attack, assault;
invade; seize upon, take hold of. (in,
vndo.)
inven-io. (5)i, turn, ire, 4 V. a., to come
upon, find, meet with, discover; learn;
invent, devise, plan, (in, venio.)
inventor, inventc'-ls, m., one who finds
out, or discovers; a,: inventor, contriver;
discoverer, (invenio.)
invent-US, a, um, perf. part, of invculo,
found out, discovered.
Xnvict-US, a, um, unconquered : lienco,
invincible, (in, victus.)
invid-eo, (l)i, invl3-um, invld-ere, 2 v.
a., to look at (witli a niaiici.ius or
spiteful intent): hence, toenvy; grudge;
hinder, prevent, (in, video.)
invidi-a, ae, f., envy; grudge ; jealousy;
odium; unpopularity, (invidus.)
invid-US, a, um, envious; grudging;
churlish, (invideo.)
invit-US, a, um, against one's inclination;
unwilling, reluctant. (The root vi of
invitusis said to belong to vol-o, be-
ing contracted as vis is for volis.)
involv-0, i, 'nv5]flt-uin, involv-(5re, 3 v.
a., to roll to, or upon ; roll round, en-
_velop, involve; entangle, (in, volvo.)
lones, um, m., the Jonians, or inhabit-
ants of Ionia.
loni-a, ae, f., Ionia, a district on the
west coast of Asia .Minor.
ipse, ipsa, ipsum, gen. ipsius, dat. ipsi,
adjunctive pronoun, self; very; identi-
cal. It may be joined to any of tlie
personal pronouns,— ego ipse, tu ipse,
ifec. When it stands alone, it is gener-
ally of tlie third person ; but tlie verb
easily decides the person: as, Iiisu
veni, / myself came. (It is conipouiuled
of is and tlie suffix pse, tlie same as
pte ; and thus, in old writers, we tiiid
eam-pse, ea-pse, and such forin.\)
ir-a, ae, f., anger, wrath, passion, rage ;
bitterness.
iracund-US, a, um, prone to anger,
irascible, passionate ; angry, (ira.)
irascor, iratus, irasc-i, 3 V. n. dep., to be-
come angry, be angry ; he enraged, (ira.)
VOCABULARY.
Irat-us, a, um, perf. pHit. of liascor i
nn^iu; enraged. "nscor,
Ina.iiid-k,,:, /,.i,,^„„,,^.,
'i-'w. ..i,d n,e«sonKer of tl.e Rods
. '"/''-"/e. (i„, ride,,) ' """^*'
irndlcule, adv.. h.yao„< a„;,„„,. ,,.^^^.
»«' «'^. (inldiculus; and tim ft ,
In. not, and ridiculus.) ^'""'
irritainert-um, i, ^^., a provocative in.
I^S'.';* ""'•"*" ^""•^'^''' "''•«''■'/. "/
^IJ;'^- <"'• «'". «na ratu., ,•«,,',
«"</«</w, bedew; be.^i>,-inkie. (i„ and
'"reTv°'„ "/'■?■'• "■'""^■"'"' "^"'"P-
;i;.itT'^'- '''""*•• •"'^'-^'•
is, ''u, id. us an adj., this, or Wa/.- as a
Of any person but the third -J^ 2
talis, ««c/,, 4uc/W./te. "- I
319
lam&ri-US, a. um. h,narian,-l.
iluac.an. (Kron. the follo.vln>r )
, tr.n'in'T,f:™' ''"'"""'"'" -^ «
ISte, istu, istud. Ken. Istius, dut. Istl
;^ons. p.on. Of secon.. „:,■., ^ Jl '
S tu )'''*'■ ^"'^ •■''"'' ''"•'■■ ''"'•'^
Ister, Istrl, ,„, r^ ^«„„ft,_ (See ] lis-
lit '■ ^ "''"'''('"Vly: to such a
fy>-ee, or pomt; very, (is.)
Itali-a, ae, f , /to/y.
Itaque, adv. and conj., a«r; ,o, „nd
'!;',\"'''^^''^'-'^'=^'c.cordinyiy.\Z
item, .dv., ,'« thii manner; in the same
manner; just so; likeuuc a'so ,isT
i*er,mner.i.s, a, «,.,„,,«;. '^.
.;o«''«e.«/, «.«,r/^ eTpeditwa; « 'co««;
^ -;'-. ^nethoa. (Kron. it^nr,, ^re
iterum, adv., a «co«rf //,«£. «j,„,„_ -j^^
j&C-eo, ui, Itum. ere, 2 v. n.. literally to
be thrown down: hence, to lie; Uei^i^
jaC-10, jeci. jactum. jr.c-6re, 3 v. a to
^^-^ cast hurl,jii„rj; send f.^
emu; /a^ (m order) ; construct/ build
(Jacerelundame„t.O/Ar.t.o.;,.,.e^'|
jact-0, avi. atum, are, 1 y. a, neo to
t»rou, cast, or hurl frequently, Tuul
^^Oour; scatter-; toss about; s'i„g;ds.
''''^:lae;or"'^''^'''^''^"^^*-
_jajt, throw, (jaclo.)
jacul-or, fitus, ari, 1 V. a. dep., to throw
o^, attaa. (jacuUnn, «>aiWw.)
jam, adv., at this time; at that tini, ■
r^o>c;then;alrcad,;;tUnrH IrZ'
<i»^My. (,s.) °"-' •'''^^■j
J.
janu-a, ae, f., a door, gate, entrance-
approach. '^<*"*nce,
■'"•J-^^i?"'; '' "•' ""^"'""If^/-^'' famine;
.J'""ffer. (mmus, fasting:)
j-b-eo, jussi, jussuni, jub-ere, 2 v. a
I _ nii/i; decree; ratify
judex, jadic.is,m. or v., «>,/<,,._ ,,^,.^^.
.^c^nt/z/zpiVe. (jus.dico.) "
JUdlCi-um, i, n., a Judicial trial; court
of justice; sentence, judgment; trial-
jJiscernnunt, discretion, audcx.) '
JUdic-0, av.. fitun,. iire. 1 v. a., to act as
^l;^ investigate; try; ^lete!^!, ,
JUger-um, i, n., an acre,
(<i piece of
' ' ' "'* 1*1-/ c, lil TllP'^n nf
pound 240 feet long, by 120 bro^d-
i-e., about flve-eighths of an English
acre i) juger. There is u piurul S
of the thud Declension (jugeribus
_^Ae.). from oldiioni.juKer.
jUg-um, i, n., a yoke (for oxen) ; „ col-
/«r.-«y,,,(asabad«eofsubu,kion)j
<c
H.
320
VOCABULARY,
a yokf, or pair; a ridge of moun-
tains.
jflment-um, l, n., a beast of burden, or
0/ draught,— &s, a horse, mule, ass, ,fec.;
but not oxen. (Contmctcd for jugu-
inuntum, and that from Jug, the root
ofjungo.)
junct-US, a, um, pcrf part, of jungo,
connected, united, joined, Ac.
jungo, Junxi, juiictum, jung-5re, 3 v. a.,
to yoke, harness; bind-^ together, tie,
unite ; marry. (The root is jug, which
is strengthened in the Present by the
insertion of n, — as in frango, tango.
_Cf. jug-um, con-jux; ^uyot/.)
Juno, Jnn6n-is, f, Juno, daughter of
Saturn and wife of Jupiter.
Jupiter, (or Juppiter,) J6v-is, m., Jup-
iter, son of Saturn, and husband of liis
sister Jnno.
Jtir-a, ae, f.. Jura, a chain of mountains,
west of modern Switzerland.
jur-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. n. and a., to
swear, take an oath; (witli inter se,)
conspire: a., to swear (sometliing), or
to stpear bi) somebody; vow; promise.
(jus, jur-is.)
jus, jilr-is, n., law; equity, right (as fixed
by public ciistoni,-see lex); legal au-
thority, power; acourt of justice; the
lawofnatui, natural justice; privilege,
prerogative.
jusjurand-um, Jurisj rand-i, n., an
oath, vote, (jus, ju. i.)
juss-um, i, n., an order, command;
commission, (jubco.)
juss-us, ns, m., a command, wder.
(jiibeo.)
justiti-a, ae, f., justice; sense ofjmiice;
m< ration, mildness. (Justus.;
just-US, a, um, just, equitable, fair ; up-
right ; rightful, lawful, proper : perfect,
complete, (jus.)
jiivenc-US, a, um, young: as a siibst.,
juvenc-us, i, m., a young bullock:
juvenc-a, ae, f., a young cow, heifer.
^^(juvenis.)
juvenil-is, is, e, youthful, young, (juv-
enis.)
jiiven-is, is, as an adj., young, youthful;
as a subst., m. or f., a young person
(whetlier man or woman), a youth.
The comp. is junior, contracted for
juvenior. (Cf. lla.\.giovane,ovgiovine;
Vr.jeune.)
jiiventus, juventat-is, f , the season of
youth, (say from the twentietli to tlie
fortieth year): as a collective noun,
the youth (young people) of a country.
(juvenis.)
jUV-0, juv-i, jut-um, jilv-ure, 1 v. a. and
n., to help, assist, benefit ; give pleasure,
gratify, delight: used impersonally,
with the infln., juvat, it delights (me,
thee, him, *c.)
JUZtS,, adv., and prep, with ace, near to,
hard by, beside ; in like manner, egually,
alike: as prep., near to, hard by, next to,
(immediately) after. (Said to be from
jug, tlie root of jungo; and sta, tlie root
of sto; so that it would be written
jug -St a.)
K.
K., as an abbreviation, stands for Kaeso I Kalend-ae, arum, f., the Kalends, or
(orCaeio.) \ first day of a month. (See Calendae.)
I
L., as an abbreviation, stands for Lucius,
a common Ituman name.
LabeO, LSbgon-is, m., Labeo (Quintius
Fabius), a cognomen of some Koman
families. Tlie wovil menuH big-lipped.
(Sec Nep. Hann., xiii. 3 and 4, with
notes.)
Laberi-US, l, m., Laberius, the name of
ji Roman gena. (See Durus.)
Labien-US, i, m., Lobknus, one of Cae-
sar's generals. He afterwards went
over to Pompey's side.
lab-0, avi, atum, 5re,'l v. n., to totter;
give way; sink ; fall to pieces, go to ruin ;
waver, hesitate.
labor, lapsus, labi, 3 v. n -^op,, to glide,
slide, slip; fall down; go to ruin ; move
gently, or gradualUj.
labor, labor-Is, m., labour, toil, paws,
trouble, fi:itigu£, hardship.
labr-um, i, „., a l,p,. m,„, edge mar
mn (labium, or labia, a /U)
lac, lact-is, „.. ,u,k. (Cf. ,a^ ,,.,^.
lacedaemon, Lacg.laemQn-is f A««
ss,-r--p^'-'-iei!^x
?''™ »n</, Lacedemon: m sub.sr «
lacer, lacor-a, lacer-uni, <«,.„, /«,„,,,,,/
""'riffled, umikKed '«'«'-''/,
lacern-a, ae, f., «„ owr.rfc«*, won, bv
lacer-0, avi. atmn, are 1 v n /^ ,
lacess-o, ivi, n,™, {, 3
quentativc form from cio, or deosC
also arcesso.) ''''"
^S/^''"."''- '"- " ^'«<^'"">"'. or ,„.
'•'mil. (Cf.SdKpv.) "^'"1. clac-
lacnm-o avi, stum, Sro, 1 V. n. and a
wfit/. (lacniiia.)
/«/, iveetwuj: i„ an active sense aZ
^no tears, ,nournful (iacrin.a "
^'f'^>n,reservo,r. Used by the poet, f,.
'•ntt/-, era itver.
(las)
VOCABULARY.
321
laedo, laesl, lansum, bu'd-Ce. ;{ v a tn
, r-,,tlr:zr"^"''' '■'"■'■ -'
fortunate; f,rtik, rich. ' •' '^'""^'«'
laev-us, a, urn, on Me ?e/< ^5,,,^,) ,
lamach-us, 1, m., /.«„,«,/»«. oneof tl,e
generals in ti.e Athenian \J^mZ
L«^tc-^- (SeeNep.Alc.,iii.4)
aiowii in Mysia, near tiie Jlcllesimi.t
AlsowrntenLan.p«ac.nm,i.„ '°"''
lan-a, ae, f., w-^o/. ' "•
lamat-US, a, um, perf. part r>f . <
lani-o, avi, atun), are 1 v n m /
lapis, lapid-is,m..«,fe„g.
largior, iargitus, h„j..i,i 4 „ „ .
(liiiR'ns, co/doiiK.) ' -"^'^•
largiter, adv., lan,,;;,, ru-M,.- L„,„if,r
caption, (largior.) " *^
™"?' '; "•"• '"='-^- r-t- of la,s.so
^"">"''J,e.rhatmtcd. '
iass-0, avi, atimi. arc r ,. ..
latebr-a, ae, l, « lurking.place rctroa,
lean retirement (lateo.) ' '"'
lat-eo, ui, ere, 2 t. n., to lie hid Irri i
latlSSlme, superl. adv. „f hue „,J,,
texsrvehj, venj , ridel,,. ""°' ""'^' ^•^-
latltudo, latifQiii
ii-is,
I'readth; .sue,
l»affniiude, extent, (la'tus')
T-i^v w . ^ v^'Miin. or Into
latobng-,, o,.„, ,„, ,„„ „„ „;,„,,,,^^
■H ...
f**t \-
322
VOCABULARY.
m
T
I
f
a Galliu tribe, bordering on tlie llul-
vetii.
latro, latron-is, m., a hired servant, a
mercenary; especially a mercenary
soldier: lieiice, a highwayman, free-
booter, robber.
latrocini-um, i, n., military service (of
a nierceiiary); highway robbery; 2>i-
racy ; roguery, knavery. (latroL-Inor, lu
rob; from latro.)
lat-US, a, um, hroad, loide, extensive,
spacious. Crescere in latum, to increase
tn width. (Cf. TrAarv's; Gavm. plat t ;
_Kng\.Jiat.)
latUS, Iat6r-is, n., the side o- Jiank (of
men or animals) ; the side u\- flank (of
anything,— as, an army, a sliip, &c.)
laud-0, avi, atum, are, I v. a., to praise,
extol, eulogise. (Inus.)
laure-US, a, um, <>/ bay or laurel: as a
siibst., laure-a, ae, f., a hay or laurel
tree: Laurea corona, a ' nirel wreath.
laur-US, i, or lis, f., a bay-tree, laurel-
tree.
laus, laiul-is, f, praise, commendation;
^esteem, honour; glory, fame.
lavo, lavi, and lavavi, lantum, lavatum,
and lOtum, lav-cre, and lav-are, 1 and
3 V. a., to wash, bathe; moisten, we!.
le-a, ae, f., a lioness. (I'o-.'iic for le-
aena.)
leaen-a, ae, f., « lioness, (leo.)
lectic-a, ae, f., a litter, sedan; bier.
(lectus, a couch; from leg-o, to lay ov
strew.)
legatio, lO^atin ' is, f., the oflice of an
ambassador; an embassy, 7nissi(>n.
(lego, to send an ambast, :)
legat-US, 1, m,, one deputed; an am-
bassador; deputy-lieutenant; lieutenant-
general, (le^o.)
legio, k"g'(in-is f., literally, a selecting:
iKMice, a hody of mm selcctnl; a hgiim
(of soldiui's) J troops, soldiers ; an army.
legionari-US, a. uni, of or belon'jin(t1o
a legion, legionary, (lefjio )
leg-0, iivi, atnin, are, 1 v. a., tn»scnd as
an and)assadoy ; choose as deputy or
^ liiutenaut ; dcpiifi' ; begueath.
leg-0, leu-i, lect-nm. IPfr-Cre, .S v. a., to
lay ; put in order, arrange : pick;
gather, choose, select ; observe ; read, re-
cite; go through, or ;dong; cruise past.
(Tlie roof Icij is the same as tli.it of
Ae'v us. ami iiK.'uiis jirhiuirily, to Ui<!,)
Lemann-US, i, m., (or LCmanua), Lake
Leman, or tlie Lalie of Geneva.
Lemni-US, a, um, of or belonging to
Lemnos: in i)l., as subst., Leninii, the
Lemnians, ov people of Lemnos.
Lemn-OS, l, (or Lemn-us, i,) f., Lemnos,
an island in tlie Aegean Sea,— now
called Stalimene,
len-is, l3, e, soft, gentle, mild; smooth;
easy.
lenitas, lenitat-ls, t:, gentleness, softness,
mildness; smoothness. (Icnio.)
lenitudo, lenitudln-is, f., gentleness, soft-
ness; smoothness, (ienis.)
lenius, adv., comp. nent. of lenia, moie
gently ; more smoothly.
leute, adv.. slowly; gently; pliantly;
calmly, (lentus.)
lent-US, a, um, tough; pliant, flexible;
tenacious; sluggish, slow; lasting, long-
continued. (Said to be contracted for
lenitus, from lenio, to soften.)
leo, leon-is, m., a lion.
Lednid-as, ae, m., Leonidas, a Spartan
king, who fell at the battle of Ther-
mopylae.
lepus, lepCr-ls, m., a hare.
let-um, i, n., death; destruction.
Leuc-i, orum, m., the Leuci, a people of
Gaul.
lev-ls, '.», e, smooth (as opposed to asjier,
rough), polished. (Cf. Aetos.)
lev-is, i.s, e, light; slight, gentle,
levit-as, atis, f., lightness.
lev-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a,, to make
smooth, polish, (levis.)
lev-0, avi, a'lum, are, 1 v. a., to make
light, lig'iten; lift up, raise; takeaway,
remove; alleviate; release; lessen.
(levis.)
lex, le«-is, f, a law, rule, precept; mode,
manner: (iine lege, icithout control.
libat-US, a, um, perf. part, of libo,—
which see.
libenter, adv,, tvillinfly, gladly, with
pleasure, (libon.s.)
liber, llbf^r-a, um, free, exempt from ;
unre.Hricled, unlim ited.
liber, libr-i, m., properly, the inner bark
of a tree: hence, a book, treatise;
also, « book, as the subdivision of a
work.
liberal-is, is, e, balonglng to freedom, or
to freemen: hence, honourable, noble;
generous, liberal, (llbei'.)
liberftlTtaf?, lilu'ralKat-is, f., nobleness;
VOCABULAKY.
(liber-
kindnm, getierositij, UberalUy.
llberius, adv., more freely, &c.: neut
comp.ofliber, -which see!
Oihrto ' '"^'^'^'Pale, discharge.
liberrimg, adv., from snperl. of liber
most freely, most frankly.
llbertas libertat-ls, l, freedom, liberty
^permission. (liber.) > ""^fy,
llbet, (or lubet,) an impcrs. verb it
llbldinos-us, a, um, full of desire or
IThS T-f-"/' '''''""'• ''^'^"''•'>'«- (libido.)
libido, libidln-ls, (or lubido, Ac.,) f
P/^a^wre; desire, eager inelination, pccs^
Stan, wantonness, lust, (llbet)
J «fe o/ «p /rem, taste of; touch ligM
out. '■ °^''' "' " '*«''■''"'• -P^"'
libr-O, avl, stum, are, 1 v. a., to weigh,
bak,nce,potse. (Uhva, a balance.)
ciistnctm Africa; /l/nca.
ilCentl-a, ae, f., freedom, liberty, license-
licentiousness, (licet.) '^' "''"'«,
llC-eo, ui, uum, ere, 2 v. n. and a., to be
for sale: a., to f.v a price.
uuttion); to value.
licet llcuit, ccc., 2v. n. impers, e^ «
Snum.)"* ""'• '""* '-^ """"'• "'^<"^^"-
Jign-um, i, n., woo(/.
l^.avi.utum,ar. iv. a. ..,«.. ,,„^
Ital an people, occupying the dis rict
now represented in great part by Pied-
mont, Genoa, and Lucca.
i^lgUS, and LIgur, Llgur-ls, adj., Liauri-
««.-a8subst.,a£,i^«nVr„. •>■' ^'^""-
Tw;'?;''', "-«^'"<^?(ofadoor);
"ouse, abeginmua. («,.,id to be from
tliosamcrootasli«o,/o/«.to./c>,c-2"|
323
•inco the lintel connect, and steadies
tlie two door posts.)
lim?- llmlt-is, m., a cross-path: hence
a dumon between two fields; atomU.
ary, limit; a path, road, way.
lim-us, i, m., slime, mud, dirt.
SgHcSe.""' "•• '"' ^'•"^--- ^
lingU-a, ae, f., ;Ae<o«5,Ke; hence, .^ccca
linqu-o irqu-i, (lictmn), linqu-Cre, 3 v
don! ' '^'^'"'^■^''"'' /»'•*«*«. <*''cm.
&fAT'''''^'''''y'--'^«^oat,sliijr.
_ toZltr ' """' '"''"' ^"^"'^"•
liquor, llquor-ls, m., y?t./rf,-^y . „ ^„,. .
Imtd. (Uqnco, to melt.) "^ '
lis, lit-is, f., as,„ye, ^,;, ,^ 2«am;.
J«^-suit; the point of dispute. '
onKdui:^"'^"'°"°°'"'°^'''^'^^
htus, lit6r-is, (or littus, littor-ls), n., the
a me?;'' *'"'"• ''"''• *"■««"•■ *««* ("f
Htu-us, 1, m., a trumpet, clarion; also
a curved stick (carried by the augur.s)
locuples, gen. loeuplet-i«, adj.,^ ^S
J^_^«/%,,.e«.^or^c/. (Etymology do .bU
lociiplet-O, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a to
make rich, emich. (locuples.) ''
lOC-us, i, m., in pi. loci, or locn, a place
longe, adv., long, in length; far off, a a
^°°f ^.1^;"S' «' "ni. ^ong, extensive,
/«' /mc'/^iy; rf/,to«;, remote, (long.
longissime, adv., from superl. of lonir-
^^^.yery far; farthest, ^
^°Sf,!f S' -''^'- "^"t- comp. of longt,8,
farther, more distant.
loqu-or, locutu.s, loqu.i, 3 y. „ „,,,, ^
V
324
VOCABULARY.
, dep., to speak, talk, say: a., to speak
out, tell.
lor-um, i, n., thong, bridle, rein; whip,
lash.
LUcan-i, orum, m. pi., the Lucanians, a
people of southern Italy.
luceO, luxi, luc-cre, 'i v. n., to be li'jht;
to shine, glitter. (Root luc, as in
lux.)
Lucifer, Lnelf5r-i, m., Lucifer,— I.e., the
light-bringer, the morning star, the
planet Venus. The word is properly
the masc. of the adj. lucifer, luclfer-a,
um.
Ltici-US, i, m., Lucius, a Roman prae-
nomen.
Lucreti-a, ae, f, Lucretia, wife of Col-
latinus, and daughter of Sp. Lucretius
Tricipitinus.
luct-US, Os, in., grief, sorrow, lamenta-
tion, (lugeo, to lairent.)
luC-US, i, m., a icood, grove, thicket.
lud-0, lusl, lusuni, ind-Cre, 3 v. a, and
n., to pluy, sport; amuse one's self with;
ridicule; deceive; baffle; mock, (ludus.)
lud-US, i, m., a play, game, sport ; jest,
joke: in pi., public games.
Lugotor-ix, igis, m., Lugotorix, a Brit-
i.sii chief.
lumen, IQmtn-is, n., light; a lam/',
torch; brightness, splendour; poetic fur 1
a day, life, Ac. (Said to be for lucmen,
from liu'GO.)
Ifln-a, iw, t., the moon.
lu-0, i, Cre, 3 v. a., to pay, atone for, ex-
piate: Luere poenas, to suffer punish-
ment, (Cf. Mio.)
liip-a, ae, l, a she-wolf, (lupus.)
Liiperc-US, i, m., Lupercu6,—i.e., the
Wolf-averter, the Roman name for
Lycaean Pan. (lupus, arceo.)
liip-U8, 1, m., a wolf.
Itlrld-US, a, um, sallow, ghastly, lurid:
in an active sense, making sallow;
deadly.
lux, luc-is, f, %/<<, day-light: poetic, a
day, life, Ac.
luxuri-a, ae, or es, ei, f., luxury, extra-
vagance, high living, (luxus, excess,
luxury.)
luxiiriose, adv., immoderately, excessive-
ly; wantonly; luxuriously, extrava-
gantly, (luxui'iosus.)
luxiirios-US, a, um, excessive, extrava-
gant; luxuriant, (luxus, e.vcess.)
Lyc^rm-aS, ae, m., Lycormas, a river of
At..lia.
Lyc-U3, i, m., Lycus, father of Thrasy-
bulus. (See Nep. Ale, v. 10.)
Lysander, Lysandrl, m., Lysander, a
Spartan general.
M.
T
M., an abbreviation for the Roman prae-
nonicn, Marcus.
madefacio, madefcci, madefacc-um,
niadefac-Cre, 3 v. a., to make wet, moist-
en, (madco, to be icet; and facio.)
madefact-US, a, um, moistened, wet, be-
dewed, part, of madefacio, or inadefio.
mad-eo, Cre, a v. u., to be wet; to drip or
flow with.
madesc-O, mmlui, miidesc 6re, 3 v. n.,
to grow moist, wet, Ac. (madeo.)
madld-US, a, um, wet, moist, soft, soaked,
dripping, (mailco, to beWet.)
Maeandr-OS, i, (or us, I,) or Jlacandcr,
Maeandri, m., the Maeander, a river of
Ionia and I'liryghi, in Asia.Minor.
Maeoni-US, a, um, Maeonian,—i.e.,
Lydian. Maeonla was a district of
Lydia.
liiaest-us, a, um, sad, sorrowful, melan-
choly; causing or betraying sadness;
expressive of grief. Perf. part, of maer-
co, to grieve
Magetobri-a, ae, f., Magetobria, a town
in Gaul, the position of which is not
ascertained. (Cacs. 15. G., i. 31, 19.)
magis, adv., in a greater degree, more;
rather. (Cf. Fr. mats, and— from jam
miii<:is— jamais.)
ra§,gi3ter, nniKistr-i, m., a master, head,
chief, director, leader; teacher, instruct-
or, tutor. (Root mag, as in magnus,
magis, Ac. Cf. Ital. maestro; I'v.
viaitrc.)
in§,gi8tr-a, ae, f., a mistress; sovereign;
guide, lender, Ac, (See nmglster.)
migistrat-us, as, m., the offlce of a
viagistrate; a civil office, ov magistracy;
a magistrate, (magister.)
magnanim-U8, a, um, of great mill'!,
noble- minded, magnanimous, (magiuis,
animus.)
VOCAIiULARY.
Magnesi-a, ne, f, Magnesia, a city of I
C'lna, near ti.e Macunder, in the west
Of Asm Minor.
magnif ic-US, a, um, great, noble, dis-
tingimhed; splendid, sumptuous, mau-
mficent; showy: conip. niugniflcentiJr.
(-MuKnus, and flcus, from facie.)
magnitudo, maKnltudln-is, f., great-
ness, sue, magnitude: with aniwii it
means sublimit!,, dignity, greatness '(of
sonl). (magnns.)
magnopere, adv., vei-ymuch; greatly
exceedingly, (nnigno, opere.)
magn-US, a, um, great, large; impor-
tant; weighty; (of time,) long: con.p
major; super), maxinins.
MagO, Magon-is, m., A/ago, brother of
Hannibal.
major, mnjor, majus, comp. of magnus
witli superl. maximus, greater, larger';
more important, &c. : in jd., as a subst.
niajores, ancestors.
male adv., comp. pejns, superl. pessime,
Oadly; wrongly; wickedly; unforlun-
atdy. (malus.)
maledic-US, a, um, reviling, abusive-
comp. nmledicentior, superl. maledi-
cuntissinms. (male, dico.)
malefici-um, i, n., an evil deed, bad
acljon; ooing iiyury. (maleficus.)
mahtlSse, adv., with evil intent, mali-
ciously; treacherously; spitefully, (mali-
tiosus.)
raal-0, ui, malle, v. a. irreg., to wish
rather, cHose in preference, prefer.
Oiiagis, vl .)
mal-um, i, n., an evil, calamity, mis-
fortune; damage, injury, hurt, (mai-
ns.)
mal-um, i, n., an apple. 'Ct m^Aok)
mal-US, a, um, comp. pejor, superl
pessnnus, bad; wretched, miserable;
rorong, evil, wtcked; unfavourable, un-
lucky.
mal-us, i, {., an apple-tree; the 7nast of a
nhip (mase.)
mandat-um, i, n., a commission, order
cimrge. (mando.) '
mand-0, avl, atum, are, l v. a., to put in
"and, give in charge, commission, en-
'rust, commit; eiyoin. (manus, do.)
Mandubrati-US, i, m., Afandubratius,
■■<■ isjitisli prince.
mane, neut in.lecl.. the morning: as
adv., in the morning.
mau-eo, si, sum, ero, 2 v. n., to remain.
325
stay, abide; continue, last, endure, re-
mam uninjured; wait for, await
man-es, ium, m., <kparted spirits, 'manes;
me shades, the lower world.
manifest-US, a, um, clear, evident, ap.
parent, manifest; convicted of; proved
clearly guilty. '' ^ ^
Manli-us, 1, m., the name of a Roman
Kens.
mansue-facio, feci, factum, f ac-Cre, .-J V
a-, to make tame; pacify; tame, (mansu-
esco and facio; and mansu(;,sc„ from
manus suesco, to accustom to the hand
— l.e., tame.) '
mansuetudo, mansuetudm-is, f., lame-
ness; gentleness, mildness; clemencv
mercy, (mansuetus.) ' '
man-US, us, f, « hand, the fist; bravery
violence; struggle; power, might.
Marathon, Ma.athOn-is, m„ Marathon,
a plain in Attica.
Marathoni-us, a, um, belonging to
Marathon. j if <■»
Marcell-us, i, m., Marcellus, a Roman
ai.Mlynamc: M.Claudius Marcellus,
(see Nep. llann., v. 15.)
Marcomann-i, Smm. m., the Marco,
manni, a warlike tribe of tlie Suevi
Waes. B. G., i. 51.)
mar-e, is, n., the sea.
maritim-US, a, um, belonging to the sea,
maritime ; situated on the seu. (mare )
marit-US, a, um, belonging to marriage
matrimonial: hence, a.s a subst. a
married man, a husband, (mas )
Mari-as, f, m., Marius, (C,) uncle of
Juhus Caesar.
marmor, marmor-is, n., marble; a
statue of marble: used by tlie poets for
the marble surface of the sea.
Mars, Mart-is, m.. Mars, god of war
father of Romulus and Remus.
mas, mar-is, m., a male.
matar-a, ae, or matar-ls. Is, or matCr-
is, IS, f , a Celtic pike or jauelin. (See
note on Caes. li. G. i. 2G, 9.)
mater, matr-is, f, a moUier; source,
origin. (ixrJTrip.)
materfamilias, or mater familias, or
mater familiae, the mother of a family
a matron. When familia is joined
with mater, pater, Ac, it usually adopts
the old form of the gen., familias. but
lamuiae is often tbund likewise, ' and
the pi. matrcsfamiliarum.]
materi.a, ae, or v.s, ei, f , material. Umber.
326
VOCAnULAUY.
matern-US, n, nm, hdonging to amothev,
motherly, (iiiater.)
matrlmdni-um, i, n., marriage, matri-
moinj. (matur.)
Matron-a, ae, f., the Marne, a river of
Gaul.
maturius, ailv., sooner, earlier; more
speeiiHy. (iiiatuius.)
me 'I,.- -', avi, atuiii, are, 1 v. a., to male
: w I ten ; liusten, hurry on, (niatiir-
UH,
matur-US, a, iim, ripe, mature; Jit;
seasonable; early; speedy: siiperl. mat-
iiniimis, but more usually maturis-
si!nu3.
Mavors, Mavort-is, m., (old form for
JIars,) Mars, the god of war.
maxime, adv., in a very great degree;
most of all, chiefly, most especialhi
(inaxinius.)
maxim-US, a, um, supcrl. of maRiius,
the greatest, largest, chief, &c (See
maKiius.)
mecum, (i.e., cum me,) with me.
med-eor, eri, 2 v. n. dep., usually with
<\at., to heal, cure ; amend; relieve.
medicamen, medTcainTn-is, u., a rem-
edy; medicament, drug; paint, oint-
ment, (niedicor, to heal.)
mediocritei adv., in a moderate degree,
moderately; tolerably: Non mediocriter,
in no slight degree.
mediterrane-U8, a, um, surrounded by
land; inland, remote from the sea.
(medius, terra.)
medi-US, a, um, (that which is) ■(';? tlm
middle, central, middle; middling, or-
dinary, moderate.
mel, mell-is, n., honey. (Gr. fie\i,.)
Melas, Melan-is, or Jlel-ae, m., the river
Melas. (See note 2-17, p. 251.)
melior, melior, melius, comp. of bonus,
better, &c. See bonus. (Cf. Fr. meilleur.)
melius, adv., better; rather: neut. of
melior.
membr-um, i, n., a member, limb;
part, division.
memin-i, isse, v. n. defect., to remem-
ber, recollect; thin'.- of. (The root men
reduplicated.)
memor, gen. mCni5r-is, adj., remember-
ing, mindful; careful, (mem for root
men. See meminl.)
memori-a, ae, t, calling to mind, remem-
u,ring; recolk'Cliun, memory, (luciii-
or.)
memor-0, avi, utnm, are, 1 v. a., to call
to one's mind, remind (one) of; relate,
tell, men f ion. (memor.)
Menapi-i, Orum, m. pi, the Mcnapii, a
Gallic tribe, living between the Maese
and the Scheldt.
mens, mcnt-is, f , literally, the power of re-
membering: hence, the intellect, under-
standing, judgment, reasoning faculty,
mind; heart, disposition; courage. (The
root is men, as in meminl.)
mens-a, ae, f., a table.
meiis-is, is, m., a month.
mensor, mensOr-ls, m., one who measures,
a measurer. (From perf. particip. of
metior.)
mensur-a, ae, f., a measuring; measure,
standard: also, quantity,- capacity;
size, (metior.)
mentio, mention-is, f , a calling to mind;
a mentioning of anything, mention.
(Root men, as in meinini.)
mercator, mercatOr-ls, m., a trader,
merchant, dealer, (mercor, to trade.)
mercatur-a, ae, f., trade, trafftc, com-
merce; goods, merchandise, (mercor,
to t>-auij.)
Merciiri-US, i, m., Mercury, messenger
of the gods.
mer-eo, ui, Itum, ere, 2 v. a. and n.,
and mCr-eor, itus, eri, dep., to earn,
gain; get; deserve, vierit: n., to deserve;
merit, (usually followed by de with the
ablative.)
merg-0, mers-l, mer«-um, merg-ere, -T
V. a., to dip, dip in, immerse, plunge;
drown ; overwhelm.
meridian-US, a, um, of mid-day, or
7ioon : hence, southern, southerly.
(meridie.s.)
meridi-es, ei, m., mid-day, noon; the
south. (merus dies,— i.e., unmixed,
pure day.)
meritO, adv., deservedly ; justly. vAW-
of meritum.)
merit-um, i, n., a thing earned: hence,
desert, due, (whether good or ill;) a
good service, kindness, benefit, (mer-
eo.)
merit-US, a, um, perf part, of mereo,
deserving, (usually with bene, optimc,
and such adverbs,) deserving well: in a
passive sense, deserved, merited, due.
Merop-S, is, m., Merops, husband of
Clyniene. (See I'h.aethon.)
mers-U3, a, um, pert. part, of mcrgo,
VOCABULARY,
3:27
(Abl.
tunk, submerged: hencp, orenrhelmeiJ ;
tiis(rcssed ; riiiiwi, wrecked.
mer-um, i, u., pure wiue,— i.e., wine un-
mixed witli water.
mer-US, a, um, pure, unmixed, unadul-
terated; mere, nothing but, only.
Messal-a, ae, m., Messala, tlie name of
a lioman family of tlic pens Valeiia,
met-a, ae, f., a tu: Ayuj-post; goal; end,
ertremity, boundary, (inetior.)
metall-um, I, n., a metal: Iience, of
anything' talicn out of tlie eartli,— as
marhle, kc; amine. {ixiraXKov.)
met-ior, mens-us, (rarely melltiis,)
niet-iii, 4 v. a. dep., to measure, mea-
sure out, apportion; di.Uribute. (Kty-
molopy doubt (ul.)
Meti-US, i, m., Metim, one of tlic par-
tisans of Ariovistus.
met-0, messn-l, mess-um, niet-5re, .1 v.
a., to reap, mow, crop.
metu-0, i, (ri)tum, Cre, 3 v. a. and n., to
fear, be afraid of, dread: ii., to fear,
stand in awe, be in dread, (metus. )
met-US, us, ni., fear, dread, apprehen-
sion.
me-US, a, um, my, or mine. The voo.
niasc. is usuiilly mi. (nic.)
mic-0, ui, are, 1 v. n., to move qnickUj in
a quivering manner; to vibrate; dart
backwards and forwards: hence, to
flash, gleam, sparkle.
mile. See mille.
miles, mlllt-is, m., a soldier; especially,
a foot-soldier: as a collective noun,
soldiery.
Milesi-US, a, um, Afilesian,~i.e., of or
from Jliletus.
Milet-US, i, f., Afiktus, the chief town of
Ionia, in Asia Minor.
militar-is, is, e, belonging to soldiers,
or to tear, warlike, military: JJilitare
__sifina, standards, (miles.)
militi-a, ae, f., military service, u^fare,
war: hence, soldiery, (miles.)
mille, mim. adj. indecl,, a thousand: pi.
millia, t/iotuHinds,—hen'"\ of indefinite
numbers, innumera''
milli-a, um, n. pi., thousands. (See
preceding word.)
Miltiad-es, is, m., Miltiades, son of
Cimon.
Mimas, 5Iimant-is, m., Mimas, a moun-
tain and promontory in Ionia, opposite
jhe Island of Chios.
minax, gen. nimaci,, prcyecting; over-
hanging; threatening, (minor, to threat-
en.)
Minerv-a, ae, f., Minerva, goddess of
wi-sdoni, arts, Ac.
minime, adv., in the Jeast degree; by no
means, not at all. (minimus.)
aninim-U8, a, um, superl. of parvus, the
smallest, the least. (See iiarvns.)
minister, mlnlstra, mlni.strum, liter-
ally, one less, or inferior to: hence,
st-rring, attending on, ministering: as
subst., m., mini.itei', a servant, attend-
ant; helper, aid; aecomplice, abettor.
(minus.)
ministr-0, flvi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to at.
tend, wait on, serve; take care of, man-
oge, direct, (minister.)
mlnitans, rch. minitanl-is, pros. part,
of minifor, threatening.
minit-Or, ntns, uri, l v. a. dep,
. . /()
threaten, menace, (minor.)
min-or, atus, an, l v. a., to project;
overhang; threaten, (i lUKie, tUnats.)
minor, minor, niTnus, comp. of jiarvus,
-yiialler, /m. (See parvus.)
Minuci-US, l, m., Minucius, name of a
Roman kcils. (See Nep. Hann., v. Vi,
and viii. 2.)
minu-0, l, (a)tum, Cre, 3 V. a. and n., to
make less, lessen ; weaken : n., to become
less; (of the tide,) to ebb. (minus.)
minus, (see paivn.s, and minor,) less:
also adv., le.ts.
mirabil-is, is, e. wonderful, strange, e.r-
traordinary; excessive, (miior.)
miracul-um, i, n., a wonderful thing,
marvel; portent. (Neut. of.miracnln.«j
miracul-us, a, um, wonderful, strange,
e.rtraordinary. (iniror.)
mir-or, atus, ari, 1 V. a. and n. dep., to
wonder ov marvel at; be astonished at ;
admire.
mir-US, a, um, wonderful, astonishing,
extraordinary.
misc-eo, ui, mistum, or mixtum, misc-
ere. 2 v. a., to mix, mingle; unite;
blend; throw into confusion, disarrange;
emlrroil (mostly poetic.)
miser, misCr-a, miscr-um, to be pitied;
wretched; unfortunate; miserable.
miserabil-is, is, e, worthy of pity, piti-
able, lamentable, wretched, (mi.sei'or.)
miserand-US, a, nm, {m\%crav,) 2ntiahle.
miser-eo, ul, Itum, iire, 2 v. n.. to pitt'.
compassionate: used imperson;;lly, mi.s-
eret, it pities; miseruit, Ac. (nii.ser.)
328
i
VOCABLTLARY.
iniser-eor, itns, 5ri, 2 v. n. dep., to pity,
have compassion on.
misericordi-a, ae, f., tender-hearted.
ness. compassion, pity. (miseilcors,
coiiipassioiiale )
miser-or, utus, Sii, 1 v. a. dpp., to /eel
pill/ for, commisi'i-ate; lament, deplore.
(miser.)
misa-us, a, !Mn, perf. part, of niitto,
sent, etc.
mit-is, is, e, 7nild, gentle, soft, kindly,
mellow.
mitt-0, mlsi, missum, niitt-6re, 3 v. a.,
to let yo; make to go, semi, despatch]
tjirow, hurl; let loose, relea.se, dismiss.
moblhtas, niobTlItat-is, f., movableness;
rapid movement; fickleness, (niobilis,
movable.)
moderamen, mo.isinmtn-is, n., that by
which one manages, (n.g., a riiddur:)
Jience, management, control, direction.
(moderor.)
moder r, atus, ari, i v. a. dep., to set
liii s to: hence, to re.^trai) , control,
moderate; curb, check, (modus.)
mSdesti-a, ae, f, control 0/ one's desires;
.freedom from excess; moderation, so-
j^riety. (modestus, moderate.)
modo, adv., literally, l,y a limit: hence,
only, but; (of time,) just now; latelij :
Modo-modo, at one time- at another
time.
mod-US, i, ni., measure, limit, restriction;
way, manner.
moen-e, is, n., a city trill; usually
fdiiiid in the pi., moenia. (mociiio,-
I.e., nuinio.)
moeni-a, um, n. pi., icalls, fortifications.
(moeuio,— i.e., munio.)
moest-US, a, um, sad, sorrowful, mourn-
ful. (See niaestus.)
mol-es, is, f., a huge mms; a mound;
dam; pier, mole; labour, difficulty;
burden, load; distress.
moliment-um, 1, n., great exertion,
effort. (mOlior.)
mol-ioi', itus, iri, 4 v. n. and a., to get
into motion; e.rert one's self; endeavour,
struggle, strive: a., to .let in tnotion
(with labour and difficulty); heave,
throw, cast; throw up, build, erxt; de-
sign; undertake; prepare; perform,
accomplish. Onoles.)
ra61it-us, a, um, perf. part, of mOlo,
ground, crushed,
moii-io, ivi, iluiri, ire, 4 r a., to make
soft, soften; make easy; render effemi-
nate; mitigate; tame, subdue. (nioll-
is.) _
moU-is, is, 0, soft, mild, tender; pliant,
supple; weak, timid; gentle; smooth;
(of hills,) easy of ascent. (Some derive
it from niobilis, but tills is very doubt-
ful.)
mol-O, ul, Jtum, 5re, 3 v. a., to grind (In
a mill), crush, (mohi, a mill.)
Moloss-US, a, um, .Molossian : as gubst.,
m., Molossl, the Molossians,-~\.e., the
people of Molossis, in Epirus.
momcnt-um. i. n., literally, a balanc
xng motion, balance: hence, an altera-
lion of movement, and that which
causes an nlteriition,~e.g., a particle,
part, point: (of tine,) a short space,
moment: hence also, impulse; weight';
motive power ; importance. (Conti'aeted
for movimentum, and that from niov-
(0.)
M6n-a, ae. f., Mona, or the Isle of JIan.
jSee p. 230, note 9, chap, xiii.)
mon-eo, ui, Itum, ei'e, 2 V. a, literally,
to make one think: hence, to remind;
admotmh, advise, warn; inform, teach.
(The root is men, as in memiiu,—
which see )
monit-um, l, n., an admonition, warn-
ingj iirophecy, prediction, (moneo.)
monit-US, as, m., warning, admonition;
indication (from heaven, by omens
oracles, Ac.) (moneo.) '
mons, inont-is, m., a mountain, high
hilt.
monstr-O, Svi, stum, are, 1 v. a., to
point oat, show, indicate i iell„ declare.
(monstrum,)
monstr-um, i, n., literally, that which
points out, or tells : hence, an omen,
sign from heaven, portent; an appalling
sightj prodigy; monster, (moneo.)
montan-US, a, um, belonging to a moun-
tain; mountain (as an adj.) (mons.)
monument-um, i, n., that which keeps
(something) m mind: hence, a memo-
rial; monument; record, (moneo.)
mor-a, ae, f., a delay, hindrance.
morb-US, i, m., « disease, malady, sick-
ness; distress, affliction. (The root is
, perhaps the same as that of morior.)
Moriu-i, orum, m., the Morini, a Gallic
tiibe, who lived near the Strait of
Dover,
mor-ior, mortuus. (fut. part, merit ur-
VOCABULARY.
329
hiijh
us, in6r-l, 3 v. n. dep., to die; fade
away, wither, vanish. (Same root us
nioi-s, and /Spo-Tos. Fr. mourir.)
mor-or, ntus, mi, l v. n. and a. dfp., to
wait, delay, loiter, stay, remain : a., to
delay, retard, hinder, (mora.)
mors, mort-is, f, , death. (See morior.)
mors , as, m., « biting; a bite; a
hold, ^jtch (as of an anclior) ; a mali-
cious attack. (From perf. part, of
moidco, to bite.)
mortal-is, is, e, subject to death, mor-
tal, perishable ; belonging to w fitted to
man, human: as subst., a human be-
ing, man. (mors.)
mortU-US, a, um, perf. part, of morior,
and adj., dead; decay,H/, loithered.
mor-um, i, n., c mulberry,— Ic, the
fniit; a blachberry. (morus.)
ni6r-us, i, ♦■, « mulberry tree.
mor-US, a, um, black; dark-coloured.
nxos, nior-is, m., manner, custom, way,
fashion; conduct, behaviour: in pi.,
character; morals; kind, nature, qua-
lity: Gerere morem alicui, to gratify
one's humour.
mot-US, us, m., a moving, motion, move-
ment; (of the mind,) emotion, passion.
U'rom erf. part, of moveo.)
mov-eo, niov-i, mot-um, mOv-ere, 2 v. a.
and n., to move, set in motion, remove;
drive out, eject; excite; cause, influence.
mox, adv., soon; immediately; bij-and-
Iw, nfter a little; just now; a little ago.
mucro, mfierOn-is, m., a sharp point or
edge; a sword, blade; knife.
mulc-eo, mulsi, mulsuni, mulc-ere, 2 v.
a., to stroke; touch gently ; soothe; soft-
en ; make smooth ; calr.
Kulciber, MulcTbCr-is, or i, m., Mulci-
her (i.e., tlie fire-tamer), a surname of
Vulcan; also,^?-e. (mulceo.)
mulc-0, fivi, ntum, are, 1 v. a., to beat,
maltreat, injure.
mulct-o, avi, iitum, are, 1 v. a. See
mult-o, avi, &c.
mulic-br-is, is, e, belonging to woman,
womanly- womanish, weak, unmanly,
effeminate, (mnliei-.)
mulier, muligr-is, f, a woman; a wife.
multitudo, multttudln-is, f., a multi-
tude, great number, a crowd; the multi-
tude, populace, (multus.)
mult-O, (or mulcto,) avi, atum, are, 1 v.
a., to punish: Multare pecunia, to fine.
(niulta, a punishment, or fine.)
multo, adv., (abl. sinp. neut. of multu.s,)
by much; much; by far: Non multo
pn.st, not long afterwards.
multum, adv., much, very much ; great-
ly; often; far. (Ace. sing. neut. of
multus.)
mult-US, a, um, much; great: In pi.,
many ; frequent. Conip. plus; superl.'
plurlmus.
n,und-US, l, m., neatness; ornaments;
dress; the order of the universe; the
world; (poetic,) the people of the world;
a hole (dug in the > ntre of a newly
founded town),-see note 11, p. 255.
(mund-us, a, um, orderly.)
mun-io, ivi, or ii, itum, ire, 4 v. n. and
a., to raise a wall, fortify, secure, guard,
protect: Munire itinera, to make roads.
(Anciently written moenio, and con-
nected with moenia, as punio with
poena.)
munitio, manltion-is, f., a fortifying,
fortification; works; bulwarks, ram-
part, (munio.)
munit-US, a, um, perf. part, of munio,
fortified, defended.
munus, mrini5r-is, n., an office, charge,
duty, service.
murex, murlc-ls, m., the purple fish,
murex: hence, a purple dye; any shell-
fish, (as in Ov. i., ill. 20, p. 101.)
murmur, murmur-is, n., a murmuring,
murmur; indistinct noise, tiumrnng;
roaring; rushing; rumbling.
mur-US, i, m., a wall; mound; defence,
bulwark.
musc-us, i, m., moss.
mutabil-is, is, e, changeable, varying,
fickle, (muto.)
mutil-us, a, um, mutilated, mangled;
broken.
mut-O, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a. and n.,
to change, alter ; exchange ; to colour,
dye: n,, to change.
mutU-US, a, um, borrowed; lent; ex-
changed, (muto.)
Mycal-e, es, f., Mycale, a town and pro-
montory of Ionia, in Asia Minor.
Mygdoni-US, a, um, Mygdonian, belong- .
ing to Mygdonia. (See note 247, p. 251 )
mysteri-um, i, n., a mystery, secret
thing: in pL, mysteria, certain religious
ceremonies, to which none but those
initiiited were admitted.
Myus, Mynnt-is. f., Afyus, a town of
Ionia, in Asia Minor. (Muoi)?.)
330
VOCAIU;i,AI!V,
J
If
N.
nact-US, n, um, perf. part, of nnnclacor,
hnriiiij ohtaitieU.
Naias, Nriirid-ls, f , al.sD Kuis, Nald-ls, or
OS. f., n water niiuij.h, iVauol; nymji/i
(uoiicially.)
nam, emij., /or.- fur e.rnmp/e.
Namraei-U8, i, m., Nammdus, one of
tlu! iioblci oftho Ilolvftii.
namque, ronj,, for imked, for truly;
for. (nam, que.)
nanciscor, naetna, or nunctiis, nan-
cisc-l, ;) V. a. di'p,, to obtain, get ; find;
secure.
nanct-US, a, nm, perf. part, of nanciscor,
fiiiviixj ohtained.
Tiar-is, is, f., a nostril ! pi. nar-es, hini,
the nostrils, or nose. (Said to bo tlie
siinio stem a.s nasus.)
narr-0, avl, ruum, aro, 1 V. a., to make
iiioirn, tell, relixtc, set forth, explain.
(Said to be connected with gnarus,
hion-ing.)
nasc-or, n.ltus, (or gnatus,) nasci, 3 v.
n. dep., to be born; spring up; <n-ise.
(Tlieroot of nascor, or fjnascor, is i.',uu,
which is tiie same as gen in gen-ui,
perf. of gijrno.
Nasu-a, ae, m.,A'asua, one of the cliiefs
of the Sucvi.
nat-a, ae, f., a daughter. It is the fern.
of nat-ns, a, um.
natal-is, is, e, belonging to birth, natal:
as subst, ni., dies being understood, a
birth-dau. (natus.)
4iatio, nfUion-is, f., literally, birth, being
born: hence, a race of men; brood;
nation, people, tribe, (natus.)
n§,t-0, avl, atum, are, 1 v. n. freq., to
sicim, float; fluctuate, (no.)
natu, abl. of nat-us. us, which is used
only in the abl., bij birth.
natur^a, ae, {., natural or blood relation-
ship; natural quality ; nature.
nat-us, a, um, perf. part, of nascor,
having been born, Ac.
nat-us, i, m., a sr- masc. of nat-us, a, nm,
naufragi-UE^ i shipwreck-; fail-
vre; ruin, desu n. (Fornavifr.igi-
utn, from navis ana frango.)
naut-a, ae, m., a sailor, mariner, sta-
man. (Contracted for navita.)
nautlC-US, a, um, belonging to ships or
Sudors, uaulical.
naval-is, Is, o, belonging to ships, naval.
(iiavls.)
navicul-a, ae, f., a small ship, bonty
skijf. (Dim. from navis.)
navigatio, navlgntioti-is, f., « sailing,
voyage, trip, (navigo.)
navigi-ura, l, n., a sailing, voyage:
_h«'iK'e, a vessel, ship, (navlgo.)
navig-0, avi, ntum, are, 1 v. n. and n..
to sail, navigate: a,, to sad over, tra-
verse by sailing, (navis, ago.)
nav-is, U, (., (ucc. em or ini ; abl. e or
i.) a ship: Navis longa, « shtp of war.
Navis oneraria, a ship of burden, a
Jraiisport. (Cf i-ai"?.)
navit-a, ae, m., a .sailor, seaman, mar-
iner, (navis.)
Nax-08, (or us,) i, f , Nuxos, one of the
Cyclades group of islands, in the
_Acgean .Sea; now Naxia.
ne, adv. and oonj., no, not: often Joined
with quidem, in the sense not even. It
is very often n.sed with imperatives and
sulijunctives, in prohibitions and in
wishes. In clauses denoting a pur-
pose, it may be resolved into ut non,
that—not, lest. For ne and ut after
veibs of fearing, sec notes to Neii
^Milt., vii. la
ne, an interrogative adv., n-hcthcr. It
does not stand alone, but is ajiiicnded
to the mo.st important word of the
^question: as, Visne, do yen wish?
nebiil-a, ae, f, mist, vapour, smoke,
cloud. (Connected with nubes.)
nec, conj., net//ier, nor. (See noque.)
necessario, adv., by or of necessity, ne-
j'fssardy, unavoidably, (necessarius.)
necessari-us, a, um, necessary, nnavrid-
able; connected by blood, related, kin-
dred: as subst., a relative, kinsman;
friend; client, (necesse.)
necesse, an Indecl. adj., n., necmari/,
nn'avoidable, inevitable. (The root is
supposed to be nec-, to bind, as in
necto.)
necessitas, necessltat-is, f., necessity,
nnavoidabkncss ; destiny, fate; need,
want : also, like necessittulo, relation-
ship, connection : in pi. it som- times
means necessary things, wants; necesmin,
outlay, (nree.ssc)
necne adv., or not. It is generally pre.
VOCABULARY.
331
coded, In a forcKoinj; clause, by no or
III nun.
nSc-0, uvl, (or tii,) ntu.ii, tti" 1 a., lo
put to t/euth, kill, sldi/. (Tlic suiiic root is
found in ucx, nuc-is, death; pcr-nicics,
destruction ; noc-co, to hurt ; uiul vtK-
/)')?, a corpw.)
nectar, ncctriris, n., nrclar, tlic drink
of tli(! Kods: lu;ncc, anythiiKj sweet and
plea.idnt. (veKTap.)
n5fas, indcc'l. sulist., n., irhat w contrary
to divine law. a sin, impiety, unholy act,
abomination, (ne, fas.)
neglcct-U8, a, uni, pcrf. part, of ncp-
li«o, ncijhcti'd, disregarded, despised,
$liilhted, overlooked.
negligenter, adv., in a careless manner,
iwgliyently, heedlessly. (ucKlitjeuH, part.
of Ill'J,'li({0.)
neglig-0, ni!gUix-l, ncKlcct-um, ncRltg-
ero, a V. a., (written also ne^jlc^jo, and
iieclego,) literally, not to gather 7ij> :
Iience, to despise, slight, disregard, neg-
Jrct, pass over, overlook, (nee, Ic'^o.)
neg-0, avi, atuin, uro, 1 v. n. and a., to
jay No, deny, (ne, aio.)
negoti-um, l, n., nterally, want of lei-
sure : Jicnce, busy employment, business,
occupation; affair, (nee, otiuni.)
Nemet-es, um, or NCmCtes, or Neinet-
ae, arum, m., the Nemetes, a. Gallie or
(perliaps) German tribe on the banks
of the liliine.
nemo, nOmln-is, m. or f., no man. no one,
nobody, (ne licmo, old form of homo.)
nemoros-US, a, um, full of groves or
woods, woody, bushy, (ncmns.)
neo, nevi, uetum, n-ere, 2 v. a., to spin;
weave, intertwine. (Same root as
necto.)
Neocl-es, is, or i, m., Neocks, father of
Tliemistocles.
Neontich-OS, n., Neontichos, a fortress
Jn Thraee. (Neovreixo?.)
nepos, n5p6t-is, ra., a grandson; nephew;
descendant; a spendthrift, produjnl.
_(Cf German neffe, and English nephew.)
Nepos, NepOt-is, m., Nepos (Cornelius).
See Prefatory Note to Extracts from
Nepoa
Neptun-US, 1, m., Neptune, god of the
sea, brother of Jupiter, and husband
of.Amrhitrite.
nequaquam, adv., bv no means, not at
all.
neque, or nPc couj,, cqnal to cfc non, and
not, also not: when repeated, neque—
ncipie, neilher-nor. (ne, (jue.)
nequ-eo, Ivi, or il, Itum, ire, 4 v. n., not
to be able, be unable, (ne, qiieo.)
nequicquam, mlv., (or lU'ciuidquam,)
in rein, to no purpose, fruitlessly ; with-
out trawii.
Nere-is, Mis, or Idos, (or NerCJH,) f,
Nereis, a diiUKliter of Ncreus, a sea
nymi)li ; Nereid.
Nereus, NurOi, and NerCos, m., Nereus,
a sea Kod, son of ()c(,.unus and Tethys,
and ' isband of Doris.
nerv-US, i, in., a sinew, tendon, nerve;
rigour, force.
neSC-io, ivi, or ii, itum. Ire, 4 v. a., not
to know, be ignorant, (ne, scio.)
neSCi-US, a, um, not knowing, ignorant.
(n(!Scio.)
neu, adv., the same as neve, and equal
to et ut non, and that not; and lest.
neuter, neutr-a, neutr-um, neither (of
two). 'J'he Ken. is neutrius, and dat,
neutri; but sometimes tlie common
forms are used, (ne, utcr.)
neve, same as neu, and equal to ct nt
non, and that not ; and lest, (ne, ve.)
nex, nec-is, f., death (by violence), mur-
der, slaughter. (On the root see iieeo.)
ni, ndv. and con]., not; that not; unless.
(Anciently written nei, and considered
the same as ne.)
Nici-as, ne, m., Nicias, an Athenian;
one of the colleaKues of Alcibiades in
command of the Sicilian expedition.
Niger, Nigr-i, m., Niger, a Jioman cog-
nomen.
niger, nlRra, nigrum, black; stoarThy,
dark; sad, mournful.
nihil, snbst, indecl., n., nothing. Slioi-t-
ened for nihilum, and still farther
shortened into nil.
nihilominus, adv., less by nothing,
nevertheless, no less; notwithstanding.
(iiihilo, minu.s.)
nihil-um, i, n., nothing, (ne, and liil-
um, a trifle.)
nil, contracted for nihil, nothing, '
Nil-US, i, m., the river Nile.
nimb-US, i, m., a shower (of rain) ; rain-
cloud; cloud.
nimis, adv., too much, too, beyond meas- -
ure.
niminm.adv., /oornwcA,' nout, of n!mi'.!a. -
nimi-US, a, um, beyond measure, too
much, too great, excessive, (nimis.)
t>
V
332
VOCADULARY.
fl|«'
NIn-U8, 1, m., Xinus, a kinc: of Assyria,
«ii(l hiisbaml ■•'■Srmlruitiis.
lliSi.cdii)., i/nnt; imlcss: after nccutlvcs,
jirtiy, except, onhj. (iii, or no, urul
Hi.)
nttld-US, a, um, shining, bright, pnli/iheil,
chvr, glithring; sleak, poUshitI, rcjined,
ficdt. (liitco.)
nitor, TiltOr-is, m., hrightncmt, splendour,
ItiHlre; sleekness; elegunec. (iiiti'o.)
nItor, nlsiis, or iilxiis, iilt-1, !i v. n. dop.,
to lean on ; to exert one's self, endeavour,
strive; press forintrd, adeanee.
nives, f , pi. of nix, SHOWS; grey hairs,
"the sno'cs of age."
nive-U8, a, tun, siwmj, white as snow;
clear, (nix, nivis.)
nix, I -is, f, snow; whiteness; white
hair. (Cf viipai, and niii^o, to snow.)
no, nfivl, ii-urc, 1 V. n., to swim, Jloat;
sail; Jill
nobil-is, is, e, (somctlilnLO l^tat can he
known : licnce, well known, famous, cele-
brated; of high birth, noble; e.veellent,
of high character. (Tlio root is no, or
pno, ;is 111 (f()n()sro.)
nobilitas, nobllltut-is,f., ceMmty, fame,
renown; high birth, nobilitin hence,
the body of the nobles, the nobility: ex-
cellence of character ; high spirit, noble-
ness, (nobilis.)
noc-eo, ni, Ttnni, ere, 2 v. n., to do injury
to, harm, hurt, (Perliaps sainc root as
noco,— whicli see.)
noctu, only in tiio abl., (from obsolete
form, noctus,) by night, in the night-
time, (nox.)
nocturn-US, a, um, belonging to the
night, nocturnal, (nox.)
nod-US, i. in., a knot, tie, fastening; knob;
joint; a bond, obligation; a knotty
point, difficulty.
nol-O, ui, nolle, . n. irreg., to be unwill-
ing; to wish Ttot. (ne or non, and
voio.)
nomen, nomTn-ls, n., that by which one is
known, a name: litnce, an obligation,
bond, promise; fame, renown, reputa-
tion; a race, o: nation,— as, llomanum
_ronien. _ (Root (g)no, of (g)nosco.)
nominatim, adv., by name; expressly.
(nomino.)
noinin-O, avl, stum, are, 1. v. a., to ad-
dress by name; name, nominate; ap-
point, (noincn,)
n5n, adv., not; not at all, by no means.
(Said to ha cnntrnotcd for ne oonum,
or ne nnuni, not one.)
nondum, adv., not yet.
nonnS, udv, not: In direct qnostions It
expects tlio answer to bo atllnnativc,
■—Ves; In ii.dlrcct questi'iM- if not,
whether not. 'i\on, n,'.)
nonnuU-US, a, um, some, several (non,
nnllii.s.)
nonnunqtiam, adv., sometimes, (non,
nun<|uani.)
ndn-U8, n, um, num. adj., ninth. (Con-
tracted for noYcims, from novem.)
N6rei-a ae, f., Noreia, a. town in Noric-
iim.
N6ric-um, I, n., Noricum, a country be-
tween llio Danube ami the Ali).s, cor-
responding to tlie modern divtwions of
Styria, Carintbia, Upi)er and Lower
Austria, with parts of Carniola, Ba-
varia, and Tyrol.
N6ric-US, a, um, Norican, belonging to
Noricum.
nos, Bcn. nostrum, or nostrl, we: pi. of
CffO.
nosco, nOvi, notnm, nosc-f?re, 3 v. a.
in cop., to get a knowledge of, become ac-
quainted with, know; learn; e.ramine;
consider. (Old form, gnosco, gnovi, Ac
'J'lie root gno, or pnn, is found in
co-pno-sco, i-Kno-sco, i-gno-ro, gna-
rus, ■yt-yi'co-o-KOD, and our know.)
noster, nostra, nostrum, 'fur, ours, be-
longing to u.t. (nos.)
notiti-a, ae, f.. knowledge, acquaintance;
notion, (notus.)
not-O, avl, atum, are, 1 v. a., to distin-
guish by a mark; mark, denote, signify.
(nota, a mark; from root of no-sco.)
not-US, a, um, perf. part, of nosco,
known ; well known, notorious.
not-US, (or OS,) i, m., the south windi
wind. (I'OTOs.)
novem, card, num., nine.
noverc-a, ae, f., a step-mother. (Per-
haps from novus.)
novi, perf. of no.sco, I know.
novitas, nCvttat-is, f., newness, novelty.
(n5vus.)
nov-US, a. um, new, fresh; recent;
strange, singular; novel.
nox, noct-is, f., nighti; a night; darkness
(poetic,) 'I sleep; dream; death.
nox-a, ac f., hurt, harm, injury: hence,
.1 .-rime ■ fault, o fence, (noc-eo.)
nlib-es, is, f., a cloud; a covering, veil;
VOCVBULARY.
333
a swarm, grntt muUitiidf : pcetlc, darn-
tiitu, clouitiitfis; aii/ifaniiice o/evil.
nttblfer, iinbltCr-n, iiaiiltor-um, doinl-
liiariinj, cloiiU-cap/ieii. (niitics, fero.)
nfibll-UIIl, !, 11., a doHily sky; cloudy
weather: in j>l., nubila, the clouds.
(iimii'K.)
UHbll-US, a, iiin, cloudy, luu.rinrj,
iltooiny. (nubuH.)
nQb-O, iiiipsi, miptuin, iittb-Cre, 3 v. ii.,
to cover, veil : hence, from the custom
of veiling the bride at ni;>iriai;e, to
marry; be married, (said of tne wo-
man.) It Koveins the t' 'va (TIk!
rout is nub, ua li> imb-en.'
Uild-O, o.\\, alum, iTie, 1 to make
bare or naked, strip; dq>. ■■ of; tx-
pose, (nudu.s.;
nud-US, a, um, naked, bare, uncovered,
stripped of, deprived of; exposed, open.
null-US, a, um, not any, none; no: fjen.
niilliu.% dat. nulli : as subst., no one;
like nemo, (ne, ullus.)
nuin, adv. interroi^., whel/ier or no t It
expects tlie answer, iVo. In direct
qur'slions it is usually not translated
by any sejiarato word : as, Num putas,
do you think T
Xlumen, nuniln-is, n., a nodding; a nod:
hence, will, especially divine »*•//;,— and
80, the will and power of the go<k ; a
divinity, a yod or goddess, (mio, to
nod.)
numer-US, l, m., number; a (certain)
nuiHOer; i great number; reckoning,
value, estimation ; rank, jiUice.
Niinud-a, ae, m., a Numidian; one
from yumidta, in ACiica.
Numitor, Nrimltor-i.s, m., Niimitvr,
kin^'; of Alba, and grandfather of ilom-
UiUS.
nuinr 'is, i, m., money. (See nunmn.)
numq.. 4.1 , adv., or nun'iuam, never,
nUm-US, i, m., ^ .ect of money, a coin ;
money; >i Homan coin ciillcd a sesterce.
nunc, adv., noir, at present, just now :
Nunc nunc, ut one lime~al another
time.
nunquam, or numriuam, adv., never, at
no time.
nunti-a, ac, f , a female messenger: fern.
of nunti-us, a, um.
nunti-0, livl, atum, fire, (or niineio,) 1 v.
a., to act as messenger ; tell, report, de-
clare, inform, (iiuutius.)
nunti-us, a, um, (or lumcius), literally,
neicly come ■ hence, as subst., a newt.
bearer, me, .nger, courier: also, a mes'
sage; news, tidings; order, command,
(Contracted for novi ventlus.)
nuper, adv., lately, recently; newly. (For
nOvifer, from novii.s.)
nupt-a, ae, feni. of nuptus, a ...arritd
wntnan.
nupt-US, a, um, perf. part, of nubo,
man'icd.
nur-US, lis, f., a daughter-in-law; also,
t/te wife of a gramlson or descendant ; a
young woman.
nusquam, adv., in no place, nowhere; to
no place; in nothing; on no occasion.
(ne, usquani.)
nutr-io, ivi, ami li, itum, lie, 4 v. a., to
suckle, feed, nourish; bring np, nurse,
cherish, support.
nutrix, nutrie-is, f., a wet-nurse; nurse,
nourishcr. (nutrio.)
nut-US, ri.s, m., a nodding, nod; exp?e.t-
sion of wish; coiiiinund; will; beck.
(nuo.)
nymph-a, ac, (or c, cs,) f., a nymph,
demi-guddess.
0.
6, an Interjection, 0! oh! ah!
6b, prep, with ucc, original meaning Is
towards: hence, at, about; before; on
account of, in consideration of, for ;
against, over,
6baerat-US, a, um, sunk in debt, in-
debted to : as subst., a debtor.
obduC-0, obdux-i, obduct-um, obe.^.c-
t'l e, o V. a,, to lead or d?(iw over, cover,
close, envelop, (ob, dueo.)
obed-io, ivi, itam. Ire, 4 v. n., to obey,
be subject to. (ob, audio.)
obeo, obivi, or obii, obltum, obire, 4 v.
n. and a., to go or come to, or against,
ov round; meet; die, fall, perish, (ob,
obit-US, lis, m., a going to, approach;
setting (of the stars, <fcc.); hence, down-
fall, ruin, destruction, death, (obcn.)
Objic-io, objcci, objectum, objic-ere, J v.
€
334
VOCABULAIIY-,
pIi
a., to throw before or in the way of;
• "#«'". prudent ; expose to. (ob, jiicio.)
Obl!n-0, oblev-i, (or oblini,) obllt-um,
oblln-Cre, 3 v. a., to daub, smear over,
besmear ; defile, (ob, lino.)
obliqu-US, a, um, slanting, sloping, ob-
lique; not straight or direct; indirect.
(ob, and liquis, oblique.)
oblit-US, a, um, pert part, of obliviscor,
forgetful of.
oblit-US, a, um, perf. part of oblino,
smeai'ed over, becmeared.
Oblivisc-or, obllt-us, oblIvi.sc-i, 3 V. a.
den,, to forget, be unmindful of. (Ety-
mology doubtful.)
Obor-ior, tus, ui, 4 v. n. dep., to arise;
spring forth; gush forth; appear.
(ob, orior.)
Obort *d, a, um, perf. part, of oborior,
having arisen, gushed forth, Ac.
Obru-C, i, (u)tum, Gro, 3 v. a., liter-
ally, to fall or rush over, or upon:
hence, to cover: overwhelm ; bury.
(ob, ruo.)
Obscur-US, a, um, dark, gloomy; shady;
obscure, indistinct, doubtful; secret, not
known.
Obsecr-0, avi, atum, ilro, 1 V a., to be-
seech, entreat, im, re. (ob saci'o)
observ-0, avl, ? m, are 1 v. a., to
watch, mark ca: -'idly, observe, at.end
to; guard, keep, (ob, servo.)
Obses, obsld-is, m. or f., literally, anc
blockaded, or confined to a place : lience,
a hostage, a surety, bail, (obsideo.)
Obsid-eo, obsCd-l, oboess-um, obsUl-ere,
2 V. n. and a., to sit at or opposite ; re
main at: hence, besiege, blockade, in
vest, (ob, sedi'o.)
Obsidio, obstdion-is, f, a siege, blockade,
investment, (obsideo.)
obsid-0, obsedi, ob.sc'ssiini, obsid-erci,
i V. a., to invest, besiege, blockade, (ob,
ticdeo.)
obsign-0, avi, fituni, are, 1 v. a., to seal
up; s,al; sign and seal (as a witness).
(ol), signo.)
Obsist-0, obstlt-i, obstTt-um, obsist-cre,
3 V. n., to set or plant one's self before
or against: hence, to oppose, withstand,
resist, (ob, sisto.)
Obs61et-US, a, uin, old, old-fashioned;
out of use, obsolete; worn out; of litth.
value. (obsolesco, to grow out of
use.)
Obsoni-um, i, n., (or opsonium.j ichcd
is eaten with bread; viands ; fish {Ixp-
(ilVI.OV.)
ObstO, obstiti, obstltum, obstare, 1 v. n.,
to stand against, withstand, oppose, re-
sist;^ thwart; obstruct, (ob, sto.)
obstrict-US, a, um, perf. part, of ob-
stringo, bound, under obligation to, ob-
liged.
obstring-0, obstrinx-i, obstriet-um, ob-
stnng-0re,3v. a., to bind to; bind, feller;
lay under obligation, (ob, stringo.)
ObstupeSC-0, obstupu-i, obstu|ie3c-ere,
3 V. n. incep., to become senseless; be
stupified; be benumbed; be astonished,
amazed, dumbfoundered. (ob, stupesco.)
Obsum, obfui, or offal, obesse, v. n.
Irreg., to be against, or opposed to; to
stand in the way of, hinder, obstruct;
hurt, (ob, sum.)
obtemper-0, avi, atum, are, l v. a, to
conform to, comply with, obey. (ob,
tempera)
Obtestatio, obtestation-is, f., an adjur-
ing; calling (God) to witness; entreaty,
supplication, (obtestor.)
Obtln-eo, ui, obtentum, obtin-ere, '2 v.
a. and n., to hold by: hence, to have,
possess, ke?p; obtain, gain: n., to hold
one's ground; continue, last (ob, teneo.)
Obtrectati-0, onis, f., detraction, dis-
paragement.
obviam, adv., literally, in the tcaij, or
opposed to the icay : hence, towards,
against, fronting ; to ineet ; to oppose.
(ob, viam.)
obvi-US, a, um, literally, in the way:
hence, meeting ; so as to meet ; meeting
in a Jiostile manner; exposed to: also,
easy; at hand; obeious. (ob, via.)
OCcasio, occasion-'s, f., literally, a fall-
ing out, or happening: hence, an acci-
dcntcu opportunity, occasion, suitable
time. (Sup. of occldo.)
0CCas-U3, us, m., a going down, setting
(of the sun, moon, ..fee.): hence, the
west: also, downfall, ruin; death. (I'roni
perf. part, of occido.)
OCCid-0, i, occasuni, occld-ere, 3 v. a,
to fall down, fall ; set, (as the sun, &c.):
be ruined; die. (ob, cado.)
OCCid-0, i, octls-um, occld-cre, 3 v. a.,
to strike down ; kill, slay, (ob, ciicdo.)
OCCldu-US, a, um, falling; going duwn,
setting : hence, western, (occldo.)
OCcTs U3, a, um, porf, part, of ocoldo,
slain, &c.
VOCABULARY.
336
OCCiil-O, ui, turn, ere, 3 v. a., to cover,
hide, conceal. (Cf. ccl-o, clam, &c.)
OCCUlt-0, avi, atuin, avo, 1 v. a. freq., Co
hide, '•t'lceal. (nceuln.)
0CCUlt-U3, a, um, perf. part, of occulo,
hidden, concealed, secret.
OCCupatio, occupruion-is, f., a taking
possession of, seizing: hence, business,
employment, occupation, (occupo.)
OCCUp-0, avi, iituiii, are, 1 v. a., literally,
to take possession of be/ore or in opposi-
tion to (anothei'): hence, to anticipate;
take the start of, be the first to do (a
thing) ; also, to seize, possess one's self
of; occupy, (ob, capio.)
OCCUrr-0, occurr-l, (rarely, occucnrrl,)
occurs-uni, occurr-Sre, 3 v. n., to run to-
wards ov against; meet, fall ir icith;
run up to ; rush upon, attack ; to j)re-
sent itself, appear; occur, (oh, curro.)
Ocean-US, i-, m., the ocean. {'QKeavoi.)
Ocel-um, i, n., Ocelum, a town of Cis-
alpine Gaul.
OCior, ocior, ocius, coinp. aiij., swifter,
fleeter, more speedy. (Cf. loxus.)
OCtingent-i, ae, a, num. adj., eight hun-
dred, (octo, centum.)
OCtO, card, num., eight.
CCtodecim, card, num., eighteen, (octo,
decern.)
OCtoginta, card, num., eighty, (octo.)
6cul-US, i, m., an eye. (Cf. Fr. oeil.)
6di, Odisse, V. defect., (perf. of obsolete
od-io, ivi, &c.,) to hate ; dislike; be dis-
jilcased at.
odios-US, a, um, hateful, oaious; annoy-
ing, (odium.)
odi-um, i, n., hatred; sMled grudge, en-
mity; offtucc. (od, root of old pics.,
odia See odi.)
Oeagl*i-US, a, um, Oeagrian,~\.o.,
Tliracian ; belonging or relating to
Orpheus, whose fatlier was UeaKcr. .
Oeagr-US,i, m., Oeagrus, or Oeagcr, kiiifr
(if Tliraco, and father of Orpheus.
Oebali-US, a, um, Oebalian,--\.ii., be-
longing to Ocbalu.f ; Spartan.
Oet-6, Gs, or a, ae, f., Oeta, a cliain of
niiiuiitains in Thessiily.
Oetae-US, a, um, Idanging to Mount
Oeta.
ottend-0, i, olTens-um, offcnd-Crc, 3 v.
0., literally, to hi. or strike against:
hniK'o, to hliiiii!,';} ._ vw.ke a miftuke:
shock; offeud. displease. (Tiic root is
fend, ,i,s indefendo.)
offensio, otTensiOn-is, f., a striking
against: hence, a stumbling-block; of-
fence, displeasure, (otfendo.)
offens-US, a, um, offended, vexed, diS'
pleased, (offendo.)
off ici-um, i, n., a thing done for one :
hence, a ki)idness, favour, service; duty,
part, office. (For opificium.)
olim, adv., at a time remote from the
present: hence, formerly, long ago:
also, in time to come, hereafter, by-and-
by. (Connected with ollus, old form of
^ ilie.) _
Olympi-a, ae, f., Ohmpia, in Elis, whero
tlie famous Olympian games were
held.
Olymp-US, i, (or OS, i,) m., Olympiis, a
celebrated mountahi on the borders of
Tliessaly, in Greece,— supposed to be
the residence of the gods: hence,
Ileavan.
5men, omin-ls, n., a sign (Indicative of
tlie future), omen, token.
omitt-O, omisi, oniiss-uni, omitt-Prc,
3 V. a., to let go; let fall; abandon;
lose ; neglect, pass over, disregard, (ob,
mitto.)
omnlno, adv., in all, aUtogether, whoUy,
entirely, (omni.s.)
Omuipotens, gen. omnlpetent-is, adj.,
all-powerful, almighty, (omnis, potens.^
oran-is, is, e, all, every.
6nerari-U3, a, um, belonging to burdtn
or carriage ; transpoi t : with navis, a
transport, ship of burden, (onus.)
onus, on5r-is, n.. a burden, load.
6nust-US, a, um, loaded, burdened,
freighted, (onus.)
opac-US, a, U..1, shady ; dark, obscure.
6per-a, ae, f., u-ork, labour, toil, pains:
in pi. sometimes, workmen. (opu.s.)
oper-io, ui, turn, ire, 4 v. a., to cover,
hide, conceal. (Said to bo connected
witli pario, as aperio, reperio, Ac.)
6pei'6s-US, a, um, literally, full of la-
bour: hence, painstaking, active, in-
(mtrious; laborious; difficult; elabo-
rate, (opera.)
opinio, 5pinion-!s, {., an opinion, sup-
position, iniaginatiun, btliif; good opin-
ion; ejpcctaiion; good reputation; re-
port, (opinor.)
opis. See ops.
oportet, oportuit, oportere, 2 v. impcrs,,
it is n(r('ssa)^y, it must be; it behoves; it
is rM.wnaUe. (opu.s, u. indecl.)
^
i. i
336
VOCABULARY.
, 1
• !
Opper-ior, itua, or tus, iri, 4 v. a. and ii.
dep., to isail, wait /or, (limit.
oppidan-US, a, mn, tehmjiiuj to a toirn :
as subst. pi., oppidaiii, the towiisncojile.
(opi/iduin.)
Oppid-um, i, n., « town; a fortified
stronghold, (as in Cues. H. (j., v. 21.)
OppoU-O, oppOsii-i, oii]ifisit-iini, oppOn-
6ie, 3 V. a, to set or place before or
opposite; oppose, face; speak against,
object, (ob, pono.)
opportune, in fit season, opporttnuh/,
seasonably, at the "wicX: of time." (op-
portunus.)
Opportun-US, a, um, literally, opposite
or before the harbour : hence, favour-
ahly placed; fit, suitable, convenient, ad-
vantageous: also, exposed, liable to.
(ob, portiis.)
opposit-US, a, um, perf. part, of oppono,
placed opposite; e.r posed.
0ppress-U8, a. um, perf. part, of op-
primo, pressed down, oppressed; over-
whelmed, Ac.
Opprim-O, oppress-i, opjiress-um, op-
prlm -ere, 3 v. a., to press down, upon,
ov against; oppress; overwMm; sink;
overthrow, subilue, crush, (ob, premo.)
oppugnator, oppa>rnator-i,s, m., an
attacker, assaulter, besieger, (oppngno.)
oppugn-o,
iitiun, are, 1 v. a., to
fight against, attack, assault, besiege.
(ob, pHgno.)
(ops), oi)-is, f, ahililij, power, strength;
property, wealth, means, resources; htip,
assiMance. The noui. sing, is not found,
and the dat. very rarely. The pi., opes,
is most used.
Ops5ni-Uni, i, n., (or obsonium,) any-
thing eaten to bread, (us Ihh, fruit,
vegetables;) viands. (b\pwviot',)
Optat-US, a, um, perf. jmrt. ot opio,
wished for, desired, longed for; accept-
able, grateful.
OptimaS, optTmilt-is, m. or f, (or op-
tunias,) one who sides with the best:
hence, a partisan of the aristocracy, an
aristocrat: usually in the jil., optiniat-
68, um, or ium, the arittocracy, nuble.s,
chief men. (optinius.)
Optim-US, a, um, superl. of botUH, t/u
best, &c. (See boiuis.)
Opt-0, avi, atiim, are, I v. a., to chocse,
select: lienee, to wish, desire, long for.
6puS, 6p''!r is, n., wor'k, labour; u mili-
tary work, (c.j;., a foi tress, rumpait, oi
such like;) n work, (I.e., a piece of
workmanship of any kind, a book, &c.);
pains, labour; difficulty.
opus, n. indeel., need, necessity. It iri
usually found with jiarts of sum : a.s.
Opus est, there is need: Opus sunt, are
necessary.
6r-a, ae, f., a border, edge, limit, bound-
ary ; sea-coast; district, region, country.
(OS, oris.)
oracl-um, i, n., contracted for Oracillum.
5racul-um, l, n., a divine response (in
answer to prayer) ; an oracle, prophecy:
also, the place where such responses
were fiivcu, — a shrine, oracle, (oro.)
oratio, oratlOn-is, f., a speaking, speech,
language; an oration, harangue, (oro.)
orator, OratOr-is, m., a .speaker, pleader,
orator; am.bassador ; spokesman (of an
embassy), (oro.)
orb-is, is, m,, a circle: hence, anythint;
circular,— as, a Hng, disk, hoop; a
globe; the world. In this last sense,
terrao or terrarum is often added.
orb-US, a, um, bereaved, deprived of; de-
void of, destitute of; fatherless, mother-
less ; childless: as subst., m., orbus, and
{., orl)a, an orphan.
Orcyni-a, ae, f. See liercynia.
ordior, orsns, ord-iri, 4 v. n. dej)., to put
in order; begin, commence, undertake.
Ordo, ordTn-is, ni., a straight row; a
line ov rank, (as of soldiery ;) a century
of men, (Caes. 15. (i., i, 40;) inelhod,
arrangement, order.
Orgetorix, Or^'etori^-is, m., Orgetori.c,
one of the chiefs of the Ilelvetii.
oriens, Kcu. orient-is, pres. part, of
orior, rising : hence, a.s subst., the east.
origO, Origin-is, f., the beginning, source,
origin; descent, (oriur.)
orior, ortus, or-Iri, 4 v. n. dcp., to ?•«?,
appear, come forth, (as the lii'avciily
botlies, .tc. ;) spring up, i ise, (as a
river;) be born, or descended from;
proceed, start from. (Cf. op-i'v/xi.)
Ornat-US, a, um, perf. part, of orno,
equipped, provided with; ornamented,
ailorned, Ac.
Ornat-US, iis, m., equipping, providing,
espeeially military equipment ; dress,
apparel; ornament, decoration, (orno.)
orn-0, avi, atiini, are, 1 v. a., to equi/>,
fit out, provide, prepare ; adorn, set of>';
honour, praise.
6r-0, iivi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to s/C'ik:
VO(^AnULAKY.
337
hence, to plead, argue; pray, beg, be-
seech, (oh, or-is.)
Oront-es, is, or i, or iio, in., Oronm, u
river of Syria.
Ors-US, a, uin, perf. part, of ordior, hav-
ing begun, sprung, ,t.c.
Ort-US, a, uiii, perf. part, of orior, havimj
aimn, Ac
Ort-US, us, m., a rising, (specially of tlic
sun, moon, Ac,:) liuiiec, the east: also,
birth, descent, (orior. ^
OS, or-is, n., the mouth, r.guage, speech,
dialect ; the /ace, fealu, es, counteuaim ;
a mouth, opening.
OS, OSS-is, n., a bone.
OSCul-um, i, n., (limiii. of os, a tittle
mouth; stceet mouth ; a iL<s. (os, ori.s.)
Oss-a, ao, f.. Mount Ossa, in Thessaly.
OStend-0, i, osten-sum, or tiini, o.stend-
Cre, 3 V. a., literally, to stretch out, or
towarda; show, display, exhiliit; point
out; declare; prove, (ob, teiido.)
OSti-um, i, n., a door, entrance, (os.)
Othry-d, Otliry-Os, m., Othrys, a irioui;-
Jain range in 'I'liessaly.
6tl-um, i, n., leisure, /ree time, inactivity,
idleness ; ease, rest, repose.
OV-is, is, f., a slieep. (Cf. ois.)
P.
P., an abbreviation for the Roman prae-
nonicn Publius.
pabiilatio, pabulatiOn-is, f , a providing
of, fodder, foraging, (pabulor.)
pabulator, pabaiStoris, m., a forager.
(pabulor.)
pabiil-or, atus, iiri, 1 V. a. dcp., to seek
fodder, forage, (i)abuhun.)
pabul-um, i, n., food, nutriment; fod-
der, (pa, ixtot of pasco.)
pacat-US, a, uin, perf. part, of paco, re-
duced to peace, subdtted: as adj., jieace-
fut, calm, quiet.
pacisc-or, pactus, ]>acise-i, 3 v. n. and
a., to make firm, fi.v, settle: hence, to
make a bargain, agree, (pac, or pag,
root of pango.)
pac-0, avi, iltuin, ilre, 1 v. a., to reduce to
peace, make peacefid, quiet, pacify, sub-
due, (pax.)
pact-um, i, n., an agreement, bargain,
covenant, compact. (Ncut, of tlio (ol-
lowing.)
pact-US, a, urn, perf, part, of paciscor,
fi.ml, settled, agreed on, Ac.
Pacty-e, es, f., /'ocdye, a town of Tlu-ace,
J)n tlic Propontis,
Pad-US, i, in., the "adus, or Po, tlie
princii)al river of Italy. It rises in
■Moms Vesnlus (.Monte Vi.so).
paene, adv., (or pene,) almost, nearly.
paenitet. See poenitot.
pag-U8, i, m., a village; district, canton,
province. (Some connect the root with
tliat of pasco, so that it wouid mean a
con, man pasture; others with pa>;, sic.n
icl bound together by
cciiiiin tiea)
(1. •!.-.)
2
p5,lam, adv., or prep, with abl., openly,
publicly: as a prep., before, in the pre-
sence of (Siiid to contain the same
root as pando, d and 1 beinj; inter-
changed, as in lacriiiia. daciima—
^soaiido, scaU— mando, mala, Ac.)
Palati-um, i, n., I'alalium, one of tho
seven liills of IJome, on which was the
palace of Augustus: lience. a palace.
Pal-es, is, f., Pales, a female deity,
guaidlau of lioclts and of sheplierds.
Her festival was the Palilia.
pall-eo, ui, ere, 2 v. n., to be pale, or un-
healthy; (0 be disfrjured; to change
colour.
pallesc-0, pallui, pallesc-ere, 3 v. n., to
become pale, (palleo.)
pallid-US, l^ um, pale, pallid, wan.
(pallo.)
palm-a, ae, f., the palm of the hand; (he
hand; the blade of an oar; a ^Jahii.
tree; a palm branch : \\mcc, the reward
of victory; victory; honour; glory.
pal-US, 1, m., a stake, pale; prop.
p&lus, palud-ls, f., a marsh, fen, swamp;
lake.
Pamphyli-a, ae, f,, Pamphylia, a prov-
ince of Asia Minor.
Pamphyli-US, a, um, Pamphylian: in
pi., subst., the people of Pamphylia.
pand-0, 1, paiisum .md passiiin, \m\i\.
ei'e, 3 V. a., to spread out, extend; un-
fold, open wide, throw open; explain,
make clear; publish. (The root Is pad,
connected with which are palam and
pateo.)
pan-is, i.s, m., bread, a loaf. (Purhaps
same root as pasco.)
■)
7>
t-v-
y
V
338
VOCABULAllY.
par, KCii. pftr-is, adj., equal; a match/on
j'/ual in rank; age, &c„ ; a pair.
parat-US, a, um, peit iiart. of paro,
prepared, ready.
parc-0, pCperc-i, or puisl, parcltum ami
paisum, purc-ere, 3 v. n., to use spar-
ingly, be sparing, spare ; abstain frvni,
forbear ; be kind to ; leave off, let alone.
(parens.)
parc-US, a, uni, sparing, frugal, thtifly;
jnoderate, unfrequent; scanty, little.
parens, kch. parent-is, pres. part, of
pareo, obedient.
parens, parent-is, ni. or f., (gen. pi. um,
or iuin,) a parent, father or mother;
progenitor, ancestor; inventor, author,
founder, (i)ario.)
par-eo, ui, Itum, ere, 2 v. n., to come
forth, appear; be present; be near:
hence, to attend or wait upon; obey,
cmnply with, submit to, be subject to.
^(Connected with pario.)
pari-es, Ctis, m., a tcall.
p&rio, pSpdr-i, parltum and partiini,
par-ere, 3 v. a., to bring forth, bear,
produce; bring about; devise; obtain,
get; accomplish.
parlter, adv., equally, inlike manner; at
the same time, together; side by side.
Jpar.)
Pari-i, orum, m., t/ie J'arians, orinliabi-
Jtants of the island of I'aros.
Fari-US, a, um, belonging or relating to
I'aros.
FarnasS-US, i, (or os, i; or I'arnasus,)
ni., Parnassus, a. double-peaked moun-
tain in Phocis, famed for the Delphic
oracle and the Castalh . spring.
par-0, avi, iitum, are, 1 v. a., literally,
to place in order : hence, to make ready,
prepare, provide, equip; design, ar-
range; procure, get, obtain. (Ct com-
pare, im-pero, andse-paro.)
Par-OS, 1, f. See I'arus.
pars, part-is, f, a part, portior piece,
share ; direction ; place, region ; party,
faction.
parslmoni-a, ae, f., (or parchnonla,)
parsimony; thrift, frugality, (parco.)
Partim, adv., partly, in part; chiefly.
(It is an old ace. of purs.)
part-US, us, m., a bearing, bringing
forth, birth; that brought forth, the
young, (pario.)
parum, adv., too little, not enoiKjh: not
very; little.
Par-US, i, (or 08, i,) f., I'aros, an island
in the Aegean Sea; one of the Cycla-
des.
parviil-US, a, um, very small, very
little ; very young, (parvus.)
parv-US, a, um, conip. minor, superl.
minimus, smcdl, little, petty.
pasco, pavi, pa.stum, pasc-ere, 3 v. a. and
n., to drive forth to pasture ; to feed,
nourish, support; feed, graze, (lioot
P'i,_as in pa-nis, pa-bulum, &e)
passim, adv., in a scattered manner, in
all directions, here and there, everywhere,
at random, (passus, fiom puiido.)
pass-US, a, um, perf. part, of pando:
also adj., outspread, extended; loose,
dishevelled.
pass-U8, a, um, perf. part, of patior,
hewing suffered, &c.
pass-US, us, m., literally, the stride of t/ie
legs in walking: lieiice, a step, pace;
footstep ; trace, (pando.)
pastor, pastor-is, m., a herdsman, shep- .
herd, (pasco.)
patefacio, patCfeci, patCfactum, pfttg-
iae-6re, 3 v. a., to set or throic open,
open wide ; disclose, bring to light, un-
jover. (pateo, facio.)
pat-eo, ui, ere, 2 v. n., to lie or be open,
be exposed; stretchout, extend; be clear;
well known.
pater, patr-is, m., a father, sire ; ances-
tor, (fit. Greek nar^p. Germ, vater,
Ital. padre, Fr. pere, and Eng. father.)
paterfamilias, (or pater familias—
familias being the old form of the gcii.
of fiimilia,) and paterfamiliae, ni., the
father of a family; head of a household.
See materfamillas.
patern-US, a, um, belonging or relating
to a father, paternal, fatherly; belong-
ing to one's native land, (pater.)
patiens, gen. patient-is, part, of patior,
and adj., bearing, supporting; endurunt,
patient.
patienti-a^ ae, f , the ability or (fiality of
bearing or suffering ; patience, endur-
ance; forbearance; indulgence, (pa-
tiens.)
patior, passus, pat-i, 3 v. a. dep., to bear,
undergo, suffer, submit to, endure, sup-
port; allow, permit. (Cf. Gy. i-TraO-ov
and na.9-o<;.)
patri-a, ae, f., one's native country, (pa-
t<'i',)
patri-US, a, um, belonging or relating (c
VOCABULARY.
339
a father, fatherly; hereditary; native;
J>ehmjiiig to one's country. (i)atci\)
patruel-is, is, c, descended from a father's
brother; nearly related ; of one's cousin;
Jindred: »s suhat., a cousin, (patnius.)
patru-U8, 1, m., rt father's brother, vncle
(by the fatliei's side, as opposed to
^aninculus, tincle by the mother's side.)
patul-US, a, iiin, open; sp:"ead out, ex-
tended, broad, spreading, (pateo.)
paucxtas, piiucltat-is, t:, a small number ;
Jewness, scarcity, 2'aucity. (i)aiicns.)
pauC-U8, a, uni. (usually in the pi.,
l>auc-i, ae, a,) little, few; Pauci, a few
(persons) : I'mien, a fetv things; briefly.
paulatim, (or paullatlm,) adv., by little
and lutle, by degrees, gradually, (ijuul-
UH, little.)
paulisper, (or paullisper,) adv., for a
tittle while, for a short time, (pauhis.)
paulo, adv., (abl. iieut. of paulus,) bv a
little; a little: as, Paulo ante, a little
before: Paulo niajoi', a little greater.
paulum, adv., (ace. ncut. of paulus,) a
little, somewhat.
paul-US, a, uin, little, small.
Paul-US, :, m., Paulus, (or Paul,) a Ro-
man praenonien.
pauper, gen. paupCr-is, adj., poor; not
wealthy; needy; scanty, small, meagre.
(Cf. Fr. pauvre, and Engl, poor.)
pav-eo, pav-i, pav-ere, 2 v. n. and a., to
be in fear or dread; fear, tremble: a.,
Jje afraid of, dread, fear.
pavid-us, a, um, in dread, fearful, terri-
fied, alarmed; timid; causing fear, ter-
rible, fearfiU, dreadful, (paveo.)
pavor, pfivor-iB, m„fear, dread.
pax, pae-is, f., peace, state of peace, quiet-
mss; favour, grace. (The root is pac,
or i)ag, as in pac-i-scor and pango.)
pecc-0, fivi, rituin, are, 1 v. n. and a., to
miss, go iirong, err, sin, offend. (Cf.
I'r. peeher.)
pectus, pect6r-is, n., the breast: lience,
the heart, feelings; courage, bravery;
Jlie soul, spirit.
pecuni-a, ae, f., money, property, wealth,
jirhcs. (i)eeu8.)
pecus, pecor-is, n., cattle, a herd or floc/k
JHH opposed to pecus, pecudis).
pecus, peeud-is. f., a single head of cattle;
a sheep; a beast, a brute, animal, lu
pl. peeudes, cattle, flocks, (pecu, or
__I"THb, ptreori.N.)
pedes, pOdltis, m., one that yott on foot:
hence, a foot soldier: as a collective
^noun, infantry, (jies, pedis.)
pedester, (or pedestris,) iiedcstr-is, e,
on foot, pedestrian: with exercitus or
^cojiiae, infantry. (]ies, pedis.)
peditat-US, us, m.,foot soldiery, infan-
try, (pwles.)
Pejor, liejor, pejus, coinp. of maUis,
worse, inferior, Ac.
pejus, neut. of jireceding, used us adv.,
wo7'se.
pelag-us, i, n., the sea, the main, (ire-
Aayo?.)
pell-is, is, f., a skin, hide; lent: Sub
pellibus liieniare, to winter under tetits.
(Cf. Gr. ire'AAa: Eng. pelt,~lc, skin:
Germ, fell, skin; and pclz, fur.)
pell-0, pcpul-i, puls-um, pell-Cre, 3 v. a.,
to push; strike; drive out, e.rpel; banish.
Feloponnesi-U8, a, um, Peloponnesian,
jielonging to the Peloponnese.
Peloponnes-US, i, f., the Peloponnese, or
J^Iorea, the soutliern pjirt of Greece.
Penat-ee, ium, m., the Penates, or tute-
lary gods of liouseliokls,- and also of
states: hence, a Iiouse, abode. (Tho
'oot is pen, wJdch occurs in pen-us,
the store of provisions laid up in t/w in-
terior of a house ; inpen-itus, pen-etral,
pen-etro, &c., all liaving reference to
the inner part of the dwelling.)
pend-eo, pepend-i, pend-ere, 2 v. :i., to
hang, be suspended ; float ; hover; hang
doicn, depend on. (pendo.)
pend-0, pepend-i, pens-um, pend-Sre,
3 v. a. and n., to cause to hang down,
suspend: lience, to weigh, or weigh out:
and so, to pay, render; esteem, value;
to ponder (i.e., weigh in the mind),
think, consider: n., to weigh, or have
wetght.
pene, adv. See paene, almost.
Pene-OS, (or us,) i, m., the Pevcus, a
celebrated river of Thessaly, flowing
^through the vale of Tempe.
penes, prep, vith accus., in the power of,
j)Y in possession of
penetral, or penetrSI-e, is, n., usually
in the pl., penetralia, the interim; or
inmost part, of a building; an inner
room; sanctuary, ov chapel: generally,
a secret place. It is the neut of pene-
trans.
penetral-is, is, e, piercing, penetrating;
wternal, innermost, (penetro.)
penetr-0, fivi, atum, arc 1 v. a. aud n.,
s
" i JMBBP*
340
VOCABULAKY.
to put into ; make one's way into, pene-
trate. (IJoot pen, as in I'enates.)
penitUS, adv., inwardly, internally ;
into the inmost part; thorougUy, en-
tirely, wholly. Tliere is iilso an adj.,
peiiit-ua, a, uni, inner, (Koot pen, as
in Penates.)
penn-a, ae, f., a feather, quill: in pi., a
Wing. (Tlie old form seems to liavu
been pesna, or petna; with which com-
pare Gr. ireTOfxai, to fly.)
pens-um, i, n., something weighedout (as,
e.g., wool fpr spinning): hence, a task,
piece of work; duty, office, (pendo.)
pepiil-i, perf. ind. act of pcllo, —which
see.
per, prep, with ace, through, tfirotigh-
out; over; along; {oi time,) during ;
(of the instrument or means,) through,
by, by mmns of; on account of, for t/ie
sake of: Per te, as far as concerns you;
by your leave. In composition it means,
(I) thrcugh; as, pervenio: ('2) greatly,
very viuch ; as, pertineo, peipauci : (3)
loss, or destruction; as, pereo, perdo.
peragO, pCrcKi, peractum, peiag-ere,
3 V. a., to do thoroughly, go through with,
execute, perform, accomplish, complete.
(piT, ago.)
percip-io, percep-i, percept-um, perclp-
6re, 3 v. a., to lake entirely to one's self:
hence, to 7nake one's own, assume; get,
obtain: hence, also, to perceive, compre-
hend; master, understand, (per, capio.)
percontatio, percontation-is, f., (or
percunctatio,) an asking, inquiry; sift-
ing; a question, (pcrcontor.)
perCOnt-Or, atus, ari, (or percunctor.)
1 V. a. and n. dep., to question strictly,
i7tquire into, investigate, (jier, contor.)
percurr-0, percucurri, or percurri, per-
cm'sum, perciirr-ere, 3 v. a. and n., to
run or hasten through, traverse ; to run
over or mention rapidly (in speaking) -,
to scan, view rapidly: n,, to run; as,
I'ercurrere per temonem, to run along
the pole, (per, curro.)
percutio, percuss!, pcrcussum, peicut-
6re, 3v. a., to strike through and through;
slay, kill; stab; smite, hit, strike; shock,
affect deeply, (per, quatio.)
perdisCO, perdUlIcl, peidisc-ere, 3 v. a.,
to learn thoroughly, learn by heart, (per,
disco.)
pcrd-0, id'i, Itiim, Gre, 3 v. a., literally,
to put through or away; hence, to de-
stroy, ruin; squander, spend curelestly ;
lose; throw away, (per, do.)
perduCO, perduxi, perductum, perdue-
ere, 3 v. a., to lead through or over;
continue, prolong; to conduct into the
presence of a person, bring to ; run (e.g.,
run a wall) ; induce, persuade ; convince.
(per, duco.)
peregrin-US, a, um, from foreign parts,
strange, foreign : as subst,, a foreigner,
stranger. (From pereger, one on a
journey; and that from per and ager.
Cf. Ital. pellegrino, I'l: jKlerin, and Eng.
pilgrim.)
per-eo, ii, (or ivi,) itum. Ire, 4 v. n., to
go or run through: hence, to be lost,
disappear; be destroyed; /)6/'t47«, die.
(per, eo.)
perequit-0, avi, atum, "ire, 1 v. n. and
a., to ride through; ride about in all
directions, (per, equito.)
perexigU-US, a, um, very small, very
little, (per, cxiguus.)
perfacile, adv., very easily, (pir, facile.)
perfacil-iP , is, e, very easy, (per, facil-
is.)
perfect-US, a, um, perf. part, of pei-
flcio, finished, complete, perfect; excel-
lent.
perferO,pertrdi, perlatum, perferre, 3 v.
a. irreg., to bear or carry through; to
carry, convey; report (e.g., news); ac-
complish, complete; bear up, endure,
suffer, (per, fero.)
perficio, perfeci, perfectum, pcrftc-6re,
3 V. a., to do thoroughly, accomplish,
perform; make perfect; bring about,
cause. (i)er, facio.)
perfringo, perfiOgi, perfractum, per-
fring-ere, 3 v. a., to break through;
dash inpieces ; burst through, make one's
tray through, (per, frango.)
perfug-a, ae, m., one who escapes: hence,
a deserter, (perfugio.)
perfug-io, (ii)i, Cro, 3 V. n., to flee all
the tvay through,— i.e., to escape; desert
(to the enemy), (per, fugio.)
perfunct-US, a, um, perf. part, of per-
fuiigoi'. having performed, accomplished,
finished.
perfund-O, perfud-i, perfusum, perfund-
6re, 3 v. a., to pour over ; besprinkle, be-
dew ; drench, bathe, steep, (per. fundo.)
perfung-or, perfunct us, perfung-i, 3 v.
a. dep., (usually govei"'ing the iibi.,
but occasionally the ace.,) to do tho-
lit I
VOCABULARY.
341
rou(thIi/, perform, fulfil, discharge; go
thrnufjh, endure, (per, fungor.)
Pergamen-US, a, um, belonging to Per-
gainus: hence, as subst, ni. pi., Perga-
meni, the people of Pergamus.
Pergam-us, i, f., or Peigam-um, i, n.,
Pergamus, or Pergamum, a city of
Mysia. The kingdom of Pergamus at
one time inclu.ieJ a large part, of Asia
Minor.
perg-0, perrexi, perrectum, pcrg-6re. 3
V. a. and n., literally, to make straight
throughout: hence, to go straight on,
proceed with; undertake; prosecute:
Ji., to go on, proceed, (pro, rego.)
Pericl-es, is, or i, m., Pericles, a great
Athenian statesman, who flourished
Jvom about b. c. 450 to 4'J9.
periciil-um, i, n., (or periclum,) a trial,
experiment, first attempt: hence, dan-
ger, risk, peril. (The root is peri, as in
pcritus, ex-peri-or, <tec. Cf. Fr. peril,
and Engl, peril.)
perim-0, peiem-i, pcrcmptum, (or per-
emtum,) pCrIm-6re, 3 v. a, to take away
altogether, annihilate, destroy ; kill, slay.
(per, emo.)
p2rit-US, a, um, tried, cvperienced,
skilled; expert. (The root is peri, as in
periculum, experlor, &c.)
perlat-US, a, um, perf. part, of pei-fero,
borne to ; reported, &c.
perman-eo, si, sum, ere, 2 V. n., to con-
tinue to stay, stay on: hence, to endure,
persevere; last; remain, (per, maneo.)
permatureSC-O, permaturui, perma-
tuiesc-ere, 3 v. n. incep., to become
quite ripe, ripen fully, (per, maturesco.)
permiss-US, us, m., leave, permission.
(permitto.)
permitt-O, permLsi, permissum, per-
mitt-cre, 3 v. a., to let go through; let
loose: hence, to allow, permit, suffer;
hand over, entrust, (per, niitto.)
permot-us, a, um, perf. part, of per-
moveo, e.rciteil; alarmed, terrified.
permov-eo, (ov)i, (o)tum, ere, 2 r. a.,
to move to the centre, or thoroughly:
hence, to stir up, excite, arouse; alarm,
(errjfj; induce, urge to. (per, moveo.)
pernici-es, ei, f, destruction; disaster;
ruin; death, (perneco, to slay out-
right.)
pcrpauc-QS, a, um. usually in r.l, ",rr-
puuc-l, ae, a, very little, very few. (pci-,
paucua)
perpetUO, adv., /or ever, perpetuaUy, un-
interruptedly, (perpetuus.)
perpetU-US, a, um, continuing through-
out, uninterrupted, constant: In per.
petuum, for ever, (per, peto.)
perrump-0, perrup-i, perrupt-um, per-
rump-Cre, 3 v. n. and a., to break or
burst through, force a way through
(per, rumpo.)
Pers-a, ae, m., a Persian: pi., Pers-ae,
arum, m., the Persians.
persequor, persScutus and persSquutus,
persSqu-i, 3 v. a. dep., to follow on,
or after, pursue, chase; overtake, come
up with ; strive after, seek to obtain ; per-
form, accomplish; prosecute; harass;
avenge, (per, sequor.)
Pers-es, ae, m., a Persian: as an adj.,
Persian.
persever-0, avi, atum, are, l v. n. and
a, to continue steadily, persevere in, per-
sist in; proceed. (peraeverus, very
strict.)
Persi-a, ae, f., Persia.
Persia, Persid-is, f., Persia.
PersiC-US, a, um, Persian.
persolv-0, i, perssmt-um, persolv-Sre,
3 V. a., to unloose completely : hence, to
free; unravel, solve; pay; give, render.
(per, solve.)
perspect-US, a, um, perf. part, of per-
spicio, clearly seen, evident ; well known.
perspic-iO, pcrspexi, perspect-um, per-
splc-ere, 3 v. tu, to look through or at;
examine carefully ; perceive, observe, as-
certain, (per, and spec, root of specio,
to look at.)
persuad-eo, pcrsuas-i, persuas-um, per-
suad-erc, 2 v. a., to convince by talking,
persuade, prevail on, induce, (per,
suadeo.)
perterr-eo, ui, ttum, ere, 2 v. a., tc
frighten thoroughly, alarm, (per, ten-eo.)
pertimeSC-0, pertlmui, pertlmesc-Cro,
3 V. n. and a., to become much frighten-
ed, fear greatly, (per, timesco.)
pertinaci-a, ae, f , obstinacy, pertinaci-
ty.^ (pertinax, obstinate.)
pertin-eo, ui, Sre, 2 v. n., literally, to
hold through, or throughout: hence, to
continue, extend through ; reach ; lead
to, tend to, have the effect of; belong to,
relate to, concern, (per, tcweo.)
perturbatio, purtuvbarion-is, f., con-
fusion, disturbance; perturbation (f»l'
Blind), disquiet ; alarm, (perturbo.)
V'i
342
VO(!AnUI,ARY.
!i
perturt)-o, nvi, ntnin, iiio, i v. n., ta
throw into tlisorJer, con/use; di.Uurb;
confound; alarm, frighten, (per, turbo.)
perveh-0, pirvexi, pervcct-nm, pcrvCli-
fire, 3 V. a,, to carry through; bring,
convey to; (of sliips,) to waft: refloc-
tlve, to puss through, traverse; ride;
sail, Ac. (per, veho.)
perven-io, (e)i, fum, ire, 4 V. n., to
come (all the way) through ; airive at,
reach, attain to. (per, vuiiio.)
pervigll-O, Svi, atiim, are, 1 v. ii., tore-
main aicake all flight ; upend the night
natch, (per, vigilo.)
pes, pM-i», m., a foot: in military lan-
guage, Pedein referre, to retreat ; I'ed-
em conferre, to close in fight. (Cf.
TTou'?, irofi d9; Goth. /6tus, Germ, fuss,
Kngl. foot.)
p8t-0, ivi, or ii, Ttum, ere, 3 v. a., to
n}ake for, go towards ; fly to ; reach to-
wards ; go to (for the purpose of get-
ting); seek, aak. hen, sue for; make for
or at (in a liostile sense), attack, assail.
Fha§thon, Pliaethont-is, m., I'haethon,
(i.e., the Shining One,) son of Helios
and Clyniene. [^atOiov.)
phalanx, phalang-ls, f , ffl band of sol-
diers ; a close array, a fwst. See note
on Caes. B. G., i. 24, 10. ((^dAayf .)
Fh&ler-euS, 6i and 6o3, m., a I'haler-
ean; i.e., one from Phalerum,— e.g.,
Demetrius riuilereus. Generally pro-
nounced as three syllables. (See Nep.
Milt,, vi. 12.) Also, of the harbour of
Phalcrum: as, Phalereus portus.
FhaleriC-US, a, um, Phalerian, belong-
ing to Pha!:rum.
PhSiler-Uin, l. n., Phalerum, one of the
harbours of Athens. (<ia\r]p6v.)
Pharnabaz-US, i, m., Phamabazus, a
Persian satrap or governor.
Phas-is, Wis, or idos, m., the Phasis, a
river of Colchis, in Asia Minor.
Phegiac-US, a, um, y7(0(/jrtn,— belong-
ing to Phegia, a town on the Kry-
manthus, in Arcadia,
Phidipp-us, i, m., Phidippus.
PMlipp-us, i, m., Philip; especially
Philip v., king of Macedonia from ii.c.
220 to I7i>. Demetrius of Pharos in-
duced him to make an alliance with
Ihuinibal, after the battle of Cannae.
Philocl-es is, or i, m., PhUocles, an
Athenian commander. (Sol Nep.
Al"., viii. 2.)
Phleg-on, ontis, m., Phlegon, (I.e., tlio
ISuining One,) one of the four liorHoa
of the Sun. (<l>Ae'yaji'.)
phoc-a, ae, f., a seal, sea-calf, sea-dog.
Ph5c-is, Idis, f., Phocis, a district of
Gret'ce.
Phoeb-US, i, m., Phoebus, (I.e., the
Hadiunt One,) an appellation of Apollo
as the Sun- god ; the sun.
Phoenice-US, a, um, (or Poeniceu.s.)
See Puniceus.
Phrygi-a, ae, f., Phrygia, a district of
Asia Minor.
piCe-US, a, um, of pitch, pitchy ; black as
pitch, (pix, picis, pitch.)
pietaS, piGtat-is, f, dutiful conduct to-
tccirds the gods, or towards parents;
piety; natural affection; duty; lore;
loyalty, patriotism, (plus.)
pig-eo, ui, or pigitnm est, 5re, 2 v. n,,
(usually impersonal, piget, piguit, itc.,)
it annoys, vexes, grieves; causes reluc-
tance or remoi'se.
piger, pigra, pigrum, reluctant, unwill-
ing, loth ; indolent, slow, inactive, lazy,
dull, (pigeo.)
piget, it annoys, <fec. (Secpigen
pign-US, 5ris, or Cris, n., a security,
pledge, pa ; wager, stake. (From
root pag, oi pac, as in paciscor, &c.>
pil-a, ae, f,, a pillar.
pil-a, ae, f,, a ball, globe.
pil-um, i, n., a dart, or heavy javelin;
spear, lance.
Pind-US, or OS, i, m., Pindus, a range of
mountains west of Thessaly, in Greece.
pin-US, fls, or i, f., a pine, pine tree:
hence, anything made of pine,— as, a
ship; a torc/i.
Pirae-US, i, m., Piraeus, one of the har-
bours of Athens, joined to the city by
a long wall. (See note on Nep. Them.,
vi. 3.)
Pirenis, Phenld-is, f. adj., belonging to
Pinne, a fountain on the citadel of
Corinth or Kpliyre.
Pisander, Pisandr-l, m., Pisander, an
Athenian.
pisc-is, is, m., a fish: in pL Pisces, a
constellation— i'i.sws, or the Fishes.
Pisistr5,t-US, l, m., Pisistratus,v;ho n ■'(>
himself «)le ruler of Alliens, b.c, ''<ii('.
Pis-0, onis, m., Piso, a Ifoman family
name of the Calpurnian gens. L. Cal-
purnius Piso, Cae.sar's father-in law.
pi-US, a, tmi, (comp. magis plus; superL
VOCABULARY.
343
maxime pins, rarely plisslmus In good
Latin,) poisessing a feeling of duty:
hence, pious, cor cientiouit, riijlitcom;
dutiful (to parents, Ac); affectionate,
tender; loyal, patriotic.
pl&C-eo, ui, Itum, ere, 2 v. n., to phase,
be pleasing or agreeable to; satisfy:
often used impersonally, it pleases;
seems right; is thought; is resolved on;
is decreed.
pl&bld-US, a, urn, gentle, mild, peaceful,
serene, placid, (pluceo.)
plac-0, avi, fltum, are, 1 v. a., to appease,
quiet, soothe, calm, assuage.
plang-0, planxl, planctum, plnng-Cre,
3 V. a., to strike, beat; especially, to
beat the breast (in token of grief); to
wail, lament. (The root Is plag, whitli
occurs in plaga, a blow; in the Greek
irAr/y^, and Engl, plague.)
plangor, plangOr-is, m., a beating or
striking; hnnentation, vailing, (plan-
Ro.) _
planlti-es, Ci, f, « plain nr ierei sur-
face; aplai-. (planus.)
plan-US, a, uni, level, smooth, even, flat,
plane; evident, clear, plain: as subst.,
plan-uin, 1, n., a level surface.
Plataeens-is, is, e, belonging to Plat-
ara,— e.g., clvitas: in pi. Piataeenses,
the Plataeans.
plau8tr-um, i, n., (or plostnim,) a
waggon, wain, cart : the constellation,
Charles's Wain, or Great Bear. (Said
to be from pinudo, to make a noise,
creak.)
pleb-es, is, or ei, f., same as plebs, the
people.
plebs, pleb-is, f., the plebs, plebeians (as
opposed to the patricians), cmnmonalty,
common people, populace, mob, lower
classes.
plect-0, plex-1, or ui, plex-um, plect-
6re, 3 v. a., to tivine, twist, plait, inter-
weave. (Root plec, akin to plRga, a
snare, net; plic-o, du-plex, Ac.)
plect-0, 6re, 3 v. a., to punish; blame.
plen-US, a, urn, full, filled with; loaded
with; abounding in, plentiful; complete.
(Root pie, as in pko.)
plerique, plCraoque, plerSque, pi. of
plerusque,— whicli .see.
plerumque, adv., for the most part,
commonly. (Neut. of plerusque.)
plerusque, pU'raqiie, pierurnque, (usu-
ully in the pi.,) a very great part, the
greater part, most: In pi., plerique, the
most, the majority, (plenis, a very
great part, and que. So (luisque, from
quia and que,)
pldrat-U8, fls, m., wailing, lamentation.
(ploro.)
plorat-UB, n, nm, perf. part of ploro,
wailed, lamented over.
plor-0, avl, atum, are, 1 v. n. and a., to
cry aloud: hence, to wail, lament,
weep : a., to weep over, lament.
plumb-um, i, n., lead: Plumbum al-
bum, tin.
plur-es, es, a, or ia, more, a greater
number. (Plur. of plus.)
plurimum, adv., very much, most;
Plurimum posse, to be very powerful.
plurlm-US, K, um, super], of mulfus,
very much or many : in pi., the ma-
jority, most (persons or things).
plus, gen. plur-is, (In the sing, only the
neut, is used, but in pi. it is a regular
ailj., plures, plures, plura, or phnin,)
more, comp. of multus,— which see.
plus, adv., mo)-e: Plus quam, more than.
plusquam, adv., more than.
pdcul-um, i, n., rt drinking vessel, cup,
goblet. (Root po, to drink. Cf. potus.)
Poecil-e, es, f, Poecile, a famous portico
or picture gallery at Athens. (jro«iAij,
SCil. (7T0O.)
poen-a, ae, f., compemation (for injury),
satisfaction ; vengeance ; punishment,
penalty, (ttoij^. The root is the same
as in pun-io, im-pun-is. Cf. moeiiiu
and munio.)
poenit-eo, ui, gre, 2 v. a. and n., to
cause (one) to repent ; to be sorry, re-
pent: usually impersonal, poenitet,
poenitult, &c., it repents (me, thee, Ac),
makes sorry ; makes dissatisfied. (Said
to be connected with poena, pun-io,
<fec. Cf. Fr. repentir, and Engl, re-pent.)
poenitet. See poeniteo.
Poen-i, orum, m,, the Carthaginians.
(See Poenus.)
Poen-US, a, um, Phoenician, Carthagin-
ian (because Caithage was a Phoeni-
cian colony): the m. sing., Poenus,
used substantively for Hannibal. (See
Poeni )
pollic-eor, itus, eri, 2 V. a. dep., to offer
one's self; proff'er; promise, engage.
(pm, liceor.)
poiiicit-U8, a, urn, perf. part, of poliic-
eor, having promised.
844
VOCABULARY.
i
pol-US, i, m. the etiil of an axk; a pole;
the pole of the heavens; the pole-star;
the heavens,
P81ybi-UB, 1, m., Pohjhius, a famous
Greek historian, a native (/ Megalo-
polis, in Arcadia; born B.C. 204, died
B.C. 1'22. He was an iiitiinato friend
of Scipio Africanus Minor.
p6m-um, i, n., fi'uit (of any kind of
tree,— as apples, clierrles, nuts, tfec.)
p5m-US, I, f , a fruit tree.
pondus, pond6r-ls, n., a weight (used In
a scale) : hence, weight, heaviness, bur-
den,
pon-O, pOsui, pi5slt-um, pon-Crc, 3 v. a,
to put, place; post (as troops); s«t, lay;
appoint, set over; found, build, ei-ect;
propose as a prize, set up (for competi-
tion); wager, stake; lay aside, lay
down ; lay in the grave, bury.
pons, pont-is, m., a bridge.
pont-US, i, m., the deep, the . a.
Pont-US, i, m., Pontus, a district of
Asia Minor : also, the Black Sea.
popular-is, is, C belonging to the people;
intended for tin peopk, popular: as
subst, popularlp, a fellow-countryman;
a partisan, favourer : in pL, Populares,
the party of the people, the Liberal
party.
popiilatio, p5pulation-is, f., a laying
waste, ravaging, plundering, devasta-
tion, destruction, (populor.)
populiscit-um, i, n., a decree of the
people, (populus, and scitum, from
scisco.)
popiil-O, avi, Ac. See populor.
popul-Or, fitus, iiri, 1 v. a. dcp., to lay
waste., ravage, devastate, plunder; de-
stroy, ruin. (Said to come from popu-
lus, to send a multitude of people over a
country, so as to consume its i)roduce.)
popiil-US, i, m., a people, community,
nation ; a host, multitude. The term is
used in different senses, as applied to
the community of Home: 1. The pa-
tricians, in opposition to the plebs.
2. The patricians and plebs united.
3. All classes of the citizens except the
I'atricii.
p6pul-us, i, f., a poplar tree.
porrig-0, porrexi, porrectum, porrlt;-
Cre, ;i V. a., to make straight in advance,
or fonmrd: hence, to stretch forward,
put forth, red 'h out, extend ; present,
offer; prolong, (pro, rego.)
port-a, ao, f., a gate; entrance, paS'
sage.
portlC-US, fls, f ,a porch, portico, piazta^
colonnade; covered walk, (porta.)
port-0, fivl, fitum, lire, 1 v. a., to carry,
bear, convey, bring.
portori-um, i, n., a tax (on goods ex-
ported or imported), toll, custom, im-
post, (portus.)
port-US, fls, m., an entrance; harbour,
port, haven. (Same root as porta.)
posc-0, p5posei, posc-Cre, 3 v. a., to ask
vrgently; demanil; request, beg.
poslt-us, a, um, pert part of pono,
placed, set ; laid aside, <fcc.
possessio, possession-Is, f., a possessing,
possessioi- ; a thing possessed, property ;
a possession, estate ; effects, (possideo.)
possid-eo, possOd-l, possess-um, posstd-
eie, 2 y. &., to be master of, possess,
have, (pot, root of potis, and sedeo;
like possum for pot-sum.)
possid-0, posscd-i, possess-um, possld-
Cre, 3 V. a., to take possession of; occupy.
(pot, root of potis, and sido.)
possum, pQtui, posse, V. n. irreg., to be
able, have power ; have influence ; pre-
vail: Possum, potes, .fee, /can, thou
canst, &c. (pot, root of potis, able, and
sum.)
post, adv., and prep, with ace, behind,
back; (of time,) after, afterwards:
prep., behind; next to; after; since.
postea, adv., after this or that; here-
after, afterwards: witfi quam— postea
quam, or posteaquam — after that.
(Said to be for post eam, as antea for
ante earn. See antea.)
posteaquam, adv., after that, (po-steS,
quam.)
poster-i, orum, m., after generations,
posterity. (See posterns.)
pOSteri-or, or, us, gen. postBrior-is,
comp. of posterns, next (in order of
place or time) ; later; inferior, &c.
poster-US, a, um, (or poster,) comp.
posterior, superl. postremus, or postu-
rnus, coming after, following, next, fu-
ture: in m. pi., posterl, future men,
posterity, descendants, (post.)
postmodo, adv., afterwards, after a
little, by and-by. (post, modo.)
pOStquam, or post quam, conj., after
that ; as soon as ; when.
pOStremo, adv., at last; lastly, finally
(postremus,)
VOCABULARY.
345
pOStrSm-na, a, um, superl. of posterns,
hindmm/, lait. (See postuinus.)
postridie, «(lv., the day following, or
after; the next day. Contracted for
posterl (He, like die crastinl (old abl.)
for crnstlno die.
postulat-um, i, n., a demand, request.
(postulo.)
pOStiil-O, ilvl, atnm, rvrc, 1 v. a., to de-
mand, require; request, mk. (posco.)
pcstum-US, a, um, siiperl. of posterns,
(see postrOmus,) the last: especially,
the last born, younqe.it, postumoiis.
pStens, Kcn. pfitont-is, adj., (properly
tlio piut. of possum,) able, powerful,
mighty, strong.
potenti-a, ac, f., abiUti/, power, might,
force; authority, influence, rule; efficacy.
(potens.)
potestas, pi5testat-is, f., ability, power,
faculty; legal right, authority; magis-
terial or political power, office, dominion.
(possum.)
pot-ior, Itus, Iri, 4 V. n. dep., (tlie poets
often use some of its parts as of the
tliird ooiij.,- ?.fr., j.otltur, potlmur,) to
btcome master of, got possession of, ob-
tain, acquire. It governs the abl., and
^ako the ften.; rarely the ace. (potis.)
poti-Or, or, us. gen. potior-is, comp. of
potis, more able, more powerful ; better,
preferable.
pot-is, is, e, able; possible; mighty: comp.
^potioj-; superl. potissimus.
potissime, adv., (or pStLssfime,) and
pStissimum, adv., chiefly, especially,
principally, above all, most of all. (pot-
issimus.)
potissimum, adv. See poti.rsime.
p6tit-US, a. um, pert', part, of potior,
having gained.
potius, adv., rather, preferably, more:
nent. of potior.
p6t-US, a, um, one that has drunk,
drunken. ('11 le root is po, as in Tria-ixa,
rre-noi-KcL, po-culum, pii-to, po-tor, Ac.)
prae, adv. iuul prep., before, in front of:
prep, with abl., before, in fi'ont of;
compared with ; because of, by reason of,
on account of, through. (An jther form
of pro.)
praeb-eo, ui. Itum, ere, 2 V. a., literally,
to hold in front: hence, to offer, present,
afford, supply, furnish: Piaebere se, to
show or prove one's self. (Co.v.trtivfni]
for praehibeo, from prae and liabeo.)
praec&V-eo, praacavl, praecaut-um,
praecav-ere, 2 v. a. and n., to guard
against, try to avert or prevent: n., to
take care or precaution, to be on one's
gttard, beware, (prae, cuveo.)
praeoSd-0,praeccss-l,praeccs8-um,prao-
c5d-ere, 3 r. a. and n., to go before,
precede; outstrip, excel, surpass, (prae]
cedo.)
praeceps, gen. praeclptt-ls, adj., head-
foremost, /leadlong; precipitate; rapid;
violent; Praeceps tempus, a dangerous
or critical time, (prae, caput.)
praecept-um, l, n., a precept, rtde;
command, injunction, order, (praecipio.)
praecept-U8, a, um, perf. part, of prae-
cipio, received beforehand, &c
praecip-io,praec0pi, praecept-mn, prae-
oIp-6re, 3 v. a., to take or receive before-
hand; anticipate; give instructions to,
order; advise; enjoin, (prae, capio.)
praecipIt-0, avi, atum, are, 1 V. a., to
IhrotD headlong, precipitate: with se, in
a reflect, sense, to hurry down, sink or
set hastily (said of the sun, Ac.) : n., to
hasten or rush down, go to ruin speedily.
(praeceps.)
praecipue, adv., chiefly, especially, prin-
cipally, more than others, (praecipuus.)
praecipu-US, a, um, taken before others:
hence, choice, especial, peculiar, ex-
cellent, distinguished, extraordinary,
(praecipio.)
praeclud-0, praeclus-i, praecins-um,
praeclud-gre, 3 v. a., to shut inft-ont, or
before one: hence, to close, shut to; to
forbid access; 2>revent, hinder, (prae,
claudo.)
praed-a, ae, f., booty, spoil, plunder;
prey, game.
praedic-0, Svl, iltum, are, 1 V. a., (o
proclaim in public, declare, affirm, at-
serf, allege, say.
praedic-0, praedixi, praedictum, prae-
dlc-6re, 3 v. a., to.^ayc>r tell beforehand,
foretell, predict; give notice of, warn;
advise, (prae, dico.)
praedo, praedOn-is, m., a plunderer,
robber: Maritimus praedo, a sea robber,
pirate, (praeda.)
praed-or, ntus, ai1, l v. n. and a. dep.,
to plunder, pdlage, spoil, rob, pilfer.
(praeda.)
praefect-US, l, m., one set over, an over-
seer ; jrvcxidmi; chief, comwa utter.
(Masc. ofpeif. part of praeficio.)
u
V
340
VOCARULARY.
% ^"V"
praef6r-0, practnil, praoint-um, pran-
fer-re, v. a. Urag., (o bear or earn/ he-
/ore, or in front ; to »et he/ore, qtf'er,
praent ; to ^iteem bifore, prqfer. (prae,
furo.)
praeflc-io, pnicfOii, pniefectum, puuv
fTc-Cie, 3 V. a., to make head of, or over:
hcnco, to set over, appoint to the com-
rnand of. (piae, fittlo.)
praefig-0, piaeflx-i, pnieflx-um, prac-
llg-Cre, 3 V. a., to fix or fasien in front
of; to fix on the edge or extremity of
(Caes. H. G., v. 18); to tip, head, or
point with, (prae, Ago.)
praefix-US, «, um, perf. part, of praeflgo,
fattened or set up on the extremity or
ed(je of; tipped, pointed, headed.
praelat-US, a, um, perf. part, of prac-
fero, bm'ne in front of; offered; pre-
ferred, &c.
praeli-um, l, n., a battle. (See procllum.)
praemiss-US, a, um, perf. part, of prae-
niitto, salt before, despatched, sent for-
ward.
praemitt-0, praemi.si, praemi.ss-nm,
praeinitt-(3re, 3 v. a., to send forimrd or
before, despatch, (prae, mitto.)
praemi-um, i, n., literally, what is taken
first: hence, profit (from booty); pre-
rogative; advantage; reward, prize.
(prae, and enio, to take; as in demo,
sumo, (fee.)
praenomen, pronomtn-ls, n., the ftr-st
name (distinKuisiiingthe individual, as
opposed to tlie name of tlie pens and
that of the family) : thUiS, in Marcus
Tullius Cicero, Marcus is tlie prae-
nomen, Tullius the gentile name, and
Cicero the tamily name, (prae, nomen.)
praeopt-0, avi, atum, are, 1 V. a., to
wish in pj-fference, choose rather, prefer;
wish exceedingly, (prae, opto.)
praepar-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to
make ready beforehand, prepare; equip.
Jit out. (prae, paro.)
praep6n-0, praepOsu-i, praep6slt-um,
praepon-Ore, 3 v. a,, to set hfore, set
over, appoint to the command of; prefer.
(prae, pono.)
praesag-US, a, um, wise beforehand;
forete 'ing, foreboding, prophetic, (prae,
and I ,'us, knowing.)
praescrib-0,praescrips-i,praescript-iim,
praescrlb-Sre, 3 v. a., to write b(fr,re;
write down ; prescribe, orde?; command,
dictate, {prrie, seiibo.)
praesens, gen. prapsent-I«, part, of
praL'.sum, and adj., being prestnt, at
hand, in person; (of tlmn,) instant, pre-
sent. In pi, pracsenti-a, um, n., pre-
sent circumstances,
praesenti-a, ae, f., being before or at
hand, presence: In praescitla, /or the
presen', in the meantime. See note on
Nep. Milt., vii. 23. (praesens.)
praesep-e, is, n., a place guarded by a
fence, an enclosure; stall; stable; fob/,
pen; manger, crib. Otlier forms are,
praesep-es, is, f.; pracsep-is, is, f. :
praesepi-a, ao, f. ; and praesepi-um, i,
n. (prae, sepes.)
praesertim, adv., especially, particular-
ly, (prae, and sero, to put ~>r place.)
praeaidi-um, i, n., a sitting before.'
Iience, defence, ,)rotection, help ; guard,
garrison; a military post, fort, station,
garrison, (praeses, praesidis, protect-
ing; from prae, sideo.l
praestans, gen. praesiant-is, part, of
praesto, standing forth conspicuously ;
hence, pre-eminent, surpassing, excel*
lent, distinguished, extraordinai-y,
praesto, praesttti, praestltum and prae-
statum, praest-are, 1 v. n. and a., to
stand before or in front of: hence, to
liand forth con.ipicuously, siirpass, ex-
cel, outstrip; perform, accomplish; keep,
preserve; show, exhibit; prove: Prne-
stare se, to show or pi'ove one's self
Used impersonally, praestat, it is better.
(prae, sto.)
praesum, praefui, praeesse v. n, irrog.,
to be before: hence, to be set or put over,
appointed to the charge of, command;
preside, be chief, (prae, sum.)
praeter, adv. and Y^rej)., except, unless :
with quam in comparisons, praeter—
quam, before, above, more than: prep,
witli ace, past, beyond, before ; besides,
in addition to. (prae.)
praeierea, adv., bei/oml this, besides;
hereafter; henceforth, (praeter, eain.
See antea.)
praeter-eo, Ivl, or ii, ttum, ire, 4 V. n.
and a., i^ pass by, outstrip; leave out,
om I c to mention; surpass, creel, (prae-
ter, and eo.)
praeterit-US, a, um, perf. part, of
practereo, past by, gone: in n. pi.
praeterita, the past, bygones.
praeterquam. nr praetor quam, adv.,
O'^sities uUiU, I'tyoliU, lii-.'iidi-s ; e:ieevt.
VOCABULARY,
347
praetor, prnotOr-ln, m., oue leho is be/ore
or Jlrat; a leader, chief, president; gene-
ral, commander; a praetor, (or magis-
trate of justice) at l{omo. (pnio.)
praet5ri-US, a, um, belonging to the
general or praetor, praetorian : Piao-
torla coliois, the bodyguard of the
goneralissimo. Tlic neut., p -autoriuin,
"neraVs tent, (praetor.)
praetQr-a, ae, f, the office of praetor,
praetorship. (praetor.)
prat-um, I, n., a meadow, field, plmin.
pr§c-es, um, f. See prex.
prec-or, SMis, url, l v. n. ard a. (kp , to
pray, bexeech, entreat, supplicate, (prct.)
prehend-O, (or prendo,) 1, preliens-um,
pie!iend-Cre, 3 v. a., to seize, take hold
of, grasp; catch unexpectedly, surprise.
(prae. anil hciid, or liaiul, same us Eiig.
hand.)
preni-0, press-l, prcsa-um, pr5m-6re,
3 V. a., to press, press close together;
press hard on, pursue closely; press
down, depress, louer; check, keep down,
prendo, contracced for ])rehendo.
pretids-us, a, um, of great value or
price, valuable, precious, (pntium.)
]pveti-am,i,n., price, u!orth,value; money;
wages, reward.
prex, prCe-is, f., (nom. and gen. sing,
obsolete,) usualiy in the pi., priSces, a
prayer, entreaty, request; imprecation.
pridie, adv., on the day before, the day
before, (prae or pro, and dies.)
prim5, adv., at first, firstly, at the begin-
ning, in the first place, (primus.)
prim-um, i, adv., first, in the first place;
witli ut, ubi, <i:c., as soon as; for the
first time. (p:lmus.)
prim-US, a, um, first, foremost, chief,
most eminent, (prae. or pro.)
princeps, gen, princlp-is, ailj., first in
time or order); chief, most eminent:
as subst., ruler, prince, sovereign.
(primus, capia)
principat-US, us, m.., the first place,
pre-eminence; chief rank or power,
supremacy, sovereignty, dominion, rule.
(princeps.)
prior, prior, prius, gen. prior-is, former,
previous, prior; front, fore; bitter, more
excellent. (Comp. of tlic stem pr, as in
pro, prae, Ac.)
pristin-US, a, um, former, early, primi-
tive, precious, (iioot of pr-ae, pr-o, iVc.)
prius, adv., before, sooner, formerly : witli
quam, tiefort that;- often In one word,
prlusquam. (neut. ot prior.)
priusquam, conj., b^ore that, before.
privatim, adv., in a private capacity
(I.e., apart from state olHce) ; as a pri-
vate individual, in private, privately;
separately. (;)rivafus.)
privat-U8, a, \m, not connected with the
state; belonging to an individual, pri-
vate, peculior, one's own. (I'erf. j)art.
of privo.)
prlvign-UB, l, m., a step-son. (Fiom
privus, forp ivigenus, separate, private,
and gun, root of gigno.)
priv-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to separate;
deprive of, benavc; free, deliver fn.nt.
(privus, separate, private.)
pro, prep, witli abl., I ef ore, in front of ;
for, in favour of, on behalf of, in defenc,
of; in place of, instead of; in proportion
to; in consideration of; according to; in
virtue of. In composition witli other
words, pro means, (1) in front, forward,
forth, toward; as, pro-sto, pro-curro,
pro-traiio, pio-fugio, pro-jicio: (U) be-
fore, previously; as, pro- video, pro-
dico : (3) for, in defence of; as, pro-
sum, pro-piigno: (4) /or, instead of ; as,
pro-euro, pro-consul. The stem is
found in Gk. rrpo, Lat. prae, Eng. for
and /ore. T. . vowel and the liquid
sometimes chango places, so that wa
find pi^-rlgo, and not pro-rigo; po'i-
liceor (v> 'nige into 1), and not
plo-liceor.)
prob-O, <"vi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to try.
test, prove ; approve of; show to be goo,i
or feasible ; dsmonst''ate, give proof of,
display, manifest, (piobus.)
prob-US, a, um, able to stand the test;
good; excellent; upnght, honest, virtuous,
honourable.
proced-O, prOcess-l, proce«.<-um, proced-
6re, 3 v. n., to <,} foncard, proceed,
advance, march onward, come forth,
issue ; succeed, go on prosperously ; (of
tim^i,) jmss. (pro, cedo.)
Procill-US, i, m., I'rocillus, (C. Vahriuf.)
a man oi consequence in tlie province
of Gaul. (See Caes. B. O., i. 19 and 47.)
procul, adv., at a distance, far off, re-
mote ; from afar.
procumb-O, procubul, procubTtum, pro-
cunib-ere, 3 v. n., to lean forward; fall
forward; sink down; jirosirateone'sfc;/;
fall, (pro, cunibo.)
( >.
V
348
VOCABULARY.
procur-o, fwl, atum, are, l v. a., to
manage for another, take care of, ad-
minister, (pro, euro.)
proCurr-0, procurr-i and procucurri,
procursum, procurr-Sre, 3 v. n., to run
forward, rush forth; (of places,) to run
or Jut out, extend, project, (pro, ourro.)
prod-eo, prod-U, prod-Itum, prod-Ire,
4 V. n., to go forth; come forth or out;
appear; go forward, advance, (pro,
CO.)
pr6ditio,pr3dlti5n.i8, f., literally, aput-
ting fotlh: hence, a viaking publicly
known, a disclosure; betraying; treason;
treachery, (prodo.)
proditor, prSdttor-is, m., a betrayer,
traitor, (prodo.)
prod-O, Idi, ttum, 5re, 3 v. a., to put or
bring forth, exhibit, show; make known,
publish, declare, disclose; betray; for-
sake, abandon; surrender; hand down,
transmit, pro, do.)
produC-O, prCduxi, prOduc-tum, prOduc-
6i'e, 3 V. a., 13 lead or bHng forth; ad-
vance, promote; lengthen out, prolong,
protract ; put off. (pro, duco.)
proeli-or, atus, arl, l v. n. dep., to join
in battle, Mgagc, fight, struggle, (procli-
um.)
proeli-um, «, n., a battle, combat, fight,
contest.
profectio, profectiSn-ia, f., o setting out,
departure, start, (proficiscor.)
profect-US, a, um, perf. part of pro-
ficiscor, having started, departed, set out.
profSr-O, protul-i prolat,-um, profer-re,
V. a. irreer., to bring or carry forth ;
produce, put forth, bring forward ; pub-
lish, make known; discover, reveal.
(pro, fero.)
profess-US, a, um, porf. part, of pro-
flteor, having declared, confessed, pro-
fi'.ued.
prof ic-io, prof cci, profectum, profIc-6re,
«> v.. a., to make way, advance; im-
prove, make progress ; avail, be service-
able to, benefit, in-qfit. (pro, f.icio.)
proficisc-or, prOfectus, proflcisc-i,
3 V. n. dep., litorall'/, to make or put
one's self forward: hence, to set out, de-
part, start; travel; begin, originate,
arise, (pro, fiicio.)
profiteor, prdfcssus, pr6fTt-eri, 2 v. a.
d(!p., to confess openly, declare, avoir.
acknowledge, profes^s; promise, offer
freely, (pro, futeor.)
proflig-O, avi. atum, are, 1 v. a., to doth
down; overthrow, ruin, destroy; drive in
headlong flight, put to rout, (pro, fligo.)
profug-io, (a)i, Cre, 3 V. n. and a., to
flee forward or in front of: hence, to
flee from, run away, escape. (pro,
fuRio)
profund-US, a, um, literally, having the
bottom (or lov.est depth) far away:
hence, deep, profound; (and so, like
altus, which means either (to-/) ir high,)
higli, elevated, (pro, and fuiJdu.s, the
bottom.)
progeni-es, ei, f., descent, race, fimily,
offspring, posterity/, progeny, (pre, and
pen, root of gigno.)
pr5gnat-US, a, um, bom from, sprung
from, descended: as subst., a descendant.
(pro, nascor )
progrgd-ior, progress-us, progred-i,
3 V. n. dep., to go forward, advance, pro-
ceed, (pro, gradior.)
prohib-eo, ui, ttum, ere, 2 v. a., to keep
at a distance, ward off; hinder, prevent,
forbid, (pro, habeo.)
proinde, adv., literally, /ori!/*//-oOT this;
hence, therefore, accordingly; just so,
just as, in like manner, equally, (pro,
inde.)
projicio, prOjec-i, nrojectum, prnjtc-Cre,
3 V. a., to throw or thrust forward or
forth; fling down; (witli se,) prostrate
one's self; throw away; give up, yield.
(pi jacio.)
prol-es, is, f., literally, lohatgrotos forth:
h-nce, offspring, progeny, descendants,
posterity, (pro, and ol, root of oleo; ao
in aa-olcsco, Ac.)
Promethid-es, ae, m., a son or descend-
ant of Prometheus,- o.p;., Deucalion.
promiss-um, i, n., a promise, engage-
Tnent. (prcniitto.)
promiss-US, a. um, perf. part, of pro-
niitto, being sent forth ; let hang down ;
(Promissis cai)illis, with hair hanging
down;) being promised.
proraitt-O, prOmls-i, p,,Mnis3-um, pro-
mitt-i3rc, 3 v. a., to send forth, let go;
let hang down ; promise, assure, engage.
(pro, niitto.)
promov-eo, (o)i, (o)tU!n, ore, 2 V. a.,
to move forward, advance, shift further
on, remove; promote, (pro, inoveo.)
pTOmpt-US, a, um, literally, brought
forth w out: licnce. apparent. risHilt"
ready, at hand- active, quick, well skilled
VOCABULARY.
349
ihh-
Peif. part, ol- proino, for pi-oemo, to
hring forth; In i.roniptu, easy.
pr5n-US, a, um, beuding q\- leaning fov-
tcanl, stooping, bending down ; sinking,
setting, (iis tlie sun) ; inclined to, prone
to. (pro.)
propag-o, propagln-is, f., a set or layer
of a plant, a shoot: hence, an off-
spring, child., descendant. j)r6 or piO.
(yro, and pag, root of punRo.)
propatul-UP. u, um, open in front; nn-
covered, e.ijmed: as a subst., ii., pro-
patuluni is often usid in theabl.: In
propatulo, openly, publicly: In pro-
putulo aedirnn, in the court i re the
house, (pro, patulus.)
prope, adv., and pr..p. witli ace, near,
nigh, hard by; (of time,) not far off, at
hand, about, nearly, almost.
propell-O, pro). I' i, propulsum, propoll-
*5re, 3 V. a., to iirive ov push foricard or
before one; drive atcay, repulse; over-
throw; hurl, propel, (pro, pcllo.)
propere, adv., hastily, speedily, soon.
<^|iruperus, act ice.)
pi'6per-0, ilvi, alum, are, 1 v. a. and n.,
to hasten, prepare hastily : n., to make
haste, hasten, be quick, (propcrus, ac-
tive.)
propinquitas, propin(pillat-is, f., near-
ness, proximity; iniunucy, friendship;
relationship, (proinnquus.)
propinqu-US, a, uin, near, neighbouring,
close to, bordering on: as subst., a rela-
tive, kinsman, (prope.)
propi-or, or, us, gen. propior-is, coinp
of proiie, nearer, (of ])lace, time, or re-
ljiti_on.slili);) later, more recent.
propius, adv., and neut. of propior,
(Koverns ace. and dat.,) nearer, closer,
nearer to. (pro])e.)
prop6n-0, prOpOsui, pi'6p6,sltum, pro-
pon-ere, 3 v. a., to set forth; place be-
fore (one); to show forth, display; pro-
pose; point out; report; lay before
(one); purpose; offer. (i)ro, pono.)
Propontis, rrOpontld-is, 01 OS, f., the
Propontis, or' Sea of llarniora
proposit-um, i, n., what is set fort/t ^to
otliors); a plan, design, purpose, deter-
mination. (i)ropono.)
propri-U8, a, um, one's own, peculiar (to
om), especial, proper; lasting, perma-
nent,
propter, adv., and prep, with ace, near,
close by, at hand: prep., near, close to;
on account of because of, from, for
through, by means of. (projje.) '
propterea, adv., therefore, on that ac
count: Propterea quod, because that.
a)n>:)ter, eayn .scil. rem. See antea.)
propugnacul-um, J, n., a bulwark,
rampart, defence, outwork, barrier, (pro-
Piigiio.)
propugn-O, avi, atum, are, 1 v. n. and
a., to Jight in front of or outside of; ft
fight forth from, (i.e., to issue froni-
e.fr, from tlie woods-to flglit;) to
fight in deferice of (pro, pugno.)
propuls-O, avi, ruum, rue, 1 V. a, to
drive off; ward off; repel, repulse;
avert, (pro, pulso.)
prosequ-or, prOsCcut-us, (or prosequut-
us,) prosequ-i, 3 v. a. dep., to follow
forth, follow after; accompany, con toy ■
pursue, (pro, scquor.)
prospect-US, us, m., a look-out; distant
view, prospect: Esse in piospectu, to be
in sight, (prospicio.)
prosper, or prospCr-u.s, a, um, literally,
according to one's hope : lience, favour-
able, prosperous, successful. (i)ro, gijcs
or spero.) '
prospere, adv., favourably, fortunately,
successfully, (prospei-.)
prospicio, prospexi, prospectum, i)rO-
splc-ere, 3 v. n. and a., to look forth ;
watch, be on the look-out; to take care
of, provide for: a., to see at a distance,
descry; take a survey of command a
view of (pro, and specio, as in con-
spicio, &c.)
prostern-O, prostrav-i, prostrnt-imi,
prostern-ere, 3 v. a., to strew in front
of, or before; throw down, overthrow,
prostrate; defeat utterly, rout, (pro'
ster '
prosr profui, prudesse, v. n. IrieK.,
literally, to be for, or in front of (one; \
hence, to defend; be of service to, avail,
profit, da good to. (pro, sum.)
protenus, adv., (orprotinus,)/orwar(/<o
the end: hence, straight fomard, right
on, farther on ; continuously; immedi-
ately, instantly, (pro, tenus.)
Prot-eus, I'rot-eos, and ei, m., (ace. ea,)
Proteus, a sea god, tlie keeper of Nep-
tune's sea calves. He was famed for
the power of changing his shape.
protiilUS, udv. See iirotonus.
provect-us, a, um, perf. part, of pro-
vOho, carried forward, advanced.
u
V
II
^
350
VOCABULARY.
proveh-0, provcxl, provcctiim, jiiovCli-
Oie, 3 V. ii., to cati'ij foricard; conduct;
transport; exalt, raise, (pro, vclio.)
provid-eo, provid-i, provisum, i)rovtd-
ero, 2 V. n. nnd a., to see or loo/c to be-
forehand, make preparation, provide /or,
make provuiion for : a., to foresee, pre-
pare, provide, (pro, video, i
provinci-a, ae, f., a provi-ice, (i.e., a
poi'tion of a forelRti country Kaincd by
tlielloinans, and i)Ut under Koniaii ud-
ininistnition:) hence, adminislration,
government; command; office, duty.
(I'^tymology very doubtful. Some con-
nect t he word with proventus, ;);w/«f(; or
revenue, because pay inj; tribute; others
writli providentla, care, charge, because
entrusted to the care of some one ; and
oliiers with provinco, to conquer be-
fore, as beiiig the first part of a coun-
try conquered, or a country into which
conquest had been pushed forward.)
prOXinxe, adv., tiearcst, next; very near;
very closely; immediately, (proxinius.)
proxim-US, u, um, superl. of prope,
(si'e propior,) nearest, next; very near;
shortest: hence, (of time,) immediately
preceding, or following ; previous, fore-
going, last; next ensuing.
pi'Udens, gen. prudent-is, adj., foresee-
t'lg; knowing, skilled, experienced; wise,
discreet, judicious, sagacious; clever.
(Contracted for provldens.)
prudenti-a, ae, f., u foreseeing: hence,
knowledge of, skill in; wisdom; pru-
dence; .intelligence; discretion; wari-
ness; sagacity, (prudens.)
prtiin-a, ae, f., hoar-frost; snow; tcinter.
pruinos-US, a, ui.;, full of hoar-frost,
frosty, wintry; cold, (pruina.)
Prusi-as, ae, m., Prusias, king of Bi-
Ihynia.
publice, adv., j>i the public natne; at the
public cost; on behalf of the public;
openly, publicly, (publicus.)
public-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to make
public property, confiscate ; to declare to
the people, publish, (publicus.)
public-U8, a, uni, (also poblicus and
IHiplicus, in inscriptions,) belonging to
the people, or to the community, public,
common : as subst., public-us, i, rn., a
pub I officer, magistrate: neut., public-
um, i, the public territory, revenue, purse,
place, &c. (Contracted for populicus,
fioni i)(ipulUu.'»
piid-eo, ul, or pudttum est, puderc, 2
V a. and n., to make ashamed, or be
ashamed: impersonally, pudet, it
ashames.
pudet. Sec pudeo.
pudiC-US, a, um, having a sense of shame;
licnce, modest, chaste, virtuous, (pudeo.)
pudor, pudOr-is, m., shame; modesty;
shyness, bashfulness ; respect, regard for;
good breeding, (pudeo.)
pueli-a, ae, f., a girl, mataen, young
icoinan, young wife. (Fern, ofpuellus,
for pueruKis, a dimin. of puer.)
puer, puer-i, ni., a child, (boy or girl;)
especially, a boy, lad, youth ; slave.
pueril-is, is, e, suited to, or character-
istic of a boy ; childish, boyish, youthful
puerile, silly, (puer.)
puerul-US, i, m., a very little boy.
(I)lmin. of puer.)
pugn-a, ae, f., literally, a fight with
fists; a battle, contest, engagement,
struggle, (pug, root of pungo, pu-
pug-i, and of pug-nus.)
pugn-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. n,, to fight,
engage in battle, contend, struggle.
(pugna.)
pugn-US, i, m., a fist, (pug, root of
pungo.)
pulcher, pulclu-o, um, (or i)uUer,)
beautiful, fair ; handsome; noble; glori-
ous: honourable.
pull . \ A, um, blackish; black; dusky,
dark, sombre; sad, mournful.
puls-0, avi, ruum, are, 1 v. a., to push;
striks, beat; strike against; agitate.
(Freq. from pello.)
puls-US, a, um, pcrf. part, of pello,
beaten, struck, buffeted.
puls-US, lis, m., a pushing; beating; a
blow, stroke; playing (of a musical in-
strument), (pcl'o.)
pulverulent-U8, a, um, full of dust,
dusty. (jHilvis.)
pulvis, pulvcr-is, m., dust, powder; a
cloud of dust.
pungo, pupug-i, punctuni, pung-Crf. 3
v. a., to prick, puncture, pierce; sting;
rex. (The root is pug, as seen in i)iig-
io, a dagger, pug-na, pug-nus, pug-il,
&c.)
punice-U!?. a, um, reddish, purple-col-
oured, or Punic,— i\\c J'iioenicians be-
in l' famed for purple dye. (I'unicun.)
Punic-US, a, um, I'unic, Carthaginian;
purpk-coloured, purple-red. (roeni.)
VOCABULARY.
351
pGn-io, ivi, or ii, Itum, ire, 4 v. a., (also
pun ior, Itiis, iri, 4 v. a. dep.,) to injlict
punishment, punish, (poena.)
pupp-is, is, f., the hinder part of a ship,
stern, poop.
purg-O, uvi, fitum, are, 1 v. a., to make
clean, cleanse, purify, purge; clear,
justify, excuse; apoloyisc; expiate, make
atonement for. (Said to be coiUracted
lor !)iirnin n/.^o )
purpur-a, ac, f., the pwple-fish; purple
colour; purple cloth; a pziiplc robe,
'' Ih^ purple." {nop(j)vpa.)
puvpure-US, a, um, purple-eoloured,
purple; (applied also to niany siiadcs
of colour, as, reddish, violet, brownisli,
blackish;) clothed in purple ; brilliant;
beautiful. (i)uri)uia.)
put-0, avi, atuni, are, 1 v. a., literally, to
cleant,e: Imiao, to prune ; adjust, settle :
and so, to reckon, estimate; consider,
think, suppose; believe; Judge.
Pyd-na, ae, f., I'l/dna, a Macedonian
_town, on tlie Tliermaic Gulf.
Pyram-US, i, m., I'yrumus, tlie lover of
Tliisbe.
Pyrenae-US, a, um, Pyrenean, relating
to the Pyrenees, (y or J-.)
PyroiS, or I'yroeis, I'yi'oont-is, m.,
J'yrois, (i.e., the Fiery,) one of the
Jioi'scs of the Sun. (llvfiofts.)
pyrop-US, i. III., pyropus (a mixed
metal); bronze; gold bronze, {nvpiort-
09.)
Pyrrh-a, ac, f., Pyirhu, dauRliter of
jlliiinetlieus, and wife of J^eucalion.
Pythi-a, ae, f., (scll. siicerdos,) Pythia,
—i.e., the priestess '.vho uUered the
responses of the oracle of Apollo ut
Delphi.
¥
Q.,jis a pracnomen, stands for Quintns.
qua, adv., by what way; in tchich direc-
tion; in which ]>lace, where ; as long as;
as far as, in so far as; in what manner,
hour. (Abl. fem. ofqiii.)
quacunque, orquacunuiue, adv., tvhere-
soiver, wherever, whithe7-soever.
quadrag'inta, num. adj., forty.
quadrijug-us, a, um, (or is, is, e,)
yoked four together ; belonging to a team
of four: assubst. pL, quadrljiigi, four
horses, (quatuor, jugum.)
quadringent-i, ae, a, num. adj., four
hundred,
qiiadrupes, quadrOpod-is, adj., going on
four f set, four-footed: as subst., a quad-
ruped, (quatuor, jies.)
quaer-0, quaesivl, or qunesii. qiuies-
itum, quaei'-ere, 3 v. a., to search for,
seek, endeavour to get ; obtain, get; ask,
inguire; cvainine into, investigate,
quaesit-US, a, um, perf, part, of quaero,
sought out, searched for ; gained, pro-
cured; select, special.
quaestio, quaestiOn-ls, f, a seeking,
searching; in(piiring into, investigation;
question; trial, (quaero.)
quaestor, quaestor- is, m., a searcher, ex-
aminer: hence, a quaestor,~i.(s., a Ko-
man maf-i.stnite, who liH.i char-e of the
public revenues. See Hamsay's "An-
tiquities. ' (Forquaesilor, from quaero.)
quaest-US, us, m., a seeking; gaining;
making of money; acquiring; gain, pro-
fit ; a means of making money, business,
occupation, (quaero.)
qual-is, is, e, of what kind, of what na-
ture. It is used iiiternij,Mtively, and
also as the correlative of talis, (quis.)
quam, adv.. how, in what manner, or to
tchat degi'ee : as much, as much as. It
is often the oorrelativc of tain, ,ind
means as. Afte;- terms denoting com-
parison, iind such words as contra, ul-
tra, alius, it means than: as, J'lus quam,
more than. It is often used witli super-
latives and the verb posse: as, Quam
nifiximas copias potuit, as great forces
as he cotdd. (qui.)
qMamAlvL, adv., as long as ; mtil; dur-
ing, (quam, diu.)
quamobrem, adv. intenog., wherefore f
on what account? whyf It is used re-
latively at the beginning of a clausu
or sentence, on whicfi account,--U.,
and on this account; tcherefore. See
Caes. B. G., i. 34, 1. (qu.im, -o,
rem.)
quaniprimum, adv., as soon as j'ossible,
immediately, (quam, primum.)
quamquam,or quanquam, conj., though,
alikough.
quamvis, adv. and conj., cs much as you
will, ever so much, very much, exceeding.
s
'ommm
mmmm
352
VOCABULARY.
ly : conj., as nittchas yon will; although.
(quiim, and vis, from volo.)
quando, udv. inteirog., at what timet
when? ailv. relative, at wJuit time, at the
time when, when; at any time, ever:
conj., since, because.
quanqusm, or qiunnquam, though, al-
though.
quantum, adv., neut. of quantus, how
much ; as much, so much ; as far as.
quant-US, a, um, how great, how large ;
as great as, as much as: in pi., as many
as. After tantiis it may generally be
ti'anslated as. (quam.)
quare, adv. inten-og. and relative, by
which means; on what or which account;
tchere/ore, why. (Qua, re. Cf. Fr. car.)
quart-US, a, um, the fourth: quartum,
n., for the fourth lime, (iiuatuor.)
quasi, adv., as if, just as, as it were;
nearly, almost.
quater, adv. num., four times, (qua-
tiior.)
quStio, [quassi,] quassimi, quat-cre, 3
v. a., to strike; shake; shatter; drive;
agitate
quatuor, (or quattuor,) card, num.,
four.
-que, conj., and: que— que, or et— que,
both— and, pa tly— partly. It never
stands alone, but is always attached to
another woiil usually the second of
the two coupled by it. It Is sometimes
equal to scd, but, when it follows a
negativa
queo, quivi and quii, qnltum, qu-ire, 4
V. n, irreg., to be able : Queo, / can.
querc-US, us, f., an oak, oak tree.
querel-a, ae, f., a complaint ; lamenta-
tion, wailing, (queror.)
quer-or, quest-us, quer-l, 3 v. a. and n.
dep., to complain; bewail, lament.
quest-US, us, m., a complaint; lamenta-
tion, (queror.)
quest-US, a, um, perf. part, of queror,
having complained.
qui, quae, quod, iiiterrog., rel , and in-
def. pron. : 1. Iiitorrog., who? which?
what? 2. Helative, toho, which, that,
what; what sort of. 3. Indef., any,
any one, whoever,
qui, adv., (old abl. oi qui,) by what
means T in what manner f how t where-
fore t whyf
quia, conj., because. (Old ace. pi. n. of
qui.;
quicunque, quaecunquc, quodcunque,
(or quicumque,) rcl. pron., tchoever,
whatever, whatsoever; every one who-
every, or all that.
quidam, quaedam, quoddam, and quid-
dam (subst.), indef. pron., a certain
one, somebody, something,
quidem, adv., indeed, certainly, in truth;
at least : Ne quidem, not even.
quies, quiet-is, f., rest, repose; quiet,
peace; sleep; death.
quiesC-0, quievl, quietum, quiesc-Cre,
3 V. n., to rest, repose; keep still or
quiet; sleep, (quies.)
quiet-US, a, um, (properly the part, of
quiesco,) resting, at rest, quiet, calm;
peactful, undisturbed,
quilibet, quaelTbet, quodllbSt, or quid-
ITbut, indef. pron., any one you please,
any one at all, any; all, (qui, libet.)
quin, conj., literally, in tchat manner
not; by which not; hoio not; hence,
that not ; but that (after verbs of doubt-
ing) ; from (after verbs of preventing);
why not? (as un interrog.) (qui, old
abl. of qui ; and ne, for non.)
Quinti-US, l, m., Quintiu^, a Itomaii
praenoman, — e.g., (iuintius Flamin-
inus.
quindecim, num. adj.. ffteen, (quin-
que, decem.)
quingent-i, ae, a, num. adj., five hun-
dred, (quinque, centum.)
quin-i, ae, a, distrlb. num , five each
(time, person, <&c.) (quinque.)
quinquagen-i, ae, a, tUstrib. num.,
fifty each,
quinquaginta, card, num., fifty,
quinque, card. mm\„ five,
quinquies, adv.,^t'e times, (quinque.)
quint-US, a, um, ord. num., the fifth.
(quinque.)
Quint-US, i, m., Quintus, a Roman prau-
nomen.
quippc, adv. and conj., certainly, to be
sure; indeed, forsooth: Quippe qui, as
one who: since, inasmuch as. (quia-pc.)
Quiris, or Qulrit-is, Qulrit-is, m., an
inhabitant of Cures, a Sabine town.
The term Quirites is often applied (o
the Romans in a civil, but not in a
militaiy capacity.
quis, quae, quod, ■ r quid, interrog. and
indef. nron.. '{'.'io ? which.? what? neut,
how ? why f any one ; some,
quisnam, quacnam, quidiiam, intun og.
VOCAliULA RY.
353
proii., who at ctlU which or what at all?
who, pray t
r[Uispiam, quaepiam, quodphini aiul
(siibst.) qiiidpiain, or qiiippiam, iiidef.
proii,, any one, any body; any, some.
quisquam, quaequam, quicquam, or
quidqtiain, iiidof. proii., any one, any
body; anything, something.
quisque, quacquc, quodquc, and (subst.)
quicque, or quidque, each, every (per-
son or thing) : Prinio quoquc tempore,
at Hie_first moment possible.
quisquis, quae(iuae, quodquod, or
(subst.) quicqtiid, (i.e.,quidquid,) inde^
pion., whoever, whosoever, whatever;
each, any ; all that.
quivis, quaevis, quodvis, and (subst.)
iliiidvis, indef. pron., who or w/tat you
will; any (person or thing).
quo, r.dv. and conj., into wfiat placet
whither t anywhere, wherever; for which
reason, wherefore; in order that; be-
came; to w/iat end or purpose. (Said
to tic for quom, old ace. of qui.)
quoad, adv., how lomji as lomj as, until;
as far as; with reference to. (quo,
ad.)
quod, conj., that, in that, because; as re-
spects that, as to that ; although, ev>n if;
since that, "chereas, but.
quominus, conj,, literally, in what /win-
ner the less ; that not, from (after verbs
of preventing.) (quo, minus.)
quomodo, adv., in what manner, (quo,
modo.)
quondam, adv., at a certain time, at one
time ; formerly.
quoniam, adv., since, after thai; teeing
that, Wiiereas, because -^
quoque, adv., also, too.
quot, indecl. adj., hoic many.
quotannls, adv., every year, yearly.
Oiuot, annus.)
qudtldian-US, a, um, every day, daily,
'•ommon. Also quotW. (qnolidie.)
quotidie, adv., daily, every day. (quut,
dies.)
quoties, or quoticns, adv., how often, oi
often as.
quotiescunque, adv., how often soever,
a,i often as.
quum, conj., when; since, after that;
scing that, as; ajter that, us soon as;
although.
R.
radi-O, fivi, stum, are, 1 v. a. and n.,
literally, to supply with spokes: hence,
n., to emit beams or rays, shine, beam,
raUate. (radius.)
radi-US, i, m., a staff, rod; spoke (of a
wheel); 6«am, ray. (Cf. Gk. pa/36os.)
radix, rildrc-is, f., « root (of a plant,
etc.) : hence, the lower part (of any-
thing), as, the foot of a mountain; and
so of the foundation (of a thing), basis,
ground.
ram-US, i, m., a branch, bough, twig,
shoot: and so of the branches of a stag's
hni-ns.
rapid-US, a, um, tearing away .■ hence,
(of heat,)^erce, violent, devouring, con-
jiiming; swift, rapid, (rapio.)
rapln-a, ae, f., robbery, pillage, rapine,
j'lundering : hence, booty, prey, (rapio.)
rap-io, ui, turn, iJre, 3 v. a., to seize, take
hurriedly or with violence, snatch ; drag,
tear away, rami o>f: swecn awav Imva
along or away ; ravish ; rob ; carry off
by death. (Cf. Gk. (Ip7ras,u>.)
(1.J5) 2
rapt-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a. frcq., toseite
with violence and carry off; drag away
ov along; ravage, plunder, (rapio.)
rapt-US, a, um, perf. part, of rapio,
seized, snatched away: tlie neut., i-apt-
um, is used substantively for plunder;
as, Vivitur ex rapto, men live on plunder,
—i.e., by robbery.
rar-us, a, um, (opposed to densus,) not
tightly packed, not close (in position or
in texture) ; far apart, scattered, here
and there, dispersed; few; infrequent; in
scattered parties ; rare, scarce.
rastr-ura, i, n., (pi. rastri, m., most com-
monly, but also riisrrii, n.,) literally, an
in.ttrument to scrape with; a hoe; rake;
mattock. (From rasum, supine of rado
to scrape.)
ratio, ration-is, f , a reckoning, cdlcula-
turn, account, estimate; a list, register;
sum; business, affair, transaction; plan,
(heory, mods, method, conduct, cour.^e,
way, means; nature, kind; the reas'ti-
ing faculty, reason, judgment; view,
V
i*.* %.;
364
VOCABULARY.
: Jl,
\
opinion; yround, motive, reason, con-
iideration, regard. (The stem ra is said
to be the same as that of ra-tus, from
reor.)
r5,t-is, is, t,araft,/loat; boat, vessel, ship.
rat-US, a, um, peif. pp.it. of reor, having
thought, judged, supposed: as adj., reck-
oned, calculated, thought ; settled, fixed,
certain, ratified, confirmed.
Raurac-i, orum, m., pi., the Rauraci, a
people of Gaul who lived on the Kliine,
near the position of tlie modern town
of uaie.
rebellio, rgbelliOn-ls, f., a renewal of war
(by those formerly subdued) ; i revolt,
rebellion, (re, bellum.)
reced~0, rScessl, recess-um, rCced-ei e, 3
V. n., to go back, retire, retreat, withdrate,
^recede; go away, vanish, (re, codo.)
recens, gen. r6ccnt-is, adj., /m7), young,
recent, new ; not exhausted, fresh, vigor-
ous.
recept-US, a, um, perf. part, of rccipio,
j-cceived; usual, customary, &c.
recept-US, tls, m., a drawing or taking
back: hence, a retreat, flight; falling
back ; halt : also, a placj of retreat, re-
fuge; return, (recipio.)
rScid-0, i, recasuni, rCdd-(5re, (in poets
sometimes recido.) 3 v. n., to fall back,
recoil; fall back or down; return; be
^reduced to. (re, cado.)
recid-0, i, reels- um, recid-ere, 3 v. a., to
^cut offov down, (re, caedo.)
recing-0, (no perf.,) recinct-um, rCciiiK-
ere, 3 v. a., to unbind, ungird, untie, un-
Joose; strip off. (re, cingo.)
recipio, recep-i, recept-um, r?icTp-crc,
3 V. a., to take or get back, regain, re-
cover: with se, to draw back, withdraw,
betake one's self, retire ; to get back, re-
gain, recover (one's self) ; accept, receive,
admit; to take on one's self, undertake,
jugage. (re, capio.)
reclin-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a. and n.,
to lean back, recline, rest upon, (re,
^and root clin. as in nXivta.)
reconcili-0, avi, atum, tuh, i v. a., to
bring back again to friendship, reconcile,
^ restore, recover, (re, concilio.)
recond'O, Idi, Itum, ere, 3 V. a., to put
back again, or put away; shut up ; hide,
conceal ; bury, (re, condo.)
rector, rector-is, ni., a director, guider;
(t helmsman; leadov
Oego.)
'•'■■•''■r, goi-a-nor. j reduet-US
rect-um, i, n., that which is straight:
hence, rectitude, right, uprightness, vir-
tue, (rectus.)
reCt-US, a, um, made straight, direct;
in a straight line (along, or up and
down) ; straight; upright; right, proper,
correct ; lawful, just ; noble, (perf. part,
of rego.)
recurv-0, (no perf,) atum, are, 1 v. a.,
to curve or bend backwards, turn back;
wind back again (as a river), (re,
curvo.)
recUS-0, avi, atum, are, 1 V. a., literally,
to allege a reason against: hence, to
refuse, reject, decline, (re, causa.)
red-a, ae. See rheda.
reddit-US, a, um, perf. part, of reddo,
restored, returned, &c.
redd-0, Idi, Itum, ejs, 3 v. &., to put or
give back, restore, '•eturn; give up, de-
liver, relinquish; give forth, produce;
impart, assign, grant; administer jus-
tice; translate (from one languu^n' to
anotlier) ; give back again,— i.e., nflect,
imitate, resemble; make or cause; ren-
der, (re, do.)
redempt-US, a, um, perf part, of re-
dhno, bought up; contracted for, farmed,
red-eo, ivi, or ii, Itum, ire, 4 v. n. irreg.,
to go back, come back, return; trend,
slope towards; to come in (as one's due),
be yielded as income; arise; come to, be
reduced to. (re, eo.)
redig-0, redeg-i, rodact-um, rCdTg-ero,
3 V. a., to drive, or lead, or bj-ing back,
restore; reduce (to a state or condition ;)
lotcer, diminish, degrade; render, (re,
redim-0, rcdOm-i, redempt-um, rfdlm-
ere, 3 v. a., to buy back, repurchase, re-
deem, ransom, release; buy up, pur-
chase; gain, procure ; contract for, hire,
farm; atone for, make amends, (lu,
emo.)
redintegr-0, avi, ruum, are, l v. a , to
make fresh again, renew, restore, recruit.
^(re, integro, from integer.)
reditio, rCdltion-i.s, f., a going or coming
back, return, (redeo.)
redit-US, us, m., a coming back, return ;
^a coming in, income, revenue, (redeo.)
re'luc-o, redux-i, ruduct-uni, redac-ere,
3 v. a., to lead or bring back ; caust
to return; rescue; restore (to favour).
:i, r.m, poll, part, ol leuueo,
brought back, restored, «fcc.
VOCABULARY.
355
rfdux, gen. iCdfic-is, adj.: act., ka'ling
back; pass., brought back, returved.
(reduco.)
refect-us, a, um, perf. part, of icflclo,
^restored, re/resf.d, repaired, Ac.
refer-0, . etui-i, (or rettfiii,) reiat-um,
rfiferre, 3 v. a. ineg., to bring, put, or
carry back, restore: with se, to go back,
return ; give back, return, restore ; pay ;
answer, reply; report, bring back word,
announce ; truce buck, ascribe, refer (see
also refert) : Kcferre pcdcm, or grad-
_\un, to retreat, (re, fero.)
refert, rCtuUt, &c., v. n. impers., liter-
ally, it has a bearing on one's affairs:
hence, it mncerns, is of importance.
^(rem, fert.)
refic-io, refSci, refect-um, rCfIc-5re, 3 v.
a., to make a<j((in, renew; restore, r^t;
jrfi-esh, recruit, (re, facio.)
regal-is, is, p irlating to a king, kingly,
_royal, regal, (rex.)
regi-a,ae, f., (scil., Aom\x%,) a royal house,
palace; castle, rt; royal city, (regl-
_U£)
regin-a, ne, f., a queen; princess, (rex.)
regio, regl5n-is, f., a region, district.
regi-U8, a, uin, relating to a king, royal.
kingly; princely; splendid, (rex.)
iegn-0, avi, ntiim, are, 1 v. n. and a., to
have rule; be a king, reign ; prevail,
have the mastei-y: a., to rule, sway,
govern, (regnum.)
regn-um, i, n., kingly iwwer or govern-
■ninit, sovereignty, rule; kingdovi, do-
jiiniion, territory, (rex.)
reg-0, rex-i, rect-um, r6g-6re, 3 v. a., to
lead in a straight line ; make straight ;
to guide, direct; rule, govern, control;
^set right, correct.
reject-US, a, um, perf. part, of rejlcio,
Jhrown back, Ac.
rejicio, rejOc-i, rfjeet-um, rPjTc-ere, 3 v.
a., to throw ov fling back; beat back, re-
pulse; cast off, repel, reject, disdain.
_ (re, jacio.)
relat-UB, a, um, perf. part, of rcfero,
jarried back, reported, &c.
relax-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to un-
loose, loosen; open; widen; lighten, al-
Jeyiate. (re, laxo.)
relict-US, a, um, perf. part, of relinquo,
j\n behind, left, abandoned, Ac,
relife-io, (rolllgio,) rellgion-is, f, rever-
- ,, . / iiii. .ji.i,..^ j„,.;,j^ ri:ngtvn ; super-
stitMn; a religious scrujde; religious
awe : in pi., religloiics, religious matters,
(doctrines, ceremonies, omens, Ac.)
(From relcgo, to ponder over car^dly;
j)T from religo, to bind down.)
relinqu-0, rgllqul, relictum, relinqu-gre,
3 V. a., to leave h, hind, leave ; let re-
main; give up, surrender ; forsake,
abandon, desert, neglect; (poet.,) leave
^off; cease, (re, linquo.)
reliqui-ae, arum, t pi., (or relliquiae,)
remains, leavings, remainder, rest, (re-
liquus.)
reliqu-us, a, um, that which is left, or
whicli remains, the remaining (part), the
rest; (of time,) future, subsequent, (re-
linquo.)
reman-eo, si, sum, ere, 2 V. n., to stay
or remain behind; continue, abide; en-
_dure; remain, (re, maaeo.)
remig-0, avi, atum, arc, l v. a., to row.
^(remex, an oarsman.)
remigr-0, avi, atum, nre, l v. a., to re-
turn (to one's usual residence) ; return,
^goback. (re, migro.)
reminisc-or, remlnisc-i, 3 V. a. dep.,
to call to mind, recollect, remember]
imagine, conceive, (re, and men, root of
memini.)
remiss-US, a, um, sent back; slack, re-
Jaxed, loose; mild, gentle; cheerful.
remitt-0, remisi, remiss-um, remitt-Crc,
3 V. a., to send back; let go back; loosen,
slacken, abate, relax; remit; relieve;
release; give up, resign; concede: n., to
^decrease, abate; lull, (re, mitto.)
remollesc-Oi ere, 3 v. n. incep., to be-
come soft again, grow soft; be mollified,
Je touched; relent, (re, moUesco.)
remorat-us, a, um, perf. part, of re-
^nioror, delayed, Ac.
reinor-Or, atus, ari, l v. n. and a. dcji.,
to stay back; linger, loiter: a., to ke,p
back, detain, delay; obstruct, hinder; de-
Jer. (re, moror.)
remot-US, a, um, perf. part, of removco,
jemovedfrom, retired, distant, remote.
remov-eo, (C)i, remotum, reiiiov-ere, 2
V. a., to move back; take away, remove;
jhange; withdraw, (re, moveo.)
rem-us, i, m., an oar.
Rem-us, i, m., Remus, brother of Rom-
ulus.
renov-O, avi, atum, are, l v. a., to make
new again, renovate, restore; refresh:
jepair. (re, novo.)
renunti-0, avi, atum, aro, (ur rcuunciu,)
IW^
356
VOCABULARY.
1 V. a., to cnrry back word, report, an-
nounce i rmwunce. (.I'U, lUllltiu.)
reor, riltus, reri, 2 V. a. dep., to think,
suppose, deem, believe, judge.
repaglil-a, orum, n. pi, bolts, bars;
limits, boundaries, bartiers. (I'c, ami
pafc, root of pan go.)
rep&rabil-is, is, e, what may be repaired
ov restored; retrievable, (repavo.)
rep§,r-0, Svl, atum, are, 1 V. a., to get
again,; repair; retrieve; restore; re-
fresh, recruit, renew, (re, and pai'o.)
repell-0, rgpfll-i, (or reppQll,) repuls-
um, r6pcll-6re, 3 v. a., to drive back,
repulse, reject; drive away, reject, re-
fiLie. (vo, polio.)
ripens, gen. rfipent-is, adj., sudden, un-
expected, /tasty.
repente, adv., suddenly, unexpectedly,
all at once, (repens.)
repentin-U3, a, um, sudden, unexpected.
(repens.)
reperCUSS-US, (i, um, perf. part, of re-
percutio, struck back again, reflected.
reperc&tio, ropercuss-i, repercus8-um,
iCpercut-gre, 3 v. a., to striJce back
again; cause to rebound; reflect; rever-
berate, re-echo, (re, percutio.)
reper-io, l, (or repperi,) turn, Ire, to find,
meet with, discover; ascertain; perceive;
invent, devise, (re, parlo.)
repert-US, a, um, perf. part, of reperto,
found out.
repet-0, ivl, or ii, itum, ere, 3 v. a., to
return, revisit, retrace; bring back;
renew, repeat; resume; call to mind
again, recollect ; demand back c xgaiit;
demand as one' s due. (re, peto.)
repl-eo, evi, etum, ere, 2 v. a., to fill
again ; fill up, complete, supply; satiate ;
gorge, (re, pleo.)
rep-0, si, turn, 6re, 3 v. n., to creep, crawl ;
V'hance with caution or difficulty, (Aii-
Oilier form of serpo.)
repon-O, reposu-i, repostt-um, r5p5n-6re,
3 V. a,, to put or place back, replace,
restore; lay up in store; lay aside or by,
put away; reserve, preserve, (re, pono.)
report-0, ftvi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to carry
back; carry off or away; gain; bring
back neiDS, report, (re, porto.)
reprehend-0, i, reprChens-um, rcprS-
hend-ere, 3 v. a., to seize with the in-
tention of pulling back: hence, to find
fi::'i with, blame, cmuurc, repravc. (re,
prebeudu.)
repugn-0, avi, Htnm, arc, 1 v. a., to fight
against; resist, oppose; set opposite to ;
contend against; counterbalance, (/e,
PUKHO.)
r§puls-a, ne, f., a rejection, defeat, tin
successful candidature; denial, refusal.
(repello.)
r8pul8-US, a, um, perf. part of repello,
driven back, repulsed, Ac.
reput-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to count
again, reckon, calculate; think over,
refiect, meditate, (re, puto.)
requiesC-O, r6qulev-i, rCqulct-um, r6-
qulesc-2re, 3 v. n. incep., to come to a
state of rest again ; rest, repose ; sleep ;
rest in the grave, (re, quiesco.)
requir-0,v5qulslv-l, or ii, requlslt-um,
rCquir-Cre, 3 v. a., to seek again, look
after, search for, inquire after; requii-e,
need, tcant; miss; desiderate, (re,
quiiero.)
res, r6i, f., a thing, affair, matter, event,
circumstance, case, condition ; substance,
property; advantage, interest, benefit;
causit, reason, account : Pro re, accord-
ing to circumstances: Res publica, or
respublica, the commonwealth, state:
Res novae, political changes, a revolution.
resacr-0, (or resecro,) avi, atum, are,
1 V. a., to uncurse, liberate from a curse;
beseech again, implore, (re, sacro.)
reSCJnd-0, rescld-i, resciss-um, rescin 1-
6re. 3 v. a., to cut off or away; tear
down or asunder; break up; to repeal
(a l:iw), rescind, (re, scindo.)
(rescio.) See rescisco.
resciaC-O, resclvl, or ii, vescit-um, res-
cisc-Ore, 3 v. n. ince])., to come to the
knowledge of, learn, ascertain, find out.
(re, scisco.)
resciss-U8|a, um. perf jiart. of resclndo,
torn open, rent.
rescrib-0, rescrlpsi, rescriptum, roscrib-
6re, 3 v. a., to write again or anew ;
enroll anew, re-enlist ; write back, reply.
(re, scribo.)
reserv-0, avi, atum, fuc, 1 V. a., to keep
back, lay up, reserve; keep, retain, (re,
servo.)
resist-0, restlti, rCsist-ere, 3 v. n., to
stand back; standstill, halt, stop; with-
stand, oppose, resist, (re, sisto.)
resolv-0, i. rcsOlutum, resolv-ere, 3 v. a.,
to untie, loosen, release, set free; relax;
separate; annul, abolish; banish, (re,
solvo.)
VOCAniTLARY.
357
respicio, rcspnxl, rcsprct um, resplc-
6ie, 3 V. a., to look back or behind, took
back at ; have regard to, consider ; care
for; review, (re, specio.)
respond-eo, i, respons-uin, respond-ere,
2 V. a., literally, to promise in return:
lieiice, to answer, reply, respond; give
a response, (as, e.g., an oiacli;.) (ro,
spoiideo.)
respons-um, I, n., a reply, answer;
opinion; oracular response. (respoiiU-
fiO.)
respublica, gen. rei-publicae, f., the
cotnmonwealth, state, (res, publlca.)
respu-0, i, ere, 3 v. a., literally, to spit
out again : hence, to ryect, r^use, de-
cline, (re, spuo.)
restitu-O, i, (u)tum, ere, 3 «r. a., lo set
up again; replace, restore; rebuild;
bring back, (re, statuo.)
rest-0, Iti, ilre, 1 V. n., literally, to stop
bi/iind; standstill: hence, to icithUand,
resist, stand Jirm; to remain, be Itift;
await, (re, sto.)
resupin-US, a, um, bent backward; lying
on the back, supine, face upward, (re,
supiniLS.)
retin-eo, ui, retent-um, retln-ere, 2 v.
a,, to hold back, detain, check, re-
strain; holdfast; preserve, keep, (re,
teneo.)
retro, adv., backwards; behind. (re,
and the syllable tro, as in nltro, citro.)
re-US, i, m., a party in a law pica; espe-
cially, a defender, one accused or m-
pcached.
revell-o, i, revuls-um, rSveIl-6re, 3 v. a.,
to pluck back, out, or away; drag from;
jnatchfrom. (re, vello.)
revert-0, i, revers-um, r6vert-6re, 3 v.
n., to return. Used principally in the
__ perfect tenses. (See reverter.)
revert-or, reversns, reverti, 3 v. n. dep.,
to turn back or about; come back, re-
turn, (re, verto.)
revivisc-0, revlxl, revictum, revicisc-
eie, 3 V. n. incep., to come to life again,
jrevive. (re, vivo.)
revxv-0, (no perf.,) revictum, rcviv-6re,
^3 V. n., to live again, (re, vivo.)
revoc-0, avi, stum, are, 1 v. a., to call
back, recall; bring back; turn back:
Revocare gradum, to return, retrace the
steps, (re, voco.)
revuls-us, a, um, perf. part, of revello,
torn away, &c.
rex, r5g-is, m., a king, sovereign, prince ;
chief man, leader, (rcgo.;
Rhe-a, ae, f., /ihea (Hilvia), daugliter of
king Nuniltor, and mother of Jlomu
lu8 and Kemus.
rhed-a, ae, f., a carriage (with four
wheels).
Rhen-US, l, m., the Uhine, a river of
Gennany,
Rh6dan-U8, i, m., the Rhone, a largo
rijer of Switzerland and France.
Rhodi-US, a, um, Rhodian, relating to
Rhodes: in pi. m., the Rhodiuns, in-
habitants of Rhodei.
Rhodop-e, es, f., Rhodope, a range of
mountains in Thrace.
Rhod-OS, i, or us, i, f., Rhodes, an
_ isiana m the Aegean Sea.
rict-US, us, m., the opened mouth, gaping
jaws, (ringoi-, io open the mouth.)
rid-eo, rlsi, rls-un., rid-ere, 2 v. n. and
a., to laugh, smile ,• a., to laugh at, ridi-
cule.
rigor, rrgSr-is, m., stiJTne.is, rigidity;
numbness; flrmmss; hardness, injtexi-
_ Mlily. (rigeo, to be stiff.)
rim-a, ae, f., a chink, deft, crack.
rip-a, ae, f., a bank (of a river.)
ris-us, us, m,, laughter; a laugh ; mirth.
(rideo.)
robur, rObCr-ls, n., liardness; strength:
jin oak (tree) ; power, vigour, force.
robust-US, a, um, strong, sturdy, robust,
^hardy. (robur.)
rog-O, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to ask, in-
quire, question ; leg, request, solicit, be-
seech.
rog-US, i, m., a funeral pile.
R5m-a, ae, f., Rome.
R5man-US, a, um, Roman, relating to
Rome: as subst, a Roman: in pi.,
Romani, the Romans. (Uoma.)
Romiile-US, a, um, belonging or relat-
ing ^o Romulus. (Romulus.)
R5mul-US, i, m., Romulus, brother of
Remus and joint-founder of Rome : as
_an adj., the same as Romuleus.
ror-O, avi, atum, are, 1 v. n. and a.,
(used in third person, and often imper-
sonally,) to drop dew; to drop, drip,
trickle; distil.
r5s, ror-ls, m., dew: hence, anything
liquid distilling or dropping in a simi-
hiv manner,— as, ruin, water, tears,
milk, &c.
ros-a, ae, f., a rose.
'■V
■■■P
358
VOCABULARY.
rostr-um, l, n,, the but or beak (of a
, bird); the nose or snout (of nn oniiiml);
hence used of tilings of similar slmpc,
—as, the curved point (of a bill-hook);
the prow (of u ship). The pi., rostra,
wag applied to the raised platform in
the Forum from which speakers ad-
dressed public meetings. It was so
called because adorned with the beaks
of ships taken from Ihf people of
Antium. (rodo, to gmiv>, oi scrape )
rot-ci, .1.', r, 't wheel: hence used by the
poets for a car or chariot.
rotat-us, a, urn, perf. part, of roto,
whirled round, made to revolve.
rot-O, fivi, atum, ure, 1 v. a. and n., to
turn round (like a wheel), whirl round:
n., to tutn or roll round, revolve.
^(rota.)
ruber, rubr-a, rubr-um, red, ruddy:
llubrum JIare, the Eastern or Indian
Ocean.
riibesC-O, rabul, rflbesc-Sre, 3 v. n. in-
ccp., to grow red, redden, (rubeo, to
be red; and that from lubcr.)
rubet-a, orum, n. pi., bramble thickets.
(rubus.)
rub-U3, i, m., a bramble or bluckberry
bush.
rud-is, is, e, in a natural state, nn-
wrought; rudeli/ fashioned; in an un-
finished state ; untilled; rough; raw;
coarse; wild; unpolished; unlearned,
unskilled; awkward, clumsy.
RQf-us, J, m., Ilu/us, a Roman surname,
siicnifying m/, red haired: P. Siilplciua
I'vufus, one of Caesar's pencrals.
Rumin-a, ae, f. : llumlna flcus, the fig
tree of Romulus and Remus. In a
temple near this fig tree a goddess,
Ihimina (the Suckler), was worshipped.
Her name is said to be dciived from
runils, a breast or teat.)
rumor, rumOr-is, m., a report, hearsay;
common talk, popular opinion; fame,
reputation.
rump-0, rflp-I, rupt-uin, rump-Cre, 3 v.
a., to burst asunder, rend, tear open;
force a passage, burst through ; violate :
destroy, ruin,
ru-0, 1, tum, (fut. part, sometimes rui-
turns,) 6re, 3 v. n. and a., to fall down
with violence, tumble; go to wreck or
ruin; hasten, hurry; rush, dash; a.,
to dash or hurl down ; cast or throw vp.
rup-es, is, f., a rock, cliff,
rursum. See rursus.
rursus, and rursum, adv., backwards,
back ; on the other hand ; again, anew.
(Contracted for revors-us, or uni; from
reverto, or revorto.)
rus, rar-is, n., (in pi. only nom. and
ace. used,— rura,) the country (in oppo-
sition to the town) ; fields ; a country
seat; farm; estate.
rutil-US, a, um, red; golden; shining,
glittering.
rutr-um, l, n., a spade, shovel; ho&.
s.
W^'
S§,bln-i, Oram, m. pi., the Sabines, a
people of Italy, whose territory ad-
joined that of Rome.
Sabin-U8, a, um, Sabine.
Sabin-US, i, m., Sablnus (Q. Titurius),
one of Caesar's lieutenants.
8acell-um, i, n., a sanctuary, shrine,
chapel, (sacrum.)
Bacer, sacr-a, um, consecrated, holy,
sacred; devoted to a deity for destruc-
tion: hence, accursed; im}>ious.
sacerdos, sacerdot-ls, m. or f., a priest
or priestess, (sacer, and do, root of
do, to give, and of donum.)
Bacrari-um, i, u., a repository for things
holy ; a shrine, chapel, (sacer.)
Sacrifici-um, i, n., a sacrific£, offering.
(sacrifice, and that from sacer, facie.)
sacrific-0, ii\i, atum, are, 1 v. a., to
offer a victim, sacrifice, present an offer-
ing to the gods, (sacer, facio.)
sacrilegi-um, i, n., the robbing of a
temple, plunder of things sacred; .lar
rilege, violation of sacred things, (sac-
rilegus, a stealer of things sacred ; ami
that from sacer and lego.)
Sacr-0, avi, iitum, are, 1 v. n., to set
apart as holy, consecrate, devote (to a
deity); devote to destruction, curse.
(sacer.)
sacr-um, l, n., a sacred th'ng: in pi,
sacr-a, orum, n., religious rites, myster-
ies, secrets; sacred utensils; holy things,
(as images of the gods, Ac.)
saecul-um, l, n., a generation, age: cen-
tury; race of men.
VOCABULARY.
3fi9
Bacpe, nil v., often, frequently.
Saepenumgr-O, adv., very frequently,
o/tetitimes, again and again.
saep-io, si, tum, ire, 4 v. a. See seplo.
saepius, »dv., oftener: conip. of suepe.
Saev-US, a, um, enraged; furious; fero-
cious, fierce, cruel, savage; violent;
harsh, relentless, severe.
Sagacitas, aagacltat-ls, f., keenness of
perception, acutenets; sagacity, shiewd-
ness. (saRax,)
Sagax, Ben. s5gac-is, adj., keen of percep-
tion, acute, keen; sagacious, shrewd.
(sagio, to perceive quickly.)
Bagift-a, ae, f., an arrow
fiagunt-um, i, n., (or Sagunt-us, i, or
oc, i, f.,) Soguntum, a city in Spain, tlie
sioffe of wliic'i by Hannibal (b.c. 219)
wu::tlieini:.it'diate cause of the Second
Punic War.
tal, sal-Is, iti., (sometimes n. ; the pi.
in tlie masc. only,) salt : (in tlie poets,)
Jhe sea ,•_ sm water. In pi., witticisms.
Salamlni-US, a, um, relating or belong-
ing to Salamis.
Saiam-is, is, or Inis, f, (Gk. ace.
Salamina,) /S'a/a??i«— now Colourl— an
island in tho Saronic Gulf, opposite
Athens.
Sal-io, il, or ul, tuin. Ire, 4 v. n., to
leap, spring, bound jump, (Cf. Gk.
aAAojuai.)
saltern, adv., at least, at ali ei-ents.
(Said to be a contractioij foi saliitim,
or salutem, from salvns; so that it
means originally, that which still holds
good.)
salt-US, us, m., a leap, bound, spring; a
mountain pass ; valley, (wooded); forest-
^pasture, glade, (salio.)
Sal-um, i, n,, (only in sing.,) the high or
open sea, the main, the deep. (Cf. Gk.
<ToAos.)
oiilus, saiat-is, f , a healthy state; welfare,
safety. (Said to be a contracted form
^of salutus, from salvus)
Sam-OS, (or us,) i, f., Samos, an Island
off the coast of Asia Minor.
sanc-io, sanx-i, sanct-um, (orsancltum,)
sane-Ire, 4 v. a., to render sacred;
establish, enact, ordain ; confirm, ratify,
sanction. (Hoot sac, as in sacer. Cf.
Gk. ay, as in a-yios.)
Sanct-US, a, um, perf. part, of sancio :
also adj.. sacred, inviolable; divine;
My, pious; just.
sanguInSlent-us, a, um, full of blood;
bloody, sanguinary, (sanguis.)
sanguis, sanguln-ls, m., blood: hence,
relationship by blood, descent, race, stock;
vigour, strength.
sauitas, sanltat-ls, f., soundness qfbody,
health; soundness of mind, right reason,
sanity; discretion.
Sant5n-es, um, (also Santon-I, Ornm,)
m. pi., the Santo?tes, a Gallic tribe in
Aquitania, near the mouth of the G'»-
ronne.
San-ilS, n, um, sound in body or mind;
healthy, whole; safe; rational, in (one's)
^right reason, sober; discreet.
Sapiens, gen. sapient-ls, pres. part, of
sapio, to be wise: also adj., wise, sensible,
discreet, judicious: as subst., u wise
(sensible, slncwd, discieet) man.
B&pienti-a, ac, f., wisd^ym, discretion,
judgment, good sense ; knowledge, learn-
ing, (sapiens.)
sarcln-a, ae, f., a package ; burden, load.
(sarclo, to patch, &c.)
I Sard-es, ium, (or Sard-is,) f., Sardis, the
chief city of Lydia, in Asia Minor.
Sarment-um, l, n., twigs; brushwood;
a fa jot. (sarpo, to prune.)
sat-a, Oriini, n. pi., crops. (See sat-
us.)
satia, and s5t, adj., or subst., and adv.,
enough, sufficient: adv., enough, suffi-
ciently.
S&tisfac-io, satisfcc-i, satisfact-um, sat-
islac-6re, 3 v. n. and a., to give satisfac-
tion, satisfy, content ; make amends to ;
excuse, apologise, (satis, faeio.)
sS,tisfactio, satisfaction-is, f., a satisfy-
ing; amends; excuse, apology, (satis-
facio.)
satrap-es, is, or ae, (or satrfip-a, ae,)
m., a satrap,— i.e., a governor of a
Persian province. (<TaTpd7rT)s.)
satur, sfitfli-a, um, full o/(food), sated;
well supplied with, (satis.)
Saturn-US, l, m., Satut^, father of Jupl-
ter, Neptune, Pluto, Juno, Ceres, <tc.
He was dethroned by Jupiter, and con-
fined in Tartarus.
sat-US, a, um, perf. part of sgro, soion,
planted: hence, pi. n,, sat-a, orum,
crops, standing corn.
sauci-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to wound;
hurt; tear; {oi the gronni,) to tear up
tCtlh the plough, (saueius.)
sauci-US, a, um, wounded; hurt,ir\jured;
II
I'
300
VOCAnULARY.
torn up, (HS, e.g., tlic c.iilli by tlio
Bax-um, 1, n., a stone, large atone, rock.
8Cand-0, l, scans-um, 8caiid-6ie, 8 v. ii.
and n., lo cl>"a>, get up, mount, ascend:
n., to mount, rise, ascend. (IJoot scud.
Seen also in scalu, a ladder.)
BCapll-a, ao, f, a liijht boat, skiff, canoe.
(<TKd</.>;.)
8cSlerat-us, a, um, (pcrf. part, of s(!('l-
vro, to jiol/ute,) polluted bij crime, wicked;
heinous; impious; accursed: as subst,
a wretch, miscreant, (sculiis.)
BCSIUS, 8cei(3i-l9, n., a wicked actio.i;
heinous crime ; sin; enornnty.
BCienter, adv., knowingly, skilfully; wise-
ly. (Helens.)
acienti-a, ae. f., being skilled in; wis-
dom; knowledge, skill; experth •$; sci-
ence, (scicns, knowing.)
scilicet, adv., literally, it is permitted to
Aho;/;,— like our "■to wit:" hence, i< is
evident, plain; of course, certainly: In
an ironical manner, no doubt; forsooth;
to be sure : namely, to wit. (From scl,
root of 8cio, and licet.)
8Cind-0, scld-i, scis3-uin, sclnd-gre, 3 v.
a., to split cleave ; rend, tear asunder ;
separate branch off] (as a road.)
;io, scIv-1, or scii, sdt-um, sc-ire, 4 v.
a., to know, understand, perceive; be
skilled in.
Jcipio, Sclpion-is, m., Scipio, the name
of a famous family of the gens Cor-
nelia, wii'jh supplied many distin-
Ejuished men to the state; especially
1'. Cornelius Scipio Africanus major,
in the Second Punic War, and P. Cor-
nelius Scipio Aeniilianus Africanus
minor, in tlio Third.
8S-US, a, um, perf. part, of scindo,
torn, rent, Ac.
Scorpi-OS, (or us,) 1, m., with Gk. ace.
Scorpion, the Scorpion, one of the signs
of the Zodiac.
BCrib-O, scrips-i, scriptum, scrTb-6re,
3 v. a., to scratch (with a sliarp point):
hence, to write ; draw ; describe ; draw
u ', compose.
BCUt-um, i, n., an oblong shield, buckler.
Scyth-a, ae, m., a Scythian.
Scythi-a, ae, f., Scytkia.
Be, ace. and abl. of the reflexive pron.
8ul, — which sue.
Se, an inseparable particle, prefixed to
many words, to indicate (1) sepai-alion
or division,— an, nccnnxn, _frte from
anxiety; sciiono, to laya^ide: ('J) tlie
undoing of tht action of the simple
verb,— as, sijungo, to di.yoin. (So is
an /)ld form of sine.)
secius, adv., comp. of si5cus, (which see,)
otherwise; worse.
bSc-O, ui, turn, are, 1 v. n., to cut; cut ff,
or up ; divide, separate ; pass throuan ;
sail, run, fly, flow, or travel through:
_ Secare vlam, ^ take one's way.
BecretS, adv., apart, separately ; secretly,
in jrivate. (secretus, part, r " secerno,
to separate.)
sect-US, a, um, perf. part, of seco, cut;
passing through, ifeo.
Secul-um, l, n., « generation, age, Ac.
(Sue suuculum.)
secundum, adv. and prep., after, behind;
in the next place : prep, with ace, after,
behind; along; by; immediately after,
ricct to ; in accordance with, according
Jo; as to. (secundus.)
Secund-U8, a, um, following after, next,
second (in time, place, rank, Ac); fav-
ourable, fair, advantageous, (as wind,
tide, place, Ac.;) propitious, fortunate ;
successful, (sequor.)
secur-US, a, um, free from care or
anxiety; quiet, 'ranquil; free frr;n
jlanger, cafe, secure, (se, cura.)
secus, coinp. secius, adv., otherwise, dif-
ferently; otherwise than could be wished;
Jll, badly: prep., by, along, beside, on.
sed, conj, literally, apart from; setting
(other tilings) aside; except: lience,
but, yet, on the contrary. (Tlie same
as si5, apart, which was aUo written
sed.)
sedecim, or sexdecim, card, num., six-
teen, (sex, decern.)
sed-eo, sed-i, sess-um, sgd-ere, 2 v. n.,
to sit, be seated; sit still, remain; settle
down,^ subside. (Cf. Gk. 'i^onai, eSoc?,
and fZpa.; and Eng. sit.)
sed-es, is, i., a seat, chair, throne; settle-
ment, abode, residence; ground, situa-
tion, site, (sgdeo.)
Sedil-e, is, n., a seat, chair, stool, Ac.
(sedeo.)
seditios-US, a, um, f , given to mutiny;
factious, seditious, mutinous, inflamma-
tory, (seditio, mutiny; and that from
se, apart, and do, to put or give.)
Sedusi-i, orum, m., i/ie Sediisii, a people
ot (Jcrmany, on the llln le.
VODAnTTLARV.
.301
88g}(8, B?s;Pt-i»., f., a com Jlehl; a com
fC^ ».i8, Is, e, flow, inactive, ilugyish, de~
•id rif energy,
legonax, Sefjonac-is, m., Stgonax, one
of tlie princes cf Kent (Cues. B. G
V. V2, 4.
S. gontiac-i, Orum, ni., the Segonlicui, a
Hiitisli tribe, in Hampshire.
s5greg-0, avi, uti-m, are, 1 v. a., w se-
parate from Vie herd qv flock; leparate,
remove (se, Krcx.;
Segusian-i, oium, m., (a or fi.) the
fiftjminni, a (JuJUc tribe, bor Jering on
tlio AliobroKos.
sejur^-o, scjiinxl, sejunct-nm, sejun/?.
<'ie, ;l V. a., to disutiite, separate, divide.
^(se, Juiigo.)
sempl, num. adv., once; once /or all; at
first; at any lime, at some time. (Tlie
stem Is sein or aim, one; as fn sim-
plex, slm-ul, slm-llis sem-per, sin-
pill us. Ac.)
semen, semm-ls, n., that which is sown,
teed; posterity, of spring. (For ser-
men, from scro, sevi.)
Sement-is, is, f., a sowi.-.g (of seed).
(semen.)
Semiram-is, is, or Idls, f., Semiramis,
wife of Nlnus, j-nd queen of As-
sy.ia-
Bemit-a, ae, £, a foot-path, narrow way,
lune.
semper, adv., ever, always, at ai times.
(Hoot sem. See semel.)
Semproni-US, i, m., or a, ae, f., Sempro.
niiis, a lloman gentile name,— e.g.,
T. Sempr:)i)fus Gract.ius.
Sgnat-U8, fls (or i), m., /> Senate (at
Rome); supreme council, (sen, riot of
senex.)
Sgnatusconsult-um, I, n., a decree of
the Senate.
Senesc-O, sSnul, f»nesc-6re, 3 v. n., ic
'jrow old or aged ; to oecome hoary ; de-
^cay,fade. (seuex.)
senex, ^•en. sSn-ls, adj., old, aged: as
subst., m. or f., an old person, man or
woman. (Cf. Ital. signore, Fr. seignev: ,
Eng. sire.)
Sen-i, ae, a, num. distrib., six each (time,
person, Ac.)
sens-US, us, m., feeling, perception, sensa-
tion; affection; sense; capacity; judg-
ment; thoiiglU; dkposilion. (s^ntio.)
Sententi-a, ne, f., « way of thinking ■
Of ion, sentiment; purpose; decision,
I decree: K.i sentsntla, to one's satitfuc'.
tion. (Frotii .^eiit,, root of sentlo.)
Sent-io, sens-l, suns-uin, sent-Iie, 4 v. a.,
to discover by the senses; feel, hear, Ac. ';
pert^eive; expet-ience, stirrer, undergo;
Jhi'^k, Judge, consid , suppose,
aepiratim, adv., separately, individu-
ally, apart, (separat'w, part, of se-
paro.)
sSpar-o, uvi, iltum, aro, 1 /. a., to put
apart or by themselves ; separate, divide,
distinguish, (se, paro.)
sSpgl-io, ivi, or 11 sepult-um, sSpSl-Ire,
4 V. a., to bury, inter.
Sep-io, si, turn, ire, (or saeplo,) 4 v. a.,
to hedge in, enclose, fence round, hem in,
surround, (sepe?, a hedge.)
septem, card. num. liideol., seven.
Septemtrio. See septentrlones.
septentrio. See septentrlones.
septentrion-es, um, m., ihe seven
plough-oxen; seven stars near tba
North Pole, called C/iarles's Wain, or
the Oreat Bear; also seven stars of the
Little Bear: hence, the northern re-
gions, tht n \ (septem, and trlonea,
ploughoxeu.)
septim-us, a, um, oid. num., the seventh.
septingent-i, ae, a, card, num., seven
hundred, (septem, centum.)
septuagesim-US, a, um, ord. num., the
seventieth.
septuaginta, card, num., seventy.
sgpulchr-um, l, n., (or sepulcrum,) a
^grave, tomb, sepidchre. (sepelio.)
sepultur-a, ae, f., a burying, burial, in~
Jerment, sepulture, (sepelio.)
sepult-US, a, um, perf. part of sepelio,
buried.
Sequan-a, ae, m., the Seine, a river of
France.
Sequan-i, orum, m., the Sequani, a Gal-
lie tribe, who lived on the bunks of the
Seine.
Sequan-US, a, um, belonging or relating
to the Sequani.
Sequor, sCcutus, sgqui, 3 V. a. dep., to
follow, pursue, come after, attend. (Cf.
Gk. eTTouoi, and Fr. suivre.)
sgren-US, a, um, clear, bright, cloudless,
/car, serene; cheerful; joyous; tranquil.
Serius, adv., later; too late. (Com p. of
aero.)
sermo, sermSn-is, m., a spealing with,
conversation; discourse; discussion;
362
VOCABULARY.
report, rumour ; Ian-
(From sero, lo connect
r
common talk,
guage, style.
, together.)
slr-O, ui, turn, grr, 3 v. a., to put ; to put
in a row; connect: interweave, entwine,
plaiti combine; compose; contrive. (The
primary meaning of sero is io put,— as,
consero, to put together ; exsoro, lo put
out: hence, to put in a row, or in order ;
plant eeeds in rows, — wliicli meaning
was attached to tlie following verb,
sero, sevi.)
ser-0, siivi, sStum, sSr-5re, 3 v. a., io sow,
plant; beget, bring forth, produce; scat-
ter, dmominate ; propagate. (Same
stem as sero, serui, — which see.)
Bero, adv., late; too late (serus.)
Serpens, serpent-is, t, and somel'mes
m., a creeping thing, serpent, snake; the
Serpent, a constellation betwetn the
Grrat and the Little Beaii. (Pro-
perly the particip. of serpo, to creep,
with bestia, beast, undorstood.
Btort-um, i, n., a wreath (of flowers), a
garland. (Neat, of sert-us, a, um,
part, of sero, to entwine )
Ber-US, a, um, la:e; a/lei a long time;
too late.
'ervil-is, is, e, belonging or relating to
a slave; slavish, senile: Servilis tu-
multus, the Servile Wak. (servus '
Servili-us, l, m., ServiUus, a Koman
gentile name: Cn. Servillus Geminup
(Nep. Hann. iv.)
aerv-io, ivi, or ii. Itum, Ire, 4 v. n., tr ' ■ [
a slave; to serve: with dat, to be de-
voted to ; be subject io ; be of service to ;
comply I'nth, gratifij ; ]>aii court or at-
tention to. (servus.)
Servit-US, ntls, f., a state of slavery, serf-
dom, sei-vitude, subjection, bondage.
(Rcrvn.s.)
Serv-O, avi, atum, Sre, 1 v. a., to save,
deliver, preserve, protect; keep, retain;
observe, watch, pay attention to; keep
close to a place ; dwell in, inhabit.
Bnrvul-US, i, m., a young slave, servant
lad. (Dlmin. of servus.)
Berv-US, i, m., a slave, servant : as adj.,
.■^erv-us, a, um, slavish, servile.
Beu, or sTv3, conj., o' if: seu— seu,
whether— or. (See sive.)
Seuth-eS, is, m., Seuthcs, king of the
Thracians. (\ep. Ale.)
sex, card. num. adj., six. (Gk. cf ; Eng.
six.)
sexaginta, card. num. adj., sirfy. (sex.)
sexcent-'; ae, a, card. num. adj., six
hundred, (sex, centum.)
sexdecim, (or sedecim,) card. num. adj.,
sixteen, (sex, decim.)
sext-US, a, um, ord. num. adj., sixth.
si, conj., if, since.
sic, adv., in this manner, in sttch a man-
ner, so, thus; so much, to such a de-
gree.
sicC-0, ilvi, atum, are, 1 v. a. and n., lo
make dry, dry up, drain: n., to become
dry. (siccus.)
Sicc-US, a, um, dn/, parched with heat ;
husky (in voice) ; thirsty.
Sicili-a, ae, f., Sicily.
Sicut, or siciiti, adv., so as, just as, as ;
just, exactly, (sic, ut.)
Sidus, sTd5r-is, n., a star, constellation:
_ hence, the i.cy, the heavens.
signific-0, avl, atum, are, 1 v a., to
mcke a sign, show, indicate, make known,
intimate, signify; point out; portend,
_ give warning, (signum, facio.y
Sign-O, ilvi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to mark,
mark out, designate ; mark with a seal
or stamp, imprint ; engrave, (signum.)
Sign-um, i, n., a mark, sign, token, sig-
nal; a (miWhxry) standard: (hence such
phrases as Conferre signa, to engarre in
battle; Convertere sif^nn, to zvheel about ;
Signa fe.'i'o, to break up the encamp-
ment and advance ; Signa inferre, to ad-
vance to battle:) a s'atue, image, figure.
diienti-um, i, n., quietness, silence, still-
ness; repose, tranquillity, (sileo.)
Silen-US, i, m., Silenus, a Greek liis-
torian. (Nop. Hann., y'li. 12.)
Sil-eo, ui, ere, 2 v. n. and a„, to be silent,
keep sih'hce, be still: a., not to speak of ,
be silent regarding.
Silv-a, ae, f., a wood, forest; grove:
thicket.
silvestr-is, is, e, belonging or relating to
a wood; woody wooded; woodland;
wild; rustic, (silva.)
Silvi-a, le, f., (scil. gens,) the Silvian
family; especially, Rhea Silvia, motJier
of Romulas and Remus.
Simil-is, in, c, one with; like, similar,
resembling. (Hoot sim. or sem. See
semel.)
siraul, adv., at once, together, at the same
time: Simul— ahiue, as soon as: Simul
— simul, partly -jm-tly. (For root see
neniel.)
VOCABULARY.
;i63
Bimulac, or siniul ar, or siiiml atque,
adv., as soon as.
Simulacr-um, i, n., a likeness, image,
form; representation, figure; shade,
apparition, (simulo.)
simulatio, sTmOiation-is, f., a false
_ show, pretence, feint, deceit, (simulo.)
8imul-0, Hvi, atum, are, 1 v. a., (or
Himilo,) to make like, imitate, copy;
JeMjn, preteud, counterfeit, (siniilis.)
sin, coiij., if not, if othenvise, if on the
^ contrary, but if (si, ne.)
sine, prep, witli alil., without,— i.e., not
having. (Old form was sO, or sed; so
that tlio primai'y meaning is apart
from.)
Singiil-us, a, um, distrib. num., one to
each; single, ssparnte, individual, each:
^Singuli, one by one.)
sinister, slnistr-a, um, left, on the left
(hand or sii'e): nonce, u/ihichj, u'n-
yavcurablc, ill-omened.
sinistr-a, ae, f,, the left hand, the left
siile. (sinistei'.)
Sinistrorsus, or sinistrorsum, adv., to
the left, in a direction to the left.
(Contracted for sinistro-vorsus, or
versus; and that fioni sinister and
vei'to.)
Sin-0, siv-l, sit-um, sln-gre, 3 v. a., liter-
ally, to put down; leave, let (alone):
Iience, to let, allow, permit, suffer. (Sue
situs.)
sin-US. US, m., acur7)e, bend; the/olds or
bosom of a robe; the bosom; lap (of a
_ person) ; a bay, gulf.
Siqui, siqua, siquod, if any; whoever,
whatever, (si, qui.)
Siquis, neut. siquld, if any; whoever,
_ whatever, (si, quis.)
Sist-O, stiti, statum, sist-Cre, 3 v. a. and
n., to cause to staul; set, place; stop,
check, stay, keep back; fix, fasten: n., to
set one-s self, stand, halt, stop, remain.
^ (Sisto is a reduplication of sto.)
Blt-lS, is, f, thirst: hence, drought, dry-
7iiss; strong desire, greediness. Tlie
iicc. is .sitim, and the ubl. almost al-
^wayssiti. No plural.
Sit-US, a, um, perf. part of sino, liter-
ally, put down; let alone: hence, as
adj., lying, situated; also, buried
Sit-US, us, m., situation, site, positi n.
_ (See sit-us, a, um.)
Bive, or seu, conj., or if, whether; either:
Sive— slve, whethr or
sniaragd-US, i, m. or f., CTwaW, bcryl,
jasper, Ac.
sobol-es, is. See suboles.
SOCer, s6cGr-i, m., a father-in-law.
SOCial-is, is, e, belonging to companion-
ship, relating 'o allies; pertaining to
marriage (e.g., socialis torus), coifjugal.
(socius.)
SOCietas, sScietat-is, f., fellowship, part-
^ncrship, alliance, association, society.
SOCl-US, i, m., a partner, sharer, com-
panion, associate, ally, confederate.
S6crat-es, is, m., Socrates, an Athenian,
one of the most celebiated of tlie an-
_clent philosophers.
Sol, Sol-is, m., the Sun; sunshitie, light:
^sometimes used for a day.
Sol-eo, Itus, ere, 2 v. n., to be accuttomed
to, be wont,
SOlers and solertia. See soUers and
^sollcrtia.
s61id-US, a, um, firm, dense, solid, (as.
Ad soliduin, to the soltd or hard
ground;) whole, complete; sound, genu-
ine; solid.
s61itudo,so!'[tn(irn-]s, f., loneliness, soli-
tartness; a lonely place ; desert, wast,;
^wjlderness, solitude, (solus.)
SOlit-US, a, um, perf. part, of soleo, ac-
customed, ustial, habitual, ordinary.
Soli-um, 1, n., a seat; throne, chair of
state.
SOllenn-is, is, e, that which takes place
every year, yearly: hence, slated, estab-
lished, appointed; religious; festive;
common, "'sual, ordinary: n. ' siib.st.',
sollenno, a solemn rite, festival, (solhis,
an Oscan word for totus, and annus.)
SoUers, gen. soilert-ls, adj., skUled; clever,
dexterous; ingenious; sagacious; in-
ventive, (sollus, Oscan for totus, and
ars.)
SOllerti-a, ae, f, skill; shrewdness, sa-
gacity; expertness; ingenuitii. (sollers.)
SOlllcIt-0, Rvi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to
move with violence; stir, shake, agitai:,
excite; arouse; instigate; can.uss, soli-
cit^ (sollicitus.)
S0llicit-U3, a, um, mov-d to the very
centre: hence, agitated, tossed, dis-
turbed; uneasy, troubled, anxious, soli-
citous, (sollus, an Oscan word, equal
to totus, and cieo.)
S61-um, i, n., the lowest part, bottom,
foundation ; fioor ; ground, earth, land,
H'i(,
364
VOCABULARY.
fidlum, adv., only, ahne, merehj. (solus.)
sol-US, 1, um, alone, oulj, single, sole;
Jonc V, olitary, unfrequented.
BOlut- .a, H, um, perf. part, of solve, un-
loosed, unbound, free, unrestrained; in-
dependent; loose, wild, extravagant.
SOlv-0, i, sSlutum, solv-6re, 3 v. a., to
loosen, untie; unharness; disengage;
break up; to discharge an obligation,
pnv, perform ; free, deliver acquit.
80mn-us, i, m., ship. (Uoot sop, as in
sop-io, Ire.)
s6nit-US, us, m., a sound, noise, dirt.
(.sono.)
s6n-o, ul, ttuin, are, 1 v. ii. and a., to
make a noise, sound; resound, re-echo,
jring : a., to sound, utter, call, cry out.
son-US, i, Ul., a noise, sour '. (sono.)
sordid-US, a, um, dirt//, filthy, unclean,
foul, squalid, defiled; stained, besmeared:
hence, loto, base, mean, despicable, dis-
graceful, (aordeo, to be dirty; and that
from .soi'des, flllh.)
Soror, s6ror-is, f., a sister.
BOrs, sort-is, f, a lot; decuion by lot; re-
sponse of an oracle; prophecy: hence,
fate, destiny, fortune ; condition, rank.
SOrt-ior, itus, iri, 4 V. n. ai;d a. dep., to
draw or cast lots: a,, to cast lots for, fix
by lot ; assign, apportion, appoint ; di-
vide, share; choose, select; obtain, receive.
(sors.)
S0rtlt-U3, a, um, 5)erf. part, of sortior,
having allotted, having obtained (hy lot).
SSsil-US, i, m., Sosilus, a Lacedemonian,
friend of Hannibal. (See Nep. llann.,
xiii. 12.)
Bparg-o, spars-i, spar.s-um, sparg-Sre,
3 V. a., to strew, scatter, throw here and
there; ^ bestrew, oesprinkle, bespatter;
separate, divide, disperse, distribute,
spread.
spars-US, a, um, perf. part, of sparge,
spread, scattered, &c.
Spartan-US, a, um, /Spartan: as subst.,
in pi., Spartani, the Sparta)is.
pati-or, atus, ari, 1 v. n. dep., to taf:e a
walk, walk about ; go on, proceed, (siipti-
um.)
flpati-um, i, n., room, spw:e; a race-
course; distance, interval; space of time,
period; leisure, opportunity.
Bpeci-es, "A,t, a seeing, sight, view; but
oftener, that tvhich is seen; appearance,
shape, figure; show, ornament; beauty;
lemblance, pretence; vision, apparition;
image, liieness; sort, kind, species.
(specie.)
3pect-0, avi, atum, arc, 1 v. a. freq., to
look at, gaze at, observe, watch ; to be a
spectator of; (of places,) to look toriard,
— i.e., lie toward, face; to regard, con-
sider; try, test.
speculator, spgcfilai.5r-is, m., one who
.':ecps a look-out ; a scout, spy; searcher,
irquirer. (speculor.)
Speculatori-US, a, um, pertaining to
spies or scouts: Spoculatoria navigia,
spy-boats, (speculator.)
speciil-or, atus, ari, 1 V. a. dep., to spy
out; keep watch for; examine; ex lore;
observe; reconnoitre, (specula, . look-
out, or watch lower.)
Sperche-is, Idis, adj., belonging to the
Spercheus.
Sperche-OS, i, or Sperchl-us, i, m., the
Spercheus, a river of Thessaly, rising in
Mount Pindus.
spern-0, sprSv-i, sprCt-um, spern-gre, 3
V. a., literally, to sever, separate : hence,
to despise, contemn, reject, scorn.
Sper-0, fivi, atum, iire, I v. a., to look for,
expect; hope; promise one's self ; ap-
prehend, (spes.)
sp-es, Ci, f., a looking for, e.rpecting;
hope; expectation. (Probably spe.s,
sper-is, anc'ontly, as the nom. pi.,
speres, is found in very old writers.)
Spice-rUS, a, um, made of ears of corn.
(sjuCa, an ear.)
spirit-US, us, m., a breath of air ; breeze;
a breath, breathing; tM breath of life ;
haughty spirit, pride, arrogance ; spirit,
soul; mind; courage, (spiro.)
Spir-0, avi, atum, ilre, 1 v. n. and a., to
breathe; blow; draw breath, respire;
be alive: a., to breathe out, exhale, emit.
Splendid-US, a, um, bright, shining,
brilliant: hence, magnificent splendid,
sumptuous; illustrious, disti iguished ;
showy, (splendeo, to shim.)
splendor, splendor-is, m., brightness,
brilliance, lustre ,• magnificence, sumptn-
ousness; honour, dignity, (splendeo.)
sp6li-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to si.ip,
rob of one's covering; rob, plunder,
spoil, pillage, (spoliuin.)
Spoli-um, i, n., the skin taken off an ani-
mal caught in hunting: hence .'/e
armour taken off a vanquisher! foe ,
spoil, booty, prey.
spond-CO, spopondi, sponsum, spond-
VOCABULAllY.
365
to spji
. look-
ire, 2 V. n., to promise solemnly, pledge
one's s«{f, engage, undertake, take on
one; betroth,— i.e., promise in marriage;
vow.
sponte, abl., and spontis, gen., f., the
only two casus of the word wliich oc-
cur. Sponte is most commonly found,
and ahnost always with a possess, pron.,
— mea, tua, sua, &c.,— of one's own ac-
iord, spontaneously, freely, willingly;
by one's self, or one:s own means ; alone;
on its own account, for its own sake:
Suae spontis esse, to be one's own mas-
ter.
spuni-a, ae, f, foain.- froth, scum.
(sjiuo, to spit out.)
Spum-O, avi, fuuui, are, 1 v. n. and &.,(o
foam, froth: a., to cover with foam.
Stabilitas, stabilltnt-is, {., a -standing
firm ; steadiness, firmness, steadfastness,
stability, (stabilis )
Stabul-um, l, n., a standing-place ; stall;
stable; enclosure, pen. (From sta, root
of .sto.)
Stagn-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. n., to be-
come stagnant, form a pool, stagnate;
be overflowed, or inundated, (stagimin,
a pool; from .sta, root of sto.)
Btatim, adv., literally, in standing; firm-
Ill ; forthwith, immediately, instantly, at
once, (sta, root of sto.)
static, station-is, f., a .standing stilt. •
iience, a fi.rcd abode, residence; po.tt,
station, (especially as a military term;)
guard-hou.K: In statioiie, on guard.
(sta, root of .sto.)
Statu-a, ae, f., a statue, image, figure.
(st.'i, root of sto.)
Statu-0, i, (u)tum, ere, 3 v. a., to cause
to stand; set up, place, post, Hation;
raise, erec', build; to establish in one's
mind, believe; assert; decide, determine,
resolve, (status, from sto.)
Sell-a, ae, i'., a star.
Btern-0, strav-I, strat-nm, stern -ere, 3
V. ii., to spread nut; .strew; stretchout;
lay fiat; smooth; le::cl ; calm; throw
down (Hat), lay low, overthrow, jirv.s-
trate.
Stesagor-as, ac, m., Stesagoras, brother
of Miltiadcs.
8till-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. n. and a., to
drop, drip, trickle: a., to cause to driij>,
Mfall in drops, diit:,. (stilki, a drop.) I
8timul-U8, i, m., a goad (for driving
cattle, &c.); a sting, to'ment ; ir-'ntivc, \
spur ; a pointed stake (coi-cealcd u. 'er
the ground to harass an enemy). (Tno
root is htig, prick; as in in-stig o, ex-
8ti(n)g-uo, 8tig-ma; and Gk. any, as
in o-Ti'c,a>.)
Stipul-a, ae, f., a stalk, stem; blade (ot
corn) ; straw, stubble, (stipes, a trunk
or stem.)
Stirps, stirp-is, f., (sometimes m.,) a
stock, stem; root ; a stock of men, race,
lineage; source, origin.
Stiv-a, ae, f., a plough-handle.
Sto, steti, statum, st-are, 1 v. n., to stand,
stand still or fast, remain ; stanc to,
abide by; to stand one i«,— i.e., to cost
(with tlie abl.)
StrSmen, stramln-ls, n., straw; litter
(sterno.)
Strament-um, l, n., straie, utter; a
covering, rug, <fec. (sterno.)
Strenu-US, a, um, prompt ; ar'iae, push-
i^JJ, vigorous, strenuous.
Strepit-US, us, m., a noise, din; bustle;
creaking; clashing; clanking; rumbling.
(strepo, to make a noise.)
Strict-US, a, um, perf. part, of stringo,
drawn, unsheathed, <fe\..
Strid-eo, i, ere, 2 v. n., and strld-o, i,
ere, 3 v. n., to creak; rattle; whiz;
whistle; hiss, Ac. (Cf. rpi'^to.)
String-O, strhixi, strict-mi), string-Pre,
3 v. a., to lie tight; ]>ress together;
grasp; touch lightly, graze; pull off,
pluck or .,.■;■«> off; prune.
Strymon, Strymon-ls, m., the river
■^iry.Hon, in Thrace,— now the .'!( rouma.
Stiid-eo, ui ere, ? v. a. and n., to he
eager for; busy one's self with ; strive
after, pursue eagerly., be ixiousfor; to
favour a person; to ap^dy to Icarn-
Studiose, f.dv, studio i',j\ carefully;
erigerly, zeclovsiy. (stialiosus.)
8tudi0S-US,a,uni, ?cc</(i eager, anxious
for, eager a/ter : fon.' of; studious of ;
aft. :hed or dev ■ ■ .o(a pergon, thing,
Ac.) (studi.' ;.;
Stiidi-uril, i, n.,?eal, assiduity, eagerness;
fondness; endeavour; study, (stiuleo,
to study.)
Stulte, adv., fooiisnly, sillily, (stmtus,
foolish.)
stup-eo, ui, ere, 2 v. n. and a., to be
struck seuseles.% be stunned; be astonished;
be ccnfcvnded; bestupified; u., to bon-
der at, (Jhiirc.
u
V
i^.\
-^^-^^wfeM^
'^m^,^.
3u6
V(JCABULARY.
BtilpeSC-0, 5rc, 3 v. n. Incep., to become
^ astonished, confounded, &c. (See stupeo.)
Stygi-US, a, um, Stygian,— i.Q., belotiK-
ing to the Styx, one of the rivers of
the lower regions.
Suad-eo, suas-i, sua3-um, suad-Sre, 2 v.
n. and a., to advise, recommend, exhort ;
to impel; dispose toward one.
sub, a prep, with abl. and aca: 1. With
abl., under, below, underneath. 2. Witli
ace, expressing motion, ur^er, below,
underneath; near to, close to; (from
beneath) up to; (of time,) toward,
about; immediately after. In compo-
sition sub implies,—!, (a) under, and
inferiority; as submergo, subcenturio:
(6) slightly; as subdolus: (c) secrecy;
as saborno: {d) substitution; as suc-
cedo: {e) succession; &sB\xh<io. 2. (a)
from below; as suspicio: (6) near,
close ; as subsequor.
SUbalar-is, is, e, placed under the arm ;
carried under the arm: as in Nepos,
Subalare telum. (sub, nla, arm-pit.)
SUbdit-US, a, um, perf. part, of subdo,
put under or near ; substituted, .fee.
snbd-0, Idi, :tum, gre, 3 v. a., to put or
place under; to put near; apply; fur-
nish; pui in place of, substitute ; forge,
counterfeit, (sub, do.)
Subduc-0, subdux-i, subduct-um, sub-
duc-6re, 3 v. a., to draio f>r under;
I up
'■ up
love;
(sub,
V. n.
draw up, lift up, raise;
(sliips); draw off (fore,
(forces) ; carry off; witho
free from ; take cway steaun.
(luco.)
sub-eo, subii, subitum, sub-ire, 4
and a., to come or go under; sink; come
up; spring up; come after, succeed; ad-
tmice; steal upon; come up (to the
mind), occur: a., to go under; enter;
approach ; occur to ; come under, un-
Jergo, submit to, suffer, (sub, co.)
SUOig-0, subSg-i, subact-um subig-Grc,
3 V. a., to bring under, or up to; put
doion, subdue ; impel, compel, constrain ;
jlig up; till, plough, (sub, ago.)
Subito, adv., suddenly, unexncctedly.
(subitus.)
SUbit-US, a, um, perf. part, of .subeo:
also adj., coming secretly; lience, sud-
den, unexpected.
BUbject-us, a, um, perf. part, of sub-
jit'id. hiiiig under, or ctoseto; bordering
on, ii'i/acent; suli/tct to.
8ubjic-io, subjec-i, subject-i n, subjic-
ore, 3 V. a., to throw or bring under, or
near; place beneath; throw from under,
or up; substitute for; suborn; make
subject to, subject; zxpose; put after;
let follow; suggest to. (sub, jacio.)
SUblat-US, a, i-.m, perf. part, of toUo,
taken away, &c. : as adj., uplifted,
elated; proud.
Sublev-0, avi, atum, iire, 1 v. a., to lift
up, raise up; support; assist, encour-
age; mitigate, (sub, levo.)
SUblim-is, is, e, uplifted, high, lofty,
elevated; distinguished, eminent.
SUbministr-0, avi, atum, arc, l v. a.,
to aid by giving ; give, supply, furnish.
(sub, ministro.)
Submiss-UB, a, um, perf. part, of sub-
mitto, sent up, Ac.: as adj., lowereil,
low, — as, Submissa voce.
SUbmitt-0, submls-i, submiss-um, sub-
mitt-Sre, 3 v. a., to put or send under ;
send up; bring up, rear; send secretly;
send up for help to, (i.e., to lielp.) (sub,
mitto.)
SUbmot-US, a, um, perf. part, of sub-
moveo, removed.
Submov-eo, (o)i, submotum, submSv-
ere, 2 v. a., to move away; drive off;
remove, displace; clear away, (siib,
moveo.)
siibol-es, is, f., (or soboles), literally, a
growth from below ; a sprout, offshoot,
offspring; stock, race, (sub, anil ol, to
grow, as in ad-ol-esco.)
SUbrii-o, i, tum, Cre, 3 v. a., to tear
down at the base; undermine; dig under,
or out; overthrow, (sub, ruo.)
Subsequ-OV, subsecut-us, subsCqui, 3 v.
n. and a. dep., to follow up or after, suc-
ceed, ensue, (sub, seqaor)
3ubsidi-uin, i, n., originally, the reserve
ranks of an army ; a body of resenc :
lience, relief, aid, assistance, help, sup-
port; protection, (subsido.)
S:'.l<Sid-0, subsOdi, subsess-um, subsld-
"ire, 3 V. n. and a., to crouch down;
lettledown, subside, fall, abate, decrea.s,;
(as tloods of w Iter ;) lie in ambush : a.,
to icaylay, lie in wait for, lurk for.
(sub, side.)
Subsist-0, substlli, ,subsist-Gre, 3 v. ii ,
tc stand still, remain ; halt, slop ; keep
one's ground, stand firm, hold out, with-
i>tnnd, resift; cease: rarely active, to
make a stand against, (sub, sisto.)
VOCABULARY.
367
8UbstitU-0, I, (a)tum, Bre, 3 v. a., to put
under ; put in plac7 of, substitute, (sub
statuo.) '
sub-sum, (no perf.,) esse, v. ii. iiieg., to
Oe under, close to, among, or behind;
remain, be or exist any longer,~as in
the phvase, Nee subeiat causa (Nep
AIc^, i. 12). (sub, sum.)
8Ubveh-0, subvexi, subvectum, subvSh-
ere, 3 v. a., to cm-ry or bring vp, con-
vey up. (sub, velio.)
8ubven-io, (e)i, tum, ire, 4 v. n., to come
vp; come to one's help; aid, relieve.
(sub, venio.)
SUCCed-0, success-i, success-um, suc-
ced-gre, 3 v. n., to go under ; go from
under; go up, ascend; march up, ap-
proach; folloio after, come in place of,
succeed, follow ; turnout well, prosper
(sub, cedo.)
SUCCend-0, i, succens-um, succend-6re,
3 V. a, to kindle from below, set fire to,
light, (sub, and can, the same root as
IS found in candeo, candela, candidus
can us, Ac.)
8UCCens-US, a, um, perf. part, of suc-
cendo, and also of succenseo, set on fire,
kindled; inflamed with anger, enraged. '
SUCCld-0, i, succls-um, succid-6re, 3 v.
a., M cut fi-om beneath, fell, cut down
(sub, caedo.)
8UCCis-US, a, um, perf. part, of succldo.
ciitfi-om beneath, cut down.
8UCCUmb-0, succubu-i, succubTt-uni
succumb-6re, 3 v. n., to lay one's self
under; fall down; yield ov swrender to.
(sub, eunibo.)
8UCCUrr-0, i, .tc, (see curro,) 3 v. n„ to
run up to the aid of; help, succour, assist ;
come into the mind, occur to. (sub, curi-n.)
SUCC-US, i, m., (or sucus) juice, sap.
(sujfo, to suck.)
8UCCUt-io, succ'uss-i, succuss-um, suc-
cut-6re, 3 v. a., to toss ov fling up (from
beneatli); fling or toss aloft, (sub
quatio.)
8Ud-e8, is, or sud-is, is, f., a stake, pile,
pale.
Siidor, sudor-ls, m., SH'iat, perspiration'
moisture: hence, Ho;/, (sndo, to sweat.)
Suev-l, orum, m., ihe Suevi, a people of
'iennany.
Suev-US, a, um, .S'«cr(7H,
SUffect-US, n, um, jiorf. part, of .sufflcio
ikrle<l in.^kailof ,tc. '
suflRcio, sufiCci, .sunict um, sufl
re, o
V. a. and n., to put under or among •
imbue, suffuse; furnish, supply, afford]
put in place of choose or elect instea,'i
of substitute: a., to be sufficient, suffke.
(sub, faeio.)
suffod-io, (o)i, suffoss-um, suif5d-3re,
3 r. a., to dig or pierce underneath ; stab
in the belly, (sub, fodio.)
SUffragi-um, i, n., a voting tablet; vote,
suffrage; right of voting ; a decision,
judgment; opinion, (suffrago, a knuckle
or ankle bone.)
Suffrag-or, iitus, ari, 1 V. n. dep., to vote
for, support with one's influence, favour,
recommend, (suflfragium.)
8Ui, sibi, se, reflect, pron. of third pers.
of himself, Mrself or itselj.
SUlc-U8, i, m., a furrow: hence, a ditch •
track of a vessel (in the water) ; plough-
ing; wrinkle, Ac.
SuU-a, ae, m., Sulla, a surname in the
gens Cornelia
Sulpici-U8, i, m., Sulpicius, a Roman
gentile name. (See Nep. Ilann., vii 4
and siii. 5.) '
sum, fui, esse, v. n. irreg., (imperf. subj.
forem, as well as essem; and infin. fore,
as well as futurum esse,) to be, exitt,
live; be present; happen; stay, remain'
SUmm-a, ae, f., the main thing, chief
point; chief power, tchole direction; final
decision (Caes. 15. G., vi. 11, 8); the sum
total, amount, whole amount, (sumnius )
SUmm.;ui3tro. See subminlstro.
Summiss-us, n, um. See subniissus.
SUmmittO. Sec submitto.
SUmmotus. See submotus.
SUmmoveo. See submoveo.
SUmm-us,a, um, snpcrl. ofsuperus, up-
permost, highest, topmost; most exalted-
consummate; most excellent. (See sunl
erus.) '
8Um-0, sumps-i, sumpt-um, sum-er(!, 3
V. a., to take up, assume, take; choose,
select; assume; maintain; suppose-
apply; employ; spend: Sumere poetui.s'
to mflict punishment. fSaid to be con^
tracted for subinio, from sub emo )
SUmptuoS-US, a, um, e.rpensice, costly
sumptuous; e.rtravagant. (sumptus.) '
Sumpt-US, us, m., expense, cost, charge
(sumo.)
super, adv. ; also prep, with ace, and
sometimes with abl.: 1. Adv., above,
over, on the top of; (of numbers,) over,
besides, lift, rvmaming, (iNcju Ale, viii]
368
VOCABULARY.
T"
7.) 2. Prep, with ncc, over, above,
' vpon; (of numbeio,) over, above, be-
yond. 3. Witli abl. (rare), over, above,
vpon; concerning, in regard to; (of
time,) about, near.
superbe, adv., j>roudUj, haughtily, (sup-
crljus.)
BUperb-US, a, um, literally, uplifted;
u}>pu%h (ill mind), proud, arrogant, in-
solent; tyrannical: also, in Rood sense,
exalted; superior; splendid, magnifi-
cent, (super.)
8Uperi-0r, or, us, gen. sQperiOr-is, /»>;;*«•,
superior to; former. (Comp. of snper-
ua,— wliich see.)
siiper-O, avi, atum, are, 1 v. n. and a.,
io go over, overtop, surpass; overcome;
exceed; be abundant; to be left over, re-
main over and above; survive: a., to
2)fmover, surmount, overtop; go beyond;
sail past, or ''double" (a cape); sur-
pass, excel; subdue, vanquish, (super.)
sflperstes, Rcn. superatlt-is, adj., liter-
ally, standing over, beyond, or longer:
lience, surviving, outliving: us sul>st.,
a survivor, (supersto.)
super-sum, fui, esse, v. n. irreg., (some-
times written separately, as in Nep,
Ale., viii. 7,— Erat super,) to be over
andabova, be left, remain; suivtve, out
live; be in abundance, abound; excel.
(sajn'r, sum.)
Bupei'-i, O-.'um, m., the gods above; as
o|)po.sed to inferi, the gods of the lower
world,
8uper-US, a, urn, comp. superior, superl.
supremus or sununus, that which is
above, vpper, higher: De supero, from
above, (super.)
SUppedit-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. n. and
a. freq., to be supplied in abundance;
abound; be enough, suffice : a., to supply
abundantly; give, afford. (Probably
for suppetito, from suppeto.)
SUppet-0, ivi, or ii, itum, ere, 3 v. n., to
be at hand; be in store; ba present;
suffice, (sub, peto.)
suppl-eo, evi, Ctum, 5re, 2 v. a., to fill
up, complete, supply; restore, repair.
(sub, pleo.)
SUpplex, gen. supplle-is, adj., begging
hiiittblij; submissive, humble; supjiliant:
lis subst., a suppUuiU. (sub, plico, to
fold.)
BUppliciter, adv., in a suppliant man-
tur; huntbly, submi-'isively. (supplex.)
BUpplIci-Um, 1, 11., an act of supplica-
tion; worship; public prayer: hence,
a sacrifice, offering; punishment; tor-
ture, suffering, (supplico.)
SUpport-0, avi, atum, fire, 1 v. a., to
bring or carry up. (sul), porto.)
supra, adv. and prep., on the upper side,
above; (of time,) before, previously ; (of
amount,) more than, beyond, over:
prep, with ace., above, over, beyond;
(of time,) before; (of amount,) over,
more than, above. (Old form was
supera, abl. of superus.,
SUprem-US, a, um, superl. of superus,
highest, loftiest, topmost ; most exalted,
greatest; (of time,) latest, last, final.
8Urg-0, surrexi, surrectum, surg-ere, 3
V. a. and n., to lift up, raise, elevate: n.,
to rise, get up ; grow up, (as plants, Ac.)
(Contracted for surrigo, from sub and
rego.)
surruo. See subruo.
Susametr-es, is, m., Susametres, uncle
of Pliarnabiizus.
SUSCip-io, su.scep-i, suscept-uin, susclp-
Cre, 3 v. a., to take up; raise tip; prop,
support ; to bring up (a child) as one's
own, rear; beget, bear; to undertake,
assume; subinit to, undergo, suff'er.
(sub, capio.)
SUSpend-0, i, suspcns um, suspend-erc.
3 V. a., to hang up, suspend; to make
i^ncertain, keep in suspense; put an end
to, stop; check, suspend, (sub, pendo.)
SUSpens-US, a, um, perf. part of sus-
pendo, raised, suspended; in doubt, in
suspense.
SUSpic-io, snspexi, suspectum, susptc-
erc... 3 V a. and n., to look up, or np to;
admire; respect, esteem; to look from
under; suspect, mistrust, (sub, specio.)
SUSpiciO, suspicion-is, f., distrust, sus-
picion; jealousy, (suspicor.)
SUSpiC-or, utus, ari, 1 v. a. dep., io mis-
trust, suspect; mrmise, suppose, imag-
ine ; jelieve. (suspicio.)
SUSpiri-um, i, n., an underbreath, dcfp
breath, sigh, (suspiro, to sigh.)
SUStin-eO, ul, sustentum, sustTn-ere, 2
V. a., to hold up, support, sustain, up-
hold; persevere, hold out against; en-
dure, bear; have the hardihood to (do so
and so) ; hold in, check, restrain; with-
stand, (sub, teneo )
SUS'-uli, perf. of tolio,— wl.U-h .see.
3U-US, ii, um, her own, his own, its own.
i'lPH I I!. '
VOCABULARY.
369
their owu; one's own peculiar: as a
Hubst., m. ])1., suos, Aw own men, troops,
party, people, Ac
Syracusan-us, a, um, Syracusm; (ff
Si/racuse, in Sicily.
Syri-a, ae, f., Syria, a district of Asia.
T., iiti abbreviation for Titus, a, Uoman
vnionomen.
tabell-a, ae, f., a smaU boaru jr tablet ;
a little bark or boat; a writing, docu-
ment, (tabula.)
tabellari-US, a, um, belonging to tablets:
as aubst., a courier, cairier of despatches.
(tabella.)
tabernacul-um, l, n., a tent; s/ied.
(taberna, a shed.)
tabul-a, ae, f., aboard, plank; writing
tablet; letter; contract; public record,
rlate paper ; register, list.
tac-eo, ul, Itum, 3re, 2 v, n, and a., to be
silent, hold one's peace; be still, noise-
^ less : a., to pass over in silence ; conceal.
tacit-US, a, uni, peif. part of taceo, thcU
tchich fiolds its peace; silent, noiseless;
that which is not mentioned, kept secret,
hidden, concealed.
taed-a, ae, f., a pine tree: lieace, a
torch; a wedding, marriage.
taed-et, uit, impers., it grieves; causes
loathing.
Taenari-US, a, um, belonging to Taenar-
us, a cape on tlxe soutli coast of Greece.
Caeni-a, ae, f., a ribbon, ,filkt.
Tag-US, i, m., the Tagus, a livei- of
Spain.
tale-a, ae, f., a setting, layer, or itake (for
planting); an oblong piece of iron used
by the Britons as money.
talent-uiu, i, n., a talent, sum of money.
(roiXou'Toi'.)
tal-is, is, e, of this kind; smA, of tucfi a
kind; so great, so excellent.
tam, adv., so far, so much; equally, as.
tamen, adv., notwithstanding, neverthe-
less, yet still, however, (tam.)
TameS-is, is, m., the Thames, a river in
liritain.
tametsi, conj., although.
Tamphil-US, i, m., Tamphilus, a Itomnn
family name. (See Nep. Hann , .\iii 5.)
tamquam. See tanqnam.
Tana-is, is, m., the Tanais, or Dun, a
river of Russia.
tandem, adv., at length, at last, finally.
(lani, and suffix dcm.)
tang-0, tetIg-1, tact-um, tivuR-ero, 3 T.
a., to touch; reach, arrive at; beat,
strike; move, affect (the mind). (The
root is tag, or tac, as .n Git. e-Oiy-ov.)
tanquam, (or tamquam,) adv., as much
as, just as, like as, as if, as it were.
tantul-US, a, um, dimln. of tantus, so
very little, so small, so insignificant.
tantum, adv., so much, so greatly; to;
only, merely, but, alone, (tantus.)
tant-US, a, um, so large, so great, so
much : pi., so many, (tam.)
tAYAe, adv., slowly ; remissly, (tardus.)
tard-U8, a, um, slow, sluggish, tardy; re-
miss ; dull, heavy, stupid.
Tarquini-US, i, m., Targuinius.
Tartar-US, i, or os, i, m.: pi. a, omm,
n., the infernal regions, Tartarus.
Taur-US, i, m., Mt, Taurus, in Cilieia,
taur-US, i, m., a bull, bullock, ox.
raximagiil-us, i, m., Taximagulus, a
Iting of Kent.
Tectosag-es, um, (or i, orum,) m., Uie
Tectosages, a Gallic tribe.
tect-um, 1, n., a ,.-'; Imise; shelter;
abode, (tego.)
tect-US, a, um, perf. part, of tego, cov-
ered, hidden, concealed.
tecum, for cum te, icith thee. (See tu.)
teg-0, tcx-i, tectum, tCg-Cre, 3 v. a., to
co}>er, hide, conceal; shelter, protect.
tellus, tellttr-is, f., the earth, globe; land,
ground; a district, country.
tel-um, i, n., a weapon for fighting at a
distance; ammile; dart, Javelin; sword,
^dagger, &c (Cf. TijKe.)
tem2rari-US, a, um, rash; thoughtless,
imprtident, inconsiderate; audacious
(temere.)
tSmere, adv., by chance, at random;
rashly; heedlessly; readily.
temo, temon-is, m., a pole (of a carriage),
beam.
temperanti-a, an, f , moderation, sobri-
ety, temperance, self-control, (temjier-
ans.)
temperat-U8, a, um, perf. part, of
tempero: also adj., moderated, limited;
mitigated; temperate.
U^
24
W*'#" \''
370
VOCAIIULAIIY.
temperi, "i" tcmpfirl, or tcnipSiu, at the
right time, the "nick" of time, (tciiip-
us.)
temper-O, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a. and n.,
to divide in due proportion; qualify,
temper, moderate; check, restrain: n., to
forbear, r^rain, abstain, (tempiis.)
tempestas, tempestat-is, f., a portion of
lime; space, season, period; weather; a
storm, tempest; danger, (tenipua.)
tempi-am, i, "., a space set apart for a
sacrtd purpose; a place for observation
in augury; sanctuary, temple, shrine.
(temno, which piiiiiarily means to cut
off. Cf. Tt'jLiei'Os.)
tempus, tempor-is, n., a pertodof time;
time; the proper time; opportunity, oc-
casion; state, condition: Tempore, or ad
tempus, at the right time (seo temperi) :
Pro tempore, as the time demands, ac-
cording to circumstances: Ex tempore,
on the spur of the moment, (tern, root
of tem-no. See templum.)
tend-0, t^tend-l, tent-um and tens-uiii,
teiid-gre, 3 v. a. and n., to stretch,
stretch out, extend; direct (e.g., one's
course:) n., to strive, e;:ert one's ,^elf;
aim at; Undto; strive, contend. (Tlie
root is ten, as found in reiVw, teneo,
tonus, tenuis, &c.)
tenebr-ae, arum, f. pi., darkness; night;
figuratively for death ; the dark,iess Of
a swoon or fainting fit ; gloom, obscuri-
ty ; a dark place.
tenebros-US, a, um, dark, gloomy.
(tenebrae.)
ten-eo, ui, turn, ere, 2 V. a. and n., to hold
fast or tightly; occupy; maintain; have,
hold, keep, retain, possess; contain;
reach, attain to; hold back, detain,
check, restrain: n., to maintain one's
position; hold on (e.g., one's course;)
continue; prevail, (lioot ten. Sey
tendo.)
tener, tengra, um, tender, delicate; soft:
hence, young, weak.
tent-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a. freq., (also
tempto,) to stretch out to ; fcl, touch ;
try, prove the strength of, test; at-
tack; attempt; tempt; sound, explore.
(tendo.)
tenu-is, is, e, literally, stretched out:
hence, thin, fine, slender; narrow;
slight ; small, little ; weak ; poor, low,
mean, insignificant ; gentle, (Root ten.
See tendo.)
tenuB, prep, with al)l., reaching to, up to,
as fur as. It is an old accus., ami
therefore is sometimes followed by a
genitive, (lioot ten. See tendo.)
tep-eo, Cre, 2 V, n., to be somewhat warm,
to be tepid; to be inflamed with love.
tSpesC-O, tep-ui, tOpesc-Cre, 3 v. n.
incep., to become somewhat warm, tepid.
lukewarm, (tepeo.)
tepid-US, a, um, somewMt warm, luke-
warm, tepid, (tepeo.)
ter, num. adv., three times, thrice, (tres.)
Terenti-US, i, m., Terentius, a Uomaii
gentile name: especially, C. Teren-
tius Varro. (Nep. Hann., iv. 13.)
terg-um, i, n., the back: Vertere terga,
to turn the back,— la,, take to flight:
A tergp, on the rear, behind: Post
terga, bMnd, Anotlier form is tergus,
ti-rgor-is;, n.
tern-i, ao,^a, (or trin-i, ae, a,) distrib.
num., thi'te each, three, (ti-es.)
ter-0, triv-i, tilt-um, t6r-6re, 3 v. a., <i
rub; bruise; grind; smooth, polish;
wear away, pass (time), spend.
terr-a, ae, £, the earth; land, soil.
terren-US, a, um, pertaining to the
earth, earthy; earthen, made of earth.
terr-eo, ul, Itum, ere, 2 V. a., to fi'i<j>iten,
terrify, alarm. (Cf. rpeV'". tremo,
trepidus, &c.)
terrestr-is, (or terrestcr,) is, e, relating
or belonging to the earth, or to land:
Terrestres exercitus, land forces.
terribil-is, is, e, dread-causing, fright-
ful, terrible, dreadful, (terreo.)
terror, terror-is, m., terror, alarm,
dread. (teiTeo.)
terti-US, a, um, num. adj., the third.
(tres.)
testament-um, i, n., a deed solemnly
attested: lience, a icill, testament, (test-
er.)
testat-US, a, um, perf. part, of testor,
having called to witness.
testimdni-um, i, n., ".vidence, witness,
testimony, pi-oof; token, (testis.)
test-is, is, m. or f., a witness, evidence;
spectator.
test-or, atus, avi, 1 v. a. dep., to be a
witness; testify, prove, show; declare,
allege ; to make a will, call on as a wit-
ness, invoke, (testi.s.)
testudo, testudln-is, f, a tortoise; tor-
toise-shell: hence, of anything in the
same shape, as a lyre; a shed (for pro-
"IPP*'
VOCABULARY.
371
tfcf iiiff Boldlcrs when bcsicRing a. town);
a leMiido,— i.e., a tei:iporary covering
made by the soldierB ovedurping their
sliiukls.
testul-a, ae, f. dimln., a small potsherd;
a voting table*, (teata, a tile.)
Tethys, Tetlij^-os, f., Tei/iijs, wife of
Oceanus, and mother of many sea
nymphs.
tetigi, perf. of tango,-whic!i sta
Teuthrante-US, a, um, Tmlhrmtim,-
i.e., Mysian, (e.g., theriverCaicus,-^ for
'I'euthras v.as a king of Mysia.
Teuton-i, onim, (ores, uni,) m., the '>«-
torn, or Teutones, a iieople of Germany.
Theb-ae, arum, £, Thebes.
Themis, Tliemid-ls, f., ace. Theniin,
Themis, tlic goddess of justice and of
prophecy,
Themistocl-es, is, m., Themistocks, a
famous Athenian.
Theopompus, i, m., Theopompus, a
native of Cliios, wlio endeavoured to
continue tlie history of Thucyc'.des.
Born about B.C. 378; died about 300.
Theramen-es, is, m., Themmenes, an
Athenian general, one of the Thirty
Tyrants.
Thermodon, Tliermodont-is, m., the
Theiiiiodon, a river of Pontus.
Thermopyl-ae, arum, f. pi., T/iernwpy.
lae, a well known pass at the end of
Jlount Oeta.
Thisb-e, es, f., Thishe, a maiden beloved
by I'yi'amus.
Thrac-es, um, m., the Thracians, or
peopjo of Thrace: pi. of Thrax.
Thraci-a, ae, f., Thrace, part of modern '
Turkey.
Thrasybul-U3, i, m., Thrasyhulus, an
Athenian, who was specially instru-
mental in expelling the Tliirty Tyrants.
Thrax, Thrac-is, ni., a Thracian: pi.
Th races.
Thucydid-es, is, m., Thucydides, a cele-
brated Greek historian, who wrote the
I'.istory of the Pcloponnesian War.
(Horn B.C. 471 ; died about 401.)
Thuri-i, orum, m., or Thuri-um, i, n.,
Thurii, a city of Magna Graecia, in tlie
s_outh oi Italy, on the Tarcntine Gulf,
thus, i\\m-\s, i\., fninkinceme. (Seetus.)
Thybr-is, is, m., the Tiber. (See TIberis.)
Tlberin-US, i, m., Tiberinns, an ai dent
king of Alba. He was drowned n the
river Albula, and hence the name was
changed to Tiber. Also, as an aiy.,
Tiberin-us, a, um, helowjing or rclatina
Jojhe Tiber.
Tiber-is, is, or Tibr-is, or Thybr-is, idlg,
^nL, ace. Thybrin, the river Tiber.
Tiberi-U8, i, m., Tiberius, a Roman
praenomen. (Nep. llann., iv., 4.)
Tigr-is, is, or Idis, m., the river Tigris,
in Mesopotamia.
tigr-is, is, or Idis, m. {ifv {.), a tiger.
Tigurin-i, orum, m., the Tigunni, a
tiibe of Helvetia, Switzerland.
Tigurin-US, a, um, belonging to the
Tigurini,-e.g., pagus, district, canton.
Timae-US, i, m., Timaeus, a historian of
Sicily. Born about b.c. 350; died
about 254.
tim-eo, ul, ere, 2 v. a. and n., to fear, he
^ afraid of, dread; be apprehensive of.
timid-us, a, um, faint-hearted, timid,
yearful, afraid ; cowardly, (timeo.)
timor, tlmOr-is, m., fear, dread; alarm.
(timeo.)
ting-0, tinx-i, tlnct-um, t!ng-5rc, 3 v. a.,
(also spelled linguo), to wet, moisten;
soak; dip (as in colouring matter, <tc.),
dye, stain. (Cf. Gk. reyyo), and Eug.
tinge.)
Tissaphern-es, is, m., Tissaphemes, a
Peisian satrap.
Titan, Titan-is, m., (ace. Tltilna,) Titan,
son of Coelns and Terra, and brother of
Saturn. lie was the ancestor of the
Titans, who strove to gain supremacy in
heaven. Hence the name is applied to
several of his descendants,— as, e.g., to
Prometheus, tlie Sun-god (IFelio.s), &c
Titani-a, ae, f., a daughter or descend-
ant of Titan,~y\z., Pyirha, wlio was
sprung from Epimetheus.
Tituri-us, i, m., Titiirius,-c.fr., Q. Titur-
ius Sabinus, one of Caesar's lieutenants.
Tit-US, i, m., 7'itus, a Roman praenomen.
Jj?l°^"'^S, i, m., Mount Tmolus, in Lydia.
toler-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to
bear, support, endure, sustain; nourish,
maintain. (Root tol, as in tollo.)
tOll-0, sustQl-i, sublat-um, tolKere, 3 v.
a., to lift up, raise, exalt; extol; take up;
acknowledge; bring up, educate; take
away, remove, carry off ; destroy, kill;
take on board (ship) : Tollere ancoras, to
weigh anchor: Tollere signa, to break
up the camp and march onward. (The
root is tol, whence tul-i, (t)latnm. CC
tulero, and Gk. rAaw, ToA/aoi<o, Ac.)
Tl*
V" ***^ \'"
372
VOCABULARY.
T51dsat-eB, lum, in,, the Tolosates, or
' jicoplu of Tolosa,— now Toulouse.
tonitr-u, us, u. Soe toultru-
tSnitr-US, tls, m., or tOir r um, 1, n.,
tfiunder. Tlio ncut. for. tonltru,
seems to rest on no proper authority,
(tono, to thunder.)
torment-um, i, n., literally, an imtru-
nient with which to turn, or twist, or
hurl: hence, an engine for hurling
Ottvellns, stones, Ac); an instrument
of torture, rack; torture, anguish, agony.
(torqueo.)
torqu-eo, tors-i, tort-um, torqu-erc, 2 v.
a., to turn, twist; bend; wrench (as on
the rack,) torture, rack; whirl round
hurl. (The stem is ter, as in tero, i.
bore,—le., to pierce by turning round.
Cf. Gk. Ttipia and Ti-TpuJ-o-jcu.)
torr-eo, ui, tostum, torr-ere, 2 v. a., to
roast; parch, scmxh; burn; dry up;
(of cold,) to nip.
tortll-is, is, e, twistea, twined, wreathed;
spiral, winding, (torqueo.)
tort-UB, a, um, perf. purt. of torqueo,
twisted; crooked; wreathed, &c.
t5r-US, i, m., a protuberance, knot, bulge:
hence, <( mattress, couch, bed,— fvom the
inequalities caused by the through-
stitching.
torv-US, a, um, rolling, piercing, (used
especially of the eyes;) wild, fierce,
ttern, grim, savage. (Thought to hi
connected with torqueo.)
tOSt-US, a, um, perf. part, of torreo,
rousted; scorched, &c.
tot, num. indecl., so many. Its correla-
tive is quot.
totidem, rum. indecl.,;us< as many; an
equal number, as many, (tot, and suf-
fix dem.)
tot-US, a, um, gen. totius, dat. toti, (also,
gen. toti, &c., and dat. toto, Ac, regu-
lar,) all, the whole, the entire, total.
tract-U8, us, m., a drawing, dragging ;
draught; extent; track, direction, course,
trail, train, line ; distance ; region, tract
of land, territory; (of time,) space,
period, (traho.)
tradit-US, a, um, perf. part, of trado,
handed dotcn, delivered up, &c.
trad-0, Idi, itum, 6re, 3 v. a,, to hand
over, give up, deliver, surrender; be-
tray; consign; give in charge to, entrust;
hand down (to memoiy), record; trans-
mit, (trans, do.)
traduC-0, tradux-l, trnduct-um, tradnc-
gre, 3 V. a., to lead or bring over, trans-
port, transfer ; to display in public ; ex-
pose to ridicule ; disgrace ; malign ; (of
time,) to pass, spend, (trans, duco.)
tragul-a, ae, f., a kind of dart ov javelin;
also, a drag-net. (traho.)
tr&h-O, trax-i, tract-um, trih-Sre, 3 v. a.,
to draw, drag, haul; carry off; draw
to, attract ; protract, put off, delay.
traject-U8, us, m., a passing or crossing
over; a place for crossing. (trajicnO
trajicio, trajCci, truject-um, trujlc-ere,
3 V. a. and ii., to throw over; convey
over, transport; cross, pass over ; pierce,
pass through, (trans, jacio.)
tran-0, uvi, atum, arc, 1 V. a. and n., to
' swim over, or across, or through; to sail,
float; fly. (trans, no.)
tranquillitas, tranqulllltat-is, f., gniet-
ness, stillness; a calm; tranquillity,
serenit'j. (tranquillus.)
tranquill-U3, a, um, quiet, calm, still,
peaceful, serene.
trans, prep, with ace, across, beyond, on
the other (i.e., farther) side, over.
traus-eo, Ivi, or ii, ttum, ire, 4 v. n.
irreg., to go or cross over, pass by.
(trans, eo.)
transfer-0, transtQl-i, translat-ura,
traiisfcr-re, 3 v. a. irreg., to carry over,
bring across, transport, transfer; trans-
cribe; translate, (trans, fero.)
transfig-O, transftx-i, transflx-um,
transfig-Sre, 3 v. a., to pierce through,
transfix, thrust through (trans, figo.)
transfix-US, a, um, perf. part, of trans-
ftgo, pierced through, transfixed.
tranSlg-O, transGg-i, transact-um, trans-
Ig-6re, 3 v. a., to drive or thrust thron^/h,
pierce, stab, transfix; to bring to an end;
spend, pass, (trans, ago.)
transil-io, ui, or ivi, ire, 4 v. n. and a.,
to leap over, Jump over or across.
(trans, salio.)
transit-US, iis, m., a crossing over, pass-
age; transition, (transeo.)
transject-U3, us, m., same as trajectus.
translat-US, a, um, perf. part, of trans-
fero, brought over, transported, trans-
ferred, Ac.
transmarin-US, a, um, belonging to
places beyond the sea, transmarine ;
foreign, (trans, mare.)
transraiss-US, us, m., a sending or
crossing over; passage, (trausmillo.)
VOCABULARY.
373
tranimitt-O, transmls-l, transmlss-iim,
transmitt-Ore, 3 v. a. and n., to send or
carri/ over, trammil; despatch: n.,eross
over; pfui; traverse, (trans, mltto.)
transport-0, uvi, iitum, are, l v. a., to
carry over or across, transport ; remove;
tranter, (trans, porto.)
Tr&simen-US, l, m.. Lake Trasimene, In
Etruria, (now Lago dl PcniKla,) famed
for a victory gained by Hannibai over
tlic Itumana,
Trebi-a, ao, m., the river Trehia, a
tributary of tlie Po, famed for a victory
gained by Hannibai over tiic Riuians;
(now Trebliiii.)
TrSboni-US, i, m., Trebonvts (C.) one of
Caesar's lieutenants, lie wes after-
wards one of his assassins. Wlien
tribune, lie gained for Caesar the gov-
ernment of Gaul for a second term of
five years from b.c. 53 to the end of 49.
tr8cent-i, ae, a, caid. num., three hun-
dred, (tres, centum.)
trSmebund-US, a, nm, m dread; trem-
blitig, quivering, shaking, (trenio.)
tremend-US,a, um, to be dreaded; fear-
ful, dreadful, terrible, (tremo.)
trem-0, ui, Cre, 3 V. n. and a., to tremble,
quiver, shake: a., tremble at, dread.
trgmor, trCmSr-ls, m., a shaking, quak-
ing, trembling, tremor; an earthquake;
fear, dread, (tremo.)
trepid-0, avi, iltum, are, 1 v. n. and a.,
to hurry or bustle about (in a state of
anxious alarm) , to be in alarm, or in
confusion ; tremble : a., to tremble at, be
afraid of. (trepidus.)
trepid-US, a, um, in trepidation, alarmed;
agitated; anxious ; timid, fearful; trem-
bling. (Connected with tremo ; or, ac-
cording to Festus, witli Tpetrw, to turn
tojlight.)
tres, tre.s, tria, card, num., three. (Cf.
Gk.^Tpei?, Germ, drei, Eng. three.)
Trever-i, orum, (or Treviri,) m., the
Treviri, a Gallic people, who occupied
the valley of the Moselle. Their capi-
tal was Augusta Trcverorum, the
modern Treves.
Triboc-es, um, m,, (orTribocc-i, orum,)
the Triboces, a German tribe on the
banks of the Rhine, in or near the
district now called Alsace.
tribtin-US, i, m., a tribune, or chief
officer of a tribe. Thei-e were several
kiTids of tribunes, the most important
of which were the "Tribunes of the
People," and the " Military Tribunes"
(of whom there were six for each
leHon). See Smith's or Ramsay's
"qultles." (tribus, o tribe.)
Itl^. J I, (a)tum, 6ro, 3 v. a., to give;
assign; distribute; allot; bestow; grant;
yield, give up; allow, concede, (tribus.)
trib-US, Os, f., a tribe. Originally and
properly, a third part of the l^onian
people, who wore divided into three
tribcH. (Said to bo from tres, and bu,
same root as fu-i.)
tribilt-um, l, n., a stated payment ; tri-
bute, (tribuo.)
tricuspis, gen, tricusptd-is, adj., having
three points; three-pointed, or three-
pronged, (ties, cuspis.)
tridens, gen. trIdent-is, adj., having
three teeth or prongs: as subst., a three-
pronged spear, trident, attributed to
Neptune, (tres, dens.)
tridu-um, i, n., the space of three days;
three days, (tres, dies.)
txienni-um, i, n., the space of three
years; three years, (tre.s, annus.)
tr!fid-US, a, um, three-deft, cloven into
three parts , three forfed, or pronged,
ovtongued. (tres, findo.)
trigint-a, card, num., thirttj.
trin-i, ae, a, (or terni,) distrib. num.,
three each; a set of three; threefold,
triple, (tres.)
Trinobant-es, um, m., the Trinobantes,
a tribe in the east of Britain.
trio. See triones.
trion-es, um, m. pi., the ploughing oxen :
hence, the constellation of the Wain,
or the Tivo Bears; the north. (See sep-
tentriones.)
tripartitO, (or tripertlto,) adv., inorinto
three parts, in three divisions. (From
tripartitus; and that from tres, and
partior, to share,— from pars.)
triplex, gen. tripHc-is, adj., threefo J,
triple: sometimes used by the poets for
three: very great.
triquetr-US, a, um, having three cor-
ners; three-cornered, triangular. Also
written triquatrus. (tres, quatuor.)
trirem-is, is, e, having three ■banks of
oars : as subst., a trireme, or vessel with
three tiers of oars, (tres, remus.)
trist-is, is, e, sad, sorrowful, mournful,
melancholy; miserable; gloomy; harsh,
severe; ill-boding.
t
4
, it '■
.%'><
IMAGE EVALUATION
VEsT TARGET (MT-3)
1.0
I.I
iii
iiiiiM \m
1.8
1.25
i.4
1.6
M
6" -
►
%
(P
%
/a
*
4
e
<?^
■ ^l':-
Photographic
Sciences
Corporation
#
^
iV
-Q
V
\\
^\-^
*.'
w^
6^
%
V
23 WEST ma:n street
WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580
(716) 872-4503
%.
%
374
VOCABULARY.
tristTti-a, ae, f, sadness, sorrow, melan-
choltj, grief, d^ection ; sternness, severity,
harshness, (tristis.)
Triton, Tnton-is, m., (Gk. a'-c. Tntoiia,)
'Triton, a sea god, son o£ Neptune.
tnt-US, a, um, pei'f. part, of tero, rubbed
off or ateay: hence, beaten, frequented,
common; commouplace, trite, thread-
bare.
Troezen, TroezSn-is, f., (Gk. ncc. Troe-
zena,) Troezen, a city of Argolis, in
Greece.
trdpae-urii, i, n., a memorial of victory,
a trophy: hence, n victory; token;
monument, (rponaiov.)
tii, till, second pers. pron., thou: pi. vos.
Often strengthened (in the nom., voc,
ace, and abl. sing.) by the addition of
te, — as tute, tete; or met,— as vosmet,
vobismet, tibiinet: sometimes by both,
as tutemet.
tub-a, ae, f, a trumpet, tsar trumpet.
(Same stem as tubus, a pipe or tube.)
tu-eor, itus, (or tutus,) eri, 3 v. a. dep.,
to look at, inspect, behold ; watch, guard,
preserve, protect, defend; uphold.
Tuling-i, orum, m., the Tulingi, a tribe
in Gallia Belgica,
turn, adv. and conj., then ; at that time,
or this time; thereupon. Often re-
peated: tum— ti!-n, at one time— at
another time; both— and. It some-
times follows quum, with the mean-
ing, both— and.
tiim-eo, — , ere, 2 V. n., io swell; be
swollen, be puffed u}/ ; be excited; icady
to burst.
tiimesc-O, tiimu-i, tumesc-Sre, 3 v. n.
incep., to begin to swell; be swollen, be
puffed up ; be excited; be violent ; be
ready to burst forth, (tumeo.)
tumult-US, as, (rarely gen. i,) m., an
upheaving, violent commotion ; uproar ;
sudden rising or outbreak, insurrection,
rebellion; impending W"r. ftumeo.)
tUmul-US, i, m,, a swelling of the earth,
mound, fnllock: upvlchral mound, gravf.,
tumulus, (tumeo.)
tunc, adv., then, at the very time; imme-
diately ; at this or that time, (tum, and
sufflx ce.)
tiinic-a, ae, f, a tunic, or under garment
(worn by the Romans of both sexes) ;
a membrane ; coating, husk.
turb-a, ae, f., an uproar, riot, tumult;
confusion; quarrel; a crowd; rabble,
mob; multitude, throng; troop, band
(Supposed root ter, to whirl See tor
queo.)
turb-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to throw
into confusion; disturb, confuse, dis-
order; to make thick or muddy, (as
water.) (turba,)
turbo, turblu-is, m., a ropid whirling
motion; revolution, rotation; a whirl-
wind, tornado, hurricane; a reel, wheel,
spindle; a spinning- top. (Root ter, tc
whirl, as in torqueo.)
tl\rm-a, ae, f., n troop (of horse); a
crowd, throng ; band. (Supposed to be
from stem ter, and connected with
torqueo.)
turp-is, is, e, of disgusting appearance,
unsightly; foul, filthy; shameful, dis-
graceful, base, dishonourable, discredit-
able.
turr-is, is, f., a tower; especially a mili-
tary tower; any high building; castle,
citadel.
tUS, tur-is, n., (or thus,) frankincense.
tut-US, a, urn, perf, part, of tueor: also
adj., safe, secure, free from danger.
tU-US, a, um, possess, pron. of second
pers., thy or thine, your, your own :
hence, suitable, favourable, (tu.)
Tybr-is, or Thybr-ls, is, or Idis, m., tht
river Tiber. (See Tiberis.)
tyrannis, tyrannld-is, or os, f., the rule
of a tyrant, despotic sway, tyranny.
(Tvpawi?.)
tyrann-us, i, m,, a harsh ruler, despot,
tyrant, {rvpavvoi.)
u.
uber, iiber-ls, n., a teat, pap, udder;
richness, fertility, fruitfulness.
uber, gen. ubgr-is, adj., rich, fruitful,
fertiU- plentiful, copious ; productive.
ubi, adv., (1 or i), in which, or in what
place, where (both rel. and intorrog.) :
^f time,) when, at what time ; as soon
as. It is sometimes used like a r^'l,
pron., and is equiil to in which of
whom, by which or whom, with which or
whom.
Ubi-^ "Mum, m., the Uhii, a German
VOCABULARY.
375
tribe on the Rhine, near the Bite of
the modein Cologne.
fid-US, a, um, wet, damp, moist. (Per-
haps contracted for uvidus. Cf , in Gk.,
v(i), iiSiop ; and in Lat., a(n)da, humeo,
humldus.)
nlcisc-or, ultus, ulclsc-i, 3 v. a. dep., to
avenge om's self on, take vengeance;
punish; avenge.
ull-us,a, um, gen. ulHus, any, anyone.
(Contracted for unulus.)
ulm-US, i, f., an elm (tree.)
(ulter, ultra, ultrum,) obsolete. See
nlterior.
ult8ri-or, or, us, gen. ultgrlOr-is, comp.
of obsolete ulter, fcrthfr ; on the other
side; beyond, ulterior.
ultSrius, comp. adv., farther, beyond;
further, longer, (ultra.)
ult!m-US, a, um, super!, of obsolete
ulter, farthest, most remote, extreme,
last; oldest, first, earliest; last, latest,
final; utmost, extreme, greatest.
nltra, adv., and prep, with ace: ^dv.,
beyond, farther; over, besidei, more:
prep., on the farther side, beyond; longer
than ; past ; more than, over, above.
ultro, adv., to the farther side, beyond;
besides, moreover; contrary to what
might be expected; of one's own accord,
voluntarily.
ult-us, a, um, pert rnH. of ulclscor, hav-
ing avenged.
umbr-a, ae, f., a shade ; shadow; a ghost;
a,„ uninvited guest.
umquam, adv., ever, <fec. See unquam.
una, adv., together with, at one and the
same place or time.
und-a, ae, f., water; a wave, billow.
(Stem ud, as in udus.)
unde, adv., whence, from which (place or
time.)
undecim, card, num., eleven, (unus,
decern.)
undique, adv., from or on all sides.
ung-0, (also unguo,) unx-i, unct-um,
ung-gre, 3 v. a., to anoint; spread over.
ungu-0, unx-i, unct-um, ungu-Cre. See
uugo.
finivers-US, a, um, literally, turned into
one: hence, all together, the whole, col-
lective, general, universal, (unus, verto.)
unquam, (or umquam,) adv., at any one
tiiiit; ever, (unum, quam.)
Hn-US, a, um, gen, unius or unlus, dat.
ani, (also, but rarely, gen. un-i, ae, i,
and dat. un-o, ae, o,) card, num., tne
a or an ; sole, only, single, alone ; some
one. (Cf. Gk. iv, Eng. one, and Scotch
ane.)
urb-8, is, f., a walled town, city; the city
Rome.
urg-eo, urs-i, urg-gits 2 v. a., (also
urgueo,) to press, push, drive, impel,
urge, press onward; press hard or close,
beset, oppress.
urn-a, ae, f., a water-pot, jar, -urn,
pitcher.
ur-0, us8-i, ust-um, Qr-6re, 3 v. a., to
burn, consume; scorch, parch; pain;
to nip (with cold); blast; to glow, be
heated ; be enamoured.
ur-U8, i, m., a wild ox, auroch, bison.
USquam, adv., in . ty place, anywht.-?;
to anyplace.
usque, adv., all the way, even to ; even ;
continuously, constantly; as long as,
until.
USt-UQ, a, um, perf. part, of uro, burned;
scorched, parched.
US-US, a, um, perf. part of utor, having
employed, used, Ac.
fiS-US, us, m., a making use of; use, em-
ployment; service, benefit, advantage;
exercise, practice, custom; need, neces-
sity: Esse Usui, o) Ex usu, to be of
service, (utor.)
fit, or flti, adv. and conj. : adv., in what
manner, how, as ; such as, for example ;
inasmuch as, for; when: conj., that, in
order that, cts that.
Uter, utr-a, um, gen. ius, dat i, (also i
and 0, (fee.,) which or whUher of two;
either one.
uter, utr-is, m., a bag or bottle (of hide
or leather), a wine-skin.
fiterqw utrfique, utrnmque, gen. utri-
usqu cc, both the one and the other
both; each, (uter, que.)
Uti, conj., that. (See ut.)
Uti, pres. inf. of utor,— which see.
Util-is, is, e, able to be used; useful, ser-
viceable; fit, suitable; advantageous.
(utor.)
Utilitas, utllltiit-is, f., use, utility; profit,
benefit, advantage, (utilis.)
Utlnam, adv., oh that! I wish that I
would that ! (ut.)
Ut-or, US-US, ru-i, 8 V. a. dep., tomakeusi
of, use, emjUoy, apply; exercise, prac-
tise; occupy; enjoy. (Usually goveruB
the flbl., rurelv the ace.)
W-
mmmmmmii
376
VOCABULARY.
UtpStS, adv., as possibly ; as being ; in-
asmuch as, since, seeing that ; namely.
Utrimque. See utiinquo.
atrinque, (or utrimque,) adv., on both
sides, on either hand; by both parties.
(uterque.)
Utroblque, (or utrtiblque,) adv., on both
sides or parts, (utrubi— I.e., uter ubi—
and que.)
Utrum, adv., whether? whether or no?
It is usfid, both in direct and In indirect
clauses, to Introduce the first part of a
disjunctive interrogation. It is re-
sponded to by an. It sometimes, though
rarely, introduces ihe second clause of
an interrogation. Its force may often
be expressed in English merely by the
tone of the voice.
UV-a, ae, f., a lunch or cluster of grapes;
a cluster.
uxor, ux5i--ls, f , a wife, spouse.
V.
vSc&tio, v5cati5n-is, f., a being free fi-om
(duty, <fcc.); exemption, immunity.
(vaco.)
VaCC-a, ae, f., a cow.
vac-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. n., to be empty
or vacant, to be void of; free from ; be
without, want; to have leisure; be un-
inhabited.
VaCU-US, a, um, empty, void; free from;
devoid of, wanting, without ; free from
business, disengaged, unoccupied, (vaco.)
vS,d~um, 1, n.; a shallow place; ford;
shoal; the bottom (of a stream, pool,
<tec.) : in pL, the depths.
vag-io, ivi, or ii, itum, ire, 4 v. n., to cry,
squall (like infants).
vSg-or, atus, ari, 1 y, n. dep.. (o stroll
about, wander, roam, rove, (vagus.)
Vag-ns, a, um, strolling about, wander-
ing, roving, roaming: hence, unsteady,
wavering, uncertain,
valde, adv., strongly, vehemently, exceed-
ingly; very, very much. (Contracted
for valide.)
vS,le, imper. of valeo, farewell. (See
valeo.)
valens, gen. vaient-is, part, of valeo:
also adj., strong, poweiful, vigorous,
stout, mighty ; healthy, hale.
Val-eo, ui, Itum, 5re, 2 v. n., to be strong,
stout, or vigorous ; to be healthy, hale ;
to have power or influence ; be effective,
have the effect of, be of avail, be good
for; to be worth; be equal to; signify,
mean .• Vale, or valens, farewell,
Valeri-us, i, m., Valerius, a Roman
gentile name.
V&letudo, valOtuilIn-is, f, state of
health ; health (good or bad), but espe-
cially good health, soundness of body,
(valeo.)
V&lId-US, a, um, strong, stout, powerfid,
mighty; sound, Jtealthy; influential.
(valeo.)
vall-is, is, (or vall-es, Is,) f., a vally,
vale, hollow.
vall-um, i, n,, an earthen rampart or
dyke .(set with stakes forming a pnli-
sade) ; a rampart, mound, forliflcatiou.
(vallus.)
vall-US, i, m., a stake, pale ; a palisade.
Valv-ae, arum, f. pi., the leaves of a door;
folding doors or gates,
Vangion-es, um, m., the Vangiones, a
German tribe on the Rhine, near the
position of tho modern Worm&
vapor, vSpSr-is, m., steam, vapour; heat;
heated air,
varietas, vSriCtat-is, f., diversity, differ-
ence, variety; flcklenesa, inconstancy.
(varius.)
Vari-US, a, um. spotted; striped; party-
coloured, variegated ; changeable ; vari^
ovs, diverse, unlike ; uneven ; fickle, j/j-
constant, wavering, veering.
Vas, vad-is, ni., one who goes surety (for
^another) ; a bail, security, surety.
vas, vas-is, n.,— pi vas-a, 5rum, n. of tho
Second Decl.,— a vessel, dish; utensil,
implement.
vast-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a., to make
void or vacant : hence, to deprive of in-
habitants ; lay waste, ravage, devastate ;
ruin, destroy, (vastus.)
vast-US, a, um, empty, unoccupied;
waste, desert, desolate; ravaged, devast-
ated ; vast, enormous, immense, huge.
vat-SS, is, m. or f., a prophet or prophets
ess ;jeer ; soothsayer ; a poet or poetess.
vaticinatio, vaticination- is, f., a proph-
esying; prediction, prophecy, (vatlclnor,
— ie., vates, am', cano, to prophesy.)
"IP
VOCABULARY.
377
ve, an enclitic conj., or, joineil to no, si,
(fee,— neve, sivo. Used also lilcc que,
and generally attached to tlio second of
the two words wliloli it connects.
vectigal, vectlgal-is, n., a toll, tax, cus-
toms-duty, impost, paid to tlie State;
revenue, income, rents, (vectus, perf.
part, of veho.)
vectori-us, a, um, adapted for can't/-
ing: Vectoria navigia, transport-ships.
(vectus, per£ part, of veho.)
vect-U8, a, um, perf. part, of velio,
carried, conveyed, &c.
vghSmenter, adv., impetuously; eager-
ly; vehemently; excessively; violently;
strongly, forcibly; extremely, very much.
(Said to be from v5 or veh, a negative
or Inten.iive particle, and mei'.s; so
that the literal meaning would be,
not with judgment, or discretion. Cf.
vecors, without heart, heartless; vesan-
us, mad, &c The shorter form is
vemens.)
v8h-0, vex-1, v. i^um, vSh-6re, 3 v. a., to
carry, convey (by any means): In a
pass, or reflective sense, to be borne; to
ride; sail
V51, conj., or, or even, or indeed; even;
surely; indeed: Vel— vel, either— or.
(Imperat. of volo,— meaning, therefore,
j:hoose ; which you will.)
velamen, velamln-is, n., a covering, gar-
ment; clothing, (velo.)
vel-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v, a., <o cover,
veil; wrap up, envelop; clothe; hide.
(velum.)
Velocitas, vglocltat-is, f., swiftness,
velocity, sped, (velox.)
Velox, gen. v5loc-is, adj., swift, quick,
fleet, rapid, nimble, speedy.
Vel-um, i, n., a covering, veil, curtain ;
a sail,
vSliit, or vSltlti, adv., even as, jmt as,
like as, as it were; as if, as though.
_(vel, uti.)
Ven-a, ae, f., a vein, blood-vessel, artery:
hence, figuratively, a water-course ; a
vein or seam of mineral deposit; interior
or natural quality; genius; disposition,
natural bent.
Venatio, ven5ti(5n-ls, f., hunting, the
chase; a hunt, (venor, to hunt.)
Venator, venatOr-is, m., a hunter.
Vend-0, Idi, Itum, Cre, 3 v. a., to set up
for sale; sell; give up, betray. (Con-
tracted for venum, sale, and do.^
venenat-us, a, um, perf. part, of
veneno (to poison), poisoned ; dipped in
poison; poisonous, venomous.
venen-um, i, n,, « drug, potion; espc-
daily, poison; a magical charm; a
dye, paint.
Vgnet-i, 5rum, n , the Veneti, a tribe in
the west of France, a little north ot
Uie mouth of the Loire.
Ven3tic-us, a, um, Venetie, belonging or
pertaining to the Vuieti.
Vgni-a, ae, f., favour, grace, indulgence;
leave, permission; pardon, forgiveness,
remission.
V?n-ic, ven-l, vent-um, ven-Ire, 4 v. »,, (u
come, arrive.
ven-or, atus, ari, l v. n. and a., to hunt,
pursue, chase.
ventit-0, avi, atum, are, t v. n. freq., to
come often or frequently , be conslantlj/
coming, (venio.)
vent-US, i, m., the wind.
Venusi-a, ae, f., Venusia, a city of
Apulia, where Hannibal defeated a
Roman army. It was the birth-place
of the poet Horace.
Ver, v5r-is, n., the spring season, spring.
Verbigen-i, orum, m., the Verbigeni, or
people of the Pagus Verbigenus,
Verblggn-us, i, m,, (sell, pagus,) the
Canton Verbigenus, in Helvetia. (See
Caes, B. G., i. 27.)
verb-nm, i, n., a word: In pi., words,
language; conversation; a speech.
Vere, adv., truly, in fact; rightly, prop-
erly, (verus.)
ver-eor, Itus, Cri, 2 v. a. and n. dep„ to
be in awe of; reverence; fear, be afraid
of: Veritus navibus, fearing for (the
safety of) his ships.
verg-0, 6re, (perf, vers!, doubtful,)
3 V. a. and n. : a., to turn; incline,
verge: usually n., to incline, or be in-
clined to; to lie or lean toward; be sittt'
ated; trend.
Vergobiet-US, i, m., (or Vlrgobretus.)
Vergobrettis, the title of the chief mag-
Jstratc of tlie Aedui.
verissime, adv., superl. of vere, most
Jruiy, cfec.
verit-us, a, um, perf. part, of vereor,
fearing.
vero, adv., in truth, certainly, truly,
surely; but indeed; however, (verus.)
versat-US, a, am, perf. part, of versor,
busied, engaged, occupied, Ac.
378
VOCABULARY.
Vers-O, avi, iitum, are, 1 v. a, to turu,
twist, wind, whirl about ; tv,m up ; turn
on* drive about; change,; vex, disturb;
ponder over, reflect on. (vevto.)
Vers-or, atus, ail, l v. a. dep., to turn
one's silf about in: hence, to dwell in,
remain in; to be circumstanced; to be
btisied, or busp one's self; be engaged,
employed, occttpied with, (verto.)
vers-us, a, um, peif. part, of verto,
turned, &c.
vers-us, us, m., literally, a turning:
hence, a furrow; a row, line; line or
verse of poetry, (verto.)
versus, adv., and prep, with ace, turned
in the direction of, towards, (verto.)
vertex, vertlc-is, m., (also written vor-
tex,) literally, that which turns: hence,
a whirl, eddy, vortex ; the top or highest
part, peak, summit; crown of the head;
the head; the pole (of the heavens) : A
vertice, from on high; from above.
(verto.)
vertigo, vertlgtn-ls. f., a whirling ro nd,
whirl, revolution: hence, giddiness (of
the head), vertigo, (vevto.)
Vert-O, (or vorto,) i, vers-um, vert-6re,
3 V. a. and n., to turn round; turn over,
(e.g., the earth with a plough;) change,
alter: n., lo turn, turn about; change;
issue in, turn oat. (The stem vcr is
found in veru, a spit; vermis, a worm;
vergo, to turn toward.)
V<prucloeti-US, i, m., Verucloetius, a
Helvetian chief.
verum, adv., truly, just so; but in truth;
but yet. (verus.)
ver-um, l, n., the truth: neut. of ver-
us.
line; right.
ver-US, a, um, tme, real,
proper, reasonable. Just.
Vesontio, \isoi\tion-is,m.,Vesontio (now
Besan^on), a city in Gallia Belgica,
capital of the Sequani.
vesper, vespCr-is, or i, m., the evening,
eve; evening star: Ad vesperum, till the
evening: Sub vesperum, toward even-
ing. (g(T7repo?.)
Vest-a, ae, f., Vesta, daughter of Saturn,
goddess of the houseliold, and of flo^iis
and herds.
Vestal-is, is, e, belonging or pertaining
to Vesta: as a subst., a vestal virgin ;
especially Rhea Silvia.
vester, (or voster,) vestr-a, um, your,
belonging to you. (vos.)
vestigi-um, l, n., a footstep, step ; foot-
mark, track ; vestige, token, trace ; point
of time, moment, instant, (vestigo, to
follow in a track.)
vestlment-um, i, n., clothing; a gar-
ment, vesture, (vestio.)
vest-io, ivi, or ii, itum, ire, 4 v. a., to
cover with garments, clothe, dress ; cover ;
adorn, (vestis.)
vest-is, is, f., a covering, garment, robe ;
clothing : also a carpet ; curtain. (Gk.
ivOrj^; with digamma, Fea9ri<;.)
v2t§ran-US, a, um, old, veteran : Veter-
an:, veteran soldiers, (vetus.)
Vetlt-U8, a, um, perf. part, of veto, for-
bidden, denied (to one).
vet-0, ui, (rarely avi,) itum, are, 1 v. a.,
to forbid, disallow, prohibit, hinder.
vet-US, gen. v5t6r-is, adj., of long stand-
ing; aged, old, ancient; former: as
Bubst., veteres, the ancients; ances-
tors.
vetustas, vStustat-ls, f., length of time ;
old age; long duration or existence ; an-
tiquity, (vetus.)
vex-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v, a., to shake or
jolt (while carrying); lo toss: lience,
to annoy, harass, tease; injure; vex;
molest, (veho.)
vi-a, ae, £, a way, road, path, street;
march, Journey; wap, method, man-
ner.
vibr-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a. and n., to
move rapidly to and fro ; brandish ;
shake, agitate; launch, hurl: n., to
quiver, tremble, vibrate tremulously:
hence, glitter, sparkle, (i or I.)
vicen-i, ae, a, distrib. num., twenty each,
(viginti.)
vicesim-US, a, um, (or vigesimus,) ord.
num., the twentieth, (viginti.)
Vicies, adv., twenty times, (viginti.)
Vicini-a, ae, f., neighbourhood, nearness,
vicinity ; the neighbours,— I.e., people o(
the neighbourhood; likeness, resem-
blance, (vicinus.)
VlCinitas, viclnttat-is, f , nearness, neigh-
bou-'hood, vicinity; the neighbours.
(vicinus.)
Vicin-US, a, um, near, neighbouring;
like to, resembling, (like tlie Englis!;
"neighbour" in the sense of a match
for, similar to:) as sr.bst., vicinus, i,
m., or a, ae, f., a neighbour, (vicu.s, <i
village.)
vi-Cis (gen ), ace. vicem, all. vice, pi.
*«fjpw*'
MM
VOCABULARY.
aom. aud ace. vtces, dat. and abl. vlc-
ibus, f., change; interchange; succes-
tion ; place, room, stead (of another'* ;
vicissitude, the changes of /ate; mis/or-
tuiie: In vlcem, orinvicem, in turn, by
turns.
Victim-a, ae, f., a beast for sacrifice,
victim, (vlncio.)
victor, victor-is, m., a conqueror, victor.
(vinco.)
victori-a, ae, f., victory, success, (vic-
tor)
vict-US, a, um, perf. part., conquered,
vict-US, fls, m., means of life, nourish-
ment, provisions, victuals ; mode of life,
way of living, (vivo.)
Vic-US, i, m., a district of a city; a vil-
lage; country seat. (Cf. Git. oi/<oj, i.e.,
/■'oKcos; and in Eng., wick or micA,— as
_in Ber-wiclc, Nor-wicli, <fec.)
vid-eo, vid-i, vis-um, vid-ere, 2 t, a., to
see, behold, look at ; perceive, mark, ob-
terve; look ov see to ; think of ; care for,
pro'^ide : in a reiloctlve sense, to seem,
appear, be regarded; to seem right oi-
proper. (Cf. Gk. i6tlv,eUov; Germ.
^wissen; Eng. wit, wot.)
Vid-eor, vIs-us, vld-erl, 2 v. n. dep., to be
seen; appear, seem: often used Imper-
^sonally, it appears. (Pass, of video.)
vidu-US, a, um, literally, separated
from: hence, deprived or lertft of;
destitute of; widowed: Vidua, aa a
subst., a widow.
Vig-eo, -, ere, 2 v. n., to be vigorous;
thrive, bloom, flourish.
Vlgesc-0, vigui, vlgesc-5re, 3 y. n.
incep., to becoine vigorous; thrive, flour-
ish, (vigeo.)
Vigesimus, a, um. See vicesimus.
Vigil, gen. vig!l-is, adj., awake; alert,
on the iva'ch; wakeful: as subst., a
watchman, sentinel, (vigeo.)
Vigili-a, ae, f., wakefulness, sleeplessness ;
a watching or guarding: lience, a
watch,— i.e., the time during wli'ch
watch was kept; also, the men on
ytiard, the watch, sentinels, (vigil.)
Viginti, card, num., twenty.
Vigor, vigor-is, m., liveliness, activity;
vigour, force, (vigeo.)
Vill-a, ae, f., a country seat; farm;
villa. (Said to be contracted forvic-
_uia, dim::;, of vlcus.)
vlmen, vlmm-is, n,, a twig, osier, switch,
379
(vi, root of vieo, to
pliant branch.
bind.)
Vinc-io, vinx-l, vinct-um, vine-Ire, 4 v. a.,
to bind, fetter ; confine, restrain ; secure.
Vincl-um, i, n., for vinculum.
vinc-0, vic-i, vict-um, vinc-Cre, 3 v. a.,
to conquer, defeat, subdue, overthrow,
vanquish, get the better of; win, gain ;
surpass, excel.
vinct-US, a, um, perf. part, of vincio,
bound, &c.
vincul-um, 1, n., a bond, band, rope,
cord, fetter, chain ; a prison ; confine-
ment, (vincio.)
Vindex, vlndlc-is, m. or f., a claimant,
protector, deliverer; vindicator; aveng-
er, punisher.
Vine-a, ae, f, « plantation of vines, a
vineyard; but more especially, aa a
military term, a pent-house, a shed (in
the -Jiape of a vine arbour, for shelter-
ing the besiegers of u town), (vin-
um.)
Vinet-um, i, n., a plantation of vines,
_vine-grove, vine-yard, (viiium.)
vine-US, a, um, belonging to wive. 'J lie
ftm., vinea, is used substantively, a
vineyard, Ac.
Vin61ent-U8, a, um, full of wine, drunk ;
given to drink, (vinum.)
Vin-um, 1, n., wine. (Cf. Gk. oW, I.e.,
Foivo';; and Eng. wine.)
violent-US, a, um, forcible, violent, im-
petuous, boisterous; furious; strong
(vlolens.)
Viol-O, uvi, atum, arc, 1 v. a., to do
violence to, injure; dishonour, pi-ofane,
violate.
Vir, vir-l, m., a man ; a husband; a man
of courage, a man of honour. (Cf.
_vireo, and vires, pi. of vis.)
Vir-es, ium, f., pi. of vis, strength, might.
Viresc-O, ere, 3 v. n. incep., to become
green; shoot forth, (vheo, to be green.)
Virg-a, ae, f., a twig; spi-ovt; rod; wand;
staff.
virgine-US, a, um, pertaining to a
maiden, maidenly: VlrgineuS Helicon,
Helicon, the abode of the Virgins,— i.e.,
the JIuses.
Virgo, virgin-is, f., a maiden, virgin,
young woman, girl; the constellation
Virgo. (Contracted for virago.)
Virid-is, is, e, green (in all its shades) ;
fresh, blooming; young; vigorous.
(vireo)
380
VOCABULAHY.
virtfts, vlrtnt-ls, t, manUne$s,—le.,
everything tliat adorns the perfect
man In inind and body; mefit, excel-
lence (of all kinds) ; strength; courage;
moral perfection, virtue; military tal-
ent, bravery ; worth, value, (vir.)
vis, (gen. vis, dat. vl, rare,) ace. vim,
ahl. vl, pi, vires, f., strength (of body or
mind), power, force, vigour, energy; vio-
lence: Per vim, by violence, vi-^lently:
Magna vis, a great quantity, (cf., In
English, the vulgar phrase, " a power
of.") (The stem is vir, as seen In the
pl. vires. The nom., vis, is for vlra)
viscer-a, um, n, pl., entrails, Ac. (See
vlscus.)
viscus, vlscSr-ls, n,, (usually In pl. vis-
cera,) tht internal organs, the viscera,
(heart, lungs, liver, stomach, entrails,
Ac); flesh, (all below the skin;) the
inmost parts : hence. Viscera terrae, the
interior or bowels of the earth.
Vis-O, 1, um, 6re, 3 v. a., to view: visit.
Vis-um, i, n., a thing seen, a sight, ap-
pearance, vision, (video.)
vis-US, a, um, perf, pait. of video, seen,
&c.
ViS-US, fls, m., a seeing, looking; glance;
sight, vision; apparition, sight, (video.)
Vit-a, ae, f., life; a living, support, srs-
tenance ; life, career, (For victa, from
vivo.)
viti-0, 9v), atum, are, 1 v, a., to make
faulty, spoil, vitiate, injure, corrupt, in-
fect, (vitlum.)
vlti-um, i, n., a fault, defect, blemish ;
vice ; offence, crime.
Vit-0, avi, atum, are, 1 t. a,, to avoid,
shun, evade.
vitr-um, l, n., glass ; alf o woad, a plant
for dyeing blue.
VlV-0, vix-i, vict-um, vlv-5re, 3 v, n., to
live, have life ; enjoy life ; last, endure ;
to support life, sustain life; reside in.
VIV-US, a, um, having life, living, alive.
(vivo.)
vix, adVjj with difficulty, scarcely, hardly,
barely.
v8cit-0, avi, atum, are, 1 v. a. and n., to
call frequently or earnestly ; be wont to
call; call loudly, (voco.)
v5c-0, avi, atum, are, I v. a., to call, call
upon, summon, invoke, cite; invite (as a
guest) ; call (by name), name, (vox.)
V8conti-i, omm, m., the Vocontii, a Gal-
lic tribe near the Rhone, between the
rivers Isara (Tsere) and DnientlB
(Durance).
Voctio, VoctiOn-is, m., Voetio, a prince
of Ncrlcum,
Volc-ae, arum, m., the Volcae (Tecto-
sages), a Gallic tribe, whose capital
was Tolosa (Toulouse),
v61-0, ui, vel-le, V. n. and a, Irreg, and
defect,, to will, be willing; wish, >lesire:
intend, purpose; determine, ordtin, de-
cree ; mean, signify.
Volso, VolsOn-is, m,, Vblso (Cn. Manlius),
a Roman consul. (Soe Nep. Hann.,
xili, 9.)
vSilicer, or volucr-ls. Is, 6, flying, winged;
swift, rapid, (vol-o, are, to fly.)
volucr-is, fs, f., (sell, avis,) a bird.
fl or u. (volo.)
VolUmen, vSlumln-ls, n., a roll of writ-
ing, scroll; book, volume; a fold, wreath,
coil; revolution, (volvo.)
V51ailtas, vSluntat-ls, f., will, wish,
choice, desire, inclination; good-will, fav-
our. (volo,)
Vdluptas, v61uptat-l3, f., enjoyment of
one's wish, satisfaction, pleasure, delight.
(From adv, volupe, agreeMy ; and that
from volo.)
Volusen-U8, I, m., Volusemu (C), one
of Caesar's oiflcers, sent to examine
^Britain. (B. G., iv. 21-.)
Volilt-0, avi, atum, are, I v. a. ftet.., to
roll or tumble about ; turn, twist ; en-
twine ; roll one's self, wallow ; turn over
(in the mind), ponder, (volvo.)
VOlv-0, i, v61iit-um, volv-6re, 3 v. a., to
roll, turn about or over; tumble; pon-
der, meditate.
vomer, or vomis, vam2r-is m,, a plough-
share.
v5m-0, ui, Itnm, 5re, 3 v, n. and a., to
vomU, emit, discharge, belch forth, pour
forth,
vot-um, 1, n,, a solemn prov'K (to a
deity); vow, oath: wish, desire, longing.
(voveo,)
v5v-eo, v3v-I, vHt-nm, vi5v-5re, 2 v. a.,
to promise solemnly, vow ; devote, dedi-
cate, consecrate.
VOX, voc-is, f„ a voice; sound; cry, call;
word, expression, sentence; speech, lan-
guage.
Vulcani-US, a, um, pertaining to Vul-
can,
Vulcan-US, i, m., Vulcan, the god of
flro : hence, as a common noun, fire.
MPT^'T'
VOCABULARY.
381
vulgo, adv., in common, everywhere, com-
monly, publicly. (vuIbus.)
VUlg-U8, 1, n, (or ni.), a crowd; the mul-
titude, the public, thepeopU ^generally);
the mob, rabble ; populace.
vrilngr-0, avi, utnm, are, 1 v. a., to
wound, hurt, injure, (vulnus.)
VUlnus, vulii6r-i8, n., a wound, kaUm
(If any Uiud.—as a hole, crack, rent,
Ac.)
VUlt-U8, (!.«, m., (or roltus), the counte-
nance, visage, yeatures : air, aspect, ex-
pression ; /ace.
X.
Xanth-U«, I, m., the river Xanthus, near | Xerx-es, Is, m., Xerxet, king of Persia,
"°y' I sou of Darius Hystaspes.
z.
Zam-a, ae, l, Zama, a city of Numldia,
ill Africa.
2gph^r-US, i, m., Zephyrus, tlio west
wind; a gentle wind.
Seugma, zeugmat- is, n., teugma, a
figure of grammar, in wliicli two
nouns are connected with a verb
strictly applicable to one of them only.
_(See Note on Nep. Them., i. 9.)
z6n-a, ae, £, a belt, girdle, zone.
""nHHiiini
382
GREEK NOUNS.
MOUINA-
XIVU.
Gl'.NITlVK.
DATIVU.
ACCUSATIVK.
V(i(!A-
AHIM-
nvu.
riVK.
ft^
'c
I's or au
ao
en
as
ac
uo
Hill 01 ail
If
a
n
l'.M
uo
ao
on, cm 01 uin
wor
a 01
.
IHur.:
M
.ilO
arum
is
us
ao
Irt
l|". .
1
on or uiu
1)
. loii(n.)
I
oa
-)ii
fH (n.)
atln
nli
a
a
alo
I'l.Htll
atuiii
litis (or atibiis)
uta
aim
atu
at'.s (or
atibus)
IIM
alios or ttiiis
aiii
an
1
anc
as
atitis
anti
aula or cm
us or a
anto
a.s
ados or adis
Adi
ada or adoiii
as
ude
—4
en
eiiis
Clli
fiia
en
Clio
es
is or i
i or ci
cm or ca
08 or e
c or 1
P.
ens
COS or cl
I'i or eo
oa or cum
eu
CO
•
a
IS
is or idos
idi
im or in
is or 1
idu
is
idoa or id is
idi
idem or Ida
1
Ide
is
idis or iilos
idi
idem or in
is or i
ide
till
onis
oni
on a
on
one
on
otitis
Ollti
oiita
on
onto
ys
yos or yis
>i
ym or yn
y or ys
ye
ys
ydis or jdos
ydl
ydem or ydu
ys
yde
us
iititis
iinti
unta
us
iiiite
is
cutis
ent'
cnta
is
cntc
V
|3iirt Scbcnth.
OJITATIVE EXP]R(J1SES.
'1C5
25
ir '■
I
1. Tt^
hopes
that h
sent t
inhabi
Delph
to em]
of th
when
6. Th
choose
he(j) i
for Le
island
when 1
againsi
Cherso
the Le
him (;•),
(«) '"
(c) Swnn
\GO.-{g)
flit. perf.
secf-, i, 9,
(0) Synt,,
11, Cllilj),
i\ E P S.
M I L T I A D E S.
EXERCISE I.-CHAPTER I.
[Read Syntax, chap. li., sect. I., p. 130, sgq."]
1. The Athenians were already beginning, not only to entertain (a)
hopes in regard to Miltiades, but even to feel-a-confident-assurance
that he would turn-out (b) an excellent (c) general. 2. Colonista were
sent to the Chersonese, who were-to-drive-out(c^) the Thracians then
inhabiting those regions. 3. The Athenians send chosen men to
Delphi, to ask(e) Apollo what leader raore-than-another they are (/)
to employ. 4. Miltiades and his brother consulted-for-the-good r «)
of the state. 5. The priestess of Apollo advises the colonists
when consulting her, to take (A) Miltiades as their military-leader'
6. The priestess of Apollo tells the Athenians that if they will
choose (0 Miltiades as their military-leadsr, their undertakin<rs will
beO) successful. 7. Miltiades and (k) a picked body-of-men s°tarted
for Lemnos, and endeavoured (Z) to reduce the inhabitants of that
island under the power of the Athenians. 8. It happened that
when the colonists were leaving Athens, the wind blew(;/i) right
against them (n). 9. A great number(o) of colonists started for the
Chersonese along with Miltiades. 10. Miltiades demanded thatO?)
the Lemnians should, of their own accord, give-up (y) the island to
him (?•).
(«) "Were-bepinning-to-ertertain-Iiopes," imperf. indie, of spero.-(b) Evado-
(c)^ummm.-(ci) E^pcllo (e) See Synt., p. 148, note J.- (/) See Synt., xii. 2, «,'p.
lCO.-(^) See consulo in Vocabulary.- (70 See p. 1G6, note 12.-(0 i.e., "will have--
ect^T ^ J'^'^n^r^''' ^-T^'^ ^'' ^^■'"■' '^- ^''' '• ^' '^"'^ P- ^32. n-W Synt.,
,Tk * f'c '\7. ^"""^■~^'"> Synt., xii. 2, h, i>. UO.-in) Synt., 7, 6, p. 140.-
(0) Synt, 1 8, p. 131.-(p) See p. 1G7, „ote U.-(q) Dedoor trmio.-{r) See p. 167, i.oto
1 t| CJlit]), J I,
386
IMITATIVE EXERCISES.
EXERCISE II.-CHAPTER II.
1. Miltiades in a short time scattered the forces of the barbarians.
2. When he had settled (a) in (their) allotments-of-land the co-
lonists whom he had brought with him, he enriched them by fre-
quent expeditions. 3. The Athenians gain poss^ission of the entire
territory which they had desired. 4. The army of the enemy was
defeated not less by the prudence of Miltiades than by the valour
of the soldiers. 5. Miltiades obtained the position of supreme-
ruler among the colonists in the Chersonese (i) more by his fair
dealing than by his military-authority. 6. To perform (one's) duties
to his country (c) is (an) honourable (thing) (c?). 7. Miltiades settled
the affairs of the Chersonese with the greatest wisdom and justice.
8. Affairs turned out contrary to the expectation of the Lemnians ;
and they {i.e., who)(e) did not venture to oppose (/) Miltiades.
9. By which circumstances it was brought about that the Carians
departed from Lemnos. 10. Miltiades had his home in the Cher-
sonese (5). II. The islands called Cyclades were reduced under
the power of the Athenians by Miltiades with equal good fortune,
(a) Express by "ablative absolute," (and see note 1, chap, iv., p. 169); or by the
plnperf. subj.— (6) See Svnt., sect. vii. 13, p. 144.— (c) Patria.—(d) Jlonestum. See
Synt, sect i. 10, p. 131.— (e) See note 1, chap, vi., p. 172.— (/) Synt., p. 139, 4, b.
EXERCISE III.-CHAPTER III.
1. The Athenians determined to wage war on the barbarians.
2. A bridge was made over the Danube by Darius, for-thc-purpose-
of(«) conveying his troops across that river (5). 3. Darius gave
supreme military-power over their own cities to those chiefs sever-
ally whom he had left as guardians, during his absence, of the bridge
over the Hister. 4. The king of the Persians wished to retain
under his own power those {i.e., the) inhabitants of Asia who spoke
{i.e., speaking) Greek. 5. Let us not lose the opportunity whicli
fortune has presented, of freeing our native-country. 6. Miltiades
urged the chiefs to{c) break up(o?) the bridge. 7. The advice of
Miltiades reached the cars of Darius. 8. If the kingly-power (c) of
Darius is destroyed, we shall be driven from office, and shall be
punished by our felloAV-citizens. 9. Ilistiaeus of Miletus opposes
the breaking up of tlie bridge. 10. Most approved of the opinion
of Ilistiaeus of Miletus, that the bridge should not be broken up.
(a) Use qua, or quo, or ut, and see p. 148, note J; also p. 158, sect, ix., 1, c—
(^) Syiil , p. lol!, 8.— ('•) See note 1'-', chap, i.— ((/) Radndo. — ^i;) Rrgnum.
T).
MILTIADES.
387
EXERCISE IV.-CHAPTER IV.
1. About the same time (a) a fleet of five hundred ships was speed-
ily equipped by Darius, for-the-purpose-of {ut) waging war against
the Greeks. 2. Miltiades fearing that (b) his advice would reach the
cars of Darius, left the Chersonese, and returned again to Athens (c).
3. Neither Datis nor Artaphernes was able(c^) to reduce Greece under
the power of Darius. 4. Miltiades again changed-his-residence to
Athens, alleging as a reason, that he was not sufficiently safe {e) in
the Chersonese (/). 5. The lonians, with the assistance of the
Athenians, took Sardis by storm, and put the garrison of the king
to the sword {g). 6. The forces of the Persians were led down by the
generals of the king into the plain of Marathon, which is about ten
miles distant from Athens (A). 7. Phidippus, a courier of that kind
which is called Hemerodromoe, was sent to Lacedemon, to announce
that the Persians had captured (i) Eretria, and were approaching
Athens (_;■}. 8. Eretria was taken by the Persian fleet, and several
other cities (^). 9. We have need of speedy assistance. 10. Let
us go agahist the enemy p* the first moment possible.
(a) Synt, p. 147, 29.— (6) Vereorne, with subj.— (c) See Synt., p. 137, 10.— (rf) See
.'^yiit, p. 131, 7.— (e) Satis tutum esse.—{f) Synt. p. 144, 13.- {g) " Put to tlie sword,"
i))terJido.—(h) Synt., p. 146, 24 and 25.— (t) Intin. mood. See p. 148, 3, 6.— (j) Synt.,
p. 137, 10, 11, and 12.— (i) Synt., p. 131, 5.
If
It
EXERCISE V.-CHAPTER V.
[Read Syntax, chap, il., sect, ii., p. 132, sqq.]
1. The opinion of Miltiades prevailed over that of(a) his col-'
leaguv^s, seeing-that(5) the Plataean contingent {i.e., band) burned
with an extraordinary desire of fighting. 2. Miltiades led forth
ten thousand armed men from Athens, and pitched his camp in a
suitable place, ii: irder that he might, at the first moment possible,
oppose the enemy and risk a general engagement (c). 3. The day
following, he drew out his line of battle at the base of the mountain.
4. The Spartans did not at this crisis assist (o?) the Athenians.
5. Miltiades, relying on the valour of his soldiers, joined battle in
a place disadvantageous to the Persians. 6. The generals of the
king thought it advantageous to fight before (e) any state should come
to tlie help of the Athenians. 7. Never had so small a band dared
I
•IP !
3S8
IMIIAIIVE liXEliflSKS.
to fight ag.ai„st so groat a force (/). 8, The consequence was (y), that
EXERCISE VI.-CHAPTER VI.
1. The battle of Marathon was painted in the portico which is
cal cd Poecde. 2 We find that very great honour was awarded
Mdtuades, who, with a small band, had ronted an enemy ten times
as nnmerons 3. Miltiades and the nine Praetors who secnred-th -
reedom (. of Attica and the whole of Greece, were honoured (b) with
a reward of hte (intrinsic) value. 4. The king's generals and flee
Kwrng started c) from Eretria, approached (the coast of) Attica'
. . We find hat honours were at an early period (i.e., for-
nerly spanugy-conferrcd and of-little-value, an.ong the Rolnans.
sed by) the magistrates, three hundred statues were decreed to
l>emetrius of Plialcruin.
(a) Libero.-{b) Ilonoro.-ic) See Synt., p. 133, 7 and 8.
EXERCISE VII.-CHAPTER VII.
1. After the battle of Marathon, the Athenians equip a fleet of
seventy ships, and appoint Miltiades to the command of it(«) that
Ji'DlllTr."^ -ar the islands which had aided the barbarians.
2 P ning the tenure of which office, he again reduced most of the
islands niider the power of the Athenians. 3. The Athenian com-
mander determined (i) to surround the city of Paros with military-
oiks, and to deprive it of all supplies. 4, Miltiades feared that(c)
MirZ"\rH 1 "'^ '''"'" *' ^^''^ ^"*y- ^- ^^''' «^^ t>attle of
3/Iauithon, Miltiades returned to Athens, to the great ioy(c^) of his
ellow-citizens. -6. When Miltiades was just of the po'iitlf cap!
S '^'' p '^ ^'''''.'" "^''^"^^^"^^ '^ ''''^''''^ accomplishing I^s
object. ,. By some chance or other, the king's fleet did^iot
aS .r." ''' '""'^^ '■ ''''''''' ^^'^-^ ^^iat he should I.
pa}, on chc .por, the nne of hlty talents, lo. Miltiades was thrown
i
TllKMlSTUUl.ES.
3SQ
into the public prison, to the great disgust of all good men.
11. There were some(/) who feared that Miltiades would be cou-
deraned to death. (^)
(a) Cliap. iv., line 3.— (6) See chap, il., line 7.— (c) See note on line 13 of chap. vH.
— (d) Gaudiuin.—{e) Seo note 7, chap vii., on prope, and translate the sentence i:i
two ways.— (/) "There were some who," eran', qui, with the verb "feared" in the
8ubJ. Sea Synt., sect ix. 3, p. 159.— (jf) " Condemn to death," damnare capitis.
EXERCISE VIII.-CHAPTER VIII.
1. The AthenicUis accused Miltiades on a charge regarding-
Paros ; yet the cause of his condemnation was different. 2. Pisis-
tratus had been suprenic r\der at Athens (a) a few years before.
3. In consequence of which (6) the Athenians dreaded-exceedingly
the power of Miltiades, who, being much engaged in oftices-of-mili-
tary-command, was thought to be resistlessly-impelled(c) to a desire
of rule by the habit (of enjoying it). 4. Miltiades dwelt in the
Chersonese many years (c/), and there he enjoyed among the colonists
the position of king(e), altliough he had not the name. 5. It waa
not by violence, but by the good-will of his fellow-citizens, that Mil-
tiades obtained the tyrannis. 6. Pisistra*^^us was called and was
considered a despot, because he enjoyed ai unbroken tenure-of-
power in his own state. 7. We wish the ch>f men, tbough inno-
cent, to be punished, rather than that we should aiw&yo be in dread.
(n) Synt., p. 146, 2o.— v6) See chap, v., line 4.-
(e) See chap, ii., line 7.
-(c) Traho.—{d) Synt, p. 137, 14.—
TH EMI STOC LE S.
EXERCISE IX.-CHAPTER I.
1. The vices of Themistocles, the son of Neocles, in early man-
hood, were atoned for by very great merits, so much so that few
are (even to this day) preferred to him. 2. The wife of Neoclea
was of high birth. 3. A citizen of Halicarnassus married (a) Neocles,
the father of Themistocles. 4. Themistocles was by no means (6)
approved of by the Athenians. 5. There is no doubt but that(c)
Themistocles was disinherited by his father. 6. This insult, how-
ever, was blotted out by (his) very great perseverance. 7. Let us
390
IMITATIVE EXERCISES.
devoe ourselves entirely to the state. 8. This disgrace cannot
be b otted out except by (.-.,., without) the greatest exertions (c/)
(9.) It 18 a breach of duty (e) to squander (one's) patrimony. 10 The-
mistocles is said to have often attended the public assembiy(/
ILuy '" '"'^ *' ''"'' '^*'" "'^^^■^^^^^ ^^' Public as-
"ote to line U oa,L'",'i': ''"'^-^"^ ^naustru,.-ie) Contra officium «.-(/, See
EXERCISE X.-CHAPTER II.
1. Let us fii<st crush the Carians, and then, by hunting down
the pirates, let us render the sea safe (for navigation). 2. By t is
mean ( ,, ,, „ ,^,, ^^.^^^ ^^^^ J ^J^^ ^^^^
sk ful in naval war. 3. What a (great) source-of-security this
n?n'l.. ; ,-^.^^'"^\'t°^^f « P^«^^'l« on the people to build a fleet of two
5 T IfltTtf p" '"'"' """^^ ^^^"^^ ^^^ ^'^'"'^ b^ the mines
o i he fleet of the Persians consisted of one thousand four hundred
and twenty-two ships of war, which were attended (c) by three thou-
sand SIX hundred and eighty-six transports. 6. His land forces
ZtXTj^-'r:""''^'!:'^''' ^^^"^^-^^ thousand Ave hundreJ
and fifty-five infantry, and five hundred thousand three hundred
.nd sixty-four cavalry. 7. The king of the Persians determined
to wage war 0. the Athenians by sea and land with all his forces
8. If (we) Athenians seem (c^) to be specially the object-of-attack we
"s^'r^D??'' '' askwhat-at-all weshill do conc^rnil
our attairs. 9. Defend yourselves with wooden walls. 10. Fellow-
citizens, convey yourselves and your property on board (your) ships
for they(e) are the wooden walls indicated by the priestess!
^^y^:irt^^Z:::t'7:^^nrS^ '''^^ thousand .xhundrea ana
6er with onerarL-,a) V/^l-^tsee S^nrp iVsf ^ " ''"' "'"'^'' '''' """•
EXERCISE XL-CHAPTER III.
2 Tho aI'/! ^^'''' <iisplease(a) your princes, let us fight by land,
2 The Athenians resolve (i.e., it pleased the Athenians) (i) to send
a^d no 1, "^';i^f ^''"^^'^ '''-"''' P^^^^^^i^" «f Thermopylae,
and not allow the Persians to advance farther. 3 Bear up agains
i
THEMISTOCLES. ggj
the violent-onset of the piipinv u^t- x.,« n • . .
At cmans .et-sail («„ departed) from Arte„,i.ium td .taUo^d
tlieir fleet out-opposite Athens, near Salamis S Th» f„.i ■
."Other of Then,istooles were of-high-bhtt™)
EXEECISE XU.-CHAPTEB IT.
(Read Syntax, sect, iii., p. 134, jjj
1. Xerxes, king of the Persians, approaches (a) the city (of Athens)
and after slaying the women whom he found in the cftLlTe de-
stroys It by fire. 2. The men-of-the-fleet did not dare to r ml
and most advised that they should abandon the city, and enZt
f rf Al :f T' h" ''''''' '' '''' P™«^«' ^^'^ ^^^- --
ot(6}. 3 AU-of-us-together are able to match the barbarians • (ii)
iTfl;:? T' rT- . '■ ^^ "^^^^^ ^i-^istodes "li ;
the r. W ' ^'': *' "''"^""^^ '' Eurybiades, commander
of the Lacedemonians, as from him, that the Persians are in flight
5. If our adversaries get off, we shall finish tlie war with greater
abour and longer delay, since we shall be compelled to hunf then
down one-by-one. 6. The Athenians elected(c) Themistocle T
heir commander. 7. The Persians burned Athens a most fomou(S
If ScT- H '^^/^^^bf-^'-^ thinking tU there warif;
ecret trick in the advice (.) of Themistocles, engaged in battle
he next day in a (part of the) sea so narrow ihat tfiey could n
extend-in-line the immense number of their ships.
wavs ^'^/riViV'"' ^'.''"^ construct the phrase "approaches the city "-in M.ree
synt.. p. 13, .-(^^u'^Li'ir j:^^^^ ^^^"- «-
EXERCISE XIII.-CHAPTER V.
1. Themistocles certifies Eurybiades that Darins had he«n
driven from his vantage-ground by him. 2. Themistocles, fearing
392
IMITATIVE KXERCISFS.
that he would be driven from his vantage-ground, gave-orderR(cO that
■the bridge which the barbarians had made over the Hellespont
should be broken down. 3. Let us endeavour (i) to convince Darius
of this. 4. The Persians returned into Asia in less than thirty-
five days, and considered themselves as not having been overcome
V)ut preserved by Thcmistocles. 5, Nepos is-of-opinion {censere)
that the victory off Salamis may be compared with tlie success
of Marathon. G. Themistocles with a small number of ships de-
feated, off Salamis, a fleet the greatest (which has existed) since
men began to record events (c). 7. Themistocles and Eurybiades,
commanders (fc?) of the combined fleet (e) of Greece, engaged in
battle with(/) the Persians off Salamis, in 480(<7) b.c.(/<), in a place
most favourable to themselves, (but) on the contrary most disad-
vantageous to the enemy (i). 8. I do not doubt tbat(y") Themisto-
cles will become (/;) a very -distinguished (^) general (m).
(rt) Juheo, with iiocus. and inf5n. Scu Syiit., p. 148, 3.- (6) Conor.~(c) See note on
line li>. — ((/) See Synt., p. 135, 4.-(c) See chiip. iii., lineS.— (/) Conjligere cum.—
ig) ICxpvi'ss tlie (iate by the oidinal number, " tlie four liunclied aiid ei«htiL'tii,"
and ill tlie ablative.— (/() Anic Cliristnm natum.~(i) See chap, iv., line IC— (» Non
dubito qiiin, witli subj.— (i) Fut. subj. of evado,-{J) Summus— (i7i.) Synt., p. 134,
sect. iii. 2.
EXERCISE XIV -CHAPTER VI.
[Read Syntax, sects, iv. and v., p. 13.^, sqq.\
1. The harbour of Phalerum, which the Athenians hitherto (a)
used {b), -.vas neither capacious nor good. 2. The Athenians, by the
advice of Themistocles, formed the three-basined harbour of Piraeus.
3. The Athenians surrounded (c) the Piraeus with walls thirty feet
higb((Z) and ten feet broad (e). 4. It is said that Themistocles (/)
restored the walls of Athens at his own especial risk. 5. The Lace-
demonians said that it was inexpedient that the fortifications of
Athens should be restored. 6. Fellow-citizens (y), I doubt not that
the Lacedemonians will endeavour (A) to prevent us from restoring (?)
the walls of Athens ; for(,;) they wish the Athenians to be as help-
less as possible. 7. Let us send ambassadors to Athens (/[•), to
forbid (^) the walls of the city to be built up, 8. The iltheiiians
promised (m) to send ambassadors to the Lacedemonians about t!ii«
matter. 9. Let the rest of the ambassadors start by tlie time that
the wall seems raised sufliciently high: meantime, let all of you,
bond and free(n), engage in the work, and spare (o) no place, whether
TilEMISTOCLES.
393
belonging to religion or to individuals, or to the public, and gather
together from every quarter wliatever you deem suitable for building
(purposes). ^
(a) AMuc^~(l,) Sec Synt., p. 130, 3, nn,l 145, 9; also, as to tl.c mood, p. 15S, sect.
rv, ,";^a . . '''^ f circumdare urbe,n moernbus, or circumdare vwenia urbl
X .ess Ins sentence both ways.- (,/) See Synt., p. 137, 14.-(«) Z«^«._(/) Say
T^frl' ?;' I' '"^'^ .•cstorea."-(,) .. Kdlow.'citi.en>- cicis. See Synt !
p. Jo, sec . Iv. 2.-(/0 Fut. subj. of conor.~(i) Express this i.hrase in three ways
.ml see "ote o„ j,,, ,o.-(» "fo,-," cnim, sUauUn, second in ela«se.-(|-> Sy. t p!
Iv n't o~ri ' ■' "!'': "'-r; '"• '' "-^'"^ ''""'""'■ ^'^ «>'"'- P- 1^«' S- -(«) Head
. >nt., p. loj .«/., suot. XI. Ihis sentence must be written in the orado direcla. See
bynt,, p. 161, sect, xiii.— (o) 1'. 131), 4, a.
EXERCISE XV.-CHAPTER VII.
1. Lei us do-our-best(rt) ^o protract tlie time as long as possible,
until (i) we hear (or, shall have heard) that not much of the fortifica-
tion remains to be done. 2. When Themistocles had heard from
his colleagues that not much of the fortification remained to be
done, he had an interview with the Lacedemonian magistrates, and
to them he boldly affirmed that it was necessary for the city of
Athens to have walls. 3. It is fair, says(6-) Themistocles, that you
send to Athens men of good character and of higtx rank, who have
he\d(d) the highest oftices, to examine (e) this matter; meantime,
detain me as a hostage. 4. Tlie Athenians, by my advice, have
enclosed with walls (a thing which (/), by the common law of
nations, they are entitled to do) their country's gods and their
household deities, in order that they may(y) the more easily
be able(/0 to defend them from the enemy. 5. Our city is op-
posed (z) as a bulwark against the barbarians, and upon it{j)
the fleets of the king (of Persia) have twice already been ship-
wrecked. 6. The Lacedemonians are acting with-bad-policy, and
unfairly, inasmuch (/[■) as they regard rather that which may tend to
their own supremacy than that which may be advantageous to all
Greece. 7. If you wish(^) to recover your own ambassadors whom
you have sent to Athens, give me leave to return ; otherwise you
will never (?n) welcome (?i) them to their fotherland again. 8. The
Lacedemonian magistrates granted the request (o) of Tliemistocles.
ja) Dareoperam.-(b) Dum. S«e Synt., p. 157, 3, a.id p. 1(52, 9.-(c) Inguit or
mj.-(fO Fumjor. See Synt., p. 145, 9. -(e) See Synt., p. 158, sect. ix. 2, a.-
(/) Synt., p. 133, \Q.-(g) Synt, p. 154, sect. iv. A.-(h) Synt., p. ICO, sect. xii. 2 a.
--(t) See note to line 21, and Synt, p. 133,8.-0-) Onguam, see latter pa.t of note,
line 22.-(^- Qw, &c. See Sy.it., p. 169, sect. ix. 2, c- (/) See Svnt., p. 155, sect. v.
/\ ,7 "' »um/uam hi,st in the sentence, to muKe'it specially emphatic-
(n) Use the compound, receptunn sum. - (o) See note to line 10.
394
IMITATIVE EXERCISES.
EXERCISE XVI.-CHAPTER VIII.
1. There is no doubt that TheniLstocles having been ostracised (a),
retired to Argos to live. 2. Theinistocles lived at Argos(i) in great
honour after (c) he had been expelled from his own state. 3. There
is no one hnt{d) believes (e) that Themistocles was condemned (/)
of treason in his absence. 4. Themistocles did not tiy-for-refuge to
Admetus, king of the Molossi, ut»til(y) he saw that he was not suffi-
ciently safe at Corcyra(/0. 5. The cliief men of Corcyra feared (i)
that war would be proclaimed against them hy{j) the Lacedemonians
and Athenians, on account of Themistocles. 6. Nothing hinders (/t)
Admetus from making-good his promise to Themistocles. 7. The-
mistocles hoped (I) that he would be safe with (m) Admetus. 8. The-
mistocles affirmed that he had never (w) entered into an agreement
with the Persian king for (the purpose of) crushing Athens. 9. If
th" ithenians and Lacedemonians should demand your extradition in
the name of the states, I shall give orders that you be conducted to
Argos, and I shall provide-you~with (o) a sufficiently strong guard
(as convoy). 10. Themistocles, consulting-for-his-own-safety, em-
barked on board a ship, unknown to all the crew, and was carried
by a very violent storm to Naxos, where the Atlienian forces then
were (lying). 11. If you keep(;>) the ship at anchor in the (deep)
sea, at a distance from the island, for two days and three nights, I
shall return you a recompense for such deserts.
(a) i,e., " banished from the state by the votes of the potsherds. "—(6) Synt., p. 146,
2(5; also line 8 of tliis chap.— (c) I'ostquam. See Synt, p. 15G, sect, vii., 1 and -J.—
(d) See Synt., p. 155, 5.— (<?) Credo— (f) Accus. witli infin. See Synt., p. 148, 3, a.
—(g) See Synt., p. 157, 4; also lines 8, 15, and 16 of this chap.— (ft) Synt., p. 144, 13.
— (I) See note on Milt., vii. 13— (j) See Synt., p. 144, e.~(k) See Synt., p. 155, 6; also
p. 160, xii. 2.— (I) Spero; for "would be" use/o/v. See Synt., p. 148, 5.— (m) "Witii,"
apud.—(n) Say, "Denied that he had ever" {unquam).— {o) Do.—{p) See Synt., p
1U2, 9.
EXERCISE XVII.— CHAPTERS IX. AND X.
1. Most (writers) have recorded that Admetus did not betray (a)
Themistocles, his suppliant, and that he warned him to consult for
his safety. 2. Nepos has recorded that Themistocles most frankly
confessed (i), in the presence of Artaxerxes, that, of all the Greeks,
he had brought the greatest number of calamities on his house : that
he the same, however, had done more good services, after Xerxes
had begun to bo in danger, a".d he himself in safety. 3. (He said),
ALCTRIADKS.
395
moreover, that, seeking his friendship, he had then fled for refuge
to him, being harassed by all Greece. 4. When Themistocles came(c)
to Artaxerxes, he begged him to allow him a year's time, and after
it was ended to permit him to come to him.
6. Themistocles is said to have devoted himsolf for one year((/)
to the literature and the every-day language of the Persians.
6. Themistocles concealed (e) nothing from Artaxerxes. 7. The-
mistocles betook (/) himself to Magnesia, a very flourishing (/) city
of Asia. 8. Many writers have recorded {i.e., handed down to
memory) that Themistocles was buried secretly in Attica by his
friends. 9. Themistocles lived a happy life(^) at Magnesia.
10. The friends of Themistocles grieved for (A) his misfortunes.
(a) Sec chap, viil., line 18.— (6) See chap. vli. 16.— (c) See chap, vlli., line 8.—
(d) See Synt., p. 137, U.~(e) SceSynt., p. 136, 6.— (/) SeeSynt., p. 137, 13.— (g) See
Synt., p. 136, 6.-(A) Synt, p. 136, 4.
ALCIBIADES.
EXERCISE XV III.- CHAPTERS I. AND II.
1. In (the case of) Alcibiades, sou of Clinias, the Athenian, Nature
seems to have tried what she could produce. 2. It is agreed upon
by all that no one (a) was more consp? .:?uous than Alcibiades (i), either
in vices or in good qualities. 3. Nepos has recorded concerning Alci-
biades, that he was by far the handsomest man of all his coevals (c),
that he Avas qualified for business of every kind, and that he was a very
ahle commander both by sea and land. 4. It is agreed upon by all who
have left a record of those times ((Z) that nobody could (e) withstand
Alcibiades in (pul/Iic) speaking. 5. Alcibiades adapted himself to
the times most adroitly.
6. It is agreed upon by all that Alcibiades was brought up in the
house of Pericles, (and) tliat he was taught by Socrates. 7. To
Hipponicus, the fatJier-in-law of Alcibiades, nature and fortune
had given very many(/) blessings. 8. If I were anxious to have
the making of my own lot, I could not think of blessings more in
number or greater in value than nature and fortune have (already)
bestowed upon me.
(o) UsG 7iemo.~{b) Synt., p. 146, 20.— (f) i.e., "of flll of liis own age."- (d) See
Them., ix., lino 3.— (e) Accus. with intin.— (/) Plurimus.
306
IMfTATIVK KXERCISKS.
EXERCISE XIX.-CHAPTERS III. AND IV.
.nn'i '^wf '' ''° t'^^ ""^ Aloihi-vdes was chosen commander to
conduct the war which the Athenians had dedared aga^t th
c us 2 Nothmg hinders us (^) from throwing down in one ni^^ht
all the statues of Hermes which are in the town of Athe"is 3 £
us throw down all the Ilermae except th.» one which is before the
door of Alcibiades. 4. There wore some who thought(.) Ale b l
to be both more powerful and n.oro exalted than (J) a priva e per
son 5. There were some who believed that Alcibiade celebrated e
niys enes in his own house,-a thing which (.) was an imp.et;a cord
ing to the practice of the Atb.enians. 6. Let us endeavoLm to hy
7. If you wish any action to b taken concerning me, rather l.ol.l
he mqmry on me while still with you, than accuselc i^ my™
Zsti^.i^"'"^'t"''-''*''''^V'). S. His ene'mies ac!
h h absent A,' v"1 "'f'"""^ *" "^"'"y' ^^ «"> ^«'™'"'>'*
w sh ."m t > .• !^ X'' ''='"° ''™"»«<1« by the Athenians o."
w,shmg ffl to crush the liberty of the people, was convcycJ in •.
EXF350ISE XZ.-CHA. TEES 7. AlfD TI.
1. It cannot be b,,t f. ,t(«) Alci;,:.,des, in.luceJ by love for hi,
ather-land, should .arry on war agai„st(S) the Per,i.„s. 2 T J
Lacede,„„„ „„j „^j^ ^^^^^^^^^ ^^.^
b ades. 3. Alcibiades .s (a man of such penetration as ■.% to be
able be deceived. 4. Alcibiades was soon admitted into,/) the
mo^tmtaate friendship with Tissaphernes, King Darins' gene'al
be I nied htm r% =^ of the AtheniansW. G. It cannot
rhich t; '-^l .^'""''""""•■""' '"'" *'"ee lH.nJred triremes,
which, ben-,s capfred, came into the power of ...e Athenians
ALCIBIADES.
307
7. It cannot be denied that there were many Greek cities on the
coast of Asia.
8 The whole commnnity went down to the Piraeus (in a body) to
meet Alcibiades, just as if he was the only one who(^) had arrived
9. The ciLizens vere convinced (/O that their present prosperity had
come about by moans of Alcibiades. 10. The Lacedemonians are
not a match for the Athenians, either by sea or l"„nd 11 It is
agreed upon, ^y all who have written a history of these times, that
Alcibiades received with tear, the (expression of) kindly feelings (ui,
the part) of his fellow-citizens. 12. No one is so uncivilized (.^ as
not to be influenced(^') by love fbr(>^) his native country.
nfi"/".!""" ^f'""' ''"'"• """" *''" «»y-(6) See chap. W., lino 24.-fc) Synt n
'■''
II' '.I
EXERCISE XXI.-CHAPTEES VII. AND VIII.
1. It is agreed upon by all that the whole state at peace and afc
war was given over to Alcibiades, to be managed according to his
pleasure. 2. It cannot be denied that Alcibiades conducted the
war by no means to-the-satisfaction of his fellow-citizens 3 Alci-
biades imagines that there is nothing which he cannot 'effect
4. Whence it came to pass that Alcibiades fell again into dis-
favour 5 There is no doubt that the extravagant opinion (enter-
tained) of his talent and valour was a cause of misfortune to Alcibiades
6. I fear that the citizens will lay(«) on me the blome of all thin-s
not conducted to their sati.footion. 7. When Alcibiades heard
that he Athenians had deprived (i) him of his office in his absence,
and tliat they had appointed another in his room, he betook himself
to Pactye. 8. Alcibiades was the first (man) of a (i.e., any) Greek
state to penetrate into (the heart of) Thrace, and to procure for
himself the solid (c) friendship of some of the princes of that land
9. Let us protract the war as long as possible. 10. Philocles leit
that he would be (a person) of no weight with the army if Alcibiades
snould drive the Lacedemonians from the (dry) land. 11 If any
disaster (cO occur, I alone shall be accused of tliat faidt. 12. There
IS a risk(e) of the Lacedemonians putting an end to the whole war
by one blow.
{a) See cliap. vi.. line " ind vii Q th\ 1-.-.,,= . -n • s
c^\c,„i' ,., ■•-'•■'- - •^"" ^"' '^ — W Aeeu3. with mfin.-iV) i.e., "ineat"—
M) .See hnes 17 and 18.- (e) See line 20, w ••«;., i,ieai.
398
IMITATIVE EXERCISES.
EXERCISE XXII.- CHAPTERS J,X. AND X.
1. After the defeat of the Athenians, Alcibiades hoped to he able
to conceal his fortune most easily if he were to hiue(a) himself in
the heart of Thrace. 2. It cannot be denied that Alcibiades de-
rived fifty talents of revenue from Fort Grynlura every year. 3. The
citizens will not allow Lacedemon, though conquered, to be in bond-
age to Athens. 4. Cyrus was at that time secretly preparing (for)
war against his brother, the king of the Persians, with the help of
the Lacedemonians.
5. Trusty men are sent into Asia to Lysander by Critias and
the other rulers (i.e., tyrants) of the Athenians, to certify him (5)
that Alcibiades is urged by his every thought (c) to liberate Athens.
6. Let Alcibiades be delivered up to me dead or alive. 7. Trusty
men were sent to slay Susaraetres and Bagaeus. 8. Susametres and
Bagaeus entrusted to the people of-the-neighbourhood the task of
slaying Alcibiades. 9. Snatch-hastily and throw into the fire all
the garments which you have at hand, that(fi?) we may escape (i.e.,
pass) the violence of the blaze. 10. Most writers have recorded (e)
that Alcibiades died when he was about thirty-eight years old.
(a) riuperf. subj.— (6) Synt., p. 160, sect. xiL, 2.— (c) Chap, ix,, line 13.— (d) Qua,
with the subj.— (c) Them., ix. 1.
HANNIBAL.
EXERCISE XXIII.-CHAPTERS I. AND II.
1. It cannot be denied that the Roman people siu'juissed all
(other) nations in valour and in endui ,nce(a). (2.) Nei)os has re-
corded that the Carthaginians always came off victori(jus, as often
as they engaged-in-battle with the Roman people in Italy. 3. Thcro
is no doubt that Hannibal kept up against the Romans his father's
enmity, (wh'ch had been) left to him, as it were, by inheritance.
4. I shall lay down my life sooner than (I shall forget) my father's
enmity against the Romans.
5. IMany generals, not to mentio]i (cliap. ii. 1) Hannibal, have been
banished from their country, and have needed the aid of strangers.
6 It is true that Antiochus was the most powerful king of all in
HANNIBAL.
399
tlicsc days. 7. Hannibal rclatcil to Antiochus tliat {b) when he was a
very little boy, not more than nine years old, (line 11, chap, ii.,) his
f:ithcr,IIamilcar, ordered him to swear, whilst he held the altar (line
'20,\ that he would never be at friendship with the Romans. 8. Han-
nibal gave to his father the promise which he demanded. 9. Ilanni-
b.il asked Antiochus (line 15) whether he wished to be at friendship
with the Romans. 10. Do not conceal from me yom- plan(c).
(a) Fortitudo.— {b) Accus. witli infln.— (c) Consilium.
EXERCISE XXIV.-CHAPTERS III. AND IV.
1. After the death of Ilasdrubal, Hannibal commanded the
wh(de army. 2. When Hasdrubal was slain, the soldiers conferred
on Hannibal tlie supreme command. 3. Having mustered (r/) three
very large armies, he stiirted for Italy. 4. When Hannibal was
less than twenty-five years old he crossed (J) the Alps with an ariny.
5. The Alpine-tribes endeavour to prevent Hannibal from cross-
ing (the Alps). 6, It cannot be denied that Hannibal let no one
away from him without conquering him. 7. Hannibal is said to
have constructed roads over(c) the Alps, by which he might transport
his forces into((;) Italy. 8. Hannibal engaged in battle with the
Romans, in 218 b.c. {e), on-the-banks-of (/) the Ticinus, and drove-
theni-from-the-field((7). 9. In (A) the next three years (chap, iii.,
line 6) Hannibal routed (i) the Romans as often as (chap. i. 5) he
engaged with them in Italy. 10. Many historians of very weighty
nameO) have recorded that Hannibal, when marching(4 through
Etruria, was affected witli a very severe disease of the eyes.
(a) Say, " Tlnec very large armies haviiiK musterca;" abl. absolute —(6) Synt.,
p. 138, 19.-(c) Per. See Caes. Hell. Ciall., p. 48. i. 10, 11,— (c/) Syiit, p. i;?S, 18.—
((') See notes fir niul h to Ex. on cimp. v. ofTlieni.— (/) Apud. oynf., p. 13s' 17.--
I,j) PcUo.~-{h) Synt., p. 137, 15.- (i) Projligo.-U) See Ale., xi. 1.— (/t) "To march,"
fUccre Her.
EXERCISE XXV.— CHAPTERS V. AND VI.
1. Not long afterwards (chap. iv. 11), Hannibal returned to
Cai ua. 2. It is agreed uiion among historians that Hannibal im-
p(>,sLd-on Fabius, a most crafty general. 3. Hannibal kept his
camp for several days in the mountains near Rome. 4. Hannibal
inspired such terror into tlie Romans, that for several years (a) no
one dared to meet him in a pitched battle. (See line 19, chap, v.)
5. Not very many days after (/*) the battle of Cannae (c), which was
(135) 2ti
^ I'
• b
400
IMITATIVE EXERCISES.
fought (c?) in 216 b.o., Hannibal started for Capua. 6. It is tedious
to enumerate the exploits (e) of Hannibal in Italy. 7. It is better (/)
to put an end to the war by treaty(_(7) for the present, so that we may
at an after tinit _ ngage (in it) with-greater-resources (h). 8, Hannibal
not only escaped the Numidians, who had plotted-against-his-life(i),
but he also crushed them. 9. The Carthaginians were defeated by
Scipio at Zama. 10. Hannibal escaped from the battle in-company-
with some Numidians.
(a) Per aliquot annos. SeeSynt., p. 137, 16.— (6) Line 11, chap, v.— (c) Lino 19,
('Imp. v.— (d) "Was fought," perf. indie, of jfo.—(e) Res gestae.— (/) Praeslat, with
■ iiifin.— ((/) " Put-an-end-to-by-treaty," componere.—(h) Use the proper case and
number o( valentior. — (i) Jnsidior,
EXERCISE XXVI.-CHAPTERS VII. AND VIII.
[Read Syntax, sect vL, p. 139, sqq.'\
1. There is no one but believes («) that Hannibal commanded (i)
the army of the Carthaginians. 2. In the consulship of P. Sul-
picius and C. Aurelius(c) the Carthaginians sent ambassadors
to Rome, to beg that the prisoners should be restored. 3. Re-
turn (our) thanks to{d) the Senate and Roman people for having
[i.e., because they have) made peace with us. 4. The prisoners
we will not restore, because you retain Haimibal, (a man) of-
most-hostile- feelings to the Roman name((?), in your army with
military command. 5. It cannot be denied tliat the war was
undertaken by Hannibal's exertions. 6. From the new taxes
(their) money has been paid to the Romans, in accordance with
the treaty, and there is also a surplus to be laid up in tlic
treasury. 7. It is agreed upon by all, that Hannibal embarked
secretly on board a ship, and escaped hito Syria to Antiochu.s.
8. Hannibal prevails (/) on Antiochus to start for Italy with an army.
9. If, Antiochus, you follow {i.e., obey) {g) my counsels in the manage-
ment of the war, you will contend for empire with the Romans
nearer the Po(/i) than the Orontes(^■). 10. The wind blew-right-
against(y) Hannibal when starting from Rhodes (^•). 11. Hannibal
humoured (Z) Antiochus, although he saw that he was attempting
many things indiscreetly.
(a) Them., chap, viii.- (6) See Synt., p. 139, 4, rf.-(c) Say, "P. Sulpicius and
C. Aurelius being consuls."— (d) See Synt, p. 139, 2; also p. 141, 14.-W Synt.,
p. 140, 8, a.~(/) Synt., p. 139, 4, c.—(g) See Synt., p. 162, 9; also, p. 139, 4, b.-
{h) PmUis. See Synt., p. 140, 9; also, Milt., note 7, chap, vii.— (t) See Orontes,
ill V(K'alj.-(^) Sfi! .Synt., \k 110, 7, b.-iji) Sec Rhodus, in Vocab.-(/j Sec Synt.,
p. 140, 7, 6, and llieni., vii. In,
note.
HANNIBAL.
401
EXERCISE XXVII.-CHAPTERS IX. AND X.
3. I fear that Antiochus will give(«) me up to the Romans, if I
I)iit(J) myself in his power. 2. Let \is deliberate where we are to
betake om-sclves(c). 3. A report had spread among (<:Z) the Cretans
ctiiicerning the money which Hannibal carried with liim. 4. Many
amphorae filled (e) with lead, whose tops he covered over with gold
ai d silver, he deposited in the temple of Diana. 5. Nothing pre-
vents us from(/) taking such a plan (as the following). 6. Prusias,
king of Bithynia, was waging war both by sea and land against (//;
Eunienes, king of Pergannis, who was most friendly to the Ilonuuis (//)
7. By Hannibal's orders (i), very many poison-charged serpents ;u'e
collected alive, and put into clay jars. 8. Hannibal ordered (y) the
men-of-the-fleet to do nothing else(/(-) than rush against the ship of
king Enmencs. 9. I shall see to it that you know in what ship tlie
king sails. 10. If you either capture or slay Eumcncs, I promise
that it will bring(/) to you a great reward, {litemlhj, "be to you for
a great reward.") 11. Prusias was not a match for(?/?) Eumenes in
arms, on account of the alliance of the Romans.
(</) Pres. subj.-(6) Synt., p. 162, 0.— (c) Synt., p. IGO, xii. 2, «f.-((7) Inter.—
(e) Terf. patticip.- (/) Sue Synt., p. 155, C.~((/) Cum, witli abl.; or conUa, or ad-
versus, witli acciis.— (/<) Synt., p. 140, 8, a.— (i.) Jiissu Hannibal L^.— (j) Sue Ui!U 17.—
(k) See line 3 of chiip. x.— (0 See Synt, p. 140, 10.— (?«) Synt., p. 140, 8, b.
EXESCISE XXVIII.— CHAPTERS XI., XII., AND XIII.
1. A courier bearing [i.e., M'ith) a herald's wand was sent by
Hannibal to Eumenes, in a boat, tliat it might be made evident to
all the Bitliynians in what spot tlie king of Pergamu,3 Avas.
2. Eumenes will find nothing in the letter but Avhat tends to turn
him into ridicule. 3. There is no doubt (rir) that the ship of king
Eunienes was attacked by the Bithynians in-a-mass ((?-), in conform-
ity with Hannibal's orders. 4. Eumenes did not secure his safety
until (c) he had betaken himself within (the lines of) his own guards,
wliich were stationed on tlie nearest (part of the) shore. 6. No-
body doubts that Hannibal conquered the tiect of king Eumenes by
stratagem.
C. The Romans send ambassadors to king Prusias, to beg him
tb.at he would surrender to them Hannibal, their greatest enemy.
7. The Rcmnir. surrounded with a great number of armed men (</)
402
IMITATIVE EXERCISES.
the fort wliich king Pnisias had given to Hannibal as a gift.
8. Hannibal, fearing that the Romans would surround his house
with a large number of armed-men, ordered the slave to tell him
whether all the outlets were beset. 9. Hannibal is said to have de-
voted no inconsiderable time to literature. 10. Hannibal died {i.e.,
fell asleep) in his sixty-fourth year, in the consulship of M. Claudius
Marcellus and Q. P'abius Labeo.
(a) See Imifc. Ex. on lliem. i., note c— (6) Universi.—{c) Donee. See Synt., p.
150, sect. vii. 1 and o.—{<i) Armatits.
CAESAR.
BOOK I.
PART L— THE HELVETIAN WAR.
EXERCISE XXIX.-CHAPTER I.
[Read Syntax, sect, vii., p. 141, sgq,}
1. Caesar has recorded (a) that Gaul, in-its-widest-extent (5), was
in his day (c) divided into three parts. 2. One portion of Gaul (d)
was inhabited by the Bels?ae, the second by the Aquitani, and the
third by the Celts. 3. The Gauls were called Celts in their own
language. 4. The Belgae used-to-carry on (e) war with the Ger-
mans incessantly. 5. It is a breach of duty to import such things
as tend to effeminate the minds of the citizens. 6. The Germans
are next neighbours (/) to the Belgians. 7. The territory of tlie
Belgians looks to the north-east (c/). 8. The territory of the Gauls
starts (h) at the river Rhine.
(a) See Nep. Hann., xiil. 10, and Them., ix. 1.— (6) i.e., omnis.—(e) Suaaetate,
or suis (empori bus.— (d) See Synt., p. 142, 5.—(e) See Synt., p. 127, 19, &.—(/) See
Synt., p. 140, 8, b.—{g) i.e., between the north and the east.— (/() i.e., takes its be-
ginning.
EXERCISE XXX.-CHAPTER II.
1. Orgetorix, by far the wealthiest of the Ilelvetii (a), prevails on
his fellow-citizens to leave their territory (^), with all their resources.
2, It is very easy for us(c), since we excel a\\(d) in valour, to possess-
oursclves (g) of the whole of Gaul. 3. Let us endeavour to seize tlie
sovereignty of all Gaul. 4. Nothing hinders us from(/) gaining the
11
404
IMITATIVE KXEnCrSFS.
sovereignty of tlie wl.olo of Gaul, since we excel all in n.iJitiiry-
■ prowess. 5. The river Rliine, (which is) very broad and very deep
fornis-the-boundary-between {Le., divides) the Germans and the'
Helvetn. 6. The llelvetii could not easily Avage war on the nei' h-
bounng-states, because they were hemmed in "on all sides by t!u^
natural-features {g) of the district. 7. On which point the llelvetii'
being desirous of (A) making-war, are filled with great regret 8 It
(•annot be denied that the territory of the kingdom is limited
{i.e., narrow), which extends in length three hundred and sixty-
seven nnles, (and) in breadth two hundred an, thirty-eight.
(«) Synt p. 142 r,, an,l 0, c.-(h) Synt., p. 14fi, 22 an.l 23.- (c) See p. 140 8 «.^
EXERCISE XXXI.-CHAPTER III.
1. The llelvetii prepare those things which have reference (r^r) to
their expedition. 2. Let us buy up as great a number as possible
of horses and of oxen. 3. A period-of-two-years, as it appears/^) to
me, will be enough to complete these arrangements (c). 4. I shall
endeavour to persuade Casticus to seize the sovereign power amoii-
the Sequani. 5. Tiie daughter of Orgetorix married (r/) Dunmori.s
the Aeduan. 6. There is no doubt that Dumnorix, the brother of
])ivitiacus, was very mucli beloved by(e) the people. 7. It is very
easy for us(/) to accomplish our attempts, because I myself am
about to obtain supreme-military-power in my own state. S. Tiie
chief power in the state was for several (y) years held by Catamaii-
taledes, the father of Casticus. 9. I shall prove to you that to gain
the sovereignty, each(/^) in his own state, is (a matter) of very easy
accomplishment. 10. The llomans made themselves masters of all
Gaul in the year 50 j3.c.
(fl) See p. ICO. sect. xii. 2. «.-(6) Ul mihi viddur.~{c) Re,.~{d) See nuho in Vocah.
-W Ssee p. 141, ll.-(/; Sue p. 141), sect. x. 2.-{c,) Aliquot.~(Ji) Quisgue.
EXERCISE XXXII.-CHAPTERS IV. AND V.
1. According to the customs (seep. 145, 11) of the llelvetii, it behoved
traitors (f?)_toi>lead(/>) their cause in chains. 2. It is the duty(c) of the
magistrates (c^) to throw traitors into prison (e). 3. Orgetoilx deter-
lanicd to bring together to (his) trial as great a number as possible nf
his clients and debtors ; in order that(/) by their means (y) he mi. I.t
Till] HET.VETI.W WAK.
405
the more easily save liiniself from (the necessity of) pleading his
cause. 4. On the day appointed for pleading his cause, Orgctorix
had collected from every quarter all his clients, to (the number of)
three thousand five hundred and forty-seven men. 5. There were
many who thought (Ji) that Orgetorlx committed {i) suicide. 6. There
were not wanting suspicions, as the Ilelvetii thought, that Orgetorix
had committed (y) suicide.
7. Let us endeavour to do that wliich we have determined, viz., to
depart from (/•) our territory. 8. When the Ilelvetii thought that
they were rerdy to start (^), they resolved to burn all their towns to
the number of twenty-three. 9. By burning up(w) all the corn,
except what we are to take with us, let us deprive the people of(/()
the hope of returning home, in order that we may be the more ready
to brave all dangers. 10, The magistrates gave orders that eacli
individual should carry with him from home ground corn for two
months (supply).
(a) Patriae proditor.- (0) Iiifin.— (c) See p. 142, 4.— (cO Mr.gistratus.— (e) See Nep
Mllr. vii.— (/) See p. 164, sect. iv. 4.— (^) See p. 144, 6, with reniuik.— (/() See p. 159,
sect. ix. 3.— (0 Accus. with iiifln.— (j) See p. 160, sect. xii. 2, b.—(k) See p. 14(!, 21
and 23.— (0 See chap. lii. 2.— (m) See p. 161, sect. xii. 2, d, and 3.— (w) ToUo. Seo
p. 141, 14, with 13», 3.
EXERCISE XXXIII.-CHAPTEES VI. AND VII.
1. There are in all two routes by which the Helvetii can depait
from home. 2. One of these («) is (so) narrow and difficult that(/>)
a single file of waggons can scarce be drawn along it. 3. I am not
the man (c) to allow the enemy to pass through my territory with
impunity (J). 4. The Allobroges, who had been subdued in b.c. 61,
by C. Pomptinus, the praetor, were not yet friendly-disposed (e)
towards the Bomans. 6. Let all assemble on the bank of the Bhine
on the 25th of June. 6. It was reported to the Ilelvetii that Caesar
is hastening into Gaul by as great marches as he can. 7. It is our
intention to march through the province, without (doing) any injury,
since we have no other way. 8. We beg that we may be allowed to
do so with your consent. 9. Caesar replied to the Helvetii that
tliere was another route, (viz.,) through the (country of the) Sequani,
by which they could depart from home. 10. It is the intention of
the enemy to break down the bridge which is over the river Danube.
{a) See p. 142, fi, c— (6) See note on line 4, and references to Syntax.— (c) Non is
sum, qui. See p. \f>%, sect, ix. 2, b.—(d) /mpuue.—(e) See note 11, with reftience.
\l»: V:
I
406
IMITATIVE EXERCISES.
EXERCISE XXXIV.- CHAPTERS VIII. AND IX.
1. Caesar had with him one legion and (those) soldiers whom he
had imposed on the province (to levy). 2. Caesar ran a wall of
twenty-two miles (long), and eighteen feet high, from Mount Jiua
to the Lake of Geneva. 3. The ambassadors return to Caesar on
the day which he had appointed. 4. I cannot, in-accordance-with-
tlie-practice and precedents of the Roman people, grant a route to
any (individual) through the province ; and if you endeavour to use
violence I shall prevent you. 5. It is your duty (a) to prevent llio
Ilelvetii, if they endeavour to cross against my will. 6. The Helvctii
say that they cannot (i) break through the defences (c) of the Romans.
7. Since ((/) we are not able to burst through, let us abandon this
attempt. 8. Dunmorix says that he is not anxious for political changes.
9. There is no doubt that Dumnorix wished to have as many indi--
viduals as possible under obligation to him by liis services. 10. The
daughter of Orgetorix, whom Dumnorix married, was like(e) her
father (in disposition).
(a) See p. 142, 4, Exc.-(b) See line 9 of chap, viii— (c) Munitio.-~(d) Quum —
(e) See p. 143, 9 v / >* ■
EXERCISE XXXV.-CHAPTERS X. AND XI.
1. It is reported to Caesar that the Helvetii are anxious for
political-change 2. If the Helvetii were-to-make their maich
through Aeduan ground into the territory of the San tones, Caes.ir
well-knew that it would be attended with the greatest danger to the
province. 3. The Ilelvetii are certified that it is Caesar's intention
to stop them in the march (r<). 4. It was reported to the Ilelvetii
that Caesar had appointed T. Lalncnus to guard (Z>) that fortification
which he had made, so long as he himself should be absent (t).
5. Caesar appointed T. Lnbienus, his lieutenant, to the command <.f
the two legions wliich he had very recertly((^) enrolled in Italy.
6. Caesar, after defeating («^) the Alpine-tribes (/) in very maiiy
engagements, reached Lyons '( r/) on the eighteenth day, from Oceluni.
7. The Aedui certify Caesar that they are not able to defend th^;n-
selves and their towns from the Ilelvetii. 8. The Aedui send as
ambassadors to Caesar the most noble men of the state, to beg(/,)
assistance. 9. We have on al occasions deserved well(2.') of the
Roman people; our fields, therefore (», sliould not be laid waste,
a
THE HELVETIAN WAR,
407
onr children led into bondage, and our towns sacked almost in si^ht
of your army. 10. Nothing is left(/-') to us but the soil of our
territoiy.
(rt) Clinp. X., line 13.— (6) " Appolnted-to- guard," prae/ldo.~(c) Seo Nep. Milt., iii. -I,
— ((/} " Very recently," nupiiriimc.— (e) Abl. absolute.— (/) Alpici.~(fj) Luydunuin. —
(h) Express tliis phrase in the different ways indicntcd in note t, p- 148.— (») Dene.—
(J) Uaque.~{k) On tho geu. reliqui, see p. 142, 6 and 6, a.
EXERCISE XXXVI.-CHAPTERS XII. AND XIII.
1. The Saone, a river of amazing gentleness-of-current (a), empties
itself into the Rhone at (6) Lyons. 2. Such(«) is the gentluness-of-
current of the Saone that you cannot decide (c/) by merely looking at
it(e) in which direction it flows. 3. The scouts certify Caesar that
the Ilelvetii are (in the act of) crossing over(/) the Arar oh rafts
and boats (which they have) constructed. 4. It is reported to Caesar
that the Helvetii have already transported (,^) two-thirds (A) of their
forces over the Saone. 5. Caesar is certified by(i) (his) scouts that
the Helvetii have betaken themselves to flight, and have iied-for-
concealment to the nearest woods. 6. In our fathers' days, L. Cassius,
the consul, had been slain by the Helvetii, and his army had been
made to i 'ss under the(y) yoke. 7. The canton of the Tigurini(/)
was the first to pay full satisfaction for having (^) inflicted on(m) the
Roman people a notable disaster.
8. Caesar accomplished in one day what the Helvetii had with
the greatest difficulty done in eighteen days,— viz., the crossing of
the river. 9. If you continue to harass us in war, bear in mind {n)
the former defeat of the Roman army, and the tried (o) valour of the
Helvetii. 10. Caesar led across his army by a bridge which he had
constructed over tlie Saone.
(a) Express this plirase as indicated in p. 142, 7, and 146, IG.— (&) Apud.—{,c) Tan-
tus.— {d) Seep. 154, iv. 3. -(<?) i.e., "by the eyes."— (/) See p. 138, Vi.~{g) See p.
136, 8.-(/j) "Two-third.," i.e., two parts (viz., out of three).— (i) Seep. 144, viii.
C— (_;•) Seep. 138, 1« -(*) i.e., the Tigiirine canton.— (0 i.e., "because {quod) it
liad brouRlit." [.eo p 158, "oct. viii., 1, b.—(in) See p. 141, 14, and lO'J, 4, c/.— (n) Seo
p. 143, 8, b.—(,o) " Tiled," i.e., " of old standing," " pristine."
EXERCISE XXXVII.— CHAPTER XIV.
Turn into the direct narrative, from middle of line 7, thus:—
<'B'ippofiingy7) I he willing to forget the former insult^ can I also
lay aside the recollection of recent acts of wrong— that against my
408
IMITATIVK EXi;UCISF.3.
will you have emleavourcd to force a way tliroug'i the province, (an<1)
that you have harassed the Aedui, the AinharrJ, and the Ailobroges^
Tliat you boast so insolently because of your own victory, and that
you are amazed at my having so long borne your acts of injury with-
out (exacting) punishment, (tliese circumstances) point in' the same
direction. For, in order that men may experience more grievous
affliction in consequence of a change of circumstances, the innnortal
gnds are in the habit of granting greater prosperity sometimes, and
a niore lengthened exemption from punishment, to those whom they
wish to chastise for their crimes. Although these things are so, yc't
if hostages are given to me by you, so that I may distinctly under-
stand that you will do what you promise, and if you give satisfaction
to the Aedui for the wrongs you have done them and their allies,
likewise if you satisfy the Allobroges, (then) I shall niake peac.l
with you."
(a) i.e., if.
EXERCISE XXXVIII.-CHAPTERS XV. AND XVI.
1. The day after, Caesar shifted his camp from that place, and
sent forward all his cavalry to see (a) into what parts the enemy
had marched. 2. The Roman cavalry joined battle with the rear-
guard of the Ilelvetii in a place most disadvantageous to themselves,
(l)ut) most favourable (^) for the enemy. 3. The rear guard of the
Ilelvetii provoked the Romans to battle. 4. For about twenty-two
days not more than nine or ten miles intervened (each day) between
the rear of the Ilelvetii and the Roman van. 5. It is Caesar's in-
to'-est(c) to restrain his men from battle for the present.
6. Meantime Caesar send- ambassadors to demand (t^) from tlic
Allobroges (e) the grain which they had promised on the public credit.
7. The Romans were not able to have the benefit(/) of that grain, which
Caesar had arranged to be brought up ( r/) the Saone in ships. 8. The
day is at hand on which we must measure out corn to the soldiers.
0. Caesar accused the Aedui of treachery (/i). 10. A great quantity
of timber (i) is every year (J) carried up the Rhine in rafts.
(a) See note 4, with reference; also p. ICO, xii. 2, l,.~-(b) See Nep. Thorn., iv U, -
(c) bee p. Ha, 8, c.-~(J} P. H8, note t-~(e) See note 1, with reference.-(/)" r/or
- (fi-) Use n/ra with tlic gerundive, as in chap, xiii, line 2. On Avare in abl., see
li.'te 6, with reterence.-(/0 Sec p. 113, l2.-(0 JJcjmt vis arborum.-(j> Qaolanms
THE MHLVF/riAN WAR.
400
EXERCISE XXXIX.-CHAPTERS XVII. AND XVIII
1. There are some individuals whose inthience is («) all power! ul
with the conimou people 2. These persons have more power in a
private station than the magistrates themselves. 3. Why don't
you (/>) contribute the corn which it is your duty to supply ? 4. I
well know with how great danger I 'mve publicly-declared the mat-
ter to Caesar ; and for that very . jason I have concealed it as long
as I could.
5. There is no doubt that Dunuiorix is a man of the greatest
daring (c), in great favour with the people on account of his gener-
osity, (and) eager for(f^) political change. 6. Dumnorix has fur
several years had all the taxes of the Aedui, (having) bought (them)
up for a small sum (e). 7. The influence of Dunmorix is very great,
not only at home(/), hut also in the neiglibouring states. 8. Caesar
is assured by Liscus that Dumnorix is anxious for political-change.
9. The Aedui appointed Dumnorix to the command of the cavalry,
which they sent to Caesar's assistance (y). 10. A man of very high
rank and very great power among the Bituriges had married tlie
mother of Dumnorix.
(a) See p. 159, ix. 3.— (6) See p. 155, note *.—(<;) See p. 142, 7, niul 14fl, 16.—
(</) See p. l-i3, 8.— (e) See lust two lines of note 8, with refcieiices; also p. UH, 11.—
{/) r. 144, U.—(fj) Sue p. 140, 10.
EXERCISE XL.-CHAPTERS XIX. AND XX.
[Read Syntax, sect, viii., p. 144, sqq.']
I. To my suspicions tlie most undoubted facts are added. 2. Dum-
norix saw to it (a) that hostages should be given between the Sequani
and Ilelvetii. 3. The lieatenant did all these things without my
order (6) and (that) of the king. 4. Dumnorix was accused of
treason (c) by the chief men((Z) of the Aedui. 5. I think there is
sufficient cause (e) why I sliould either punish (/) him myself; or
request the state to do so (i.e., to punish him). 6. I fear that I
should offend(/) the mind of Divitiacus by puiiishing(_9') hi» brother
Dumnorix. 7. I have the greatest confidence in regard to all mat-
ters (A) in C. Valerius rrocillus(i), the chief man of the Gallic
province.
8. Divitiacus was older (^') than his brot]ier(X-) Dumnorix. 9. Al-
though no one experiences more grief(^) from this circumstance
\
410
IMITATIVK 1:X1:KCI8F3.
thiin I (.lo), yet I am inuch-movcil by brotherly affection (/;).
10. Your fnciiclsliip is of so great vabie(^») to me, that at your en-
trcaties(/'), I inmlnx the past-faults of yuiir brotlier Diiiniiorix.
11. Divitiaciis in tears begged of Caesar witli(o) many wi.rds not to
rome to any decision of a severe character (;j) in regard to Diim-
norix. 12. I regard tho favour of Dunuiorix very lightly (r/).
{a) i.e., "took caio."-(^) V. 14r,, ll.-(<-) P. 143, 12, and p, 114, 1 .",.-(,/) i« in
3 and (!.-(<.) P. 142. 0. 6. (/) P. KJO, xli. 2, a. -(g) V. 144, 2.- (A) 1'. 141, vil 2 /- -
(0 V. 140, 7, «.-(» P. m, V2-(k) V. 140, 20- (/) V. 142, (!, a. (/«) P. 143 lu-
in) P. 14), 14.-(o) P. 144, ii.- (p) Sec lino 2 of clii.;.. xx.-(v) P. 143 10.
EXERCISE XLI.- CHAPTERS XXI. AND XXII.
I. The next ((^ day the scouts certified Caesar that the ITelvctii
had taken-up-a-position at the foot of the hill, three miles from his
camp (b). 2. It was reported to Caesar that Lhc ascent of the moun-
tain was easy if one went round to the opposite side(G). :i. There
are some who say ((^) that Publius Considius was very skilled in(,')
nulitary tactics. 4. The Ilelvetii sent (a person) to discover where (/)
Caesar had pitched his camp. 5. At dawn of day it was reported
to Caesar that the top of the mountain was occui)ied by Labienus
and the two legions which he had taken (,(7) with him. 6. Caesar
found out from prisoners that (A) neither his arrival nor (that) of
Labienus wa,« known (/) to the Ilelvetii. 7. The mountain which
you wished (./■) to be seized by Labienus ;.. occupied by the Ilelvetii :
I_knowit(/t-) from the Gallic arms and standards. 8. Caesar had
given instructions to Labicims to abstain from battle, and await tlie
r-nval of his forces, so that a simultaneous attack might be made
on the enemy from every side. 9. Considius being terrified, had
reported as seen what he had not sam. 10. Caesar pitclied his
camp two miles and a half (/) from that of the Ilelvetii.
(«) Postent.<s.-(l>) Soe on line 2, and p. 137, 14 and 15.— (c) See note.-(d) P l -,9
ix. 3, a.~{e) P. 143, 8 and 9.-.(/) Quo loco.- (,j) i.e., "led."-(/0 Accus.witli iniin -'
(I) I-. 131, 7.-0) P. 158, is. 1, a.-ik) See note C, witli reference.-(/) See Une 2
cliup. xxii. '
EXERCISE XLII.-CHAPTERS XXIII. AND XXIV.
1. The day is at hand(.i!) when we must measure out corn to the
soldiers. 2. Bibracte, by for the largest and most wealthy town uf
the Aedui, is di.stant 3iot more than tv.cnty-three miles hum
Till', IIKf-VKTIAN WAR.
411
Caesar's camp. .3. The day after that .hiy {!>) tlie Romans diver-cl
from (the route of) the Ilelvetii, and hastily marched (.n iJibraotc.
4. It hehoves(r) a general to take-preeautionary-measiires for a
Kiipplyof curn((/), 5. Let us pursue and harass tlie enemy on the
rear. X
0. When the commander of tlio Ilelvetii perceived that^') Caesar
had led up his forces to the nearest hill, and that he had posted on
the topmost ridge two legions, he ordered his-men(/) to collect the
liaggage into one i)lace, and in very compact array "to march \\\){,j)
against the first line of the Romans. 7. Caesar draws up at tiie
hasc(/() of the hill o J.ouhle(0 line of three veteran legions, to with-
stand (/) the attack of the enemy. 8. The highest ridge of the
mountain was filled with men. 9. The (smaller) haggagc heiiig
hrought into one place on the slope (/•) of the hill, was defended hy
those who had taken-their-position((f) in the upper line. 10. The
Ilelvetii, all their baggage having been collected (m) into one place,
(tV.rnung) ni a veiy compact array, re|ielled the cavalry cf the
Romans.
(rt) See chap, xvl. 9.- <h) See lolo 1, with reference.- (c) Sec lino " -(,/) P 139
1, «. -{(•) Aeiiis. with inlin.-(/) Lsc mus witlioiu a subst— {,j) See lino 11 of Himd'
>xiv.-(/0 Sub with the ubl. of mom.-{i) nuphj:.-U) See line '2 of eli.m. xxlv --
UJ <.e., "mi.ldle."-';) ConsLsto.~(m) Abi. ubsohite, see p. 147, 34, witli reference."
EXERCISE XLIII.-CHAPTERS XXV. AND XXVI.
1. Caesar removed out of sight first his own liorse, and then
(those) of all (his staff), in order tliat the hope of flight might he
taken away, the danger of all being rendered equal. 2. The Roman
soldiers make a rush on the enemy with .irawn swords {n). 3. Each {h)
of the Romans (c) slays an enemy with (his) lance (t/). 4. Tlie
Roman soldiers drew their swords and joined bat^' 5. Many of
the shields of the Cauls were transfixed and pinned together by one
blow(c/) of ihe lances, which proved a great hindrance (e') to the
soldiers in fighting. 6. Many of the Gauls flung away the shield
from their hand, and fought with the body (/) unprotected. 7. The
Gauls being exhausted with wounds {d), retreated, and betook the.a-
selvesto a mountain which was about two miles behind (them).
8. I fear that (,9-) the .Roii and Tidingi will {h) prove a protection {e)
to the rear-guard of the enemy. 9. When they had fought (/) in
a double battle from the sixth hour till evening, Caesar gained pos-
bcssion {j) of the waggons and the (smaller) baggage of the enemy.
^\S
412
IMITATIVK IIXKKCISHS.
10. Ill tlint l)a(tlc a S(in,iuia one of the dangliU-ivs of Orgetorix ira.^
iMptuivd (/•). 11. Ahont one liiindred and tliirty-tliroo tlionsaiul
i..en, wlio survived that battle, niaivli witlioiit iiiteniiissioii thioii'di-
out the whole of that inglit(0, 'i"^l endeavour to reach the territory
ot the Lingoncs on the third day. 12. Caesar sends a despatch to
the Lingoncs in these (wi) words :-"I cainiot pursue the llelvetii,
because it behoves nie(H) to remain lierc for the burial of the slain :
do you take care(o), however (;.), that you do not assist them witli
corn or any other thing ; for(y) if you do assist (r) then), I shall
ivgnrd you in the same light as (I do) the llelvetii."
(«) I'. 145 11 -(6) Q„is</,„, which nmstnot bo placed first word In tliccliiuse.-
i'l^Zt <nv ''~V- ''•/•"• ''-^'^ ''• '■"■ '"-(■^■> ^' 1^^- !'•-(!'■) S'^" i''>^^"<
Bubj.-(^) 2amen.-0i) Vstiqui, ami see note- (/■; l-ut. peif.
EXEECISE XLIV.-CHAPTERS XXVIL, XXVIII., AND XXIX.
I. The ambassadors of the llelvetii flung themselves at Caesar's
leot, and in tears sought for })eace. 2. Wiien Caesar ordered {>>)
tliemto await his arrival in that place where they then were, the
llelvetii obeyed. 3. Three thousand men of that canton, whicli is
called the Tigurine, having started (^) from the camp of the llel-
vetii at the tenth hour, marched incessantly all that night (c).
4. When the llelvetii suedO^; for peace, Caesar rci)lied that he
would receive them in surrender, if they delivered ((^) to him hosta-Ts,
their arms, and the deserters. 5. The Tulingi Averc-without'( /)
corn, all their crops being lost. 6. That place from which the
llelvetii had departed was Avithout(^) inhabitants, (/i) 7. We have
need of(/) corn, because there is nothing at home by which we can
bear up against hunger. 8. I fear lest we be in dilliculty in the
matter of corn (j). 9. There is no doubt that the Boii were endued
with(^') extraordinary valour. 10. There is no reason why (/) Or-e-
torix should not be fino<l(»i) fifty talents (/i). U. He is worthy?.)
of a far greater (^;) punishment. 12. Tlie sum total of those who
left liome{r^) was as much as(/-) three hundred and sixty-cidit
thousand. ^
(a) Use tlio pnvticiplo, "to Caesar ordering them," .tc, and refer to p. ino, 4, h.
-W Sec line 12.-(c) See chap. xxvi. l:).-(,0 i.e., 'Mo tlie llelvetii suinK f,,,-- &,,..
(c) Kxpresslliis clanse by llie abl. absolnte, as in the tcxt.-(f) Or co. See p. 14), 14.
~-('j) Cairo, or raro. See fdrcKoinK refo-enee.-(/() Incola.-(i) Seep. 145 iV, -
(.0 See p. 145, 13. -(i) rruoditus. Seep. 144. 4.-f/) A'i/iil. impe'lit. See p 155 (i -
On) .S<ep. H.i, 17.- (;0 7uh!iUum.~(o) V. 1 III. IS.-O,) p. n.i \U. OA ]• 147 28 -
(r)S^'eiiute8, eh;ip. xxix. /' ■ . ■
TIIK n MUM AN WAR.
4!3
PAUT II.— TITE GERMAN WA!{„
EXERCISE XLV.- CHArXERS XXX. AND XXXI.
[llciid Syntax, secta. Ix. ami x., y\>. 118 and 149.]
1. f)i) tlic conclusion of the Ilelvctian war, tlie states of almost
all Gaul sent ambassadors to Caesar to conj^ratulatc liim. 2. VVc
\h"^ tliat we may bo allowed ('/) to call a meeting' of all the states of
(!aul for the ninth day liefore tiie kalends of April (<;). 3. We have,
certain things wliich we wish to ask of you after tiie consent of all
(lias been gained). 4. Let us make-a-solemn-pleilge to one another
liy an oath, that no one publish (the result of oiu- deliberations)
unless those to whom it shall bc('.') entrusted by common consent.
i"). All the ambassadors throw themsi^Ives in tears at the kin,i,''s
feet, and bc^' to be alloweil (I.e., that it be allnwiid them) to cim-
sult for((/) their own safety and that of all. fi. Ariovistns, kin;,' nf
the Germans, has settled-down in our territory, and has taken pos-
session of two thirds of our land, which is the b(;st in all Gaol.
7. The Gallic soil cainiot be compared with the German. 8. I wish
all things to be done at my beck and wish. 9. Ariovistns de-
manded as hostages the daughters of all the highest nobles (e), and
on them he exercised every torture.
(a) " It mny bi; allowed to us " Sec p. 1 IS, 2.— (/j) Sco note 15 (in cliiip. vi., p. ?0I.
--(t) r. lt)2, y.— ((i) Sue Nqi. Tliuui., cliap. viii. ID.— (c) i.e., of each most nobk', ikc.
li
EXERCISE XLVI.- CHAPTERS XXXII. AND XXXIII.
[Read Syntax, sect, xi., p. ll'J.]
1. The Sequani alone, of all who were present, dii not beg assist-
ance from the Roman people. 2. The others fling themselves at
(y'aesar's feet with nuich wailing, sning-for(a) peace. 2. He hun^-
his head, and (with) sorrowful (aspect) looked-steadily-atthe ground.
4. The condition of the Sequani is more wretched and more severe
than (that) of the others, on this account, that they cannot com-
plain even in secret. .'5. The Sequani having once(^) couiplained of (c)
the cruelty of Ariovistns, he replied that they must of necessity
endure (ri) every torment.
G. 1 prnmise (you) that thisnuitter will bo a care to me. 7. Wbcu
414
IMITATIVE EXERCISES.
these things were known, ambassadors were sent to Crcsar to
1 mplore (e) assistance. 8. It cannot be but that Ariovistns, bein<- in-
duced by the weight of Caesar's nanie(/), will leave oft-(^) his°acts
ot wrong. 9. Caesar, tliis matter requires (7^) to be carefully-re-
flected-on by you, and taken in hand. 10. The Aedui, who have(0
been often called brothers and kinsmen by the Senate, are held in (a
state of) servitude by tiie Germans ; a thing which, under so powerful
an empire (as that) of the Roman people, is most disgraceful to myself
and to the republic. 11. Ariovistns has assumed such airs that he ap-
pears (j) insufferable. 12. This matter must be taken up by Caesar//^-)
duS '''?;?f 'uJ; '•" '? ?r«"'"'''-^'^ ""'-^'^ '•^- "'^^•^■■y tonure nnist be e, -
^i:-hS;:^r^i^i^:r' ^-« ^- ^-^^^--^^^^-o^ see . uo,
EXERCISE XLVII.-CHAPTER XXXIV.
1. Caesar resolved (a) to send an ambassador to the kinc^ of the
Germans, to demand of him that he would select for a conferenoo
some place half-way between them. 2. I wish, said he, to treat with
you in regard to matters of the highest importance to both of us
3. If Caesar wishes (5) anything with me, he ought to come to Uie
4. What business (c) have yoi.^ or the Roman people at all, in my
province, which I have conquered in war? 5. To me it appears a
wonderful thing that Ariovistus dares to come without his forces
into that part of Gaul wliich Caesar possesses.
(«) i.e., say, "It pleased Caesar."- (i) See p. 145, l5.-(c,) See p. 142, e, a.
EXERCISI XLVIIL-CHAPTERS XXXVII. AND XXXVIII.
[Read Syntax, sect, xii., p. 150.]
1. The Aedui and the Treveri send ambassadors to Caesar to
comphun that the Ilarudes, who had lately crossed the Rhine int..
Gaul, are laying waste their territory. 2. A hundred cantons of the
buevi have taken up their position on the ba- of the Rhine, and
they (a) are endeavouring to cross the river into Gaul. 3. I must
make haste (^), lest a new band of Suevi unite with the forces which
Ariovistns formerly possessed. 4. The supply of corn I must (c) pro-
vide as quickly as possible, in order that there may be abundance U)
on the inarch. 5. Ariovistus hastened on to captured Vesontio,
which(/) is che largest town of the Sequani, before (.7) Caesar
shonld come to its aid (/.). G. You must take great precautions, lest
^;
THE GKRMAN WAR.
415
Ariovistus capture the town of Vesontio. 7. The town of Vesontio
is so fortified by tlie nature of the ground as to afford great facility
for protracting (t) the war. 8. Ahnoo. the whole town is surrounded
by the river Poubs, as if it (its course) were descril)ed by a pair of
compasses.
(a) "And they" is equal to "who."— (6) See p. 150, (5.- (c) Use opor(e(.—(d) See
chup. Hi. 4.— (e) Express this by the gerundive, as in p. 150, 8.— (/) See p. 133, 9,
Had translate " which" in both ways. -Cy) Friusquam. See p. 157, i.—(h) Venir't
iubsUio.—(i) P. 160, 8.
EXERCISfl XLIX.— CHAPTER XXXIX.
1. We must (a) delay at Vesontio a fev/ days, for the purpose of
(getting) provisions. 2. Tiiere were some who said (6) that the
Germans were (men) of huge size of body(c), and of amazing skill in
(the use of) weapons- of- war. 3. We have often fought with them,
but we could not stand their fierce-looks, and the keen-fiance of
their eyes. 4. The whole army was suddenly seized with so great
fear, that the minds and the spirits of all were in no small degree
dismayed. 5. One alleged one ground, another another, which he
said rendered it necessary for him to start (c^. 6. Remain, my
friends, that you may escape the suspicion of fear. 7. Hide your-
selves in your tents, ye cowards (e), lament the common danger, seal
up your wills ! 8. It is not the enemy we fear, but the vast extent
of the forests which intervene between us and Ariovistus. 9. Caesar
is assured by the military tribunes, that wlien he orders (/) the camp
to be struck (i. e., shifted), the soldiers will not obey the orders, nor
will they move forward. 10. Some fear that the supply of corn
cainiot be provided in sufficient quantity.
(a) See p. 150, 6.- (6) P. 159, ix. 3.— («) P. 146, le.-(d) P. Ifl, xil. 2 ft—
(«) "Coward," ignavus.—(J) Put. perf. See p. 162, 9.
EXERCISE L.— CHAPTERS XL. AND XLl.
1. Why do you suppose that it is your business to inquire or to
ponder in what direction or for what purpose you are being led ?
2. lu my consulship Ariovistus most eagerly sought-to-gain the
friendship of the Roman people : why do you suppose tliat he will so
readily depart from his allegiance ? 3. Tlie Germans have often been
defeated by the Helvetii, and thei/ cannot match our soldiers. 4. I
shall look after the provision of corn and tlie narrow roadb(a).
6. To-morrow night about the third watch I sliall strike camp, that
(135) '21
416
TMITATIVK EXEROISF.a,
I may learn as soon as possible whether shame and a sense of duty,
or fear, have power with you. 6. If no one else follow me, still I
shall go with the tenth legion alone, of which I have no doubts.
7. Caesar is said to have favoured the tenth legion in an especial de-
gree, and to have put the utmost trust (in it), on account of its bravery.
8. The soldiers of the tenth legion thanked Caesar, and a-ssured
him that they were most ready to carry on the \\ar{b). 9. The
centin-ions and the rest of the soldiers apologised to Caesar. 10. It
is the duty of the commander to see to it(c) that the supply of corn
be provided in sufficient quantity,
rr.!"^ '-f; "tJ'e provislon-of-corn Hnd tlie narrowness of the route will be for a care to
me. —(b) P. 150, 8.— (c) Cawre with u< and subj.
EXERCISE LI. -CHAPTERS XLII. AND XLIII.
[Ik'nd Syntax, chap, iii., sects, i., ii., iii., and iv., p. 1-51, sqq.]
1. Ariovistus having received certain intelligence (a) of Caesar's
approach, sent ambassadors to him to(i) demand a conference.
2. Caesar thought that the terms should (c) not be rejected by him!
3. Caesar thinks that Ariovistus is now coming back to his senses,
since (tO he promises unasked what he formerly denied. 4. I am'
beginning to entertain great hope(e) that, in consideration of the
benefits of the Roman people to him, great-as-they-have-been ( /'), it
will prove (^) that (A) he is abandoning his obstinate-line-of-coiidu'ct.
5. The ninth day from that day was named for striking the camp(i).
6. Ariovistus dc uands that Caesar should bring no infantry to the
conference, in order (/) that he may the more easily beset tlie
Roman commander by an ambuscade. 7. I fear that I shall be
treacherously surruunded by armed men. 8. Caesar mounts on
horses the soldiers of the tenth legion, in order that he may have a
body-guard as friendly as i)ossible, should there be any need for
action. 9. Notliing hinders (/t) Ariovistus from surrounding Caesar
by treachery. 10. No one doubts that(0 Caesar put the very highest
trust in the tenth legion. 11. The tenth legion was stationed two
hundred paces (w) from a mound of earth which was situated (n) in a
wide plain. 12. Caesar and Aiiovi.stus conversed together (o), and
brought to the conference nine men each.
(a) ie., "bein(Tcertified."-(6) Seep. 154, iv. 2 and 7.-{c) P. 150 C-Of) V 158
vni. 2.-(«) f.e., "am coming into great hope."'-(/) Express this whole phrase by
the pn.pLT case of tamus.-(y) Fore.-{h) P. 164, iv. 3.-(.; See p. 150. 8. Express by
the dat. of the gerundive— 0) P. 154, iv. 4.-(*) P. 155, 6.-(0 P. 155, 5.-(m) P
\^l,lt>.— {n) SUus.— {Q) Inter St. > v /
THE GERMAN WAR.
417
TEXERCISE LII.-CHAPTERS XLVI. AND XLVII.
[Read Syntax, sects. /. and vl., pp. 155, 166.]
1. Whilst (a) Ariovistiis and Caesar are conversing, the German
cavalry approached nearer the camp, and threw stones and javelins
at our soldiers. 2. If the horsemen of Ariovistus throw (b) stones
and javelins at you, do not hurl lack any missile at all at them.
3. If (i. e., since) you have mnde(c) an end of speaking, I shall
betake myself to the camp, 4. If I (were to) come (d) to a con-
ference, you would endeavour to circumvent me hy treachery. 5. If
the soldiers of Ariovistus attacked lis(e), we would throw back their
own weapons against themselves. 6. If the llonum cavalry had
made an (/) attack on the forces of Ariovistus, wliicli he brought
dov/n((/) with him to the mound, he would have said(/) that he and
his men had been surrounded at the conference, in violation of good
faith. 7. Although it was reported to Caesar that the cavalry of
Ariovistus had made an attack on the tenth legion, which he had
brought down with him on horseback, yet he forbade his soldiers to
hurl back on the enemy any missile. 8. After (that) it was noised-
abroad(/i) among the general-body of the soldiers that(2.') the cavalry
of Ariovistus had made an attack on our men during the conference,
a much greater zeal for fighting, and a greater alacrity was inspired
into the army (J).
9. Although (/r) Ariovistus sent ambassadors to Caesar a second
time concerning a conference, yet there did not appear to Caesar
a.iy cause for conferring together. 10. Altlioug}i(/) there be no cause
for conferring together, yet I shall send to Ariovistus an ambassador
of the greatest prudence and justice.
(a) See p. 15(i, vii. l.-(6) P. 155, v. I, b.— (c) P. 165, v. 1, a.— W) P. 155, v. 2.—
(*) P. 156, V. 2, 6.-(/) P. 15G, V. 2, c— (j/^ Chap, xliii, lii)e4.-(/0 P. 156, vil. 1.—
(«') Accus. with Infin.— 0") P. 131. 6-— (*) Quaruvit, witli indie— (.0 P- ^i>6, vi. 1, b.
EXERCISE UII.— CHAPTERS XLVITI. AND XLIX.
[Read Syntax, sect, vil, pp. 166, 157]
1. The next day the Germans took up their position at the base
of a mountain, three miles beyond Caesar's camp. 2. Wlien (a)
Ariovistus had led his forces beyond Caesar's cauip, he took up his
position at the base of a mountain. 3, Caesar shifted his camp
when (J) he saw that it was the intention of((;) Arioviistus to shut
418
IMITATIVE EXERCISKS.
him out from corn and supplies. 4. If Ariovistus wishes to fight in
battle, an opportunity will not be wanting to him. 5. The Germans
make their camp five miles beyond Caesar's, with this intention, that
they may prevent the Romans from (receiving) the corn and supplies
which (a?) are being brought up from (the country of) the Sequa.u
and the Aedui. 6. If any one had received a serious wound, the
soldiers used-to-gather-around him. 7. So great is the speed of the
i ^ot-soldiers by practice, that, supporting themselves by tlie manes
't the horses, they keep up with them. 8. When(e) Caesar had
made a second (/) camp, he drew up his army in three lines.
J. llie first and second Hues remained under arms, until (7) the
third should fortify the camp. 10. Fifteen thousand light-armed
troops are seat by Ariovistus to terrify (A) our men, and prevent
them from (the work of) fortification.
(a) p. 156, vii. l.-(6) R 1,57, ■>, 6._(c) See Cues., Bk. I 7 10 - (d) See cl.„.
x>vn..^4, and p. 13, 8.-(e) UOi, p. 15<i. vii. !.-(/) AUer.-,y^ l{ H,, ^^^^^S,
EXERCISE LIV.-CHAPTERS L. AND LI.
[Head Syntax, sects, viii. ix. and x., p. 157, sgq.]
1. Caesar fortified his lesser camp before (a) he gave the Germans
an opportunity of fighting. 2. When Caesar inquired (5) c; the
prisoners why the Germans did not go forth (.) from their camp, he
found that this was the reasc , that it was(r/) a custom among
them for the matrons to declare by lots and prophecy whether it
wou d be(c) to their advantage to fight with the enemy in a pitched
battle (e) or not. 3. When Caesar asked why Ariovistus did not lead
orth us forces from the camp for seven successive days, he found
that it was not lawful for the Germans to fight in battle before the
new moon 4. The next day they fought fiercely on both sides from
morning /) even till evening. 6. All the auxiliaries were posted in
tront of the lesser camp, in sight of the enemy, because (a) in propor-
tion to the enemy's numbers, Caesar was by no means stron-^ in the
muster of legionary soldiers. 6. Caesar employed the auxiliaries for
stiow. 7. J lie women were placed on cars and waggons 8 With
«ntstretch.d hands he implored the soldiers not to fight in battle witt
the Romans. 9. No hope is left in flight. 10. The Germans were
placed according to their tribes, with eq-m! i.,t,rval3 (between them)
(a) P. 157, 4.- (6) 1'. 157, 2, a.-(c) P. 15i>, x. 2.- -(J) p, 158 viii 1 b us n
tare rroelio.-{/-) Qrtu, solis—u,) P. 168, viii l. «. ' ' ^'"^'^ ^'"■'"'-
THE GERMAN WAR,
419
EXERCISE LV.-CHAPTEES LII., IIII., AND LIV.
[Read Syntax, sects, xi. and xll., p. 159, sqq.]
1. There wei-e found many Roman soldiers wlio flung away their
javelins in the battle, and fought hand to hand with swords.
2. The Romans defeated the Germans on the right wing. 3. The
third Ine was sent by P. Crassns, a young man who commanded the
cavalry, io help the legionary soldiers in distress.
4. T'.iere is no doubt that the enemy turned their backs, and did
not cease to flee until (a) they approached (i) the river Rhine.
5. Ariovistus escaped in a small boat which he found moored to the
l)ank, 6. Among those who secured their own safety by finding
boats was Ariovistus, who found a boat moored to the bank, and
escaped in it. 7. Ariovistus had married two wives, one a Suevan
by nation, the other a Norian, sister of king Voctio. 8. It was a
cause of great joy(c) to Caesar, that one (who was) the most hon-
ourable man in the province of Gaul, (who was) his own intimate
fiiend and guest, was rescued from the hands of the enemy. 9. Let
us take counsel by the lots whether he is to be at once put to death
by fire, or to be reserved to another time. 10. Caesar terminated
two very serious wars in one summer, and his army having been put
up in winter (quarters among the Sequani, he himself hastened (o? )
into Hitlier Gaul to hold the assizes.
(a) p. 167, 4.— (6) Acte(io,~(c) Say, "It was for great joy."- (d) Conkndo.
LIST OF PHRASES.
The student will refer to the text, to assure himself of the proper
construction of cacli phrase.
Agreed upon-" It is agreed upon by all ;" Constat inter omnes. Nea
Ale. i. 2.
Agreement-" iUcording to agreement ; " Ex pacta. Nep. Milt. ii. 13
"As from him;" Siiis verbis. Nep. Tlieni. iv. 10.
B.C.; So-and-so. See notes {g) and (h) on Ex. xiii., p. 392.
Breach of duty-" It is a breach of duty;" Contra officium est, with
infin. Nep. Them, i., Ex., note (c).
"Certifies;" Tacit certioreni. Nep. Them. v. 4-.
" Condemn to death;" Damnare capitis. Nep. Milt, vii., Ex., note {g)
" Consult for (the good of"); Covsulere, with dat. Nep. Them. viii. 10
" Convince (one) of;" Persuadere id (a/icui). Nep. Them. v. 6.
Denied-" It cannot be denied;" ^^egaH r.on potest. Nep." Ale r
Ex., note (/). " "
Denies that he can-.-.e.," Says that he cannot." Ncgat se posse. Caes
B. G., I., viii. 9.
"Do one's best; " Dare opcram. Nep. Them. vii. 2.
Doubt-" There is no doubt;" A^on est dubium. Note (c) to Ex. on
Nep. Them, i., p. 390.
Doubt-" I do not doubt, but;" A'o» dubito, quin. Note {j) to Ex. on
Nep. Them, v., p. 392.
Fear— "I fear, tliat ;" Timeo, or vereor, ne. Nep. Milt. vii. 13.
Fear-" I fear, lest," i.e., "that not;" Timeo, or vereor, ut. Note 13
on Nep. Milt, vii., p. 173.
First-" Wan the first, who (did it, came, entered," &c.); primus {/ccU,
venit, introiit, &c.) Nep. Ale. vii. 18.
LIST OF PHRASES.
421
Free— "To free one's self from the necessity of;" Eripere se, ne. Caea.
B. Q., I., iv. 7
Give— " To give (a daughter) in marriage;" Dare (filiam) in matri-
monium. Caes. B. CJ., I., iii. 16.
Happen—" It happened, that ;" Accidit, ut. Nep. Milt. i. 6.
Hinders— " Nothing hinders (or prevents) from;" Nihil impedil, quo-
minus. Note {k) to Ex. ou Nep. Them, viii., p. 394.
Hopes—" He hopes to live"— i.e., " he hopes that he will live;" Uperat
se victurum esse.
" Impose on one"— i.e., outwit ; Dare verba alicui. Nep. Hann. v. 6,
" Impute as a fault;" Cidpas tribuSre, or vitio dare. Nep. Ale. vi. 6.
" It cannot be, but that;" Fieri non potest, quin. Note (a) to Ex. on
Nep. Ale. v., p. 397.
Marriage—" Give in marriage." See " Give," above.
Marry, (said of the female) ; iXubo, with dat. See Vocab., under Nubo.
Mention— "Not to mention;" Ut omit tarn. Nep. Hann. ii. 1.
Moment— " First moment possible;" Primo quoque tempore. Nep.
Milt. iv. 19.
"More-than-anotter"— i.e., in preference; Potissimum. Nep. Milt.
i. 9.
"Most faithful slave be had;" De servis sui^, quern habuit fidelis-
simum. Nep. Them. iv. 10.
Need of—" We have need of;" Opus est nobis, with abl, of thing needed.
Nep. Milt. iv. 15.
Not to mention. See "Mention."
Opinion—" To be of opinion;" Censere. Nep. Them. v. r xercise xiii. 5.
"Oppose" (the enemy); "Ire obviam" (hostibus). Nep. Milt, iv, 18.
Also, objicere se, with dat. ; or resistere, with dat.
Point of— ' To be on the point of ;" Esse in eo, ut. Nep. Mi't. vii. ».
Prevent—" Nothing prevents from." See "Hinder," above.
Prison— "To throw into prison;" Covjicere in publica vivcida. Nep.
Milt. vii. 23.
"Promises to come"— i.e., " Promises that he will come;" Poiliceiur
se venturum esse.
Punish—" To be punished," or "to suffer punishment;" Dare poenas,
with dat. Nep. Milt. iii. 22.
Eisk- " There is a risk, that ; " Periculum est, ne. Nep. Ale. viii. 20.
Satisfaction— " To my (thy, his) satisfaction;" Ex mea (tua, oua, &c.)
sententia. Nep, Ale. vii. 6.
422
LIST OF THRASES.
'• Says ll ^^T^'X ""'" '''' '' '^''" ^^^^«' - ^«*--
Says he is not able;" Ne.ai se posse. Caes. B. G., I viii 9
Shipwreck-" To make shipwreck." i e be ruinp.l -a' :'
••Some or other;" Nesdo, qui.. Nep. Milt, vii 9
There is no one, but believea • " vv,»« ,
Them, vin., note (d), p. 39J. f^'
" '^r Tf '""'^'' '^^°'" ^^''•««'' •?"'' followed by tbe subi K,
Nep. Milt, vii., note (/), p. 389. •'" ''' '"
••To the great disgust;" A/a^na n.»t o/.„,/o„, Nen Milf .- i«
unsuccessful-.. To be ^^^^^^^Ar.. r.r.::e::X:L.
••Wage^war on;" /„,..,, ,,,,,, ,,, ^,^^_ ^^ ^^^^^^^_ ^^^^ ^^^^^
NELSON'S SCHOOL SERIES.
ENGLISH READING-BOOKS.
, ADAPTED TO THB
STANDARDS OF THE REVISED CODE.
" A more interesting sot of Jte:i<Iinc; Inioks we Ii.-ive never seen. We are
not surprised by tlieir prreat popularity and extensive sale.. ..We have had
tlio advantage of examining witli care tlio entire Series, and we cannot too
strongly express tlie sense we entertain of tlio taste and judgment the books
display, or of tlieir groat education-'l value " — r/ie Kcv. Dr. Hall {in the
Evangelical WitnesH), Commissioner ,.j National Edumt ion, Irelaml.
THK SKRIRS IR NOW COMl'LKTK AS FOLLOWS: —
STANDARD I.
1. STEP BY STEP; or. The Child's First Lesson-Book. 18mo. Parts
I. and IJ. Price 2d. each.
2. SEQUEL TO "STEP BY STEP" iSmo. Price 44
STANDARD II.
3. THE YOUNG READER-New No. 3. Beautifully IlIu,tr«te.L
Price 6d.
STANDARDS III. 8c IV.
4. NEW FOURTH BOOK. Beautifully Illustrated. Price lOd.
Out of sight the best Elementary Reading-book we have seen "—
Museum and English Journal of Education.
STANDARD IV.
5. JUNIOR READER. No. I. Post 8vo, doth. Price Is. 3d.
STANDARD V.
6. JUNIOR READER. No. n. Post 8vo, cloth. Price is. 6d.
STANDARD VI.
7. THE SENIOR READER. Post 8vo, cloth. Price 2s. 6d.
8. THE .*DVANCED READER. Post8vo. 400 pages. Price 28. 6d.
'We have no hesitation in pronouncing this the best 'Advanced
Header' that we know.. ..The book is one of deep interest from begin-
ning to end, and will be read by the teacher as well as the pupil with
growing pleasure."— 27i« Museum and English Journal of Education.
EXTRA VOLUMES.
9. READINGS FROM THE BEST AUTHORS
Bryce, LL.D. 12mo, cloth. Price Is. Cd.
iLr. .u,xi.a.irj.x»vro xxvuitt TnE JiiiiBX AUlliUKS. Second
Edited by A. H. Bryce, LL.D. Post 8vo, cloth. Price 2s.
Edited by A. H.
Book.
^'J•:r.so^ 's school sKnrns.
ENGLISH READING-BOOKS.
EXTRA VOLUMES.
HISTORY OP ENGLISH LITERATURE. Ja a «ori.s of liiographica.
bkotches lyW.F.Co,.,.,K,,LL.D 12mo. cloth. IMce3« ,d'
♦ I. /lf**«'f,^.-'";'«^-/»><'<''''"yJ«slffnc .or youthful students we bellovf
tlutt Dr. Collier'8 BioBrai-hloU lIlHtory of Knclish Literatur« ' . nnt i?.,
PHSsed by any simUar treatise in our language '-i^S"
THE LITERARY READER: Prose Authors, with Biographical
Notice,,. CrUicaland Explanatory Notes, .tc. Ry the Rev UvZg
^^c" iS lly: J:r*"- '"7""""* °^ "«^'- ^'^^-J'. C--n Of York!
4.c.^ i^nio, cloth, 4.i0 pages. Price 3$.
^\« scarcely ever .saw so useful an aid to the study of Entrlish
L era ure. The Editor has supplied an Introductory Essly on Engis
L erature. a Biography .f each Author, and an Account ofTs Wo k
with .Notes on the passages extracted, every part of his task beingvery
ably and carefully executed. ••-.Tlte AthcmeiL. ^ ^
CLASS-BOOK OF ENGLISH LITERATURE; with Biographical
Sketches. Critical xVotices. and Illustrative Extracts. For the Jseo
Schools and Students. By Kobekt Vk.mstkoso. Engl sh Master
Madras College. St. Andrews ; and Thomas AnMs^uoNcf iTdinbSgl'.
8vo! Trice 38 ' C«-P°«"io"" -^ "English Etymology." Post
MILTON'S PARADISE LOST ANL PARADISE REGAINEI With
THE SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL READER. From the Work,
of Recent and Eminent Authors. 12mo. Price 2? Cd.
™ Vn'Tf fc^'^ OF COMMON THINGS. By Sx.vk.so. M.c.o.m.
a . K. S h.,l. G. S. ^V ith upwards of (JO ) -iiigrams. 12mo. Price Is Cd
It contains a very considerable araount of information conveved
in clear and untechnical language. "_£d,ua</ona/ Time, '^''"^^y^'^
Part I. — JuNioii
NEW CLASS-BOOK OF ENGLISH POETRY
Division-. Small Type. Price Cd. Lar-e Type Is
TRpVwn~Pr'"'",f '''■''"•''• «""^''^>Pe. Price Cd. Large Type. ],.
ryje 2s ' "" ''^ """"^ ^"^^^^ '^'yP^' ^"«« 1« I"'^?-
THE ENGLISH WORD-BOOK: A Manual Exhibiting the Sources
Structure, and Attinities of English Words. By Iui.k GhahTm.'
"^^TxhiSfth^^.^ ,^^/^^^^^^® <^^^^^= ^ School Manual
L.xhibiting the t^peHing, Pronunciation, Meaning, and Derivation of
all the Important and Peculiar Words in the Euglisn Language. With
Copious Exercises for Examination and Dictation. By GkohqI Coutik,
A.M. 12mo, oloth. Price ls> ad.
NELSON'S SCHOOL SERTES.
GEOGRAPHIFS, ATLASES, &c.
QEOQRAPHIES.
NEW CLASS-BOOK OP GEOGRAPHY, Physical iinrl Political. By
R 'BERT Andeuhon, Head Master, Normal InHtltutlon, Edinburgh.
?..Nno, cloth. P-ice is. Od.
" We can speak favourably of th'" Improved edition of a well-known
work. There Is a valuable Introduction on physical KeoRraphy, and
throughout the book prominence is given to tlie natural features, cli-
mate, and productions of each country. One new feature, which we
think goca, i the employment of our own country as a standard for
comparluR the size, latitude, and distance of others." — Athourum.
MODERN r IGRAPHY. For the Use of Schools. By IIobekt Andkk-
soN. r "ap Svo, cloth. Price Is. Cd.
EXERCISl. ' f GEOGRAPHY. lapted to Anderson's Geography.
ISmo, clc .. Price Od.
GEOGRAPHY FCK JUNIOR CLASSES. By Robeut Andeilson.
ismo, cloth. Price lid.
ELEMENTARY GEOGRAPHY. By Thomas G. Dick. Post Svo, cloth.
Price Is.
THE GEOGRAPHY AND ATLAS COMBINED. Containing a com-
plete Geography, 17 Full-coloured Maps, and numerous Diagrams.
Small quarto, cloth. Price Is. 6d.
ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. For the use of Schools. With Complete Index.
By Archibald II Bryce, LL.D. Post Svo, cloth. Price l.s. (jd
BIBLE GEOGRAPHY. By the Rev. W. G. Blaikie, D.D, LL.D. With
Coloured Maps. 12mo, cloth. Price Is. ; or with the Maps mounted
on Cloth, Is. 3d.
ATLASES.
With Divisions and Measurements in English Miles.
NELSON'S ATLAS OF THE WORLD. Containing 23 Large Quarto
Maps, full coloured. Reduced copies of Nelson's Wall Maps,
boards. Price 2s. Od.
NELSON'S SHILLING ATLAS.
wrapper, 4to.
In
Containing 16 Maps, plain. Stiff
ARITHMETICS.
THE STANDARD ARITHMETICS. Adapted to the New Reiiuire. ents
of the Committee of Council on Education. Standards II., III.,
Price Id. each ; Standard IV., Price 2d.
THE FIRST BOOK OF ARITHMETIC FOR YOUNG CHILDREN.
By W. Stanyer. ISmo. Price 3d.
THE SECOND BOOK OF ARITHMETIC. Part I. By W. Stanyer.
12mo, cloth. Price Is. 6d. With "Answers to the Exercises," Price
Is. nd.
EXERCISES IN MENTAL AND SLATE ARITHMETIC FOR
BEGINNERS. By J. Copland. 18mo, cloth. Price 4d.
MENTAL ARITHMETIC FOR ADVANCED CLASSES, By William
Kennedy, Trai. mg College, Moray House, Edinburgh. 12mo. Price 6d.
NELSOjy'S SCHOOL SERIES.
SCHOOL HISTORIES.
BY W. F. COLLIER, LL.D.
OUTLINES OP GENERAL HISTORY. Post 8vo. cloth. Price 3.
rpnnlrir'' "\*'°'"^"""'""' ^•'^ '^^'^Pt'^'l ^o'- reference, and more
readable than such works generally are."-r/ie Athcmearn
HISTORY OP ROME FOR JUNIOR CLASSES. .2.no. cloth. Price
HISTORY OP GREECE POR JUNIOR CLASSES. l2mo, cloth. Price
"In ter^e and pointed language, Dr. Collier outlines the chief events
of Grecian and iloman History, keeping prominently in vi w t he p
sonal or biographical element, upon which so much of the interesruf
history depem\a."—Glasgoio Herald. interest of
HISTORY OP THE BRITISH EMPIRE. With Tables of the Leading
bIih : rr'? Period-List of Contemporary Sovereigns-Dates o*^^
Sotll ";Sce?s''' " """"'"' "'''"^'^ '' ''"'' ^^"°d' *«• 12nio.
<«!*!, "^^ Enlarged Edition of this work, with copious Questions, is now
history! Price 2s°ed CLASS-BOOK OP BRITISH
HISTORY OP 'tHEMNETEENTH CENTURY. 12mo, cloth. Price
nnfifn??™'^'":'^'^'''^*''^ ^"^ ^^^'"^ 5^°""? P'^^O"^ intelligent general
char er oTh "^ "'T ''?*' "'"' ^'^^' '"°^* ^^^^^^^ influenced the
char fer of the present age. "— Edtccational Times
THE G JAT EVENTS OP HISTORY, from the Beginning of the
Chr.,aan Era till the Present Time. 12mo, cloLh. Price 2s od.
BY THE REV. J. MACKENZIE.
HISTORY OF SCOTLAND. 12mo, cloth. Price 1e. ed.
BY THE REV. R. HUNTER.
^^^'^l^^Ir^^ ^^^^^.'I'T *^' ^"'^'''^ ^^^«« *° *he Fall of the East
India Company, and the Proclamation of Queen Victoria in : 858
pages, wiin A\ oodcuts Foolscap 8vo, clotli. Price Is. Cd.
28?
BY THE REV. W. G. BLAIKIE, D.D., LL.D.,
^^^^v-*??^°.-^T' ^" (Connection with the General History of the World
Price 3^3"''"^''°"' "^ Scripture Lo(.alities. m p.igjs, 1 2mo, with Maps."
QUESTIONS ON BLAIKIE'S BIBLE HISTORY.
Price 6d.
BY JOHN LOCKHART, LL.D.
THE BIBLE MANUAL: A Handbook, Historical and BiograpMcal, of
tt Z I ''''o °^ '}^ ^'^^'- "^''^ *° ^P»^«™« «^ A°°ient History.
Post 8vo. Price 28. 6d.
NELSON'S SCHOOL SERIES.
CLASSICAL SERIES.
FIRST LATIN BOOK. By Akouibald H. Bkyce, LLD., of Trinity
College, Dublin. Fifth Edition. 249 pages, 12mo. Price 28.
This is intended as a First Latin Book, supplying everything which a
pupil will require during his first year. It contains —
I. The leading facts and principles of Latin Grammar, with the in-
flexions of Substantives, Adjectives, Pronouns, and Verbs, set forth at
full length ; and also a Synopsis of the Syntax of Simple Sentences.
II. A numerous set of Simple Exercises, with Lists of the Words
used in tliem.
III. A series of easy and interesting Lessons in continuous reading,
consisting of a few simple Fables of Phaedrus, kc
IV. A Vocabulary, in which the quantities of Syllables are marked,
and the deriv:ition of words given.
The two great features in the plan of the book are — First, That
pupils are enabled daily, and from the very first, to make practical use
of grammatical facts and principles so soon as they are learned ; and
bccondly, That acquisitions, when once made, are impressed by constant
repetition.
Key to the above. Price 6d.
The Key will be sold to Teachers only ; and all applications must b«
addressed direct to the Publishers.
SECOND LATIN BOOK. By Archibald H. Bkyce, LL.D., of Trinity
College, Dublin. Fourth Edition. 381 pages. Price 3s. (id.
This Volume is intended as a Sequel to No. I. It contains —
I. Extracts from Nepos.
II. Extracts from C^sar.
III. Extracts fru.m Ov.:d.
IV. Notes on the above, with Tables for the Declension of Greek
Nouns.
V. A System of Syntax, in which the illustrative examples are
taken from the Heading Lessons, and to which constant reference is
made in the Notes.
VI. A full Vocabulary (proper nouns being inserted), in which are
noted Peculiarities of Inflexion, Conjugation, and Comparison. Quan-
tities are carefully marked, and Derivations given, with frequent illus-
trations from modern languages.
Vil. Imitativk Exercises on Nepos and C^sar. Adapted to
the Extracts, and illustrating the Peculiarities of Construction in each
chapter.
*»* It n-ill he seen that the First and Second Latin Books siipidy
ever!/ihh}{i tint is necessary for piipils durimj at least the first two
years of their course, and that the expense of books is thus reduced to a
viimmuhi.
Key *;o Imitative Exercises in Second Latin Book. Price Cd.
Tlie Key will be sold to Teachers only ; and all applications must be
addressed direct to the Publishecd.
NELSON'S SCHOOL SERIES.
CLASSICAL SERIES.
GRAMMAR OF THE LATIN LANGUAGE, By Archibald H.
Bkyce, LL.D. 12mo, 2(;s pages. Price 2s. 6d.
In preparing this Grammar the author has endeavoured to unUe
simplicity of arrangement with fulness of detail— to form a book which
will be entirely suited for an initiatory class, and which will at the same
time supply to more advanced stwlents all the information required,
previous to a study of such larger works as those of Zumpt, Madvig,'
Donaldson, &c. Those (luestions which are of essential importance in
a lirst course will be indicated by a variety of type.
ELEMENTARY LATIN GRAMMAR.
LL.D. 12mo, 17C pages. Price Is. 3d.
By Archibald H. Bryce,
This work is an abridgment of the larger Latin Grammar, forming
part of the same Series. It is designed for the use of beginners, and
of those who intend to prosecute classical studies only to a limited
extent.
FIRST GREEK BOOK. By Archibald H. Bryce, LL D
222 pages. Price 23. 6d.
Third Edition.
The plan of the Greek Book is the same as that of the Latin, and
seeks to carry out the same principles. The Extracts for Reading are
such as to interest and amuse the young, consisting of selections from
the Witticisms of Hierocles, from Anecdotes of Famous Men, and from
the Fables of ^sop, with a few easy Dialogues of Lucian.
Key to the above. Price od.
The Key will be sold to Teachers only ; and all applications must be
addressed to the Publishers.
By Archibald H. Bryce, LL.D. 12mo, 432
SECOND GREEK BOOK.
pages. Price 3s. 6d.
This Second Greek Book is formed on the same plan as Dr. Bryce's
Second Latin Book, and contains: — Extract.s from Lucian— Ana-
basis OF Xenophon— Extracts from Greek Testament : The
Sermon on the Mount— Homer: Explaining the general subject of the
Iliad ; Helen on the Tower, pointing out to Priam the Grecian Chiefs ;
the parting of Hector and Andromache ; the Death of Hector ; Priam
begging Hector's dead body from Achilles — A Synopsis of Syntax-
Notes ON the Extracts— Vocabulary— Imitat.'.vk Exercises.
HORACE. Edited by Dr. Fueund, Author of " Latin Lexicon," Ac, and
John Carmiohael, M.A., one of the Classical Masters of the Higli
School, Edinburgh. With Life of Horace, Notes, Vocabulary of Proper
Names, and Chronological Table. 12mo, cloth. Price 3s. Od.
VIRGILII MARONIS CARMINA. Edited by Di. Freund. With
Life, Notes, and Vocabulary of Proper Names. 12mo, cloth Price
3s. 6d.
NELSON'S SCHOOL SEIUJiS.
THE ROYAL SCHOOL SERIES.
THE SHAKESPEARE READER,
CONTAINING SHAKESPEARE'S GREATEST WORKS.
Edited by WALTER SCOTT DALGLEISH, M.A.,
English Master in the International College, London.
In preparing this Work, those Plays have been preferred whicli are best
adapted for Educational purposes. The following are the leading features
of the Work ;—
I. The Plays are abridokd, but each Play is a complete nauuative.
II. Obje(jtion.\ble words and passages are excluded.
III. An Aroument, giving in simple language the stoky or tue Play,
is prefixed to each.
IV. Historical and Grammatical Notes are appended to each Play.
V. A Vocabulary, with Etymological Notes, is appended to each
Book. This is also a Verbal Index.
VI. A Grammatical Index to each Book
It is hoped that these Books, however unpretentious their immediate
aim, may be useful in deepening and extending, througli the common
schools of the country, a knowledge of Shakespeare's works ; and that many
may be induced, by a perusal of these pages, to undertake a closer study of
his language and wonderful modes of thought.
*♦* The Twelve Plays selected have been arranged in Three Books, as
follows. Each book can be had separately : —
FIRST BOOK contains— King Richard II.; The First Part of King
Henry IV.; King Richard III.; The Merchant of Venice.
12mo, cloth. Price Is. 3d.
SECOND BOOK contains— King John; Coriolanus; The Tempest;
King Henry VIII. l2mo, cloth. Price Is. 3d.
THIRD BOOK contains— Julius Csesar; Hamlet; Macbeth; King
Lear. 12mo, cloth. Price Is. 3d.
Or. THE THREE BOOKS in One Volume. 12mo, cloth. Price 38.
Also Noio Ready, Scparatdti, Pnce M. each,
1. THE MERCHANT OF VENICE, with Notes, &c.
2. KING JOHN, with Notes, &c.
3. RICHARD II., with Notes, &c.
4. JULIUS CaiSAR, with Notes, &c. Price 4d.
5. HAMLET, with Notes, &c. Price 4d.
TO BE FOLLOWED BY OTHEllS.
I
NELSON'S SCHOOL SERIES.
THE ROYAL SCHOOL SERIES.
DR. COLLIEK'S
NEW HISTORIES OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE.
JUNIOR CLASS-BOOK.
HISTORY OP THE BRITISH EMPIRE. With Copious Question,
By W. F. Collier, LL.D. 12mo, 208 pages, cloth. Price Is. 6d.
The Questions appended to this work will be found of great use, not
only for class-examination, but also as the headings for easy Exercises
in Composition. Every teacher is aware of the suggestive force upon
intelligent children of well arranged questions. They not only recall
tlie information received, but prompt its expression in a variety of
forms, whicli prove that the pupil has made it his own. It is suggested,
therefore, that— especially in schools where the teacher has more than
one class to suiieriiueud— the questions be used as Notanda, from
\ which to compose a short narrative of the events recorded in each
cliiipter or section.
11.
SENIOR CLASS-BOOK.
HISTORY OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE. With Copious Questions.
By W. V. C01.HEU, LL.D. 12mo, 3'J2 pages, cloth, . Price 2s. Gd.
*♦* This work is an Enlarged Edition, with Copious Questions, of
Dr. Collier's "History of the British Empire," published at 2s., and
which can still be had. To prevent mistakes. Teachers wisliing the new
work are requested to order it under the title of " The Senior Class-
Book of British History."
" Dr. Collier's book is unrivalled as a school liistory of the British
Empire. The arrangement is admirable. "—A'jti/iis/i Journal of Educa-
tion.
III.
ADVANCED CLASS BOOK.
THE ADVANCED CLASS-BOOK OF BRITISH HISTORY. Crowu
8vo, 515 pages. Price 3s. Gd.
" The specialty of this work is that it endeavours to treat more fully
than has hitherto been done in school-books the interesting subject of
national life. The costume, manners, and ways of living of the people,
which, for old or young, are more important to be known than tha
doings of kings and courtiers, are here sketched in a graphic and at-
tractive style. On the whole, we have seldom seen such a mass of
varied information condensed into so narrow a compass. The multi-
fi'.rious contents of the book are admirably digested, and the style of
composition is at once lively and concise. While calculated to be
eminently u.seful as a school-book, it requires only to be known to com-
mend itself for purpo.ses of general reading."— tyrotsmaii.
" A model of what a school history should be."— /iewcto.
•.■'
'.^
¥
m
lew ..
ilSS-
tish
(C«-
)WU
Illy
of
ale,
tha
at-
of
Iti-
of
be
)Ul-
__^